As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on March 21, 2022.

 

Registration No. 333 - [●]

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM F-1

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

J-Star Holding Co., Ltd.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Not Applicable

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

 

Cayman Islands   3949   Not Applicable
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

 

7/F-1, No. 633, Sec. 2, Taiwan Blvd.,

Xitun District, Taichung City 407,

Taiwan (R.O.C.)
Tel: + 886-423229900

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

Puglisi & Associates

850 Library Avenue, Suite 204

Newark, DE19711

Tel: (302) 738-6680
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

Copies to:
     

Lawrence S. Venick, Esq.

Loeb & Loeb LLP

10100 Santa Monica Boulevard

Suite 2200

Los Angeles, CA 90067

Telephone: (310) 282-2000

Facsimile: (310) 282-2200

 

Richard I. Anslow, Esq.

Charles Phillips, Esq.

Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP

1345 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10105

Telephone: (212) 370-1300

Facsimile: (212) 370-7889 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: as soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ☒

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

Emerging growth company. ☒

 

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

 

 

 

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion) Dated March 21, 2022

 

[●] Ordinary Shares

 

 

J-Star Holding Co., Ltd.

(incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability)

 

This is the initial public offering of the ordinary shares of J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. We are offering [            ] of our ordinary shares, par value $0.50 per share, on a firm commitment basis. The estimated initial public offering price is $[           ] per share. Currently, no public market exists for our ordinary shares. We have applied to have our ordinary shares listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, or Nasdaq, under the symbol “YMAT.” We cannot guarantee that we will be successful in listing our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq; however, we will not complete this offering unless we are so listed.

 

J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. is an exempted company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. As a holding company with no material operations of our own, our operations are conducted through our subsidiaries in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”), Taiwan, Hong Kong and Samoa with our headquarters in Taiwan, and such structure involves unique risks to investors, as the Chinese government may exercise significant oversight and discretion over the conduct of our business and may intervene in or influence our operations at any time. Such governmental actions:

 

●could result in a material change in our operations;
●could hinder our ability to continue to offer securities to investors; and
●may cause the value of our securities to significantly decline or be worthless.

 

We are aware that recently, the Chinese government initiated a series of regulatory actions and statements to regulate business operations in China with little advance notice, including cracking down on illegal activities in the securities market, enhancing supervision over China-based companies listed overseas using entity variable interest entity (“VIE”) structure, adopting new measures to extend the scope of cybersecurity reviews, and expanding the efforts in anti-monopoly enforcement. Since these regulatory actions and statements are new, it is highly uncertain how soon legislative or administrative regulation making bodies will respond and what existing or new laws or regulations or detailed implementations and interpretations will be modified or promulgated, if any, and the potential impact such modified or new laws and regulations will have on our business operations in China, the ability to accept foreign investments and list on a U.S. or other foreign exchange. Any future action by the Chinese government expanding the categories of industries and companies whose foreign securities offerings are subject to government review could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors and could cause the value of such securities to significantly decline or be worthless. For a detailed description of the risks related to doing business in the PRC and Taiwan, and the offering, see “Risks Related to Conducting Operations in PRC”, “Risks Related to Doing Business in Taiwan” and “Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Ordinary Shares” in the Risk Factors section. Unless otherwise stated, as used in this prospectus, “we,” “us,” “our company,” the “Company,” “our,” “our group,” or the “Group” refers to J-Star Holding Co., Ltd., together with its subsidiaries, and also in the context of describing our operations and consolidated financial information. To specifically indicate any of the subsidiaries under J-Star Holding Co., Ltd, separated definition of each subsidiary is adopted as defined below in order to refer to the same.

 

Regarding the cash transfer throughout our organization, within the organization, approximately 80% of our customer cash inflows have been received by our order-taking subsidiary in Hong Kong, and approximately 20% of our customer cash inflows have been received by our subsidiary in Taiwan. Our Hong Kong subsidiary purchases goods and services from our Taiwan subsidiary and then pay into our operating PRC subsidiaries; or directly from our Taiwan subsidiary to our PRC subsidiaries, and from our operating PRC subsidiaries to our operating Samoa subsidiary, through payments on the goods and services provided by the relevant entities. For a detailed description on the transfer of cash through our organization and details on the aggregate intra-group cash flow for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the six months ended June 30, 2021, see “Organizational Structure and Cash Flow” in the Prospectus Summary section.

 

Our group intends to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, for the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. We also intend to settle amounts owned under our operating structure through bank loans and loans from related parties. We currently do not have any dividend policy, and any future determination will be made at the discretion of our board of directors after considering our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors the board of directors deems relevant, and subject to the restrictions contained in any future financing instruments. In or around July 2017, J-Star declared NTD61.5 million (approximately $2.2 million) of dividends to the then shareholders. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we did not pay any dividends to our shareholders. As of the date of this prospectus, neither we nor any of our subsidiaries have ever paid dividends or made distributions to U.S. investors. If we determine to pay dividends on any of our ordinary shares in the future, as a holding company, we will be dependent on receipt of funds from our operating subsidiaries in Hong Kong and Taiwan. Although we did not rely on our PRC subsidiaries in dividends and other distributions on equity in the past, we may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiaries for our cash and financing requirements in the future, including the funds necessary to pay dividends and other cash distributions to our shareholders or to service any debt we may incur. If any of our PRC subsidiaries incur debt on its own behalf in the future, the instruments governing such debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends to us. To date, there have not been any such dividends or other distributions from our PRC subsidiaries to our subsidiaries located outside of China. In addition, save as disclosed above, as of the date of this prospectus, none of our subsidiaries have ever issued any dividends or distributions to us or their respective shareholders outside of China. In the future, cash proceeds raised from overseas financing activities, including this offering, may be transferred by us to our PRC subsidiaries via capital contribution or shareholder loans, as the case may be. For a detailed description on our intentions to distribute earnings or settle amounts owed and any transfers, dividends or distributions made to date, see “Dividends and other distributions” in the Prospectus Summary Section.

 

Pursuant to the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act (the “HFCAA”), the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (the “PCAOB”) issued a Determination Report on December 16, 2021 which found that the PCAOB is unable to inspect or investigate completely registered public accounting firms headquartered in: (1) mainland China of the PRC, and (2) Hong Kong, because of positions taken by the PRC authorities in those jurisdictions. In addition, the PCAOB’s report identified the specific registered public accounting firms which are subject to these determinations. Our auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers, Taiwan, is headquartered in Taipei, and has been inspected by the PCAOB on a periodic basis. Therefore, our auditor was not identified in this report as a firm subject to the PCAOB’s determination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the PCAOB is not able to inspect and investigate completely our auditor’s work papers in China, you may be deprived of the benefits of such inspection which could result in limitation or restriction to our access to the U.S. capital markets and trading of our securities may be prohibited under the HFCAA and the Nasdaq may determine to delist our securities if the PCAOB determines that it cannot inspect or investigate completely our auditor under the HFCAA. See “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure – The audit work on our PRC subsidiaries may not be inspected or investigated completely by the PCAOB and our ordinary shares may be prohibited from being traded on a national exchange under the HFCAA if the PCAOB is unable to inspect our auditor for three consecutive years beginning in 2021. The delisting of our ordinary shares, or the threat of being delisted, may materially and adversely affect the value of your investment” for more information.

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Prospectus Summary — Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

 

Investing in our ordinary shares is highly speculative and involves a significant degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13 of this prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered before making a decision to purchase our ordinary shares. As a holding company with no material operations of our own, we conduct a substantial majority of our operations through our operating entities established in the PRC, Taiwan, Hong Kong and Samoa with our headquarters in Taiwan. Our ordinary shares offered in this prospectus are shares of our Cayman Islands holding company.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

   Per Share   Total 
Public offering price  $   $ 
Underwriting discount and commissions (1)  $   $ 
Proceeds to us, before expenses  $   $ 

 

(1) ViewTrade Securities, Inc. as representative to the underwriters will receive compensation in addition to the underwriting discount, as set forth in the section entitled “Underwriting” beginning on page 144 upon the closing of this offering. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses incurred in connection with this offering. See “Underwriting” for additional information.

 

This offering is being conducted on a firm commitment basis. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares if any such shares are taken. We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable in whole or in part, to purchase up to [●] additional ordinary shares from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, within 45 days from the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments, if any. If the underwriters exercise the option in full, the total underwriting discounts and commissions payable will be $[         ], and the total proceeds to us, before expenses, will be $[       ].

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the ordinary shares to purchasers in the offering on or about [____], 2022.

 

 

VIEWTRADE SECURITIES, INC.

 

The date of this prospectus is [_____].

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Page
Prospectus Summary 2
Risk Factors 13
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements 47
Use of Proceeds 48
Capitalization 49
Dilution 50
Enforceability of Civil Liabilities 51
Corporate Structure 53
Selected Consolidated Financial Data 55
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 56
Industry 67
Business 82
Regulations 107
Management 118
Principal Shareholders 124
Related Party Transactions 126
Description of Securities 129
Shares Eligible for Future Sale 136
Taxation 138
Underwriting 144
Expenses Relating to this Offering 149
Legal Matters 149
Experts 149
Change in Registrant Certifying Accountant 149
Where You Can Find Additional Information 150
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements F-1

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any related free-writing prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, the ordinary shares only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. Unless otherwise stated, the information contained in this prospectus is current only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the ordinary shares.

 

We have not taken any action to permit a public offering of the ordinary shares outside the United States or to permit the possession or distribution of this prospectus outside the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to the offering of the ordinary shares and the distribution of the prospectus outside the United States.

 

Until                   , 2022 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade ordinary shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

1
 

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to this summary, we urge you to read the entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks of investing in our ordinary shares discussed under “Risk Factors,” before deciding whether to buy our ordinary shares.

 

“Bohong Technology” refers to Bohong Technology Jiangsu Co., Ltd.

 

All references to “we,” “us,” “our,” “our company,” the “Company,”“our group,” the “Group” or similar terms used in this prospectus refer to J-Star Holding Co., Ltd., an exempted company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, including its consolidated subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise indicates. To specifically indicate any of the subsidiaries under J-Star Holding Co., Ltd, separated definition of each subsidiary is adopted as defined below in order to refer to the same.

 

“Companies Act” means the Companies Act (2022 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, as may be amended from time to time.

 

“HKD” refers to the legal currency of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China.

 

“Hong Kong” or “HK” refers to the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China.

 

“J-Star” refers to J-Star Holding Co., Ltd.

 

“NTD” refers to the New Taiwan dollar, the legal currency of Taiwan.

 

“PRC” or “China” refers to the People’s Republic of China, excluding, for the purpose of this prospectus only, Taiwan, Hong Kong and Macau.

 

“Predecessor Group” refers to the companies comprising Yuan Min An Enterprises Co., Ltd., Skyfort International PTE. Ltd., YMA Corporation (formerly known as Yuan Chuan International Co., Ltd.), Dongguan Yuantai Sports Equipment Co., Ltd., Forwell Sports Equipment Co., Ltd. and Time Yield Limited.

 

“RMB” or “Renminbi” refers to the legal currency of China.

 

“Taiwan” refers to Taiwan, Republic of China.

 

“$,” “US$,” “USD” or “U.S. Dollars” refers to the legal currency of the United States.

 

“share capital” or “shares in the capital of” or similar expressions include a reference to shares in a company that does not have a share capital under its governing law, but which is authorized to issue a maximum or unlimited number of shares.

 

Unless the context indicates otherwise, all information in this prospectus assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.

 

Business Overview

 

Our Predecessor Group was established in 1970 and we have accumulated over 50 years know-how in material composite industry. We develop and commercialize the technology on carbon reinforcement and resin systems. With decades of experience and knowledge in composites and materials, we are able to apply our expertise and technology on designing and manufacturing a great variety of lightweight, high-performance carbon composite products, ranging from key structural parts of electric bicycles and sports bicycles, rackets, automobile parts to healthcare products. According to the industry report commissioned by us and prepared by Frost & Sullivan, we are one of the major global leading players in the carbon fiber bicycle parts industry and carbon fiber racket parts industry.

 

As our business is technology-driven, our vision is to offer cutting edge technology and manufacturing expertise in carbon composite to our customers, and many of our products are directly or indirectly supplied to different renowned international sports brand owners. Our carbon composite products deliver substantial weight savings, endurance and stiffness comparing to those constructed from conventional materials, such as steel and aluminum, and in doing so, our products offer remarkable and valuable efficiency and performance benefits to our customers in various applications. While our technology has potential applications over a broad range of industries, we currently have our main focus on the sporting goods industry and we prioritize the electric bicycle market to commercialize our technology.

 

2
 

 

We are based in Taiwan with our headquarters, research and development (“R&D”) center and material laboratory located in Taichung, Taiwan and our production plant and our second R&D center located in Dongguan, the PRC. The R&D center in Taichung focuses on resin material application, new product development and production process enhancement, and the R&D center in Dongguan, the PRC, which is located next to our production plant, focuses on structural design of products, testing on product performance and enhancement on strength and stiffness of products. Our business focuses on the research and development of, as well as manufacturing, a wide range of carbon composite products. We primarily generate revenue through three divisions and revenue streams, namely (i) sales of bicycles parts of sports bicycle and electric bicycle; (ii) sales of rackets for use in tennis, badminton, squash and beach tennis; and (iii) sales of other products, which mainly include structural parts of automobile, other sporting goods and healthcare products. Our bicycle parts and rackets are mainly supplied directly or indirectly to branded customers located in Switzerland, France, Italy, the Netherlands, Germany and Japan and they market and distribute their products worldwide. Other customers which rely on our new products, such as automobile parts and healthcare products, are mainly located in Australia, Canada and Japan.

 

Advanced carbon composite materials offer a number of advantages relative to traditional materials, including light weight, high strength to weight ratio, high stiffness, and improved resistance to heat, corrosion and fatigue. Nonetheless, different products require different degrees and combinations of such properties according to their functions. Carbon composite materials are formed by combining carbon fibers and resins. The properties of carbon composite materials could vary largely due to different systems of resin and structural arrangement. Differing from our competitors in the industry, instead of using preset formulas of resins with lower degree of flexibility, we have our own R&D center to develop our own resin systems and formulas according to the product requirements. Therefore, we are able to incorporate customized resin systems that can be optimized for specific parameters, such as durability, temperature performance, cure times and viscosity. This not only allows us to manufacture our products with high precision to customers’ specifications, but also offers us flexibility in developing a greater variety of new products in the future. Thus, we believe that the parallel development of our complex product and process technology has resulted in our competitive advantage which makes it difficult for our competitor to replicate.

 

Our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 amounts to $22.8 million and $22.2 million, respectively, and our total revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 amounts to $9.6 million and $12.2 million, respectively. Our sales of bicycle parts accounted for approximately 64.9% and 64.4% of our total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and accounted for approximately 65.2% and 65.9% of our total revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively. Our sales of rackets business brought us considerable revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, which accounted for approximately 34.9% and 35.5%, respectively, of our total revenues, and accounted for approximately 34.6% and 34.1% of our total revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively. Our sales of other products, which accounted for approximately 0.1% and 0.1%, respectively, of our total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, and accounted for 0.2% and approximately 0% of our total revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively.

 

While having our main focus on development and sales of key structural parts of bicycles and rackets in the past years, we would not limit ourselves to the existing scope of product. We intend to extend our product spectrum by launching new products, such as sporting goods for new sports like padel racket and mast foil, and further expand our production on relatively new existing products that are emerging in the market, including key structural parts of electric bicycles, automobile and robotic arms, bicycle crank sets and other healthcare products, such as wheelchairs and senior walkers.

 

We target to achieve growth in terms of both scale and scope. To expand our scale, we plan to establish a new production plant in Yangzhou in the PRC. For such purpose, in March 2019, Bohong Technology acquired the land use right of a land parcel in Yangzhou with a total gross land area of 64,851 square meter in order to build our new production plant for the production on key structural parts of electric bicycle, robotic arms, automobile parts and prepreg material. We intend to invest approximately $6.2 million on the purchase of machinery for our production plant in Yangzhou. We are in discussion with a local construction company in the PRC on a hire purchase agreement of building and infrastructure construction of our production plant in Yangzhou and such construction would be funded by the said local construction company in the PRC. We intend to commence the construction work of our production plant in Yangzhou by the end of 2021 and the first phase of such construction is expected to be completed by second quarter of 2022. The construction of our production plant in Yangzhou is expected to be fully completed by August 2022 and the machines are expected to be set up by the third quarter of 2022. As for growth in terms of scope, we anticipate that, by the first quarter of 2022, we will launch our own brand on electric bicycle and sporting goods and will set up sales and administration office in the U.S. and the Netherlands. We are in close dialogue with a reputed bicycle frame manufacturer in the U.S. on exploring investment opportunities, including but not limited to possibilities on acquisition, joint-venture and /or co-branding production.  In addition, we intend to add a U.S. sales and administration office in Houston, Texas, which will work closely with our office in Taiwan in U.S. market sales and expansion, while our sales and administration office in the Netherlands will be handling sales on our online business platform expected to be launched around the first quarter of 2022. We also expect to further extend our production of automobile parts so as to leverage on the surging market demand of electric vehicles. By the end of 2023, we expect to launch our micro factory and R&D center in the U.S., with a view to developing automation of our production process and integrating the most advanced technology to our production. In this regard, we intend to invest in a manufacturer of carbon fiber products in the U.S. We have been in contacts with several potential target companies in the U.S., one of which is a U.S.-based aerospace composite parts manufacturer. We also plan to establish our third R&D center in Houston, Texas and our initial plan is to hire 4 to 6 employees on developing composite material and conducting researches on chemical interactions.

 

3
 

 

Summary of Risks Affecting Our Company

 

Our business is subject to numerous risks described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. The main risks set forth below and others you should consider are discussed more fully in the section entitled “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Conducting Operations in PRC,” “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Business and Industry,” “Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure,” “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Doing Business in Taiwan,” and “Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Ordinary Shares” which you should read in its entirety starting from page 13.

 

Risks Related to Conducting Operations in PRC

 

Currently, part of our operations are based in the PRC. Because of such ties to China, we may be subjected to the laws, rules and regulations of the PRC. For more detailed description of the below risks and other risks related to acquiring and operating business in China and Hong Kong, see “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Conducting Operations in PRC” beginning on page 13. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

  ● A downturn in the PRC or global economy, and economic and political policies of the PRC could materially and adversely affect our business and financial condition. For more detailed discussion of this risk, please refer to “Risks Factors – Risks Related to Conducting Operations in PRC - A downturn in the PRC or global economy, and economic and political policies of the PRC could materially and adversely affect our business and financial condition” on page 13.
     
  ● Uncertainties with respect to the PRC legal system could adversely affect us. For more detailed discussion of this risk, please refer to “Risks Factors – Risks Related to Conducting Operations in PRC - Uncertainties with respect to the PRC legal system could adversely affect us” on page 13.
     
  ● Changes in the policies, regulations, rules, and the enforcement of laws of the PRC government may be quick with little advance notice and could have a significant impact upon our ability to operate profitably in the PRC. For more detailed discussion of this risk, please refer to “Risks Factors – Risks Related to Conducting Operations in PRC - Changes in the policies, regulations, rules, and the enforcement of laws of the PRC government may be quick with little advance notice and could have a significant impact upon our ability to operate profitably in the PRC” on page 13.
     
  ● The Chinese government may exercise significant oversight and discretion over the conduct of business in the PRC and may intervene in or influence our operations at any time, which could result in a material change in our operations and/or the value of our securities. We are currently not required to obtain any pre-approval or fulfill the filing and reporting obligation from or to Chinese authorities to list on U.S. exchanges; however, if we are required to obtain approval or fulfill the filing and reporting in the future and are denied permission from Chinese authorities to list on U.S. exchanges, we will not be able to continue listing on U.S. exchange, which would materially affect the interest of the investors. For more detailed discussion of this risk, please refer to “Risks Factors – Risks Related to Conducting Operations in PRC - The Chinese government may exercise significant oversight and discretion over the conduct of business in the PRC and may intervene in or influence our operations at any time, which could result in a material change in our operations and/or the value of our securities. We are currently not required to obtain any pre-approval or fulfill the filing and reporting obligation from or to Chinese authorities to list on U.S. exchanges; however, if we are required to obtain approval or fulfill the filing and reporting in the future and are denied permission from Chinese authorities to list on U.S. exchanges, we will not be able to continue listing on U.S. exchange, which would materially affect the interest of the investors” on page 14.
     
  ● The Chinese government may intervene in or influence our business operations at any time or may exert more control over offerings conducted overseas and foreign investment in China based issuers, which could result in a material change in our business operations and significantly and adversely impact the value of our securities. Additionally, the governmental and regulatory interference could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors and cause the value of such securities to significantly decline or be worthless. For more detailed discussion of this risk, please refer to “Risks Factors – Risks Related to Conducting Operations in PRC - The Chinese government may intervene in or influence our business operations at any time or may exert more control over offerings conducted overseas and foreign investment in China based issuers, which could result in a material change in our business operations and significantly and adversely impact the value of our securities. Additionally, the governmental and regulatory interference could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors and cause the value of such securities to significantly decline or be worthless” on page 14.
     
  ● Compliance with China’s new Data Security Law, Cybersecurity Review Measures, Personal Information Protection Law, regulations and guidelines relating to the multi-level protection scheme and any other future laws and regulations may entail significant expenses and could materially affect our business. For more detailed discussion of this risk, please refer to “Risks Factors – Risks Related to Conducting Operations in PRC - Compliance with China’s new Data Security Law, Cybersecurity Review Measures, Personal Information Protection Law, regulations and guidelines relating to the multi-level protection scheme and any other future laws and regulations may entail significant expenses and could materially affect our business” on page 17.
     
  ● The approval of the CSRC (as defined below) or other Chinese regulatory agencies may be required in connection with this offering under Chinese law. For more detailed discussion of this risk, please refer to “Risks Factors – Risks Related to Conducting Operations in PRC - The approval of the CSRC or other Chinese regulatory agencies may be required in connection with this offering under Chinese law” on page 16.
     
  ● We have entered into land use right assignment transaction with PRC government authority and we may be subject to penalties for failure to fully comply with the contract thereunder. For more detailed discussion of this risk, please refer to “Risks Factors – Risks Related to Conducting Operations in PRC - We have entered into land use right assignment transaction with PRC government authority and we may be subject to penalties for failure to fully comply with the contract thereunder” on page 18.
     
  ● Failure to comply with regulations related to export of processed materials may result in fines and legal or administrative actions. For more detailed discussion of this risk, please refer to “Risks Factors – Risks Related to Conducting Operations in PRC - Failure to comply with regulations related to export of processed materials may result in fines and legal or administrative actions” on page 19.
     
  ● Any lack of requisite approvals, licenses, permits or filings or failure to comply with any requirements of PRC laws, regulations and policies may materially and adversely affect our daily operations. For more detailed discussion of this risk, please refer to “Risks Factors – Risks Related to Conducting Operations in PRC - Any lack of requisite approvals, licenses, permits or filings or failure to comply with any requirements of PRC laws, regulations and policies may materially and adversely affect our daily operations” on page 19.
     
  ● We may be subject to additional contributions under various employee benefits plans and late payments and fines imposed by relevant governmental authorities. For more detailed discussion of this risk, please refer to “Risks Factors – Risks Related to Conducting Operations in PRC - We may be subject to additional contributions under various employee benefits plans and late payments and fines imposed by relevant governmental authorities” on page 20.
     
  ● Failure to comply with PRC laws and regulations on employees’ overtime wages payment may expose us to potential compensations. For more detailed discussion of this risk, please refer to “Risks Factors – Risks Related to Conducting Operations in PRC - Failure to comply with PRC laws and regulations on employees’ overtime wages payment may expose us to potential compensations” on page 21.

 

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

 

  ● We rely on raw materials supplied by our suppliers for the production of our products which exposes us to risk of production shortages and fluctuations in prices of raw materials.
     
  ● If we fail to adopt new technologies or develop new manufacturing technologies or adapt our products to evolving customer requirements, our business may be materially and adversely affected.
     
  ● We recorded a negative cash flow for the year ended December 31, 2019 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, which may continue in the future.
     
  ● We may incur losses in the future.
     
  ● Our production capacity may not correspond precisely to our production demands, and intended economic results may not be achieved if there is any significant increase in production demand which exceeds our production capacity or any idle or unutilized production capacity during any particular period.
     
  ● Our success depends on our ability to attract, retain and motivate members of senior leadership, technical personnel and other employees.
     
  ●

Our failure to comply with data protection laws and regulations could lead to government enforcement actions and significant penalties against us, and adversely impact our operating results.

     

Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure

 
  ● We are a holding company and our sole material asset after completion of this offering will be our equity interest in our subsidiaries. Accordingly, we will depend on distributions from our subsidiaries to pay dividends and cover our corporate and other expenses.
     
  ●

The audit work on our PRC subsidiaries may not be inspected or investigated completely by the PCAOB and our ordinary shares may be prohibited from being traded on a national exchange under the HFCAA if the PCAOB is unable to inspect our auditor for three consecutive years beginning in 2021. The delisting of our ordinary shares, or the threat of being delisted, may materially and adversely affect the value of your investment.

     
  ●

We may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to make payments to us could have a material and adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.

 

Risks Related to Doing Business in Taiwan

 

  ● We face economic and political risks associated with doing business in Taiwan, particularly due to the geopolitical tension between Taiwan and China that could negatively affect our business and hence the value of your investment.
     
  ● The imposition of foreign exchange restrictions in Taiwan may have an adverse effect on foreign investors’ abilities to acquire securities of a Taiwan company, including the shares of our subsidiaries in Taiwan, or to repatriate the interest, dividends or sale proceeds from those securities.

 

4
 

 

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Ordinary Shares

 

  ●

The recent joint statement by the SEC and PCAOB, proposed rule changes submitted by Nasdaq, and the HFCAA all call for additional and more stringent criteria to be applied to emerging market companies upon assessing the qualification of their auditors, especially the non-U.S. auditors who are not inspected by the PCAOB. In September 2021, the PCAOB adopted a new rule to provide a framework for its determinations under the HFCAA that the PCAOB is unable to inspect or investigate completely registered public accounting firms located in a foreign jurisdiction because of a position taken by one or more authorities in that jurisdiction. In addition, in June 2021, the Senate passed the Accelerating Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act which, if signed into law, would reduce the time period for the delisting of foreign companies under the HFCAA to two consecutive years, instead of three. As a result, if the Accelerating Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act is enacted into law and the PCAOB determined that it is unable to inspect or investigate our auditor because of a position taken by an authority in a foreign jurisdiction for two consecutive years, our securities could be prohibited from trading.

     
  ● There has been no public market for our ordinary shares prior to this offering, and you may not be able to resell our ordinary shares at or above the price you paid, or at all. 
     
  ● Nasdaq may delist our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

 

5
 

 

PRC Approvals

 

On July 6, 2021, the relevant Chinese government authorities published the Opinions on Strictly Cracking Down Illegal Securities Activities in Accordance with the Law. These opinions call for strengthened regulation over illegal securities activities and increased supervision of overseas listings by China-based companies, and propose to take effective measures, such as promoting the construction of relevant regulatory systems to regulate the risks and incidents faced by China-based overseas-listed companies. As of the date of this prospectus, no official guidance or related implementation rules have been issued in relation to these recently issued opinions and the interpretation and implementation of these opinions remain unclear at this stage. On December 24, 2021, the State Council published the Provisions on the Administration of Overseas Securities Offering and Listing by Domestic Companies (draft for consultation, “Draft Administration Provisions”), as well as the Administrative Measures for the Filing of Overseas Securities Offering and Listing by Domestic Companies (draft for consultation, “Draft Administration Measures”). Under the Draft Administration Provisions, a filing-based regulatory system will be introduced to cover both direct and indirect overseas issuance and listing of securities. The Draft Administration Measures further provide the scope of activities subject to the filing requirement, and relevant criteria for determining whether an activity falls within the scope. Pursuant to the Draft Administration Measures, the determination as to whether a PRC domestic company is indirectly offering and listing securities in an overseas market shall be made on a substance over form basis. If the issuer meets the following conditions, the offering and listing shall be determined as an indirect overseas offering and listing by a domestic company: (1) the total assets, net assets, revenues or profits of the domestic operating entity of the issuer in the most recent accounting year account for more than 50% of the corresponding figure in the issuer’s audited consolidated financial statements for the same period; and (2) the senior management in charge of business operation and management of the issuer are mostly Chinese citizens or have domicile in China, and the issuer’s main places of business are located in China or main business activities are conducted in China. The Draft Administration Provisions and the Draft Administration Measures were released for public comment only, and the draft provisions and anticipated adoption or effective date are subject to changes and thus its interpretation and implementation remain substantially uncertain.

 

As a holding company with no material operations of our own, our operations are conducted through our subsidiaries in the PRC, Taiwan, Hong Kong and Samoa with our headquarters in Taiwan, which may subject us to certain laws and regulations in China. Our business is subject to various government regulations and regulatory interference. As of the date of this prospectus, each of our PRC subsidiaries has received all requisite permissions and approvals from the Chinese authorities for the operation of our business in the PRC, including but not limited to the business license from the State Administration for Market Regulation (“SAMR”), sewage discharge permits, pollution discharge registration of stationary pollution source, customs registration certificate for customs declaration entities, record-filing form for entry exit inspection and quarantine for declaration enterprise, food operation permit, and those with respect to environment protection and fire safety inspection, as applicable, and such permissions and approvals are valid and have not been revoked. Based on the PRC laws and regulations currently effective, we, including our subsidiaries, are not subject to any pre-approval requirement, filing or reporting from Chinese authorities, including the China Securities Regulatory Commission, or CSRC, or Cybersecurity Administration Committee, or CAC, to conduct this offering or list on U.S. exchanges or issue securities to foreign investors or to obtain any further permissions to conduct our current business in the PRC in addition to the permits currently held by us to operate our general business activities. Nevertheless, we may incur increased costs necessary to comply with existing and newly adopted laws and regulations or penalties for any failure to comply. Furthermore, given recent statements by the Chinese government indicating an intent to exert more oversight and control over offerings that are conducted overseas and there are uncertainties with respect to the Chinese legal system and changes in laws, regulations and policies, including how those laws and regulations will be interpreted or implemented, although as of the date of this prospectus, we have not been involved in any investigations initiated by the applicable government regulatory authorities, nor have we received any inquiry, notice, warning or sanction in such respect, it is uncertain whether or when we might be subject to such requirements, permission and approval from any related PRC government to list our shares on Nasdaq in the future. If approval is required in the future and we were denied permission from Chinese authorities to list on U.S. exchanges, we will not be able to continue listing on U.S. exchange or it may adversely affect our business and results of operation, which would materially affect the interest of the investors. It is uncertain when and whether the Company will be required to obtain permission from the PRC government to continue to list on U.S. exchanges or to conduct our current business in the future, and even when such permission is obtained, whether it will be denied or rescinded. Although we are currently not required to obtain any pre-approval requirement from any of the PRC central or local government and we have not received any denial to conduct this offering, to list on the U.S. exchange or to conduct our current business, our operations may be adversely affected in the future, directly or indirectly, by existing or future PRC laws and regulations if PRC regulatory authorities do not take the same view as us. We could be subject to additional requirements that we obtain pre-approval or fulfill the filing and reporting obligation to pursue this offering or any future offerings from the CSRC and potentially other regulatory authorities. Although we believe, that CSRC’s approval is not required for the listing and trading of our ordinary shares on Nasdaq in the context of this offering, we cannot assure you that relevant PRC governmental agencies, including the CSRC, would reach the same conclusion as we do. If the CSRC or other regulatory agencies later promulgate new rules or explanations requiring that we obtain their approvals for this offering and any follow-on offering, we may be unable to obtain such approvals which could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to our investors. The CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies may also take actions requiring us, or making it advisable for us, to halt this offering before the settlement and delivery of the ordinary shares that we are offering. Consequently, if you engage in market trading or other activities in anticipation of and prior to the settlement and delivery of the ordinary shares we are offering, you would be doing so at the risk that the settlement and delivery may not occur. Any uncertainties or negative publicity regarding such approval requirements could have a material adverse effect on our ability to complete this offering or any follow-on offering of our securities or the market for and market price of our ordinary shares. However, currently, we are not required to obtain additional permission or approval from Chinese authorities, including the CSRC and the CAC, to either approve our PRC subsidiaries’ operation or to offer the securities being registered to foreign investors. For more detailed information, see “Risk Factors -- Risks Related to Conducting Operations in PRC — The approval of the CSRC or other Chinese regulatory agencies may be required in connection with this offering under Chinese law,” “Risks Factor -- Risks Related to Conducting Operations in PRC — The Chinese government may exercise significant oversight and discretion over the conduct of business in the PRC and may intervene in or influence our operations at any time, which could result in a material change in our operations and/or the value of our securities. We are also currently not required to obtain any pre-approval or fulfill the filing and reporting obligations from or to Chinese authorities to list on U.S. exchanges, however, if we are required to obtain approval in the future and are denied permission from Chinese authorities to list on U.S. exchanges, we will not be able to continue listing on U.S. exchange, which would materially affect the interest of the investors” and “Risks Factors — The Chinese government may intervene in or influence our business operations at any time or may exert more control over offerings conducted overseas and foreign investment in China based issuers, which could result in a material change in our business operations and significantly and adversely impact the value of our securities. Additionally, the governmental and regulatory interference could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors and cause the value of such securities to significantly decline or be worthless.”

 

 

However, to operate our general business activities currently conducted in China, each of our PRC subsidiaries is required to obtain a business license from the SAMR. Each of our PRC subsidiaries has obtained a valid business license from the SAMR, and no application for any such license has been denied. Further, to operate our general business activities currently conducted in China, our relevant PRC subsidiaries are also required to obtain other permits from the PRC government, including sewage discharge permits, pollution discharge registration of stationary pollution source, customs registration certificate for customs declaration entities, record-filing form for entry-exit inspection and quarantine for declaration enterprise, food operation permit, and those with respect to environment protection and fire safety inspection, as applicable. Our PRC subsidiaries have obtained the foregoing permits applicable to them and no application for such permits has been denied.

 

Corporate information

 

Proposed PRC Cybersecurity Measures

 

On December 28, 2021, the CAC published the amendment to the Cybersecurity Review Measures, which is to replace the current Cybersecurity Review Measures after it becomes effective on February 15, 2022. On November 14, 2021, the CAC released a draft of the Administrative Regulations on Network Data Security, or Draft Regulations, for public comments. The amended Cybersecurity Review Measures stipulate that, among other items, if an issuer is classified as a “network platform operator” and such issuer possesses personal information of more than one million users and intends to be listed on a securities exchange in a foreign country, it must complete a cybersecurity review. Alternatively, relevant governmental authorities in China may initiate a cybersecurity review if such governmental authorities determine an operator’s cyber products or services, data processing or potential listing in a foreign country affect or may affect national security. The Draft Regulations also stipulate that, among other items, for any listing to be done on a securities exchange in a foreign country involving a “data processing operator” with personal information of more than one million users, such “data processing operator” shall report to the CAC for a cybersecurity review. The Draft Regulations were released for public comment only, and the draft provisions and anticipated adoption or effective date are subject to changes and thus its interpretation and implementation remain substantially uncertain. We cannot predict the impact of the draft measures, if any, on the operations of our Company at this stage.

 

“Data processing operators” is defined under the Draft Regulations as “any individual or organization that autonomously determines the purpose and manner of the processing of network data” and “network platform operators” is not defined under the amended Cybersecurity Review Measures. While the exact scope of “network platform” and “data processing operators” remains unclear, the Chinese government authorities may have wide discretion in the interpretation and enforcement of these laws. Currently, the draft amended Cybersecurity Review Measures and the Draft Regulations have not materially affected our business and operations and we do not believe o]ur business activities affect or may be interpreted to affect PRC’s national security. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not been informed by any relevant Chinese government authorities that we are identified as or considered a “network platform operator” or “data processing operator.” We are not aware of any requirement that we should file for a cybersecurity review, nor have we received any inquiry, notice, warning, sanction in such respect or any regulatory objections to this offering. However, in anticipation of the strengthened implementation of cybersecurity laws and regulations, there can be no assurance that we will not be deemed as a network platform operator or data processing operator under the Chinese cybersecurity laws and regulations in the future, or that the amended Cybersecurity Review Measures and the Draft Regulations will not be further amended or other laws or regulations will not be promulgated to subject us to the cybersecurity review or other compliance requirements. In such case, we may face challenges in addressing such enhanced regulatory requirements. For additional information, see “Risk Factors––Risks related to Our Business and Industry—Our failure to comply with data protection laws and regulations could lead to government enforcement actions and significant penalties against us, and adversely impact our operating results,” “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Conducting Operations in PRC —Compliance with China’s new Data Security Law, Cybersecurity Review Measures, Personal Information Protection Law, regulations and guidelines relating to the multi-level protection scheme and any other future laws and regulations may entail significant expenses and could materially affect our business,” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Conducting Operations in PRC — The approval of the CSRC or other Chinese regulatory agencies may be required in connection with this offering under Chinese law.”

 

6
 

 

History and Corporate Structure

 

Our History

 

Our Predecessor Group commenced wood composite manufacturing and sports equipment processing business in 1970 and was one of the earliest private enterprises to manufacture wood composite in Taiwan. However, due to changes in the product development in the sporting goods industry with higher product requirements on the weight-saving, endurance and stiffness, our Predecessor Group gradually shifted the focus from wood composite manufacturing to carbon composite product manufacturing since 1980. Our Predecessor Group launched the carbon composite business line in 1980, targeting sporting goods, such as rackets. In 2005, our Predecessor Group launched the bicycle business line in order to expand our scope of carbon composite sporting goods to sports bicycle. In 2017, we produced our first electric bicycle frame. In 2018, in light of the prevalence of and favorable government policies on electric bicycle around the world, while continuing our development and sales of sports bicycle, we have in parallel strategically expanded further on the development and production of electric bicycle. We also developed our first carbon fiber robotic arm and other health care products in 2018. In 2019, we expanded our R&D team on the design and production of electric bicycle by addition of personnel. Through our R&D centers in Taiwan and the PRC, we have continued to upgrade and enhance our material technology, product structural design and production process technology, in order to uplift our product quality, product performance, production efficiency and expand our product spectrum.

 

Corporate Structure

 

On May 24, 2016, J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. (“J-Star”) was incorporated as an exempted company with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands as our holding company. J-Star directly holds all the share capital of (i) Goal Beyond Limited (“Goal Beyond”), which is an International Company incorporated in Samoa on April 13, 2016, (ii) Star Leader Trading Limited (“Star Leader Trading”), which was incorporated in Hong Kong on May 30, 2016 as a limited company, and (iii) Bohong Technology, which was incorporated in the PRC on October 9, 2018. Our wholly owned subsidiary Goal Beyond, in turn, holds all the share capital of (i) YMA Corporation (“TW YMA”), which was incorporated in Taiwan on July 17, 2015, (ii) Time Yield Limited (“Time Yield”), which was incorporated in Samoa on January 30, 2013, (iii) YMA Composite Materials (DG) Co., Ltd. (“Dongguan YMA”), which was incorporated in the PRC on September 30, 2018, and (iv) Forwell Sports Equipment Co., Ltd. (“Dongguan Forwell”), which was incorporated in the PRC on December 5, 2003.

 

Organizational Structure and Cash Flow

 

The following diagram depicts our current corporate structure. As of the date of this prospectus, the shares of each of our subsidiaries are 100% owned by the respective entity displayed immediately above that subsidiary. Currently, our corporate structure contains no variable interest entities (“VIE”) and we do not intend to enter into any contractual arrangements to establish a VIE structure with any entity in the PRC. For the defined term of each subsidiary of our Group, please refer to the paragraph headed “Prospectus Summary – History and Corporate Structure - Corporate Structure”.

 

 

our subsidiaries with earnings.

our non-operating subsidiaries as of the date of this prospectus.

 

Within the organization, approximately 80% of our customer cash inflows have been received by Star Leader Trading, our order-taking subsidiary in Hong Kong, and approximately 20% of our customer cash inflows have been received by TW YMA, our subsidiary in Taiwan. Two of our subsidiaries in the PRC, Dongguan YMA and Dongguan Forwell, are involved in providing supportive services to the Group, mainly manufacturing of products, and they do not have any sales to external customers. Time Yield is our subsidiary in Samoa mainly involved in the supportive services of procurement of raw material and it does not have any sales to external customers. As of the date of this prospectus, our subsidiaries in Samoa and the PRC, Goal Beyond and Bohong Technology, does not have any operating business activities.

 

Our Hong Kong subsidiary purchases goods and services from our Taiwan subsidiary and then pay into our operating PRC subsidiaries; or directly from our Taiwan subsidiary to our PRC subsidiaries, and from our operating PRC subsidiaries to Time Yield, through payments on the goods and services provided by the relevant entities.

 

7
 

 

The following are the aggregate intra-group cash flow for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the six months ended June 30, 2021:

 

 

From

 

To

  For the Year Ended December 31, 2019   For the Year Ended December 31, 2020  

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2021

 
Star Leader Trading  TW YMA  $4,574,241   $19,418,926   $11,087,519 
TW YMA  Dongguan YMA  $1,177,817   $3,097,920   $7,238,534 
TW YMA  Dongguan Forwell  $572,420   $469,711   $3,727,124 
Dongguan YMA  TW YMA  $4,344,248   $12,524,842   $1.427,087 
Dongguan Forwell  TW YMA  $1,496,603   $1,496,603   $648,152 
Star Leader Trading  Dongguan YMA  $8,429,824   $0   $0 
Star Leader Trading  Dongguan Forwell  $6,272,261   $0   $0 
Dongguan YMA  Time Yield  $1,420,443   $769,756   $1,310,277 
Dongguan Forwell  Time Yield  $844,428   $51,005   $557,150 

 

Dividends and other distributions

 

J-Star was incorporated in Cayman Islands on May 24, 2016, to be the ultimate parent company of the Group. As a holding company with no material operations of our own, our operations are conducted through our subsidiaries in the PRC, Taiwan, Hong Kong and Samoa with our headquarters in Taiwan. Our operations in the PRC may also subject us to certain laws and regulations in China. J-Star is permitted under the laws of Cayman Islands to provide funding to our subsidiaries in Taiwan, Hong Kong and Samoa through loans or capital contributions without restrictions on the amount of the funds provided such arrangement is in the best interests of the Company.

 

Our operating subsidiaries in Hong Kong and Taiwan are permitted under the laws of Hong Kong and Taiwan, respectively, to provide direct or indirect funding to J-Star, the holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands, through dividend distributions. Our Group currently intend to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, for the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. We also intend to settle amounts owned under our operating structure through bank loans and loans from related parties. We currently do not have any dividend policy, and any future determination will be made at the discretion of our board of directors after considering our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual requirements, business prospects and other factors the board of directors deems relevant, and subject to the restrictions contained in any future financing instruments.

 

Subject to the Companies Act (2022 Revision) of the Cayman Islands and our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, our board of directors may authorize and declare a dividend to shareholders (including shareholders who are based in the U.S.) from time to time out of the profits from the Company, realized or unrealized, or out of the share premium account, provided that the Company will remain solvent, meaning the Company is able to pay its debts as they come due in the ordinary course of business. There is no further Cayman Islands statutory restriction on the amount of funds which may be distributed by us in the form of dividends.

 

In or around July 2017, J-Star declared NTD 61.5 million (approximately $2.2 million) of dividends to the then shareholders. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we did not pay any dividends to our shareholders. As of the date of this prospectus, neither we nor any of our subsidiaries have ever paid dividends or made distributions to U.S. investors. If we determine to pay dividends on any of our ordinary shares in the future, as a holding company, we will be dependent on receipt of funds from our operating subsidiaries in Hong Kong and Taiwan. Under the current practice of the Inland Revenue Department of Hong Kong, no tax is payable in Hong Kong in respect of dividends paid by us, and under the current laws of Taiwan, dividends (whether in cash or shares) declared by TW YMA out of its retained earnings and distributed to Goal Beyond are subject to Taiwan withholding tax, currently at the rate of 21% on the amount of the distribution (in the case of cash dividends) or on the par value of the shares (in the case of stock dividends).

 

8
 

 

There are no restrictions or limitations under the laws of Hong Kong imposed on the conversion of HK dollar into foreign currencies and the remittance of currencies out of Hong Kong, nor is there any restriction on any foreign exchange to transfer cash between the Company and its subsidiaries, across borders and to investors outside of PRC, nor is there any restrictions and limitations to distribute earnings from the subsidiaries, to the Company and investors outside of PRC and amounts owed. There are no exchange controls in Cayman Islands.

 

All cash dividends declared and payable on the shares of TW YMA may be paid by TW YMA to Goal Beyond (as a foreign corporate shareholder) in New Taiwan dollars that, so long as Goal Beyond maintains its status as a foreign investor as approved by the Investment Commission of Taiwan, may be converted into foreign currency and freely transferred out of Taiwan without the necessity of obtaining any additional Taiwan governmental approvals.

 

Under current Taiwan Foreign Exchange Control Law and regulations, foreign currency earned from exports of merchandise and services may be retained and used freely by exporters, and all foreign currency needed for the importation of merchandise and services may be purchased freely from the designated foreign exchange banks. Apart from trade-related or service-related foreign exchange transactions, Taiwan companies may, without foreign exchange approval, remit to and from Taiwan foreign currency in each calendar year of up to US$50 million (or such other amount as determined by Taiwan’s Central Bank from time to time at its discretion in consideration of Taiwan’s economic and financial conditions or the needs to maintain the order of foreign exchange market in Taiwan). The above limits apply to remittances involving either a conversion of New Taiwan dollars into a foreign currency or a conversion of foreign currency into New Taiwan dollars. For further details, please refer to “Regulations – Regulations in Taiwan – Regulations Relating to Foreign Exchange”.

 

Although we did not rely on our PRC subsidiaries in dividend and other distributions on equity in the past, we may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiaries for our cash and financing requirements in the future, including the funds necessary to pay dividends and other cash distributions to our shareholders or to service any debt we may incur. If any of our PRC subsidiaries incur debt on its own behalf in the future, the instruments governing such debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends to us. To date, there have not been any such dividends or other distributions from our PRC subsidiaries to our subsidiaries located outside of China. In addition, save as disclosed above, as of the date of this prospectus, none of our subsidiaries have ever issued any dividends or distributions to us or their respective shareholders outside of China. As of the date of this prospectus, neither we nor any of our subsidiaries have ever paid dividends or made distributions to U.S. investors. In the future, cash proceeds raised from overseas financing activities, including this offering, may be transferred by us to our PRC subsidiaries via capital contribution or shareholder loans, as the case may be.

 

According to the Foreign Investment Law of the People’s Republic of China and its implementing rules, which jointly established the legal framework for the administration of foreign-invested companies, a foreign investor may, in accordance with other applicable laws, freely transfer into or out of China its contributions, profits, capital earnings, income from asset disposal, intellectual property rights royalties acquired, compensation or indemnity legally obtained, and income from liquidation, made or derived within the territory of China in RMB or any foreign currency, and any entity or individual shall not illegally restrict such transfer in terms of the currency, amount and frequency. According to the Company Law of the People’s Republic of China and other Chinese laws and regulations, our PRC subsidiaries may pay dividends only out of their respective accumulated profits as determined in accordance with Chinese accounting standards and regulations. In addition, each of our PRC subsidiaries is required to set aside at least 10% of its accumulated after-tax profits, if any, each year to fund a certain statutory reserve fund, until the aggregate amount of such fund reaches 50% of its registered capital. Where the statutory reserve fund is insufficient to cover any loss the Chinese subsidiary incurred in the previous financial year, its current financial year’s accumulated after-tax profits shall first be used to cover the loss before any statutory reserve fund is drawn therefrom. Such statutory reserve funds and the accumulated after-tax profits that are used for covering the loss cannot be distributed to us as dividends. At their discretion, our PRC subsidiaries may allocate a portion of their after-tax profits based on Chinese accounting standards to a discretionary reserve fund.

 

Renminbi is not freely convertible into other currencies. As result, any restriction on currency exchange may limit the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to use their potential future renminbi revenues to pay dividends to us. The Chinese government imposes controls on the convertibility of renminbi into foreign currencies and, in certain cases, the remittance of currency out of China. Shortages in availability of foreign currency may then restrict the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to remit sufficient foreign currency to our offshore entities for our offshore entities to pay dividends or make other payments or otherwise to satisfy our foreign-currency-denominated obligations. The renminbi is currently convertible under the “current account,” which includes dividends, trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, without the need of the approval of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange of China (“SAFE”). By contrast, the renminibi under the “capital account,” which includes foreign direct investment and foreign currency debt, including loans we may secure for our onshore subsidiaries, may be converted into other currencies upon the approval of the SAFE and the conversion is also subject to other restrictions or limitations, e.g., control of a Chinese entity’s foreign debt quota. Currently, our PRC subsidiaries may purchase foreign currency for settlement of “current account transactions,” including payment of dividends to us, without the approval of the SAFE by complying with certain procedural requirements. However, the relevant Chinese governmental authorities may limit or eliminate our ability to purchase foreign currencies in the future for current account transactions. The Chinese government may continue to strengthen its capital controls, and additional restrictions and substantial vetting processes may be instituted by SAFE for cross-border transactions falling under both the current account and the capital account. Any existing and future restrictions on currency exchange may limit our ability to utilize revenue generated in renminbi to fund our business activities outside of China or pay dividends in foreign currencies to holders of our securities. Foreign exchange transactions under the capital account remain subject to limitations and require approvals from, or registration with, SAFE and other relevant Chinese governmental authorities. This could affect our ability to obtain foreign currency through debt or equity financing for our subsidiaries. See “Risks Related to Conducting Operations in PRC—We may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to make payments to us could have a material and adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business” for a detailed discussion of the Chinese legal restrictions on the payment of dividends and our ability to transfer cash within our group. In addition, shareholders may potentially be subject to Chinese taxes on dividends paid by us in the event we are deemed a Chinese resident enterprise for Chinese tax purposes. See “Taxation— People’s Republic of China Taxation” for more details.

 

9
 

 

Foreign Private Issuer Status

 

We are a foreign private issuer within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). As such, we are exempt from certain provisions applicable to United States domestic public companies. For example:

 

  ● we are not required to provide as many Exchange Act reports, or as frequently, as a domestic public company;
     
  ● for interim reporting, we are permitted to comply solely with our home country requirements, which are less rigorous than the rules that apply to domestic public companies;
     
  ● we are not required to provide the same level of disclosure on certain issues, such as executive compensation;
     
  ● we are exempt from provisions of Regulation FD aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information;
     
  ● we are not required to comply with the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act; and
     
  ● we are not required to comply with Section 16 of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their share ownership and trading activities and establishing insider liability for profits realized from any “short-swing” trading transaction.

 

10
 

 

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

 

As a company with less than US$1.07 billion in revenue for the last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (as amended by the Fixing America’s Surface Transportation Act of 2015) (the “JOBS Act”). An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include exemption from the auditor attestation requirement under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting. The JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”), does not need to comply with any new or revised financial accounting standards until such date that a private company is otherwise required to comply with such new or revised accounting standards. Because we prepare our financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), we are unable to take advantage of the aforementioned provision.

 

We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our ordinary shares pursuant to this offering. However, if certain events occur before the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large accelerated filer,” our annual gross revenues exceed $1.07 billion or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company before the end of such five-year period.

 

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for complying with new or revised accounting standards. The extended transition period provision only applies to companies preparing financial statements under U.S. GAAP. Because we prepare our financial statements in accordance with IFRS, we are unable to take advantage of the aforementioned provision.

 

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of our fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of at least US$1.07 billion; (ii) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three year period, issued more than US$1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our ordinary shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds US$700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter and we have been publicly reporting for at least 12 months. Once we cease to be an emerging growth company, we will not be entitled to the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act discussed above.

 

Corporate Information

 

Our principal executive offices in Taiwan are located at 7F-1, No. 633, Sec. 2, Taiwan Blvd., Xitun District, Taichung City 407, Taiwan (R.O.C.). Our telephone number at this address is +886-423229900. Our registered agent in Cayman Islands is Portcullis (Cayman) Ltd of The Grand Pavilion Commercial Centre, Oleander Way, 802 West Bay Road, P.O. Box 32052, Grand Cayman, KY1-1208, Cayman Islands. Investors should submit any inquiries to the address and telephone number of our principal executive offices.

 

Our principal website is www.ymaunivers.com. The information contained on this website is not a part of this prospectus. Our agent for service of process in the United States is Puglisi & Associates, located at 850 Library Avenue, Suite 204, Newark, Delaware 19711.

 

Conventions that Apply to this Prospectus

 

This prospectus contains information and statistics relating to Taiwan and the PRC’s economy and the industries in which we operate derived from various publications issued by market research companies and Taiwan and the PRC governmental entities, which have not been independently verified by us, the underwriters or any of our affiliates or advisers including Frost & Sullivan, an independent market research and consulting firm with respect to information on the global carbon fiber industry, global carbon fiber bicycle parts industry, global carbon fiber racket parts industry and other carbon fiber sectors industry. The information in such sources may not be consistent with other information compiled in or outside Taiwan and the PRC.

 

Unless otherwise noted, all translations from NTD to U.S. Dollars and from U.S. Dollars to NTD or from RMB to U.S. Dollars and from U.S. Dollars to RMB in this prospectus are made at a rate of NTD27.91 to US$1.00 and RMB6.46 to US$1.00, respectively, the exchange rate in effect as of June 30, 2021 as set forth in the H.10 statistical release of The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. We make no representation that any NTD or RMB or U.S. Dollar amounts or could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars or NTD or RMB, as the case may be, at any particular rate, or at all.

 

11
 

 

The Offering

 

Shares being offered: [_____] ordinary shares (or [_____] ordinary shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) on a firm commitment basis.
   
Initial offering price: $[●] per share.
   
Number of ordinary shares outstanding before the offering: 15,762,887 ordinary shares are outstanding as of the date of this prospectus.
   
Number of ordinary shares outstanding after the offering: [●] ordinary shares (or [●] ordinary shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full).
   
Underwriters over-allotment option: We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of up to 45 days to purchase up to [●] additional ordinary shares.
   
Use of proceeds:

We expect that we will receive net proceeds of approximately US$[●] million from this offering or approximately US$[●] million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, assuming an initial public offering price of US$[●] per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated range of the initial public offering price, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

We plan to use the net proceeds of this offering as follows:

 

●     approximately 25% for acquiring and investing in production plant in the U.S. for the production of electric bicycle;

 

●     approximately 25% for purchasing equipment for our second production plant in Yangzhou, the PRC, for the production of key structural parts of electric bicycle, robotic arms, automobile and prepreg material;

 

●      approximately 15% for investment on electric bicycle and sports bicycle brands in Michigan State, the U.S.,  through acquisition, joint venture and/or co-branding production;

 

●      approximately 15% for establishing our R&D center in Houston, the U.S., for developing automation and advanced composite material and chemical technologies;

 

●      approximately 15% for general administration and working capital expansion; and

 

●      approximately 5% for establishing our sales and administration office in Houston, the U.S., to closely work with our office in Taiwan on U.S. market sales and expansion.

 

See “Use of Proceeds.”

   
Lock-up: We, all of our directors and officers and certain shareholders have agreed with the underwriters not to sell, transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our ordinary shares for a period of six (6) months after the date of this prospectus. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Underwriting” for more information.
   
Listing: We have applied to have our ordinary shares listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, or Nasdaq. We cannot guarantee that we will be successful in listing our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq; however, we will not complete this offering unless we are so listed.
   
Proposed Nasdaq symbol: YMAT
   
Risk factors: Investing in our ordinary shares is highly speculative and involves a significant degree of risk. As an investor, you should be able to bear a complete loss of your investment. You should carefully consider the information set forth in the “Risk Factors” section.

 

12
 

 

RISK FACTORS

 

An investment in our ordinary shares involves significant risks. You should carefully consider all of the information in this prospectus, including the risks and uncertainties described below, before making an investment in our ordinary shares. Any of the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In any such case, the market price of our ordinary shares could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

 

Risks Related to Conducting Operations in PRC

 

A downturn in the PRC or global economy, and economic and political policies of the PRC could materially and adversely affect our business and financial condition.

 

We conduct certain operations through our subsidiaries in the PRC and we also have direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries with some operations in the PRC. Accordingly, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations may be influenced to a significant degree by political, economic and social conditions in the PRC generally and by continued economic growth in the PRC as a whole. The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the amount of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources. While the Chinese economy has experienced significant growth over the past decades, growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy. The Chinese government has implemented various measures to encourage economic growth and guide the allocation of resources. Some of these measures may benefit the overall Chinese economy, but may have a negative effect on us.

 

Economic conditions in China are sensitive to global economic conditions. Any prolonged slowdown in the global or Chinese economy may affect potential clients’ confidence in financial market as a whole and have a negative impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, continued turbulence in the international markets may adversely affect our ability to access the capital markets to meet liquidity needs.

 

Uncertainties with respect to the PRC legal system could adversely affect us.

 

We conduct certain operations through our subsidiaries in PRC and we also have direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries with some operations in the PRC. PRC companies are generally subject to laws and regulations applicable to foreign investments in China and, in particular, laws and regulations applicable to wholly foreign-owned enterprises. The PRC legal system is based on statutes. Prior court decisions may be cited for reference but have limited precedential value.

 

Since 1979, PRC legislation and regulations have significantly enhanced the protections afforded to various forms of foreign investments in China. However, China has not developed a fully integrated legal system and recently enacted laws and regulations may not sufficiently cover all aspects of economic activities in China. In particular, because these laws and regulations are relatively new, and because of the limited volume of published decisions and their nonbinding nature, the interpretation and enforcement of these laws and regulations involve uncertainties. In addition, the PRC legal system is based in part on government policies and internal rules (some of which are not published on a timely basis or at all) that may have a retroactive effect. As a result, we may not be aware of our violation of these policies and rules until sometime after the violation. In addition, any litigation in China may be protracted and result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention.

 

Changes in the policies, regulations, rules, and the enforcement of laws of the PRC government may be quick with little advance notice and could have a significant impact upon our ability to operate profitably in the PRC.

 

We conduct certain operations through our subsidiaries in the PRC, which may subject us to certain laws and regulations in the PRC. Accordingly, economic, political and legal developments in the PRC will affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Policies, regulations, rules, and the enforcement of laws of the PRC government can have significant effects on economic conditions in the PRC and the ability of businesses to operate profitably. Our ability to operate profitably in the PRC may be adversely affected by changes in policies by the PRC government, including changes in laws, regulations or their interpretation, particularly those dealing with the Internet, including censorship and other restriction on material which can be transmitted over the Internet, security, intellectual property, money laundering, taxation and other laws that affect our ability to operate our business in China.

 

13
 

 

The Chinese government may exercise significant oversight and discretion over the conduct of business in the PRC and may intervene in or influence our operations at any time, which could result in a material change in our operations and/or the value of our securities. We are also currently not required to obtain any pre-approval or fulfill the filing or reporting obligations from or to Chinese authorities to list on U.S. exchanges, however, if we are required to obtain approval in the future and are denied permission from Chinese authorities to list on U.S. exchanges, we will not be able to continue listing on U.S. exchange, which would materially affect the interest of the investors.

 

Since our operations are conducted through our subsidiaries in the PRC, Taiwan, Hong Kong and Samoa with our headquarters in Taiwan, this may subject us to certain laws and regulations in China. The Chinese government has exercised and continues to exercise substantial control over virtually every sector of the Chinese economy through regulation and state ownership. Our ability to conduct our current business may be harmed by changes in its laws and regulations, including those relating to taxation, environmental regulations, property and other matters. The central or local governments of these jurisdictions may impose new, stricter regulations or interpretations of existing regulations that would require additional expenditures and efforts on our part to ensure our compliance with such regulations or interpretations. Accordingly, government actions in the future, including any decision not to continue to support recent economic reforms and to return to a more centrally planned economy or regional or local variations in the implementation of economic policies, could have a significant effect on economic conditions in China or particular regions thereof, and could require us to divest ourselves of any interest we then hold in Chinese properties.

 

For example, the Chinese cybersecurity regulator announced on July 2, 2021 that it had begun an investigation of Didi Global Inc. (NYSE: DIDI) and two days later ordered that the company’s app be removed from smartphone app stores. On July 24, 2021, the General Office of the Communist Party of China Central Committee and the General Office of the State Council jointly released the Guidelines for Further Easing the Burden of Excessive Homework and Off-campus Tutoring for Students at the Stage of Compulsory Education, pursuant to which foreign investment in such firms via mergers and acquisitions, franchise development, and variable interest entities are banned from this sector.

 

As such, we could be subject to regulations by various political and regulatory entities, including various local and municipal agencies and government sub-divisions, and these regulations may be interpreted and applied inconsistently by different agencies or authorities. We may incur increased costs necessary to comply with existing and newly adopted laws and regulations or penalties for any failure to comply, and such compliance or any associated inquiries or investigations or any other government actions may:

 

  ● delay or impede our development;
     
  ● result in negative publicity or increase our operating costs;
     
  ● require significant management time and attention; and
     
  ● subject our Company to remedies, administrative penalties and even criminal liabilities that may harm our business, including fines assessed for our current or historical operations, or demands or orders that we modify or even cease our business practices.

 

Further, our business is subject to various government regulations and regulatory interference. As of the date of this prospectus, each of our PRC subsidiaries has received all requisite permissions and approvals from the Chinese authorities for the operation of our business in the PRC, including but not limited to the business license from the SAMR, sewage discharge permits, pollution discharge registration of stationary pollution source, customs registration certificate for customs declaration entities, record-filing form for entry-exit inspection and quarantine for declaration enterprise, food operation permit, and those with respect to environment protection and fire safety inspection, as applicable, and such permissions and approvals are valid and have not been revoked. Based on the PRC laws and regulations currently effective, we, including our subsidiaries, are not subject to any pre-approval requirement, filing or reporting from Chinese authorities, including the China Securities Regulatory Commission, or CSRC, or Cybersecurity Administration Committee, or CAC, to conduct this offering or list on U.S. exchanges or issue securities to foreign investors or to obtain any further permissions to conduct our current business in the PRC in addition to the permits currently held by us to operate our general business activities. Nevertheless, we may incur increased costs necessary to comply with existing and newly adopted laws and regulations or penalties for any failure to comply. Furthermore, given recent statements by the Chinese government indicating an intent to exert more oversight and control over offerings that are conducted overseas and there are uncertainties with respect to the Chinese legal system and changes in laws, regulations and policies, including how those laws and regulations will be interpreted or implemented, although as of the date of this prospectus, we have not been involved in any investigations initiated by the applicable government regulatory authorities, nor have we received any inquiry, notice, warning or sanction in such respect, it is uncertain whether or when we might be subject to such requirements, permission and approval from any related PRC government to list our shares on Nasdaq in the future. If approval is required in the future and we were denied permission from Chinese authorities to list on U.S. exchanges, we will not be able to continue listing on U.S. exchange or it may adversely affect our business and results of operation, which would materially affect the interest of the investors. Although we are currently not required to obtain any pre-approval requirement from any of the PRC central or local government and we have not received any denial to conduct this offering, to list on the U.S. exchange or to conduct our current business, our operations may be adversely affected in the future, directly or indirectly, by existing or future PRC laws and regulations if PRC regulatory authorities do not take the same view as us. If the CSRC or other regulatory agencies later promulgate new rules or explanations requiring that we obtain their approvals for this offering and any follow-on offering, we may be unable to obtain such approvals which could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to our investors. The CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies may also take actions requiring us, or making it advisable for us, to halt this offering before the settlement and delivery of the ordinary shares that we are offering. Consequently, if you engage in market trading or other activities in anticipation of and prior to the settlement and delivery of the ordinary shares we are offering, you would be doing so at the risk that the settlement and delivery may not occur. Any uncertainties or negative publicity regarding such approval requirements could have a material adverse effect on our ability to complete this offering or any follow-on offering of our securities or the market for and market price of our ordinary shares. However, currently, we are not required to obtain additional permission or approval from Chinese authorities, including the CSRC and the CAC, to either approve our PRC subsidiaries’ operation or to offer the securities being registered to foreign investors.

  

It is uncertain when and whether we will be required to obtain any pre-approval or fulfill any filing or reporting obligation from or to the PRC government to list on U.S. exchanges or to obtain any further permissions to conduct our current business operation in the PRC in addition to the permits currently held by us to operate our general business activities, and even when such pre-approval or permission is obtained, whether it will be denied or rescinded. Further, the promulgation of new laws or regulations, or the new interpretation of existing laws and regulations, in each case that restrict or otherwise unfavorably may impact the ability or the way we may conduct our business and could require us to change certain aspects of our business to ensure compliance, which could decrease demand for our products or services, reduce revenues, increase costs, require us to obtain more licenses, permits, approvals or certificates, or subject it to additional liabilities. As such, our operations could be adversely affected, directly or indirectly, by existing or future PRC laws and regulations relating to its business or industry, which could result in a material adverse change in the value of our ordinary shares, potentially rendering it worthless. As a result, both you and us face uncertainty about future actions by the PRC government that could significantly affect our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors and cause the value of our securities to significantly decline or be worthless.

 

The Chinese government may intervene in or influence our business operations at any time or may exert more control over offerings conducted overseas and foreign investment in China based issuers, which could result in a material change in our business operations and significantly and adversely impact the value of our securities. Additionally, the governmental and regulatory interference could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors and cause the value of such securities to significantly decline or be worthless.

 

14
 

 

The Chinese government has significant oversight and discretion over the conduct of our business and may intervene or influence our operations as the government deems appropriate to further regulatory, political and societal goals. The Chinese government has recently published new policies that significantly affected certain industries such as the education and internet industries, and we cannot rule out the possibility that it will in the future release regulations or policies regarding our industry that could require us to seek permission from Chinese authorities to continue to operate our business, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, recent statements made by the Chinese government have indicated an intent to increase the government’s oversight and control over offerings of companies with significant operations in China that are to be conducted in foreign markets, as well as foreign investment in China-based issuers like us. Any such action, once taken by the Chinese government, could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer ordinary shares to our investors, and could cause the value of our ordinary shares to significantly decline or become worthless.

 

Recent statements by the Chinese government have indicated an intent to exert more oversight and control over offerings that are conducted overseas and/or foreign investments in China-based issuers. On July 6, 2021, the General Office of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China and the General Office of the State Council jointly promulgated the Opinions on Strictly Cracking Down on Illegal Securities Activities in Accordance with the Law, pursuant to which Chinese regulators are required to accelerate rulemaking related to the overseas issuance and listing of securities, and update the existing laws and regulations related to data security, cross-border data flow, and management of confidential information. On December 24, 2021, the State Council published the Provisions on the Administration of Overseas Securities Offering and Listing by Domestic Companies, or Draft Administration Provisions, as well as the Administrative Measures for the Filing of Overseas Securities Offering and Listing by Domestic Companies, or Draft Administration Measures, for public comments. Under the Draft Administration Provisions, a filing-based regulatory system will be introduced to cover both direct and indirect overseas issuance and listing of securities. The Draft Administration Measures further provide the scope of activities subject to the filing requirement, and relevant criteria for determining whether an activity falls within the scope. Pursuant to the Draft Administration Measures, the determination as to whether a PRC domestic company is indirectly offering and listing securities in an overseas market shall be made on a substance over form basis. If the issuer meets the following conditions, the offering and listing shall be determined as an indirect overseas offering and listing by a domestic company: (1) the total assets, net assets, revenues or profits of the domestic operating entity of the issuer in the most recent accounting year account for more than 50% of the corresponding figure in the issuer’s audited consolidated financial statements for the same period; and (2) the senior management in charge of business operation and management of the issuer are mostly Chinese citizens or have domicile in China, and the issuer’s main places of business are located in China or main business activities are conducted in China. The PRC has recently published new rules that require companies collecting or holding large amounts of data to undergo a cybersecurity review prior to listing in foreign countries. Pursuant to Article 7 of the Measures for Cybersecurity Review published by the CAC on December 28, 2021 and to become effective on February 15, 2022, if an issuer is classified as a “network platform operator” and such issuer possesses personal information of more than 1 million users must now apply for cybersecurity approval when seeking listings in other nations due to the risk that such data and personal information could be “affected, controlled, and maliciously exploited by foreign governments.”

 

As a holding company with no material operations of our own, our operations are conducted through our subsidiaries in the PRC, Taiwan, Hong Kong and Samoa with our headquarters in Taiwan, which may subject us to certain laws and regulations in China. As such, we may collect certain personal data from our customers in connection with our business and operations and we are subject to various regulatory requirements relating to the security and privacy of data in various jurisdictions, as our customers are worldwide and are mostly based in Europe. However, we do not hold personal information of more than one million users and we believe that this offering is not subject to PRC cybersecurity review. In addition, as of the date of this prospectus, we have not received any notice of and is not currently subject to any proceedings initiated by the CAC or any other PRC regulatory authority. Nonetheless, we may be subject to heightened regulatory scrutiny from PRC governmental authorities in the future. As there remains significant uncertainty in the interpretation and enforcement of the Data Security Law and the Personal Information Protection Law, we cannot assure you that we will comply with such regulations in all respects. Any non-compliance with these laws and regulations may subject us to fines, orders to rectify or terminate any actions that are deemed illegal by regulatory authorities, other penalties, including but not limited to reputational damage or legal proceedings against us, which may affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

15
 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, as of the date of this prospectus, there are no PRC laws and regulations in force explicitly requiring that we obtain any pre-approval from PRC authorities to issue securities to foreign investors, and we have not received any inquiry, notice, warning, sanction or any regulatory objection to this offering from the CSRC, the CAC or any other PRC authorities that have jurisdiction over our operations. Based on our understanding of the PRC laws and regulations currently in effect as of the date of this prospectus, our registered public offering in the U.S. is not subject to the review or prior approval of the CAC or the CSRC. However, there remains uncertainty as to the enactment, interpretation and implementation of regulatory requirements related to overseas securities offering and other capital markets activities and due to the possibility that laws, regulations, or policies in the PRC could change rapidly in the future. Any future action by the PRC government expanding the categories of industries and companies whose foreign securities offerings are subject to review by the CSRC, the CAC or other PRC regulatory authorities could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors and could cause the value of such securities to significantly decline or be worthless.

 

The approval of the CSRC or other Chinese regulatory agencies may be required in connection with this offering under Chinese law.

 

The Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors (the “M&A Rules”) purport to require offshore special purpose vehicles that are controlled by Chinese companies or individuals and that have been formed for the purpose of seeking a public listing on an overseas stock exchange through acquisitions of Chinese domestic companies or assets in exchange for the shares of the offshore special purpose vehicles shall obtain CSRC approval prior to publicly listing their securities on an overseas stock exchange.

 

Furthermore, on July 6, 2021, the General Office of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China and the General Office of the State Council jointly promulgated the Opinions on Strictly Cracking Down on Illegal Securities Activities in Accordance with the Law, pursuant to which Chinese regulators are required to accelerate rulemaking related to the overseas issuance and listing of securities, and update the existing laws and regulations related to data security, cross-border data flow, and management of confidential information. On December 24, 2021, the State Council published the Provisions on the Administration of Overseas Securities Offering and Listing by Domestic Companies, or Draft Administration Provisions, as well as the Administrative Measures for the Filing of Overseas Securities Offering and Listing by Domestic Companies, or Draft Administration Measures, for public comments. Under the Draft Administration Provisions, a filing-based regulatory system will be introduced to cover both direct and indirect overseas issuance and listing of securities. The Draft Administration Measures further provide the scope of activities subject to the filing requirement, and relevant criteria for determining whether an activity falls within the scope. Pursuant to the Draft Administration Measures, the determination as to whether a PRC domestic company is indirectly offering and listing securities in an overseas market shall be made on a substance over form basis. If the issuer meets the following conditions, the offering and listing shall be determined as an indirect overseas offering and listing by a domestic company: (1) the total assets, net assets, revenues or profits of the domestic operating entity of the issuer in the most recent accounting year account for more than 50% of the corresponding figure in the issuer’s audited consolidated financial statements for the same period; and (2) the senior management in charge of business operation and management of the issuer are mostly Chinese citizens or have domicile in China, and the issuer’s main places of business are located in China or main business activities are conducted in China. Numerous regulations, guidelines and other measures have been or are expected to be adopted under the umbrella of or in addition to the Cyber Security Law and Data Security Law. As there are still uncertainties regarding the interpretation and implementation of such regulatory guidance, we cannot assure you that we will be able to comply with new regulatory requirements relating to our future overseas capital-raising activities and we may become subject to more stringent requirements with respect to matters including data privacy and cross-border investigation and enforcement of legal claims. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as of the date of this prospectus, we are not aware of any Chinese laws or regulations in effect requiring that we obtain permission from any Chinese authority to issue securities to foreign investors, and we have not received any inquiry, notice, warning, sanction or any regulatory objection to this offering from the CSRC, the CAC or any other Chinese authorities that have jurisdiction over our operations.

 

Our business is subject to various government regulations and regulatory interference. As of the date of this prospectus, each of our PRC subsidiaries has received all requisite permissions and approvals from the Chinese authorities for the operation of our business in the PRC, including but not limited to the business license from the SAMR, sewage discharge permits, pollution discharge registration of stationary pollution source, customs registration certificate for customs declaration entities, record-filing form for entry-exit inspection and quarantine for declaration enterprise, food operation permit, and those with respect to environment protection and fire safety inspection, as applicable, and such permissions and approvals are valid and have not been revoked. Based on the PRC laws and regulations currently effective, we, including our subsidiaries, are not subject to any pre-approval requirement, filing or reporting from Chinese authorities, including the China Securities Regulatory Commission, or CSRC, or Cybersecurity Administration Committee, or CAC, to conduct this offering or list on U.S. exchanges or issue securities to foreign investors or to obtain any further permissions to conduct our current business in the PRC in addition to the permits currently held by us to operate our general business activities. Nevertheless, we may incur increased costs necessary to comply with existing and newly adopted laws and regulations or penalties for any failure to comply. Furthermore, given recent statements by the Chinese government indicating an intent to exert more oversight and control over offerings that are conducted overseas and there are uncertainties with respect to the Chinese legal system and changes in laws, regulations and policies, including how those laws and regulations will be interpreted or implemented, although as of the date of this prospectus, we have not been involved in any investigations initiated by the applicable government regulatory authorities, nor have we received any inquiry, notice, warning or sanction in such respect, it is uncertain whether or when we might be subject to such requirements, permission and approval from any related PRC government to list our shares on Nasdaq in the future. If approval is required in the future and we were denied permission from Chinese authorities to list on U.S. exchanges, we will not be able to continue listing on U.S. exchange or it may adversely affect our business and results of operation, which would materially affect the interest of the investors. It is uncertain when and whether the Company will be required to obtain permission from the PRC government to continue to list on U.S. exchanges or to conduct our current business in the future, and even when such permission is obtained, whether it will be denied or rescinded. Although we are currently not required to obtain any pre-approval requirement from any of the PRC central or local government and we have not received any denial to conduct this offering, to list on the U.S. exchange or to conduct our current business, our operations may be adversely affected in the future, directly or indirectly, by existing or future PRC laws and regulations if PRC regulatory authorities do not take the same view as us. If the CSRC or other regulatory agencies later promulgate new rules or explanations requiring that we obtain their approvals for this offering and any follow-on offering, we may be unable to obtain such approvals which could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to our investors. The CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies may also take actions requiring us, or making it advisable for us, to halt this offering before the settlement and delivery of the ordinary shares that we are offering. Consequently, if you engage in market trading or other activities in anticipation of and prior to the settlement and delivery of the ordinary shares we are offering, you would be doing so at the risk that the settlement and delivery may not occur. Any uncertainties or negative publicity regarding such approval requirements could have a material adverse effect on our ability to complete this offering or any follow-on offering of our securities or the market for and market price of our ordinary shares. However, currently, we are not required to obtain additional permission or approval from Chinese authorities, including the CSRC and the CAC, to either approve our PRC subsidiaries’ operation or to offer the securities being registered to foreign investors.

 

16
 

 

Based on the above and our understanding of the Chinese laws and regulations currently in effect as of the date of this prospectus, we are not required to submit an application to the CSRC or the CAC for the approval of this offering and the listing and trading of our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq. However, there remains significant uncertainty as to the enactment, interpretation and implementation of regulatory requirements related to overseas securities offerings and other capital markets activities. If it is determined in the future that the approval or filing of the CSRC, CAC or any other regulatory authority is required for this offering, we may face sanctions by the CSRC, the CAC or other Chinese regulatory agencies. These regulatory agencies may impose fines and penalties on our operations in China, limit our ability to pay dividends outside of China, limit our operations in China, delay or restrict the repatriation of the proceeds from this offering into China or take other actions that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, as well as the trading price of our ordinary shares. The CSRC, the CAC or other Chinese regulatory agencies may take actions requiring us, or making it advisable for us, to halt this offering before settlement and delivery of the ordinary shares. Consequently, if you engage in market trading or other activities in anticipation of and prior to settlement and delivery, you do so at the risk that settlement and delivery may not occur. In addition, if the CSRC, the CAC or other regulatory agencies later promulgate new rules requiring that we obtain their approvals for this offering, we may be unable to obtain a waiver of such approval requirements, if and when procedures are established to obtain such a waiver. Any uncertainties and/or negative publicity regarding such an approval requirement could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of the ordinary shares.

 

Compliance with China’s new Data Security Law, Cybersecurity Review Measures, Personal Information Protection Law, regulations and guidelines relating to the multi-level protection scheme and any other future laws and regulations may entail significant expenses and could materially affect our business.

 

China has implemented or will implement rules and is considering a number of additional proposals relating to data protection. China’s new Data Security Law took effect in September 2021. The Data Security Law provides that the data processing activities must be conducted based on “data classification and hierarchical protection system” for the purpose of data protection and prohibits entities in China from transferring data stored in China to foreign law enforcement agencies or judicial authorities without prior approval by the Chinese government.

 

Additionally, China’s Cyber Security Law requires companies to take certain organizational, technical and administrative measures and other necessary measures to ensure the security of their networks and data stored on their networks. Specifically, the Cyber Security Law provides that China adopt a multi-level protection scheme (MLPS), under which network operators are required to perform obligations of security protection to ensure that the network is free from interference, disruption or unauthorized access, and prevent network data from being disclosed, stolen or tampered. Under the MLPS, entities operating information systems must have a thorough assessment of the risks and the conditions of their information and network systems to determine the level to which the entity’s information and network systems belong-from the lowest Level 1 to the highest Level 5 pursuant to a series of national standards on the grading and implementation of the classified protection of cyber security. The grading result will determine the set of security protection obligations that entities must comply with. Entities classified as Level 2 or above should report the grade to the relevant government authority for examination and approval.

 

17
 

 

Recently, the Cyberspace Administration of China has taken action against several Chinese internet companies in connection with their initial public offerings on U.S. securities exchanges, for alleged national security risks and improper collection and use of the personal information of Chinese data subjects. According to the official announcement, the action was initiated based on the National Security Law, the Cyber Security Law and the Cybersecurity Review Measures, which are aimed at “preventing national data security risks, maintaining national security and safeguarding public interests.” On December 28, 2021, the CAC published an amendment to the Cybersecurity Review Measures which have been in effect since June 1, 2020 and is to become effective on February 15, 2022, expanding the cybersecurity review to network platform operators in possession of personal information of over 1 million users if the operators intend to list their securities in a foreign country.

 

It is unclear at the present time how widespread the cybersecurity review requirement and the enforcement action will be and what effect they will have on the manufacturing and healthcare sectors generally and the Company in particular. China’s regulators may impose penalties for non-compliance ranging from fines or suspension of operations, and this could lead to us delisting from the U.S. stock market.

 

The National People’s Congress released the Personal Information Protection Law, which has become effective on November 1, 2021. The Personal Information Protection Law provides a comprehensive set of data privacy and protection requirements that apply to the processing of personal information and expands data protection compliance obligations to cover the processing of personal information of persons by organizations and individuals in China, and the processing of personal information of persons in China outside of China if such processing is for purposes of providing products and services to, or analyzing and evaluating the behavior of, persons in China. The Personal Information Protection Law also provides that critical information infrastructure operators and personal information processing entities who process personal information meeting a volume threshold to be set by Chinese cyberspace regulators are also required to store in China personal information generated or collected in China, and to pass a security assessment administered by Chinese cyberspace regulators for any export of such personal information. Lastly, the Personal Information Protection Law contains proposals for significant fines for serious violations of up to RMB 50 million (approximately $7.7 million) or 5% of annual revenues from the prior year and may also be ordered to suspend any related activity by competent authorities.

 

Interpretation, application and enforcement of these laws, rules and regulations evolve from time to time and their scope may change, through new legislation, amendments to existing legislation or changes in enforcement. Compliance with the Cyber Security Law and the Data Security Law could significantly increase the cost to us of providing our service offerings, require significant changes to our operations or even prevent us from providing certain service offerings in jurisdictions in which we currently operate or in which we may operate in the future. Despite our efforts to comply with applicable laws, regulations and other obligations relating to privacy, data protection and information security, it is possible that our practices, offerings or platform could fail to meet all of the requirements imposed on us by the Cyber Security Law, the Data Security Law and/or related implementing regulations. Any failure on our part to comply with such law or regulations or any other obligations relating to privacy, data protection or information security, or any compromise of security that results in unauthorized access, use or release of personally identifiable information or other data, or the perception or allegation that any of the foregoing types of failure or compromise has occurred, could damage our reputation, discourage new and existing counterparties from contracting with us or result in investigations, fines, suspension or other penalties by Chinese government authorities and private claims or litigation, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if our practices are not subject to legal challenge, the perception of privacy concerns, whether or not valid, may harm our reputation and brand and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, the legal uncertainty created by the Data Security Law and the recent Chinese government actions could materially adversely affect our ability, on favorable terms, to raise capital, including engaging in follow-on offerings of our securities in the U.S. market once we are a public company.

 

We have entered into land use right assignment transaction with PRC government authority and we may be subject to penalties for failure to fully comply with the contract thereunder.

 

Under PRC laws and regulations, if the land assignee fails to develop and use the land according to the terms of the land use right assignment contract (including those relating to designated use of land, time for commencement and completion of development of the land) or fails to pay any outstanding land grant premium by the stipulated deadlines, the relevant government authorities may issue a warning to, or impose a penalty on, the land assignee or require the land assignee to forfeit the land use rights. Specifically, under current PRC laws, if land assignee fails to pay any outstanding land grant premium by the stipulated deadlines, the land assignee may be subject to late land fees or the repossession of the land by the PRC government. If land assignee fails to commence development within one year of the commencement date stipulated in the land use right assignment contract, the relevant PRC land bureau may issue a warning to the land assignee and impose an idle land penalty of up to 20% of the land premium.

 

If the land assignee fails to commence development within two years from the commencement date stipulated in the land use right assignment contract, the relevant PRC land bureau may confiscate its land use right without compensation, except where the delay in the development is attributable to a force majeure event or the action of relevant government department or delay in the requisite preliminary work preceding commencement of such development. Moreover, under typical land use right assignment contracts, violation of certain terms under the land use right assignment contracts may subject the land assignee to claims on liquidated damages equivalent to certain percentage of the total purchase price for the right to use the state-owned construction land.

 

Bohong Technology, has entered into the State-Owned Construction Land Use Right Assignment Contract (the “Assignment Contract”) with Hanjiang Branch of Yangzhou Land and Resource Bureau (the “Hanjiang Land Bureau”) for a land parcel in Yangzhou. According to the Assignment Contract, Bohong Technology shall commence construction prior to August 28, 2020 or such later date as agreed by Hanjiang Land Bureau. The Assignment Contract also provides that if Bohong Technology cannot commence construction on schedule, it shall apply to Hanjiang Land Bureau for an extension of thirty (30) days prior to the scheduled commencement date; if such extension is approved by Hanjiang Land Bureau, the completion date of the construction project shall be extended accordingly, provided that the extended construction period shall not exceed one year. However, due to COVID-19 and its impact on economic and social activities, Bohong Technology failed to commence construction on schedule and failed to apply to and obtain the approval for extension within the prescribed 30-day period. Pursuant to the Assignment Contract, if Bohong Technology fails to commence construction on the scheduled date or a later date as agreed by Hanjiang Land Bureau, for each day of delay, Bohong Technology shall pay Hanjiang Land Bureau a liquidated damage equivalent to 0.1% of the total purchase price for the right to use the state-owned construction land. The Assignment Contract provides further that if the land is left idle for not less than one year but not more than two years, Bohong Technology shall pay the land idle fees according to the applicable laws.

 

18
 

 

As of the date of this prospectus, Hanjiang Land Bureau requests Bohong Technology to complete the construction project on or prior to August 28, 2022 as indicated in the Assignment Contract without granting any extension. As of the date of this prospectus, Bohong Technology has not commenced the development of the construction project, and thus the land is left idle. If we fail to obtain a written wavier from Hanjiang Land Bureau, we may be exposed to a liquidated damage in the amount of approximately RMB5.98 million (approximately $925,697) calculated as of February 28, 2022, and we may be exposed to land idle fees up to 20% of the land premium, which, in turn, may have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. We cannot assure you that circumstances leading to the repossession of land or delays in the commencement and completion of construction on our acquired land in Yangzhou will not arise in the future. If our land is repossessed, we will not be able to continue our construction on the forfeited land, recover the costs incurred for the initial acquisition of the repossessed land or recover construction costs and other costs incurred up to the date of the repossession. In addition, we cannot assure you that regulations relating to idle land or other aspects of land use right assignment contracts will not become more restrictive or punitive in the future. If we fail to comply with the terms of any land use right assignment contract as a result of delays in land construction, or as a result of other factor, we may lose the opportunity to develop the land as well as our past investments in the land, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Failure to comply with regulations related to export of processed materials may result in fines and legal or administrative actions.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, our products were exported from PRC to branded customers around the world, especially in Switzerland, France, Italy, the Netherlands, Germany and Japan. Pursuant to the Regulation of the PRC on the Implementation of Customs Administrative Punishment, for a PRC entity managing businesses such as the transportation, storage, processing, assembly, consignment sale and exhibition of goods under customs supervision, if it fails to provide justifiable reasons for the relevant goods that are lost or short in quantity or whose records are untrue, a fine of 5% up to 30% the value of goods may be imposed upon, and the illegal gains shall be confiscated. During the year ended December 31, 2018, due to administrative oversight, one of our PRC subsidiaries, Dongguan Forwell, arbitrarily supplied the bonded materials which it imported for third party’s use (including for the use of Dongguan Yuantai Sports Equipment Co., Ltd., as Dongguan Forwell’s affiliate at that time); as a result, the short of bonded materials was identified and a fine of RMB 492,500 (approximately $76,238) was imposed upon Dongguan Forwell, and the fine was duly paid by Dongguan Forwell.

 

As we aim to increase our presence in overseas market, we are subject to a variety of risks and uncertainties associated with exporting of goods, such as compliance with foreign laws and regulatory requirements, foreign taxes and trade barriers. Any failure to comply with regulations related to import of raw materials or export of processed materials may result in fines and legal or administrative actions, which may have material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

Any lack of requisite approvals, licenses, permits or filings or failure to comply with any requirements of PRC laws, regulations and policies may materially and adversely affect our daily operations.

 

In accordance with the relevant PRC laws and regulations, we are required to maintain various approvals, licenses, permits and filings to operate our business, including but not limited to business license, sewage discharge permits, pollution discharge registration of stationary pollution source, customs registration certificate for customs declaration entities, record-filing form for entry-exit inspection and quarantine for declaration enterprise, food operation permit, and those with respect to environment protection and fire safety inspection. The obtaining of these approvals, licenses, permits and filings are subject to satisfactory compliance with, among other things, the applicable laws and regulations.

 

19
 

 

Furthermore, uncertainties exist with respect to the interpretation of relevant legal requirements regarding certain licenses and permits. In practice, relevant government authorities may take the view that certain license is not required for operating our business though there may be different interpretations with respect to the licensing requirements. We cannot assure you that relevant government authorities’ interpretation on such licensing requirements will remain the same in the future. If we are required to obtain relevant licenses, we will have to obtain those licenses in a timely manner. In addition, government authorities may impose additional licenses or permits or provides more strict supervision requirements when we make application, extension or renewal of licenses or permits. There is no guarantee that we would be able to obtain such licenses or permits or meet all the supervision requirements in a timely manner, or at all, or that they will not be subsequently revoked by relevant authorities. If we are unable to obtain any of such licenses and permits or extend or renew any of our current licenses or permits upon their expirations, or if we are required to incur significant additional costs to obtain or renew these licenses, permits and approvals, our daily operations could be materially and adversely affected.

 

We may be subject to additional contributions under various employee benefits plans and late payments and fines imposed by relevant governmental authorities.

 

Companies operating in PRC are required to participate in various government-sponsored employee benefit plans, including certain social insurance, housing provident funds and other welfare-oriented payment obligations, and contribute to the plans in amounts equal to certain percentages of salaries, including bonuses and allowances, of employees up to a maximum amount specified by the local government from time to time at locations where our employees are based.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, two of our PRC subsidiaries, Dongguan YMA and Dongguan Forwell, did not make adequate contributions for the social insurance premiums, consisted of pension premium, medical insurance premium, work-related injury insurance premium, unemployment insurance premium and maternity insurance premium, for our employees in accordance with the statutory payment base required by the relevant PRC laws. Our failure in paying the social insurance premiums may subject us to any order to pay the shortfall of the social security insurance premiums within the prescribed time limited by the relevant PRC governmental authority. As of December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, we provided in the sum of approximately RMB2.9 million (approximately $0.4 million), RMB4.6 million (approximately $0.7 million) and RMB 4.7 million (approximately $0.7 million) for the underpaid social insurance premiums, respectively.

 

Furthermore, Dongguan YMA and Dongguan Forwell may be liable for a late fee of 0.5% per day of the underpaid amount, calculated from the original due date of such underpaid amount. In the event that Dongguan YMA and Dongguan Forwell failed to pay the underpaid amount within the period specified by the PRC authority, a fine of no less than one time and up to three times of the aggregate unpaid amount may be imposed. Furthermore, the relevant PRC governmental authority may apply the relevant administrative department for a decision on the allocation of the social insurance premium and notify the bank in writing for the allocation of the social insurance premium from Dongguan YMA’s and Dongguan Forwell’s bank accounts. If the balance of the bank account of Dongguan YMA and Dongguan Forwell is insufficient to cover the underpaid amount, the relevant PRC governmental authority may order Dongguan YMA and Dongguan Forwell to offer guarantee. If Dongguan YMA and Dongguan Forwell still fail to pay the social insurance premium in full amount and do not provide guarantee, the relevant PRC governmental authority may apply to competent people’s court for compulsory enforcement.

 

In addition, Dongguan YMA and Dongguan Forwell did not make adequate contributions for the housing provident fund for certain employees or pay such fund for our employees in accordance with the statutory payment base required by the relevant PRC laws. The reason for Dongguan YMA’s and Dongguan Forwell’s failure to pay the housing provident fund for part of their employees is that those employees are not willing to participate in the housing provident fund scheme and pay the housing provident fund. In this regard, Dongguan YMA and Dongguan Forwell may be ordered to pay the housing provident fund by the relevant PRC governmental authority. As of December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, we have provided in the sum of approximately RMB2.4 million (approximately $0.3 million), RMB3.4 million (approximately $0.5 million) and RMB4.3 million (approximately $0.7 million) for the underpaid housing provident fund, respectively. If Dongguan YMA and Dongguan Forwell fail to make the payment within the specified period, the relevant PRC governmental authority may apply to the competent people’s court for compulsory enforcement.

 

20
 

 

Failure to comply with PRC laws and regulations on employees’ overtime wages payment may expose us to potential compensations.

 

From time to time, we are under tight production schedule in order to meet customers’ requested timeline in different projects, and this, we may require employees to work overtime in order to fulfill the tight production schedule. Under the PRC labor law and regulations, employers are required to pay overtime wages to employees for the extended working hours. According to the PRC Labor Law, wage payments to an employee shall be no less than 150% of his/her wage if such employee is required to work longer hours during business days; wage payments to an employee shall be no less than 200% of his/her wages if such employee is required to work on days off and no rest can be arranged ex post facto; and wage payments to an employee shall be no less than 300% of his/her wages if such employee is required to work on national holidays. Two of our PRC subsidiaries, Dongguan YMA and Dongguan Forwell, have not formulated an employee overtime system and did not pay overtime wages to their employees for the extended working hours as they made payment to the employees on a piecework basis. There exists the circumstance that Dongguan YMA and Dongguan Forwell requested their employees to work overtime but did not pay overtime wages to such employees. Failure to make overtime wages payment to employees may lead to the relevant PRC governmental authority’s order on Dongguan YMA and Dongguan Forwell to pay overtime wages to employees who worked overtime within a prescribed time limit. If Dongguan YMA or Dongguan Forwell failed to do so, it may be ordered to pay a compensation of not less than fifty percent and up to one time the aggregate unpaid amount to the employees.

 

In addition, there can be no assurance that there will be additional or new labor laws, rules and regulations in the PRC, which may lead to potential increases in the labor costs with our employees. In such events, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

 

Uncertainties in the interpretation and enforcement of PRC laws and regulations could limit the legal protections available to you and us.

 

We have three subsidiaries in the PRC and all of which are subject to various PRC laws and regulations generally applicable to companies in the PRC. The PRC legal system is based on written statutes. Unlike common law systems, it is a system in which legal cases have limited value as precedents. In the late 1970s, the PRC government began to promulgate a comprehensive system of laws and regulations governing economic matters in general. The overall effect of legislation over the past four decades has significantly increased the protections afforded to various forms of foreign or private-sector investment in the PRC.

 

As relevant laws and regulations are relatively new and the PRC legal system continues to rapidly evolve, the interpretations of many laws, regulations and rules are not always uniform and enforcement of these laws, regulations and rules involve uncertainties.

 

From time to time, we may have to resort to administrative and court proceedings to enforce our legal rights. However, since PRC administrative and court authorities have significant discretion in interpreting and implementing statutory and contractual terms, it may be more difficult to evaluate the outcome of administrative and court proceedings and the level of legal protection we enjoy than in more developed legal systems. Furthermore, the PRC legal system is based in part on government policies and internal rules (some of which are not published in a timely manner or at all) that may have retroactive effect. As a result, we may not be aware of our violation of these policies and rules until sometime after the violation. Such uncertainties, including uncertainty over the scope and effect of our contractual, property (including intellectual property) and procedural rights, and any failure to respond to changes in the regulatory environment in the PRC could materially and adversely affect our business and impede our ability to continue our operations

 

21
 

 

The enforcement of the PRC Labor Contract Law and other labor-related regulations in the PRC may adversely affect our business and our results of operations.

 

The PRC Labor Law and the Labor Contract Law require that employers must execute written employment contracts with full-time employees. All employers must compensate their employees with wages equal to at least the local minimum wage standards. Violations of the PRC Labor Law and the Labor Contract Law may result in the imposition of fines, compensations and other administrative sanctions, and serious violations may constitute criminal offenses.

 

The PRC Labor Contract Law became effective and was implemented on January 1, 2008, which was amended on December 28, 2012. It has reinforced the protection of employees who, under the PRC Labor Contract Law, have the right, among others, to enter into written labor contracts, to enter into labor contracts with no fixed terms under certain circumstances, to receive overtime wages and to terminate or alter terms in labor contracts. According to the PRC Social Insurance Law, which became effective on July 1, 2011, and was amended on December 29, 2018, and the Administrative Regulations on the Housing Provident Funds, companies operating in PRC are required to participate in pension insurance, work-related injury insurance, medical insurance, unemployment insurance, maternity insurance and housing provident funds plans, and the employers must pay all or a portion of the social insurance premiums and housing provident funds for their employees.

 

As the interpretation and implementation of these laws and regulations are still evolving, our employment practice may not at all times be deemed in compliance with the new laws and regulations. If we are subject to severe penalties or incur significant liabilities in connection with labor disputes or investigations, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

Changes in PRC’s economic, political or social conditions or government policies could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

 

Currently, most of our production is conducted in PRC. Accordingly, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be influenced to a significant degree by political, economic and social conditions in PRC generally and by continued economic growth in PRC as a whole.

 

PRC’s economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the level of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources. Although the PRC government has implemented measures since the late 1970’s emphasizing the utilization of market forces for economic reform, the reduction of state ownership of productive assets, and the establishment of improved corporate governance in business enterprises, which are generally viewed as a positive development for foreign business investment, a substantial portion of productive assets in PRC is still owned by the PRC government. In addition, the PRC government continues to play a significant role in regulating industry development by imposing industrial policies. The PRC government also exercises significant control over the PRC economic growth through allocating resources, controlling payments of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy, and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies.

 

While PRC’s economy has experienced significant growth over the past decades, growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy, and the rate of growth has been slowing down. Some of the governmental measures may benefit the overall Chinese economy, but may have a negative effect on us. For example, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by government control over capital investments or changes in tax regulations. Any stimulus measures designed to boost the Chinese economy may contribute to higher inflation, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. For example, certain operating costs and expenses, such as employee compensation and office operating expenses, may increase as a result of higher inflation. In addition, the PRC government has implemented in the past certain measures to control the pace of economic growth. These measures may cause decreased economic activity, which in turn could lead to a reduction in demand for our products and services, and consequently have a material adverse effect on our businesses, financial condition and results of operations.

 

22
 

 

Failure to comply with PRC laws and regulations on leased property may expose us to potential fines.

 

Certain of our leasehold interests in leased properties have not been registered with the relevant PRC governmental authorities as required by PRC law, which may expose us to potential fines if we fail to remediate after receiving any notice from the relevant PRC government authorities. Our PRC subsidiary, Dongguan YMA, has subleased real properties located at Factory #B, No. 8, Block A, No. 128 Industrial Zone, Tangxia Town, Dongguan City, PRC to our another PRC subsidiary, Dongguan Forwell for its production and office, and they have not processed the lease registration in respect of such sub-lease. According to the Measures for Dongguan Housing Lease Management in the PRC, the parties to a lease agreement shall, within 15 days from the date of signing the lease, apply to the local housing rental management administrative authority where the house is located for the lease registration. Failure to process with the lease registration may lead to the administrative authority’s order on the lessor to make corrections within a prescribed time limit and a fine ranging from one to three times the monthly rent will be imposed on the lessor. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not been ordered by relevant governmental authorities for failure of registering our lease agreements. However, we may still be subject to potential fines if we fail to remediate after receiving any notice from the relevant PRC government authorities.

 

Failure to conform to the employment agreement regarding the practice of reassignment of employees’ job positions may expose us to lawsuits.

 

We enter into employment agreements with our employees when there are new hires and will reassign an employee’s job position when we need to meet production and operation demands or for other administrative reasons. We adopt our template employment agreement when entering into employment with our employees. Pursuant to the template employment agreement adopted by one of our PRC subsidiaries, Dongguan Forwell, if Dongguan Forwell intends to reassign an employee’s job position due to production and operation demands or other reasons, it shall reach a consensus with its employee through negotiation and the parties shall enter into a supplemental agreement. However, during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2019 there were labor lawsuits where Dongguan Forwell unilaterally reassigned the employees’ job positions without reaching consensus with the employees, and Dongguan Forwell further terminated the employment agreement with the employees when the employees rejected to follow the reassignment. In such lawsuits, the court determined that Dongguan Forwell violated the relevant PRC labor laws for its unilateral termination of the employment agreement. As of the date of this prospectus, the abovementioned lawsuits have been duly settled and we are not aware of any other potential labor lawsuit in respect of the reassignment of employees’ job positions.  However, if we are unable to conform to the employment agreement terms in any further reassignment of employees’ job positions, we may be liable for fines assessed by the relevant governmental authorities or incur settlement costs in order to resolve labor disputes and, and we may even be subject to higher labor costs in the future when recruiting new employees due to the reputation damage caused by labor disputes or related incidents.

 

Fluctuations in exchange rates could result in foreign currency exchange losses to us.

 

The value of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions and the foreign exchange policy adopted by the PRC government. In August 2015, the People’s Bank of China, or PBOC, changed the way it calculates the mid-point price of Renminbi against the U.S. dollar, requiring the market-makers who submit for reference rates to consider the previous day’s closing spot rate, foreign-exchange demand and supply as well as changes in major currency rates. In 2017, the value of the Renminbi appreciated by approximately 6.3% against the U.S. dollar; and in 2018, the Renminbi depreciated by approximately 5.7% against the U.S. dollar. From the end of 2018 through the end of June 2021, the value of the Renminbi appreciated by approximately 7.2% against the U.S. dollar. It is difficult to predict how market forces or PRC or U.S. government policy, including any interest rate increases by the Federal Reserve, may impact the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar in the future. There remains significant international pressure on the PRC government to adopt a more flexible currency policy, including from the U.S. government, which has threatened to label China as a “currency manipulator,” which could result in greater fluctuation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar.

 

23
 

 

Governmental control of currency conversion may limit our ability to utilize our net revenues effectively and affect the value of your investment.

 

The PRC government imposes controls on the convertibility of the Renminbi into foreign currencies and, in certain cases, the remittance of currency into or out of China, which essentially may restrict the ability to transfer funds into or out of China. We receive part of our revenues in Renminbi. Under our current corporate structure, our Cayman Islands holding company relies on dividend payments from our PRC subsidiaries to fund some of the cash and financing requirements we may have. Under existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, including profit distributions, interest payments and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval of the SAFE by complying with certain procedural requirements. Specifically, under the existing exchange restrictions, without prior approval of SAFE, cash generated from the operations of our PRC subsidiaries in China may be used to pay dividends to our company. However, approval from or registration with appropriate government authorities is required where Renminbi is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of loans denominated in foreign currencies. As a result, we need to obtain SAFE approval to use cash generated from the operations of our PRC subsidiaries to pay off their respective debt in a currency other than Renminbi owed to entities outside China, or to make other capital expenditure payments outside China in a currency other than Renminbi. The PRC government may at its discretion restrict access to foreign currencies for current account transactions in the future. If the foreign exchange control system prevents us from obtaining sufficient foreign currencies to satisfy our foreign currency demands, we may not be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders.

 

Our PRC subsidiaries are subject to restrictions on paying dividends or making other payments to us, which may restrict our ability to satisfy our liquidity requirements.

 

We are an exempted company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands structured as a holding company. We may need dividends and other distributions on equity from our PRC subsidiaries to satisfy our liquidity requirements. Current PRC regulations permit our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends to their respective shareholders only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, each of PRC subsidiaries is required to set aside at least 10% of its accumulated profits each year, if any, to fund certain reserve funds until the total amount set aside reaches 50% of its registered capital. Each of our PRC subsidiaries may also, at its discretion, allocate a portion of its after-tax profits based on its articles of association and PRC accounting standards to certain reserve funds. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends. Furthermore, if our PRC subsidiaries incur debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends or make other payments to us. Any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to distribute dividends or to make payments to us may restrict our ability to satisfy our liquidity requirements.

 

In addition, the Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules provide that a withholding tax rate of up to 10% will be applicable to dividends payable by Chinese companies to non-PRC-resident enterprises unless otherwise exempted or reduced according to treaties or arrangements between the PRC central government and governments of other countries or regions where the non-PRC-resident enterprises are incorporated.

 

PRC regulation on loans to, and direct investment in, PRC entities by offshore holding companies and governmental control in currency conversion may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of our initial public offering to make loans to or make additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

 

We are an exempted company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands structured as a holding company conducting our partial operations in China through our PRC subsidiaries. As permitted under PRC laws and regulations, in utilizing the proceeds of our initial public offering, we may make loans to our PRC subsidiaries subject to the approval from governmental authorities and limitation of amount, or we may make additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries. Furthermore, loans by us to our PRC subsidiaries to finance its activities cannot exceed the difference between their respective total project investment amount and registered capital or 2.5 times of their net worth and capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries are subject to the requirement of making necessary filings in the Foreign Investment Comprehensive Management Information System and registration with other governmental authorities in China.

 

24
 

 

The SAFE promulgated the Notice of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Reforming the Administration of Foreign Exchange Settlement of Capital of Foreign-invested Enterprises, or SAFE Circular 19, effective on June 1, 2015, in replacement of the Circular on the Relevant Operating Issues Concerning the Improvement of the Administration of the Payment and Settlement of Foreign Currency Capital of Foreign-Invested Enterprises, the Notice from the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Relevant Issues Concerning Strengthening the Administration of Foreign Exchange Businesses, and the Circular on Further Clarification and Regulation of the Issues Concerning the Administration of Certain Capital Account Foreign Exchange Businesses. According to SAFE Circular 19, the flow and use of the RMB capital converted from foreign currency-denominated registered capital of a foreign-invested company is regulated such that RMB capital may not be used for the issuance of RMB entrusted loans, the repayment of inter-enterprise loans or the repayment of bank loans that have been transferred to a third party. Although SAFE Circular 19 allows RMB capital converted from foreign currency-denominated registered capital of a foreign-invested enterprise to be used for equity investments within the PRC, it also reiterates the principle that RMB converted from the foreign currency-denominated capital of a foreign-invested company may not be directly or indirectly used for purposes beyond its business scope. Thus, it is unclear whether the SAFE will permit such capital to be used for equity investments in the PRC in actual practice. The SAFE promulgated the Notice of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Reforming and Standardizing the Foreign Exchange Settlement Management Policy of Capital Account, or SAFE Circular 16, effective on June 9, 2016, which reiterates some of the rules set forth in SAFE Circular 19, but changes the prohibition against using RMB capital converted from foreign currency-denominated registered capital of a foreign-invested company to issue RMB entrusted loans to a prohibition against using such capital to grant loans to non-associated enterprises. Violations of SAFE Circular 19 and SAFE Circular 16 could result in administrative penalties. SAFE Circular 19 and SAFE Circular 16 may significantly limit our ability to transfer any foreign currency we hold, including the net proceeds from our initial public offering, to our PRC subsidiaries, which may adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business in the PRC.

 

In light of the various requirements imposed by PRC regulations on loans to, and direct investment in, PRC entities by offshore holding companies, we cannot assure you that we will be able to complete the necessary government registrations or obtain the necessary government approvals on a timely basis, if at all, with respect to future loans by us to our PRC subsidiaries or with respect to future capital contributions by us to our PRC subsidiaries. If we fail to complete such registrations or obtain such approvals, our ability to use the proceeds from our initial public offering and to capitalize or otherwise fund our PRC operations may be negatively affected, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

 

Certain PRC regulations may make it more difficult for us to pursue growth through acquisitions.

 

Among other things, the M&A Rules, adopted by six PRC regulatory agencies in 2006 and amended in 2009, established additional procedures and requirements that could make merger and acquisition activities by foreign investors more time-consuming and complex. Such regulation requires, among other things, that the Ministry of Commerce of the PRC, or the MOFCOM, be notified in advance of any change-of-control transaction in which a foreign investor acquires control of a PRC domestic enterprise or a foreign company with substantial PRC operations, if certain thresholds under the Provisions on Thresholds for Prior Notification of Concentrations of Undertakings, issued by the State Council in 2008, are triggered. Moreover, the Anti-Monopoly Law promulgated by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress which became effective in 2008 requires that transactions which are deemed concentrations and involve parties with specified turnover thresholds must be cleared by the Anti-Monopoly Bureau of State Administration for Market Regulation, or the Anti-Monopoly Bureau before they can be completed. In addition, PRC national security review rules which became effective in September 2011 require acquisitions by foreign investors of PRC companies engaged in military related or certain other industries that are crucial to national security be subject to security review before consummation of any such acquisition. We may pursue potential strategic acquisitions that are complementary to our business and operations. Complying with the requirements of these regulations to complete such transactions could be time-consuming, and any required approval processes, including obtaining approval or clearance from the MOFCOM or the Anti-Monopoly Bureau or its local counterparts, may delay or inhibit our ability to complete such transactions, which could affect our ability to expand our business or maintain our market share.

 

Enhanced scrutiny over acquisition transactions by the PRC tax authorities may have a negative impact on potential acquisitions we may pursue in the future.

 

Pursuant to the Notice on Strengthening Administration of Enterprise Income Tax for Share Transfers by Non-PRC Resident Enterprises, or SAT Circular 698, issued by China’s State Administration of Taxation (“SAT”) on December 10, 2009, where a foreign investor transfers the equity interests of a resident enterprise indirectly via disposition of the equity interests of an overseas holding company, or an “indirect transfer,” and such overseas holding company is located in a tax jurisdiction that (i) has an effective tax rate less than 12.5% or (ii) does not tax foreign income of its residents, the foreign investor shall report the indirect transfer to the competent PRC tax authority. The PRC tax authority will examine the true nature of the indirect transfer, and if the tax authority considers that the foreign investor has adopted an “abusive arrangement” in order to avoid PRC tax, it may disregard the existence of the overseas holding company and re-characterize the indirect transfer and as a result, gains derived from such indirect transfer may be subject to PRC withholding tax at a rate of up to 10%.

 

25
 

 

On February 3, 2015, the SAT issued the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Several Issues Concerning the Enterprise Income Tax on Indirect Property Transfer by Non-Resident Enterprises, or SAT Bulletin 7, to supersede existing provisions in relation to the “indirect transfer” as set forth in SAT Circular 698, while the other provisions of SAT Circular 698 remain in force. Pursuant to SAT Bulletin 7, where a non-resident enterprise indirectly transfers properties such as equity in PRC resident enterprises without any justifiable business purposes and aiming to avoid the payment of enterprise income tax, such indirect transfer must be reclassified as a direct transfer of equity in PRC resident enterprise. To assess whether an indirect transfer of PRC taxable properties has reasonable commercial purposes, all arrangements related to the indirect transfer must be considered comprehensively and factors set forth in SAT Bulletin 7 must be comprehensively analyzed in light of the actual circumstances. SAT Bulletin 7 also provides that, where a non-PRC resident enterprise transfers its equity interests in a resident enterprise to its related parties at a price lower than the fair market value, the competent tax authority has the power to make a reasonable adjustment to the taxable income of the transaction.

 

On October 17, 2017, the SAT issued the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Matters Concerning Withholding of Income Tax of Non-resident Enterprises as Source, or SAT Bulletin 37, which repealed the entire SAT Circular 698 and the provision in relation to the time limit for the withholding agent to declare to the competent tax authority for payment of such tax of SAT Bulletin 7. Pursuant to SAT Bulletin 37, the income from a property transfer, as stipulated in the second item under Article 19 of the Enterprise Income Tax Law, shall include the income derived from transferring such equity investment assets as stock equity. The balance of deducting the equity’s net value from the total income from equity transfer shall be taxable income from equity transfer. Where a withholding agent enters into a business contract, involving the income specified in the third paragraph of Article 3 in the Enterprise Income Tax Law, with a non-resident enterprise, the tax-excluding income of the non-resident enterprise will be treated as the tax-including income, based on which the tax payment will be calculated and remitted, if it is agreed in the contract that the withholding agent shall assume the tax payable.

 

During the effective period of SAT Circular 698 and by the application of SAT Bulletin 7 and SAT Bulletin 37, some intermediary holding companies were actually looked through by the PRC tax authorities, and consequently the non-PRC resident investors were deemed to have transferred the PRC subsidiary and PRC corporate taxes were assessed accordingly. It is possible that we or our non-PRC resident investors may become at risk of being taxed under SAT Bulletin 7 and SAT Bulletin 37 and may be required to expend valuable resources to comply with SAT Bulletin 7 and SAT Bulletin 37 or to establish that we or our non-PRC resident investors should not be taxed under SAT Bulletin 7 and SAT Bulletin 37, which may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations or such non-PRC resident investors’ investment in us.

 

It may be difficult for overseas shareholders and/or regulators to conduct investigation or collect evidence within PRC.

 

Shareholder claims or regulatory investigation that are common in the U.S. generally are difficult to pursue as a matter of law or practicality in PRC. For example, in PRC, there are significant legal and other obstacles to providing information needed for regulatory investigations or litigation initiated outside PRC or otherwise with respect to foreign entities. Although the authorities in PRC may establish a regulatory cooperation mechanism with the securities regulatory authorities of another country or region to implement cross-border supervision and administration, such cooperation with the securities regulatory authorities in the Unities States may not be efficient in the absence of mutual and practical cooperation mechanism. Furthermore, according to Article 177 of the PRC Securities Law, which became effective in March 2020, or Article 177, the securities regulatory authority of the State Council may collaborate with securities regulatory authorities of other countries or regions in order to monitor and oversee cross border securities activities. Article 177 further provides that no overseas securities regulator is allowed to directly conduct investigation or evidence collection activities within the territory of the PRC, and that any Chinese entities and individuals are not allowed to provide documents or materials related to securities business activities to overseas agencies without prior consent of the securities regulatory authority of the State Council and the competent departments of the State Council. While detailed interpretation of or implementation rules under Article 177 have yet to be promulgated, the inability for an overseas securities regulator to directly conduct investigation or evidence collection activities within PRC may further increase difficulties faced by you in protecting your interests.

 

26
 

 

You may experience difficulties in effecting service of legal process, enforcing foreign judgments or bringing actions in PRC against us or our directors and officers based on foreign laws.

 

We are an exempted company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, and we conduct substantially all of our operations in Taiwan and PRC and substantially all of our assets are located in Taiwan and PRC. In addition, certain of our directors and officers reside outside the U.S. As a result, it may be difficult for you to effect service of process within the U.S. or elsewhere outside PRC upon us or those persons. In addition, there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of PRC would recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts against us or such persons predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the U.S. or any state.

 

The recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the PRC Civil Procedures Law. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of the PRC Civil Procedures Law based either on treaties between PRC and the country where the judgment is made or on principles of reciprocity between jurisdictions. PRC does not have any treaties or other forms of written arrangement with the U.S. that provide for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. In addition, according to the PRC Civil Procedures Law, the PRC courts will not enforce a foreign judgment against us if they decide that the judgment violates the basic principles of PRC laws or national sovereignty, security or public interest. As a result, it is uncertain whether and on what basis a PRC court would enforce a judgment rendered by a court in the U.S.

 

Regulation and censorship of information disseminated over the internet in PRC may adversely affect our business, and we may be liable for content that is displayed on our website.

 

PRC has enacted laws and regulations governing internet access and the distribution of products, services, news, information, audio-video programs and other content through the internet. In the past, the PRC government has prohibited the distribution of information through the internet that it deems to be in violation of PRC laws and regulations. If any of our internet information was deemed by the PRC government to violate any content restrictions, we would not be able to continue to display such content and could become subject to penalties, including confiscation of income, fines, suspension of business and revocation of required licenses, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. We may also be subject to potential liability for any unlawful actions of our customers or users of our website or for content we distribute that is deemed inappropriate. It may be difficult to determine the type of content that may result in liability to us, and if we are found to be liable, we may be prevented from operating our website in PRC.

 

Additional factors outside of our control related to doing business in PRC could negatively affect our business.

 

Additional factors that could negatively affect our business include a potential significant revaluation of the Renminbi, which may result in an increase in the cost of producing products in PRC, labor shortages and increases in labor costs in PRC as well as difficulties in moving products manufactured in PRC out of the country, whether due to port congestion, labor disputes, slowdowns, product regulations and/or inspections or other factors. Prolonged disputes or slowdowns can negatively impact both the time and cost of transporting goods. Natural disasters or health pandemics impacting PRC can also have a significant negative impact on our business. Further, the imposition of trade sanctions or other regulations against products imported by us from, or the loss of “normal trade relations” status with, PRC, could significantly increase our cost of products exported outside of PRC and harm our business.

 

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

 

We rely on raw materials supplied by our suppliers for the production of our products which exposes us to risk of production shortages and fluctuations in prices of raw materials.

 

Our major raw materials comprise carbon fiber yam and resin. We generally purchase carbon fiber yam and resin from independent suppliers in Japan. The procurement of such raw materials required to manufacture carbon fiber composite material, which is a key component of our products, represents a major component of our cost of sales. Any failure to secure adequate supplies of such raw materials or any interruptions in any part of the supply chain may disrupt our operations. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, the purchases from our top supplier accounted for approximately 28.9% and 22.6% of our total purchases, respectively. We cannot assure you that our relationship with our top supplier will continue to be as stable, or that our current supplier will continue to supply products to us on terms acceptable to us, or that we will be able to establish new or extend current supplier relationships to ensure a steady supply in a timely and cost-efficient manner. If our relationships with our important suppliers are terminated, interrupted, or modified in any way adverse to us, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

In addition, these raw materials used in our manufacturing are subject to price volatility caused by external conditions, such as market supply and demand, commodity price fluctuations, government control, business performance and operational needs (such as scheduled maintenance shutdowns) of the suppliers, which are beyond our control. For instance, there was certain price volatility for carbon fiber yam during the year ended December 31, 2020 due to regulatory investigation on a carbon fiber supplier in Japan, who is one of our carbon fiber suppliers, by the Japanese government. The said carbon fiber supplier exported a portion of carbon fiber products, which had been transferred to third parties to which such supplier had no license to export the products. In this regard, the Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry of Japan has issued a warning to request the said supplier to implement recurrence prevention measures and strict security export control. Such event raised concern in the market as to the stable supply of carbon fiber by such supplier for a short period of time. As such, our supplier base has ever since been diversified to include more suppliers in Taiwan. However, if any price volatility occurs again and we fail to effectively manage the price fluctuations in our raw materials or transfer the increased costs to our customers or modify our products or adjust our procurement strategy, any significant increase in the prices of our major raw materials would affect our profit margin and more generally, our business, financial condition and prospect.

 

If we fail to adopt new technologies or develop new manufacturing technologies or adapt our products to evolving customer requirements, our business may be materially and adversely affected.

 

Our edge lies in our carbon fiber composite materials, which as key structural component is used or featured in electronic bicycles, sports bicycles, rackets, other sporting goods, automobile and healthcare products for its light, stiff and durable qualities. As such it is crucial that the functionality, compatibility and quality of our carbon fiber composite materials can be designed and manufactured in a manner effective for and compatible to the respective purpose of electronic bicycles, rackets, other sporting goods, automobile, healthcare products and any other new products our customers request us to co-design or co-develop.

 

As the developments of certain of these goods and products, or goods and products that carbon fiber composite materials are increasingly used or featured in (such as electric vehicles), are evolving and speeding up at a rapid pace, we prioritize and invest heavily in the research and development of new technologies to enhance the qualities of lightweight and durability in our products. We need to continue to enhance and improve by adopting new technologies, develop new manufacturing technologies as well as adapt our products to the evolving customer requirements and preferences so as to keep up with the market trends and industry competition. If we are unable to anticipate the evolving customer requirements and preferences or the market trends and respond effectively and timely, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

 

27
 

 

We recorded a negative cash flow for the year ended December 31, 2019 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, which may continue in the future.

 

We recorded a negative cash flow from operating activities of $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 and $2.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021. For the main reason leading to the negative cash flow from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 and for the six months ended June 30, 2021, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Cash Flows.” Although we seek to manage our working capital from time to time and we have unused credit lines from bank loans of the Group, we cannot assure you that we will be able to match the timing and amounts of our cash inflows with the timing and amounts of our payment obligations and other cash outflows. As a result, there could be a period during which we experience net cash outflow from operating activities. Net cash outflow from operating activities may impact our business growth and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We may incur losses in the future.

 

We had a net income of approximately $11.0 million and $1.1 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and approximately $1.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, while we had a net loss of approximately $0.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. As a growing public company, we anticipate that our operating expenses might increase in the foreseeable future as we seek to maintain and continue to grow our business, attract potential customers and further enhance our product offering. These efforts may prove more expensive than we currently anticipate, and we may not succeed in increasing our revenue sufficiently to offset these higher expenses. As a result of the foregoing and other factors, we may incur net losses in the future and may be unable to achieve or maintain profitability on a quarterly or annual basis for the foreseeable future.

 

Our production capacity may not correspond precisely to our production demands, and intended economic results may not be achieved if there is any significant increase in production demand which exceeds our production capacity or any idle or unutilized production capacity during any particular period.

 

We have two production lines for the manufacture of different types of carbon fiber composite, and all of the carbon fiber composites are applied as key structural parts of electric bicycles and sports bicycle, rackets, automobile and healthcare products and which are custom-made to the requests of our customers. Except for the outsourcing of part of the painting, cosmetic and sanding processes for greater cost efficiency, we do not outsource any production processes to independent sub-contractors. As our production demands depend on the specific orders of our customers, our actual production volume varies with various factors such as customers’ preferences, market trend, economic conditions, industry competitors’ pricing strategies or any other factors beyond our control. As a result, our production capacity may not correspond precisely to our production demands. If there is any significant increase in production demand which exceeds our production capacity, unless we are able to expand our production capacity or outsource certain production processes, we may have to reject orders from customers and intended economic results may not be achieved. And in case we opt for the outsourcing of certain production processes to meet production demands, we may experience a lower gross profit margin and it may be difficult to ensure the quality of the products. If the orders from our customers are not sufficient to fully utilize our production capacity and there is idle or unutilized production capacity which is much lower than the desired rate of utilization of our production lines, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

Our success depends on our ability to attract, retain and motivate members of senior leadership, technical personnel and other employees.

 

Our success and growth are, to a large extent, attributable to our experienced talent pool of senior management team with strong execution capabilities, our highly skilled technical personnel who keep pace with the latest developments and manufacturing technologies in the carbon fiber composite industry, as well as our committed and qualified employees. Given the technology-driven nature of our business, as of the date of this prospectus, we have over 60 technical personnel who are responsible for research and development of new technologies and manufacturing technologies in relation to carbon fiber composite materials  and we made continued and substantial investment in our technical personnel by providing them with training and various types of incentives.

 

28
 

 

Notwithstanding our efforts to reward them for their services and contributions, there is no assurance that our compensation packages will attract and retain our senior management team, technical personnel and employees. In particular, we may not be able to recruit talents upon unanticipated departure of our members of senior management team or key technical personnel. In addition, to keep pace with our anticipated growth, we may need to recruit additional personnel with necessary industry expertise and such candidates may not be readily available. Therefore, any failure to attract, retain and motivate senior leadership, technical personnel and other employees may impact our competitiveness and our ability to meet our growth targets, and in turn, have an adverse impact on our business operations and profitability.

 

Our failure to comply with data protection laws and regulations could lead to government enforcement actions and significant penalties against us, and adversely impact our operating results.

 

The regulatory framework for the collection, use, safeguarding, sharing, transfer and other processing of personal information worldwide is rapidly evolving and is likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. Regulatory authorities in virtually every jurisdiction in which we operate in Greater China and other Asian markets have implemented and are considering a number of legislative and regulatory proposals concerning personal data protection.

 

Regulatory authorities in China have implemented and are considering a number of legislative and regulatory proposals concerning data protection. For example, the Cyber Security Law of the People’s Republic of China (the “Cyber Security Law”), which became effective in June 2017, created China’s first national-level data protection regime for “network operators,” which may include all organizations in China that provide services over the internet or other information network.

 

Under the Cyber Security Law, the transmission of certain personal information and important data outside of China is only permitted upon the completion of a security assessment conducted by or as determined by the Chinese government. Certain draft regulations, including the Measures for Security Assessment for Cross-border Transfer of Personal Information and Important Data (Draft for Comment), published in 2017, and the Measures for Security Assessment for Cross-border Transfer of Personal Information (Draft for Comment), published in 2019, have been proposed by the Chinese government that specify the procedures and stipulate more detailed compliance requirements relating to such assessment, and in certain circumstances, government approval, prior to the transmission of such information and data outside of China.

 

In addition, the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress of the People’s Republic of China (“SCNPC”) promulgated the Data Security Law of the People’s Republic of China (the “Data Security Law”) on June 10, 2021, which became effective on September 1, 2021. The Data Security Law imposes data security and privacy obligations on entities and individuals carrying out data processing activities, and introduces a data classification and hierarchical protection system. The classification of data is based on its importance in economic and social development, as well as the degree of harm expected to be caused to national security, public interests, or legitimate rights and interests of individuals or organizations if such data is tampered with, destroyed, leaked, or illegally acquired or used. The security assessment mechanism was also included in the Personal Information Protection Law (the “Personal Information Protection Law”), which was promulgated in August 2021 and became effective on November 1, 2021, for the Chinese government to supervise certain cross-border transfers of personal information.

 

Under the Cyber Security Law and Data Security Law, we are required to establish and maintain a comprehensive data and network security management system that will enable us to monitor and respond appropriately to data security and network security risks. We will need to classify and take appropriate measures to address risks created by our data processing activities and use of networks. We will be obligated to notify affected individuals and appropriate Chinese regulators of and respond to any data security and network security incidents. Establishing and maintaining such systems takes substantial time, effort and cost, and we may not be able to establish and maintain such systems fully as needed to ensure compliance with our legal obligations. Despite our investment, such systems may not fully guard us or enable us to appropriately respond to or mitigate all data security and network security risks or incidents we face. Furthermore, under the Data Security Law, data categorized as “important data,” which will be determined by governmental authorities in the form of catalogs, is to be processed and handled with a higher level of protection. The notion of important data is not clearly defined by the Cyber Security Law or the Data Security Law. In order to comply with the statutory requirements, we will need to determine whether we possess important data, monitor the important data catalogs that are expected to be published by local governments and departments, perform risk assessments and ensure we are complying with reporting obligations to applicable regulators. We may also be required to disclose to regulators business-sensitive or network security-sensitive details regarding our processing of important data, and may need to pass the government security review or obtain government approval in order to share important data with offshore recipients, which can include foreign licensors, or share data stored in China with judicial and law enforcement authorities outside of China. If judicial and law enforcement authorities outside China require us to provide data stored in China, and we are not able to pass any required government security review or obtain any required government approval to do so, we may not be able to meet the foreign authorities’ requirements. The potential conflicts in legal obligations could have adverse impact on our operations in and outside of China.

 

29
 

 

Furthermore, on November 14, 2021, the CAC released a draft of the Administrative Regulations on Network Data Security, or Draft Regulations, for public comments. On December 28, 2021, the Cybersecurity Administration of China, China’s top cyberspace regulator, issued an amendment to the Cybersecurity Review Measures which have been in effect since June 1, 2020 and is to become effective on February 15, 2022. Under the amended Cybersecurity Review Measures, the scope of entities required to undergo cybersecurity review to assess national security risks that arise from data processing activities would be expanded to include all critical information infrastructure operators who purchase network products and services and all network platform operator carrying out data processing activities that affect or may affect national security. In addition, the amended Cybersecurity Review Measures stipulates that all network platform operators that maintain or store the personal information of more than 1 million users and undertake a public listing of securities in a foreign country would be required to pass cybersecurity review, which would focus on the potential risk of core data, important data, or a large amount of personal information being stolen, leaked, destroyed, illegally used or exported out of China, or critical information infrastructure being affected, controlled or maliciously used by foreign governments after such a listing. The Draft Regulations also stipulate that, among other items, for any listing to be done on a security exchange in a foreign country involving a “data processing operator” with personal information of more than one million users, such “data processing operator” shall report to the CAC for a cybersecurity review. The Draft Regulations were released for public comment only, and the draft provisions and anticipated adoption or effective date are subject to changes and thus its interpretation and implementation remain substantially uncertain. We cannot predict the impact of the Draft Regulations, if any, on our operations at this stage.

 

The national security legal regime imposes stricter data localization requirements on personal information and requires us to undergo cybersecurity or other security review, obtain government approval or certification, or put in place certain contractual protections before transferring personal information out of China. As a result, personal information and important data that we or our customers, suppliers, and other third parties collect, generate or process in China may be subject to such data localization requirements and heightened regulatory oversight and controls. To comply with these requirements, maintaining local data centers in China, conducting security assessments or obtaining the requisite approvals from the Chinese government for the transmission outside of China of such controlled information and data could significantly increase our operating costs or cause delays or disruptions in our business operations in and outside China. We expect that the evolving regulatory interpretation and enforcement of the national security legal regime will lead to increased operational and compliance costs and will require us to continually monitor and, where necessary, make changes to our operations, policies, and procedures. If our operations, or the operations of our CROs, licensees or partners, are found to be in violation of these requirements, we may suffer loss or use of data, suffer a delay in obtaining regulatory approval for our products, be unable to transfer data out of China, be unable to comply with our contractual requirements, suffer reputational harm or be subject to penalties, including administrative, civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. If any of these were to occur, it could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results.

 

In addition, in the United States, at both the federal and state levels, and in territories outside of China, including Taiwan and Hong Kong, we are subject to laws and regulations that address privacy, personal information protection and data security. Numerous laws and regulations, including security breach notification laws and consumer protection laws, govern the collection, use, disclosure and protection of personal information. Given the variability and evolving state of these laws, we face uncertainty as to the exact interpretation of the new requirements, and we may be unsuccessful in implementing all measures required by regulators or courts in their interpretation.

 

We expect that these data protection and transfer laws and regulations will receive greater attention and focus from regulators going forward, and we will continue to face uncertainty as to whether our efforts to comply with evolving obligations under data protection, privacy and security laws in China, the United States and other countries where we plan or conduct business will be sufficient.

 

Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with applicable laws and regulations could result in reputational damage or proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities, individuals or others. These proceedings or actions could subject us to significant civil or criminal penalties and negative publicity, result in the delayed or halted transfer or confiscation of certain personal information, result in the suspension of ongoing clinical trials or ban on initiation of new trials, require us to change our business practices, increase our costs and materially harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our current and future relationships with customers, suppliers and other third parties could be negatively affected by any proceedings or actions against us or current or future data protection obligations imposed on them under applicable law, including the European Union General Data Protection Regulation and Cyber Security Law. In addition, a data breach affecting personal information, or a failure to comply with applicable requirements could result in significant management resources, legal and financial exposure and reputational damage that could potentially have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

30
 

 

We may be exposed to product returns and product liability claims and latent defect liability claims

 

Our products are used as key components in electric bicycles and sports bicycle parts, rackets, automobile parts and healthcare products of our customers who will, after assembling various parts of and packaging the products, provide such products to the end-users. We are exposed to potential product returns, product liability claims and latent defect liability claims from our customers and the end-users of goods and products. Although we have put in place stringent quality control measures, including the setting up of different teams for incoming quality control, quality control and quality assurance which monitor the quality of the raw material, semi-finished products as well as finished products, there may be undetected flaws or manufacturing defects or other irregularities that may be subsequently detected at any point in the life of our products. We have adopted return policy on products with manufacturing defects to accommodate our customers. If after any checkup or analysis by our laboratory the defect of a product is found to be manufacturing defect, return and replacement of products will be made. Therefore, if undetected flaws or manufacturing defects or other irregularities from either the design or manufacture of our products are to occur, additional costs and expenses which we may not recoup may incur and our revenue and costs control can be negatively impacted.

 

In addition, if our defective or sub-standard products cause bodily injuries or property damage, we as the manufacturer may face product liability claims or latent defect liability claims from our customers or the end-users of goods and products made with our products and regardless of the merits or the outcome of these claims, we may be required to address and, if necessary, defend ourselves against such claims, which may incur substantial legal costs and divert management attention and other resources from our business and operations. We may also face adverse publicity associated with such claims, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

As we target to increase U.S. market exposure, if relations between the United States and PRC worsen, our business plan and operating results may be adversely impacted.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, our products were supplied to customers in Europe, Japan and U.S. and we target to increase our U.S. market exposure as we see growing demand in the U.S. markets. However, the U.S. government and Chinese government have in recent years made respective statements and taken respective actions that signal changes to its global trade policies and trade protection measures, including trade restriction or tariffs which affect certain products manufactured in the PRC and exported to the U.S. As our production is based in PRC, the export of our products may be affected by adverse changes and developments in such global trade policies and trade protection measures, such as the imposition of new trade barriers, sanctions, boycotts and other measures, which are beyond our control. It is unknown whether and to what extent new tariffs (or other new laws or regulations) will be adopted, or the effect that any such actions would have on us or our industry and users. Any trade restrictions imposed by the U.S. government or tariffs imposed by the PRC could significantly affect our gross profit margin if our products manufactured in PRC are subject to the trade restriction or tariffs or could disrupt our plan to increase U.S. market exposure, and in turn, have an adverse effect on our business plan, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We may not be able to obtain, maintain and protect our intellectual property rights and proprietary information, which could harm our business and competitive position.

 

The protection of our intellectual property rights, including trade secrets, trademarks, patents, domain names and other technical and proprietary know-how is critical to our success as we operate in an industry where technological innovation and technical capabilities and knowledge are the key to remain competitive. As of the date of this prospectus, we have obtained 31 registered patents related to our bicycle, racket and manufacturing process (with 7 invention patents, 14 utility model patents and 10 design patents) in Taiwan, PRC, Japan, Europe and the U.S. and 12 trademarks in PRC and Taiwan. We have also applied for the registration of 6 invention patents in Taiwan, PRC, Vietnam, Cambodia and Germany. See “Business – Intellectual Property.”

 

31
 

 

We rely on, and expect to continue to rely on a combination of intellectual property laws and contractual arrangements, including confidentiality agreements and non-complete covenants with our employees and independent parties which we have business relationships with, to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights. We also have security system in place to ensure that access to the manufacturing process will not be misappropriated. For instance, we have 24 hours door security at the production plant and laboratory, and our computer server is safeguarded as external partners’ access is not permitted. However, there is no assurance that such efforts, policies and precautions are either sufficient or effective. As a result, our intellectual property rights may be infringed, misappropriated, or challenged. Legal proceedings involving intellectual property rights are generally costly and time consuming, and may divert management attention and other resources from our business and operations. Any failure in protecting or enforcing our intellectual property rights could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We may be subject to third-party intellectual property infringement claims.

 

We depend, to a large extent, on our ability to effectively develop and maintain intellectual property rights relating to our business. However, we cannot assure you that third parties will not put forward claims that our business infringes upon or otherwise violates patents, copyrights or other intellectual property rights which they hold, whether such claims are valid or otherwise. We may face allegations that we have infringed the trademarks, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property rights of third parties, including our competitors, or allegations that we are involved in unfair trade practice. If we are found to have violated the intellectual property rights of others, we may be subject to liability for our infringement activities or may be prohibited from using such intellectual property, and any such liability or prohibition may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our profitability, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by a downturn in the global economies.

 

Our products are supplied directly or indirectly to branded customers around the world, especially in Switzerland, France, Italy, the Netherlands, Germany and Japan. Sales attributable to the markets in Europe are substantial, in particular the revenue from customers in Switzerland, Italy, Germany and France represented approximately 23.0%, 10.4%, 10.1% and 9.4%, respectively, of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the revenue from customers in Switzerland, Italy, Japan and Germany represented approximately 22.0%, 13.3%, 8.4% and 7.4%, respectively, of our total revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2021. We estimate our sales to markets in Europe will continue to be our major source of income in the foreseeable future. Therefore, our results of operation are largely affected by the level of demand for our products from our customers located in Europe which is in turn influenced by various factors which are beyond our control, including, among others, economic downturn. We cannot predict the timing, magnitude or duration of any economic downturn. These and other economic factors may have a negative impact on our profitability, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover all the risks related to our business and operations.

 

We maintain commercial fire insurance for our headquarters, R&D center and warehouses in Taiwan and public general liability insurance in Taiwan, as well as property all risks insurance for the production plant, R&D center and warehouse in Dongguan, PRC. In addition, we purchase cargo transportation insurance to insure the risks and liabilities in relation to the shipping of our products and raw materials between our warehouse in Taiwan, production plant and warehouse in the PRC and delivery points designated by customers. We also maintain credit insurance in respect of debts arising in the course of business activity and from the trading of products and performance of services under TW YMA. We also maintain commercial general liability insurance with products liability coverage in respect of the bicycle parts products, senior walker products, motorcycle handler and pre-preg materials manufactured or distributed by us and exported or sold worldwide.

 

We had not made any material claims under our insurance policies. However, there is no assurance that injuries or casualties or similar or other accidents will not occur or that our insurance coverage would be adequate to cover all our potential losses associated with serious or major accidents. If we were subject to substantial liabilities that were not covered by our insurance, we may suffer loss that may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

32
 

 

We are exposed to various risks associated with our business and operations, and we have limited liability insurance coverage. A successful liability claim against us due to injuries or damages suffered by our users could materially and adversely affect our reputation, results of operations and financial conditions. Even if unsuccessful, such a claim could cause us adverse publicity, require substantial costs to defend, and divert the time and attention of our management. In addition, we do not have any business disruption insurance. Any business disruption event could result in substantial costs to us and a diversion of our resources.

 

Our operations have been and may continue to be affected by the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

The COVID-19 pandemic and the measures imposed to contain the pandemic disrupted our operation and business in early 2020. As the pandemic continues to rapidly evolve around the world, with several new COVID-19 variants discovered in recent months, we cannot anticipate with any certainty the length or severity of the effects of COVID-19. As of the date of this prospectus, our business has been adversely affected by COVID-19 pandemic primarily in the following aspects:

 

● Operation: Our production plant in Dongguan, the PRC, suspended work for approximately one month in 2020 which adversely affected our production schedules, despite that the operation of our headquarters and offices in Taiwan remained unaffected. The pandemic also casted minor negative impacts on our supply chain such as manufacturing, warehousing and shipping of our products.

 

● Operating results and other financial metrics: Negative impact of COVID-19 on our business has resulted in a decrease in our revenue. Our revenue decreased slightly by approximately 2.7% from $22.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2019 to $22.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

Furthermore, the COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in, and may intensify, economic distress in different countries, and the duration and extent of the impact of COVID-19 outbreak is still uncertain at this time. If the COVID-19 pandemic cannot be contained and it subsequently results in greater global economic distress, there may be reduced consumer confidence and spending cut backs, which may result in reduced demand for our products and in which case our business and results of operations would be adversely affected.

 

The occurrence of force majeure events and natural disasters may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The occurrence of force majeure events and natural disasters, including hurricanes, floods, earthquakes, tornadoes, fires and pandemics may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. For instance, in 2019, there was an outbreak of COVID-19 in PRC and there was emergency public health policies and measures such as suspension of work, travel restrictions and/or traffic control measures in various cities in PRC. For instance, our production plant suspended work for approximately one month in 2020 in light of such policies and measures. Additionally, some regions in PRC and Taiwan, including certain cities in which we have operations, are under the threat of flood, earthquake, fire and drought.

 

The potential impact of a force majeure event or natural disaster on our results of operations and financial position is speculative and would depend on numerous factors. The impact and severity of these natural disasters determines their effect on each given economy. Where there is an outbreak or a recurrence of such force majeure event or natural disaster which are beyond our control, this could result in disruption to our business or that of our customers, which could in turn materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Any labor shortage or unrest or increased labor cost may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our production plant is located in the PRC. Some of our manufacturing processes, such as lamination and decals, are labor intensive and cannot be completely replaced by automation technology at this time. At the same time, there has been labor shortage from time to time in certain cities in the PRC. Although we did not experience material operational difficulty due to labor shortage in the past, there is no assurance that there will be no labor shortage for our production plant in the future. In addition, we may also be required to increase the wages to keep our labor force or attract new workers if there is labor shortage or other changes in the labor market conditions. If we cannot transfer the increased costs to our customers, our profit may be significantly impacted in such case. Also, although we have no experienced any labor unrest in the past, any future labor unrest will disrupt our production or pose threat to our properties. Therefore, any labor shortage or unrest or increased labor cost may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

33
 

 

If we fail to implement and maintain an effective system of internal controls or fail to remediate the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting that has been identified, we may be unable to accurately report our results of operations or prevent fraud or fail to meet our reporting obligations, and investor confidence and the market price of our ordinary shares may be materially and adversely affected.

 

Prior to this offering, we were a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures. Our independent registered public accounting firm has not conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting. However, in preparing our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, as defined in the standards established by the PCAOB. The material weakness identified arose from our lack of effective financial reporting oversight process for our period-end financial reporting as well as our lack of policies and procedures over evaluation of significant complex transactions and evaluation of certain general ledger accounts. Following the identification of the material weakness, we have taken and plan to continue to take remedial measures to remedy the weakness. For details of these remedies, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Internal Control over Financial Reporting.” However, the implementation of these measures may not fully address the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, and we cannot conclude that they have been fully remedied. Our failure to correct the material weakness or our failure to discover and address any other material weakness or control deficiencies could result in inaccuracies in our financial statements and could also impair our ability to comply with applicable financial reporting requirements and related regulatory filings on a timely basis. As a result, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, as well as the trading price of our ordinary shares may be materially and adversely affected. Moreover, ineffective internal control over financial reporting significantly hinders our ability to prevent fraud.

 

Furthermore, it is possible that, had our independent registered public accounting firm conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting, such firm might have identified additional material weakness and deficiencies. Upon completion of this offering, we will become a public company in the United States subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, will require that we include a report of management on our internal control over financial reporting in our annual report on Form 20-F beginning with our annual report for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2022. In addition, once we cease to be an “emerging growth company” as such term is defined in the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm must attest to and report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Our management may conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective. Moreover, even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm, after conducting its own independent testing, may issue a report that is qualified if it is not satisfied with our internal controls or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed, or if it interprets the relevant requirements differently from us. In addition, after we become a public company, our reporting obligations may place a significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources and systems for the foreseeable future. We may be unable to timely complete our evaluation testing and any required remediation.

 

During the course of documenting and testing our internal control procedures, in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404, we may identify other weaknesses and deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, if we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, as these standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404. If we fail to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment, we could suffer material misstatements in our financial statements and fail to meet our reporting obligations, which would likely cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information. This could in turn limit our access to capital markets, harm our results of operations, and lead to a decline in the trading price of our ordinary shares. Additionally, ineffective internal control over financial reporting could expose us to increased risk of fraud or misuse of corporate assets and subject us to potential delisting from the stock exchange on which we list, regulatory investigations and civil or criminal sanctions. We may also be required to restate our financial statements from prior periods.

 

34
 

 

We adopt cost-plus pricing approach as our general pricing model and the results of our operations are dependent on the ability to remain cost competitive.

 

We adopt a cost-plus pricing approach for our general pricing model. The unit price of our products is determined by reference to various factors, including the technical complexity of the product, the volume of the order, estimated material cost, labor cost and production overhead. Our ability to continue to implement our pricing model and maintain our margins will depend on our ability to remain cost competitive, which means we will have to actively manage our cost of sales, and in particular, our cost of materials, labor costs and product development costs.

 

Historically, we have been able to pass any increases in material cost, labor cost onto our customers as we generally negotiate and agree on the estimated unit price of a product prior to confirming the purchase orders from customers. However, if there is sudden and significant increase in such costs after the purchase orders are confirmed, we will not be able to pass such increased costs onto our customers. In such event, if we are not able to lower other costs in amounts sufficient to compensate such increased costs, our margins would be negatively impacted which could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure

 

We are a holding company and our sole material asset after completion of this offering will be our equity interest in our subsidiaries. Accordingly, we will depend on distributions from our subsidiaries to pay dividends and cover our corporate and other expenses.

 

We are a holding company and will have no material assets other than our equity interest in our subsidiaries. Because we will have no independent means of generating revenue, our ability to pay dividends, if any, and cover our corporate and other expenses is dependent on the ability of our subsidiaries to generate revenue to pay such dividends and expenses and then distribute them up to us. The ability of our subsidiaries to make any distributions will be subject, among others, to restrictions in our exiting or future credit facilities or other debt instruments and applicable law and regulations, which could impose withholding taxes on internal distributions. Our existing credit facilities, for example, significantly restrict our ability to pay dividends. To the extent that we need funds and our subsidiaries are restricted from making such distributions or payments under the terms of any financing arrangements or under applicable law or regulation, or otherwise are unable to provide such funds, our liquidity and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

 

The audit work on our PRC subsidiaries may not be inspected or investigated completely by the PCAOB and our ordinary shares may be prohibited from being traded on a national exchange under the HFCAA if the PCAOB is unable to inspect our auditor for three consecutive years beginning in 2021. The delisting of our ordinary shares, or the threat of being delisted, may materially and adversely affect the value of your investment.

 

Auditors of companies that are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and traded publicly in the United States, including our independent registered public accounting firm, must be registered with the PCAOB, and are subject to laws in the United States pursuant to which the PCAOB conducts regular inspections to assess their compliance with the relevant professional standards.

 

On March 24, 2021, the SEC adopted interim final rules relating to the implementation of certain disclosure and documentation requirements of the HFCAA. A company will be required to comply with these rules if the SEC identifies it as having a having a “non-inspection” year under a process to be subsequently established by the SEC. The SEC is assessing how to implement other requirements of the HFCAA, including the listing and trading prohibition requirements described above. Furthermore, on June 22, 2021, the U.S. Senate passed the Accelerating Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act , which, if signed into law, would amend the HFCAA and require the SEC to prohibit an issuer’s securities from trading on any U.S. stock exchanges if its auditor is not subject to PCAOB inspections for two consecutive years instead of three consecutive years. On September 22, 2021, the PCAOB adopted a final rule implementing the HFCAA, which provides a framework for the PCAOB to use when determining, as contemplated under the HFCAA, whether the PCAOB is unable to inspect or investigate registered public accounting firms located in a foreign jurisdiction because of a position taken by one or more authorities in that jurisdiction. On December 16, 2021, the PCAOB issued a Determination Report which found that the PCAOB is unable to inspect or investigate registered public accounting firms headquartered in: (1) mainland China, and (2) Hong Kong.

 

Our auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers, Taiwan, which is based in Taiwan, is currently subject to inspection by the PCAOB every three years. The audit work on our PRC subsidiaries is performed directly by our auditor under a temporary license issued by the Ministry of Finance of the PRC. However, our auditor is unable to provide audit working papers of the Company’s subsidiaries in China for PCAOB’s inspection without the approval of the PRC authorities.

 

The PCAOB’s inspections of other firms outside China have identified deficiencies in those firms’ audit procedures and quality control procedures, which may be addressed as part of the inspection process to improve future audit quality. The lack of PCAOB’s inspections in China prevents the PCAOB from regularly evaluating audits and quality control procedures of any auditors operating in China. Also, the potential inability of the PCAOB to inspect our auditor’s working paper of our PRC subsidiaries prevents the PCAOB from evaluating audits and quality control procedures of our independent registered public accounting firm. As a result, investors may be deprived of the benefits of PCAOB inspections. The inability of the PCAOB to inspect our auditor’s working paper makes it more difficult to evaluate the effectiveness of our auditor’s audit procedures or quality control procedures as compared to other auditors that are subject to PCAOB inspections. Investors may lose confidence in our reported financial information and procedures and the quality of our financial statements. Also, if the PCAOB is not able to conduct inspections of our auditor’s work papers of our PRC subsidiaries, you may be deprived of the benefits of such inspection which could result in limitation or restriction to our access to the U.S. capital markets and trading of our securities may be prohibited and the Nasdaq may determine to delist our securities if the PCAOB determines that it cannot inspect or investigate our auditor under the HFCAA.

 

The recent developments would also add uncertainties to our offering and we cannot assure you whether Nasdaq or regulatory authorities would apply additional and more stringent criteria to us after considering the effectiveness of our auditor’s audit procedures and quality control procedures, adequacy of personnel and training, or sufficiency of resources, geographic reach or experience as it relates to the audit of our financial statements.

 

The SEC may propose additional rules or guidance that could impact us if our auditor is not subject to PCAOB inspection. For example, on August 6, 2020, the President’s Working Group on Financial Markets, or the PWG, issued the Report on Protecting United States Investors from Significant Risks from Chinese Companies to the then President of the United States. This report recommended the SEC implement five recommendations to address companies from jurisdictions that do not provide the PCAOB with sufficient access to fulfill its statutory mandate. Some of the concepts of these recommendations were implemented with the enactment of the HFCAA. However, some of the recommendations were more stringent than the HFCAA. For example, if a company’s auditor was not subject to PCAOB inspection, the report recommended that the transition period before a company would be delisted would end on January 1, 2022.

 

The SEC has announced that the SEC staff is preparing a consolidated proposal for the rules regarding the implementation of the HFCAA and to address the recommendations in the PWG report. It is unclear when the SEC will complete its rulemaking and when such rules will become effective and what, if any, of the PWG recommendations will be adopted. The implications of this possible regulation in addition to the requirements of the HFCAA are uncertain. Such uncertainty could cause the market price of our ordinary shares to be materially and adversely affected, and our securities could be delisted or prohibited from being traded on the national securities exchange earlier than would be required by the HFCAA. If our ordinary shares are unable to be listed on another securities exchange by then, such a delisting would substantially impair your ability to sell or purchase our ordinary shares when you wish to do so, and the risk and uncertainty associated with a potential delisting would have a negative impact on the price of our ordinary shares.

 

35
 

 

In December 2020, the United States enacted the HFCAA. The HFCAA requires that the SEC identify issuers that retain an auditor that has a branch or office that is located in a foreign jurisdiction and that the PCAOB determines it is unable to inspect or investigate completely because of a position taken by an authority in that foreign jurisdiction. Amongst other things, the HFCAA also requires the SEC to prohibit the securities of any issuer from being traded on any of the U.S. national securities exchanges, such as Nasdaq, or on the U.S. “over-the-counter” markets, if the auditor of the issuer’s financial statements is not subject to PCAOB inspections for three consecutive “non-inspection” years after the law became effective. On April 5, 2021, the SEC’s interim final rule to implement the disclosure and submission requirements of the HFCAA was published in the U.S. Federal Register, along with the SEC’s request for public comment on the interim final rule. Regarding how the term “retain” should be interpreted for purposes of determining whether an issuer has retained an auditor that has a branch or office that is located in a foreign jurisdiction and that the PCAOB determines it is unable to inspect or investigate completely because of a position taken by an authority in that foreign jurisdiction, the SEC noted in the interim final rule that the HFCAA does not define the term “retain,” and requested comment on how the term “retain” should be understood for purposes of the HFCAA. Enactment of any of such legislations or other efforts to increase U.S. regulatory access to audit information could cause investor uncertainty for affected issuers, including us, the market price of our ordinary shares could be adversely affected, and we could be delisted if we are unable to cure the situation to meet the PCAOB inspection requirement in time. Furthermore, there have been recent media reports on deliberations within the U.S. government regarding potentially limiting or restricting China-based companies from accessing U.S. capital markets. If any such deliberations were to materialize, the resulting legislation may have material and adverse impact on the stock performance of China-based issuers listed in the United States.

 

Our auditor, which is based in Taiwan, conducts audit work directly on our PRC subsidiaries under a temporary license issued by the Ministry of Finance of the PRC. However, given the restriction imposed by the PRC government, our auditor is unable to provide audit working papers of our subsidiaries in China for PCAOB’s inspection without the approval of the PRC authorities. Given the current question as to how “retain” should be understood for purposes of the HFCAA, we cannot assure you that we will not be identified by the SEC as an issuer that has retained an auditor that has a branch or office that is located in a foreign jurisdiction that the PCAOB determines it is unable to inspect or investigate completely because of a position taken by an authority in that foreign jurisdiction as a result of the fact that the auditor of our PRC subsidiaries is located in, and organized under the laws of, the PRC. In addition, there can be no assurance that, if we have a “non-inspection” year, we will be able to take remedial measures in response thereto. If any such event were to occur, trading in our securities could in the future be prohibited under the HFCAA, so we cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain the listing of the ordinary shares on Nasdaq or that you will be allowed to trade our ordinary shares in the United States on the “over-the-counter” markets or otherwise. Should the ordinary shares not be listed or tradeable in the United States, the value of the ordinary shares could be materially affected.

 

36
 

 

We may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to make payments to us could have a material and adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.

 

We are a holding company, and we may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiaries for our cash and financing requirements, including the funds necessary to pay dividends and other cash distributions to our shareholders or holders of our ordinary shares or to service any debt we may incur. If any of our PRC subsidiaries incur debt on its own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict its ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to us.

 

According to the Foreign Investment Law of the People’s Republic of China and its implementing rules, which jointly established the legal framework for the administration of foreign-invested companies, a foreign investor may, in accordance with other applicable laws, freely transfer into or out of China its contributions, profits, capital earnings, income from asset disposal, intellectual property rights royalties acquired, compensation or indemnity legally obtained, and income from liquidation, made or derived within the territory of China in RMB or any foreign currency, and any entity or individual shall not illegally restrict such transfer in terms of the currency, amount and frequency. According to the Company Law of the People’s Republic of China and other Chinese laws and regulations, our PRC subsidiaries may pay dividends only out of their respective accumulated profits as determined in accordance with Chinese accounting standards and regulations. In addition, each of our PRC subsidiaries is required to set aside at least 10% of its accumulated after-tax profits, if any, each year to fund a certain statutory reserve fund, until the aggregate amount of such fund reaches 50% of its registered capital. Where the statutory reserve fund is insufficient to cover any loss the Chinese subsidiary incurred in the previous financial year, its current financial year’s accumulated after-tax profits shall first be used to cover the loss before any statutory reserve fund is drawn therefrom. Such statutory reserve funds and the accumulated after-tax profits that are used for covering the loss cannot be distributed to us as dividends. At their discretion, our PRC subsidiaries may allocate a portion of their after-tax profits based on Chinese accounting standards to a discretionary reserve fund.

 

Renminbi is not freely convertible into other currencies. As result, any restriction on currency exchange may limit the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to use any future renminbi revenues to pay dividends to us. The Chinese government imposes controls on the convertibility of renminbi into foreign currencies and, in certain cases, the remittance of currency out of China. Shortages in availability of foreign currency may then restrict the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to remit sufficient foreign currency to our offshore entities for our offshore entities to pay dividends or make other payments or otherwise to satisfy our foreign-currency-denominated obligations. The renminbi is currently convertible under the “current account,” which includes dividends, trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, without the need of the approval of the SAFE. By contrast, the renminbi under the “capital account,” which includes foreign direct investment and foreign currency debt, including loans we may secure for our onshore subsidiaries, may be converted into other currencies upon the approval of the SAFE and the conversion is also subject to other restrictions or limitations, e.g., control of a Chinese entity’s foreign debt quota. Currently, our PRC subsidiaries may purchase foreign currency for settlement of “current account transactions,” including payment of dividends to us, without the approval of SAFE by complying with certain procedural requirements. However, the relevant Chinese governmental authorities may limit or eliminate our ability to purchase foreign currencies in the future for current account transactions. Any existing and future restrictions on currency exchange may limit our ability to utilize revenue generated in renminbi to fund our business activities outside of China or pay dividends in foreign currencies to holders of our ordinary shares. Foreign exchange transactions under the capital account remain subject to limitations and require approvals from, or registration with, SAFE and other relevant Chinese governmental authorities. This could affect our ability to obtain foreign currency through debt or equity financing for our subsidiaries.

 

In response to the persistent capital outflow in China and renminbi’s depreciation against the U.S. dollar in the fourth quarter of 2016, the People’s Bank of China (“PBOC”) and the SAFE have promulgated a series of capital controls in early 2017, including stricter vetting procedures for domestic companies to remit foreign currency for overseas investments, dividends payments and shareholder loan repayments.

 

The Chinese government may continue to strengthen its capital controls, and more restrictions and substantial vetting processes may be put forward by SAFE for cross-border transactions falling under both the current account and the capital account. Any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other kinds of payments to us could materially and adversely limit our ability to grow, make investments or acquisitions that could be beneficial to our business, pay dividends or otherwise fund and conduct our business.

 

37
 

 

Risks Related to Doing Business in Taiwan

 

We face economic and political risks associated with doing business in Taiwan, particularly due to the geopolitical tension between Taiwan and PRC that could negatively affect our business and hence the value of your investment.

 

Our headquarters, R&D center and material laboratory are located in Taiwan. Accordingly, our business, financial condition and results of operations and the market price of our ordinary shares may be affected by changes in governmental policies, taxation, growth rate, inflation rate or interest rates and by social instability and diplomatic and social developments in or affecting Taiwan. In particular, the unique political status of Taiwan and its internal political movement cause sustained tension between PRC and Taiwan. Past developments related to the interactions between PRC and Taiwan, especially in relation to trade activities such as bans on exports of goods from time to time, have on occasions depressed the transactions and business operations of certain Taiwanese companies and overall economic environment. We cannot predict whether there will be escalation of the tensions between PRC and Taiwan which would lead to new bans or tariffs on exports or even conflict. Any conflict which threatens the military, political or economic stability in Taiwan could have a material adverse effect on our current or future business and financial condition and results of operations.

 

The imposition of foreign exchange restrictions in Taiwan may have an adverse effect on foreign investors’ abilities to acquire securities of a Taiwan company, including the shares of our subsidiaries in Taiwan, or to repatriate the interest, dividends or sale proceeds from those securities.

 

Taiwan government may impose foreign exchange restrictions in certain emergency situations, including situations where there are sudden fluctuations in interest rates or exchange rates, where Taiwan government experiences extreme difficulty in stabilizing the balance of payments or where there are substantial disturbances in the financial and capital markets in Taiwan. These restrictions may require foreign investors to obtain Taiwan government’s approval before acquiring securities of a Taiwan company, including the shares of our subsidiaries in Taiwan, repatriating the interest or dividends from those securities or repatriating the proceeds from the sale of those securities.

 

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Ordinary Shares

 

The recent joint statement by the SEC and PCAOB, proposed rule changes submitted by Nasdaq, and the HFCAA all call for additional and more stringent criteria to be applied to emerging market companies upon assessing the qualification of their auditors, especially the non-U.S. auditors who are not inspected by the PCAOB. In September 2021, the PCAOB is adopting a new rule to provide a framework for its determinations under the HFCAA that the PCAOB is unable to inspect or investigate completely registered public accounting firms located in a foreign jurisdiction because of a position taken by one or more authorities in that jurisdiction. In addition, in June 2021, the Senate passed the Accelerating Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act which, if signed into law, would reduce the time period for the delisting of foreign companies under the HFCAA to two consecutive years, instead of three years. As a result, if the Accelerating Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act is enacted into law and the PCAOB determined that it is unable to inspect or investigate our auditor because of a position taken by an authority in a foreign jurisdiction for two consecutive years, our securities could be prohibited from trading.

 

On April 21, 2020, SEC Chairman Jay Clayton and PCAOB Chairman William D. Duhnke III, along with other senior SEC staff, released a joint statement highlighting the risks associated with investing in companies based in or have substantial operations in emerging markets including China. The joint statement emphasized the risks associated with lack of access for the PCAOB to inspect auditors and audit work papers in China and higher risks of fraud in emerging markets.

 

On May 18, 2020, Nasdaq filed three proposals with the SEC to (i) apply minimum offering size requirement for companies primarily operating in “Restrictive Market”, (ii) adopt a new requirement relating to the qualification of management or board of director for Restrictive Market companies, and (iii) apply additional and more stringent criteria to an applicant or listed company based on the qualifications of the company’s auditors.

 

38
 

 

On May 20, 2020, the U.S. Senate passed the HFCAA requiring a foreign company to certify it is not owned or controlled by a foreign government if the PCAOB is unable to audit specified reports because the company uses a foreign auditor not subject to PCAOB inspection. If the PCAOB is unable to inspect an issuer’s auditors for three consecutive years, the issuer’s securities are prohibited to trade on a national securities exchange or in the over the counter trading market in the U.S. On December 2, 2020, the U.S. House of Representatives approved the HFCAA. On December 18, 2020, the HFCAA was signed into law.

 

On March 24, 2021, the SEC announced that it had adopted interim final amendments to implement congressionally mandated submission and disclosure requirements of the Act. The interim final amendments will apply to registrants that the SEC identifies as having filed an annual report on Forms 10-K, 20-F, 40-F or N-CSR with an audit report issued by a registered public accounting firm that is located in a foreign jurisdiction and that the PCAOB has determined it is unable to inspect or investigate completely because of a position taken by an authority in that jurisdiction. The SEC will implement a process for identifying such a registrant and any such identified registrant will be required to submit documentation to the SEC establishing that it is not owned or controlled by a governmental entity in that foreign jurisdiction, and will also require disclosure in the registrant’s annual report regarding the audit arrangements of, and governmental influence on, such a registrant.

 

On June 22, 2021, the U.S. Senate passed a bill which, if passed by the U.S. House of Representatives and signed into law, would reduce the number of consecutive non-inspection years required for triggering the prohibitions under the HFCAA from three years to two years.

 

Since September 22, 2021, the PCAOB is adopting a new rule, PCAOB Rule 6100, Board Determinations Under the HFCAA to provide a framework for its determinations under the HFCAA that the PCAOB is unable to inspect or investigate completely registered public accounting firms located in a foreign jurisdiction because of a position taken by one or more authorities in that jurisdiction. The rule establishes the manner of the PCAOB’s determinations; the factors the PCAOB will evaluate and the documents and information the PCAOB will consider when assessing whether a determination is warranted; the form, public availability, effective date, and duration of such determinations; and the process by which the Board will reaffirm, modify, or vacate any such determinations.

 

In December 2021, the SEC adopted amendments to finalize rules implementing the submission and disclosure requirements in the HFCAA. Also, on December 16, 2021, pursuant to the HFCAA, the PCAOB issued a Determination Report which determined that the PCAOB is unable to inspect or investigate completely registered public accounting firms headquartered in mainland China and in Hong Kong, a Special Administrative Region of PRC, because of positions taken by PRC authorities in those jurisdictions. In addition, the PCAOB’s report identified the specific registered public accounting firms which are subject to these determinations.

 

Our auditor, which is based in Taiwan, is currently subject to inspection by the PCAOB every three years. The audit work on our PRC subsidiaries is performed directly by our auditor under a temporary license issued by the Ministry of Finance of the PRC. However, our auditor is unable to provide audit working papers of the Company’s subsidiaries in China for PCAOB’s inspection without the approval of the PRC authorities. If it is later determined that the PCAOB is unable to inspect or investigate completely our auditor because of a position taken by an authority in a foreign jurisdiction (e.g. the PRC authorities), it would make it more difficult to evaluate the effectiveness of our auditor’s audit procedures or quality control procedures as compared to other auditors that are subject to PCAOB inspections. Investors may lose confidence in our reported financial information and procedures and the quality of our financial statements. As a result, the market price of our ordinary shares could be adversely affected. Also, if the PCAOB is not able to conduct inspections of our auditor’s work papers of our PRC subsidiaries, you may be deprived of the benefits of such inspection which could result in limitation or restriction to our access to the U.S. capital markets and trading of our securities may be prohibited and the Nasdaq may determine to delist our securities if the PCAOB determines that it cannot inspect or investigate completely our auditor under the HFCAA.

 

However, the recent developments would add uncertainties to our offering and we cannot assure you whether Nasdaq or regulatory authorities would apply additional and more stringent criteria to us. It remains unclear what the SEC’s implementation process related to the March 2021 interim final amendments will entail or what further actions the SEC or Nasdaq will take to address these issues and what impact those actions will have on U.S. companies that have significant operations in the PRC and have securities listed on a U.S. stock exchange (including a national securities exchange or over-the-counter stock market). In addition, the March 2021 interim final amendments and any additional actions, proceedings, or new rules resulting from these efforts to increase U.S. regulatory access to audit information could create some uncertainty for investors, the market price of our ordinary shares could be adversely affected, and we could be delisted if we and our auditor are unable to meet the PCAOB inspection requirement or being required to engage a new audit firm, which would require significant expense and management time.

 

There has been no public market for our ordinary shares prior to this offering, and you may not be able to resell our ordinary shares at or above the price you paid, or at all.

 

Prior to this initial public offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. We have applied to list our ordinary shares on Nasdaq under the symbol “YMAT.” If an active trading market for our ordinary shares does not develop after this offering, the market price and liquidity of our ordinary shares will be materially and adversely affected. Negotiations with the underwriters determine the initial public offering price for our ordinary shares which may bear no relationship to their market price after the initial public offering. We cannot assure you that an active trading market for our ordinary shares will develop or that the market price of our ordinary shares will not decline below the initial public offering price.

 

39
 

 

Nasdaq may delist our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

 

We cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on Nasdaq after our initial public offering. In order to continue listing our securities on Nasdaq, we must maintain certain financial, distribution and share price levels. In general, we must maintain a minimum amount in shareholders’ equity (generally $2,500,000) and a minimum of 300 round lot holders. For instance, our share price would generally be required to be at least $4.00 per share, our shareholders’ equity would generally be required to be at least $5.0 million and we would be required to have a minimum of 300 round lot holders of our securities (with at least 50% of such round lot holders holding securities with a market value of at least $2,500). We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.

 

If Nasdaq delists our securities from trading on its exchange and we are not able to list our securities on another national securities exchange, we expect our securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

 

  ● a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;
     
   ● reduced liquidity for our securities;
     
   ● a determination that our ordinary shares is a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our ordinary shares to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;
     
   ● a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and
     
   ● a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

 

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Because we expect that our ordinary shares will be listed on Nasdaq, our ordinary shares will be covered securities. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of our securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by blank check companies, other than the State of Idaho, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we were no longer listed on Nasdaq, our securities would not be covered securities and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities.

 

If a limited number of participants in this offering purchase a significant percentage of the offering, the effective public float may be smaller than anticipated and the price of our ordinary shares may be volatile.

 

As a company conducting a relatively modest public offering, we are subject to the risk that a small number of investors will purchase a high percentage of the offering. If this were to happen, investors could find our ordinary shares to be more volatile than they might otherwise anticipate. Companies that experience such volatility in their stock price may be more likely to be the subject of securities litigation. In addition, if a large portion of our public float were to be held by a few investors, smaller investors may find it more difficult to sell their shares.

 

40
 

 

The market price for our ordinary shares may be volatile, which could result in substantial losses to investors.

 

The trading prices of our ordinary shares are likely to be volatile and could fluctuate widely due to factors beyond our control. This may happen because of broad market and industry factors, like the performance and fluctuation in the market prices or the underperformance or deteriorating financial results of companies based in Taiwan that have listed their securities in the United States in recent years. The securities of some of these companies have experienced significant volatility since their initial public offerings, including, in some cases, substantial decline in their trading prices. The trading performances of other Taiwan companies’ securities after their offerings may affect the attitudes of investors toward Taiwan companies listed in the United States, which consequently may impact the trading performance of our ordinary shares, regardless of our actual operating performance. In addition, securities markets may from time to time experience significant price and volume fluctuations that are not related to our operating performance, which may have a material adverse effect on the market price of our ordinary shares. In addition to the above factors, the price and trading volume of our ordinary shares may be highly volatile due to multiple factors, including the following:

 

  ● regulatory developments affecting us, our customers, or our industry;
     
   ● announcements of studies and reports relating to our service offerings or those of our competitors;
     
   ● actual or anticipated fluctuations in our results of operations and changes or revisions of our expected results;
     
   ● changes in financial estimates by securities research analysts;
     
   ● announcements by us or our competitors of new product and service offerings, acquisitions, strategic relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments;
     
   ● additions to or departures of our senior management;
     
   ● detrimental negative publicity about us, our management or our industry;
     
   ● fluctuations of exchange rates between the NTD, Renminbi and the U.S. dollar;
     
   ● release or expiry of lock-up or other transfer restrictions on our outstanding ordinary shares; and
     
   ● sales or perceived potential sales of additional ordinary shares.

 

Shares eligible for future sale may adversely affect the market price of our ordinary shares, as the future sale of a substantial amount of outstanding ordinary shares in the public marketplace could reduce the price of our ordinary shares.

 

The market price of our ordinary shares could decline as a result of sales of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur. In addition, these factors could make it more difficult for us to raise through future offerings of our ordinary shares. An aggregate of 15,762,887 ordinary shares were outstanding before the consummation of this offering and [*] ordinary shares will be outstanding immediately after this offering. All of the shares sold in the offering will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. The remaining shares will be “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. These shares may be sold in the future without registration under the Securities Act to the extent permitted by Rule 144 or other exemptions under the Securities Act.

 

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

 

The initial public offering price of our ordinary shares is expected to be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our ordinary shares. Assuming the completion of the offering, if you purchase shares in this offering, you will incur immediate dilution of approximately $[*] or approximately [*]% in the pro forma net tangible book value per share from the price per share that you pay for the shares. Accordingly, if you purchase shares in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of your investment. See “Dilution.”

 

41
 

 

As an exempted company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, we are permitted to adopt certain home country practices in relation to corporate governance matters that differ significantly from Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards. These practices may afford less protection to shareholders than they would enjoy if we complied fully with Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards.

 

As a Cayman Islands company that is expected to be listed on Nasdaq, we are subject to Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards. However, Nasdaq rules permit a foreign private issuer like us to follow the corporate governance practices of its home country. Certain corporate governance practices in the Cayman Islands, which is our home country, may differ significantly from Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards. For example, neither the Companies Act nor our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association requires a majority of our board of directors to be independent and we could include non-independent directors as members of our compensation committee and nominating committee and our independent directors would not necessarily hold regular scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present. In addition, we will be able to follow our home country law instead of the Nasdaq listing rules that require us to obtain shareholder approval for certain dilutive events, such as certain transactions other than a public offering involving issuances of a 20% or greater interest in the company, and acquisitions of the stock or assets of another company. If we choose to follow home country practice in the future, our shareholders may be afforded less protection than they otherwise would under Nasdaq’s corporate governance listing standards applicable to U.S. domestic issuers.

 

Our management has a certain level of discretion over use of proceeds of this offering.

 

While we have identified the priorities to which we expect to put the proceeds of this offering, our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds received by us. Specifically, we intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to upgrade manufacturing facility and equipment and for working capital and general corporate purposes. We have reserved the right to re-allocate funds currently allocated to that purpose to our general working capital. If that were to happen, then our management would have significant discretion over even more of the net proceeds to be received by our company in this offering. You will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. You must rely on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering. The net proceeds may be used for corporate purposes that do not improve our efforts to achieve profitability or increase our stock price. The net proceeds from this offering may be placed in investments that do not produce profit or increase value. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

We are an exempted company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands and, because judicial precedent regarding the rights of shareholders is more limited under Cayman Islands law than under U.S. law, you may have less protection for your shareholder rights than you would under U.S. law.

 

Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association as amended from time to time, the Companies Act and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as that from English common law, which has persuasive, but not binding, authority on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law may not be as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws than the United States. Some U.S. states, such as Delaware, have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law than the Cayman Islands. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the United States.

 

Shareholders of Cayman Islands exempted companies like us have no general rights under Cayman Islands law to inspect corporate records or to obtain copies of lists of shareholders of these companies (other than copies of our Memorandum and Articles of Association, as amended, and register of mortgages and charges). Under Cayman Islands law, the names of our current directors can be obtained from a search conducted at the Registrar of Companies. Our directors have discretion under our memorandum and articles of association to determine whether or not, and under what conditions, our corporate records may be inspected by our shareholders, but are not obliged to make them available to our shareholders. This may make it more difficult for you to obtain the information needed to establish any facts necessary for a shareholder motion or to solicit proxies from other shareholders in connection with a proxy contest.

 

42
 

 

As a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands, we are permitted to adopt certain home country practices in relation to corporate governance matters that differ from the Nasdaq corporate governance requirements; these practices may afford less protection to shareholders than they otherwise would under rules and regulations applicable to United States domestic issuers.

 

As a result of all of the above, our public shareholders may encounter different issues in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as shareholders of a U.S. public company.

 

We are a foreign private issuer and, as a result, will not be subject to U.S. proxy rules and will be subject to more lenient and less frequent Exchange Act reporting obligations than a U.S. issuer.

 

Upon consummation of this offering, we will report under the Securities Exchange Act as a foreign private issuer. Because we qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act, we will be exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to U.S. public companies, including:

 

  ● the sections of the Exchange Act that regulate the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act;
     
   ● the sections of the Exchange Act that require insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and impose liability on insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time; and
     
   ● the rules under the Exchange Act that require the filing of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q containing unaudited financial and other specified information and current reports on Form 8-K upon the occurrence of specified significant events.

 

In addition, foreign private issuers are not required to file their annual report on Form 20-F until 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, while U.S. domestic issuers that are not large accelerated filers or accelerated filers are required to file their annual report on Form 10-K within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year. Foreign private issuers are also exempt from Regulation FD, aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information. As a result, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are not foreign private issuers.

 

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company, particularly after we cease to qualify as an “emerging growth company.”

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will become a public company and expect to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and Nasdaq, impose various requirements on the corporate governance practices of public companies. As a company with less than US$1.07 billion in revenues for our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include exemption from the auditor attestation requirement under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting and permission to delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies.

 

We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some corporate activities more time-consuming and costly. After we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” we expect to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the other rules and regulations of the SEC. For example, as a result of becoming a public company, we will need to increase the number of independent directors and adopt policies regarding internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures. We also expect that operating as a public company will make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements. It may also be more difficult for us to find qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these rules and regulations, and we cannot predict or estimate with any degree of certainty the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

 

43
 

 

In the past, shareholders of a public company often brought securities class action suits against the company following periods of instability in the market price of that company’s securities. If we were involved in a class action suit, it could divert a significant amount of our management’s attention and other resources from our business and operations, which could harm our results of operations and require us to incur significant expenses to defend the suit. Any such class action suit, whether or not successful, could harm our reputation and restrict our ability to raise capital in the future. In addition, if a claim is successfully made against us, we may be required to pay significant damages, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses.

 

As discussed above, we are a foreign private issuer, and therefore, we are not required to comply with all of the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. The determination of foreign private issuer status is made annually on the last business day of an issuer’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, and, accordingly, the next determination will be made with respect to us on [*]. In the future, we would lose our foreign private issuer status if (1) more than 50% of our outstanding voting securities are owned by U.S. residents and (2) a majority of our directors or executive officers are U.S. citizens or residents, or we fail to meet additional requirements necessary to avoid loss of foreign private issuer status. If we lose our foreign private issuer status, we will be required to file with the SEC periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms, which are more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. We will also have to mandatorily comply with U.S. federal proxy requirements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders will become subject to the short-swing profit disclosure and recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements under the listing rules of the Nasdaq. As a U.S. listed public company that is not a foreign private issuer, we will incur significant additional legal, accounting and other expenses that we will not incur as a foreign private issuer.

 

There can be no assurance that we will not be a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for United States federal income tax purposes for any taxable year, which could subject United States investors in our ordinary shares to significant adverse United States income tax consequences.

 

A non-United States corporation, such as our company, will be classified as a PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any taxable year, if either (i) 75% or more of its gross income for such year consists of certain types of “passive” income or (ii) 50% or more of the value of its assets (determined on the basis of a quarterly average) during such year is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income.

 

Based on our current composition of assets, subsidiaries and market capitalization (which will fluctuate from time to time), we do not expect to be or become a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, the determination of whether we will be or become a PFIC will depend, in part, upon the value of our goodwill and other unbooked intangibles. Furthermore, the determination of whether we will be or become a PFIC will depend, in part, on the composition of our income and assets. Fluctuations in the market price of our ordinary shares may cause us to become a PFIC for the current or subsequent taxable years. The composition of our income and assets may also be affected by how, and how quickly, we use our liquid assets and the cash raised in this offering. In addition, because there are uncertainties in the application of the relevant rules, it is possible that the Internal Revenue Service may challenge our classification of certain income and assets as non-passive or our valuation of our tangible and intangible assets.

 

Because determination of PFIC status is a fact-intensive inquiry made on an annual basis that depends upon the composition of our assets and income, no assurance can be given that we are not or will not become classified as a PFIC. If we were to be or become classified as a PFIC in any taxable year, a U.S. Holder (as defined in “Taxation—United States Federal Income Taxation”) may incur significantly increased U.S. federal income tax on gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of our ordinary shares and on the receipt of distributions on the ordinary shares to the extent such gain or distributions is treated as an “excess distribution” under the U.S. federal income tax rules. Further, if we are classified as a PFIC for any year during which a U.S. Holder holds our ordinary shares, we generally will continue to be treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which such U.S. Holder holds our ordinary shares. You are urged to consult your tax advisor concerning the United States federal income tax consequences of acquiring, holding, and disposing of ordinary shares if we are or become classified as a PFIC. For more information, see “Taxation— Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

 

44
 

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the market price for our ordinary shares and trading volume could decline.

 

The trading market for our ordinary shares will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If research analysts do not establish and maintain adequate research coverage or if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our ordinary shares or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the market price for our ordinary shares would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which, in turn, could cause the market price or trading volume for our ordinary shares to decline.

 

You may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through U.S. courts may be limited, because we are incorporated under Cayman Islands law.

 

We are an exempted company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands and certain of our officers and directors are residents of jurisdictions outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon our directors or executive officers, or enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against our directors or officers.

 

Our corporate affairs will be governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association as amended from time to time, the Companies Act and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take legal action against our directors and us, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as that from English common law, which has persuasive, but not binding authority on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law may not be as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and some states, such as Delaware, have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law than the Cayman Islands. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the United States.

 

We have been advised by our Cayman Islands legal counsel, Ogier, that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands would:

 

  ●  recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States based on certain civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws; and
     
  ● entertain original actions brought in each respective jurisdiction against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

 

There is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, although the courts of the Cayman Islands will in certain circumstances recognize and enforce a foreign judgment, without any re-examination or re-litigation of matters adjudicated upon, provided such judgment:

 

  (a) is given by a foreign court of competent jurisdiction;
     
  (b) imposes on the judgment debtor a liability to pay a liquidated sum for which the judgment has been given;
     
  (c) is final;

 

45
 

 

  (d) is not in respect of taxes, a fine or a penalty;
     
  (e) was not obtained by fraud; and
     
  (f) is not of a kind the enforcement of which is contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands.

 

Subject to the above limitations, in appropriate circumstances, a Cayman Islands court may give effect in the Cayman Islands to other kinds of final foreign judgments such as declaratory orders, orders for performance of contracts and injunctions.

 

As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by our board of directors, management or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a U.S. company. For a discussion of certain differences between the provisions of the Companies Act, remedies available to shareholders and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders, see “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities” and “Description of Securities.”

 

Judgments obtained against us by our shareholders may not be enforceable.

 

We are a Cayman Islands company and substantially all of our assets are located outside of the United States. Substantially all of our current operations are conducted in Taiwan and/or PRC. In addition, certain of our directors and officers reside outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for you to effect service of process within the United States or elsewhere outside Taiwan and/or PRC upon these persons. It may also be difficult for you to enforce in Taiwan and/or PRC or Cayman Islands courts judgments obtained in U.S. courts based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us and our officers and directors, most of whom are not residents in the United States and the substantial majority of whose assets are located outside of the United States. It may be difficult or impossible for you to bring an action against us in the Cayman Islands if you believe your rights under the U.S. securities laws have been infringed. In addition, there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands or Taiwan and/or PRC would recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts against us or such persons predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state and it is uncertain whether such Cayman Islands or Taiwan and/or PRC courts would hear original actions brought in the Cayman Islands or Taiwan and/or PRC against us or such persons predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state. See “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities.”

 

Provisions in our post-offering amended and stated memorandum and articles of association may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our ordinary shares and could entrench management.

 

Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will contain provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that shareholders may consider to be in their best interests. These provisions include a staggered board of directors and the ability of the board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred shares, which may make the removal of management more difficult and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our ordinary shares.

 

We are subject to changing law and regulations regarding regulatory matters, corporate governance and public disclosure that have increased both our costs and the risk of non-compliance.

 

We are subject to rules and regulations by various governing bodies, including, for example, the SEC, which are charged with the protection of investors and the oversight of companies whose securities are publicly traded, and to new and evolving regulatory measures under applicable law. Our efforts to comply with new and changing laws and regulations have resulted in and are likely to continue to result in, increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue generating activities to compliance activities.

 

Moreover, because these laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance becomes available. This evolution may result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and additional costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to our disclosure and governance practices. If we fail to address and comply with these regulations and any subsequent changes, we may be subject to penalty and our business may be harmed.

 

46
 

 

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

 

You can identify these forward-looking statements by words or phrases such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “aim,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “likely to” or other similar expressions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

  ● our goals and growth strategies;
     
   ● our expectations regarding demand for and market acceptance of our products and services;
     
   ● our future business development, results of operations and financial condition;
     
   ● competition in our industry;
     
   ● the expected growth of, and trends in, the markets for our products and services;
     
   ● government policies and regulations relating to our corporate structure, business and industry;
     
  ● our expectation regarding the use of proceeds from this offering;
     
  ● our ability to comply with the continued listing standards on the exchange or trading market on which our ordinary shares is listed for trading;
     
  ● the possibility that COVID-19 may adversely affect our results of operations, financial position and cash flows;
     
  ● general economic and business condition in Taiwan and elsewhere; and
     
  ● assumptions underlying or related to any of the foregoing.

 

You should read thoroughly this prospectus and the documents that we refer to in this prospectus with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from and worse than what we expect. Other sections of this prospectus include additional factors which could adversely impact our business and financial performance. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

 

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date on which the statements are made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we refer to in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

 

47
 

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

After deducting the estimated underwriters’ discount and offering expenses payable by us, we expect to receive net proceeds of approximately $[●] million (or $          in the aggregate if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) from this offering. The net proceeds from this offering must be remitted to Taiwan before we will be able to use the funds to grow our business.

 

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering as follows, after we complete the remittance process:

 

  ● approximately 25% for acquiring and investing in production plant in the U.S. for the production of electric bicycle;
     
   ● approximately 25% for purchasing equipment for our second production plant in Yangzhou, the PRC, for the production of key structural parts of electric bicycle, robotic arms, automobile and prepreg material;
     
   ● approximately 15% for investment on electric bicycle and sports bicycle brands in Michigan State, the U.S., through acquisition, joint venture and/or co-branding production;
     
  ● approximately 15% for establishing our R&D center in Houston, the U.S., for developing automation and advanced composite material and chemical technologies;
     
  ● approximately 15% for general administration and working capital; and
     
  ● approximately 5% for establishing our sales and administration office in Houston, the U.S., to closely work with our office in Taiwan on U.S. market sales and expansion.

 

We carefully plan for the use of proceeds from this offering, not only to support our existing growth, but also build a road map for our future development. Regarding the acquisition and investment in production plant in the U.S., we will co-operate with the local bicycle assembly house in the U.S. and the investment amount will be capped at approximately 25% of the proceeds in respect of the infrastructure construction and machinery procurement. Regarding the construction of our second production plant in Yangzhou, approximately 25% of the proceeds is intended to be used for purchasing equipment for production only. Meanwhile, we are in discussion with a local construction company in the PRC on a hire purchase agreement of building and infrastructure construction of the production plant on our land in Yangzhou and such construction would be funded by the said local construction company in the PRC. As we intended to invest approximately USD6.2 million on the purchase of machinery and the proceeds would not be sufficient for us to accomplish such purpose, we would require additional funding by building lines of credit with financial institutions in the U.S. Concerning the investment on electric bicycle and sports bicycle brands in Michigan State, the U.S., our investment amount will be capped at approximately 15% of the proceeds in order to allow us to build our U.S. local talent force with handful of staffs to undertake the business development task. With regards to the R&D center in Houston, the U.S., we estimate that approximately 15% of the proceeds shall be sufficient for us to establish our R&D center in the U.S. as the major role of the R&D center in the U.S. is to guide our R&D center in Taiwan with their more innovated technology. For setting up our sales and administration office in Houston, the U.S., we consider that approximately 5% of the proceeds shall be sufficient for us to rent an office in Houston and hire staff for operation. We intend that our office in the U.S. will be a hub in coordinating all our business activities in the U.S. Based on the abovementioned, we believe that the proceeds from this offering shall be sufficient to accomplish each purpose. If in any circumstances we require additional funding, we will build lines of credit with financial institutions in the U.S.

 

The precise amounts and percentage of proceeds we devote to particular categories of activity, and their priority of use, will depend on prevailing market and business conditions as well as on the nature of particular opportunities that may arise from time to time. Accordingly, we reserve the right to change the use of proceeds that we presently anticipate and describe herein.

 

The foregoing is set forth based on the order of priority of each purpose and represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business conditions to use and allocate the net proceeds of this offering. Our management, however, will have significant flexibility and discretion to apply the net proceeds of this offering. If an unforeseen event occurs or business conditions change, we may use the proceeds of this offering differently than as described in this prospectus.

 

48
 

 

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following tables set forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2021:

 

  ● on an actual basis; and

 

  ● on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect the issuance and sale of [_______] shares at an assumed initial public offering price of $[_______] per share after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

You should read the tables together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

   As of June 30, 2021 
   Actual   As Adjusted 
    (in US$) 
Current:          
Cash and cash equivalents   928,772     
         
Current:          
Short-term loans   3,916,274      
Current portion of long-term loans   1,278,990      
Subtotal   5,195,264      
Non-current:          
Long-term loans   1,701,002      
Subtotal   1,701,002      
Total interest-bearing loans and borrowings   6,896,266      
           
Equity:          
Ordinary shares, $0.31 par value, 35,000,000 shares authorized, 21,892,899 ordinary shares outstanding on an actual basis; and [●] outstanding on an as adjusted basis   6,805,098      
Additional paid-in capital (1)   8,397,244      
Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (231,177)     
Retained earnings   (4,784,102)     
Total equity   10,254,984      
           
Total capitalization   17,151,250      

 

(1) Additional paid in capital reflects the net proceeds we expect to receive, after deducting underwriting fee, underwriters expense allowance and other expenses. We expect to receive net proceeds of approximately $[●] (offering proceeds of $[_______], less underwriting discounts of $[_______], non-accountable expense of $[●] and offering expenses of $[_______]). The additional paid in capital reflects the net proceeds we expect to receive, after deducting underwriting discounts, underwriters expense allowance and other expenses.

 

 

49
 

 

DILUTION

 

If you invest in our ordinary shares, you will incur immediate dilution since the public offering price per share you will pay in this offering is more than the net tangible book value per ordinary share immediately after this offering.

 

The net tangible book value of our ordinary shares as of [●] was $[●], or $[●] per share based upon [●] ordinary shares outstanding. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities, divided by the total number of ordinary shares outstanding. Tangible assets equal our total assets less deferred tax assets and deferred offering cost.

 

The dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors, represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share immediately after completion of this offering. After giving effect to the sale of the [______] shares being sold pursuant to this offering price of $[______] per share and after deducting underwriters’ discount and commission payable by us in the amount of $[______], non-accountable expenses of $[______] payable to the underwriters and estimated offering expenses in the amount of $[______], our pro forma net tangible book value would be approximately $[______], or $[______] per share of ordinary shares. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $[______] per share to existing shareholders and an immediate decrease in net tangible book value of $[______] per share to new investors purchasing the shares in this offering.

 

The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

   As of [●] 
Public offering price per ordinary share  $ 
Net tangible book value per share as of [●]  $[●] 
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to existing shareholders  $ 
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering  $ 
Dilution per share to new investors  $ 

 

Our adjusted pro forma net tangible book value after the offering, and the decrease to new investors in the offering, will change from the amounts shown above if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised.

 

A $[______] increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $[______], and increase the dilution per share to new investors by approximately $[______], after deducting the underwriters’ discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

The following table sets forth, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of [●], the difference between the number of ordinary shares purchased from us, the total cash consideration paid, and the average price per share paid by our existing shareholders and by new public investors before deducting estimated underwriters’ discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, using an assumed public offering price of $[______] per ordinary share:

 

   Shares Purchased   Total Cash Consideration   Average
Price Per
 
   Number   Percent   Amount   Percent   Share 
Existing shareholders   [●]    [●] %  $[●]    [●]%  $[●] 
New investors from public offering       %  $    %  $      
Total        100.00%       $100.00%  $      

 

The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only. Our net tangible book value following the completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price of our ordinary shares and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

50
 

 

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

 

We are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability in order to enjoy the following benefits:

 

  ● political and economic stability;
     
   ● an effective judicial system;
     
   ● a favorable tax system;
     
   ● the absence of foreign exchange control or currency restrictions; and
     
  ● the availability of professional and support services.

 

However, certain disadvantages accompany incorporation in the Cayman Islands. These disadvantages include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

  ● the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and these securities laws provide significantly less protection to investors; and
     
   ● Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the federal courts of the United States.

 

Currently, substantially all of our operations are conducted outside the United States, and substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States. All of our officers are nationals or residents of jurisdictions other than the United States and a substantial portion of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for a shareholder to effect service of process within the United States upon these persons, or to enforce against us or them judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

 

We have appointed Puglisi & Associates, located at 850 Library Avenue, Suite 204, Newark, DE19711, as our agent upon whom process may be served in any action brought against us under the securities laws of the United States.

 

Ogier, our counsel as to Cayman Islands law, Lee and Li, Attorneys-at-Law, our counsel as to Taiwan law, and L&L-Leaven, Attorneys-at-Law, our counsel as to PRC law, have advised us, respectively, that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands, Taiwan and China, respectively, would:

 

  ● recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the civil liability provisions of securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States; or
  ● entertain original actions brought in each respective jurisdiction against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

 

Ogier has informed us that it is uncertain whether the courts of the Cayman Islands will allow shareholders of our company to originate actions in the Cayman Islands based upon securities laws of the United States. In addition, there is uncertainty with regard to Cayman Islands law related to whether a judgment obtained from the U.S. courts under civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws will be determined by the courts of the Cayman Islands as penal or punitive in nature. If such a determination is made, the courts of the Cayman Islands will not recognize or enforce the judgment against a Cayman Islands company, such as our company. As the courts of the Cayman Islands have yet to rule on making such a determination in relation to judgments obtained from U.S. courts under civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws, it is uncertain whether such judgments would be enforceable in the Cayman Islands. Ogier has further advised us that although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign judgement, without any re-examination or re-litigation of matters adjudicated upon, provided such judgment:

 

  (a) is given by a foreign court of competent jurisdiction;

 

51
 

 

     
  (b) imposes on the judgment debtor a liability to pay a liquidated sum for which the judgment has been given;
     
  (c) is final;
     
  (d) is not in respect of taxes, a fine or a penalty;
     
  (e) was not obtained by fraud; and
     
  (f) is not of a kind the enforcement of which is contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands.

 

Our Taiwan counsel, Lee and Li, Attorneys-at-Law, has advised us that any United States judgments obtained against us will be enforced by courts in Taiwan without further review of the merits only if the court of Taiwan in which enforcement is sought is satisfied with the following:

 

  ● the court rendering the judgment has jurisdiction over the subject matter according to the laws of Taiwan;
     
  ● if the judgment was rendered by default by the court rendering the judgment, (i) we were duly served within a reasonable period of time within the jurisdiction of such court in accordance with the laws and regulations of such jurisdiction, or (ii) process was served on us with judicial assistance of Taiwan;
     
  ● the judgment and the court procedures resulting in the judgment are not contrary to the public order or good morals of Taiwan; and
     
  ● judgments of the courts of Taiwan are recognized in the jurisdiction of the court rendering the judgment on a reciprocal basis.

 

Our PRC counsel, L&L-Leaven, Attorneys-at-Law, has advised us that the recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are subject to compliance with the PRC Civil Procedures Law and relevant civil procedure requirements in the PRC. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of PRC Civil Procedures Law based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or on reciprocity between jurisdictions. China does not have any treaties or other form of reciprocity with the United States or the Cayman Islands that provide for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. In addition, according to the PRC Civil Procedures Law, courts in the PRC will not enforce a foreign judgment against us or our directors and officers if they decide that the judgment violates the basic principles of PRC law or national sovereignty, security or public interest. As a result, it is uncertain whether and on what basis a PRC court would enforce a judgment rendered by a court in the United States or in the Cayman Islands.

 

As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a U.S. company.

 

52
 

 

CORPORATE STRUCTURE

 

On May 24, 2016, J-Star Holding Co., Ltd was incorporated as an exempted company with limited liability in the Cayman Islands as our holding company. J-Star directly holds all the share capital of (i) Goal Beyond, which was incorporated as an international company in Samoa on April 13, 2016; (ii) Star Leader Trading, which was incorporated in Hong Kong on May 30, 2016 as a limited company; and (iii) Bohong Technology, which was incorporated in the PRC on October 9, 2018. Our wholly-owned subsidiary Goal Beyond, in turn, holds all the share capital of (i) TW YMA, which was incorporated in Taiwan on July 17, 2015; (ii) Time Yield, which was incorporated in Samoa on January 30, 2013; (iii) Dongguan YMA, which was incorporated in the PRC on September 30, 2018; and (iv) Dongguan Forwell, which was incorporated in the PRC on December 5, 2003. As described below, J-Star, through a series of transactions which is accounted for as a reorganization of entities under a common control (the “Reorganization”), became the ultimate parent entity of its subsidiaries. Our principal executive offices are located at 7/F-1, No. 633, Sec.2, Taiwan Blvd., Xitun District, Taichung City 407, Taiwan (R.O.C.), and our phone number is +886-423229900. We maintain a corporate website at www.ymaunivers.com. The information contained in, or accessible from, our website or any other website does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

 

The diagram below shows our corporate structure subsequent to the completion of the reorganization:

 

 

our subsidiaries with earnings.

our non-operating subsidiaries as of the date of this prospectus.

 

The Reorganization

 

The Reorganization involved (i) the incorporation of J-Star under the laws of the Cayman Islands on May 24, 2016; (ii) the incorporation of J-Star’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Star Leader Trading, under the laws of Hong Kong on May 30, 2016; (iii) the transfer of all equity ownership of Goal Beyond to J-star from the former shareholders on August 31, 2016; (iv) the transfer of all equity ownership of Bohong Technology to J-Star from the former shareholders on December 7, 2021; (v) the transfer of all equity ownership of TW YMA to Goal Beyond from the former shareholders on August 16, 2016; (vi) the transfer of all equity ownership of Time Yield to Goal Beyond from the former shareholders on July 6, 2016; (vii) the incorporation of Dongguan YMA, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Goal Beyond, under the laws of PRC on September 30, 2018; (viii) the disposal of all equity ownership of Dongguan Yuantai Sports Equipment Co., Ltd. (“Dongguan Yuantai”), a company incorporated under the laws of PRC, by Skyfort International Pte. Limited (“Skyfort International”), a former wholly-owned subsidiary of Goal Beyond incorporated under the laws of Singapore, on April 3, 2019; (ix) the transfer of all equity ownership of Dongguan Forwell to Goal Beyond from the former shareholder on January 17, 2020; and (x) the deregistration of Skyfort International on February 13, 2020.

 

53
 

 

On July 6, 2016, Mr. Kuo-Pin Yu and Mr. Hsiu-Shan Chao transferred all of their respective shares of Time Yield to Goal Beyond, through a share purchase agreement dated June 1, 2016, in a total consideration of $1,000,000. After the transfer, Goal Beyond owns 100% equity interests of Time Yield.

 

On August 31, 2016, Mr. Jing-Bin Chiang, Mr. Kuo-Pin Yu, New Moon Corporation, Star Centurion Limited, Radian Faith Limited, Glitter Group Ltd., Colossal City Limited and Vantage Wave Limited (the “Goal Beyond Former Shareholders”), being the former shareholders of Goal Beyond transferred all of their respective shares of Goal Beyond to J-Star, through a share subscription agreement entered into between each of the Goal Beyond Former Shareholders, J-Star and Goal Beyond on June 1, 2016, for the subscription of J-Star’s newly-issued shares by Goal Beyond Former Shareholders through contributing all of their respective shares of Goal Beyond to J-Star to offset the obligation on the subscription payment. After the transfer, J-Star owns 100% equity interests of Goal Beyond.

 

On August 16, 2016, Mr. Kuo-Pin Yu and Ms. Hsiu-Shan Chao transferred all of their respective shares of TW YMA to Goal Beyond, through share transfer agreements dated July 27, 2016, in a total consideration of NTD1,000,000. After the transfer, Goal Beyond owns 100% equity interests of TW YMA.

 

Under a share transfer agreement dated August 14, 2018 (“Yuantai Share Transfer Agreement”), Skyfort International agreed to sell and Shenzhen Meishangsheng Technology Co., Ltd. (“Shenzhen Meishangsheng”), an independent third party, among others, agreed to purchase 100% equity ownership of Dongguan Yuantai, in a total consideration of RMB142.0 million, of which RMB12.0 million were agreed to be paid to certain independent third parties as agency commission fee under a separate undertaking dated May 29, 2018. Through the disposal of Dongguan Yuantai, the Group disposed of the ownership of two parcels of land in Dongguan, the PRC (“Dongguan Land”) held by Dongguan Yuantai, including the constructions and equipment implanted thereon, without disposing the assets and liabilities, production plant and products held under Dongguan Yuantai. Lease back arrangement has been made, in which Dongguan Yuantai (as lessor) leases out part of Dongguan Land (the “Leased Back Portions”) to Dongguan YMA (as lessee), which are currently used for operating our production plant in Dongguan, the PRC, and part of the consideration under Yuantai Share Transfer Agreement has been set off by rent of the Leased Back Portion for the lease period from July 2019 to June 2021. For further details on the lease concerning the Leased Back Portions, please refer to the two leased properties in Dongguan, the PRC, summarized under “Business – Properties.” The transfer of 50% equity ownership of Dongguan Yuantai to Shenzhen Meishangsheng was completed on November 13, 2018 and the transfer of another 50% of equity ownership of Dongguan Yuantai was completed on April 3, 2019. The assets and liabilities under Dongguan Yuantai were then transferred to Dongguan YMA on September 30, 2018.

 

On January 17, 2020, Goal Beyond acquired 100% equity ownership of Dongguan Forwell from Skyfort International Pte. Limited in a total consideration of HKD20.0 million through a share transfer agreement dated November 20, 2019. After the transfer, Goal Beyond owns 100% equity interests of Dongguan Forwell.

 

On December 30, 2020, J-Star, New Moon Corporation, Barium Glory Financial Ltd., Sendai Investments entered into a share swap agreement, whereby J-Star would acquire all share capital of Bohong Technology from New Moon Corporation, Barium Glory Financial Ltd., Sendai Investments, being the former shareholders of Bohong Technology, by a share swap of 838,053 treasury shares of J-Star. After the transfer, J-Star owns 100% equity interests of Bohong Technology.

 

On April 23, 2021, J-Star, Mr. Frédéric Sallet, Mr. Christophe Quiniou, Le Gallion and 6ème Sens Immobilier entered into an investment agreement, whereby the Group agreed to invest in 19.5% of the equity interest in Cycles Services Loire, a bicycle assemble house in France engaging in the assembly and trading of bicycles, bicycle accessories and other leisure products, in consideration of 19,500 euros, and the Group intended to invest further in Cycles Services Loire, in the amount of 40,500 euros, by early 2022, with a view to expanding our market in Europe and enhancing our proximity with customers in Europe.

 

54
 

 

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following selected consolidated statements of operation data for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, selected consolidated balance sheets data as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and selected consolidated statements of cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following selected consolidated statements of operation data for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, selected consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2021, and selected consolidated statement of cash flow data for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 have been derived from our unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair statement of our financial position and operating results for the periods presented. Our annual consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRSs”). Our condensed consolidated interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IAS 34, Interim Financial Reporting. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results expected for future periods. You should read this Selected Consolidated Financial Data section together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Selected Consolidated Statements of Operation:

 

   For the Years Ended
December 31,
   

For the Six months Ended

June 30,

 
   2019   2020    2020     2021  
   USD   USD    USD     USD  
                     
Operating revenue  $22,786,951   $22,178,572    $ 9,573,242     $ 12,184,064  
Gross profit from operations  $4,583,825   $7,361,667    $ 2,406,410     $ 4,484,340  
Operating expenses  $(7,054,734)  $(5,675,281)   $ (2,660,321 )   $ (3,561,483 )
Gains on disposals of non-current asset held for sale  $6,859,542   $-    $ -   $ -
Gain arising from sale and leaseback transactions  $6,948,966   $-    $ -     $ -  
Other income and expenses  $(205,804)  $13,691    $ (30,158 )   $ (229,906 )
Net operating income  $11,131,795  $1,700,077    $ (284,069 )   $ 692,951  
Income taxes expense  $(159,807)  $(355,273)     (209,236 )     (398,661 )
Profit from continuing operations  $11,005,799   $1,110,146    $ (747,509 )   $ 967,537  
Total comprehensive income  $11,011,108   $940,595      (509,732 )     968,012
Profit from continuing operations per ordinary share:                          
Basic and diluted  $0.44   $0.06    $ (0.04 )    $ 0.04  

 

Selected Consolidated Balance Sheets Data:

 

   As of
December 31,
    As of June 30,  
   2019   2020     2021  
   USD   USD     USD  
                
Current assets  $20,970,214   $21,657,681     $ 29,299,669  
Total assets  $25,995,359   $28,592,759     $ 36,185,503  
Current liabilities  $17,520,315   $18,619,237     $ 23,937,864  
Total liabilities  $20,954,072   $19,373,708     $ 25,930,519  
Total equity  $5,041,287   $9,219,051     $ 10,254,984  

 

Selected Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow Data:

 

   For the Years Ended
December 31,
    For the Six months Ended
June 30,
 
   2019   2020    2020     2021  
   USD   USD    USD     USD  
                     
Net cash (used in) from operating activities  $(2,307,509)  $239,408    $ (703,884 )   $ (2,338,841 )
Net cash from (used in) investing activities  $10,212,576   $(1,238,681)   $ (549,633 )   $ (947,354 )
Net cash (used in) from financing activities  $(7,046,625)  $858,786    $ 1,416,794     $ 2,862,803
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents  $117,877   $(85,751)   $ 101,710     $ 15,344  
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents  $976,319   $(226,238)   $ 264,987     $ (408,048 )
Cash, cash equivalents at beginning of year  $586,739   $1,563,058    $ 1,563,058     $ 1,336,820  
Cash, cash equivalents at end of year  $1,563,058   $1,336,820    $ 1,828,045     $ 928,772  

 

55
 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations contains forward-looking statements which involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. We assume no obligation to update forward-looking statements or the risk factors. You should read the following discussion in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Overview

 

Our vision is to offer cutting edge technology and manufacturing expertise in carbon composite to our customers. We have preliminarily engaged in the research and development as well as manufacturing of carbon fiber for a wide variety products including carbon bicycles, carbon rackets, automotive parts, outdoor sports gears and healthcare products.

 

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, our operating revenue were approximately $22.8 million and $22.2 million, respectively, and our profit after income tax from continuing operations were approximately $11.0 million and $1.1 million, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, our operating revenue were approximately $9.6 million and $12.2 million, respectively, and our loss after income tax from continuing operations was approximately $747,509 for the six months ended June 30, 2020, and our profit after income tax from continuing operations was approximately $967,537 for the six months ended June 30, 2021. We primarily generates revenue through three divisions and revenue streams, namely (i) sales of bicycle parts for sports bicycle and electric bicycle, (ii) sales of rackets, and (iii) sales of other products.

 

Key Factors that Affect Operating Results

 

We believe the following key factors may affect our financial condition and results of operations:

 

  ● our ability to increase our bicycle parts sales volume;
  ● our ability to increase our rackets sales volume;
  ● our ability to increase our other products sales volume;
  ● our ability to enhance our operational efficiency; and
  ● our ability to research and develop new products.

 

COVID-19

 

The outbreak of novel coronavirus (COVID-19) began in December 2019 and was declared as a pandemic on March 11, 2020 by the World Health Organization. Subsequent to the outbreak, COVID-19 has spread rapidly to many parts of China and other parts of the world. The pandemic has resulted in quarantines, travel restrictions, and the temporary closure of stores and facilities in China and elsewhere.

 

As our production plant is located in China, the COVID-19 pandemic has adversely affected our business operations and financial condition, operating results and cash flow for fiscal year 2020, including but not limited to adverse impacts to our production pipeline and total revenue. Our operating revenue decreased by approximately 2.7% for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to the same period in 2019. Our operating revenue increased by approximately 27% for the six months ended June 30, 2021 as compared to the same period in 2020. For the six months ended June 30, 2021, there is an increase in inventories of $8,424,368 due to shortage of containers for international shipment to ship our products to the customers, which has in turn casted impact on our operating revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2021. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, our primary focuses are on our cash flow management and timely collection of accounts receivables.

 

56
 

 

Results of Operations

 

The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated statements of income for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. This information should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of operations in any period are not necessarily indicative of our future trends.

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2020 and 2021

 

   For the Six months Ended June 30,     
   2020   2021   Change 
   USD   %   USD   %   Amount   % 
   (Unaudited)       (Unaudited)             
Operating revenue  $9,573,242    100   $12,184,064    100   $2,610,822    27 
Less: Cost of revenue   (7,166,832)   75    (7,699,724)   63    (532,892)   (7)
Gross profit from operations   2,406,410    25    4,484,340    37    2,077,930    86 
Operating expenses:                              
Selling expenses   (685,648)   7    (719,447)   6    (33,799)   (5)
Administrative expenses   (1,229,066)   13    (1,997,054)   16    (767,988)   (62)
Research and development expenses   (814,023)   9    (778,319)   6    35,704    4 
Expected credit gains (losses)   68,416    1    (66,663)   1    (135,079)   (197)
Gains on disposals of non-current asset held for sale   -    -    -    -    -    - 
Gain arising from sale and leaseback transaction   -    -    -    -    -    - 
Other income and expenses   (30,158)   0    (229,906)   2    (199,748)   (662)
Net operating income (loss)   (284,069)   3    692,951    6    977,020    344 
Non-operating income and expenses:                              
Interest income   989    0    1,142    0    153    15 
Other gains and losses   (55,059)   1    733,325    6    788,384    1432 
Finance costs   (200,134)   2    (61,220)   1    138,914    69 
Non-operating income and expenses   (254,204)   3    673,247    6    927,451    365 
(Loss) Profit before income tax   (538,273)   6    1,366,198    11    1,904,471    354 
                               
Income tax benefit (expense)   (209,236)   2    (398,661)   3    (189,425)   (91)
(Loss) Profit after income tax   (747,509)   8    (967,537)   8    (220,028)   (29)
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations   237,777    2    475    0    (237,302)   (100)
Total comprehensive income  $(509,732)   5   $968,012    8   $1,477,744    290 

  

Segment Information

 

For six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, we primarily generates revenue through three divisions and revenue streams, namely (i) sales of bicycle parts for sports bicycle and electric bicycle, (ii) sales of rackets, and (iii) sales of other products.

 

The following tables present the summary of each reportable segment’s revenue and income, which are considered as segment operating measures, for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021:

 

   Six months ended June 30, 2021 
    Bicycle parts segment     Racket segment     All Other segment    Total
segments
 
Total segment revenue  $          8,023,708   $4,160,356   $0   $12,184,064 
Inter-segment revenue  $0   $0   $0   $0 
Revenue from contracts with customers  $8,023,708   $4,160,356   $0   $12,184,064 
Segment profit before income tax  $949,895    416,303    0    1,366,198 

 

   Six months ended June 30, 2020 
    Bicycle parts segment    Racket segment     All Other segment    Total
segments
 
Total segment revenue  $          6,238,542   $3,314,089   $20,611   $9,573,242 
Inter-segment revenue  $0   $0   $0   $0 
Revenue from contracts with customers  $6,238,542   $3,314,089   $20,611   $9,573,242 
Segment profit before income tax   80,014    628,611    10,324    538,273 

 

* Please refer to the analysis of operating revenue in the paragraph headed “Components of Results of Operations” in this section.

  

57
 

 

Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2020

 

   For the Years Ended December 31,     
   2019   2020   Change 
   USD   %   USD   %   Amount   % 
Operating revenue  $22,786,951    100   $22,178,572    100   $(608,379)   (3)
Less: Cost of revenue   (18,203,126)   (80)   (14,816,905)   (67)   3,386,221    19 
Gross profit from operations   4,583,825    20    7,361,667    33    2,777,842    61 
Operating expenses:                              
Selling expenses   (1,927,635)   (9)   (1,386,309)   (6)   541,326    28 
Administrative expenses   (3,152,487)   (14)   (2,517,208)   (11)   635,279    20 
Research and development expenses   (1,744,141)   (7)   (1,689,817)   (8)   54,324    3 
Expected credit losses   (230,471)   (1)   (81,947)   (0)   148,524    64 
Gains on disposals of non-current asset held for sale   6,859,542    30    -    -    (6,859,542)   (100)
Gain arising from sale and leaseback transactions   6,948,966    31    -    -    (6,948,966)   (100)
Other income and expenses   (205,804)   (1)   13,691    0    219,495    107 
Net operating income   11,131,795    49    1,700,077    8    (9,431,718)   (85)
Non-operating income and expenses                              
Interest income   9,502    0    2,802    0    (6,700)   (71)
Other gains and losses   514,890    2    180,463    1    (334,427)   (65)
Finance costs   (490,581)   (2)   (417,923)   (2)   72,658    15 
Non-operating income and expenses   33,811    0    (234,658)   (1)   (268,469)   (794)
Profit before income tax   11,165,606    49    1,465,419    7    (9,700,187)   (87)
                               
Income tax expense   (159,807)   (1)   (355,273)   (2)   (195,466)   (122)
Profit after income tax   11,005,799    48    1,110,146    5    (9,895,651)   (90)
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations   5,309    0    (169,551)   (1)   (174,860)   (3394)
Total comprehensive income  $11,011,108    48   $940,595    4   $(10,070,513)   (91)

 

58
 

 

Segment Information

 

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, we primarily generates revenue through three divisions and revenue streams, namely (i) sales of bicycle parts for sports bicycle and electric bicycle, (ii) sales of rackets, (iii) sales of other products. We also received revenue of $146,282 from providing sanding and painting service for the year ended December 31, 2019, in which such business has been discontinued.

 

The following tables present the summary of each reportable segment’s revenue and income (loss), which are considered as segment operating performance measures, for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020:

 

   Year ended December 31, 2020 
   Bicycle parts segment   Racket segment    Others   Total
segments
 
Total segment revenue  $14,275,730   $7,880,514    $22,328   $22,178,572 
Inter-segment revenue  $0   $0    $0   $0 
Revenue from contracts with customers  $14,275,730   $7,880,514    $22,328   $22,178,572 
Segment profit before income tax  $1,893,547   $(436,219)   $8,091   $1,465,419 

 

   Year ended December 31, 2019 
   Bicycle parts segment   Racket segment    Others   Total
segments
 
Total segment revenue  $14,794,649   $7,964,035    $28,267   $22,786,951 
Inter-segment revenue  $0   $0    $-   $0 
Revenue from contracts with customers  $14,794,649   $7,964,035    $28,267   $22,786,951 
Segment profit before income tax  $(11,969,151)   (567,260)   $(236,285)  $11,165,606 

 

* Please refer to the analysis of operating revenue in the paragraph headed “Components of Results of Operations” in this section.

 

Components of Results of Operations

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2020 and 2021

 

Operating revenue

 

The following table identifies the disaggregation of our revenue from continuing operations and reportable segments for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively:

 

   For the Six months Ended June 30,   Change 
Segment  2020   %   2021   %   Amount   % 
Bicycle parts  $6,238,542    65   $8,023,708    66   $1,785,166    29 
Racket   3,314,089    35    4,160,356    34    846,267    26 
All other segments   20,611    0    -    0    20,611    100 
Revenue from contracts with customers  $9,573,242    100   $12,184,064    100   $2,610,822    (27)

 

Our operating revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 were $9,573,242 and $12,184,064, respectively, representing an increase of approximately 27%. The increase in revenues was mainly driven by increase in sales of bicycle parts and racket. The revenue from sales of bicycle parts for the six months ended June 30, 2021 was $8,023,708, as compared to $6,238,542 for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The revenue from sales of bicycle parts increased by $1,785,166, was mainly due to the increase in sales of bicycle parts in the Europe and Asia markets. The revenue from sales of racket for the six months ended June 30, 2021 was $4,160,356, as compared to $3,314,089 for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The revenue from sales of racket increased by $846,267, which was mainly due to (i) the increase in sales of racket in the Asia market; and (ii) the sales of our paddle rackets introduced.

 

Cost of revenue

 

Cost of revenue consists primarily of (i) cost of goods sold; (ii) loss on physical inventory observation; and (iii) reversal of inventory valuation. Our cost of revenue increased by $532,892, or approximately 7.4%, to $7,699,724 for the six months ended June 30, 2021 from $7,166,832 for the six months ended June 30, 2020, which was primarily due to (i) the increase of revenue, (ii) cost of goods sold such as decrease in manufacture expenses and (iii) decrease in labor cost incurred during the six months ended June 30, 2021.

 

Gross profit

 

Gross profit for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 were $2,406,410 and $4,484,340, respectively, representing 25.1% and 36.8%, respectively, of operating revenue. Gross profit for the six months ended June 30, 2021 increased by 86.3% due to (i) the increase in the selling price of all our products and the increase in the number of new projects; and (ii) the decrease in manufacture expenses and decrease in labor cost incurred during the six months ended June 30, 2021.

 

Operating expenses

 

Our operating expenses primarily consist of (i) selling expenses; (ii) administrative expenses; (iii) research and development expenses; and (iv) expected credit gains or losses, and our operating expenses increased by $901,162 from $2,660,321 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to $3,561,483 for the six months ended June 30, 2021. Such increase was primarily due to the increase in number of employees, resulting in increase in salary expense.

 

59
 

 

Other income and expenses

 

Our other income and expenses consist primarily of (i) gains or losses on disposals of property, plant and equipment; (ii) government grants; and (iii) others. We recorded an other expenses of $30,158 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 while we incurred other expenses of $229,906 for the six months ended June 30, 2021. The change was mainly due to the increase in losses on disposal of property, plant and equipment by $274,947 from the gains on disposals of property, plant and equipment of $11,501 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to the losses on disposals of property, plant and equipment of $263,446 for the six months ended June 30, 2021.

 

Non-operating income and expenses

 

Our non-operating income and expenses consist primarily of (i) interest income; (ii) other gains and losses; and (iii) finance costs. We incurred a non-operating expenses $254,204 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 while we recorded a non-operating income of $673,247 for the six months ended June 30, 2021. The change from non-operating expenses to non-operating income was mainly due to the change in other gains and losses from the other losses of $55,059 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to the other gains of $733,325 for the six months ended June 30, 2021. Such change was mainly due to recognition of foreign exchange gains in the six months ended June 30, 2021 as a result of appreciation of RMB and NTD against USD.

 

Income tax expense

 

We recorded income tax expense of $209,236 and $398,661 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively.

 

Profit (loss) after income tax

 

Our loss after income tax for the six months ended June 30, 2020 was $747,509 and our profit after income tax for the six months ended June 30, 2021 was $967,537.

 

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

 

We recorded an exchange gain of $237,777 and $475 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021.

 

We do not currently engage in currency hedging activities in order to reduce our currency exposure.

 

Total comprehensive income

 

As a result of the foregoing, our total comprehensive expense for the six months ended June 30, 2020 was $509,732 and our total comprehensive income for the six months ended June 30, 2021 was $968,012.

 

Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2020

 

Operating revenues

 

The following table identifies the disaggregation of our revenue from continuing operations and reportable segments for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively:

 

   For the Year Ended December 31,   Change 
Segment  2019   %   2020   %   Amount   % 
Bicycle parts  $14,794,649    64.9   $14,275,730    64.4   $(518,919)   (4)
Racket   7,964,035    35.0    7,880,514    35.5    (83,521)   (1)
Others   28,267    0.1    22,328    0.1    (5,939)   (21)
Revenue from contracts with customers  $22,786,951    100   $22,178,572    100   $(608,379)   (3)

 

Our operating revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 were $22,786,951 and $22,178,572, respectively. The decrease in operating revenue was mainly due to the decrease in sales of bicycle parts and racket. The decrease in sales of bicycle parts as (i) the decrease in revenue from the sales of bicycle parts from $14,794,649 for the year ended December 31, 2019 to $14,275,730 for the year ended December 31, 2020 was mainly due to slight decrease on the volumes; and (ii) no revenue has been received from the sale of bicycle parts in the United States for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the revenue from bicycle parts in the United States of $164,354 we received for the year ended December 31, 2019. The revenue from racket decreased was mainly due to the decrease in the sales of racket in Asia and Europe for the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease in the sales of racket in Asia and Europe was mainly due to the delay in cargo transportation in Asia and Europe as a consequence of the outbreak of COVID-19.

 

60
 

 

Cost of revenue

 

Cost of revenue consists primarily of (i) cost of goods sold; (ii) loss on physical inventory observation; and (iii) Reversal of inventory valuation. Our cost of revenue decreased by $3,386,221, or approximately 18.6%, to $14,816,905 for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $18,203,126 for the year ended December 31, 2019, which was primarily due to the decrease in (i) cost of goods sold such as decrease in raw materials and supplies used and decrease in labor cost incurred during the year ended December 31, 2020; and (ii) loss on physical inventory.

 

Gross profit

 

Gross profit for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 was $4,583,825 and $7,361,667, respectively, representing 20.1% and 33.2%, respectively, of operating revenue. Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2020 increased by 60.6% due to (i) the increase in the selling price of bicycle parts mainly for new customers and the increase in the number of new customers, such increase in operating revenue from new customers was partially offset by the decrease in our total operating revenue due to the reasons mentioned above; and (ii) the decrease in raw materials and supplies used and decrease in labor cost incurred during the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

Operating expenses

 

Our operating expenses primarily consist of (i) selling expenses; (ii) administrative expenses; (iii) research and development expenses; and (iv) expected credit losses, and our operating expenses decreased by $1,379,453 from $7,054,734 for the year ended December 31, 2019 to $5,675,281 for the year ended December 31, 2020. Such decrease was primarily due to the outbreak of COVID-19 that affected our business operation, resulting in decrease in salary expenses and depreciation under our administrative expenses. Our selling expenses, research and development expenses and expected credit losses also decreased during the year ended December 31, 2020, resulting the decrease in our operating expenses.

 

Gains on disposals of non-current asset held for sale and gains arising from sale and leaseback transactions

 

In 2019, we sold certain land use right and buildings to Shenzhen Meishangsheng Technology Co., Ltd. and lease back a portion of the land use right and buildings sold. As a result, we recognized gains on disposals of non-current asset held for sale of $6,859,542 and gains arising from sale and leaseback transactions of $6,948,966.

 

Other income and expenses

 

Our other income and expenses consist primarily of (i) losses on disposals of property, plant and equipment; (ii) government grants; and (iii) others. We recorded an other expenses of $205,804 for the year ended December 31, 2019 while we incurred other income $13,691 for the year ended December 31, 2020. The change was mainly due to the losses on disposals of property, plant and equipment decreased by $149,264 from $221,065 for the year ended December 31, 2019 to $71,801 for the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

Non-operating income and expenses

 

Our non-operating income and expenses consist primarily of (i) interest income; (ii) other gains and losses; and (iii) finance costs. We recorded a non-operating income of $33,811 for the year ended December 31, 2019 while we incurred a non-operating expenses of $234,658 for the year ended December 31, 2020. The change from non-operating income to non-operating expenses was mainly due to foreign exchange gains decreased by $334,427 from $514,890 for the year ended December 31, 2019 to $180,463 for the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

Income tax expense

 

We recorded income tax expense of $159,807 and $355,273 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

 

The effective tax rate was 1.4% and 24.2% for the years ended December 2019 and 2020. The increase in effective tax rate was mainly because the majority of our profit before income tax for the year ended December 31, 2019 was derived from gains on disposals of non-current asset held for sale and gains from sale and leaseback transactions and such gains are non-taxable.

 

61
 

 

Profit after income tax

 

Our profit after income tax for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 was $11,005,799 and $1,110,146, respectively.

 

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

 

We recorded an exchange loss of $169,551 for the year ended December 31, 2020 while we recorded an exchange gain of $5,309 for the year ended December 31, 2019. The changes in exchange differences on translation of foreign operations year-over-year of $174,860 from gain to loss was primarily due to foreign currency translation loss from our subsidiaries located in China and Taiwan as a result of the translation of assets, liabilities, and results of operations into U.S. dollars using the relevant foreign currency exchange rates.

 

We do not currently engage in currency hedging activities in order to reduce our currency exposure.

 

Total comprehensive income

 

As a result of the foregoing, our total comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 was $11,011,108 and $940,595, respectively.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Our primary sources of liquidity consist of existing cash balances, cash flows from our operating activities and availability under our loan arrangements with banks. As of June 30, 2021, we had outstanding short-term loans with aggregate principal amount of $3,916,274 and $2,979,992 of long-term loans (including current portion), respectively. The short-term loans had floating interest rate between 1.42% to 2.65%. Long-term bank loans, however, had floating interest rate between 0.66% to 0.94%, and other long-term loans have interest rate ranging from 7.20% to 10.62%. As of June 30, 2021, we had cash and cash equivalents of $928,772 and working capital of $5,361,805. We also had unused credit lines from bank loans of $3,356,085, of which $3,196,530 expires within one year and $159,555 expires beyond one year, as of June 30, 2021. In November 2021, we have extended $2,239,000 of those $3,196,530 unused credit lines due within one year as of June 30, 2021 to October 2022. As of December 31, 2020, we had outstanding short-term loans with aggregate principal amount of $2,743,646 and $663,000 of long-term loans (including current portion), respectively. The short-term loans had floating interest rate between 1.69% to 2.6%. Long-term loans, however, had floating interest rate between 0.66% to 0.94%. As of December 31, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents of $1,336,820 and working capital of $3,038,444. As of December 31, 2019, we had cash and cash equivalents of $1,563,058 and working capital of $3,449,899. We also had unused credit lines from bank loans of $0 as of December 31, 2019 and $3,349,619, of which $3,310,619 expires within one year and $39,000 expires beyond one year, as of December 31, 2020. Our short-term capital requirements are mainly due to strong growth of the market demand and accordingly, the increase of working capital requirements.

 

For the six months period ended June 30, 2021, we had cash and cash equivalent of $928,772, unused credit terms of $3,356,085, profit after tax of $967,537 and negative cash outflow in operating activities of ($2,338,841). We also had inventories of $20,124,028 as of June 30, 2021 which represents 165% of the Company’s sales revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2021.

 

Despite the strong growth of market demand, recent shortage of shipping containers and delays in international shipments delayed our shipment of inventories to our customers as scheduled which resulted in significant increase in the amount of inventories from $11,699,660 as of December 31, 2020 to $20,124,028 as of June 30, 2021. Such increase is the main reason for our negative cash outflow in operating activities of ($2,338,841) for the six months period June 30, 2021.

 

We anticipate that the shortage of shipping containers and delays in international shipments may continue, at least in the near future. Aforementioned shortage of shipping containers and delays in international shipments, if remain unrelieved in the near future, may continue to have negative impact on our liquidity and we may be required to raise additional funds from bank financing or issuance of equity to fund our operations. We have taken certain actions to manage the level of inventories held by us as well as negotiating new credit terms with our customers (for example one customer shorten the payment term from T/T 60 days to payment upon shipment from our factories) to ensure sufficient liquidity and capital resources.

 

For the expansion of our production capacity through Bohong Technology in Yangzhou, China, our plan is to commence the construction before the end of 2021. We expect to use cash generated from operations, additional bank secured borrowings with collateral of land use right and around $3 million of capital contribution, which have yet to be arranged or received to support the capital expenditures on machinery amounted to RMB 40.0 million (approximately $6.2 million). To date, we have financed our operations primarily through capital contributions, bank borrowings and from operations. We believe that we will generate sufficient cash flows after taking into account the inventory management, negotiation of new credit terms with customers, cash and cash equivalents on hand, our operating cash flows, available financing facilities and around $3 million of capital contributions, which have yet to arranged or received, to fund our operations and to meet our obligations on a timely basis for the next 12 months from the date our financial statements as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2021 was authorized for issuance. Accordingly, the financial statements have been prepared on a basis that assumes we will continue as a going concern and which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities and commitments in the ordinary course of business.

 

Current foreign exchange and other regulations in the PRC may restrict our PRC entities in their ability to transfer their net assets to us and our subsidiary. However, we have no present plans to declare dividend and we plan to retain our retained earnings to continue to grow our business.

 

We are permitted under PRC laws and regulations to provide funding to our PRC subsidiaries only through loans or capital contributions, and only if we satisfy the applicable government registration and approval requirements. The relevant filing and registration processes for capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries typically take approximately eight weeks to complete. The filing and registration processes for loans either to our PRC subsidiaries typically take approximately four weeks or longer to complete. While we currently see no material obstacles to completing the filing and registration procedures with respect to future capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries and loans to our PRC subsidiaries, we cannot assure you that we will be able to complete these filings and registrations on a timely basis, or at all. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Conducting Operations in PRC—Governmental control of currency conversion may limit our ability to utilize our net revenues effectively and affect the value of your investment.’’ Additionally, while there is no statutory limit on the amount of capital contribution that we can make to our PRC subsidiaries, loans provided to our PRC subsidiaries are subject to certain statutory limits. We are able to use all of the net proceeds from this offering for investment in our PRC operations by funding our PRC subsidiary through capital contributions which is not subject to any statutory limit on the amount under PRC laws and regulations. We expect the net proceeds from our initial public offering to be used in the PRC will be in the form of Renminbi and, therefore, our PRC subsidiaries will need to convert any capital contributions or loans from U.S. dollars into Renminbi in accordance with applicable PRC laws and regulations.

 

62
 

 

Cash Flows

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2020 and 2021

 

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

   For the Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
   2020   2021 
   USD   USD 
         
Net cash (used in) from operating activities  $(703,884)  $(2,338,841)
Net cash from (used in) investing activities  $(549,633)  $(947,354)
Net cash (used in) from financing activities  $1,416,794   $2,862,803 
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes  $101,710   $15,344 
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents  $264,987   $(408,048)
Cash, cash equivalents at beginning of year  $1,563,058   $1,336,820 
Cash, cash equivalents at end of year  $1,828,045   $928,772 

 

Operating Activities

 

Net cash used in operating activities was $703,884 for the six months ended June 30, 2020, primarily derived from loss before tax of $538,273, adjusted mainly by (a) the decrease in accounts and payable of $554,636; and (b) the increase in inventories of $884,933 as we intend to increase the inventories to support our growth on sales and avoid for shortage on raw material as a consequence of the outbreak of COVID-19 that delayed the shipment of raw materials to us during the six months ended June 30, 2020.

 

Net cash used in operating activities was $2,338,841 for the six months ended June 30, 2021, primarily derived from profit before tax of $1,366,198, adjusted mainly by (a) the increase in accounts and payable of $1,972,002; and (b) the increase in inventories of $8,424,368 due to shortage of containers for international shipment to ship our products to the customers as well as our intention to increase the inventories to support our growth on sales and avoid for shortage on raw material as a consequence of the outbreak of COVID-19 that delayed the shipment of raw materials to us during the six months ended June 30, 2021.

 

Investing Activities

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2020, net cash used in investing activities was $549,633, mainly for (i) acquisition of financial assets at amortized cost of $400,616; and (ii) acquisition of property, plant and equipment of $275,890.

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2021, net cash used in investing activities was $947,354, mainly for (i) acquisition of property, plant and equipment of $527,850; and (ii) increase in guarantee deposits paid of $386,168.

 

Financing Activities

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2020, net cash from financing activities was $1,416,794, mainly consisted of (i) proceeds from short-term bank loans of $1,827,579, and offset by (ii) decrease in long-term notes and accounts payable to related parties of $393,202.

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2021, net cash from financing activities was $2,862,803, mainly consisted of (i) proceeds from short-term bank loans of $1,138,935l and (ii) proceeds from long-term bank loans of $2,408,434, and offset by (iii) decrease in other payables to related parties of $442,473.

 

Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2020

 

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

   For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
   2019   2020 
   USD   USD 
         
Net cash (used in) from operating activities  $(2,307,509)  $239,408 
Net cash from (used in) investing activities  $10,212,576   $(1,238,681)
Net cash (used in) from financing activities  $(7,046,625)  $858,786 
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes  $117,877   $(85,751)
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents  $976,319   $(226,238)
Cash, cash equivalents at beginning of year  $586,739   $1,563,058 
Cash, cash equivalents at end of year  $1,563,058   $1,336,820 

 

63
 

 

Operating Activities

 

Net cash from operating activities was $239,408 for the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily derived from profit before tax of $1,465,419, adjusted mainly by (a) a decrease in prepayments of $1,109,801 mainly because we made large sum of prepayment to our supplier at the end of 2019; (b) an increase in accounts and payable of $850,274, and offset by an increase in inventories of $3,522,931 as we intended to increase the inventories to avoid for shortage of inventory as a consequence of the outbreak of COVID-19 that delayed the shipment of raw materials to us during the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

Net cash used in operating activities was $2,307,509 for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily derived from profit before tax of $11,165,606, adjusted mainly by (a) gains on disposals of a building held for sale of $6,859,542; (b) gains of $6,948,966 arising from sale and leaseback transactions of certain land and buildings to Shenzhen Meishang Technology Co., Ltd. in March 2019; (c) a decrease in accounts receivable of $1,417,142 mainly due to the decrease in revenue during the year ended December 31, 2019; (d) a decrease in other receivables of $2,611,063; (e) an increase in current contract liabilities of $986,139 mainly due to the increase in prepayments received from our customers during December 31, 2019; (f) an increase in inventories of $2,000,366; (g) an increase in prepayments from our customers of $815,807; and (h) an decrease in other payables of $1,780,811.

 

Investing Activities

 

For the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash used in investing activities was $1,238,681, mainly for (i) acquisition of financial assets at amortized cost of $704,776; and (ii) acquisition of property, plant and equipment of $659,266.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash from investing activities was $10,212,576, mainly consist of the proceeds from the sale and leaseback transactions and disposal of non-current asset held for sale of $11,457,760, mainly offset by cash for acquisition of property, plant and equipment of $1,080,399.

 

Financing Activities

 

For the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash from financing activities was $858,786, mainly consisted of proceeds from short-term bank loans of $2,011,783 and long-term bank loans of $638,444, and offset by decrease in other payables to related parties of $1,137,495.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash used in financing activities was $7,046,625, mainly consisted of treasury shares acquired for the repurchase of 4,999,447 treasury shares amounting to $8,022,078, and offset by an increase in other payables to related parties of $770,250.

 

Trend Information

 

Other than as disclosed in “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—The occurrence of force majeure events and natural disasters may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations” in this prospectus, we are not aware of any trends, uncertainties, demands, commitments or events that are reasonably likely to have a material effect on our operating revenue, income from continuing operations, profitability, liquidity or capital resources, or that would cause reported financial information not necessarily to be indicative of future operating results or financial condition.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet financing arrangements or any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, including entities sometimes referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, that were established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

 

64
 

 

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

Prior to this offering, we were a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources to address our internal control over financial reporting. Our independent registered public accounting firm has not conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting. However, in preparing our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, in accordance with the standards established by PCAOB. As defined in standards established by the PCAOB, a “material weakness” is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

 

The material weaknesses identified arose from our lack of effective financial reporting oversight process for our period-end financial reporting as well as our lack of policies and procedures over evaluation of significant complex transactions and evaluation of certain general ledger accounts. Following the identification of the material weaknesses, we have taken and plan to continue to take remedial measures to remedy the material weaknesses. Neither we nor our independent registered public accounting firm undertook a comprehensive assessment of our internal control over financial reporting under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for purposes of identifying and reporting any weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting, as we and they will be required to do so once we become a public company. Had we performed a formal assessment of our internal control over financial reporting or had our independent registered public accounting firm performed an audit of our internal control over financial reporting, additional control deficiencies may have been identified.

 

To remedy our identified material weaknesses, we are in the process of adopting several measures that will improve our internal control over financial reporting, including: (i) recruiting a chief financial officer with extensive financial reporting experience to effectively oversight our financial reporting process; (ii) establishing a comprehensive accounting policies and procedures manual, which document the current IFRS accounting policies and technical accounting guidance and are tailored to the Company’s business; (iii) establishing an ongoing program to provide sufficient and additional appropriate training to its accounting staff, especially trainings related to IFRSs and SEC financial reporting requirements; and (iv) implementing internal controls over financial reporting to ensure our controls over accounting policies and procedures are operating effectively.

 

We expect to complete the measures above as soon as practicable and we will continue to implement measures to remedy our internal control deficiencies in order to meet the deadline imposed under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The process of designing and implementing an effective financial reporting system is a continuous effort that requires us to anticipate and react to changes in our business and the economic and regulatory environments and to expend significant resources to maintain a financial reporting system that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations. If we fail to develop or maintain an effective system of internal controls over our financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results, prevent fraud or meet our reporting obligations. As a result, investor confidence and the market price of our ordinary shares may be materially and adversely affected. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—If we fail to implement and maintain an effective system of internal controls or fail to remediate the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting that has been identified, we may be unable to accurately report our results of operations or prevent fraud or fail to meet our reporting obligations, and investor confidence and the market price of our ordinary shares may be materially and adversely affected.”

 

For the Critical Accounting Policies, please refer to Note 4 “Summary of significant accounting policies” of our consolidated financial statements.

 

65
 

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risks

 

Market Risks

 

Our exposure to financial market risks relates primarily to changes in foreign exchange rates and interest rates. To mitigate these risks, we utilize derivative financial instruments, the application of which is primarily for hedging, and not for speculative purposes.

 

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risks

 

Our foreign currency exposure gives rise to market risks associated with exchange rate movements against the NT dollar, the RMB, the HKD and the US dollar. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, we did not hold or issue any derivative for trading purposes or to hedge against fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. We mitigated this risk by conducting sales and purchases transactions in the same currency. Doing so helped to reduce, but has not eliminated, the impact of foreign currency exchange rate movements. An average appreciation of the US dollar against all other relevant foreign currencies of 5% would decrease our exchange loss by US$156,786 and US$ 11,755, respectively, based on our outstanding assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and June 30, 2020 and 2021, we had no outstanding forward exchange or foreign currency option contracts.

 

See Note 37 of our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 36 of our condensed consolidated interim financial statements for additional information on financial risk management.

 

Interest Rate Risks

 

As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, we had aggregate debts outstanding of US$3,406,646 and US$6,896,266, which was incurred for capital expenditure and general operating expenses. Of our outstanding debts as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, 100% and 65% bore interest at variable rates, respectively. The interest rate for the majority of our variable rate debts varies based on a fixed percentage spread over the prime rate established by our lenders. Our variable rate debts had an annual interest rate between 0.66% and 2.60% as of December 31, 2020 and between 0.66% and 2.65% as of June 30, 2021. Accordingly, we have cash flows and earnings exposure due to market interest rate changes for our variable rate debts. An increase in interest rates of 1% would increase our annual interest charge by US$34,066 and US$68,963, respectively, based on our outstanding floating rate indebtedness as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021.

 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and June 30, 2020 and 2021, we had no interest rate swap agreements outstanding.

 

66
 

 

INDUSTRY

 

The information presented in this section has been derived from an industry report commissioned by us and prepared by Frost & Sullivan, an independent research firm, regarding our industry and our market position around the world.

 

Global Carbon Fiber Industry Overview

 

Carbon fiber is a kind of fiber material with the carbon content of more than 90%. Because of its fibrous shape and softness, it can be processed into various fabrics. It is usually combined with resin, metal and ceramic materials to make advanced composite materials. Carbon fiber is widely used in many fields because of its high specific strength, high specific modulus, corrosion resistance, high-temperature tolerance, friction resistance, good electrical conductivity and low thermal expansion coefficient. The figure below summarizes the classification of carbon fiber.

 

Figure 1: Overview of classification of carbon fiber

 

 

 

Source: Frost & Sullivan

 

As shown in the figure below, the carbon fiber industry chain is divided into upstream, midstream and downstream, in which the production process of carbon fiber in midstream is complex. The precursors are obtained after a series of treatment processes which include polymerization and spinning process by raw material. Then, applying the pre-oxidation and carbonization process on precursors to obtain carbon fiber. To meet different requirements, carbon fiber is processed together with other materials like resin, metal and ceramic to composite material parts, which are used in downstream products. For instance, because of its lightweight, high rigidity and other advantages, carbon fiber is used instead of wood in sports goods like golf clubs, hockey clubs, ski clubs, tennis rackets, badminton rackets, bicycles, fishing rods and bows.

 

67
 

 

Figure 2: Overview of the industry chain of carbon fiber

 

 

Source: Frost & Sullivan

 

Market Size

 

The concept of carbon fiber has appeared for many years and carbon fiber products have increased market presence over the past few years. As shown in Figure 3, the market size of the global carbon fiber industry increased from approximately USD2,114.7 million in 2016 and reached approximately USD2,630.0 million in 2020 at a Compound Annual Growth Rate (“CAGR”) of approximately 5.6%. In 2020, carbon fiber is mainly used in aerospace (38%), wind blade (17%) and sports/leisure (14%), which shows major application markets of carbon fiber are for commercial and industrial use (Figure 4). At present, there is a fierce competition in the low-end carbon fiber market with low profit margins. There is still a large profit margin in the mid-end and high-end carbon fiber markets. However, in the future, the demands of carbon fiber products for consumption use will continue to be released. With the development of technology, there will be increasing application of carbon fiber for new purpose and usage, and the cost of carbon fiber products will be reduced. It is expected that these factors will enable a higher margin for the manufacturers and promote people’s willingness to buy carbon fiber sports and leisure products. Therefore, the global carbon fiber industry market size is expected to maintain a CAGR of approximately 10.1%, reaching approximately USD4,117.6 million by 2025 from approximately USD2,806.2 million in 2021. In the future, long-term low-price competition will force low-end carbon fiber products manufacturers to face business transformation. However, manufacturers who develop mid-end and high-end products will maintain their first-mover advantages through resource accumulation and research and development capability and maintain a leading position in the industry.

 

68
 

 

Figure 3: Market Size of Global Carbon Fiber Industry, 2016-2025E

 

 

 

Source: Frost & Sullivan

 

Figure 4: Breakdown by Application Segments of Global Carbon Fiber Market, 2020

 

 

 

Source: Frost & Sullivan

 

Market Drivers and Development Trends

 

Favorable policies

 

The global major countries and regions pay attention to the development of carbon fiber industry and have launched relevant policies to stimulate the development of carbon fiber industry. For example, the “Going Climate Neutral” by 2050 which issued by European Commission calls for the study of carbon fiber products to reduce costs. The “Research and Development of Innovative Structural Materials” from the New Energy and Industrial Technology Development Organization aim to develop new carbon fiber precursor compounds, clarified the formation mechanism of carbonization structure and standardize evaluation methods for carbon fibers. There are not only policies to encourage R&D, but also many policies to encourage industrialization and capacity improvement. Policy support will provide a good external environment for the development of the carbon fiber industry, which is conducive to the rapid development of the industry.

 

69
 

 

Strong downstream demand

 

With the release of the National Fitness Plan (2021-2025), China will focus on promoting table tennis, badminton, cycling and other sports in the next five years. The plan will also focus on supporting research and development of fitness equipment and manufacturing enterprises. With the promotion of policies and the continuous integration of outdoor sports and tourism, more people will participate in these sports activities, which will directly promote the development of related equipment. In addition, with the increasing influence of cycling events such as the Tour de France, the Tour of Italy, the Tour of Spain, and the Crossing the U.S. Cycling Race, the number of cyclists in Europe and the United States is also increasing, which will also push up the demands for sports and fitness equipment. As important equipment for sports such as bicycles, tennis, badminton and surfing, carbon fiber products will have greater market demand in the future.

 

High-end products

 

Europe attaches importance to the application of carbon fiber in the aerospace field and emphasizes the use of carbon fiber composite aerospace materials to reduce the generation of waste in “Horizon 2020” released by the European Commission. American companies such as SpaceX, Blue Origin and Boeing also use carbon fiber materials in their products in the aerospace field. Compared with the foreign carbon fiber market, domestic carbon fiber is mainly concentrated in low value-added areas, which results in competitive pressure on the price. At the same time, key technologies of China’s carbon fiber industry lag behind developed countries, which leads to the limitation of carbon fiber materials in high value-added fields such as aviation manufacturing. With policy support and the pursuit of high value-added products, more domestic enterprises will invest in the research and development of high-end carbon fiber so that the products of the whole industry will develop into a high-end trend.

 

Global Carbon Fiber Bicycle Parts Industry Overview

 

Carbon fiber bicycle is the second largest segment of the sports/leisure market. Major components of bicycles made of carbon fiber (CF) composite materials include bicycle frame, fork, wheelset, pedal, seat post, and so forth. Since the 1970s, carbon fiber has become the material for bicycle frames on account of its lightweight, ease of shaping, high strength, high stiffness, and so forth, and has been mainly used in mid-to-high-end products for professional athletes or bicycle enthusiasts. Compared with traditional racing bicycles made of aluminium alloys, carbon fiber bicycles could remarkably reduce the extra energy consumption of athletes due to the lightweight of the bicycle and reduce bendability occurred by accidental collision. Carbon fiber and its composite materials have now become mainstream materials for racing bicycles and high-end bicycle products (including electric bicycles). Figure 5 below shows the comparison of features between regular bicycles and carbon bicycles and Figure 6 below shows different types of carbon fiber composite bicycles.

 

70
 

 

As shown in Figure 7 below, carbon fiber bicycle is the second largest segment of the sports/leisure market, which accounts for around 25.0% of the market share in the global carbon fiber demand in sports/leisure market in 2020. Major components of bicycles made of carbon fiber composite materials include bicycle frame, fork, wheelset, pedal, seat post, and so forth. Since the 1970s, carbon fiber has become the material for bicycle frames on account of its lightweight, ease of shaping, high strength, high rigidity, and so forth, and has been mainly used in mid-to-high-end products for professional athletes or bicycle enthusiasts. Compared with traditional racing bicycles made of aluminium alloys, carbon fiber bicycles could remarkably reduce the extra energy consumption of athletes due to the lightweight of the bicycle and reduce bendability occurred by accidental collision. Up to date, carbon fiber and its composite materials have now become mainstream materials for racing bicycles and high-end bicycle products (including electric bicycles).

 

Figure 5: Comparison of Regular Bicycles and Carbon Bicycles

 

 

Source: Frost & Sullivan

 

Figure 6: Types of Carbon Fiber Composite Bicycles

 

Source: Frost & Sullivan

 

Figure 7: Global Carbon Fiber Demand in Sports/Leisure Market, 2020

 

Source: Frost & Sullivan

 

71
 

 

Market Size

 

As shown in Figure 8 below, in recent years, global carbon fiber bicycle parts market experienced moderate growth, increasing from approximately USD288.0 million in 2016 to USD462.0 million in 2020, registering a CAGR of 12.5%. Driven by improving people’s living standards, transformation of consumers’ lifestyle and technology development, the market size of global carbon fiber bicycle parts industry is expected to increase from approximately USD522.1 million in 2021 to USD945.0 million in 2025, representing a CAGR of 16.0%. The penetration of carbon fiber in professional-grade bicycles is expected to further grow due to its outstanding physical performance, while as the manufacturing process becomes mature, carbon fiber or carbon fiber composite materials are expected to expand its application in regular bicycles and electric bicycles.

 

Followed by the implementation of policies in the U.S. and Europe and the other countries to encourage replacement of public transportation by bicycle, such as addition of bicycle lanes and other bicycle-related infrastructures, the market demand on electric bicycles increased, which recorded an annual growth rate of 23.4% from January 2020 to May 2020. The pandemic in 2020 has changed people’s commuting behavior in Europe and the U.S. Government’s policies and subsidies on encouraging the use of bicycles also contribute to the increasing market demand on electric bicycles.

 

Figure 8: Market Size of Global Carbon Fiber Bicycle Parts Industry, 2016-2025E

 

 

Source: Frost & Sullivan

 

As shown in Figure 9 below, the market size of global electric bicycle reached approximately USD40.5 billion in 2020, and is expected to further increase to approximately USD68.3 billion in 2025, with a CAGR of 10.5% from 2021 to 2025. Compared with other public transportation systems, the electric bicycle has advantages of affordability and convenience. Most countries are working on boosting electric bicycle to reduce the stress on public transportation systems. Driven by the growing urbanization, traffic congestion in the city, as well as support and initiatives from governments, the demand of electric bicycle is expected to further expand.

 

72
 

 

Figure 9: Market Size of Global Electric Bicycle Industry, 2016-2025E

 

Source: Frost & Sullivan

 

Market Drivers and Development Trends

 

Sustainable Cooperation with Cycling Brands

 

As bicycle parts manufacturers, companies who have established expansive and stable client networks with well-known cycling brands may stand out in the competition globally. For example, for racing bicycles, carbon fiber bicycle parts manufacturers produce frames, wheelsets, forks, cranks according to specifications and functions required by racing bicycle brands. Thus, carbon fiber bicycle parts are highly customized products, and reliable bicycle parts manufacturers which can design and manufacture products that meet or exceed the requirement would be a determining success factor for carbon fiber bicycle brand customers in their operation. Besides, brand spillover effects could increase the market visibility of carbon fiber bicycle parts companies due to supplier relationships with award-winning racing bicycles.

 

Technology Upgrade of Manufacturing

 

With the development of carbon fiber and composite materials manufacturing technology, as well as the decreasing manufacturing cost, carbon fiber has been applied in regular bicycles and emerging electric bicycles. Some leading companies in the industry have set up the prototyping center for manufacturing carbon fiber frames, and applied automated painting technology to continuously optimize the production process and enhance manufacturing efficiency. Additionally, the state-of-the-art technology includes vacuum forming, plasma surface treatment technology, and so forth. Companies who own strong R&D capabilities, ability to design resin formulas and diverse product portfolios are more likely to stand out in the global competition. The disruptive technology innovation is conducive to elevating the industrialization of carbon fiber bicycle parts to a new level, increasing production capacities and expanding downstream applications.

 

Growing Consumer Demand for Carbon Fiber Bicycles

 

As consumers’ health awareness rises around the globe, cycling is considered a new symbol of a healthy lifestyle. The outbreak of COVID-19 in 2020 has greatly impacted consumers’ perceptions of health and fitness, which is reflected by the increasing number of road and mountain bicycle enthusiasts, not only for races but also for tour or leisure purposes. Besides, more and more people have chosen cycling as a fast, flexible and reliable method of transport, which spurs the demand for carbon fiber bicycle parts.

 

Currently, major consumers of high-end bicycles are located in Europe and North America, while it is expected that Asia-Pacific area will become the next promising carbon fiber bicycle market. Thus, the global carbon fiber bicycle parts market is expected to embrace growth opportunities in the next few years.

 

73
 

 

Increasing Environmental Awareness

 

In recent years, the environmental awareness of people around the globe is growing. In April 2018, the United Nations General Assembly declared June 3 as International World Bicycle Day to foster environmental stewardship and health. In 2020, due to the impact of the COVID-19, the European and American governments have begun to encourage people to walk or ride bicycles in order to prevent people from using public transportation, which might in turn cause group infections, and at the same time to avoid traffic jams. Countries such as the U.K., France and Italy have also expanded bicycle lanes and provided subsidies on purchasing bicycles, in order to encourage citizens to opt for zero-carbon bicycles, which has also led to a rapid growth in bicycle sales. Bicycles contribute to cleaner air, reduce congestion and make education, health care and other social services more accessible to the most vulnerable populations. A sustainable transport system that promotes economic growth reduces inequalities while bolstering the fight against climate change is critical to achieving sustainable development goals. Copenhagen and Amsterdam are considered as bicycle capitals in the world, which have been building their bicycle infrastructure since the 1970s and fostered a sustainable lifestyle. Therefore, the growing environmental consciousness is conducive to the development of carbon bicycle industry and related upstream industries.

 

Vertical Integration

 

At present, many carbon fiber composite material manufacturers purchase yarns and resin raw materials from suppliers, and then produce prepreg according to a specific ratio, followed by laminating, molding, heat treatment and other processes. However, the material properties cannot be standardized, which prolongs the product launch period and raises production costs. Many industry-leading players proactively extend their business to the upstream industry, including establishing their own material research centers, investing material analysis instruments and equipment, and recruiting technical talents to develop differentiated products by self-developed resin formations, which reduces production costs and capture a larger portion of the value chain. On the other hand, some carbon bicycle parts manufacturers step into the manufacturing of carbon bicycles business by providing bicycle assembly service or cooperating with renowned carbon bicycle brands to achieve vertical integration, which expands business portfolio and increases brand awareness.

 

Favorable Government Policies

 

Electric Bicycle Incentive Kickstart for the Environment (E-BIKE) Act

 

In 2021, the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States issued the Electric Bicycle Incentive Kickstart for the Environment (E-BIKE) Act, which encourages the use of electric bicycles through a consumer tax credit. Due to the distance, speed and ease by which they can travel, electric bicycle will help replace vehicle trips and commutes and reduce carbon emissions. If the E-BIKE Act is passed, it would create a consumer tax credit that (i) covers 30% of the cost of the electric bicycle, up to a US$1,500 credit, (ii) applies to new electric bicycles that cost less than US$8,000, and (iii) is fully refundable, which allows lower-income workers to claim the credit.

 

Recommendations for Delivering Green Growth and an Effective Mobility in 2030

 

In 2020, the European Commission issued Recommendations for Delivering Green Growth and an Effective Mobility in 2030, in which recommends that cycling should be an equal partner in the mobility system. It suggests that there is an increase in use of bicycle in European Union by 50% in average in 2019-2020 and expects that such trend will be continued until 2030. It also indicates that the European Union investment in cycling will be raised to 3 billion Euros from 2021 to 2027 and 6 billion Euros from 2028 to 2034.

 

Bicycle Sports Industry Development Plan

 

In 2018, the General Administration of Sports and Development and Reform Commission in China issued the Bicycle Sports Industry Development Plan. It takes the supply-side structural reform of the bicycle sports industry as the main line, focusing on consolidating the foundation of the bicycle sports industry, improving the ability and quality of the supply of bicycle sports products and services, promoting industrial agglomeration and integration, and promoting the marketization, standardization and branding of bicycle sports in China. It also promotes the healthy and sustainable development of the bicycle sports industry and provides solid and stable support for expanding sports consumption and demand, realizing the transformation and upgrading the sports industry in China.

 

74
 

 

Light Industry Development Plan

 

In 2016, the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology in China issued the Light Industry Development Plan. It is pointed out that the bicycle industry should be promoted in the direction of lightweight, diversified, fashionable and intelligent. Such plan accelerates the research and development and application of high-strength lightweight materials, transmissions, transmission systems, new energy, smart sensing technologies and Internet of Things technologies. The Light Industry Development Plan also focus on the development of diversified bicycles such as fashion leisure, sports fitness, long-distance cross-country and high-performance folding, as well as standard-compliant lithium-ion battery electric bicycles and smart electric bicycles.

 

E-bike Subsidy Schemes by European Cyclists’ Federation in 2016

 

In 2016, the European Commission set up the E-bike Subsidy Schemes, in which subsidies aimed at cycling can be provided to encourage uptake or an increase in cycle use through providing a financial benefit. Using a subsidy to encourage cycling can take one of two forms: providing a financial benefit for commuters to switch to cycling by paying for km travelled or subsidising the untaxed purchase of equipment through employee schemes.

 

Competitive Landscape - Competitor Profiles

 

The table below shows the major global leading players in the carbon fiber bicycle parts industry:

 

Company Name 

Listed or Unlisted

 

Year Established

and Headquarters

  Business Introduction 

Major
Products

YMA Corporation   Unlisted  2015, Taichung City, Taiwan   YMA Corporation, a subsidiary of J-Star, is principally engaged in the R&D, manufacture and processing and trading of carbon fiber composite materials. YMA has reached the production capacity of about 100,000 carbon bicycle frames per year and 200,000 carbon forks per year. YMA has established cooperation with multiple renowned bicycle brands, including Conalgo, and so forth. YMA has obtained many patents regarding bicycle products, which are well recognized by global athletes and cycling enthusiasts; for example, Thomas Pidcock won the MTB World Cup championship on a YMA-built Lightrider Worldcup (EST-MS-08) frame in 2021.   Tennis rackets parts, badminton rackets parts, road bicycle parts, mountain bicycle parts, electric bicycle parts, automotive parts, healthcare products, and so forth.
Topkey Group   Listed
(4536 .TPE)
  1980, Taichung City, Taiwan  Topkey Group is principally engaged in the manufacture, processing and trading of carbon fiber materials in sports and leisure products and aerospace medical equipment.  Tennis rackets parts, helmets parts, bicycle racks and aerospace materials, and so forth.
XDS Shenzhen Xidesheng Bicycles Co., Ltd.  Unlisted  1995, Shenzhen City, Guangdong  As the largest manufacturer of carbon-fiber bicycles in the world, XDS specializes in the integration of R&D, manufacturing, sales and services of bicycles.  Parts of mountain bicycles, road bicycles, electric bicycles, folding bicycles, city bicycles, and so forth.
Tentech Composite Technology Co., Ltd   Unlisted  2003, Dongguan City, Guangdong  Tentech is principally engaged in the manufacture, processing and trading of carbon fiber composite products.  Bicycle frames, accessories, modules, and so forth.

 

Source: Frost & Sullivan

 

75
 

 

Global Carbon Fiber Racket Parts Industry Overview

 

Carbon fiber is widely used in tennis and badminton rackets due to its excellent performance. With the gradual development of material technology, rackets have gradually evolved from traditional wooden rackets and metal rackets (such as iron and aluminum) to aluminum alloy and carbon fiber materials. Carbon fiber is the high-end material of the current racket frame, and is mainly used in sports events and professional or amateurish training. Compared with aluminum alloy rackets, carbon fiber rackets have the characteristics of light weight, good mechanical properties, good impact resistance and good damping properties. The carbon fiber racket has low vibration, which can provide better hitting feel and ball control without hurting the wrist, but the price of carbon fiber racket is still high; while the aluminum alloy racket has a simple production process and lower production cost, its weight is high and the damping property is poor, and hence, players’ wrist is easily injured. In addition, in order to further improve the performance of the racket, some leading companies produce hybrid carbon fiber rackets by adding high-performance materials such as graphite and glass fiber. At present, the U.S., Europe and Japan markets are the major consumer markets of rackets.

 

Market Size

 

Driven by the higher requirements on the mechanical properties of rackets and increasing purchasing ability of high-end sports goods customers, as shown in Figure 9 below, the market size by revenue of global carbon fiber applied in rackets has witnessed a steady growth, increasing from $194.1 million in 2016 to $242.6 million in 2019. The outbreak of the COVID-19 has caused a negative impact in the carbon fiber racket parts industry due to the limited sports events and reduced daily sports activities around the world. As a result, the sales revenue of global carbon fiber racket parts declined to USD230.5 million in 2020.

 

Looking forward, as the pandemic is gradually controlled, the carbon fiber racket parts industry is expected to recover from 2021. Promoted by the increasing health awareness post-pandemic, encouraging policies of sports activities in developing countries, as well as progressed carbon fiber manufacturing techniques, it is estimated that the demand of carbon fiber applied in the rackets will further rise and the market size by revenue of carbon fiber racket parts will increase from USD243.9 million in 2021 to USD332.4 million in 2025, representing a CAGR of approximately 8.0%.

 

76
 

 

Figure 10: Market Size of Global Carbon Fiber Racket Parts Industry, 2016-2025E

 

 

Source: Frost & Sullivan

 

Market Drivers and Development Trends

 

Increasing Tennis and Badminton Participants

 

Driven by the supportive policies on sports activities, the number of people participating in tennis and badminton is increasing all over the world. In 2019, the State Council of China issued the “outline of building a sports power” and stated the target that the proportion of people who regularly participate in physical exercise will reach more than 45%, and the per capita sports area will reach 2.5 square meters in 2035. In Japan, facing issues such as aging problem and declining birth rates, the Japanese government has successively promulgated the “Basic Sports Law” and “Basic Sports Plan,” emphasizing the right of everyone to participate in sports, and promoting the development of “sports for all” by holding the international events such as the Olympic Games. In the United States, a new iteration of “Healthy People” initiative is launched at the beginning of every decade to set measurable objectives to improve the health and well-being of people nationwide. According to the “2021 Physical Activity Council’s Overview Report on U.S. Participation” released by the Physical Activity Council (PAC), around 75.6% of people in the U.S. regularly participate in sports, and the penetration rate of racket sports has increased from 12.4% in 2013 to 13.9% in 2020. In Europe, voluntary sports clubs are promoted by many countries to support mass sports participation. According to the data released by European Union, there were over 320,000 people employed in the sports and fitness sector in the European Union in 2020. Under the continuous publicity, public health awareness is also increasing year by year. Besides, with the investment of various government agencies, the construction of sports facilities is gradually improved and sports events are more abundant. Meanwhile, the emergence of many badminton and tennis superstars has further stimulated people’s enthusiasm for participating in these two sports. Badminton has become an extremely popular sport, which is played regularly by over 300 million people around the world. It is particularly popular in Asia, with many of the best players ever to grace the game hailing from the continent. The number of global tennis players reached 87 million in 2019, of which China accounted for the highest of 22.5%, according to the report released by the ITF (International Tennis Association). Therefore, the increasing participants of tennis and badminton are expected to drive the demand for relevant sports equipment such as carbon fiber rackets.

 

Application of Carbon Fiber Rackets Expanding from Professional Events to the Public

 

From 2016 to 2020, the global per capita GDP increased from USD10,365.2 to USD10,953.6 at a CAGR of 1.4%. Driven by the growing economy, people’s health awareness and average purchasing ability on sports equipment are rising as well, especially in developing countries like China. For example, the overall sales value of sports equipment in China increased from RMB12.0 billion in 2016 to RMB13.9 billion in 2019, representing a CAGR of 5.1%. In addition, the sport industry in the developed world has also experienced a continuous growth. Taking Switzerland as an example, a recent report published by Federal Department of Defense, Civil Protection and Sport shows that Switzerland has witnessed a rapid increase of sport over the past few years as increasing sports events are hold in the country (e.g., European Athletics Championships, the Youth Olympic Games and the World Road Cycling Championships), with the estimated turnover of sport sector in Switzerland reaching 22.2 billion francs in 2017, increasing by 31% from 2005. Besides, the media strengthened the promotion and marketing of carbon fiber rackets such as the excellent properties of the carbon fiber material, which enhanced consumers’ recognition and demand for carbon fiber rackets. Some racket manufacturers also launch co-branding carbon fiber rackets with other famous brands or IPs and promoting the same racket models used by sports stars to attract customers. As result, carbon fiber rackets is not just limited to the professional market. It is expected that increasing amateurs will be willing to purchase carbon fiber rackets in the future.

 

77
 

 

Technology Breakthrough of Carbon Fiber Racket Parts

 

Among high-end rackets, major brands have strong brand recognition and brand loyalty, and hence, well-known brands. Under the absolute leadership of brand manufacturers, there are fewer tennis racket manufacturers developing their own brands, and most of them adopt OEM or ODM business models. As one of the key competitive factors of carbon fiber manufacturers, technological upgrade accelerates the production speed of carbon fiber rackets and improves the quality of finished products. The carbon fiber racket is composed of a carbon fiber composite racket frame which is made of a racket surface interlaced with mesh and a resin material skeleton wrapped with carbon fiber belt. For most players in the carbon fiber racket parts industry, the carbon fiber used to make rackets is purchased from upstream suppliers, but the resin formula is the secret and R&D focus of each company. Our breakthrough nanoresin formula and patented technology are the key to improve the performance and durability of the carbon fiber rackets. After years of accumulation of technology and experience, leading companies in the industry continue to improve resin formulations and produce prepreg materials according to product characteristics and customer needs. In addition, driven by the improving automation level, emerging moulding technologies can improve the product quality and production efficiency of carbon fiber rackets. Some leading carbon fiber racket manufacturers have made great efforts in core technology development such as microscopic analysis of material, product structure design, module design, tooling design and customized process design, and so on. In the future, with further maturity of material technology and production techniques, the price of carbon fiber rackets will gradually decrease, attracting more consumers.

 

Competitive Landscape – Competitor Profiles

 

The table below shows the major global leading players in the carbon fiber racket parts industry:

 

Company Name 

Listed or
Unlisted

 

Year Established

and Headquarters

  Business Introduction 

Major
Products

Topkey Group  Listed
(4536 .TPE)
  1980, Taichung City, Taiwan  Topkey Group is principally engaged in the manufacture, processing and trading of sports and leisure products and aerospace medical equipment.  Tennis rackets, helmets, bicycle racks and aerospace materials, and so forth.
OTIS Co., Ltd.   Unlisted  2002, Dongguan, Guangdong  The company is a Taiwan-funded enterprise, mainly engaged in the production, sales and processing of carbon fiber composite materials. In 2017, the company became a partner supplier of Decathlon, participating in the R&D and production of carbon fiber related sports products. It is a cooperative manufacturer of many sports goods companies in Europe and America.  Carbon Fiber parts of tennis rackets, badminton rackets, squash rackets, beach rackets, paddles, hockey sticks, fishing rods, arrow shafts, golf clubs, and so forth.

 

78
 

 

Forwell Sports Equipment Co., Ltd.  Unlisted  2003, Dongguan, Guangdong  As a subsidiary of J-Star, the company is a Taiwan-funded enterprise with more than 20 years of professional carbon fiber bicycle and racket manufacturing experience. The company has built a wide customer network of many world-renowned brands such as Tecnifiber, and so forth. Its products are exported to Europe, America, Asia and other countries and has supported many athletes to win the champion in the international competitions.  Golf clubs, ice hockey sticks, carbon bicycle tubes, bicycle accessories, shoe accessories, composite products, rackets, and so forth.
Bonny Worldwide Co., Ltd.  Listed
(8467 .TPE)
  1982, Taichung City, Taiwan  The company is a professional manufacturer of carbon fiber rackets OEM and ODM and related sports goods. The company has developed a variety of new deceleration patents, and many all-carbon fiber rackets with novel and unique designs and shapes. The company has become an important partner of many well-known international companies, and its products are sold all over the world.   Carbon fiber parts products of hockey sticks, tennis rackets, badminton rackets, and so forth.
Long Yi Industrial (Huizhou) Co., Ltd.  Unlisted  2004, Huizhou, Guangdong  The company is a wholly foreign-owned manufacturing enterprise focusing on the development and production of carbon fiber tennis racket sports goods series and carbon fiber tube sheet industrial products series. The company is currently one of the largest and most prominent enterprises in the international high-end carbon fiber tennis racket industry.  Carbon fiber parts products in the fields of tennis rackets, badminton rackets, golf clubs, water skis, bicycles, automobiles, home appliances, and medical applications, and so forth.
Xiamen Keentech Composite Technology Co., Ltd.  Unlisted  1988, Xiamen, Fujian  As a subsidiary of Topkey Group, the company is engaged in the development and manufacturing of advanced carbon fiber composite products. The company’s R&D and production in the application of composite materials ranks the highest level in the world. It cooperates with many world-renowned brand manufacturers and sells its products to Europe, America, Japan and other countries.  Carbon fiber tennis rackets, badminton rackets, racing helmets, bicycle racks, aviation knots, medical equipment, and so forth.
Xiamen Leader Sporting Goods Co., Ltd.  Unlisted  1988, Xiamen, Fujian  Affiliated with Lianjie Group, Xiamen Leader Sporting Goods Co., Ltd. is a Hong Kong-invested enterprise having been specialized in the R&D and manufacture of carbon fiber composite products for 25 years, being one of the largest professional manufacturers of composite products.  Frame of mountain bicycle, frame of road bicycle, front fork of road bicycle, tennis racket, pelota racket, squash racket, bow and arrow, badminton racket, baseball bat, and so forth.

 

Source: Frost & Sullivan

 

79
 

 

Other Global Carbon Fiber Sectors Industry Overview

 

Automobile

 

Compared to metals, carbon fiber composite materials applied in some car parts such as chassis, car roof, cockpits, interior accessories and the car body could reduce the weight by approximately 10%. Simultaneously, the lighter the vehicle, the higher fuel efficiency, the lower volume of carbon dioxide emissions. Due to the integration, designability, high vibration damping, carbon fiber composite materials could make vehicles lighter, which accelerates the development of anti-pollution and lower fuel consumption. For example, Volkswagen’s “2L car” CC1 used carbon material as 45% of its car body. The market size of global carbon fiber automotive parts industry is USD1,147.5 million in 2020 and is expected to increase from 1,319.6 million in 2021 to USD2,044.8 million in 2025, registering a CAGR of 11.6%.

 

Foil Masts and Padel Rackets

 

With the increasing popularity of surfing and padel around the world, the foil masts made of carbon fiber are coming into people’s spotlight. Carbon foil masts have unique advantages compared to aluminium foil masts due to the high strength, corrosion resistance, strong seismic performance, good balance, and high flexibility. Carbon foil masts enable surfers to maintain stability and avoid damage when riding big waves or immersing in seawater for a long period, achieving protection for surfers. The market size of global carbon fiber foil mast parts industry is expected to reach over USD30 million in 2025 with a CAGR of 10.4% from 2021 to 2025.

 

The excellent performance of carbon padel rackets is widely recognized by athletes and the public. Padel rackets made of carbon fiber are lighter, more durable and can withstand high temperature. For athletes, carbon fiber rackets can reduce the load on the arm during long rallies and improve the speed and efficiency when hitting the ball. The market size of global carbon fiber padel racket parts industry is expected to reach over USD35 million in 2025 with a CAGR of 9.2% from 2021 to 2025.

 

Healthcare Products

 

Carbon fiber is widely applied in healthcare products. Due to the lightweight, high stability, high strength and fatigue resistance, carbon fiber is generally used in wheelchairs, senior walkers and other medical equipment. Carbon fiber is usually used in the chassis and backrest frame of wheelchairs and the body of senior walkers, featuring lightness, stiffness and exceptional durability. The stability and biocompatibility of carbon fiber materials have attracted extensive attention in medical devices and biomaterials. With the average expenditure on health care in China increasing from RMB1,307 in 2016 to RMB1,843 in 2020, as well as population ageing, healthcare products made of carbon fiber are expected to fulfill growth potential in the future. In developed countries, per capita healthcare spending in the US, the UK, Denmark and Japan were USD10,948, USD4,500, USD5,47 and USD4,691 in 2019. The global market size of medical device in 2019 is USD445.93 billion and is expected to increase to USD587.41 in 2024, registering a CAGR of 5.7%. The market size of global carbon fiber healthcare product parts industry is expected to reach over USD300 million in 2025 with a CAGR of 19.0% from 2021 to 2025.

 

80
 

 

Robotic Arm

 

With the continuous improvement of carbon fiber production and processing technology, carbon fiber has gained more market share in robotic arms, particularly industrial robots. Compared to traditional robotic arms made of aluminium alloy and alloy steel, carbon fiber robotic arms have higher flexibility, fracture resistance and a longer service life. Also, the vibration dampening of carbon fiber robotic arms allows for precise control and positioning, enhancing working speed and efficiency of robots. With the accelerated automation process and wide application of industrial robotics, carbon fiber is expected to develop further and be favored by downstream customers. The global robotic arm market is expected to grow at a CAGR of approximately 14.0% during the forecast period, growing from USD24.9 billion in 2021 to USD42.0 billion by 2025.

 

Aerospace

 

Carbon fiber composite materials are widely applied in aircraft and aerospace fields, such as civil and military aircraft, rockets for space development and artificial satellites, and so forth. Subject to a harsh operating environment, aerospace equipment is usually required to have high tensile and compression performance, high impact and fatigue resistance, and so forth. Thus, the carbon fiber product in aerospace is on the high end of the quality and cost spectrum. In recent years, the proportion of carbon fiber composite materials employed in aircraft has increased, which could significantly reduce the weight of the plane body, improve aeroelasticity and enhance the overall performance. Therefore, the square, weight and parts of carbon fiber composite materials used in aircraft are forecast to grow in the next few years.

 

Electronics

 

Driven by the lightweight of consumer electronics, carbon fiber is gradually applied in 3C products. For example, Lenovo, a leading PC brand, released the YOGA Pro 13s Carbon 2021 laptop in 2020, with its body made of carbon fiber and magnesium alloy, weighing only 966 grams. Chopped carbon fiber reinforced plastic with anti-static, electromagnetic shielding and other functions in copiers, printers, digital cameras, data transmission cable connectors and other products has been applied in different products. Compared with other similar materials such as carbon black and metal, carbon fiber with reinforced plastic has a more affordable price, which raises the demand for the market.

 

81
 

 

BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

Our Predecessor Group was established in 1970 and we have accumulated over 50 years know-how in material composite industry. We currently develop and commercialize the technology on carbon reinforcement and resin systems. With decades of experience and knowledge in composites and materials, we are able to apply our expertise and technology on designing and manufacturing a great variety of lightweight, high-performance carbon composite products, ranging from key structural parts of electric bicycles and sports bicycles, rackets, automobile parts to healthcare products. According to the industry report commissioned by us and prepared by Frost & Sullivan, we are one of the major global leading players in the carbon fiber bicycle parts industry and carbon fiber racket parts industry.

 

As our business is technology-driven, our vision is to offer cutting edge technology and manufacturing expertise in carbon composite to our customers, and many of our products are directly or indirectly supplied to different renowned international sports brand owners. Our carbon composite products deliver substantial weight savings, endurance and stiffness comparing to those constructed from conventional materials, such as steel and aluminum, and in doing so, our products offer remarkable and valuable efficiency and performance benefits to our customers in various applications. While our technology has potential applications over a broad range of industries, we currently have our main focus on the sporting goods industry and we prioritize the electric bicycle market to commercialize our technology.

 

We are based in Taiwan with our headquarters, R&D center and material laboratory located in Taichung, Taiwan and our production plant and our second R&D center located in Dongguan, the PRC. The R&D center in Taichung focuses on resin material application, new product development and production process enhancement, and the R&D center in Dongguan, the PRC, which is located next to our production plant focuses on structural design of products, testing on product performance and enhancement on strength and stiffness of products. Our business focuses on the research and development as well as manufacturing a wide range of carbon composite products. We primarily generate revenue through three divisions and revenue streams, namely (i) sales of bicycles parts of sports bicycle and electric bicycle; (ii) sales of rackets for use in tennis, badminton, squash and beach tennis; and (iii) sales of other products, which mainly include structural parts of automobile, other sporting goods and healthcare products. Our bicycle parts and rackets are mainly supplied directly or indirectly to branded customers located in Switzerland, France, Italy, the Netherlands, Germany and Japan and they primarily market and distribute their products worldwide. Other customers which rely on our new products, such as healthcare products, are mainly located in Australia, Canada and Japan.

 

Advanced carbon composite materials offer a number of advantages relative to traditional materials, including light weight, high strength to weight ratio, high stiffness, and improved resistance to heat, corrosion and fatigue. Nonetheless, different products require different degrees and combinations of such properties according to their functions. For instance, automobile parts, such as hoods and seatback, require higher heat resistance, while bicycle frames require greater degree of stiffness. Hence, material application technology plays an important role in refining the production of different types of carbon composite products. Carbon composite materials are formed by combining carbon fibers and resins. The properties of carbon composite materials could vary largely due to different systems of resin and structural arrangement. Differing from our competitors in the industry, instead of using preset formulas of resins with lower degree of flexibility, we have our own R&D center to develop our own resin systems and formulas according to the product requirements. Therefore, we are able to incorporate customized resin systems that can be optimized for specific parameters, such as durability, temperature performance, cure times and viscosity. This not only allows us to manufacture our products with high precision to customers’ specifications, but also offers us flexibility in developing a greater variety of new products in the future. Apart from our advanced material application technology, our R&D team is also experienced in providing technical recommendations and solutions to and respond to feedbacks from our customers regarding the structural design of product. Our advanced material application technology and expertise in product design and development complement each other. Thus, we believe that the parallel development of our complex product and process technology has resulted in our competitive advantage which makes it difficult for our competitor to replicate.

 

82
 

 

Our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 amounts to $22.8 million and $22.2 million, respectively, and our total revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 amounts to $9.6 million and $12.2 million, respectively. Our sales of bicycle parts accounted for approximately 64.9% and 64.4% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and accounted for approximately 65.2% and 65.9% of our total revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively. Our sales of rackets business brought us considerable revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, which accounted for approximately 34.9% and 35.5%, respectively, of our total revenues, and accounted for approximately 34.6% and 34.1% of our total revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively. Our sales of other products, which accounted for approximately 0.1% and 0.1%, respectively, of our total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, and accounted for 0.2% and approximately 0% of our total revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively.

 

While having our main focus on development and sales of key structural parts of bicycles and rackets in the past years, we would not limit ourselves to the existing scope of product. We intend to extend our product spectrum by launching new products, such as sporting goods for new sports like padel racket and mast foil, and further expand our production on relatively new existing products that are emerging in the market, including key structural parts of electric bicycles, automobile and robotic arms, bicycle crank sets and other healthcare products, such as wheelchairs and senior walkers.

 

Our production plant is located in Dongguan in the PRC with two production lines in place. The production plant has a total gross floor area of 42,695 square meter. We selected Dongguan, the PRC, as a place to set up our production plant due to its geographical proximity to Hong Kong which favors the shipping of products and its strong labor supply in the region. As of June 30, 2021, we had 27 forming machines and 10 prepreg machines in use and other equipment including vacuum forming machine, automated painting robotic arm and an EFBE standard (“EFBE”) testing machine with testing standards specific to the bicycle and electric bicycle. The prepreg machines and forming machines are major machines we used in our manufacturing process. We use our prepreg machines to convert our raw material, carbon fiber yam, to carbon fiber sheet by adding our self-engineered resin to enhance the material’s malleability. We then utilize our forming machines to give designated shape, stiffness and strength to our products under high temperature. These machines and equipment form two production lines in total, one of which focuses on the production of key structural parts of sports bicycle, electric bicycle and automobile, while the another focuses on manufacturing rackets and healthcare products. Equipped with these automation and testing machines, and leveraged on our strong research and development efforts, we are able to offer a wide range of high-quality customized products to our customers. In the future, in order to enhance our production capacity, we intend to recruit more manpower for our production team, acquire more forming machines, increase the operating hours of forming machines and outsource our painting, cosmetic and sanding processes, which are labor-intensive manufacturing procedures with lower technical requirements.

 

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of COVID-19 a pandemic. Countries across Asia, North America, Europe have continued to report increases in COVID-19 infections, which has resulted in governments implementing travel bans, lockdowns, quarantines and social distancing measures in those countries in an effort to contain the virus. In response to the outbreak of pandemic, in January 2020, the People’s Government of Guangdong Province announced certain measures to prevent continuing widespread of the disease in the community, among others, corporates were not allowed to resume operation before February 10, 2020. In compliance with the government instructions, we temporarily suspended the operation of our production plant in Dongguan, the PRC, from February 3, 2020 to February 26, 2020, which has then fully resumed our production on March 9, 2020 and remained normal thereafter. In this regard, we had arranged for tighter production schedule from June 2020 to December 2020 to make up for the suspension of operation of our production plant in February 2020.

 

83
 

 

History and Milestones

 

Our Predecessor Group commenced wood composite manufacturing and sports equipment processing business in 1970 and was one of the earliest private enterprises to manufacture wood composite in Taiwan. However, due to changes in the product development in the sporting goods industry with higher product requirements on the weight-saving, endurance and stiffness, our Predecessor Group gradually shifted the focus from wood composite manufacturing to carbon composite product manufacturing since 1980. Our Predecessor Group launched the carbon composite business line in 1980, targeting sporting goods, such as rackets. In 2005, our Predecessor Group launched the bicycle business line in order to expand the scope of carbon composite sporting goods to sports bicycle. In 2017, we launched our first electric bicycle. In 2018, in light of the prevalence of and favorable government policies on electric bicycle around the world, while continuing our development and sales of sports bicycle, we have in parallel strategically expanded further on the development and production of electric bicycle. We also developed our first carbon fiber robotic arm and other health care products in 2018. In 2019, we expanded our R&D team on the design and production of electric bicycle by addition of personnel. Through our R&D centers in Taiwan and the PRC, we have continued to upgrade and enhance our material technology, product structural design and production process technology, in order to uplift our product quality, product performance, production efficiency and expand our product spectrum.

 

We target to achieve growth in terms of both scale and scope. To expand our scale, we plan to establish a new production plant in Yangzhou in the PRC. For such purpose, in March 2019, Bohong Technology acquired the land use right of a land parcel in Yangzhou with a total gross land area of 64,851 square meter in order to build our new production plant for the production on key structural parts of electric bicycle, robotic arms, automobile parts and prepreg material. We intend to invest approximately $6.2 million on the purchase of machinery for our production plant in Yangzhou. As to the construction of our production plant in Yangzhou, we are in discussion with a local construction company in the PRC on a hire purchase agreement of building and infrastructure construction of our production plant in Yangzhou and such construction would be funded by the said local construction company in the PRC. We intend to commence the construction work of our production plant in Yangzhou by the end of 2021 and the first phase of such construction is expected to be completed by second quarter of 2022. The construction of our production plant in Yangzhou is expected to be fully completed by August 2022 and the machines are expected to be set up by the third quarter of 2022. As for growth in terms of scope, we anticipate that, by the first quarter of 2022, we will launch our own brand on electric bicycle and sporting goods and will set up sales and administration office in the U.S. and the Netherlands. We are in close dialogue with a reputed bicycle frame manufacturer in the U.S. on exploring investment opportunities, including but not limited to possibilities on acquisition, joint-venture and/or co-branding production. In addition, we intend to add a U.S. sales and administration office in Houston, Texas, which will work closely with our office in Taiwan in U.S. market sales and expansion, while our sales and administration office in the Netherlands will be handling sales on our online business platform expected to be launched around the first quarter of 2022. We also expect to further extend our production of automobile parts so as to leverage on the surging market demand of electric vehicles. By the end of 2023, we expect to launch our micro factory and R&D center in the U.S., with a view to developing automation of our production process and integrating the most advanced technology to our production. In this regard, we intend to invest in a manufacturer of carbon fiber products in the U.S. We have been in contacts with several potential target companies in the U.S., one of which is a U.S.-based aerospace composite parts manufacturer. We also plan to establish our third R&D center in Houston, Texas and our initial plan is to hire 4 to 6 employees on developing composite material and conducting researches on chemical interactions.

 

The following events are our key business developments and milestones:

 

Year   Event
     
1970   Our Predecessor Group commenced business of manufacturing and trading of wood composite products and processing of sports equipment. Our Predecessor Group developed our first wooden racket and commenced production for wooden composite rackets in Taiwan.
     
1978   Our Predecessor Group commenced graphite or wood composite processing for rackets.

 

84
 

 

1980  Our Predecessor Group established carbon composite production line and developed our first carbon fiber racket, ski stick and golf shaft.
    
1990  Our Predecessor Group established the first production plant in Dongguan, the PRC for manufacturing of rackets.
    
1992  Our Predecessor Group developed our first full carbon racket.
    
2000  Our Predecessor Group acquired the hot-melt prepreg technology and applied the technology to the production.
    
2005  Our Predecessor Group established the bicycle business line and the second production plant in Dongguan, the PRC, for the production of carbon fiber bicycles. Our Predecessor Group then developed our first carbon fiber bicycle.
    
2012  Our Predecessor Group applied for numerous patents on manufacturing of a variety of carbon fiber products.
    
2016  We produced our first Olympic Champion badminton racket  used by Misaki Matsutomo in winning her champion in the badminton women’s doubles tournament at 2016 Summer Olympics.
    
2017  We established our R&D center and material laboratory in Taiwan. We also produced our first electric bicycle frame.
    
2018  We developed our first carbon fiber automobile parts, robotic arm and other health care products, such as wheelchairs and senior walkers.
    
2019  We expanded our R&D team on the design and production of key structural parts of electric bicycles.
    
2021  We produced key structural parts of Colnago 2021 V3-R, which is the racing bicycle model ridden by Tadej Pogacar in winning his championship in Tour de France 2021.

 

On May 24, 2016, we established J-Star as a holding and management company, holding 100% of the equity of Goal Beyond, 100% of the equity of Star Leader Trading and 100% of Bohong Technology. Goal Beyond, in turn, holds 100% of the equity of TW YMA, 100% of equity of Time Yield, 100% of equity of Dongguan YMA and 100% of equity of Dongguan Forwell. For further details regarding the Reorganization of the Group, see “Corporate Structure – The Reorganization.”

 

85
 

 

Our Business Model

 

We are engaged in the design, development, manufacturing and sale of carbon fiber composite products, with our main focus on key structural bicycle parts and racket products, on an original equipment manufacturing (“OEM”) & original design manufacturing (“ODM”) basis. For our OEM model, we manufacture our products in accordance with the customer’s specifications and are marketed under the customer’s own brand names. Our products are mainly supplied directly or indirectly to international sports brand owners. We secure sales contracts with customers on project basis.

 

 

Our ODM business begins with receiving customer’s request in designing and developing a new product. After our sales team communicates client’s requests with our R&D team, our R&D team will then consult with our procurement team and production team on our production capacity in order to assess the production timeline and make quotation. The product design and development process will be commenced once our customers confirmed our quotation. Our sales team is responsible for preparing the project summary which lists out the customers’ specification on the new product, including but not limited to requirements on physical properties of product material, special features on the design of product, product performance, accessories, outlook, the brand name to be used and expected size of order, and so forth. Our R&D team will then work on the structural design and composite material formula design based on the specifications required by our customers. Throughout the entire process of design, customization and modification of product, we communicate and receive feedbacks from our customers and provide various technical solutions in response to customers’ feedbacks regarding the product design and development. We will then deliver a prototype to our customers for their review and confirmation. Meanwhile, we will also conduct preliminary product testing with our in-house testing equipment or recognized independent third party institutions on the prototype to ensure that the product meets our customers’ required standard.

 

After the product development process is completed, the customers will place purchase orders with us according to their needs. We will then arrange for procurement of raw materials and commence production. We will conduct quality control on the raw materials, semi-finished product and the finished product. We have our technical staff on-site to provide supervision and technical support in our production plant in Dongguan, the PRC. We also have quality control staff on-site to monitor the production process. The finished products will then be delivered to designated place agreed with our customers. For example, for bicycle parts, we will send them to customer’s designated bicycle assemble house for assembly, while for racket products, we will send them to our customers directly.

 

Competitive Strengths

 

We attribute our success to the following key competitive strengths:

 

Strong research and products development capabilities

 

With over 50 years of composite product manufacturing experience accumulated from our Predecessor Group and our continuous commitment to enhance our composite material application technologies and production process, we pride ourselves on our accumulated know-how and research and development capabilities focused on the development of new products and the improvement of our production process. For instance, our resin technologies allow for prepreg-ing of our carbon fiber composite and creating higher ratio of strength and stiffness with lower weight. Some of the bicycle and racket products we co-designed and developed with our customer had been used by players in Olympic Games and international tournaments in winning their champion. We believe our accumulated composite material application know-how and continuous dedication to research and product development has enabled us to increase our product quality, production efficiency, technical expertise, ability to tailor-make products to meet customers specifications and reduce costs, which would in turn help us retain and attract customers who demand precise, reliable and high quality composite products and obtain higher profit margin. We also believe that our strong research and development ability will widen the product types to effectively satisfy customers’ changing needs, which in turn will enhance our organic growth.

 

86
 

 

Our research and development primarily focuses on product development, new application discovery and production process improvement. Our objectives in research and development is to promote innovation, automation and differentiation in our production and enhance our product quality. Our investment in research and development are significant. From January 2017 to June 2021, our continued expenditure in research and development has amounted to approximately $7.5 million. We had a R&D team of 65 members as of June 30, 2021. The majority of our R&D team members also have over 10 years of experience in industries relevant to our business. Our R&D centers have accomplished a number of research results and successfully developed and improved various composite materials formulas and application as well as the production process. In addition, we have also undertaken leading research and development projects on resins formulas and production processes, such as formulas on highly heat resistant resins, formulas on biomass materials, vacuum forming technology and waterborne paint technology, which could enhance the performance, cleanliness and durability of products, as well as satisfy our customers’ particular requirements on different products. As of June 30, 2021, we had registered 7 invention patents, 10 design patents and 14 utility model, including but not limited to patents on structure of bicycle frame, structure and design of rackets and manufacturing process of carbon fiber products, in Taiwan, PRC, Japan, Europe and the U.S. We have also applied for the registration of 6 invention patents. We also work with research institute to improve our production process, to discover new product applications, and to develop our material technologies. In particular, we are collaborating with National Chin-Yi University of Technology in Taiwan on carrying out comprehensive analysis and testing on our product materials, researches on production techniques of thermoplastic composite material and market research and comparisons on our products and other similar products readily available in the market. We believe that this collaboration will give us synergy and allow us to focus on the development of high-value and cost-effective products.

 

We have been devoting research and development efforts in respect of our carbon composite technology and application. In particular, we developed new resins systems, Nano-CT and Nano-GS, which are applied to our bicycle frame and racket products. Comparing to resins of regular formulation, Nano-CT and Nano-GS can increase the material strength, resistance to fatigue and stiffness, which effectively enhance the performance and toughness of our bicycle and racket products and lower their susceptibility to shocks. We also developed our nano-powder modification technology which uplifts the strength and impact resistance of our product material. We are also developing resins with higher degree of heat resistance and strength which are applicable to carrier plates of furnace and bicycle wheels, and halogen-free resins with higher degree of strength and transparency which are applicable to exhaust pipe, engine protector and brake disc of automobile.

 

We have optimized our production processes through our research and development efforts. We applied our vacuum forming technology in the production process to maintain the strength and quality of our products. We also developed and applied our waterborne paint technology to our bicycle frames, air intakes and engine rods of automobile, which enhance the cleanliness of our production process and improve the durability, gloss finish extent and corrosion and abrasion resistance of our products. We also introduced automated painting technology with robotic arms in order to promote automation in the painting process of our products, which in turn improves cost efficiency in our production process. With a view to further upgrading our production process, we commenced our major research and development projects on resins rapid curing technology, which not only could boost the production efficiency by speeding up the curing process, but also could enhance the strength, malleability and manufacturability of material. Being one of the major global leading players in the carbon fiber bicycle parts industry and the carbon fiber racket parts, we believe we have been able to capture the relevant technology and know-how in advance of our competitors in the industry.

 

In order to optimize the research and development effort, we have set up two R&D centers carefully designed for different purposes. The R&D center in Taiwan, which includes a laboratory, focuses on resin material application, new product development and production process enhancement, while R&D center in the PRC, which locates next to our production plant focuses on structural design of products, testing on product performance and enhancement on strength and stiffness of products. Under such arrangement, research and development in Taiwan can adopt a more experimental and innovative oriented approach while research and development conducted in the PRC, can focus more on resources and process enhancement which can be quickly implemented and tested in the production plant. We intend to establish our third R&D center in the U.S. to carry out researches on automation of production processes.

 

87
 

 

Quality product and comprehensive services which cater our customers’ needs

 

Leveraging on our solid experience and expertise in research and development, we are able to develop and produce high quality products satisfying our customers’ specific requirements. Depending on the needs of our customers, we also offer comprehensive services covering the processes of product analysis, product design and development; processing and manufacturing; product testing and adjustment; trial production of final products; and after sales services. Our product development team and our sales team work closely with our branded customers to understand their needs and make recommendations to them. Our product development team assists our customers in either (i) advising on the product designs; or (ii) designing products based on the customers’ ideas, concepts or specifications, with a view to enhancing the product efficiency, functionality and endurance.

 

Our quality control team is responsible for developing and implementing quality control policy specifying various quality control procedures for different kinds of products. We have adopted stringent quality assurance procedures throughout each stage in the entire production processes from the inspection of raw materials to finished products. We have our internal quality control room for testing the quality of the incoming raw materials. We inspect the appearance, structure, dimensions and performance of raw materials according to our inspection standards. We will also produce prototype as part of the product development process and perform a series of tests on the prototype to ensure it performs as designed. Throughout the manufacturing process, we carry out quality control procedures at the stage of molding, machining, gluing, mending, grinding and painting. Various performance tests, such as fatigue resistance test, compressive strength test, loading test, shock resistance test, are carried out in our in-house laboratory or by recognized independent third party to ensure our products meet the quality and safety requirements. Before packing and shipment, our quality control team will conduct final checking on products so as to ascertain that the quality of our products complies with the specifications and standards of our customers.

 

We have a stringent quality management system to ensure adherence to and consistency in the quality of our products. In 2011, we obtained ISO9001:2015 certification for manufacture of carbon fiber rackets. In 2019, we also obtained IATF 16949:2016 certification for manufacture of carbon fiber seat fittings. We also adopt the EFBE standards, which is a testing standard specific to the bicycle and electric bicycle industry, on certain bicycle and electric bicycle products. EFBE tests offer comprehensive and high-standard tests on bicycle-related products, such as fatigue tests on bicycle parts, maximum load and overload test stands and stiffness test stands. The EFBE test standards are compatible with ISO 4210 and European standard EN15194. In consideration of saving time and cost, we have acquired EFBE testing machines in March 2021, so that we are capable of quickly running our own in-house tests, and hence, we could ensure that our bicycle and electric bicycle products adhere to the EFBE.

 

We believe our ability to provide customized composite products of quality to meet customers’ requirements in a timely and cost efficient manner enables us to develop strong customer relationship and reputation, which are crucial in our long-term growth.

 

Strong presence in the carbon composite application industry and sporting goods industry with long operating history and strong production capabilities

 

The history of our Predecessor Group can be traced back to over 50 years ago when it was established in 1970. We have been applying our material technology accumulated for decades in manufacturing a great variety of composite products, which are mainly sports equipment, such as bicycles and rackets, and have extensive industry experience in respect of design, research and development of carbon composite products. We have established strong reputation in the carbon composite application industry and sporting goods industry as a result of the long operating history and establishment of our Predecessor Group in the industry. Such reputation has attracted various renowned brand owners (including their distributors) to procure our products directly or indirectly, including Colnago, Tecnifibre and Groupe Magellan SA, the distributor of Prince in France. According to the industry report commissioned by us and prepared by Frost & Sullivan, we are one of the major global leading players in the carbon fiber bicycle parts industry and the carbon fiber racket parts industry. Based on our successful track record, we believe we are positioned to capture market opportunities in the future.

 

88
 

 

Our production plant in Dongguan, the PRC, is set up with two production lines, which enable us to keep pace with our business development and to satisfy our customers’ demand in terms of product type, volume, customization, timelines and pricing. As of June 30, 2021, our production plant had an aggregate gross floor area of approximately 42,695 square meter and we owned 10 prepreg machines and 27 forming machines and other special equipment including vacuum forming machine, automated painting robotic arm and an EFBE testing machine. The prepreg machines and forming machines are major machines we used in our manufacturing process. We use our prepreg machines to convert our raw material, carbon fiber yam, to carbon fiber sheet by adding our self-engineered resin to enhance the material’s malleability. We then utilize our forming machines to give designated shape, stiffness and strength to our products under high temperature. Further, we are committed to invest in enhancing the automation of our production process with an aim to accommodate the production for a variety of products with high precision, efficiency and consistency. We believe that with our production capabilities, coupled with our product design and development expertise, we are able to offer a comprehensive portfolio of carbon composite products to our customers.

 

Well-established relationship with customers and diversified customer base

 

We had established strong and long-standing business relationships with our key customers through our Predecessor Group, which connect us to internationally reputed sports brands (including their distributors), such as Colnago, Tecnifibre and Groupe Magellan SA, the distributor of Prince in France. We believe that our good business relationships connected directly or indirectly with internationally well-known sports brand operators, are recognitions of the high standards of our quality and services. We believe that such relationships help us enhance our reputation in the industry and attract new customers with profile similar to our existing branded customers. We mainly acquire customers by referrals from our existing customers, direct approach by potential customers after learning our industry reputation and our current customer base and direct approach by bicycle assemble houses which connect us to branded customers. We also approach potential customers directly through phone call and email. With our long-standing reputation, we are able to secure numerous new customers from different countries, such as Australia, Canada, the U.S., Spain and the PRC, which helps us maintain diversified base of customers. We believe these strong and extensive relationships enable us to establish and maintain market leadership in the carbon composite application industry. We believe that other than our reliable and high-quality products, our customers are satisfied with our dedicated customer services. We have adopted return policy on products with manufacturing defects to accommodate our customers. If after any checkup or analysis by our laboratory the defect of a product is found to be manufacturing defect, return and replacement of products will be made.

 

We also capitalize on our experiences in the current business operation to further expand into the European and US markets. In January 2021, we invested in 19.5% equity ownership of a bicycle assemble house in France, which is a newly established company without revenue or income yet, in consideration of 19,500 Euros (approximately $23,100), to enhance our presence in Europe.  We believe such measured business expansion strategy will help to further diversify our customer base and market recognition effectively.

 

Our Strategies

 

Our principal goal is to offer cutting edge technology and manufacturing expertise in carbon composite to customers in the international market and from different industries.

 

Enhance our research and development capabilities and enrich our product portfolio

 

We believe that it is essential for us to continue to strengthen our R&D team in order to improve our product quality, range of product and production efficiency. We intend to expand our research and development capabilities by setting up a R&D center in the U.S. to develop automation of our production process, integrate the most advanced technology to our production and acquire talents from the globe with a view to enhancing our perspective and innovation in research and development. We believe that development on automation of production process would greatly enhance the efficiency of production and minimize occurrence of human errors. We also believe that global talents with extensive industry experience would lead us to explore and develop the continuous innovation in technology research and development. To capitalize on the market opportunities, we intend to enrich our product portfolio to increase our profitability. Hence, we intend to further research and develop our material technology such that our product can be applied to greater variety of industries, such as electric vehicle and aerospace industries. Currently, we are also expanding our scope of products under the sporting goods industry. For instance, we are having upcoming new projects on producing padel rackets for major padel players and we commenced our production in the second half year of 2021 and launching of which will be in the first quarter of 2022. Further, in view of the growing market trend on electric vehicles, we plan to open up separate production line on automobile parts, supported by a local U.S. carbon fiber products manufacturer which we will invest in, in order to extend our production on key structural components for electric motorcycle and electric automobile in support of local U.S. manufacturer. We also intend to expand our business to electric vehicle market once we have developed appropriate scale and manufacturing automation and have established our strong presence in the U.S., so as to open up opportunities in public transport, freight and logistics vehicles. We intend to further improve our production efficiency by developing new production technologies and keeping abreast of latest growth and development of the industry. We also encourage our R&D personnel to participate in training provided by external research institutions in order to maintain our capabilities in developing new technologies and equipment.

 

89
 

 

Expand our customer base and extend our sales to global market

 

We intend to continue to leverage on our experience in carbon composite application industry to expand our market share and continue to identify new customers in these industries to diversify our customer base. In the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, our sales were made primarily to the Asia and Europe markets, which accounted for approximately 62.9% and 32.3% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019, approximately 50.7% and 40.4% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020, approximately 45.2% and 50.3% of our revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2020, and approximately 47.8% and 46.5% of our revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively. Our strategy is to further increase our market presence in Europe and the U.S. and expand our business in the PRC and other overseas market. In addition to our investment in 19.5% equity ownership of a bicycle assemble house in France, we plan to penetrate the Europe and U.S. markets by investing in other suitable local bicycle assemble house and setting up sales and administration offices in Europe and the U.S., in order to provide total solutions to our existing customers and enhance our presence in the U.S. and Europe markets by having direct access to the market. We also launched a co-owned electric bicycle brand, Ymagine, in Europe in July 2021 and intend to invest in a local electric bicycle brand in the U.S.

 

In addition, we also plan to build alliance with partners in different nations by firstly building up business relationship with potential customers from different countries progressively and discussing on investment plans on part of these customers’ operation after cooperating with them for certain period of time, in order to enter other overseas markets. In view of the fast growing trend of electric bicycle industry in the PRC, we plan to expand our business in the PRC market by promoting our electric bicycle products under our co-owned brand in Europe to local retail stores in China to attract domestic customers as end-users in the PRC. Further, we plan to expand our customer base and market sales by organizing and participating in different product exhibitions in the U.S. and the PRC. Apart from maintaining our strong and long-standing relationship with existing customers, we also intend to diversify our customer base, with a view to diverting our operational risks and enhance the sustainability of our business.

 

Vertical expansion of our business by establishing our own brand

 

We believe that our success is driven by our ability to adapt swiftly to the market demand and seamlessly cater the customers’ need. According to the industry report commissioned by us and prepared by Frost & Sullivan, the global expected CAGR of the carbon fiber bicycle parts industry from 2021 to 2025 is 16.0%. With the anticipation of further growth of demand on bicycles, in particular electric bicycles, in the future, we believe sales of our carbon composite electric bicycle and sporting goods will continue to grow remarkably in the coming years. The industry report prepared by Frost & Sullivan also reveals that the market size by revenue of carbon fiber racket parts will increase from US$243.9 million in 2021 to US$332.4 million in 2025, representing a CAGR of approximately 8.0%. To capitalize on the market opportunities, we established our co-owned electric bicycle brand, Imagine Bikes, in Europe in July 2021. In addition, we also plan to expand our business vertically in the next 1 to 3 years by establishing and launching our own brand in the U.S. by the first quarter of 2022 on carbon composite electric bicycle and sporting goods, ranging from electric bicycle, bicycle crank set, padel racket to mast foil, and intend to offer such products via online stores and distributing agents. Our brand will target end-consumers, who seeks for sporting goods of excellent quality and performance at reasonable price. We aim to set up a sales and administration office in the U.S. for selling products under our electric bicycles and sporting goods brand immediately after listing. We believe that setting up sales and administration office in the U.S. will help us further explore new areas of customer demand and drive the growth of our sales and enhance our brand recognition. We are also in the progress of setting up our sales and administration office in the Netherlands and are currently applying for its company registration.

 

Expand our production plant and capabilities

 

We expect the market demand for sports bicycle, electric bicycle, mast foil and padel rackets to increase in the near future, as there are rising number of inquiries on these products from our potential customers. We expect to capture the market growth and also increase our market share through our equipment upgrade and capacity expansion. According to the industry report prepared by Frost & Sullivan, the global carbon fiber bicycle parts market experienced moderate growth in recent years, increasing from approximately US$288 million in 2016 to US$462 million in 2020, registering a CAGR of 12.5%. Driven by improving people’s living standards, transformation of consumers, lifestyle and technology development, the market size of global carbon fiber bicycle parts industry is expected to increase from approximately US$522 million in 2021 to US$945 million in 2025, representing a CAGR of 16.0%. The penetration of carbon fiber professional-grade bicycles is expected to further grow due to its outstanding physical performance, while wider application of carbon fiber composite materials in the market on regular bicycles and electric bicycles is also expected. Referring to the industry report of Frost & Sullivan, the popularity of surfing and padel is increasing around the world and the foil mast made of carbon fiber are coming into people’s spotlight as carbon fiber foil masts enable surfers to maintain stability and avoid damage when riding big waves or immersing in seawater for a long period, which provides protection for surfers. The excellent performance of carbon fiber padel rackets is also widely recognized by athletes and the public as carbon fiber rackets can reduce the load on the arm during long rallies and improve the speed and efficiency when hitting the ball. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, the utilization rate of the production plant in Dongguan, the PRC, was approximately 80% and 80%, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, the utilization rate of the production plant in Dongguan, the PRC, was approximately 82% and 100%, respectively. As a result of the limited production capacity of our existing production plant, we currently outsource certain production processes that require less technical skills, such as painting, cosmetic and sanding. However, we still focus on our competencies on those key production processes, including structure design, lamination, formation and quality control. In order to cater for our expected growth in sales and increase our production capacity, we plan to a construct new production plant in the PRC and set up a micro factory in the U.S. by channeling our know-how from our production plant in China to the U.S. factory. In respect of our plan on new production plant in the PRC, we have already acquired the land use right of a parcel of land in Yangzhou and the expected time for completion of construction and commencement of operation would be in 2022. We also plan to set up our sales and administration office in the U.S. by the first quarter of 2022 and establish our micro factory in the U.S. by 2023.

 

90
 

 

Our Products and Services 

 

We are principally engaged in offering cutting edge technology and manufacturing expertise in carbon composite products, focusing on products in electric bicycle industry, sports bicycle industry, sporting goods industry, automobile industry and healthcare industry. Our products include carbon fiber electric bicycle and sports bicycle parts, rackets, automobile parts, medical robotic arms and healthcare products. Carbon fiber composite products are remarkable in their properties of high strength, durability, light weight, high stiffness and corrosion resistance. We aim at offering our customers superior levels of performance and efficiency on our products. Our carbon fiber composite products are also custom-made to meet our customers’ specifications and requirements. The life span and prices of composite products we manufacture varies depending on the specifications of the product.

 

Bicycle parts

 

Our bicycle-related products include key structural parts of electric bicycle and sports bicycle, such as bicycle frame, seat post, front fork, paddle, crank and handle bar and so on. As an important underpinning structure, bicycle frames are mostly made of Carbon Fiber Reinforced Polymers (CFRP) or carbon fiber composite materials, which has high rigidity, flexibility, durability and lightweight, determined by the fabric property, which is impregnated with a glue called resin that allows shaping and joining the material. The great advantage is that carbon fiber can be fine-tuned to provide any ride qualities riders desire. A bicycle fork is the part of a bicycle that holds the front wheel, which is commonly made of steel, aluminium, carbon fiber, titanium and other materials. Since the material of the forks can noticeably affect the feel and handling of the bicycle, forks of road bicycles and touring bicycles are usually made of carbon fiber to lessen and absorb vibrations from the road surface. Carbon crank wholly made of carbon fiber can minimize the weight of the bicycle while maintaining a smooth appearance; while handlebar made of carbon fiber can absorb vibrations and deliver outstanding strength-to-weight ratio, which is commonly applied in mountain bicycles and racing bicycles.

 

The figure below shows the key structural parts of a bicycle:

 

Source: Frost & Sullivan

 

We realized revenue of approximately $14.8 million and $14.3 million from our sales of bicycle parts for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, which accounted for approximately 64.9% and 64.4%, respectively, of our revenue for the corresponding periods. We realized revenue of approximately $6.2 million and $8.0 million from our sales of bicycle parts for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, which accounted for approximately 65.2% and 65.9%, respectively, of our revenue for the corresponding periods. In the future, we will continue to engage in and focus on our sales of bicycle parts, in particular electric bicycles, in light of the expected market growth the electric bicycle industry.

 

91
 

 

We believe that there is a strong market demand on sports bicycles and electric bicycles in the global market. According to the industry report prepared by Frost & Sullivan, such inclining trend on the demand of bicycle products is mainly attributable to the change in people’s habit on pursuing healthier lifestyle and the implementation of government policies on supporting environmentally friendly transportation or vehicles. Additionally, in the aftermath of the outbreak of COVID-19, the market demand on bicycle products is likely to grow as people are spending more time on outdoor activities domestically owing to the travel restrictions implemented globally. In light of the inclining market demand on bicycle products, in the future, we will focus on sales of bicycle products and continue to enhance the quality and modify the design of our sports bicycle and electric bicycle products. For further details in respect of the industry report prepared by Frost & Sullivan, see the section “Industry” of this prospectus.

 

With our direction on commercializing and popularizing more bicycle products, including both electric bicycle and sports bicycle, in the future, we continuously design and develop new models of bicycle products. In 2021, we launched 28 new models of bicycle, and in 2022, 24 new models of bicycle are expected to be launched. We combined our competitive strengths on material technology and structural design expertise in the development of our new electric bicycle models under the concerted effort of our R&D team in Taichung and Dongguan, the PRC. Distinguished from other electric bicycles available in the market, our new electric bicycle model adopts minimalistic and stylish structural design, which is able to hide the battery in a less visible manner. Its key components are made of our developed nano resins, which boosts its level of stiffness and weight savings, such that these new models could offer smoother and more cozy commuting experience to customers.

 

Below are some of the electric bicycle and sports bicycle models that we co-designed with customers and manufactured their carbon fiber parts:

 

One of the most requested carbon full suspension electric bicycles in market launched under a reputed Swiss-based bicycle brand.  

The entire frame of this electric bicycle is constructed of carbon fiber, which keeps its weight down to 20.54kg and it won acclaim internationally for its lightness, agility and directness on trails.

 

92
 

 

YMA 2017 B-01 

The first carbon electric mountain bicycle open model launched by us. 

A lightweight carbon-fiber electric mountain bicycle with the improved vehicle weight to a new level. This open model carbon frame is made with more concise appearance design, pull-up battery extraction and higher frame strength. The geometric design of this bicycle is compatible with 500W & 600W battery.

 

YMA 2017 S-01 

The first carbon electric mountain bicycle open model launched and its carbon fiber frame is manufactured to fulfill the industry standard weight.

 

93
 

 

 

 

Colnago 2017 V2-R

This racing bicycle is launched by Colnago, a prominent high-end road-racing bicycle brand based in Italy. Seat post clamp of Colnago 2017 V2-R is designed to boost the aero efficiency of the bicycle.

 

 

 

 

Colnago 2021 V3-R

This racing bicycle is also launched by Colnago and is an upgraded version of Colnago 2017 V2-R. The V3Rs Capsule Collection represents excellence in terms of technological innovation, performance and style. We used a new type of carbon fiber that allows Colnago V3Rs to significantly increase the rigidity to lateral flexions. Tadej Pogacar rode Colnago V3R in winning his championship in Tour de France 2021. The ability to absorb vertical shocks has improved significantly, which translates into greater comfort. Colnago 2021 V3-R is fast on long climbs, in windy plains, on big tours and in stages and its design improves the concepts of lightness and aerodynamics of its road frames.

 

94
 

 

 

A mountain bicycle launched by a reputed Swiss-based bicycle brand that is reliable in all conditions and surfaces and allows world-class performance.

Manufactured with high-strength and modular high-end carbon fibers, the frame is controlled at a light weight combined with the low frame weight give this bicycle an enormous amount of propulsion.

 

95
 

 

 

One of the most desirable urban electric bicycles in the market launched by a reputed Swiss-based bicycle brand. With our carbon fiber frame adopted, this electric bicycle weights lighter than a typical electric bicycle. On the road, this electric bicycle is extremely good-natured and predictable, making it the perfect companion for the next city adventure.

 

Rackets

 

Our racket products include carbon fiber tennis rackets, badminton rackets, squash rackets and beach tennis rackets. We also provide racket stringing services upon customers’ requests. Based on our customers’ requirements and specifications, our racket development team provides product design that could enhance products’ efficiency, endurance and functionalities. Mass production of racket products will only be carried out after the prototype has passed our product tests in our test center. Racket products are usually delivered to customers’ warehouse around the world through free on board (FOB) in Hong Kong.

 

According to the industry report prepared by Frost & Sullivan, driven by the higher requirements on the mechanical properties of rackets and increasing purchasing ability of high-end sports goods customers, the market size by revenue of global carbon fiber applied in rackets has witnessed a steady growth, increasing from US$194.1 million in 2016 to US$242.6 million in 2019. Promoted by the increasing health awareness post-pandemic, encouraging policies of sports activities in developing countries, as well as progressed carbon fiber manufacturing techniques, it is estimated that the demand of carbon fiber applied in rackets will further rise and the market size by revenue of carbon fiber racket parts will increase from US$243.9 million in 2021 to US$332.4 million in 2025, representing a CAGR of approximately 8.0%. In light of the inclining market demand on racket products, in the future, we will focus on sales of racket products and continue to enhance the quality and modify the design of our racket products. For further details in respect of the industry report prepared by Frost & Sullivan, see the section “Industry” of this prospectus.

 

We generated revenue of approximately $8.0 million and $7.9 million from our sales of racket for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, which accounted for approximately 34.9% and 35.5%, respectively, of our revenue for the corresponding periods. We generated revenue of approximately $3.3 million and $4.2 million from our sales of racket for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, which accounted for approximately 34.6% and 34.1%, respectively, of our revenue for the corresponding periods. In the future, we will continue to engage in our sales of racket products and we expect that our sales of rackets will remain stable in the first half of 2022.

 

96
 

 

Below are some of the championship rackets we co-designed with our customers and manufactured their carbon fiber parts:

 

 

PRINCE Twistpower X100

 

Twistpower X100 is a Prince tennis racket distributed by Groupe Magellan S.A. Twistpower X100 is a light and speedy player’s racket that rewards full swings with a great combination of spin, power and precision. It has uniquely good feel and pocketing, which comes in part from a twisted shaft design which helps the racket bend optimally at impact.

 

 

TECNIFIBRE CARBOFLEX 125S

 

Carboflex 125S is a squash racket launched by Tecnifibre, a French brand of sporting equipment, specializing in tennis and squash. Carboflex 125S is used by Mohamed El Shorbagy, the world number one squash player in 2020. It offers quick response, great maneuverability and high swing speed.

     

 

PRINCE Pro Rebel 950

Pro Rebel 950 is a Prince squash racket distributed by Groupe Magellan S.A. It offers an excellent accuracy and unique maneuverability for players seeking for enhanced performance with lightweight power. Prince Pro Rebel 950 is endorsed by Ramy Ashour, a former worldclass professional squash player.

 

 

 

TECNIFIBRE Wall Master 360 PHD

Wall Master 360 PHD is the padel paddle dedicated to club players and it has been engineered with a round head shop to optimize precision and control. Its light weight also allows easier maneuverability.

 

97
 

 

Other products

 

Other products include automobile parts, healthcare products, prepreg sheets and carbon fiber boards.

 

We generated revenue of $28,267 and $22,328 from our sales of other products for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, which accounted for approximately 0.1% and 0.1% of our revenue for the corresponding periods. We generated revenue of $20,611 and $0 from our sales of other products for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, which accounted for 0.2% and approximately 0% of our revenue for the corresponding periods. Despite that our revenue from our sales of other products accounts for a relatively small portion of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, we intend to expand and develop our products on automobile parts, healthcare products and raw materials. We are currently in discussion with a number of customers concerning new projects on certain healthcare products and motorcycle parts.

 

(i) Automobile parts

 

Our automobile-related products include carbon fiber parts of automobile, such as air intakes, air-collecting hoods, engine rods, seat back, windshield, handlebar, and so on. Similar to the production model of our bicycle products, our automobile parts development team will first discuss with our customers on the design and specification of the automobile parts. Our R&D team will then commence the product development process based on our customers’ specific requirements.

 

The electric vehicle market is showing a pattern of continued growth and such trend is pushed forward by the favorable government policies on promoting the use of electric vehicles in different countries, such as providing tax incentives and subsidies. Due to the light-weight property, strength and stiffness of carbon composite, it is commonly used as the major material for producing key components of electric vehicles, such as air intake and seatback. In order to seize market opportunities, we have been preparing the know-how to produce carbon fiber automobile parts since 2019 and have expanded our R&D on technology of producing carbon fiber automobile parts. Although our revenue from sales of automobile parts is yet to be significant in the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, we received numerous inquiries from customers in the electric vehicle industry and we expect that there will be more upcoming projects on automobile parts in the future.

 

Below are some of the carbon fiber automobile parts manufactured by us:

 

  

Air intake of automobile

 

 

Air intake of automobile

 

  

Air-collecting hoods of automobile

 

  

Wind shield of motorcycle

 

 

cover sets of motor cycle

 

 

Seat back of automobile

 

 

Engine rod of automobile

 

 

Handlebar of motorcycle

 

(ii) Healthcare and other products

 

We had also manufactured carbon fiber healthcare products and other parts, which include carbon fiber senior walker, wheelchair, medical robotic arm, electric wheelchair robotic arm and drone parts. We adopt the same ODM model in respect of the production of health care and other products.

 

According to the industry report prepared by Frost & Sullivan, carbon fiber is usually used in the chassis and backrest frame of wheelchairs, featuring lightness, stiffness and exceptional durability. The stability and biocompatibility of carbon fiber materials have attracted extensive attention in medical devices and biomaterials. In addition, with the continuous improvement of carbon fiber production and processing technology, carbon fiber has gained more market share in robotic arms, particularly industrial robots. Compared to traditional robotic arms made of aluminium alloy and alloy steel, carbon fiber robotic arms have higher flexibility, fracture resistance and a longer service life. Also, the vibration dampening of carbon fiber robotic arms allows for precise control and positioning, enhancing working speed and efficiency of robots. With the accelerated automation process and wide application of industrial robotics, carbon fiber is expected to develop further and be favored by downstream customers. Therefore, we intended to further expand our production on healthcare products and we are currently in discussion with a number of customers concerning new projects on certain healthcare products. For further details in respect of the industry report prepared by Frost & Sullivan, see the section “Industry” of this prospectus.

 

98
 

 

Below are some of the healthcare products and other products we co-designed with our customers and manufactured their carbon fiber parts:

 

  

Rollator

 

Wheelchair

 

  

Medical robotic arm

  

Electric wheelchair robotic arm

 

  

Medical robotic arm

Rollator

 

Research and Development

 

From January 2017 to June 2021, our continued expenditure in research and development has amounted to an aggregate of approximately $7.5 million. We had a R&D team of 65 members as of June 30, 2021. The majority of our R&D team members also have over 10 years of experience in industries relevant to our business. We predominately focused on developing know-how for the carbon fiber & resin application technology and carbon fiber & resin processing technology. We obtained a number of patents in this area. For more details on our patents, see the paragraph “Intellectual Property” in this section.

 

99
 

 

Our R&D center in Taichung focuses on resin material application, new product development and production process enhancement. We invested approximately NTD72.2 million (approximately $2.6 million) in our R&D in Taiwan to develop our resin technology between January 2017 and June 2021, and we have various resin recipes for applications on different scope of products. Meanwhile, our R&D center in Dongguan, the PRC, focuses on structural design of products, testing on product performance and enhancement on strength and stiffness of products and we invested approximately RMB31.5 million (approximately $4.9 million) from January 2017 to June 2021 in our R&D in Dongguan, the PRC, and we have on-site machinery and equipment for product testing in order to offer more comprehensive services to our customer.

 

In 2020, we entered into a strategic cooperation with National Chin-Yi University of Technology in Taiwan, which provides us with opportunities in personnel training, technologies sharing and technical supports.

 

In the future, as part of our use of proceeds, we intend to open up a new R&D center in the U.S. in order to focus on our research and development on automation of production processes. For more details on our use of proceeds, see “Use of Proceeds” section.

 

Raw Materials and Suppliers

 

Our major raw materials mainly include carbon fiber yam and resin, which are the major components for manufacturing carbon composite material of our products. Typically, our purchases are made based on the purchase orders we receive from our customers and customer’s forecast for the year after. We mainly purchase top-graded carbon fiber yam and resin from independent suppliers in Japan, Taiwan and PRC. To procure carbon fiber yam from Japan, we are required to obtain Special General Bulk Export License from the Japanese government in order to comply with regulations from the Security Export Control implemented in Japan. In order to avoid over-reliance on a single source of supply, we will continue to maintain more than one supplier for each category of our major raw materials. For instance, we have been sourcing quality carbon fiber yam not only from Japan and Taiwan, but also from certain reliable suppliers in PRC. Save as disclosed above, during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we had not encountered any material shortage, delay or major difficulty in the procurement of raw materials from our suppliers.

 

Customers

 

We supply our products directly or indirectly to reputed branded customers predominantly engaged in the electric bicycle industry, sports bicycle industry, sporting goods industry, automobile industry and healthcare industry, most of which are based in European countries, including Colnago, an international high-end road-racing bicycle manufacturer and trader based in Italy, and Tecnifibre, a well-known French brand of sporting equipment specializing in tennis and squash. We usually supply our products on an order basis and we do not have formal contracts or agreements with our customers. Hence, sales terms and arrangements are made through purchase orders from the customers and accepted by us.

 

We are currently diversifying our customer base in order to lower our exposure to risks relating to reliance on any one single customer. Leveraging our substantial experience and expertise in the carbon composite application industry and sporting goods industry, we believe we are positioned to maintain our relationship with our current customers, and further expand our customer base in the future.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

We primarily acquire our customers by the following means: (i) referrals from our existing customers; (ii) direct approach to potential customers through phone calls or emails; (iii) direct approach by potential customers after learning our industry reputation and our current customer base; and (iv) direct approach by bicycle assemble houses which connect us to branded customers. Our sales and marketing team is responsible for handling purchase orders received from our customers, coordinating with our production plant for execution of purchasing orders, and communicating with customers on their requests and feedbacks and developing relationship with customers. We generally market and tailor-make products for our branded customers. We seek opportunities to expand our customer base while maintain our business relationship with our existing customers. We conduct visits to and meet with our existing major customers from time to time with a view to securing existing business, promoting our scope of business and our range of products, and increasing of their chance of engaging new projects with us. Our customers will also regularly visit our Taichung headquarters and Dongguan production plant to discuss ongoing projects, explore opportunities of new projects and share business and market information. In 2018, we had our anniversary celebrations and we invited our customers, suppliers and connoisseur to attend our celebration, during which we introduced the history and development of our Group, our major products and new products to be launched. In terms of after-sales service, our sales and marketing team gathers feedback from our customers regarding our products from time to time. We visit our customers on a periodic basis to discuss the quality of our products and services.

 

100
 

 

Seasonality

 

Our products and services have no obvious seasonal characteristics. We generally record relatively stable sales revenue around the year. We only experience production declines during the first two months of the year due to the Chinese New Year holidays. To overcome the seasonality effect on production, we encourage our manufacturing employees to take early leave for the Chinese New Year and resume work as soon as possible in February.

 

Quality Control

 

We place great emphasis on the quality of our products. We have adopted stringent quality procedures throughout each stage in the entire production processes from the inspection of raw materials, production of prototype, manufacturing processes to finished products. We have our internal quality control room for testing the quality of the incoming raw materials We also have our reliability test laboratory and in-house testing equipment serving a purpose of continuously monitoring the reliability and function stability of our products. Our quality control team is responsible for developing and implementing the quality control policy, which specifies various quality control steps for different products at different stages.

 

We have a stringent management system to ensure adherence to and consistency in the quality of our products. We obtained ISO9001:2015 certification in 2011 for manufacture of carbon fiber rackets and obtained IATF 16949:2016 certification in 2019 for manufacture of carbon fiber seat fittings. We also adopt the EFBE on certain bicycle and electric bicycle products. EFBE tests offer comprehensive and high-standard tests on bicycle-related products, such as fatigue tests on bicycle parts, maximum load and overload test stands and stiffness test stands. The EFBF are compatible with ISO4210 and European standard EN15194. In consideration of saving time and cost, we have acquired EFBE testing machines in March 2021, so that we are capable of quickly running our own in-house tests and ensure that our bicycle and electric bicycle products adhere to the EFBE. We did not experience any significant quality defects or product claims or refunds or returns from our customers or remedies in respect of our products which materially and adversely affected our business, operations or financial conditions during the two years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and up to the date of this prospectus.

 

Intellectual Property

 

We regard our patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights as critical to our success. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws and restrictions on disclosure to protect our intellectual property rights. Our intellectual property portfolio as of the date of this prospectus included the following:

 

Patents: We have 31 registered patents in Taiwan, PRC, Japan, Europe and the U.S., among which 7 of them are invention patents, 14 of them are utility model patents and 10 of them are design patents). The registered patents cover bicycle, racket and manufacturing process of carbon fiber products. Details of the 31 registered patents are as follows:

 

No.  Patent Description  Holder  Place of Registration  Patent Type  Patent Number  Duration
                   
1  Carbon-fiber product forming device  Star Leader Trading  Taiwan  Utility Model  M538875  April 1, 2017 – August 4, 2026
2  Carbon-fiber product forming device  Star Leader Trading  PRC  Utility Model  ZL201620845839.X  August 5, 2016 – August 5, 2026
3  Carbon-fiber product forming device  Star Leader Trading  Japan  Utility Model  3208329  October 24, 2016 – October 24, 2026
4  Apparatus of manufacturing carbon fiber prepreg  TW YMA  Taiwan  Utility Model  M567260  September 21, 2018 – May 17, 2028
5  Carbon fiber prepreg material preparation equipment  TW YMA  PRC  Utility Model  ZL201821112561.0  July 13, 2018 – July 13, 2028
6  Twisted bicycle frame  TW YMA  PRC  Utility Model  ZL201821587258.6  September 28, 2018 – September 28, 2028
7  Tennis racket with padding material  TW YMA  Taiwan  Utility Model  M581924  August 11, 2019 - January 28, 2029
8  Lightweight pike racket  TW YMA  Taiwan  Utility Model  M581926  August 11, 2019 - January 28, 2029
9  Lightweight pike racket  TW YMA  PRC  Utility Model  ZL201920211539.X  February 19, 2019 - February 19, 2029
10  Tennis racket with packing material  TW YMA  Japan  Utility Model  3221292  February 27, 2019 - February 27, 2029
11  Racket frame with shock absorption effect  TW YMA  PRC  Utility Model  ZL201921038799.8  July 4, 2019 - July 4, 2029
12  The badminton racket frame has functions of adjusting shock absorption effect and changing gravity center position  TW YMA  PRC  Utility Model  ZL201921033514.1  July 4, 2019 - July 4, 2029
13  The racket frame having a vibration absorbing effect  TW YMA  Japan  Utility Model  3223222  July 12, 2019 - July 12, 2029
14  Badminton racket that can adjust vibration absorption effect and change the center of gravity position  TW YMA  Japan  Utility Model  3223277  July 18, 2019 - July 18, 2029

 

101
 

 

15  Racket with replaceable grip sleeve  TW YMA  the U.S.  Invention  US8579738B2  May 11, 2012 – June 5, 2032
16  Weight changeable racket  TW YMA  the U.S.  Invention  US8721478B2  May 11, 2012 – August 9, 2032
17  Weighting device and racket equipped with the same  TW YMA  the U.S.  Invention  US8758175B2  May 22, 2012 – January 26, 2033
18  Shock-absorbing seat stay for bicycle  TW YMA  the U.S.  Invention  US8894085B2  April 16, 2013 – April 16, 2033
19  Twisted tennis racket frame  TW YMA  Europe  Invention  EP3056249B1  December 28, 2015 – December 28, 2035
20  Device method forming carbon-fiber product  Star Leader  Europe  Invention  EP3278965  November 7, 2016 – November 7, 2036
21  Method of forming carbon-fiber product and implementation device thereof  Star Leader Trading  the U.S.  Invention  US10500798B2  November 16, 2016 – August 25, 2037
22  Racket  TW YMA  the U.S.  Design  USD561279S  February 5, 2008 – February 5, 2022
23  Squash racket  TW YMA  Europe  Design  005804630-0001  October 23, 2018 - October 23, 2043
24  Squash frame  TW YMA  PRC  Design  ZL201830591835.8  October 23, 2018 - October 23, 2028
25  Badminton racket frame  TW YMA  PRC  Design  ZL201930062297.8  February 12, 2019 - February 12, 2029
26  Badminton racket frame  TW YMA  PRC  Design  ZL201930062298.2  February 12, 2019 - February 12, 2029
27  Squash racket  TW YMA  the U.S.  Design  USD876562S  February 25, 2020 - February 25, 2035
28  Badminton racket frame  TW YMA  Japan  Design  1643801  January 31, 2019 – January 31, 2039
29  Badminton racket frame  TW YMA  Japan  Design  1643802  January 31, 2019 – January 31, 2039
30  Tennis Racket Frame  TW YMA  the U.S.  Design  USD813962S  March 27, 2018 – March 27, 2033
31  Tennis Racket Frame  TW YMA  the U.S.  Design  USD777859S  January 31, 2017 – January 31, 2032

 

102
 

 

We had applied for the registration of the following patents in Taiwan, PRC, Vietnam, Cambodia and Germany, covering carbon-fiber products manufacturing, parts manufacturing and prepreg production equipment. Details of the 6 patent applications  are as follows:

 

No.  Patent Description  Holder  Place of Application  Patent Type  Application Number  Date of Application
1  Manufacturing method of bicycle parts  TW YMA  Taiwan  Invention  109110056  March 25, 2020
2  Manufacturing method of parts  TW YMA  Taiwan  Invention  109144726  December 17, 2020
3  Manufacturing method of parts  TW YMA  PRC  Invention  202011642889.5  December 30, 2020
4  Carbon-fiber prepreg producing equipment  TW YMA  Vietnam  Invention  VN 1-2018-05804  December 21, 2018
5  Carbon-fiber prepreg producing equipment  TW YMA  Cambodia  Invention  KH/P/2018/00062  December 6, 2018
6  Equipment for the production of carbo fiber prepreg materials  TW YMA  Germany  Invention  102018221759.9   December 14, 2018

 

  ●

Trademarks: We owned a total of 12 registered trademarks in PRC and Taiwan. Our trademarks include the combination of graphs and names for TW YMA:

 

 

 

  ● Domain name: We have 1 registered domain name in the U.S., which is www.ymaunivers.com.

 

In addition to the foregoing protections, we generally control access to and use of our proprietary and other confidential information through the use of internal and external controls. For example, for external controls, we enter into non-disclosure agreements or agree to confidentiality clauses with our customers and, for internal controls, we adopt and maintain policies governing the operation and maintenance of our systems and the management of user-generated data, and enter into standard confidentiality and intellectual property agreements with our key employees.

 

103
 

 

Competition

 

According to the industry report commissioned by us and prepared by Frost & Sullivan, at present, there is a fierce competition in the low-end carbon fiber market with low profit margins. There is still a large profit margin in the mid-end and high-end carbon fiber markets. However, in the future, the demands of carbon fiber products for consumption use will continue to be released. With the development of technology, there will be increasing application of carbon fiber for new purpose and usage, and the cost of carbon fiber will be reduced. It is expected that these factors will enable a higher margin for the manufacturers and promote people’s willingness to buy carbon fiber productions sports and leisure products. In the future, long-term low-price competition will force low-end carbon fiber products manufacturers to face business transformation. However, manufacturers who develop mid-end and high-end products will maintain their first mover advantages through resource accumulation and research and development capability and maintain a leading position in the industry.

 

Our ability to remain competitive will largely depend on our business model, the quality of our products and services, the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts and our ability to enhance the features and functionality of our products to satisfy our customers’ needs.

 

We believe that the principal competitive factors in our market are:

 

  ● Core competence in providing high-standard customized products according to customers’ specifications;
     
  ● quality of technologies and, as a result, research and development capabilities;
     
  ● ability to innovate and respond rapidly to customer needs;
     
  ● strategic expansion of production capacity and quality management;
     
  ● ability to control costs;
     
  ● sufficient capital support; and
     
  ● brand awareness and reputation of the Company.

 

Employees

 

We had 901 full-time employees as of June 30, 2021. As of the date of this prospectus, our employees are based in Taiwan and the PRC. In order to address the development, attraction and retention of personnel, we made continued and substantial investment in our technical personnel by providing them with training and various types of incentives so as to reward them for their services and contributions.

 

The following table provides the number of our employees by function, as of June 30, 2021:

 

Function  Number of Full-Time Employees 
R&D   65 
Quality control   9 
Business development   24 
Procurement   11 
Management   2 
Accounting & finance   13 
Production   746 
Human resources, I.T. & Administration   31 
Total   901 

 

104
 

 

As required by the laws of the PRC, we participate in various employee social security plans that are organized by municipal and provincial governments for our PRC-based full-time employees, including pension, unemployment insurance, childbirth insurance, work-related injury insurance and medical insurance. We are required under PRC law to make contributions monthly at specified percentages of the salaries, bonuses and certain allowances of our PRC-based full-time employees, up to maximum amounts specified by applicable local governments. For risks relating to our failure to make adequate contributions for social insurance premiums for our employees in accordance with the statutory payment base required by the relevant PRC laws, see “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Conducting Operations in PRC – We may be subject to additional contributions under various employee benefits plans and late payments and fines imposed by relevant government authority.”

 

We have a defined contribution pension plan under Taiwan’s Labor Pension Act covering all Taiwan employees. We contribute 6% of an employee’s monthly wages to the personal pension account of such employee each month with the Bureau of Labor Insurance of Taiwan.

 

We enter into labor contracts and standard confidentiality with our key employees. We have been involved in 9 legal proceedings in relation to labor disputes during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, all of which have been duly settled. None of our employees are represented by labor unions.

 

Inventory

 

We generally maintain limited inventory. We order materials for our projects on an as-needed basis. Where our proprietary products are needed, we place orders with our suppliers for raw materials and commence our production upon receipt of orders from our customers.

 

We held total inventory of $8,176,729 and $11,699,660 as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and $20,124,028 as of June 30, 2021. The higher level of total inventory in December 31, 2020 as compare to December 31, 2019 was mainly due to increased demand from our customers for shipments to be made in the first half of 2021. The higher level of total inventory in June 30, 2021 as compare to December 31, 2020 was mainly due to unstable shipping schedule of our products. As demands from our customers are dependent on, among other things, market conditions, the higher level of inventory in the year ended December 31, 2020 may not be indicative of our future inventory levels.

 

Properties

 

Our headquarters are located in 7/F-1, No.633, Sec. 2, Taiwan Blvd., Xitun District, Taichung City 407, Taiwan (the “Taichung headquarters”), and we maintain a R&D center with material laboratory in Taichung and production plant in Dongguan in the PRC. As of June 30, 2021, we have land use right to one property of approximately 64,851 square meters (approximately 698,050.4 square feet) at the development zones for new and high technology industries in Yangzhou, the PRC (the “Yangzhou Property”), which would be used for building our new production plant in Yangzhou under our expansion plan. We currently leased 6 properties with an aggregate of approximately 14,175.3 square meters (approximately 152,581.73 square feet) in Taiwan and PRC, which primarily carry out production function. Saved for our Yangzhou Property, we lease all of our facilities and do not own any real property. We do not expect to experience difficulties in renewing any of the leases when they expire. For the leasing agreement of our production plant located at No. 613, Dongfu Guoyong 2003, No. 128 Industrial Zone, Tangxia Town, Dongguan City, it contains a renewal clause in which we enjoy the right to preferential lease, and therefore, we do not expect to experience difficulties in renewing such lease. If we require additional space, we expect to be able to obtain additional facilities on commercially reasonable terms.

 

105
 

 

Address   Size   Rent   Expiration

Flat 1 & 2, 7th Floor, No. 633, Section 2, Taiwan Blvd., Xitun District, Taichung City, Taiwan

  approximately 696.5 square meters (approximately 7,497.1 square feet)   NTD21,714 per month (approximately $7,586)   August 16, 2022
             

No. 18, 1 Shude Lane, South District, Taichung City, Taiwan

  approximately 696.9 square meters (approximately 7,501.4 square feet)   NTD204,336 per month (approximately $7,321)   June 15, 2023
             

Car Park Space B4-72, 73, 74, 75 & 76, No. 633, Section 2, Taiwan Blvd., Xitun District, Taichung City, Taiwan

  N/A   NTD15,000 per month (approximately $537)   August 16, 2022
             

4/F and 5/F, Block B, Industrial Zone, 93 Tangxia Main Road South, Dongguan City, PRC

  approximately 750 square meters (approximately 8,072.93 square feet)   RMB16,500 per month (approximately $2,554)   February 25, 2025
             
No. 613, Dongfu Guoyong 2003, No. 128 Industrial Zone, Tangxia Town, Dongguan City, PRC   approximately 12,031.9 square meters (approximately 129,510.3 square feet)   RMB1,030,000 per month (approximately $159,442)   February 25, 2025

 

For risks relating to our failure to fully comply with the land use right assignment contract entered into between Bohong Technology and the PRC government authority in respect of the Yangzhou Property, see “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Conducting Operations in PRC – We have entered into land use right assignment transaction with PRC government authority and we may be subject to penalties for failure to fully comply with the contract thereunder.”

 

Insurance

 

We maintain commercial fire insurance for our headquarters, R&D center and warehouse in Taiwan and public general liability insurance in Taiwan. In respect of the production plant, R&D center and warehouses in Dongguan, the PRC, we maintain property all risks insurance. We also maintain credit insurance in respect of debts arising in the course of business activity and from the trading of products and performance of services under TW YMA. In addition, we purchase cargo transportation insurance to insure the risks and liabilities in relation to the shipping of our products and raw materials between our warehouse in Taiwan, production plant and warehouse in the PRC and delivery points designated by customers. We also maintain commercial general liability insurance with products liability coverage in respect of the bicycle parts products, senior walker products, motorcycle handler and pre-preg materials manufactured or distributed by us and exported or sold worldwide. We consider our insurance coverage to be consistent with customary industry standards adopted by other companies in the same industry and of similar size.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

Other than the legal proceedings in relation to the labor disputes disclosed in the sub-section above headed “Employees” under the Business section, we are not a party to, nor are we aware of, any legal proceedings, investigations or claims which, in the opinion of our management, are likely to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

106
 

 

REGULATIONS

 

Our business operations are primarily in Taiwan and the PRC and we are primarily subject to Taiwan and the PRC laws and regulations. This section sets forth a summary of the most significant regulations or requirements that affect our business activities in Taiwan and PRC or our shareholders’ rights to receive dividends and other distributions from us.

 

Regulations in Taiwan

 

Regulations Relating to Foreign Exchange

 

Taiwan Foreign Exchange Control Law and regulations provide that all foreign exchange transactions must be executed by banks designated by Taiwan’s Financial Supervisory Commission and the Central Bank of the Republic of China (Taiwan) to engage in such transactions. Current regulations favor trade-related or service-related foreign exchange transactions. Consequently, foreign currency earned from exports of merchandise and services may now be retained and used freely by exporters, and all foreign currency needed for the importation of merchandise and services may be purchased freely from the designated foreign exchange banks.

 

Apart from trade-related or service-related foreign exchange transactions, Taiwan companies and individual residents reaching the age of 20 may, without foreign exchange approval, remit foreign currency of up to US$50 million (or its equivalent) and US$5 million (or its equivalent) to and from Taiwan (or such other amount as determined by the Central Bank of the Republic of China (Taiwan) from time to time at its discretion in consideration of Taiwan’s economic and financial conditions or the needs to maintain the order of foreign exchange market in Taiwan), respectively, in each calendar year. The above limits apply to remittances involving either a conversion of NTD into a foreign currency or a conversion of foreign currency into NTD. In addition, a requirement is also imposed on all enterprises to register medium- and long-term foreign debt with the Central Bank of the Republic of China (Taiwan).

 

Subject to specified requirements but without foreign exchange approval of the Central Bank of the Republic of China (Taiwan), foreign persons may remit to and from Taiwan foreign currencies of up to US$100,000 (or its equivalent) per remittance if the required documentation is provided to the authorities in Taiwan. The above limit applies to remittances involving either a conversion of NTD into a foreign currency or a conversion of foreign currency into NTD.

 

Regulations Relating to Dividend Distributions

 

Except under limited circumstances, a Taiwanese company will not be permitted to distribute dividends or make other distributions to shareholders in any given year in which it did not record net income or retained earnings (excluding reserves). The Taiwan Company Act requires that 10% of annual net income (less prior years’ losses, if any, and applicable income taxes) be set aside as a legal reserve until the accumulated legal reserve equals the paid-in capital of the company. The company will be permitted to make distributions to its shareholders in cash or in the form of ordinary shares from legal reserves if it has no accumulated loss, provided that the distribution payable out of the company’s legal reserve can only come from the amount exceeding 25% of the total paid-in capital.

 

The articles of incorporation of TW YMA provide that its net profit after tax shall be distributed first for making up accumulated losses, and then setting aside 10% as legal reserve, unless the accumulated legal reserve equals the paid-in capital. The remaining earnings along with the undistributed earnings at the beginning of the period are considered as accumulated distributable earnings. The shareholders’ dividends are appropriated based on the accumulated distributable earnings. The dividend payout ratio is proposed by TW YMA’s board of directors and approved by its shareholder(s) at the shareholders’ meeting.

 

107
 

 

According to the articles of incorporation of TW YMA, upon the final settlement of accounts, if there is any surplus profit (meaning the net profit before tax before deduction of employees’ remuneration), TW YMA shall set aside at least 10% of the surplus profit as employees’ remuneration, and set aside certain amount as the remuneration of directors and supervisors; provided that if TW YMA has accumulated losses, it shall reserve an amount thereof for making up the losses. Employees’ remuneration may be in the form of cash or shares. Employees (including those of TW YMA’s controlling companies or subsidiaries) entitled to such remuneration or other employee incentive programs shall meet certain requirements, and such requirements shall be determined by the board of directors of TW YMA.

 

Regulations Relating to Preemptive Rights

 

Under Taiwan Company Act, when a Taiwan company issues new shares for cash, the company’s employees, whether they are shareholders of the company or not, have rights to subscribe for 10% to 15% of the new issue, and existing shareholders who are listed on the shareholders’ register as of the record date have a preemptive right to acquire the remaining 85% to 90% of the issue; provided that pursuant to the Statute For Investment By Foreign Nationals, such employee preemptive rights may be excluded if 45% or more of the company’s total capital is owned by foreign investors.

 

Regulations on Taxation

 

Effective from 2018, Taiwan’s Income Tax Law abolished the imputation system, raised the corporate income tax rate from 17% to 20%, and reduced the rate of surtax imposed on unappropriated earnings from 10% to 5%. Effective from 2020, Taiwan’s Statute for Industrial Innovation extended the tax incentive by 10 years for R&D expenditure. In addition, if a company uses its undistributed earnings to construct or purchase buildings, software or hardware equipment, or technology for use in production or operation, such investment amounts may be deducted from the undistributed earnings in calculation of the current year’s undistributed earnings for assessment of surtax imposed on undistributed earnings from the year 2018.

 

The alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) imposed under Taiwan’s AMT Act is a supplemental income tax which applies if the amount of regular income tax calculated pursuant to Taiwan’s Income Tax Law and relevant laws and regulations is below the amount of basic tax prescribed under the AMT Act. The taxable income for calculating AMT includes most income that is exempt from income tax under various regulations, such as tax holidays. The prevailing AMT rate for business entities is 12%.

 

Regulations in PRC

 

Regulations on Foreign Currency Exchange

 

The principal regulations governing foreign currency exchange in China are the Foreign Exchange Administration Regulations, most recently amended in 2008. Under PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, such as profit distributions, interest payments and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval from the SAFE, by complying with certain procedural requirements. By contrast, approval from or registration with appropriate government authorities is required where RMB is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital account items, such as direct investments, repayment of foreign currency-denominated loans, repatriation of investments and investments in securities outside of China.

 

In 2012, SAFE promulgated the Circular of Further Improving and Adjusting Foreign Exchange Administration Policies on Foreign Direct Investment, or Circular 59, as amended in May 2015, which substantially amends and simplifies the foreign exchange procedure. Pursuant to Circular 59, the opening of various special purpose foreign exchange accounts, such as pre-establishment expenses accounts, foreign exchange capital accounts and guarantee accounts, the reinvestment of Renminbi proceeds derived by foreign investors in the PRC, and remittance of foreign exchange profits and dividends by an foreign-invested enterprise, or FIE to its foreign shareholders no longer require the approval or verification of SAFE. In February 2015, SAFE promulgated the Notice on Further Simplifying and Improving the Administration of the Foreign Exchange Concerning Direct Investment, or SAFE Notice 13. Instead of applying for approvals regarding foreign exchange registrations of foreign direct investment and overseas direct investment from SAFE, entities and individuals may apply for such foreign exchange registrations from qualified banks. The qualified banks, under the supervision of SAFE, may directly review the applications and conduct the registration.

 

108
 

 

In addition, the PRC governmental authorities have gradually relaxed restrictions on the settlement of the foreign exchange capitals of FIEs in recent years. In March 2015, SAFE promulgated SAFE Circular 19, which expands a pilot reform of the administration of the settlement of the foreign exchange capitals of FIEs nationwide. SAFE Circular 19 replaced both the Circular of the SAFE on Issues Relating to the Improvement of Business Operations with Respect to the Administration of Foreign Exchange Capital Payment and Settlement of Foreign- invested Enterprises, or SAFE Circular 142, and the Circular of the SAFE on Issues concerning the Pilot Reform of the Administrative Approach Regarding the Settlement of the Foreign Exchange Capitals of Foreign-invested Enterprises in Certain Areas, or SAFE Circular 36. SAFE Circular 19 allows all FIEs established in the PRC to settle their foreign exchange capital on a discretionary basis according to the actual needs of their business operation, provides the procedures for foreign invested companies to use Renminbi converted from foreign currency-denominated capital for equity investments and removes certain other restrictions that had been provided in SAFE Circular 142. However, SAFE Circular 19 continues to prohibit FIEs from, among other things, using Renminbi funds converted from their foreign exchange capital for expenditure beyond their business scope and providing entrusted loans or repaying loans between non-financial enterprises. SAFE promulgated the SAFE Circular 16, effective June 2016, which reiterates some of the rules set forth in SAFE Circular 19. SAFE Circular 16 provides that discretionary foreign exchange settlement applies to foreign exchange capital, foreign debt offering proceeds and remitted foreign listing proceeds, and the corresponding Renminbi capital converted from foreign exchange may be used to extend loans to related parties or repay inter-company loans (including advances by third parties). On October 23, 2019, SAFE further issued Circular of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Further Promoting the Facilitation of Cross-border Trade and Investment, or SAFE Circular 28, which took effect on the same day. SAFE Circular 28 allows non-investment FIEs to use their capital funds to make equity investments in China as long as such investments do not violate the Negative List and the target investment projects are genuine and in compliance with laws. In addition, SAFE Circular 28 stipulates that qualified enterprises in certain pilot areas may use their capital income from registered capital, foreign debt and overseas listing for the purpose of domestic payments without providing authenticity certifications to the relevant banks in advance for those domestic payments.

 

Regulations Relating to Dividend Distributions

 

The principal laws, rules and regulations governing dividend distributions by FIEs in the PRC are the PRC Company Law, promulgated in 1993 and last amended in 2018 and the Foreign Investment Law and its Implementing Regulations, both came into effect on January 1, 2020. Under these requirements, FIEs may pay dividends only out of their accumulated after-tax profit, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, a PRC company, including FIEs in the PRC, is required to allocate at least 10% of its accumulated after-tax profit each year, if any, to fund the statutory reserve fund until the aggregate amount of the reserve fund has reached 50% of its registered capital. A PRC company may, at its discretion, allocate a portion of its after-tax profits based on its articles of association and PRC accounting standards to certain reserve funds. These reserves can only be used for specific purposes and are not distributable as cash dividends. A PRC company is not permitted to distribute any profits until any losses from prior fiscal years have been offset. Profits retained from prior fiscal years may be distributed together with distributable profits from the current fiscal year.

 

Regulations on Foreign Exchange Registration of Overseas Investment by PRC Residents

 

In 2014, SAFE issued the SAFE Circular on Relevant Issues Relating to Domestic Resident’s Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment through Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 37, replacing the SAFE Circular on Issues Concerning the Regulation of Foreign Exchange in Equity Finance and Return Investments by Domestic Residents through Offshore Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 75. SAFE Circular 37 regulates foreign exchange matters in relation to the use of special purpose vehicles by PRC residents or entities to seek offshore investment and financing or conduct round trip investment in China. Under SAFE Circular 37, a “special purpose vehicle” refers to an offshore entity established or controlled, directly or indirectly, by PRC residents or entities for the purpose of seeking offshore financing or making offshore investment, using legitimate onshore or offshore assets or interests, while “round trip investment” refers to direct investment in the PRC by PRC residents or entities through special purpose vehicles, namely, establishing FIEs to obtain ownership, control rights and management rights. SAFE Circular 37 provides that, before making a contribution into a special purpose vehicle, PRC residents or entities are required to complete foreign exchange registration with SAFE or its local branch.

 

109
 

 

In 2015, SAFE promulgated SAFE Notice 13, which amended SAFE Circular 37 by requiring PRC residents or entities to register with qualified banks rather than SAFE or its local branch in connection with their establishment or control of an offshore entity established for the purpose of overseas investment or financing. PRC residents or entities who had contributed legitimate onshore or offshore interests or assets to special purpose vehicles but had not registered as required before the implementation of SAFE Circular 37 must register their ownership interests or control in the special purpose vehicles with qualified banks. An amendment to the registration is required if there is a material change with respect to the special purpose vehicle registered, such as any change of basic information (including change of PRC residents, name and operation term), increases or decreases in investment amount, transfers or exchanges of shares, and mergers or divisions.

 

Failure to comply with the registration procedures set forth in SAFE Circular 37 and the subsequent notice, or making misrepresentations or failing to disclose the control of the FIE that is established through round-trip investment, may result in restrictions being imposed on the foreign exchange activities of the relevant FIEs, including payment of dividends and other distributions, such as proceeds from any reduction in capital, share transfer or liquidation, to its offshore parent or affiliate, and the capital inflow from the offshore parent, and may also subject relevant PRC residents or entities to penalties under PRC foreign exchange administration.

 

Regulations on Taxation

 

Enterprise Income Tax

 

On March 16, 2007, the National People’s Congress promulgated the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, which was amended on February 24, 2017 and December 29, 2018. On December 6, 2007, the State Council enacted the Regulations for the Implementation of the Enterprise Income Tax Law, which became effective on January 1, 2008 and was amended on April 23, 2019. Under the Enterprise Income Tax Law and the relevant implementing regulations, both resident enterprises and non-resident enterprises are subject to tax in the PRC. Resident enterprises are defined as enterprises that are established in the PRC in accordance with PRC laws, or that are established in accordance with the laws of foreign countries but are actually or in effect controlled from within China. Non-resident enterprises are defined as enterprises that are organized under the laws of foreign countries and whose actual management is conducted outside the PRC, but have established institutions or premises in the PRC, or have no such established institutions or premises but have income generated from inside the PRC. Under the Enterprise Income Tax Law and relevant implementing regulations, a uniform corporate income tax rate of 25% is applied. However, if non-resident enterprises have not formed permanent establishments or premises in the PRC, or if they have formed permanent establishments or premises in the PRC but there is no actual relationship between the relevant income derived in the PRC and the established institutions or premises set up by them, withholding income tax is set at the rate of 10% with respect to their income sourced from inside the PRC.

 

Value-Added Tax

 

The PRC Provisional Regulations on Value-Added Tax were promulgated by the State Council on December 13, 1993, became effective on January 1, 1994, and were subsequently amended from time to time. The Detailed Rules for the Implementation of the PRC Provisional Regulations on Value-Added Tax (2011 Revision) were promulgated by the Ministry of Finance on December 25, 1993 and subsequently amended in 2008 and 2011. On November 19, 2017, the State Council promulgated the Decisions on Abolishing the PRC Provisional Regulations on Business Tax and Amending the PRC Provisional Regulations on Value-Added Tax. Pursuant to these regulations, rules and decisions, all enterprises and individuals engaged in sale of goods, provision of processing, repair, and replacement services, sales of services, intangible assets, real property, and the importation of goods within the PRC are value-added tax, or VAT taxpayers. On March 20, 2019, the Ministry of Finance, the State Administration of Taxation, or SAT, and the General Administration of Customs jointly issued the Announcement on Relevant Policies on Deepening the Reform of Value-Added Tax. Pursuant to this announcement, the generally applicable VAT rates are simplified as 13%, 9%, 6%, and 0%, which became effective on April 1, 2019, and the VAT rate applicable to the small-scale taxpayers is 3%. If a small-scale taxpayer’s total monthly sales amount does not exceed RMB100 thousand and its quarterly sales volume does not exceed RMB300 thousand, the VAT will be exempted.

 

110
 

 

Dividend Withholding Tax

 

The Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules provide that since January 1, 2008, an income tax rate of 10% will normally apply to dividends declared to non-PRC resident investors that do not have an establishment or place of business in the PRC, or that have such establishment or place of business but the relevant income is not effectively connected with the establishment or place of business, to the extent such dividends are derived from sources within the PRC.

 

Tax on Indirect Transfer

 

On February 3, 2015, SAT issued the Bulletin on Issues of Enterprise Income Tax on Indirect Transfers of Assets by Non PRC Resident Enterprises, or SAT Bulletin 7. Pursuant to SAT Bulletin 7, an “indirect transfer” of assets, including equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise, by non-PRC resident enterprises, may be recharacterized and treated as a direct transfer of PRC taxable assets, if such arrangement does not have a reasonable commercial purpose and was established for the purpose of avoiding payment of PRC enterprise income tax. As a result, gains derived from such indirect transfer may be subject to PRC enterprise income tax. When determining whether there is a “reasonable commercial purpose” in the transaction arrangement, features to be taken into consideration include, inter alia, whether the main value of the equity interest of the relevant offshore enterprise derives directly or indirectly from PRC taxable assets; whether the assets of the relevant offshore enterprise mainly consists of direct or indirect investment in China or if its income is mainly derived from China; and whether the offshore enterprise and its subsidiaries directly or indirectly holding PRC taxable assets have a real commercial nature which is evidenced by their actual function and risk exposure. SAT Bulletin 7 does not apply to transactions of sale of shares by investors through a public stock exchange where such shares are acquired on a public stock exchange. On October 17, 2017, SAT issued the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Issues Concerning the Withholding of Non- resident Enterprise Income Tax at Source, or SAT Bulletin 37, which was amended by the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Revising Certain Taxation Normative Documents issued on June 15, 2018 by SAT. SAT Bulletin 37 further elaborates the relevant implemental rules regarding the calculation, reporting, and payment obligations of the withholding tax by the non-resident enterprises. Nonetheless, there remain uncertainties as to the interpretation and application of SAT Bulletin 7. SAT Bulletin 7 may be determined by the tax authorities to be applicable to our offshore transactions or sale of our shares or those of our offshore subsidiaries where non-resident enterprises, being the transferors, are involved.

 

Regulation of Foreign Investment

 

The PRC Company Law or Company Law was promulgated on December 29, 1993, which became effective on July 1, 1994, and was subsequently revised on December 25, 1999, August 28, 2004, October 27, 2005, December 28, 2013 and on October 26, 2018. Limited liability companies and companies limited by shares established in China shall be subject to the Company Law. Each company has the status of a legal person and owns its own assets. Assets of a company may be used in full for the company’s liability. Foreign-invested companies are also subject to the Company Law, except as otherwise provided in the foreign investment laws including the Law of the PRC on Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise.

 

Pursuant to the Law of the PRC on Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise, which was adopted on April 12, 1986, amended on October 31, 2000 and September 2016, and abolished on January 1, 2020, the establishment and subsequent changes of a wholly foreign-owned enterprise is subject to the approval by the authority in charge of commerce or foreign trade and investment and registration with the relevant administration for industry and commerce. The investor of the wholly foreign-owned enterprise must make payment or subscribe for the registered capital according to its articles of association.

 

111
 

 

On March 15, 2019, the National People’s Congress approved the Foreign Investment Law, which came into effect on January 1, 2020 and replace the trio of existing laws regulating foreign investment in China, namely, the Sino-foreign Equity Joint Venture Enterprise Law, the Sino-foreign Cooperative Joint Venture Enterprise Law and the Wholly Foreign-invested Enterprise Law, together with their implementation rules and ancillary regulations. The organization form, organization and activities of foreign-invested enterprises shall be governed, among others, by the Company Law and the PRC Partnership Enterprise Law. Foreign-invested enterprises established before the implementation of the Foreign Investment Law may retain the original business organization and so on within five years after the implementation of this law. Foreign investors’ investment, earnings and other legitimate rights and interests within the territory of China shall be protected in accordance with the law, and all national policies on supporting the development of enterprises shall equally apply to foreign-invested enterprises. Among others, the state guarantees that foreign-invested enterprises participate in the formulation of standards in an equal manner and that foreign-invested enterprises participate in government procurement activities through fair competition in accordance with the law. Further, the state shall not expropriate any foreign investment except under special circumstances. In special circumstances, the state may levy or expropriate the investment of foreign investors in accordance with the law for the needs of the public interest. The expropriation and requisition shall be conducted in accordance with legal procedures and timely and reasonable compensation shall be given.

 

The Foreign Investment Law is formulated to further expand opening-up, vigorously promote foreign investment and protect the legitimate rights and interests of foreign investors. According to the Foreign Investment Law, foreign investments are entitled to pre-entry national treatment and are subject to negative list management system. The pre-entry national treatment means that the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access shall not be less favorable than that of domestic investors and their investments. The negative list management system means that the state implements special administrative measures for access of foreign investment in specific fields. The Foreign Investment Law does not mention the relevant concept and regulatory regime of contractual arrangement structures. However, since it is relatively new, uncertainties still exist in relation to its interpretation and implementation.

 

On December 26, 2019, the State Council promulgated the Implementing Regulations of the Foreign Investment Law of the PRC, or the Implementing Regulations of the Foreign Investment Law, which became effective on January 1, 2020. The Implementing Regulations of the Foreign Investment Law strictly implement the legislative principles and purpose of the Foreign Investment Law, emphasize on promoting and protecting the foreign investment, and refine the specific measures. At the same day, the Supreme People’s Court issued an Interpretation on the Application of the Foreign Investment law, which also came into effect on January 1, 2020. This interpretation shall apply to any contractual dispute arising from the acquisition of the relevant rights and interests by a foreign investor by way of, among other things, gift, division of property, merger of enterprises, or division of enterprises.

 

Furthermore, foreign investments in China are subject to investment information reporting obligations under the foreign investment laws, which is further stipulated in the Measures for Reporting of Foreign Investment Information, or the Foreign Investment Reporting Measures, that were jointly promulgated by the MOFCOM and the State Administration for Market Regulation on December 30, 2019 and became effective on January 1, 2020. Pursuant to the Foreign Investment Reporting Measures, foreign investors and foreign-invested enterprises are obligated to submit investment information reports in regard with their direct or indirect investment activities in China through the Enterprise Registration System and the National Enterprise Credit Information Publicity System, commencing from January 1, 2020. Such reports include preliminary report relating to establishment, modification report, deregistration report, and annual report.

 

Negative List of Foreign Investment

 

The current regulation regime of foreign investment in the PRC, setting aside special arrangements adopted in pilot free trade zones, preliminarily consists of three principal legal documents, i.e. the Catalogue of Industries for Encouraged Foreign Investment (2020 Edition), or the 2020 Encouraged Catalogue, which was promulgated jointly by the Ministry of Commerce and the National Development and Reform Commission (or NDRC), on December 27, 2020 and became effective on January 27, 2021, the Special Administrative Measures for Access of Foreign Investment (Negative List) (2020 Edition), or the 2020 Negative List, which was promulgated jointly by the Ministry of Commerce and the NDRC, on June 24, 2020 and became effective on July 23, 2020, and the Provisions Guiding Foreign Investment Direction, which was promulgated by the State Council on February 11, 2002 and came into effect on April 1, 2002. These three legal documents collectively classify all foreign investment projects into four categories: (1) encouraged projects, (2) permitted projects, (3) restricted projects, and (4) prohibited projects. If the industry in which the investment is to occur falls into the encouraged category, foreign investment, in certain cases, may receive preferential policies or benefits. If it falls into the restricted category, foreign investment may be conducted in accordance with applicable legal and regulatory restrictions. If falls into the prohibited category, foreign investment of any kind will not be allowed.

 

112
 

 

The 2020 Encouraged Catalogue and the 2020 Negative List govern investment activities in the PRC by foreign investors and classify industries into three categories with regard to foreign investment: “encouraged,” “restricted” and “prohibited.” Industries not listed in the Catalogue are generally deemed as falling into a fourth category, “permitted,” unless specifically restricted by other PRC laws. For some restricted industries, foreign investors can only conduct investment activities through equity or contractual joint ventures, while in other cases PRC partners are required to hold the majority interests in such joint ventures. In addition, some projects in the restricted category are subject to higher-level governmental approvals. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries in the prohibited category.

 

Regulations Related to Mergers and Acquisitions and Overseas Listings

 

On August 8, 2006, six PRC governmental and regulatory agencies, including MOFCOM and the China Securities Regulatory Commission, or the CSRC, promulgated the M&A Rules, governing the mergers and acquisitions of domestic enterprises by foreign investors that became effective on September 8, 2006 and was revised on June 22, 2009. The M&A Rules, among other things, requires that offshore special purpose vehicles that are controlled by PRC companies or individuals and that have been formed for overseas listing purposes through acquisitions of PRC domestic interest held by such PRC companies or individuals, to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to publicly listing their securities on an overseas stock exchange.

 

Regulation of the Production of Electric Bicycles

 

On June 24, 2017, the State Council of the PRC issued the Decision on Adjusting the Catalogue for the Administration of Production Permits for Industrial Products and on Trying out the Simplification of Approval Procedures, or the Decision. Pursuant to the Decision, the production license for electric bicycle was cancelled and was changed to implement mandatory product certification management. On July 2, 2018, the Announcement on the Arrangements for the Transfer of Electric Bicycle Products from Licensing to CCC Certification Management or Announcement was jointly promulgated by the State Administration for Market Regulation and the Certification and Accreditation Administration of the PRC, or the CNCA. According to the Announcement, electric bicycle products without CCC certification shall not be delivered, sold, imported or used in other business activities commencing from April 15, 2019. On July 19, 2018, the CNCA issued the Implementation Rules for Compulsory Product Certification of Electric Bicycles (CNCA-C11-16: 2018) which came into effect on August 1, 2018. On June 23, 2021, the CNCA issued the amended Implementation Rules for Compulsory Product Certification of Electric Bicycles (CNCA-C11-16: 2021), which has become effective on July 1, 2021, replacing the Implementation Rules for Compulsory Product Certification of Electric Bicycles (CNCA-C11-16: 2018).

 

On May 15, 2018, the New National Standards were promulgated by the State Administration for Market Regulation and the National Standardization Management Committee and became effective on April 15, 2019. The New National Standards replace the General Technical Requirements for Electric Bicycles (GB 17761-1999) which were issued on May 28, 1999.

 

Regulation of the Registration of Electric Bicycles

 

Pursuant to the Road Traffic Safety Law of the PRC (revised in 2011), a non-motorized vehicle which ought to be lawfully registered shall be deemed street-illegal until it has been registered with the local traffic administrative department. In addition, the categories of such non-motorized vehicles shall be determined by provincial governments in light of their respective actual local situation and shall consist of technical standards in terms of overall weight, braking performance, overall size and reflectors, which all non-motorized vehicles should abide by. Pursuant to the Circular on Strengthening the Management of Electric Bicycles, promulgated on March 18, 2011, any non-compliant vehicle may not be registered as a non-motorized vehicle, which in turn means it shall be deemed street-illegal.

 

113
 

 

Regulations Relating to Production Safety

 

Pursuant to the Production Safety Law of the PRC, or the Production Safety Law, which took effect on November 1, 2002 and was amended on August 31, 2014, the entities that are engaged in production and business operation activities must implement national industrial standards which guarantee the production safety and comply with production safety requirements provided by the laws, administrative regulations and national or industrial standards. An entity must take effective measures for safety production, maintain safety facilities, examine the safety production procedures, educate and train employees and take any other measures to ensure the safety of its employees and the public. An entity or its relevant persons-in-charge which has failed to perform such safety production liabilities will be required to make amends within a time limit or face administrative penalties. If it fails to amend within the prescribed time limit, the production and business operation entity may be ordered to suspend business for rectification, and serious violations may result in criminal liabilities.

 

Regulations Relating to Product Quality

 

The Product Quality Law of the PRC was promulgated on February 22, 1993, amended on July 8, 2000, August 27, 2009 and December 29, 2018, respectively. The Product Quality Law applies to anyone who manufactures or sells any product within the territory of the PRC. It is prohibited from producing or selling counterfeit products in any form, including counterfeit brands, or providing false information about the product manufacturers. Violation of national or industrial standards may result in civil liability and administrative penalties such as compensation, fines, suspension of business and confiscation of illegal income, and serious violations may result in criminal liabilities.

 

Regulations Relating to Intellectual Property Rights

 

Patent

 

Pursuant to the Patent Law of the PRC, which was promulgated by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress on March 12, 1984 and became effective from April 1, 1985, and was most recently amended on October 17, 2020, and became effective on June 1, 2021, patents in China are classified into three categories, namely, inventions, utility models and designs. A patentable invention, utility model or design must meet three conditions: novelty, inventiveness and practical applicability. Patents cannot be granted for scientific discoveries, rules and methods for intellectual activities, methods used to diagnose or treat diseases, animal and plant breeds or substances obtained by means of nuclear transformation. The Patent Office under the China National Intellectual Property Administration is responsible for receiving, examining and approving patent applications. A patent is valid for a twenty-year term for an invention and a ten-year term for a utility model or design, starting from the application date. After the grant of the patent right for an invention or utility model, except where otherwise provided for in the Patent Law of the PRC, no entity or individual may, without the authorization of the patent owner, exploit the patent, that is, make, use, offer to sell, sell or import the patented product, or use the patented process, or use, offer to sell, sell or import any product which is a direct result of the use of the patented process, for production or business purposes. And after a patent right is granted for a design, no entity or individual shall, without the permission of the patent owner, exploit the patent, that is, for production or business purposes, manufacture, offer to sell, sell, or import any product containing the patented design.

 

Copyright

 

Pursuant to the Copyright Law of the PRC, which was first promulgated by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress on September 7, 1990 and became effective from June 1, 1991, and was last amended on November 11, 2020 and became effective as of June 1, 2021, copyrights include personal rights such as the right of publication and that of attribution as well as property rights such as the right of production and that of distribution. Reproducing, distributing, performing, projecting, broadcasting or compiling a work or communicating the same to the public via an information network without permission from the owner of the copyright therein, unless otherwise provided in the Copyright Law of the PRC, constitute infringements of copyrights. The amended Copyright Law of the PRC extends copyright protection to Internet activities, products disseminated over the Internet and software products. In addition, there is a voluntary registration system administered by the China Copyright Protection Center.

 

In order to further implement the Computer Software Protection Regulations, promulgated by the State Council on June 4, 1991 and amended on January 30, 2013, the National Copyright Administration issued the Computer Software Copyright Registration Procedures on April 6, 1992 and amended on February 20, 2002, which specify detailed procedures and requirements with respect to the registration of software copyrights. The China Copyright Protection Center shall grant registration certificates to the computer software copyrights applicants which meet the requirements of both the software copyright registration procedures and the computer software protection regulations.

 

114
 

 

Trademark

 

Pursuant to the Trademark Law of the PRC, or the Trademark Law, which was first promulgated by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress on August 23, 1982 and became effective from March 1, 1983, and was most recently amended on April 23, 2019 and became effective on November 1, 2019, the right to exclusive use of a registered trademark shall be limited to trademarks which have been approved for registration and to goods and/or services for which the use of such trademark has been approved. The period of validity of a registered trademark shall be ten years, counted from the day the registration is approved, and may be renewed for another ten years provided relevant application procedures have been completed within twelve months before the end of the validity period. According to this law, using a trademark that is identical to or similar to a registered trademark in connection with the same or similar goods and/or services without the authorization of the owner of the registered trademark constitutes an infringement of the exclusive right to use a registered trademark.

 

The Implementation Regulation for the Trademark Law promulgated by the State Council came into effect on September 15, 2002 and was further amended on April 29, 2014. Under the Trademark Law and the implementing regulation, the Trademark Office of the State Administration for Market Regulation, or the Trademark Office, is responsible for the registration and administration of trademarks. The Trademark Office handles trademark registrations. As with patents, China has adopted a “first-to-file” principle for trademark registration. If two or more applicants apply for registration of identical or similar trademarks for the same or similar commodities, the application that was filed first will receive preliminary approval and will be publicly announced. A registrant may apply to renew a registration within twelve months before the expiration date of the registration. If the registrant fails to apply in a timely manner, a grace period of six additional months may be granted. If the registrant fails to apply before the grace period expires, the registered trademark shall be deregistered. Renewed registrations are valid for ten years.

 

In addition to the above, a Trademark Review and Adjudication Board was established for resolving trademark disputes. According to the Trademark Law, within three months since the date of the announcement of a preliminarily validated trademark, if a titleholder is of the view that such trademark in application is identical or similar to its registered trademark for the same type of commodities or similar commodities which violates relevant provisions of the Trademark Law, such titleholder may raise an objection to the Trademark Office within the aforesaid period. In such event, the Trademark Office shall consider the facts and grounds submitted by both the dissenting party and the party being challenged and shall decide on whether the registration is allowed within twelve months upon the expiration of the announcement after investigation and verification, and notify the dissenting party and the person challenged in writing.

 

Domain Names

 

Pursuant to the Administrative Measures on Internet Domain Names of China, which was recently amended by the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology on August 24, 2017 and became effective on November 1, 2017, “domain name” shall refer to the character mark of hierarchical structure, which identifies and locates a computer on the internet and corresponds to the internet protocol (IP) address of that computer. The principle of “first come, first serve” is followed for the domain name registration service. Applicants for registration of domain names shall provide the true, accurate and complete information of their identifications to domain name registration service institutions. After completing the domain name registration, the applicant becomes the holder of the domain name registered by him/it. Furthermore, the holder shall pay operation fees for registered domain names on schedule. If the domain name holder fails to pay the corresponding fees as required, the original domain name registrar shall write it off and notify the holder of the domain name in written form.

 

115
 

 

Regulation of Employment and Social Welfare

 

Labor Laws

 

Companies in the PRC are subject to the PRC Labor Law which was promulgated on July 5, 1994, became effective on January 1, 1995 and was further amended on August 27, 2009 and December 29, 2018, PRC Labor Contract Law which was promulgated on June 29, 2007, became effective on January 1, 2008 and was further amended on December 28, 2012, and the Implementation Regulations of the PRC Labor Contract Law which was promulgated by the State Council on September 18, 2008 and became effective on the same date, as well as other related regulations, rules and provisions promulgated by the relevant government authorities from time to time. Compared to previous PRC laws and regulations, the PRC Labor Contract Law imposes stricter requirements in such respects as signing of labor contracts with employees, stipulation of probation period and violation penalties, termination of labor contracts, payment of remuneration and economic compensation, use of labor dispatches as well as social security premiums.

 

According to the PRC Labor Law and the PRC Labor Contract Law, a labor contract in writing shall be concluded when a labor relationship is to be established between an employer and an employee. An employer shall pay an employee two times of his/her salary for each month in the circumstance where the employer fails to enter a written labor contract with the employee for more than a month but less than a year; where such period exceeds one year, the parities are deemed to have entered an unfixed-term labor contract. Employers shall pay wages that are not lower than the local minimum wage standards to the employees. Employers are also required to establish labor safety and sanitation systems in compliance with PRC rules and standards, and to provide relevant training to the employees.

 

Social Insurance and Housing Provident Funds

 

According to the Temporary Regulations on the Collection and Payment of Social Insurance Premium, the Regulations on Work Injury Insurance, the Regulations on Unemployment Insurance and the Trial Measures on Employee Maternity Insurance of Enterprises, enterprises in the PRC must provide beneficial plans for their employees, that include basic pension insurance, unemployment insurance, maternity insurance, work-related injury insurance and medical insurance. An enterprise must also provide social insurance by processing social insurance registration with local social insurance agencies, and must pay or withhold relevant social insurance premiums for or on behalf of the employees. The Law on Social Insurance, which was promulgated on October 28, 2010 and came into effect on July 1, 2011 and was amended on December 29, 2018, regulates basic pension insurance, unemployment insurance, maternity insurance, work injury insurance and medical insurance, and has elaborated in detail the legal obligations and liabilities of employers who do not comply with relevant laws and regulations on social insurance. The Administrative Regulations on the Housing Provident Funds, which was promulgated and came into effect on April 3, 1999, and was amended on March 24, 2002 and March 24, 2019, provides that housing provident fund contributions paid by an individual employee and housing provident fund contributions paid by his or her employer all belong to the individual employee.

 

Regulation under PRC Securities Law

 

The PRC Securities Law was promulgated in December 1998 and was subsequently revised in October 2005, June 2013, August 2019 and December 2019. According to Article 177 of the PRC Securities Law, or Article 177, which became effective in March 2020, the securities regulatory authority of the State Council may collaborate with securities regulatory authorities of other countries or regions in order to monitor and oversee cross border securities activities. Article 177 further provides that no overseas securities regulator is allowed to directly conduct investigation or evidence collection activities within the territory of the PRC, and that any Chinese entities and individuals are not allowed to provide documents or materials related to securities business activities to overseas agencies without prior consent of the securities regulatory authority of the State Council and the competent departments of the State Council. While there is no detailed interpretation regarding the rule implementation under Article 177, it will be difficult for an overseas securities regulator to conduct investigation or evidence collection activities in China.

 

Regulations on Loans to and Direct Investment in the PRC Entities by Offshore Holding Companies

 

According to the Implementation Regulations on Statistics and Supervision of Foreign Debt promulgated by SAFE on September 24, 1997 and the Interim Measures on the Management of Foreign Debts promulgated by SAFE, the NDRC and the Ministry of Finance of the PRC and effective from March 1, 2003, loans by foreign companies to their subsidiaries in China, which accordingly are FIEs, are considered foreign debt, and such loans must be registered with the local branches of the SAFE. Under the provisions, the total amount of accumulated medium-term and long-term foreign debt and the balance of short-term debt borrowed by a FIE is limited to the difference between the total investment and the registered capital of the foreign invested enterprise.

 

116
 

 

On January 12, 2017, the PBOC promulgated the Circular of the People’s Bank of China on Matters relating to the Macro-prudential Management of Comprehensive Cross-border Financing, or PBOC Circular 9, which took effect on the same date. The PBOC Circular 9 established a capital or net assets-based constraint mechanism for cross-border financing. Under such mechanism, a company may carry out cross-border financing in Renminbi or foreign currencies at their own discretion. The total cross-border financing of a company shall be calculated using a risk-weighted approach and shall not exceed an upper limit. The upper limit is calculated as capital or assets multiplied by a cross-border financing leverage ratio and multiplied by a macro-prudential regulation parameter.

 

In addition, according to PBOC Circular 9, as of the date of the promulgation of PBOC Circular 9, a transition period of one year is set for foreign-invested enterprises and during such transition period, FIEs may apply either the current cross-border financing management mode, namely the mode provided by Implementation Rules for the Provisional Regulations on Statistics and Supervision of Foreign Debt and the Interim Provisions on the Management of Foreign Debts, or the mode in this PBOC Circular 9 at its sole discretion. After the end of the transition period, the cross-border financing management mode for FIEs will be determined by the People’s Bank of China and SAFE after assessment based on the overall implementation of this PBOC Circular 9. However, although the transitional period ended on January 10, 2018, as of the date of this prospectus, neither PBOC nor SAFE has issued any new regulations regarding the appropriate means of calculating the maximum amount of foreign debt for foreign-invested enterprises. Domestic-invested enterprises, have only been subject to the net assets limit in calculating the maximum amount of foreign debt they may hold from the date of promulgation of PBOC Circular 9.

 

Laws and Regulations on the Protection of Consumer Rights and Interests

 

Business operators in the business of supplying and selling manufactured goods or services to consumers, shall comply with the Law of the PRC on the Protection of Consumer Rights and Interests, or the Consumer Rights Protection Law, promulgated by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress on October 31, 1993, and effective as of January 1, 1994, and revised on August 27, 2009 and October 25, 2013.

 

According to the Consumer Rights Protection Law, business operators must ensure that the goods or services provided by them meet the requirements for safeguarding personal and property safety. For goods and services that may endanger personal and property safety, consumers should be provided with a true description and an explicit warning, as well as a description and indication of the proper way to use the goods or accept the services and the methods of preventing the occurrence of a hazard. If the goods or services provided by the business operators cause personal injuries to consumers or third parties, the business operators shall compensate the injured parties for their losses.

 

Laws on Contracts

 

On May 28, 2020, the Civil Code of the PRC was issued by the National People’s Congress and became effective on January 1, 2021 and replaced the General Principles of the Civil Law of the PRC, the Security Law of the PRC, the Contract Law of the PRC, the Real Right Law of PRC, the General Rules of the Civil Law of the PRC and several other basic civil laws in the PRC. Under the Civil Code of the PRC, a natural person, legal person or other legally established organization shall have full capacity of civil right and civil conduct in order to enter into a valid contract. Except as otherwise required by other laws and regulations, the formation, validity, performance, modification, assignment, termination, and liability for breach of a contract are governed by the Civil Code of the PRC. A contracting party who fails to perform or fails to fulfill its contractual obligation shall bear the responsibility of a continued duty to perform or to provide remedies and compensation as provided by PRC laws.

 

Standardization Law of the People’s Republic of China

 

Standardization Law of the People’s Republic of China was passed by the fifth session of the Standing Committee of the Seventh National People’s Congress on December 29, 1988, and revised on November 4, 2017. This law is formulated for the purposes of enhancing standardization work, promoting scientific and technological advancement, improving the quality of products and services, safeguarding personal health and life and property security, protecting state security and ecological environmental security, raising the level of economic and social development. This law applies to technical requirements that need to be unified for agricultural field, industrial field, service industry, social undertakings industry, and others. Enterprises which manufacture, sell, import products or provide services that fail to meet the mandatory standards, and enterprises which manufacture products or provide services that fail to meet the technical requirements under their publicized standardization, shall undertake civil liabilities.

 

Regulations of the People’s Republic of China on Certification and Accreditation

 

Regulations of the People’s Republic of China on Certification and Accreditation became effective as of September 3, 2003, and was revised on February 6, 2016 and November 29, 2020. This regulation is formulated for the purposes of standardizing certification and accreditation, improving the quality of products and services and management standard. This regulation applies to all certification agencies, certification services and accreditation services in the PRC, excluding certification on quality management standardization of enterprises engaging in pharmaceutical productions and/or operations, certification on quality of laboratory animals, certification of military products, accreditation on laboratories and personnel engaging in the calibration and testing of military products.

 

117
 

 

MANAGEMENT

 

Directors and Executive Officers

 

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus:

 

Directors and Executive Officers     Age   Position/Title
Jing-Bin Chiang   54   Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Abraham Pullolickel Ittycheriah   64   Chief Financial Officer
Ting-Pang Sung     65   Director
Ching-Chou Huang     63   Independent Director
Shen-Huei Wang     65   Independent Director
Ping-Hong Lin     61   Independent Director

 

Jing-Bin Chiang has been appointed as our Chief Executive Officer since May 2016 and as our Chairman of the Board since July 2021. Prior to that, Mr. Chiang had been acting as representative of one of our former corporate directors as Chairman from February 2017 to July 2021. For our subsidiary TW YMA, Mr. Chiang has been serving as the chairman of the board since its incorporation date. Mr. Chiang is responsible for the overall strategic planning, corporate management and business development of our day-to-day operation as well as the overall accounting management. Mr. Chiang has approximately 18 years of experience in the composite material application industry. From November 2003 to August 2009, Mr. Chiang worked as chief financial officer and vice president in finance in LCY Elastomers LP, a thermoplastic rubber manufacturer with factory in Houston. From September 2010 to February 2015, Mr. Chiang worked as vice president in Coretronic Corporation (TWO: 5371), a company which develops, manufactures and markets liquid crystal display (LCD). Mr. Chiang received a bachelor’s degree in business administration from Tunghai University in Taiwan in June 1990 and a master’s degree in Accountancy and Financial Information System from Cleveland State University in the United States in March 1995. Mr. Chiang has been admitted as a certified public accountant of Washington State Board of Accountancy since February 1997. Mr. Chiang has also been admitted as a certified internal auditor of The Institute of Internal Auditors since May 2000. We believe Mr. Chiang is well qualified to serve on our Board due to his experience and expertise in the industry.

 

Abraham Pullolickel Ittycheriah has been serving as our Chief Financial Officer since February 2022. Mr. Ittycheriah has over 39 years of professional experience in accounting and auditing. Mr. Ittycheriah has been acting as finance manager in Qatar Fuel Additives Company, a company engaged in production and export of methanol and other chemicals, since June 1998. From February 1986 to May 1998, Mr. Ittycheriah served as supervising senior in Deloitte & Touche. From January 1982 to November 1985, he served as audit executive in P.R. Narayanan Nair & Co, a chartered accounting firm based in India. Mr. Ittycheriah obtained his bachelor’s degree in science from University of Kerala in April 1978. Mr. Ittycheriah has been admitted as a certified public accountant in India in July 1985.

 

Ting-Pang Sung has been serving as our Director since July 2021. Mr. Sung is responsible for our formulation of business strategies and supervision on daily operation. Mr. Sung holds various management positions in different companies, and among others, he served as the Methanol/Solvent Business Unit Vice President of LCY Chemical Corp., a company engaged in manufacturing various chemical products, including but not limited to TPE and copper foil, from May 2012 to November 2016, and has subsequently been serving as the Performance Plastics Business Unit Senior Vice President since November 2016. He has been serving as the director of LCY Technology Corp. (TW: 4989), a company engaging in the manufacturing of copper foil used in electronic products, such as computer, since June 2020. Mr. Sung has also been serving as a director of Global Rubber Corp., a company engaging in the manufacture and export of conveyor belts, transmission belts and rubber hoses, since December 2019. He served as a chairman of Zhenjiang LCY Warehousing & Storage Co., Ltd., a company providing import or export storage, blending packaging and transportation services from August 2015 to February 2017, and has subsequently been serving as a director since then. From August 2015 to February 2017, Mr. Sung also served as a chairman of Zhenjiang Lee Chang Yung General Chemical Co., Ltd, a company engaging in the manufacture and distribution of chemical products, and has then been serving as a director since February 2017. Mr. Sung received a bachelor’s degree of science from Tamkang University in June 1982 and an executive master of business administration from National Chengchi University in March 2012. We believe Mr. Sung is well qualified to serve on our Board due to his experience and expertise in the industry.

 

118
 

 

Ching-Chou Huang has been serving as our independent Director since February 2017 and will be the chairman of the compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee effective upon the SEC’s declaration of effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1. Since June 2015, Mr. Huang has been serving as the Chairman of Young Optics, Inc. (TW: 3504), a company which develops, designs and retails optical engineering parts. From November 2008 to November 2013, Mr. Huang served as the director of Chung Tsen Investment Corp., an investment company, and he subsequently served as the chairman from November 2013 to June 2020. From February 2011 to June 2020, he also served as a director of Coretronic Venture Capital Co., Ltd. an investment company. Mr. Huang is a graduate of Chien Hsin University of Science and Technology (formerly known as Chien Hsin Industrial Specialized Private School) in electrical engineering in June 1978 and he also obtained a master’s degree in industrial engineering from National Tsing Hua University in January 2005. We believe Mr. Huang is well qualified to serve on our Board due to his experience and expertise.

 

Shen-Huei Wang has been serving as our independent Director since February 2017. Since June 2020, Mr. Wang has been serving as an independent director of Welldone Company (TWO: 6170), a company engaging in foreign workers’ internet fund transfers and shopping services, including pre-paid phone card and wifi machine leasing service at the airport. From October 2001 to May 2016, Mr. Wang worked as general manager in the assets management department of Coretronic Corporation, a company providing innovative display solution. Mr. Wang received a bachelor’s degree in electrical engineering from National Taiwan University in June 1977 and a master’s degree in science from Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University in December 1981. We believe Mr. Wang is well qualified to serve on our Board due to his experience and expertise.

 

Ping-Hong Lin has been serving as our independent Director since July 2021 and will be the chairman of the audit committee effective upon the SEC’s declaration of effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1. Since February 2012, Mr. Lin has been serving as the general manager of Taiwan Copper Foils Co., Ltd., an electrodeposited copper foil manufacturer to supply for the printed circuit board industry. Mr. Lin served as finance manager in Qatar Fuel Additives Co., Ltd., a company engaged in production and export of methanol and other chemicals. Mr. Lin obtained a master of business administration from the University of Akron in January 1991. We believe Mr. Lin is well qualified to serve on our Board due to his experience and expertise.

 

Family Relationships

 

There is no family relationship among any of our directors or executive officers.

 

Employment Agreements, Director Agreements and Indemnification

 

We have entered into employment agreements with each of our executive officers. Under these agreements, each of our executive officers is employed for an initial term of three year. The executive officers are entitled to a fixed salary and other company benefits, each as determined by the Board from time to time. We may terminate an executive officer’s employment under Cayman Law and under other applicable laws and regulations.

 

Each executive officer has agreed to hold, at all times during and after the termination or expiry of his or her employment agreement, in strict confidence and not to use, except as required in the performance of his or her duties in connection with the employment or pursuant to applicable law, any of our confidential information, or the confidential or proprietary information disclosed to the executive officer by or obtained by the executive officer from us either directly or indirectly in writing, orally or otherwise, if specifically indicated to be confidential or reasonably expected to be confidential.

 

119
 

 

We have also entered into director agreements with each of our directors which agreements set forth the terms and provisions of their engagement.

 

Under the employment agreements and director agreements, we have agreed to indemnify our directors and executive officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being a director or officer of our company.

 

Board of Directors

 

Duties of Directors

 

Under Cayman Islands law, our board of directors has the powers necessary for managing, and for directing and supervising, our business affairs. The functions and powers of our board of directors include, among others:

 

  ● convening shareholders’ annual and extraordinary general meetings and reporting its work to shareholders at such meetings;
     
  ● declaring dividends and distributions;
     
  ● appointing officers and determining the term of office of the officers;
     
  ● exercising the borrowing powers of our company and mortgaging the property of our company; and
     
  ● approving the transfer of shares in our company, including the registration of such shares in our share register.

 

Under Cayman Islands law, directors owe the following fiduciary duties: (i) duty to act in good faith in what the director believes to be in the best interests of the company as a whole; (ii) duty to exercise powers for the purposes for which those powers were conferred and not for a collateral purpose; (iii) directors should not improperly fetter the exercise of future discretion; (iv) duty not to put themselves in a position in which there is a conflict between their duty to the company and their personal interests; and (v) duty to exercise independent judgment. In addition to the above, directors also owe a duty to act with skill, care and diligence. This duty has been defined as a requirement to act as a reasonably diligent person having both the general knowledge, skill and experience that may reasonably be expected of a person carrying out the same functions as are carried out by that director in relation to the company and the general knowledge skill and experience which that director has. As set out above, directors have a duty not to put themselves in a position of conflict and this includes a duty not to engage in self-dealing, or to otherwise benefit as a result of their position. However, in some instances what would otherwise be a breach of this duty can be forgiven and/or authorized in advance by the shareholders provided that there is full disclosure by the directors. This can be done by way of permission granted in the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or alternatively by shareholder approval at general meetings. You should refer to “Description of Securities—Differences in Corporate Law” for additional information on our standard of corporate governance under Cayman Islands law.

 

Composition of our Board of Directors

 

Our board of directors will consist of five (5) directors upon the SEC’s declaration of effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus is a part. A director is not required to hold any shares in our Company to qualify to serve as a director. Subject to making appropriate disclosures to the board of directors in accordance with our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, a director may vote with respect to any contract, proposed contract, or arrangement in which he or she is interested, in voting in respect of any such matter, such director should take into account his or her directors duties. A director may exercise all the powers of the company to borrow money, mortgage its business, property and uncalled capital, and issue debentures or other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any obligation of the company or of any third party.

 

120
 

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

We plan to establish an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee under the board of directors upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. We will adopt a charter for each of the three committees. Each committee’s members and functions are described below.

 

Audit Committee. Our audit committee will consist of Ching-Chou Huang, Shen-Huei Wang and Ping-Hong Lin and will be chaired by Ping-Hong Lin. We have determined that each of these director nominees satisfies the “independence” requirements of the Nasdaq Listing Rules and meet the independence standards under Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. We have determined that Ping-Hong Lin qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert.” The audit committee oversees our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements. The audit committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

  ● selecting the independent registered public accounting firm and pre-approving all auditing and non-auditing services permitted to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm;
     
   ● reviewing with the independent registered public accounting firm any audit problems or difficulties and management’s response;
     
   ● reviewing and approving all proposed related party transactions, as defined in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act;
     
   ● discussing the annual audited financial statements with management and the independent registered public accounting firm;
     
   ● reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our accounting and internal control policies and procedures and any special steps taken to monitor and control major financial risk exposures;
     
   ● annually reviewing and reassessing the adequacy of our audit committee charter;
     
   ● meeting separately and periodically with management and the independent registered public accounting firm;
     
   ● monitoring compliance with our code of business conduct and ethics, including reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our procedures to ensure proper compliance; and
     
   ● reporting regularly to the board.

 

Compensation Committee. Our compensation committee will consist of Ching-Chou Huang, Shen-Huei Wang and Ping-Hong Lin, and will be chaired by Ching-Chou Huang. We have determined that each of these directors satisfies the “independence” requirements of the Nasdaq Listing Rules. The compensation committee assists the board in reviewing and approving the compensation structure, including all forms of compensation, relating to our directors and executive officers. Our chief executive officer may not be present at any committee meeting during which their compensation is deliberated upon. The compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

  ● reviewing and approving, or recommending to the board for its approval, the compensation for our chief executive officer and other executive officers;
     
   ● reviewing and recommending to the board for determination with respect to the compensation of our non-employee directors;
     
   ● reviewing periodically and approving any incentive compensation or equity plans, programs or other similar arrangements; and
     
   ● selecting compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser only after taking into consideration all factors relevant to that person’s independence from management.

 

121
 

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Ching-Chou Huang, Shen-Huei Wang and Ping-Hong Lin and will be chaired by Ching-Chou Huang. We have determined that each of these directors satisfies the “independence” requirements of the Nasdaq Listing Rules. The nominating and corporate governance committee assists the board in selecting individuals qualified to become our directors and in determining the composition of the board and its committees. The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

  ● recommending nominees to the board for election or re-election to the board, or for appointment to fill any vacancy on the board;
     
   ● reviewing annually with the board the current composition of the board with regards to characteristics such as independence, knowledge, skills, experience, expertise, diversity and availability of service to us;
     
   ● selecting and recommending to the board the names of directors to serve as members of the audit committee and the compensation committee, as well as of the nominating and corporate governance committee itself;
     
   ● developing and reviewing the corporate governance principles adopted by the board and advising the board with respect to significant developments in the law and practice of corporate governance and our compliance with such laws and practices; and
     
   ● evaluating the performance and effectiveness of the board as a whole.

 

Terms of Directors and Officers

 

Our board of directors is divided into three classes with only one class of directors being elected in each year and each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual meeting of shareholders) serving a three-year term. The term of office of the first class of directors, consisting of Ching-Chou Huang, will expire at our first annual meeting of shareholders. The term of office of the second class of directors, consisting of Shen-Huei Wang and Ping-Hong Lin, will expire at the second annual meeting of shareholders. The term of office of the third class of directors, consisting of Jing-Bin Chiang and Ting-Pang Sung, will expire at the third annual meeting of shareholders.

 

Our officers are elected by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to appoint persons to the offices set forth in our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association as it deems appropriate.

 

Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers

 

For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2020 and 2021, we paid an aggregate of $381,241, $472,181 and $624,468, respectively, in cash and benefits in-kind granted to or accrued on behalf of all of our directors and members of senior management for their services, in all capacities, and we did not pay any additional compensation to our directors and members of senior management. We have not set aside or accrued any amount to provide pension, retirement or other similar benefits to our executive officers and directors. Our PRC subsidiaries are required by law to make contributions equal to certain percentages of each full-time employee’s salary for his or her pension insurance, medical insurance, unemployment insurance, work-related injury insurance and maternity insurance and a housing provident fund.

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

We have not adopted any equity compensation plans.

 

122
 

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

 

On August 28, 2020, New Moon Corporation (“New Moon”), a shareholder of the Company, an employee of the Company and the Company signed a tripartite talent award agreement. Under the agreement, the Company provides NT$10,000,000 (US$327,600) to the employee for the purchase of 1,000,000 ordinary shares of the Company owned by New Moon at NT$10 per share. The employee should return the payment to the Company if the acquisition of the shares could not be completed in thirty days after the payment. Also, the employee should return the shares to New Moon if the employee resigned within five years from the date of the agreement. New Moon should also return the consideration received from the employee to the Company.

 

The aforementioned bonus shares settled by a shareholder of the Company cannot be transferred during the vesting period, but voting right and dividend right are not restricted. The employee is required to return the shares to the shareholder but not required to return the dividends received if she resigns during the vesting period.

 

The Company accounted for the shares contributed by New Moon as share-based payment arrangement settled by equity. The NT$10,000,000 (US$327,600) contributed by the Company is accounted for as prepaid cash incentive to the employee and is amortized over the contract period which is five years.

 

123
 

 

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

 

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of the date of this prospectus by our officers, directors, and 5% or greater beneficial owners of ordinary shares. There is no other person or group of affiliated persons known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our ordinary shares. The following table assumes that none of our officers, directors or 5% or greater beneficial owners of our ordinary shares will purchase shares in this offering. In addition, the following table assumes that the over-allotment option has not been exercised. Holders of our ordinary shares are entitled to one (1) vote per share and vote on all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders, except as may otherwise be required by law.

 

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. The person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any security of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Unless otherwise indicated, the person identified in this table has sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by him, subject to applicable community property laws. Unless otherwise noted, the business address for each of our directors and executive officers is 7F-1, No. 633, Sec. 2, Taiwan Blvd., Xitun District, Taichung City 407, Taiwan (R.O.C.).

 

   

Ordinary Shares

Beneficially Owned

Prior to The Offering(1)

   

Ordinary Shares

Beneficially Owned

After The Offering(2)

 
Name of Beneficial Owners   Number     %     Number     %  
Directors, Executive Officers and over 5% Shareholders:                                
Chiang Jing-Bin(3)     6,097,183       38.68       [●]       [●]  
Sung Ting-Pang     -       -       [●]       [●]  
Abraham Pullolickel Ittycheriah     -       -       [●]       [●]  
Huang Ching-Chou      -       -       [●]       [●]  
Wang Shen-Huei     -       -       [●]       [●]  
Lin Ping-Hong     -       -       [●]       [●]  
NEW MOON CORPORATION(4)     4,888,092       31.01        [●]       [●]  
Lee Bo-Wei(5)     3,031,869       19.23       [●]       [●]  
RADIANT FAITH LIMITED(6)     2,700,000       17.13       [●]       [●]  
STAR CENTURION LIMITED(7)       1,719,835       10.91       [●]       [●]  
Barium Glory Financial Ltd.(8)     1,500,849       9.52       [●]       [●]  

 

* Less than 1%

 

(1) Applicable percentage of ownership is based on 15,762,887 ordinary shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus.
   
(2) Applicable percentage of ownership is based on [●] ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the offering.
   
(3) Chiang Jing-Bin is the sole shareholder of NEW MOON CORPORATION and holds the voting and dispositive power over the ordinary shares held by such entity. Chiang Jing-Bin also directly holds 1,209,091 ordinary shares of J-Star.

 

124
 

 

(4) The registered address of NEW MOON CORPORATION, a British Virgin Islands company, is OMC Chambers, Wickhams Cay 1, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands. 4,888,092 ordinary shares directly held by NEW MOON CORPORATION of which Chiang Jing-Bin is the sole shareholder and holds the voting and dispositive power over the ordinary shares held by such entity.
   
(5) Lee Bo-Wei is the sole shareholder of Barium Glory Financial Ltd., which directly holds 1,500,849  ordinary shares of J-Star, and he holds the voting and dispositive power over the ordinary shares held by such entity. Lee Bo-Wei is also the sole shareholder of Sendai Investments Company Inc., which directly holds 631,020 ordinary shares of J-Star, and he holds the voting and dispositive power over the ordinary shares held by such entity. Lee Bo-Wei also directly holds 900,000 ordinary shares of J-Star.
   
(6) The registered address of RADIANT FAITH LIMITED, a Samoa company, is Offshore Chambers, P.O. Box 217, Apia, Samoa. 2,700,000 ordinary shares directly held by RADIANT FAITH LIMITED of which Chiang Yu-Ning is the sole shareholder and holds the voting and dispositive power over the ordinary shares held by such entity.
   
(7) The registered address of STAR CENTURION LIMITED, a Republic of Seychelles company, is P.O. Box 1239, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Victoria, Maché, Republic of Seychelles. 1,719,835 ordinary shares directly held by STAR CENTURION LIMITED of which Yu Li-Hsin is the sole shareholder and holds the voting and dispositive power over the ordinary shares held by such entity.
   
(8) The registered address of Barium Glory Financial Ltd., a British Virgin Islands company, is Nerine Chambers, P.O. Box 905, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands. 1,500,849 ordinary shares directly held by Barium Glory Financial Ltd. of which Lee Bo-Wei is the sole shareholder and holds the voting and dispositive power over the ordinary shares held by such entity.

 

125
 

 

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Transactions with Certain Related Parties

 

Set forth below are our related party transactions that occurred since the beginning of our preceding two fiscal years up to the date of December 31, 2020 and from January 1, 2021 to June 30, 2021. The “related party transactions” are transactions identified in accordance with the rules prescribed under Part I, Item 7B of Form 20-F.

 

Under Part I, Item 7B of Form 20-F, the Company is required to disclose any transaction occurring since the beginning of the Company’s preceding two financial years, with respect to transactions or loans between the Company and (a) enterprises that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, control or are controlled by, or are under common control with, the Company; (b) associates; (c) individuals owning, directly or indirectly, an interest in the voting power of the Company that gives them significant influence over the Company, and close members of any such individual’s family; (d) key management personnel, that is, those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Company, including directors and senior management of companies and close members of such individuals’ families; and (e) enterprises in which a substantial interest in the voting power is owned, directly or indirectly, by any person described in (c) or (d) or over which such a person is able to exercise significant influence.

 

Before the completion of this offering, we intend to adopt an audit committee charter, which will require the committee to review all related party transactions on an ongoing basis and all such transactions be approved by the audit committee. In determining whether to approve a related party transaction, the audit committee shall consider, among other factors, the following factors to the extent relevant to the related party transaction:

 

  ● whether the terms of the related party transaction are fair to the Company and on the same basis as would apply if the transaction did not involve a related party;
     
  ● whether there are business reasons for the Company to enter into the related party transaction;
     
  ● whether the related party transaction would impair the independence of an outside director;
     
  ● whether the related party transaction would present an improper conflict of interest for any director or executive officer of the Company, taking into account the size of the transaction, the overall financial position of the director, executive officer or the related party, the direct or indirect nature of the director’s, executive officer’s or the related party’s interest in the transaction and the ongoing nature of any proposed relationship, and any other factors the audit committee deems relevant; and
     
  ● any pre-existing contractual obligations.

 

126
 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and from January 1, 2021 to June 30, 2021, we had the following material related party transactions:

 

     

For the years ended

December 31,

   For the six month ended June 30, 
Related Parties  Nature  2019   2020   2021 
                
New Moon Corporation  Interest expense from a related party loan  $138,682   $102,337   $- 
Key management including Chiang, Jing-Bin and Chiang, Yu-Ning  Interest expense from a related party loan  $189,177   $203,900   $4,085 
Key management including Chiang, Jing-Bin and Chiang, Yu-Ning  Compensation including salaries and other short-term benefits, post-employment benefits and share-based payment  $381,241   $472,181   $271,687 

 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and June 30, 2021, we had the following material related party balances:

 

   As of December 31,   As of June 30, 
   2019   2020   2021 
             
Amounts due from related parties-current               
New Moon Corporation  $1,800   $-   $- 
Bohong Technology Jiangsu Co., Ltd  $48,030   $-   $- 
Total  $49,830   $-   $- 
                
Amounts due to related parties - current               
Key management including Chiang, Jing-Bin and Chiang, Yu-Ning  $1,723,440   $442,473   $- 
New Moon Corporation  $202,800   $-   $- 
Total  $1,926,240   $442,473   $- 
                
Amounts due to related parties - non-current               
Key management including Chiang, Jing-Bin and Chiang, Yu-Ning  $645,369   $-   $- 
New Moon Corporation  $1,280,220   $-   $- 
Total  $1,925,589   $-   $- 
                
Endorsements and guarantees provided by related parties:               
Key management including Chiang, Jing-Bin and Chiang, Yu-Ning  $647,000   $6,756,265   $8,851,824 
Total  $647,000   $6,756,265   $8,851,824 

 

Share Based Payment

 

a) For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Group’s share-based payment arrangements was as follows:

 

      Quantity

granted

  Fair value  Contract

  Vesting
Type of arrangement  Grant date  (shares)  per unit  period  conditions
Bonus shares  August 28, 2020  1,000,000  1.02  5 years  5 years’ service

 

127
 

 

On August 28, 2020, New Moon, a shareholder of the Company, an employee of the Company and the Company signed a tripartite talent award agreement. Under the agreement, the Company provides NT$10,000,000 (US$327,600) to the employee for the purchase of 1,000,000 ordinary shares of the Company owned by New Moon at NT$10 per share. The employee should return the payment to the Company if the acquisition of the shares could not be completed in thirty days after the payment. Also, the employee should return the shares to New Moon if the employee resigned within five years from the date of the agreement. New Moon should also return the consideration received from the employee to the Company.

 

The aforementioned bonus shares settled by a shareholder of the Company cannot be transferred during the vesting period, but voting right and dividend right are not restricted. The employee is required to return the shares to the shareholder but not required to return the dividends received if she resigns during the vesting period.

 

The Company accounted for the shares contributed by New Moon as share-based payment arrangement settled by equity. The NT$10,000,000 (US$327,600) contributed by the Company is accounted for as prepaid cash incentive to the employee and is amortized over the contract period which is five years.

 

b) The expenses incurred on share-based payment transactions for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $46,944.

 

Share Swap

 

On December 25, 2020, the Board of Directors resolved  to issue 838,053 shares (3.4% of the total ordinary share capital issued) of the treasury shares repurchased in 2019 (with book value of $1,344,734) to the shareholders of Bohong Technology to obtain 100% of its ordinary shares through a share swap. On December 30, 2020, the Group signed the share swap agreement with the shareholders of Bohong Technology. The ordinary shares issued have the same rights as other shares in issue. Bohong Technology was a company that only held land use right without any operation, did not have an organized workforce and manufacturing equipment. As a result, the Group treated this transaction as an asset acquisition. The fair value of the land use right amounted to $1,415,559. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the issued shares were shown as other non-current assets as long-term prepayments for investments since the share swap registration of the shareholders of Bohong Technology was not yet completed. The shareholder registration was completed and approved by relevant government authority on December 7, 2021.

 

128
 

 

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

 

We are an exempted company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands and our affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association, as amended from time to time and the Companies Act, and the common law of the Cayman Islands.

 

The share capital of the Company consists of ordinary shares. As of the date hereof, our authorized share capital is US$17,500,000 divided into 35,000,000 ordinary shares of par value US$0.50 each. As of the date of this prospectus, ordinary shares were issued and outstanding. We will issue ordinary shares in this offering. The following are summaries of material provisions of our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (which will become effective immediately prior to completion of this offering) and the Companies Act insofar as they relate to the material terms of our ordinary shares.

 

Ordinary Shares

 

General. Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized share capital is US$[17,500,000 divided into [35,000,000] ordinary shares of par value US$[0.50] each. All of our outstanding ordinary shares are fully paid and non-assessable. Certificates representing the ordinary shares are issued in registered form. Our shareholders, whether or not they are non-residents of the Cayman Islands, may freely hold and transfer their ordinary shares in accordance with our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

 

Dividends. The holders of our ordinary shares are entitled to such dividends as may be declared by our board of directors. Our post-offering amended and restated articles of association provide that our board of directors may declare and pay dividends if justified by our financial position and permitted by law.

 

Voting Rights. Holders of our ordinary shares vote on all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders, except as may otherwise be required by law. In respect of matters requiring shareholders’ vote, each ordinary share is entitled to one vote. At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless voting by poll is required by Nasdaq rules or demanded by the chairman of the meeting or by shareholder(s) together holding not less than 10% of the total voting rights of all our shareholders having the right to vote at such general meeting. A quorum required for a meeting of shareholders consists of one shareholder who holds at least one-third of our issued voting shares. Shareholders’ meetings may be held annually. Each general meeting, other than an annual general meeting, shall be an extraordinary general meeting. Extraordinary general meetings may be called by a majority of our board of directors or upon a requisition of any one or more shareholders holding at the deposit of the requisition not less than 10% of the aggregate share capital of our company that carries the right to vote at a general meeting, in which case on advance notice of at least 7 clear days is required for the convening of our annual general meeting and other general meetings by requisition of our shareholders.

 

Any ordinary resolution to be made by the shareholders requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes attaching to the ordinary shares cast in a meeting, while a special resolution requires the affirmative vote of no less than two-thirds of the votes attaching to the ordinary shares cast in a meeting.

 

A special resolution will be required for important matters such as amending our memorandum and articles of association or changing the name of the Company.

 

There are no limitations on non-residents or foreign shareholders in the memorandum and articles of association to hold or exercise voting rights on the ordinary shares imposed by foreign law or by the charter or other constituent document of our company. However, no person will be entitled to vote at any general meeting or at any separate meeting of the holders of the ordinary shares unless the person is registered as of the record date for such meeting and unless all calls or other sums presently payable by the person in respect of ordinary shares in the Company have been paid.

 

Winding Up; Liquidation. Subject to any special rights, privileges or restrictions as to the distribution of available surplus assets on liquidation applicable to any class or classes of shares (1) if we are wound up and the assets available for distribution among our shareholders are more than sufficient to repay the whole of the capital paid up at the commencement of the winding up, the excess shall be distributed pari passu among our shareholders in proportion to the amount paid up at the commencement of the winding up on the shares held by them, respectively, and (2) if we are wound up and the assets available for distribution among our shareholders as such are insufficient to repay the whole of the paid-up capital, those assets shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by our shareholders in proportion to the capital paid up, or which ought to have been paid up, at the commencement of the winding up on the shares held by them, respectively.

 

129
 

 

Calls on Ordinary Shares and Forfeiture of Ordinary Shares. Our directors may from time to time make calls on our shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares including any premium in a notice served to such shareholders at least 14 clear days prior to the specified time of payment. Any ordinary shares that have been called upon and remain unpaid are subject to forfeiture.

 

Redemption of Ordinary Shares. The Companies Act and our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association permit us to purchase our own shares. In accordance with our post-offering amended and restated articles of association, provided the necessary shareholders or board approval have been obtained and requirements under the Companies Act have been satisfied, we may issue shares on terms that are subject to redemption at our option on such terms and in such manner as may be determined by our board of directors.

 

Inspection of Books and Records. Holders of our ordinary shares have no general right under our post-offering amended and restated articles of association to inspect or obtain copies of our list of shareholders or our corporate records. However, we will provide our shareholders with annual audited financial statements. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

 

Issuance of Additional Shares. Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association authorize our board of directors to issue additional ordinary shares from time to time as our board of directors shall determine, to the extent of available authorized but unissued shares. Issuance of these shares may dilute the voting power of holders of ordinary shares.

 

Anti-Takeover Provisions. Some provisions of our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or management that shareholders may consider favorable. Our authorized, but unissued ordinary shares are available for future issuance without shareholders’ approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise addition capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved ordinary shares could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

 

Exempted Company. We are an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Act. The Companies Act distinguishes between ordinary resident companies and exempted companies. Any company that is registered in the Cayman Islands but conducts business mainly outside of the Cayman Islands may apply to be registered as an exempted company. The requirements for an exempted company are essentially the same as for an ordinary company except that an exempted company:

 

  ● does not have to file an annual return of its shareholders with the Registrar of Companies;
     
  ● is not required to open its register of members for inspection;
     
  ● does not have to hold an annual general meeting;
     
  ● may not issue negotiable or bearer shares, but may issue shares with no par value;
     
  ● may obtain an undertaking against the imposition of any future taxation (such undertakings are usually given for 20 years in the first instance);
     
  ● may register by way of continuation in another jurisdiction and be deregistered in the Cayman Islands;
     
  ● may register as a limited duration company; and
     
  ● may register as a segregated portfolio company.

 

“Limited liability” means that the liability of each shareholder is limited to the amount unpaid by the shareholder on the shares of the company.

 

130
 

 

Anti-Money Laundering — Cayman Islands

 

In order to comply with legislation or regulations aimed at the prevention of money laundering, we are required to adopt and maintain anti-money laundering procedures, and may require subscribers to provide evidence to verify their identity and source of funds. Where permitted, and subject to certain conditions, we may also delegate the maintenance of our anti-money laundering procedures (including the acquisition of due diligence information) to a suitable person.

 

We reserve the right to request such information as is necessary to verify the identity of a subscriber. In some cases the directors may be satisfied that no further information is required since an exemption applies under the Anti-Money Laundering Regulations (Revised) of the Cayman Islands, as amended and revised from time to time (the “Regulations”) or any other applicable law. Depending on the circumstances of each application, a detailed verification of identity might not be required where:

 

  (a) the subscriber makes the payment for their investment from an account held in the subscriber’s name at a recognized financial institution; or
     
  (b) the subscriber is regulated by a recognized regulatory authority and is based or incorporated in, or formed under the law of, a recognized jurisdiction; or
     
  (c) the application is made through an intermediary which is regulated by a recognized regulatory authority and is based in or incorporated in, or formed under the law of a recognized jurisdiction and an assurance is provided in relation to the procedures undertaken on the underlying investors.

 

For the purposes of these exceptions, recognition of a financial institution, regulatory authority or jurisdiction will be determined in accordance with the Regulations by reference to those jurisdictions recognized by the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority as having equivalent anti-money laundering regulations.

 

In the event of delay or failure on the part of the subscriber in producing any information required for verification purposes, we may refuse to accept the application, in which case any funds received will be returned without interest to the account from which they were originally debited.

 

We also reserve the right to refuse to make any payment to a shareholder if our directors or officers suspect or are advised that the payment to such shareholder might result in a breach of applicable anti-money laundering or other laws or regulations by any person in any relevant jurisdiction, or if such refusal is considered necessary or appropriate to ensure our compliance with any such laws or regulations in any applicable jurisdiction.

 

If any person in the Cayman Islands knows or suspects or has reasonable grounds for knowing or suspecting that another person is engaged in criminal conduct or money laundering or is involved with terrorism or terrorist financing and property and the information for that knowledge or suspicion came to their attention in the course of business in the regulated sector, or other trade, profession, business or employment, the person will be required to report such knowledge or suspicion to (i) the Financial Reporting Authority (“FRA”) of the Cayman Islands, pursuant to the Proceeds of Crime Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands if the disclosure relates to criminal conduct or money laundering, or (ii) a police officer of the rank of constable or higher, or the FRA, pursuant to the Terrorism Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands, if the disclosure relates to involvement with terrorism or terrorist financing and property. Such a report shall not be treated as a breach of confidence or of any restriction upon the disclosure of information imposed by any enactment or otherwise.

 

Data Protection in the Cayman Islands – Privacy Notice

 

This privacy notice explains the manner in which the company collects, processes and maintains personal data about investors of the company pursuant to the Data Protection Act, 2017 of the Cayman Islands, as amended from time to time and any regulations, codes of practice or orders promulgated pursuant thereto (“DPA”).

 

The company is committed to processing personal data in accordance with the DPA. In its use of personal data, the company will be characterized under the DPA as a “data controller”, whilst certain of the company’s service providers, affiliates and delegates may act as “data processors” under the DPA. These service providers may process personal information for their own lawful purposes in connection with services provided to the company.

 

This privacy notice puts our shareholders on notice that, by virtue of making an investment in the company, the company and certain of the company’s service providers may collect, record, store, transfer and otherwise process personal data by which individuals may be directly or indirectly identified.

 

131
 

 

Your personal data will be processed fairly and for lawful purposes, including (a) where the processing is necessary for the company to perform a contract to which you are a party or for taking pre-contractual steps at your request (b) where the processing is necessary for compliance with any legal, tax or regulatory obligation to which the company is subject or (c) where the processing is for the purposes of legitimate interests pursued by the company or by a service provider to whom the data are disclosed. As a data controller, we will only use your personal data for the purposes for which we collected it. If we need to use your personal data for an unrelated purpose, we will contact you.

 

We anticipate that we will share your personal data with the company’s service providers for the purposes set out in this privacy notice. We may also share relevant personal data where it is lawful to do so and necessary to comply with our contractual obligations or your instructions or where it is necessary or desirable to do so in connection with any regulatory reporting obligations. In exceptional circumstances, we will share your personal data with regulatory, prosecuting and other governmental agencies or departments, and parties to litigation (whether pending or threatened), in any country or territory including to any other person where we have a public or legal duty to do so (e.g. to assist with detecting and preventing fraud, tax evasion and financial crime or compliance with a court order).

 

Your personal data shall not be held by the company for longer than necessary with regard to the purposes of the data processing.

 

We will not sell your personal data. Any transfer of personal data outside of the Cayman Islands shall be in accordance with the requirements of the DPA. Where necessary, we will ensure that separate and appropriate legal agreements are put in place with the recipient of that data.

 

The company will only transfer personal data in accordance with the requirements of the DPA, and will apply appropriate technical and organizational information security measures designed to protect against unauthorized or unlawful processing of the personal data and against the accidental loss, destruction or damage to the personal data.

 

If you are a natural person, this will affect you directly. If you are a corporate investor (including, for these purposes, legal arrangements such as trusts or exempted limited partnerships) that provides us with personal data on individuals connected to you for any reason in relation to your investment into the company, this will be relevant for those individuals and you should inform such individuals of the content.

 

You have certain rights under the DPA, including (a) the right to be informed as to how we collect and use your personal data (and this privacy notice fulfills the Company’s obligation in this respect); (b) the right to obtain a copy of your personal data; (c) the right to require us to stop direct marketing; (d) the right to have inaccurate or incomplete personal data corrected; (e) the right to withdraw your consent and require us to stop processing or restrict the processing, or not begin the processing of your personal data; (f) the right to be notified of a data breach (unless the breach is unlikely to be prejudicial); (g) the right to obtain information as to any countries or territories outside the Cayman Islands to which we, whether directly or indirectly, transfer, intend to transfer or wish to transfer your personal data, general measures we take to ensure the security of personal data and any information available to us as to the source of your personal data; (h) the right to complain to the Office of the Ombudsman of the Cayman Islands; and (i) the right to require us to delete your personal data in some limited circumstances.

 

If you consider that your personal data has not been handled correctly, or you are not satisfied with the company’s responses to any requests you have made regarding the use of your personal data, you have the right to complain to the Cayman Islands’ Ombudsman. The Ombudsman can be contacted by calling +1 (345) 946-6283 or by email at info@ombudsman.ky.

 

Differences in Corporate Law

 

The Companies Act is modeled after that of English law but does not follow many recent English law statutory enactments. In addition, the Companies Act differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of some of the significant differences between the provisions of the Companies Act applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the State of Delaware.

 

Mergers and Similar Arrangements. The Companies Act permits merger and consolidations between Cayman Islands companies and between Cayman Islands companies and non-Cayman Islands companies. For these purposes, a “merger” means the merging of two or more constituent companies and the vesting of their undertaking, property and liabilities in one of such companies as the surviving company, and a “consolidation” means the combination of two or more constituent companies into a consolidated company and the vesting of the undertaking, property and liabilities of such companies to the consolidated company.

 

132
 

 

In order to effect a merger or consolidation, the directors of each constituent company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation, which must then be authorized by a special resolution of the shareholders of each constituent company, and such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association. A merger between a Cayman Islands parent company and its Cayman Islands subsidiary or subsidiaries does not require authorization by a resolution of shareholders of that Cayman Islands subsidiary if a copy of the plan of merger is given to every member of that Cayman Islands subsidiary to be merged unless that member agrees otherwise. For this purpose, a subsidiary is a company of which at least ninety percent (90%) of the issued shares entitled to vote are owned by the parent company.

 

The plan of merger or consolidation must be filed with the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands together with a declaration as to the solvency of the consolidated or surviving company, a list of the assets and liabilities of each constituent company and an undertaking that a copy of the certificate of merger or consolidation will be given to the members and creditors of each constituent company and that notification of the merger and consolidation will be published in the Cayman Islands Gazette. Dissenting shareholders have the right to be paid the fair value of their shares if they follow the required procedures under the Companies Act subject to certain exceptions. The fair value of the shares will be determined by the Cayman Islands court if it cannot be agreed among the parties. Court approval is not required for a merger or consolidation effected in compliance with these statutory procedures.

 

In addition, there are statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction and amalgamation of companies, provided that the arrangement is approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors (as the case may be) with whom the arrangement is to be made, and who must in addition represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meetings, convened for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder has the right to express to the court the view that the transaction ought not to be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it determines that:

 

  ● the statutory provisions as to the required majority vote have been met;
     
  ● the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question;
     
  ● the arrangement is such that an intelligent and honest man of that class acting in respect of his interest would reasonably approve; and
     
  ● the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Act.

 

When a takeover offer is made and accepted by holders of not less than 90.0% of the shares within four months, the offeror may, within a two-month period commencing on the expiration of such four month period, give notice to require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands by a dissenting shareholder within one month from the date on which the notice was given but this is unlikely to succeed unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith or collusion.

 

If an arrangement and reconstruction is thus approved, the dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of Delaware corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.

 

133
 

 

Shareholders’ Suits. In principle, we will normally be the proper plaintiff and as a general rule a derivative action may not be brought by a minority shareholder. However, based on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority in the Cayman Islands, there are exceptions to the foregoing principle, including when:

 

  ● a company acts or proposes to act illegally or ultra vires and is therefore incapable of ratification by the shareholders;
     
  ● the act complained of, although not ultra vires, could only be effected duly if authorized by more than a simple majority vote that has not been obtained; and
     
  ● those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority.”

 

Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation of Liability. The Companies Act does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association permit, in the absence of fraud or wilful default, indemnification of officers and directors for costs, losses, damages and expenses, which such director or officers may incur or become liable in respect of by reason of any contract entered into or act or thing done by him as such director and officer in any way in or about the execution of his duties incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigative proceedings incurred in their capacities as such. This standard of conduct is generally the same as permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law for a Delaware corporation. Insofar as indemnification for holder to a refund, provided that certain required information is timely furnished to the IRS. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of backup withholding and the availability of a procedure for obtaining an exemption from backup withholding in their particular circumstances.

 

Directors’ Fiduciary Duties. Under Delaware General Corporation Law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director acts in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, the director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction, and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.

 

As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a director of a Cayman Islands company is in the position of a fiduciary with respect to the company and therefore it is considered that he or she owes the following duties to the company—a duty to act bona fide in the best interests of the company, a duty not to make a profit based on his or her position as director (unless the company permits him or her to do so) and a duty not to put himself or herself in a position where the interests of the company conflict with his or her personal interest or his or her duty to a third party. A director of a Cayman Islands company owes to the company a duty to act with skill and care. It was previously considered that a director need not exhibit in the performance of his or her duties a greater degree of skill than may reasonably be expected from a person of his or her knowledge and experience. However, English and Commonwealth courts have moved towards an objective standard with regard to the required skill and care and these authorities are likely to be followed in the Cayman Islands.

 

Shareholder Action by Written Consent. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent by amendment to its certificate of incorporation. Cayman Islands law and our articles of association provide that shareholders may approve corporate matters by way of a unanimous written resolution signed by or on behalf of each shareholder who would have been entitled to vote on such matter at a general meeting without a meeting being held.

 

134
 

 

Shareholder Proposals. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a shareholder has the right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, provided it complies with the notice provisions in the governing documents. A special meeting may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to do so in the governing documents, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings.

 

Cayman Islands law does not provide shareholders any right to put proposals before a meeting or requisition a general meeting. However, these rights may be provided in articles of association. Our articles of association allow our shareholders holding not less than one-tenth of all voting power of our share capital in issue to requisition a shareholder’s meeting. Other than this right to requisition a shareholders’ meeting, our articles of association do not provide our shareholders other right to put proposal before a meeting. As an exempted Cayman Islands company, we are not obliged by law to call shareholders’ annual general meetings.

 

Cumulative Voting. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which the shareholder is entitled on a single director, which increases the shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director. There are no prohibitions in relation to cumulative voting under the Companies Act but our articles of association do not provide for cumulative voting.

 

Removal of Directors. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a director of a corporation with a classified board may be removed only for cause with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our articles of association, directors may be removed with or without cause, by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders.

 

Transactions with Interested Shareholders. The Delaware General Corporation Law contains a business combination statute applicable to Delaware corporations whereby, unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by such statute by amendment to its certificate of incorporation, it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations with an “interested shareholder” for three years following the date that such person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or a group who or which owns or owned 15% or more of the target’s outstanding voting share within the past three years. This has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among other things, prior to the date on which such shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a Delaware corporation to negotiate the terms of any acquisition transaction with the target’s board of directors.

 

The Cayman Islands has no comparable statute. As a result, we cannot avail ourselves of the types of protections afforded by the Delaware business combination statute. However, although Cayman Islands law does not regulate transactions between a company and its significant shareholders, it does provide that such transactions must be entered into bona fide in the best interests of the company and for a proper corporate purpose and not with the effect of constituting a fraud on the minority shareholders.

 

Dissolution; Winding up. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the dissolution is initiated by the board of directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board. Under the Companies Act, a company may be wound up by either an order of the courts of the Cayman Islands or by a special resolution of its members or, if the company is unable to pay its debts as they fall due, by an ordinary resolution of its members. The court has authority to order winding up in a number of specified circumstances including where it is, in the opinion of the court, just and equitable to do so. Under the Companies Act and our articles of association, our company may be dissolved, liquidated or wound up by a special resolution of our shareholders.

 

Variation of Rights of Shares. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under the Companies Act and our post-offering amended and restated articles of association, if our share capital is divided into more than one class of shares, we may vary the rights attached to any class with the written consent of the three-fourths of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a resolution passed by not less than three-fourths of such holders of the shares of that class.

 

Amendment of Governing Documents. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation’s governing documents may be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. As permitted by the Companies Act, our memorandum and articles of association may only be amended with a special resolution of our shareholders.

 

Rights of Non-resident or Foreign Shareholders. There are no limitations imposed by our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our shares. In addition, there are no provisions in our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

 

135
 

 

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Prior to this offering, there was no established public trading market for our ordinary shares. We cannot assure you that a liquid trading market for our ordinary shares will develop on Nasdaq or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of substantial amounts of ordinary shares in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our ordinary shares. Further, since a large number of our ordinary shares will not be available for sale shortly after this offering because of the contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below, sales of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares in the public market after these restrictions lapse, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

 

Upon completion of this offering and assuming the issuance of [_____] ordinary shares offered hereby, we will have an aggregate of [_____] ordinary shares outstanding. Upon completion of this offering and assuming the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and the issuance of [_____] ordinary shares offered hereby, we will have an aggregate of [_____] ordinary shares outstanding. All of the ordinary shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable by persons other than our “affiliates” without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our ordinary shares. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares, and while we intend to submit application for the ordinary shares to be listed on Nasdaq, we cannot assure you that a regular trading market will develop in the ordinary shares.

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

We, our directors and executive officers, and our existing shareholders have agreed, subject to some exceptions, not to transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our ordinary shares, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our ordinary shares, for a period of six (6) months after the date of this prospectus. After the expiration of the six (6) months period, the ordinary shares held by our directors, executive officers and our existing shareholders may be sold subject to the restrictions under Rule 144 under the Securities Act or by means of registered public offerings.

 

Regulation S

 

Regulation S under the Securities Act provides an exemption from registration requirements in the United States for offers and sales of securities that occur outside the United States. Rule 903 of Regulation S provides the conditions to the exemption for a sale by an issuer, a distributor, their respective affiliates or anyone acting on their behalf, while Rule 904 of Regulation S provides the conditions to the exemption for a resale by persons other than those covered by Rule 903. In each case, any sale must be completed in an offshore transaction, as that term is defined in Regulation S, and no directed selling efforts, as that term is defined in Regulation S, may be made in the United States.

 

We are a foreign issuer as defined in Regulation S. As a foreign issuer, securities that we sell outside the United States pursuant to Regulation S are not considered to be restricted securities under the Securities Act, and are freely tradable without registration or restrictions under the Securities Act, unless the securities are held by our affiliates. Generally, subject to certain limitations, holders of our restricted shares who are not our affiliates or who are our affiliates solely by virtue of their status as an officer or director of us may, under Regulation S, resell their restricted shares in an “offshore transaction” if none of the seller, its affiliate nor any person acting on their behalf engages in directed selling efforts in the United States and, in the case of a sale of our restricted shares by an officer or director who is an affiliate of us solely by virtue of holding such position, no selling commission, fee or other remuneration is paid in connection with the offer or sale other than the usual and customary broker’s commission that would be received by a person executing such transaction as agent. Additional restrictions are applicable to a holder of our restricted shares who will be an affiliate of us other than by virtue of his or her status as an officer or director of us.

 

We are not claiming the potential exemption offered by Regulation S in connection with the offering of newly issued shares outside the United States and will register all of the newly issued shares under the Securities Act.

 

136
 

 

Rule 144

 

All of our ordinary shares outstanding prior to this offering are “restricted shares” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act and may be sold publicly in the United States only if they are subject to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements. Under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person who has beneficially owned our restricted shares for at least six months is generally entitled to sell the restricted securities without registration under the Securities Act beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain additional restrictions.

 

Our affiliates may sell within any three-month period a number of restricted shares that does not exceed the greater of the following:

 

  ● 1% of the then outstanding ordinary shares of the same class, which will equal approximately [●] ordinary shares immediately after this offering assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised and [●]ordinary shares assuming the over-allotment option is exercised in full; or
     
   ● the average weekly trading volume of our ordinary shares on Nasdaq during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.

 

Affiliates who sell restricted securities under Rule 144 may not solicit orders or arrange for the solicitation of orders, and they are also subject to notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

 

Persons who are not our affiliates are only subject to one of these additional restrictions, the requirement of the availability of current public information about us, and this additional restriction does not apply if they have beneficially owned our restricted shares for more than one year.

 

Rule 701

 

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, each of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchases our ordinary shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement relating to compensation is eligible to resell such ordinary shares 90 days after we became a reporting company under the Exchange Act in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144. However, these shares would remain subject to lock-up arrangements and would only become eligible for sale when the lock-up period expires.

 

137
 

 

TAXATION

 

The following discussion of material Cayman Islands, Taiwan, PRC and United States federal income tax consequences of an investment in our ordinary shares is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This discussion does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our ordinary shares, such as the tax consequences under state, local and other tax laws. Unless otherwise noted in the following discussion, this section is the opinion of Loeb & Loeb LLP, our U.S. counsel, insofar as it relates to legal conclusions with respect to matters of U.S. federal income tax law, and of Lee and Li, Attorneys-at-Law, insofar as it relates to legal conclusions with respect to matters of Taiwan tax law, and of L&L-Leaven, Attorneys-at-Law, insofar as it relates to legal conclusions with respect to matters of PRC tax law, and of Ogier, insofar as it relates to legal conclusions with respect to matters of Cayman Islands tax law.

 

Cayman Islands Taxation

 

The following is a discussion on certain Cayman Islands income tax consequences of an investment in our securities. The discussion is a general summary of present law, which is subject to prospective and retroactive change. It is not intended as tax advice, does not consider any investor’s particular circumstances, and does not consider tax consequences other than those arising under Cayman Islands law.

 

Payments of dividends and capital in respect of our securities will not be subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands and no withholding will be required on the payment of a dividend or capital to any holder of the securities nor will gains derived from the disposal of the securities be subject to Cayman Islands income or corporation tax.

 

The Cayman Islands currently levies no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciation and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty. There are no other taxes likely to be material to us levied by the Government of the Cayman Islands except for stamp duties which may be applicable on instruments executed in, or brought within, the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands. The Cayman Islands is not party to any double tax treaties. There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in the Cayman Islands. No stamp duty is payable in respect of the issue of our securities or on an instrument of transfer in respect of our securities.

 

Taiwan Taxation

 

The following is a general summary of the principal Taiwan tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares by and to a non-resident individual or non-resident entity holder (referred to herein as a “Non-Taiwan Holder”). As used in the preceding sentence, a “non-resident individual” is a foreign national who owns our ordinary shares and is not physically present in Taiwan for 183 days or more during any calendar year, and a “non-resident entity” is a corporation or a non-corporate body that owns our ordinary shares and is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than Taiwan.

 

Holders should consult their tax advisors concerning the Taiwan tax consequences of holding our ordinary shares and the laws of any relevant taxing jurisdiction to which they are subject.

 

Capital gains from the sale or disposal of our ordinary shares

 

Sale or disposal of our ordinary shares is not regarded as the sale of Taiwan securities; thus, any gains generated therefrom by Non-Taiwan Holders are not subject to Taiwan income tax.

 

Securities Transaction Tax

 

Sale of our ordinary shares by Non-Taiwan Holders is not subject to Taiwan securities transaction tax.

 

138
 

 

People’s Republic of China Taxation

 

According to the Enterprise Income Tax Law of the PRC (the “Income Tax Law”) and the Implementation Regulations of Enterprise Income Tax Law of the PRC, the enterprise income tax for both domestic and foreign-invested enterprises are unified at 25%.

 

According to the Income Tax Law, income such as dividends, rental, interest and royalty from the PRC derived by a non-resident enterprise which has no establishment in the PRC or has establishment but the income has no relationship with such establishment is subject to a 10% withholding tax, which may be reduced if the foreign jurisdiction of incorporation has a tax treaty with the PRC that provides for a different withholding arrangement, unless the relevant income is specifically exempted from tax under the applicable income tax laws, regulations, notices and decisions which relate to foreign invested enterprises and their investors.

 

According to the Notice of the State Administration of Taxation on Issues Relating to the Administration of the Dividend Provision in Tax Treaties, the corporate recipients of dividends distributed by PRC enterprises must satisfy the direct ownership thresholds at all times during the twelve (12) consecutive months preceding the receipt of the dividends.

 

Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

 

The following discussion is a summary of U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares. This summary applies only to U.S. Holders that hold our ordinary shares as capital assets (generally, property held for investment) and that have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. This summary is based on U.S. tax laws in effect as of the date of this prospectus, on U.S. Treasury regulations in effect or, in some cases, proposed as of the date of this prospectus, and judicial and administrative interpretations thereof available on or before such date. All of the foregoing authorities are subject to change, which could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below. Moreover, this summary does not address the U.S. federal estate, gift, backup withholding, and alternative minimum tax considerations, or any state, local, and non-U.S. tax considerations, relating to the ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares. The following summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to particular investors in light of their individual circumstances or to persons in special tax situations such as:

 

  ● financial institutions or financial services entities;
     
   ● insurance companies;
     
   ● pension plans;
     
   ● cooperatives;
     
   ● regulated investment companies;
     
   ● real estate investment trusts;
     
   ● broker-dealers;
     
   ● traders that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting;
     
  ● governments or agencies or instrumentalities thereof;
     
   ● certain former U.S. citizens or long-term residents;
     
   ● tax-exempt entities (including private foundations);
     
   ● persons liable for alternative minimum tax;

 

139
 

 

   ● persons holding stock as part of a straddle, hedging, conversion or other integrated transaction;
     
  ● persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;
     
  ● passive foreign investment companies;
     
  ● controlled foreign corporations;
     
   ● persons that actually or constructively own 5% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our voting stock; or
     
   ● partnerships or other entities taxable as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or persons holding ordinary shares through such entities.

 

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF U.S. FEDERAL TAXATION TO THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES, AND THE STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S., OR OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR ORDINARY SHARES.

 

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of our ordinary shares that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

  ● an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
     
   ● a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
     
   ● an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
     
   ● a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and the control of one or more U.S. persons for all substantial decisions, or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

 

If a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of our ordinary shares, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding our ordinary shares and their partners are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding an investment in our ordinary shares.

 

Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on Our Ordinary Shares

 

Subject to the discussion below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules,” any cash distributions (including the amount of any PRC tax withheld) paid on our ordinary shares out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, will generally be includible in the gross income of a U.S. Holder as dividend income on the day actually or constructively received by the U.S. Holder. Because we do not intend to determine our earnings and profits on the basis of U.S. federal income tax principles, any distribution we pay will generally be treated as a “dividend” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A non-corporate U.S. Holder will be subject to tax on dividend income from a “qualified foreign corporation” at a lower applicable capital gains rate rather than the marginal tax rates generally applicable to ordinary income provided that certain holding period requirements are met. A non-U.S. corporation (other than a corporation that is classified as a PFIC for the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year) will generally be considered to be a qualified foreign corporation (i) if it is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States that the U.S. Secretary of Treasury determines is satisfactory for purposes of this provision and includes an exchange of information program, or (ii) with respect to any dividend it pays on stock that is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, including Nasdaq. It is unclear whether dividends that we pay on our ordinary shares will meet the conditions required for the reduced tax rate. However, in the event that we are deemed to be a PRC resident enterprise under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, we may be eligible for the benefits of the United States-PRC income tax treaty. If we are eligible for such benefits, dividends we pay on our ordinary shares, would be eligible for the reduced rates of taxation described in this paragraph. You are urged to consult your tax advisor regarding the availability of the lower rate for dividends paid with respect to our ordinary shares. Dividends received on our ordinary shares will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to corporations.

 

140
 

 

Dividends will generally be treated as income from foreign sources for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes and will generally constitute passive category income. Depending on the U.S. Holder’s individual facts and circumstances, a U.S. Holder may be eligible, subject to a number of complex limitations, to claim a foreign tax credit not in excess of any applicable treaty rate in respect of any foreign withholding taxes imposed on dividends received on our ordinary shares. A U.S. Holder who does not elect to claim a foreign tax credit for foreign tax withheld may instead claim a deduction, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in respect of such withholding, but only for a year in which such U.S. Holder elects to do so for all creditable foreign income taxes. The rules governing the foreign tax credit are complex and their outcome depends in large part on the U.S. Holder’s individual facts and circumstances. Accordingly, U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of the foreign tax credit under their particular circumstances.

 

Taxation of Sale or Other Disposition of Ordinary Shares

 

Subject to the discussion below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules,” a U.S. Holder will generally recognize capital gain or loss upon the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized upon the disposition and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in such ordinary shares. Any capital gain or loss will be long term if the ordinary shares have been held for more than one year and will generally be U.S.-source gain or loss for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. Long-term capital gains of non-corporate taxpayers are currently eligible for reduced rates of taxation. In the event that gain from the disposition of the ordinary shares is subject to tax in the PRC, such gain may be treated as PRC-source gain under the United States-PRC income tax treaty. The deductibility of a capital loss may be subject to limitations. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences if a foreign tax is imposed on a disposition of our ordinary shares, including the availability of the foreign tax credit under their particular circumstances.

 

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

 

A non-U.S. corporation, such as our company, will be classified as a PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any taxable year, if either (i) 75% or more of its gross income for such year consists of certain types of “passive” income or (ii) 50% or more of the value of its assets (determined on the basis of a quarterly average) during such year is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income. For this purpose, cash and cash equivalents are categorized as passive assets and the company’s goodwill and other unbooked intangibles are taken into account as non-passive assets. Passive income generally includes, among other things, dividends, interest, rents, royalties, and gains from the disposition of passive assets. We will be treated as owning a proportionate share of the assets and earning a proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, more than 25% (by value) of the stock.

 

Based on our current composition of assets, subsidiaries and market capitalization (which will fluctuate from time to time), we do not expect to be or become a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, no assurance can be given in this regard because the determination of whether we will be or become a PFIC is a factual determination made annually that will depend, in part, upon the composition of our income and assets. Furthermore, the composition of our income and assets may also be affected by how, and how quickly, we use our liquid assets and the cash raised in this offering. Under circumstances where our revenue from activities that produce passive income significantly increase relative to our revenue from activities that produce non-passive income, or where we determine not to deploy significant amounts of cash for active purposes, our risk of becoming classified as a PFIC may substantially increase. In addition, because there are uncertainties in the application of the relevant rules, it is possible that the Internal Revenue Service may challenge our classification of certain income and assets as non-passive or our valuation of our tangible and intangible assets, each of which may result in our becoming a PFIC for the current or subsequent taxable years. If we were classified as a PFIC for any year during which a U.S. Holder held our ordinary shares, we generally would continue to be treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which such U.S. Holder held our ordinary shares even if we cease to be a PFIC in subsequent years, unless certain elections are made.

 

141
 

 

If we are classified as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds our ordinary shares, and unless the U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election (as described below), the U.S. Holder will generally be subject to special tax rules that have a penalizing effect, regardless of whether we remain a PFIC, on (i) any excess distribution that we make to the U.S. Holder (which generally means any distribution paid during a taxable year to a U.S. Holder that is greater than 125 percent of the average annual distributions paid in the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares), and (ii) any gain realized on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares. Under these rules,

 

  ● the U.S. Holder’s gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares;
     
   ● the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable years in the U.S. Holder’s holding period prior to the first taxable year in which we are classified as a PFIC (each, a “pre-PFIC year”), will be taxable as ordinary income;
     
   ● the amount allocated to each prior taxable year, other than a pre-PFIC year, will be subject to tax at the highest tax rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, for that year; and
     
   ● an additional tax equal to the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed in respect of the tax attributable to each prior taxable year, other than a pre-PFIC year, of the U.S. Holder.

 

If we are treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds our ordinary shares, or if any of our subsidiaries is also a PFIC, such U.S. Holder would be treated as owning a proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of any lower-tier PFICs for purposes of the application of these rules. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to any of our subsidiaries.

 

As an alternative to the foregoing rules, a U.S. Holder of “marketable stock” in a PFIC may make a mark-to-market election with respect to such stock, provided that such stock is “regularly traded” within the meaning of applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. If our ordinary shares qualify as being regularly traded, and an election is made, the U.S. Holder will generally (i) include as ordinary income for each taxable year that we are a PFIC the excess, if any, of the fair market value of ordinary shares held at the end of the taxable year over the adjusted tax basis of such ordinary shares and (ii) deduct as an ordinary loss the excess, if any, of the adjusted tax basis of the ordinary shares over the fair market value of such ordinary shares held at the end of the taxable year, but such deduction will only be allowed to the extent of the amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. The U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares would be adjusted to reflect any income or loss resulting from the mark-to-market election. If a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election in respect of a corporation classified as a PFIC and such corporation ceases to be classified as a PFIC, the U.S. Holder will not be required to take into account the gain or loss described above during any period that such corporation is not classified as a PFIC. If a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election, any gain such U.S. Holder recognizes upon the sale or other disposition of our ordinary shares in a year when we are a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as ordinary loss, but such loss will only be treated as ordinary loss to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election.

 

Because a mark-to-market election cannot be made for any lower-tier PFICs that we may own, a U.S. Holder may continue to be subject to the PFIC rules with respect to such U.S. Holder’s indirect interest in any investments held by us that are treated as an equity interest in a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

Furthermore, as an alternative to the foregoing rules, a U.S. Holder that owns stock of a PFIC generally may make a “qualified electing fund” election regarding such corporation to elect out of the PFIC rules described above regarding excess distributions and recognized gains. However, we do not intend to provide information necessary for U.S. Holders to make qualified electing fund elections which, if available, would result in tax treatment different from the general tax treatment for PFICs described above.

 

142
 

 

If a U.S. Holder owns our ordinary shares during any taxable year that we are a PFIC, the U.S. Holder must generally file an annual Internal Revenue Service Form 8621 and provide such other information as may be required by the U.S. Treasury Department, whether or not a mark-to-market election is or has been made. If we are or become a PFIC, you should consult your tax advisor regarding any reporting requirements that may apply to you.

 

You should consult your tax advisors regarding how the PFIC rules apply to your investment in our ordinary shares.

 

Non-U.S. Holders

 

Cash dividends paid or deemed paid to a Non-U.S. Holder with respect to the ordinary shares generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless such dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains or maintained in the United States).

 

In addition, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain attributable to a sale or other taxable disposition of the ordinary shares unless such gain is effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains or maintained in the United States) or the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of such sale or other disposition and certain other conditions are met (in which case, such gain from U.S. sources generally is subject to U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or a lower applicable tax treaty rate).

 

Cash dividends and gains that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains or maintained in the United States) generally will be subject to regular U.S. federal income tax at the same regular U.S. federal income tax rates as applicable to a comparable U.S. Holder and, in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, may also be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or a lower applicable tax treaty rate.

 

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

 

Certain U.S. Holders are required to report information to the Internal Revenue Service relating to an interest in “specified foreign financial assets,” including shares issued by a non-United States corporation, for any year in which the aggregate value of all specified foreign financial assets exceeds $50,000 (or a higher dollar amount prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service), subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for shares held in custodial accounts maintained with a U.S. financial institution). These rules also impose penalties if a U.S. Holder is required to submit such information to the Internal Revenue Service and fails to do so.

 

In addition, dividend payments with respect to our ordinary shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of our ordinary shares may be subject to additional information reporting to the IRS and possible U.S. backup withholding. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. Holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes any other required certification on IRS Form W-9 or who is otherwise exempt from backup withholding. U.S. Holders who are required to establish their exempt status generally must provide such certification on IRS Form W-9. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. information reporting and backup withholding rules.

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, and you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the IRS and furnishing any required information. We do not intend to withhold taxes for individual shareholders. However, transactions effected through certain brokers or other intermediaries may be subject to withholding taxes (including backup withholding), and such brokers or intermediaries may be required by law to withhold such taxes.

 

THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY. IT IS NOT TAX ADVICE. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR ORDINARY SHARES, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAWS.

 

143
 

 

UNDERWRITING

 

Under the terms and subject to the conditions of an underwriting agreement dated   , 2022, the underwriters named below, for whom ViewTrade Securities, Inc. is acting as the representative and sole book-running manager, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, the number of our ordinary shares at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and as indicated below:

 

Underwriters  

Number

of Shares

ViewTrade Securities, Inc.    
   
Total  

 

The underwriters are offering the shares subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described below.

 

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to additional ordinary shares at the initial public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering contemplated by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of the additional ordinary shares as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of ordinary shares listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

 

The underwriters will offer the shares to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus and to selected dealers at the initial public offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $      per share. After this offering, the initial public offering price, concession and reallowance to dealers may be reduced by the representative. No change in those terms will change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The securities are offered by the underwriters as stated herein, subject to receipt and acceptance by them and subject to their right to reject any order in whole or in part.

 

Discount, Commissions and Expenses

 

The underwriting discounts and commissions are equal to 7.5% of the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

 

144
 

 

The following table shows the per share and total initial public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional ordinary shares.

 

   Per Share  

Total Without

Exercise of Over-allotment

Option

  

Total With Full

Exercise of

Over-allotment

Option

 
Initial public offering price  $   $   $ 
Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us  $    $    $ 
Proceeds, before expenses, to us  $    $    $ 

 

We will also pay to the representative by deduction from the net proceeds of the offering contemplated herein, a non-accountable expense allowance equal to one and one percent (1.0%) of the gross proceeds received by us from the sale of our ordinary shares.

 

We paid an expense deposit of $35,000 to the representative, within three days of the execution of the letter of intent between us and the representative, and will pay an additional $35,000 upon receipt of the SEC’s first comments to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, for the representative’s anticipated out-of-pocket expenses; any expense deposits will be returned to us to the extent the representative’s out-of-pocket accountable expenses are not actually incurred in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(C).

 

We have agreed to reimburse the representative’s accountable expenses of the offering, up to $150,000, including, but not limited to: (i) the legal and due diligence fees and expenses incurred by the representative; (ii) translation costs for due diligence purposes; (iii) the reasonable cost for road show meetings and preparation of a PowerPoint presentation; and (iv) all reasonable travel and lodging expenses incurred by the representative or its counsel in connection with visits to, and examinations of, our company.

 

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by us, excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions and non-accountable expense allowance, will be approximately $    , including a maximum aggregate reimbursement of $150,000 of representative’s accountable expenses.

 

In addition, we agreed, until the effectiveness of the registration statement in connection with this offering, not to negotiate with any other broker-dealer relating to a possible private and/or public offering of the securities without the written consent of the representative. If, prior to the 12 month period following the effective date of our letter of intent with the representative, we (i) do not complete the offering and listing of the securities on a national securities exchange and enter into discussions regarding a letter of intent or similar agreement with a third party broker-dealer and enter into a new engagement letter, and/or (ii) effect a private and/or public offering of the securities with another broker-dealer or any other person without the written consent of the representative, we will be liable to the representative for its accountable expenses of up to $150,000 and a breakup fee in the amount of $250,000; provided, however, that such fees shall be subject to FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(D)(ii) and shall not apply if and to the extent the representative has advised us of the representative’s inability or unwillingness to proceed with this offering.

 

We have applied to list our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “YMAT.” There is no assurance that such application will be approved, and if our application is not approved, this offering may not be completed.

 

For a period of one year from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the representative shall have the right to send a representative to observe each meeting of our board of directors; provided, that (i) such representative shall sign a Regulation FD compliant confidentiality agreement which is reasonably acceptable to the representative and its counsel; and (ii) upon written notice to the representative, we may exclude such representative from meetings where, upon the written opinion of our counsel, such representative’s presence would compromise an attorney-client privilege.

 

145
 

 

Representative’s Warrants

 

In addition, we have agreed to issue warrants to the representative of the underwriters to purchase a number of ordinary shares equal to 10% of the total number of ordinary shares sold in this offering (including any ordinary shares sold pursuant to an exercise of the over-allotment option). Such warrants shall have an exercise price equal to ________% of the offering price of the ordinary shares sold in this offering. The representative’s warrants may be exercised in cash or on a cashless basis, will be exercisable for five years from the commencement of sales in this offering and will terminate on the fifth anniversary of the commencement of sales. The representative’s warrants and the underlying shares will be deemed compensation by FINRA, and therefore will be subject to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1). In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1), and except as otherwise permitted by FINRA rules, neither the representative’s warrants nor any of our shares issued upon exercise of the representative’s warrants may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of such securities by any person, for a period of 180 days immediately following the commencement of sales in this offering. In addition, although the representative’s warrants and the underlying ordinary shares will be registered by the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we have also agreed that the warrants will provide for registration rights in certain cases. These registration rights apply to all of the securities directly and indirectly issuable upon exercise of the representative’s warrants. The piggyback registration right provided will not be greater than seven years from the effective date of the offering in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(v).

 

We will bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants. The exercise price and number of ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including in the event of a stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation.

 

Indemnification; Indemnification Escrow

 

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement, or to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

 

Concurrently with the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement, the Company will set up an escrow account with a third-party escrow agent in the United States and will fund such account with $400,000 from this offering that may be utilized by the underwriters to fund any bona fide indemnification claims of the underwriters arising during the 12 month period following the closing of the offering. The escrow account will be interest bearing, and we will be free to invest the assets in securities. All funds that are not subject to an indemnification claim will be returned to us after the applicable period expires. The Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the escrow agent.

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

Our officers, directors and principal shareholders (5% or more shareholders, provided that the representative may in its discretion require a lower percentage threshold) have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, to a six (6) month “lock-up” period from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part with respect to the ordinary shares that they beneficially own, including the issuance of shares upon the exercise of convertible securities and options that are currently outstanding or which may be issued. This means that, for a period of six (6) months following the closing of the offering, such persons may not offer, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of these securities without the prior written consent of the representative.

 

The representative has no present intention to waive or shorten the lock-up period; however, the terms of the lock-up agreements may be waived at its discretion. In determining whether to waive the terms of the lock-up agreements, the representative may base its decision on its assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and companies similar to ours in general, and the trading pattern of, and demand for, our securities in general.

 

Pricing of the Offering

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. The initial public offering price of the shares has been negotiated between us and the underwriters. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to the prevailing market conditions, are our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

 

146
 

 

No Sales of Similar Securities

 

We have agreed not to offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares or enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our ordinary shares, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of ordinary shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the representative, for a period of days from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Securities

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by the underwriters or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and the underwriters may distribute prospectuses electronically. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of ordinary shares to selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. The ordinary shares to be sold pursuant to internet distributions will be allocated on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on these websites is not part of, nor incorporated by reference into, this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or the underwriters, and should not be relied upon by investors.

 

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

 

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our ordinary shares. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the option to purchase additional shares, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter or dealer repays selling concessions allowed to it for distributing our ordinary shares in this offering because such underwriter repurchases those shares in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

 

Finally, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, our ordinary shares in market making transactions, including “passive” market making transactions as described below.

 

These activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of our ordinary shares at a price that is higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the absence of these activities. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may discontinue any of these activities at any time without notice. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq Capital Market, in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise.

 

147
 

 

Passive Market Making

 

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in passive market making transactions in our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act, during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of the shares and extending through the completion of the distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, then that bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded.

 

Potential Conflicts of Interest

 

The underwriters and their affiliates may, from time to time, engage in transactions with and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business for which they may receive customary fees and reimbursement of expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own accounts and for the accounts of their customers and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of our Company. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

 

Other Relationships

 

The underwriters and certain of their affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Some of the underwriters and certain of their affiliates may in the future engage in investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us and our affiliates, for which they may in the future receive customary fees, commissions and expenses.

 

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

 

Nasdaq Listing

 

We have applied to have our ordinary shares listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, or Nasdaq, under the symbol “YMAT.” We cannot guarantee that we will be successful in listing our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq; however, we will not complete this offering unless we are so listed.

 

148
 

 

EXPENSES RELATING TO THIS OFFERING

 

Set forth below is an itemization of the total expenses, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, that we expect to incur in connection with this offering. With the exception of the SEC registration fee, the Nasdaq listing fee and the filing fee payable to Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, all amounts are estimates.

 

SEC Registration Fee   $[●] 
Nasdaq Listing Fee   $[●] 
FINRA filing fee  $[●] 
Legal Fees and Expenses   $[●] 
Accounting Fees and Expenses   $[●] 
Printing and Engraving Expenses   $[●] 
Miscellaneous Expenses   $[●] 
Total   $[●] 

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

We are being represented by Loeb & Loeb LLP, New York, with respect to certain legal matters as to United States federal securities and New York State law. The validity of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus and legal matters as to Cayman Islands law will be passed upon for us by Ogier. Legal matters as to PRC law will be passed upon for us by L&L-Leaven, Attorneys-at-Law. Legal matters as to Taiwan law will be passed upon for us by Lee and Li, Attorneys-at-Law. Loeb & Loeb LLP may rely upon Ogier with respect to matters governed by Cayman Islands law, L&L-Leaven, Attorneys-at-Law with respect to matters governed by PRC law and Lee and Li, Attorneys-at-Law with respect to matters governed by Taiwan law. Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP is acting as U.S. counsel for the underwriters.

 

EXPERTS

 

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2020, included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers, Taiwan, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

The registered business address of PricewaterhouseCoopers, Taiwan is 27F, No. 333, Sec. 1, Keelung Rd., Xinyi Dist., Taipei 11012, Taiwan.

 

CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

 

Deloitte & Touche was dismissed as our independent auditor on August 28, 2020. The registered address of Deloitte & Touche is 20/F, Taipei Nan Shan Plaza, No. 100, Songren Rd., Xinyi Dist., Taipei, Taiwan 11073.

 

The dismissal of Deloitte & Touche was approved by our board of directors. 

 

149
 

 

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 and the subsequent interim period through August 28, 2020, there were no (1) disagreements with Deloitte & Touche on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedures, under the auditing standards and reporting standards of Republic of China, as explained below, which disagreements if not resolved to their satisfaction would have caused them to make reference in connection with their opinion to the subject matter of the disagreement, or (2) reportable events as described in Item 16F of Form 20-F.

 

Deloitte & Touche conducted the audit in accordance with the Regulations Governing Auditing and Attestation of Financial Statements by Certified Public Accountants and auditing standards generally accepted in the Republic of China and issued its audit opinion on the consolidated financial statements of J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 in accordance with the Regulations Governing the Preparation of Financial Reports by Securities Issuers, and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), International Accounting Standards (IAS), IFRIC Interpretations (IFRIC), and SIC Interpretations (SIC) endorsed and issued into effect by the Financial Supervisory Commission of the Republic of China, of which did not contain any adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion and was not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.

 

On September 21, 2020, we engaged PricewaterhouseCoopers, Taiwan as our independent registered public accounting firm to audit our consolidated financial statements as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 and 2020. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 and the subsequent interim period through September 21, 2020, we did not consult with PricewaterhouseCoopers, Taiwan with respect to (i) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on our financial statements, and neither a written report nor oral advice was provided to us that PricewaterhouseCoopers, Taiwan concluded was an important factor considered by us in reaching a decision as to any accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue, or (ii) any matter that was either the subject of a “disagreement,” as defined in Item 16F(a)(1)(iv) of Form 20-F (and the related instructions thereto), or a “reportable event” as defined in Item 16F(a)(1)(v) of Form 20-F.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the ordinary shares described herein. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not include all of the information contained in the registration statement. You should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits for additional information. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are not necessarily complete and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document. We anticipate making these documents publicly available, free of charge, on our website at www.ymaunivers.com as soon as reasonably practicable after filing such documents with the SEC. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and should not be considered to be a part of this prospectus. We have included our website address as an inactive textual reference only.

 

You can read the registration statement and our future filings with the SEC, over the Internet at the SEC’s web site at http://www.sec.gov.

 

Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference room.

 

150
 

 

J-STAR HOLDING CO., LTD.

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

J-STAR HOLDING CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2020

 

  Page(s)
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-2
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets F-3
 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income F-5
 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity F-6
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows F-7

 

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2020 AND 2021

 

  Page(s)
Condensed Interim Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited) F-46 - F-47
   
Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Unaudited) F-48
   
Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity (Unaudited) F-49
   
Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited) F-50 - F-51
   
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements F-52 - F-76

 

F-1

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of J-Star Holding Co., Ltd.

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, of changes in equity and of cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2020, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

Change in Accounting Principles

 

As discussed in Note 40 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for leases in 2019.

 

Basis for opinion

 

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers, Taiwan

Taipei, Taiwan

Republic of China

September 30, 2021

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

 

F-2

 

 

J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2019 and 2020

Expressed in United States dollars

 

       December 31, 2019   December 31, 2020 
Assets  Notes   AMOUNT   AMOUNT 
Current assets               
Cash and cash equivalents   5   $1,563,058   $1,336,820 
Current financial assets at amortized cost   6    66,816    771,592 
Accounts receivable, net   7    5,455,635    5,118,874 
Other receivables   11    2,752,788    858,556 
Other receivables due from related parties   31    49,830    - 
Inventories   8    8,176,729    11,699,660 
Prepayments   9    2,799,130    1,670,669 
Other current assets        106,228    201,510 
Current assets        20,970,214    21,657,681 
Non-current assets               
Property, plant and equipment   10    3,874,823    3,955,568 
Right-of-use assets   11    387,710    505,034 
Intangible assets        37,051    21,816 
Deferred tax assets   27    311,300    368,009 
Other non-current assets, others   17    414,261    2,084,651 
Non-current assets        5,025,145    6,935,078 
Total assets       $25,995,359   $28,592,759 

 

(Continued)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3

 

 

J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2019 and 2020

Expressed in United States dollars

 

       December 31, 2019   December 31, 2020 
Liabilities and Equity  Notes   AMOUNT   AMOUNT 
Current liabilities               
Short-term loans   12   $667,120   $2,743,646 
Current contract liabilities   20    986,139    601,351 
Notes payable        7,364    9,046 
Accounts payable        2,899,710    3,749,984 
Other payables   13    7,647,101    7,481,911 
Other payables to related parties   31    1,936,422    442,473 
Current tax liabilities        1,408,314    1,786,265 
Current lease liabilities        1,268,381    1,199,345 
Other current liabilities   14    699,764    605,216 
Current liabilities        17,520,315    18,619,237 
Non-current liabilities               
Long-term loans   14    -    429,000 
Deferred tax liabilities   27    7,755    34,405 
Non-current lease liabilities        1,432,903    218,827 
Long-term notes and accounts payable to related parties   31    1,925,589    - 
Guarantee deposits received        67,510    72,239 
Non-current liabilities        3,433,757    754,471 
Total Liabilities        20,954,072    19,373,708 
Equity               
Equity attributable to owners of parent               
Share capital   17           
Ordinary share        7,770,896    6,805,098 
Capital surplus   18           
Capital surplus        9,520,046    8,397,244 
Retained earnings   19           
Accumulated deficit        (4,165,476)   (5,751,639)
Other equity interest               
Other equity interest        (62,101)   (231,652)
Treasury shares   17    (8,022,078)   - 
Total Equity        5,041,287    9,219,051 
Total liabilities and equity       $25,995,359   $28,592,759 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4

 

 

J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2020

Expressed in United States dollars

 

       Year ended December 31 
       2019   2020 
   Notes   AMOUNT   AMOUNT 
Operating revenue   20   $22,786,951   $22,178,572 
Cost of revenue   8,25,26    (18,203,126)   (14,816,905)
Gross profit from operations        4,583,825    7,361,667 
Operating expenses   25,26           
Selling expenses        (1,927,635)   (1,386,309)
Administrative expenses        (3,152,487)   (2,517,208)
Research and development expenses        (1,744,141)   (1,689,817)
Expected credit losses   37    (230,471)   (81,947)
Gains on disposals of non-current asset held for sale   11    6,859,542    - 
Gains arising from sale and leaseback transactions   11    6,948,966    - 
Other income and expenses   21    (205,804)   13,691 
Net operating income (loss)        11,131,795    1,700,077 
Non-operating income and expenses               
Interest income   22    9,502    2,802 
Other gains and losses   23    514,890    180,463 
Finance costs   24    (490,581)   (417,923)
Non-operating income and expenses        33,811    (234,658)
Profit before income tax        11,165,606    1,465,419 
Income tax expense   27    (159,807)   (355,273)
Profit after income tax       $11,005,799   $1,110,146 
Components of other comprehensive income that will be reclassified to profit or loss               
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations        5,309    (169,551)
Total comprehensive income       $11,011,108   $940,595 
Basic and diluted               
Earnings per share   28   $0.44   $0.06 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5

 

 

J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2020

Expressed in United States dollars

 

       Equity attributable to owners of the parent 
                   Other equity interest         
Year 2019   Notes   Ordinary share   Capital surplus   Accumulated deficit   Financial statements translation differences of foreign operations   Treasury shares   Total equity 
                            
Balance at January 1, 2019       $7,770,896   $9,520,046   $(15,171,275)  $(67,410)  $-   $2,052,257 
Profit for the year        -    -    11,005,799    -    -    11,005,799 
Other comprehensive loss        -    -    -    5,309    -    5,309 
Total comprehensive income        -    -    11,005,799    5,309    -    11,011,108 
Stock reacquisition   17    -    -    -    -    (8,022,078)   (8,022,078)
Balance at December 31, 2019       $7,770,896   $9,520,046   $(4,165,476)  $(62,101)  $(8,022,078)  $5,041,287 
Year 2020                                   
Balance at January 1, 2020       $7,770,896   $9,520,046   $(4,165,476)  $(62,101)  $(8,022,078)  $5,041,287 
Profit for the year        -    -    1,110,146    -    -    1,110,146 
Other comprehensive income        -    -    -    (169,551)   -    (169,551)
Total comprehensive income        -    -    1,110,146    (169,551)   -    940,595 
Share-based payments   16,18    -    46,944    -    -    -    46,944 
Treasury shares reissue   17,18    -    153,780    -    -    3,036,445    3,190,225 
Treasury shares retirement   17,18    (965,798)   (1,323,526)   (2,696,309)   -    4,985,633    - 
Balance at December 31, 2020       $6,805,098   $8,397,244   $(5,751,639)  $(231,652)  $-   $9,219,051 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6

 

 

J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2020

Expressed in United States dollars

 

      

Year ended December 31

 
   Notes   2019   2020 
             
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES               
Profit before tax       $11,165,606   $1,465,419 
Adjustments               
Adjustments to reconcile profit (loss)               
Depreciation expenses   10,25    556,779    643,003 
Depreciation expenses-Right-of-use assets   11,25    223,769    222,821 
Amortization expenses   25    36,851    29,534 
Expected credit losses   37    230,471    81,947 
Cost of share-based payment   16,26    -    46,944 
Interest income   22    (9,502)   (2,802)
Interest expense   24    490,581    417,923 
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment   21    221,065    71,801 
Gains on disposals of non-current asset held for sale   11    (6,859,542)   - 
Gains arising from lease modifications   11,21    -    (1,557)
Gains arising from sale and leaseback transactions   11    (6,948,966)   - 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities               
Changes in operating assets               
Accounts receivable        1,417,142    240,728 
Other receivables        (2,611,063)   237,967 
Other receivables – related parties        (49,818)   49,830 
Inventories        (2,000,366)   (3,522,931)
Prepayments        (815,807)   1,109,801 
Other current asset        574,630    (95,282)
Other non-current assets        -    (276,697)
Changes in operating liabilities               
Current contract liabilities        986,139    (384,788)
Notes payable        (7,463)   1,682 
Accounts and payable        (102,941)   850,274 
Other payables        1,780,811    17,469 
Other current liabilities        307,097    (328,548)
Cash (outflow) inflow generated from operations        (1,414,527)   874,538 
Interest received        9,502    2,802 
Interest paid        (706,936)   (537,994)
Income tax paid        (195,548)   (99,938)
Net cash flows (used in) from operating activities        (2,307,509)   239,408 

 

(Continued)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7

 

 

J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2020

Expressed in United States dollars

 

      

Year ended December 31

 
  

Notes

   2019   2020 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES            
Acquisition of financial assets at amortized cost       $-   $(704,776)
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment   29    (1,080,399)   (659,266)
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment        -    138,188 
Acquisition of intangible assets        (9,107)   (12,827)
Proceeds from sale and leaseback transactions and disposal of non-current asset held for sale        11,457,760    - 
Increase in guarantee deposits received        (155,678)   - 
Net cash flows from (used in) investing activities        10,212,576    (1,238,681)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES               
Proceeds from short-term bank loans   30    323,500    2,752,858 
Payments on short-term loans   30    -    (741,075)
Proceeds from long-term bank loans   30    -    676,000 
Payments on long-term bank loans   30    -    (37,556)
Increase(decrease) in other payables to related parties        770,250    (1,137,495)
Payment on lease liabilities   30    (192,213)   (155,052)
Increase (decrease) in long-term notes and accounts payable to related parties   30    73,916    (498,894)
Treasury shares acquired   17    (8,022,078)   - 
Net cash flows (used in) from financing activities        (7,046,625)   858,786 
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes        117,877    (85,751)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents        976,319    (226,238)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year        586,739    1,563,058 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year       $1,563,058   $1,336,820 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8

 

 

J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2019 and 2020

Expressed in US dollars, except as otherwise indicated

 

1.Corporate and group information

 

J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. (the “Company”) was incorporated in the Cayman Islands in May 2016. The Company and its subsidiaries (collectively referred herein as the “Group”) are primarily engaged in manufacturing and trading business of bicycle parts, sports accessories and carbon fiber composite products.

 

2.The authorization of the consolidated financial statements

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements were authorized for issuance by the Board of Directors on September 30, 2021.

 

3.Application of new and revised International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), International Accounting Standards (“IAS”), International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”) Interpretations and Standing Interpretations Committee (“SIC”) Interpretations issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”), (collectively, “IFRSs”)

 

a)Amendments to IFRSs and the new interpretation that are mandatorily effective for the current year

 

New Standards, Interpretations and Amendments  Effective date issued by IASB
Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8, “Disclosure Initiative-Definition of Material”  January 1, 2020
Amendments to IFRS 3, “Definition of a Business”  January 1, 2020
Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7, “Interest Rate Benchmark Reform”  January 1, 2020
Amendment to IFRS 16, “Covid-19-Related Rent Concessions”  June 1, 2020

 

Based on the Group’s assessment, the above standards and interpretations have no significant impact to the Group’s financial position and financial performance.

 

b)New standards, interpretations and amendments in issue but not yet effective

 

New Standards, Interpretations and Amendments  Effective date issued by IASB
Amendments to IFRS 4, “Extension of the Temporary Exemption from Applying IFRS 9”  January 1, 2021
Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16, “Interest Rate Benchmark Reform-Phase 2”  January 1, 2021
Amendments to IFRS 3, “Reference to the Conceptual Framework”  January 1, 2022
Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28, “Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture”  To be determined by IASB
IFRS 17, “Insurance Contracts”  January 1, 2023
Amendments to IFRS 17, “Insurance Contracts”  January 1, 2023
Amendments to IAS 1, “Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current”  January 1, 2023
Amendments to IAS 1, “Disclosure of Accounting Policies”  January 1, 2023
Amendments to IAS 8, “Definition of Accounting Estimates”  January 1, 2023
Amendments to IAS 16, “Property, Plant and Equipment:Proceeds before Intended Use”  January 1, 2022
Amendments to IAS 37, “Onerous Contracts—Cost of Fulfilling a Contract”  January 1, 2022
Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018–2020  January 1, 2022

 

F-9

 

 

Except for the following, the above standards and interpretations have no significant impact to the Group’s financial condition and financial performance based on the Group’s assessment. The quantitative impact will be disclosed when the assessment is complete.

 

  (a) Amendments to IAS 1, ‘Classification of liabilities as current or non-current’
     
    The amendments clarify that classification of liabilities depends on the rights that exist at the end of the reporting period. An entity shall classify a liability as current when it does not have a right at the end of the reporting period to defer settlement of the liability for at least twelve months after the reporting period. Also, the amendments define ‘settlement’ as the extinguishment of a liability with cash, other economic resources or an entity’s own equity instruments.
     
  (b) Amendments to IAS 16, ‘Property, plant and equipment: proceeds before intended use’
     
    This amendment to IAS 16 prohibits an entity from deducting from the cost of an item of property, plant and equipment any proceeds received from selling items produced while the entity is preparing the asset for its intended use (for example, the proceeds from selling samples produced when testing a machine to see if it is functioning properly). The proceeds from selling such samples and the costs relating to items produced are now recognized in profit or loss. This amendment also clarifies that an entity is ‘testing whether the asset is functioning properly’ when it assesses the technical and physical performance of the asset. The financial performance of the asset is not relevant to this assessment.

 

4.Summary of significant accounting policies

 

The significant accounting policies applied in the preparation of these accompanying consolidated financial statements are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied during the reported periods, unless otherwise stated.

 

  a) Statement of compliance
     
    The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as issued by the IASB.
     
  b) Basis of preparation

 

  (a) The consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention:
     
  (b) The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRSs requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgment in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgment or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements are disclosed in Note 4 bb).
     
  (c) These consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars (“US$”), which is the Company’s functional currency.

 

c)Basis of consolidation

 

  (a) Basis for preparation of consolidated financial statements:
       
    i) All subsidiaries are included in the Group’s consolidated financial statements. Subsidiaries are all entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. Consolidation of subsidiaries begins from the date the Group obtains control of the subsidiaries and ceases when the Group loses control of the subsidiaries Transactions, balances and unrealized gains or losses on transactions between companies within the Group are eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been adjusted where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.
       
    ii) Transactions, balances and unrealized gains or losses on transactions between companies within the Group are eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been adjusted where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.
       
    iii) In 2016, the Company, through a series of transactions which is accounted for as a reorganization of entities under a common control, became the ultimate parent entity of its subsidiaries. The Group accounted for the transactions using the book value method of accounting and is retrospectively applied. Difference between consideration paid and the net assets acquired is adjusted to shareholders’ equity.

 

F-10

 

 

(b)Subsidiaries included in the consolidated financial statements:

 

            Percentage of Ownership (%)    
            December 31,    
Name of investor  Name of investee  Main business  Location  2019   2020   Note
The Company  GOAL BEYOND LIMITED(GOAL BEYOND)  Holding company  Samoa   100    100    
The Company  STAR LEADER TRADING LIMITED
(STAR LEADER)
  Sales of bicycle,sporting goods,and otheer carbon composite products  Hong Kong   100    100    
GOAL BEYOND  YMA CORPORATION
(YMA)
  Product development,design,manufacturing and sales of carbon fiber composite products  Republic of China
(“ROC”)
   100    100    
GOAL BEYOND  TIME YIELD LIMITED
(TIME YIELD)
  Purchasing  Samoa   100    100    
GOAL BEYOND  Forwell Sports Equipment Co., Ltd.
(Forwell)
  Manufacturing of bicycle,sporting goods and carbon fiber composite  Dongguan, People’s Republic of China
(“PRC”)
   -    100   ii
GOAL BEYOND  YMA Composite Materials (DG) Co., Ltd.
(YMA DG)
  Manufacturing of bicycle,sporting goods and carbon fiber composite  Dongguan, People’s Republic of China
(“PRC”)
   100    100    
GOAL BEYOND  SKYFORT INTERNATIONAL PTE. LIMITED
(SKYFORT)
  Holding company  Singapore   100    -   i
SKYFORT  Forwell  Manufacturing of bicycle,sporting goods and carbon fiber composite  Dongguan, People’s Republic of China
(“PRC”)
   100    -   ii

 

(a)Subsidiaries not included in the consolidated financial statements: None.

 

(b)Adjustments for subsidiaries with different balance sheet date: Not applicable.

 

(c)Significant restrictions

 

As of December 31, 2020, cash and short-term deposits of $41,718 deposited in mainland China are under local foreign exchange control which restricts the capital to be remitted outside the borders except for normal dividend distribution.

 

F-11

 

 

(d)Subsidiaries that have non-controlling interests that are material to the Group: None.

 

(e)Note:

 

i)SKYFORT was liquidated in February 2020.

 

ii)There was a change of shareholder in Forwell in January 2020. Forwell was held by SKYFORT before the change and held by GOAL BEYOND after the change.

 

d)Foreign currency translation

 

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the “functional currency”). The consolidated financial statements are presented in US$, which is the Company’s functional currency and the Group’s presentation currency.

 

(a)Foreign currency transactions and balances

 

  i) Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions or valuation where items are remeasured. Therefore, foreign exchange differences resulting from the settlement of such transactions are recognized in profit or loss in the period in which they arise.
     
  ii) Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the period end are re-translated at the exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheet date. Exchange differences arising upon re-translation are recognized in profit or loss on the balance sheet date.
     
  iii) Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies held at fair value through profit or loss are re-translated at the exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheet date; their exchange differences are recognized in profit or loss. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies held at fair value through other comprehensive income are re-translated at the exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheet date; their exchange differences are recognized in other comprehensive income. However, non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are not measured at fair value are translated using the historical exchange rates at the initial dates of the transactions.
     
  iv) All foreign exchange differences are presented in the statement of comprehensive income under “Other gains and losses” by the nature of transactions.

 

(b)Translation of foreign operations

 

The operating results and financial position of all the group entities, associates that have different functional currency and presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:

 

  i) Assets and liabilities for each balance sheet presented are translated at the exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheet date;
     
  ii) Income and expenses for each statement of comprehensive income are translated at average exchange rates of that period; and
     
  iii) All exchange differences are recognized in other comprehensive income.

 

F-12

 

 

e)Classification of current and non-current assets and liabilities

 

(a)Assets that meet one of the following criteria are classified as current assets:

 

  i) Assets arising from operating activities that are expected to be realized, or are intended to be sold or consumed within the normal operating cycle;
     
  ii) Assets held mainly for trading purposes;
     
  iii) Assets that are expected to be realized within 12 months from the balance sheet date;
     
  iv) Cash and cash equivalents, excluding restricted cash and cash equivalents and those that are to be exchanged or used to pay off liabilities more than 12 months after the balance sheet date.

 

All assets that do not meet the above criteria are classified as non-current assets.

 

(b)Liabilities that meet one of the following criteria are classified as current liabilities:

 

  i) Liabilities that are expected to be settled within the normal operating cycle;
     
  ii) Liabilities arising mainly from trading activities;
     
  iii) Liabilities that are to be settled within 12 months from the balance sheet date;
     
  iv) Liabilities for which the repayment date cannot be unconditionally extended to more than 12 months after the balance sheet date. Liabilities bearing terms that could, at the option of the counterparty, result in its settlement by the issue of equity instruments do not affect its classification.

 

All liabilities that do not meet the above criteria are classified as non-current liabilities.

 

f)Cash equivalents

 

Cash equivalents refer to short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value (including time deposits with less than 3 months contract period from date of acquisition). Time deposits that meet the above definition and are held for the purpose of meeting short-term cash commitments in operations are classified as cash equivalents.

 

g)Financial assets at amortized cost

 

(a)Financial assets at amortized cost are those that meet all of the following criteria:

 

i)The objective of the Group’s business model is achieved by collecting contractual cash flows.

 

ii)The financial assets’ contractual cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest.

 

F-13

 

 

(b)The Group’s time deposits which do not fall under cash equivalents are those with a short maturity period and are measured at initial investment amount as the effect of discounting is immaterial.

 

(c)At initial recognition, the Group measures the financial assets at fair value plus transaction costs. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest method. A gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss when the asset is derecognized or impaired.

 

h)Accounts and notes receivable

 

(a)Accounts and notes receivable entitle the Group a legal right to receive consideration in exchange for transferred goods or rendered services.

 

(b)The short-term accounts and notes receivable without bearing interest are subsequently measured at initial invoice amount as the effect of discounting is immaterial.

 

i)Impairment of financial assets

 

For financial assets at amortized cost, at each reporting date, the Group recognizes the impairment provision for 12 months expected credit losses if there has not been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition or recognizes the impairment provision for the lifetime expected credit losses if such credit risk has increased since initial recognition after taking into consideration all reasonable and verifiable information that includes forecasts. On the other hand, for accounts receivable that do not contain a significant financing component, the Group recognizes the impairment provision for lifetime expected credit losses.

 

j)Derecognition of financial assets

 

The Group derecognizes a financial asset when the contractual rights to receive the cash flows from the financial asset expire.

 

k)Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined using the weighted-average method. The cost of finished goods and work in progress comprises raw materials, direct labour, other direct costs and related production overheads (allocated based on normal operating capacity). It excludes borrowing costs.

 

Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale. The item by item approach is used in raw materials. The amount of any write-down of inventories to net realizable value and all losses of inventories are recognized as an expense in the period the write-down or loss occurs. The reversal of inventory valuations should not be more than historical cost.

 

F-14

 

 

l)Non-current assets (or disposal groups) held for sale

 

Non-current assets are classified as assets held for sale when their carrying amount is to be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use, and a sale is considered highly probable. They are stated at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

 

m)Property, plant and equipment

 

(a)Property, plant and equipment are initially recorded at cost. Borrowing costs incurred during the construction period are capitalized.

 

(b)Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognized. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to profit or loss during the financial period in which they are incurred.

 

(c)Property, plant and equipment apply cost model and are depreciated using the straight-line method to allocate their cost over their estimated useful lives. Each part of an item of property, plant and equipment with a cost that is significant in relation to the total cost of the item must be depreciated separately.

 

(d)The assets’ residual values, useful lives and depreciation methods are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each financial year-end. If expectations for the assets’ residual values and useful lives differ from previous estimates or the patterns of consumption of the assets’ future economic benefits embodied in the assets have changed significantly, any change is accounted for as a change in estimate under IAS 8 “Accounting Policies, Change in Accounting Estimates and Errors”, from the date of the change. The estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment are as follows:

 

Leasehold improvement  3 years
Machinery and equipment  3 to 10 years
Molding equipment  2 years
Others  2 to 10 years

 

n)Leasing arrangements (lessee)-right-of-use assets / lease liabilities

 

(a)Leases are recognized as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group. For short-term leases or leases of low value assets, lease payments are recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

(b)Lease liabilities include the net present value of the remaining lease payments at the commencement date, discounted using the incremental borrowing interest rate.

 

Lease payments are fixed payments, less any lease incentives receivable.

 

The Group subsequently measures the lease liability at amortized cost using the interest method and recognizes interest expense over the lease term. The lease liability is remeasured and the amount of remeasurement is recognized as an adjustment to the right-of-use asset when there are changes in the lease term or lease payments and such changes do not arise from contract modifications.

 

F-15

 

 

(c)At the commencement date, the right-of-use asset is stated at the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability. The right-of-use asset is measured subsequently using the cost model and is depreciated from the commencement date to the earlier of the end of the asset’s useful life or the end of the lease term. When the lease liability is remeasured, the amount of remeasurement is recognized as an adjustment to the right-of-use asset.

 

o)Intangible assets

 

Computer software

 

Computer software is stated at cost and amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life of 3 to 5 years.

 

p)Impairment of non-financial assets

 

The Group assesses at each balance sheet date the recoverable amounts of those assets where there is an indication that they are impaired. An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell or value in use. When the circumstances or reasons for recognizing impairment loss for an asset in prior years no longer exist or diminish, the impairment loss is reversed. The increased carrying amount due to reversal should not be more than what the depreciated or amortized historical cost would have been if the impairment had not been recognized.

 

q)Loans

 

Loans comprise long-term and short-term bank loans. Loans are recognized initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Loans are subsequently stated at amortized cost; any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognized as interest expense in profit or loss over the period of the loans using the effective interest method.

 

r)Accounts and notes payable

 

(a)Accounts payable are liabilities for purchases of raw materials, goods or services and notes payable are those resulting from operating and non-operating activities.

 

(b)The short-term accounts and notes payable without bearing interest are subsequently measured at initial invoice amount as the effect of discounting is immaterial.

 

s)Derecognition of financial liabilities

 

(a)A financial liability is derecognized when the obligation specified in the contract is either discharged or cancelled or expires.

 

(b)Where the terms of a financial liability are renegotiated and the Group issues equity instruments to a creditor to extinguish all or part of the liability (debt for equity swap), a gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss, which is measured as the difference between the carrying amount of the financial liability and the fair value of the equity instruments issued.

 

F-16

 

 

t)Employee benefits

 

(a)Short-term employee benefits

 

Short-term employee benefits are measured at the undiscounted amount of the benefits expected to be paid in respect of service rendered by employees and should be recognized as expenses when the employees render service.

 

(b)Pensions

 

Defined contribution plans

 

For defined contribution plans, the contributions are recognized as pension expenses when they are due on an accrual basis. Prepaid contributions are recognized as an asset to the extent of a cash refund or a reduction in future payments.

 

(c)Employees’ compensation and directors’ remuneration

 

Employees’ compensation and directors’ remuneration are recognized as expenses and liabilities, provided that such recognition is required under legal obligation or constructive obligation and those amounts can be reliably estimated. Any difference between the resolved amounts and the subsequently actual distributed amounts is accounted for as changes in estimates. If employee compensation is paid by shares, the Company calculates the number of shares based on the closing price at the previous day of the board meeting resolution.

 

u)Employee share-based payments

 

For the equity-settled share-based payment arrangements, the employee services received are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments granted at the grant date, and are recognized as compensation cost over the vesting period, with a corresponding adjustment to equity. The fair value of the equity instruments granted shall reflect the impact of market vesting conditions and non-vesting conditions. Compensation cost is subject to adjustment based on the service conditions that are expected to be satisfied and the estimates of the number of equity instruments that are expected to vest under the non-market vesting conditions at each balance sheet date. Ultimately, the amount of compensation cost recognized is based on the number of equity instruments that eventually vest.

 

v)Income tax

 

(a)The income tax expense for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognized in profit or loss, except to the extent that it relates to items recognized in other comprehensive income or items recognized directly in equity, in which cases the income tax is recognized in other comprehensive income or equity.

 

(b)The current income tax expense is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantially enacted at the balance sheet date in the countries where the Group and its subsidiaries operate and generate taxable income. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in accordance with applicable tax regulations. It establishes provisions where appropriate based on the amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities. An additional income tax is levied on the unappropriated retained earnings and is recorded as income tax expense in the year the profit generated. There were no additional taxes levied on unappropriated retained earnings in any of the periods presented.

 

F-17

 

 

  (c) Deferred tax is recognized, using the balance sheet liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated balance sheet date. However, the deferred tax is not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss. Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted at the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred tax asset is realized or the deferred tax liability is settled.
     
  (d) Deferred tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized. At each balance sheet date, unrecognized and recognized deferred tax assets are reassessed.
     
  (e) Current income tax assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset on the balance sheet when the entity has the legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and they are levied by the same taxation authority on either the same entity or different entities that intend to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
     
  (f) A deferred tax asset shall be recognized for the carry forward of unused tax credits resulting from equity investments to the extent that it is possible that future taxable profit will be available against which the unused tax credits can be utilized.
     
  (g) If a change in tax rate is enacted or substantively enacted, the Group recognizes the effect of the change immediately in the period in which the change occurs. The effect of the change on items recognized outside profit or loss is recognized in other comprehensive income or equity while the effect of the change on items recognized in profit or loss is recognized in profit or loss.

 

w)Capital stock

 

(a)Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown in equity as a deduction.

 

(b)Where the Company repurchases the Company’s shares that have been issued, the consideration paid, including any directly attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes) is deducted from equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders. Where such shares are subsequently reissued, the difference between their book value and any consideration received, net of any directly attributable incremental transaction costs and the related income tax effects, is included in equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders.

 

F-18

 

 

x)Revenue recognition

 

(a)The Group manufactures and sells spare parts such as bicycle frame and racket. Sales are recognized when control of the products has transferred, being when the products are delivered to the customers. Delivery occurs when the products have been shipped to the specific location, the risks of obsolescence and loss have been transferred to the customers, and either the customers accepted the products in accordance with the sales contract, or the Group has objective evidence that all criteria for acceptance have been satisfied.

 

(b)A receivable is recognized when the goods are delivered as this is the point in time that the consideration is unconditional because only the passage of time is required before the payment is due.

 

(c)Sales revenue was recognized based on the contract price net of sales discount. Accumulated experience is used to estimate and provide for the sales discounts and allowances. The sales usually are made with a credit term of 30 to 90 days after monthly billings. which is consistent with market practice. As the time interval between the transfer of committed goods and the payment of customer does not exceed one year, the Group does not adjust the transaction price to reflect the time value of money.

 

y)Government grants

 

Government grants are recognized at their fair value only when there is reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with any conditions attached to the grants will be received. Government grants are recognized in profit or loss on a systematic basis over the periods in which the Group recognizes expenses for the related costs for which the grants are intended to compensate. Government grants related to property, plant and equipment are recognized as non-current liabilities and are amortized to profit or loss over the estimated useful lives of the related assets using straight-line method.

 

z)Business combinations – determination of business

 

The Group shall determine whether a transaction or other event is a business combination, which requires that the assets acquired and liabilities assumed constitute a business. A business consists of inputs and processes applied to those inputs that have the ability to contribute to the creation of outputs. If the assets acquired are not a business, the Group shall account for the transaction or other event as an asset acquisition. If the assets acquired are a business, the Group shall account for each business combination by applying the acquisition method.

 

aa)Operating segments

 

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker. The Group’s chief operating decision maker, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segments, has been identified as the Board of Directors that makes strategic decisions.

 

F-19

 

 

bb)Critical accounting judgments, estimates and key sources of assumption uncertainty

 

Evaluation of inventories

 

As inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value, the Group must determine the net realizable value of inventories on balance sheet date using judgements and estimates. Due to the rapid technology innovation, the Group evaluates the amounts of normal inventory consumption, obsolete inventories or inventories without market selling value on balance sheet date, and writes down the cost of inventories to the net realizable value. The evaluation of inventories is principally based on the unit price of the sales order as the basis of the estimate. Therefore, there might be material changes to the evaluation.

 

As of December 31, 2020, the Group’s cost of inventories and allowance for inventory valuation losses amounted to $12,713,025 and $1,013,365, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2020, the amounts of reversal of inventory valuation was $159,460.

 

5.Cash and cash equivalents

 

   December 31, 2019   December 31, 2020 
Cash on hand and petty cash  $86,285   $1,870 
Checking accounts and demand deposits   1,476,773    1,334,950 
   $1,563,058   $1,336,820 

 

  a) The Group transacts with a variety of financial institutions all with high credit quality to disperse credit risk, so it expects that the probability of counterparty default is remote.
     
  b) No cash and cash equivalents of the Group were pledged to others.

 

6.Financial assets at amortized cost

 

   December 31, 2019   December 31, 2020 
Current items:          
Restricted time deposits  $-   $701,282 
Restricted bank deposits   66,816    70,310 

 

  $66,816   $771,592 

 

a)Without taking into account any collateral held or other credit enhancements, the maximum exposure to credit risk in respect of the amount that best represents the financial assets at amortized cost held by the Group is the carrying amount at the end of each reporting period.

 

b)Information about the financial assets at amortized cost that were pledged to others as collateral is provided in Notes 12 and 32.

 

c)Information relating to credit risk of financial assets at amortized cost is provided in Note 37 c).

 

F-20

 

 

7.Accounts receivable

 

   December 31, 2019   December 31, 2020 
Accounts receivable  $5,686,588   $5,445,860 
Less: Loss allowance   (230,953)   (326,986)
   $5,455,635   $5,118,874 

 

a)The Group’s credit term granted to customers is 30~90 days. Receivables do not bear interest. The loss allowance is determined based on the credit quality of customers. Information relating to credit risk is provided in Note 37 c).

 

b)The ageing analysis of accounts receivable that were past due but not impaired is as follows:

 

   December 31, 2019   December 31, 2020 
Not past due  $4,568,628   $4,843,098 
Up to 30 days   346,861    167,147 
31 to 90 days   147,087    28,675 
91 to 180 days   297,811    12,317 
Over 180 days   326,201    394,623 
   $5,686,588   $5,445,860 

 

c)As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, accounts receivable were all from contracts with customers. And as of January 1, 2019, the balance of accounts receivable from contracts with customers was $7,103,248.

 

d)Without taking into account of any collateral held or other credit enhancements, the amount that best reflects the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk in respect of the accounts receivable is the carrying amount at the end of each reporting period.

 

e)No accounts receivable of the Group were pledged to others.

 

8.Inventories

 

   December 31, 2019 
   Cost   Allowance for
valuation loss
   Book value 
Raw materials  $4,405,622   $(439,255)  $3,966,367 
Work in progress   3,780,594    (628,199)   3,152,395 
Finished goods   823,175    (37,819)   785,356 
Inventory in transit   272,611    -    272,611 
   $9,282,002   $(1,105,273)  $8,176,729 

 

   December 31, 2020 
   Cost   Allowance for
valuation loss
   Book value 
Raw materials  $3,807,079   $(323,804)  $3,483,275 
Work in progress   8,172,868    (519,528)   7,653,340 
Finished goods   733,078    (170,033)   563,045 
   $12,713,025   $(1,013,365)  $11,699,660 

 

The cost of inventories recognized as an expense for the year:

 

  

Year ended

December 31, 2019

  

Year ended

December 31, 2020

 
Cost of goods sold  $17,957,717   $14,817,898 
Loss on physical inventory
observation
   485,891    158,467 
Reversal of inventory valuation   (240,482)   (159,460)
   $18,203,126   $14,816,905 

 

a)Reversal of allowance for inventory valuation was recognized due to disposal of certain inventories which were previously provided with allowance for price decline.

 

b)No inventories of the Group were pledged to others.

 

F-21

 

 

9.Prepayments

 

   December 31, 2019   December 31, 2020 
Prepayment for purchases  $309,843   $644,713 
Prepaid sales tax   1,990,334    787,652 
Other prepayments   498,953    238,304 
   $2,799,130   $1,670,669 

 

10.Property, plant and equipment, net

 

   2019 
  

Machinery

and

equipment

  

Leasehold

improvement

   Molding equipment   Others   Construction in progress and equipment to be inspected   Total 
January 1                              
Cost  $4,187,284   $559,517   $141,835   $905,653   $-   $5,794,289 
Accumulated depreciation   (1,212,733)   (233,035)   (25,691)   (721,837)   -    (2,193,296)
   $2,974,551   $326,482   $116,144   $183,816   $-   $3,600,993 
                               
January 1  $2,974,551   $326,482   $116,144   $183,816   $-   $3,600,993 
Additions   47,512    71,641    949,266    -    12,471    1,080,890 
Disposals   (139,626)   -    -    (81,439)   -    (221,065)
Depreciation expenses   (386,317)   (70,352)   (39,995)   (60,115)   -    (556,779)
Exchange adjustment   (16,906)   (215)   (12,095)   92    (92)   (29,216)
December 31  $2,479,214   $327,556   $1,013,320   $42,354   $12,379   $3,874,823 
                               
December 31                              
Cost  $3,746,634   $638,900   $1,078,929   $276,525   $12,379   $5,753,367 
Accumulated depreciation and impairment   (1,267,420)   (311,344)   (65,609)   (234,171)   -    (1,878,544)
   $2,479,214   $327,556   $1,013,320   $42,354   $12,379   $3,874,823 

 

   2020 
  

Machinery

and

equipment

  

Leasehold

improvement

   Molding equipment   Others   Construction in progress and equipment to be inspected   Total 
January 1                              
Cost  $3,746,634   $638,900   $1,078,929   $276,525   $12,379   $5,753,367 
Accumulated depreciation
and impairment
   (1,267,420)   (311,344)   (65,609)   (234,171)   -    (1,878,544)
   $2,479,214   $327,556   $1,013,320   $42,354   $12,379   $3,874,823 
                               
January 1  $2,479,214   $327,556   $1,013,320   $42,354   $12,379   $3,874,823 
Additions   162,832    82,992    430,473    -    -    676,297 
Disposals   (130,608)   (79,381)   -    -    -    (209,989)
Depreciation expenses   (416,556)   (50,890)   (154,732)   (20,825)   -    (643,003)
Exchange adjustment   148,351    18,995    87,729    1,494    871    257,440 
December 31  $2,243,233   $299,272   $1,376,790   $23,023   $13,250   $3,955,568 
                               
December 31                              
Cost  $3,880,445   $497,465   $1,610,749   $249,990   $13,250   $6,251,899 
Accumulated depreciation and impairment   (1,637,212)   (198,193)   (233,959)   (226,967)   -    (2,296,331)
   $2,243,233   $299,272   $1,376,790   $23,023   $13,250   $3,955,568 

 

The property, plant and equipment were not pledged to others as collaterals.

 

F-22

 

 

11.Leasing arrangements-lessee

 

a)The Group leases various assets including land use right and buildings. Rental contracts are typically made for periods of 2 to 3 years. Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide range of different terms and conditions. The lease agreements do not impose covenants, but leased assets may not be used as security for borrowing purposes.

 

b)The carrying amount of right-of-use assets and the depreciation charge are as follows:

 

   December 31, 2019   December 31, 2020 
   Carrying amount   Carrying amount 
Land use right  $123,847   $71,379 
Buildings   263,863    433,655 
   $387,710   $505,034 

 

   Year ended December 31, 
   2019   2020 
  

Depreciation

expenses

  

Depreciation

expenses

 
Land use right  $51,260   $57,679 
Buildings       172,509           165,142 
   $223,769   $222,821 

 

c)For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, the additions to right-of-use assets were $409,516 (including addition from sale-and-leaseback transaction $334,348) and $416,641, respectively.

 

d)The information on profit and loss accounts relating to lease contracts is as follows:

 

   Year ended December 31, 2019   Year ended December 31, 2020 
Items affecting profit or loss          
Interest expense on lease liabilities  $75,696   $62,589 
Expense on short-term lease contracts   376,390    52,889 
Gain on lease modification   -    1,557 
Gain on sale and leaseback transactions   6,948,966    - 

 

e)For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Group’s total cash outflow for leases were $644,299 and $270,530 respectively.

 

f)In order to effectively utilize the assets and strengthen the Group’s financial structure, the Group signed a share transfer agreement (“The Agreement”) dated August 14, 2018, to dispose its 100% owned subsidiary, Dongguan Yuantai Sports Equipment Co., Ltd. (“Yuantai”) to Shenzhen Meishangsheng Technology Ltd. (“Meishangsheng”) with a total consideration of RMB $142 million (USD $20,390,631), of which RMB $12 million (USD $1,723,152) were agreed to be paid to certain independent third parties as agency commission fee under a separate undertaking dated May 29, 2018. Yuantai was a company that only held land use right and buildings without any operation, did not have an organized workforce and manufacturing equipments. The Group sold the land use right and buildings, consisting Plant I and Plant II, to Meishangsheng and leaseback Plant II with a lease term of 3 years. The fair value of these two plants amounted to RMB$ 129.7 million (USD $18,623,251). Valuations were made using the market approach and replacement cost method which are categorized within Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. The aforementioned transaction was completed in April 2019 and the Group recognized a gain on disposals of non-current asset held for sale of $6,859,542 for Plant I and a gain from the sale-and-leaseback transaction of $6,948,966 for Plant II. As of December 31, 2019, other receivable of the aforementioned transaction amounted to $2,039,702. In December 2020, the Group agreed with Meishangsheng to offset the other receivable against lease liabilities of sale-and-leaseback and other payables to Meishangsheng. The monthly lease payment for Plant II is RMB $700,000 (USD $103,516), based on the current market rents for similar comparable properties in the same location and condition. The annual lease payment for Plant II is RMB $8,400,000 (USD $1,242,199).

 

F-23

 

 

12.Short-term loans

 

       Period and  Interest rate range   
Type of loans  December 31, 2019   repayment term  ( Floating rate )  Collateral
Bank loans              
Bank secured loans  $567,120   Principal is repayable in June 2020 at maturity.  2.473%~2.85%  Restricted bank deposit
Bank unsecured loans   100,000   Principal is repayable in March 2020 at maturity.  2.473%  -
   $667,120          

 

       Period and  Interest rate range   
Type of loans  December 31, 2020   repayment term  ( Floating rate )  Collateral
Bank loans              
Bank secured loans  $2,041,646   Principal is repayable in April 2021 at maturity.  1.69%~2.60%  Restricted bank deposit
Restricted time deposit
Bank unsecured loans   702,000   Principal is repayable in July 2021 at maturity.  1.75%~2.325%  -
   $2,743,646          

 

a)Interest expense recognized in profit or loss amounted to $9,502 and $45,625 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

 

b)All short-term loans were guaranteed by key management.

 

13.Other payables

 

   December 31, 2019   December 31, 2020 
Professional service fees payable  $1,793,200   $1,844,400 
Social security and provident fund payable   1,288,664    1,379,340 
Salaries and bonuses payable   827,917    821,937 
Processing cost payable   2,259,885    735,119 
Mold and toolings payable   442,568    - 
Employees’compensation payable   41,857    63,861 
Other expense payable   993,010    2,637,254 
   $7,647,101   $7,481,911 

 

The Company corrected its opening balance of shareholders’ equity account on January 1, 2019 and reversed the dividend payable to one of its former shareholders in the amount of $108,182 as the Company has settled the liability with the former shareholder in prior periods and has no obligation to make the payment.

 

F-24

 

 

14.Long-term loans

 

      Interest rate range    
Type of loans  Period and payment term  ( Floating rate )  December 31, 2020 
Long-term bank loans           
Unsecured loans  Borrowing period is from October 12, 2020 to October 12, 2023; interest is repayable monthly;principal is repayable monthly  0.66%~0.94%  $663,000 
Less: Current portion         (234,000)
         $429,000 

 

All long-term loans were guaranteed by key management.

 

F-25

 

 

15.Pensions

 

Defined contribution plans

 

a)The Company’s subsidiaries in Taiwan have established a defined contribution pension plan (the “Plan”) under the Labor Pension Act (the “Act”), covering all regular employees with R.O.C. nationality. Under the Plan, the Company’s Taiwan subsidiaries contribute monthly an amount based on 6% of the employees’ monthly salaries and wages to the employees’ individual pension accounts at the Bureau of Labor Insurance. The benefits accrued are paid monthly or in lump sum upon termination of employment.

 

b)The subsidiaries in mainland China have defined contribution pension plans and contribute monthly an amount equal to 13% of employees’ monthly salaries and wages to an independent fund administered by a government agency. The plan is administered by the government of mainland China. Other than the monthly contributions, the Group does not have further pension liabilities.

 

c)The pension costs under the defined contribution pension plans of the Group for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 were $685,529 and $106,369, respectively. As a result of the coronavirus epidemic in China in early 2020, the local government exempted the pension insurance premiums for a period of eleven months from February 2020.

 

16.Share-based payment

 

  a)For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Group’s share-based payment arrangements was as follows:

 

Type of arrangement  Grant date 

Quantity granted

(shares)

  

Fair value

per unit

   Contract period 

Vesting

conditions

Bonus shares  August 28, 2020   1,000,000    1.02   5 years  5 years’ service

 

On August 28, 2020, New Moon Corporation (New Moon), a shareholder of the Company, an employee of the Company and the Company signed a tripartite talent award agreement. Under the agreement, the Company provides NT$10,000,000 (US$327,600) to the employee for the purchase of 1,000,000 shares of the Company owned by New Moon at NT$10 per share. The employee should return the payment to the Company if the acquisition of the shares could not be completed in thirty days after the payment. Also, the employee should return the shares to New Moon if the employee resigned within five years from the date of the agreement. New Moon should also return the consideration received from the employee to the Company.

 

The aforementioned bonus shares settled by a shareholder of the Company cannot be transferred during the vesting period, but voting right and dividend right are not restricted. The employee is required to return the shares to the shareholder but not required to return the dividends received if she resigns during the vesting period.

 

The Company accounted for the shares contributed by New Moon as share-based payment arrangement settled by equity. The NT$10,000,000 (US$327,600) contributed by the Company is accounted for as prepaid cash incentive to the employee and is amortized over the contract period which is five years.

 

b)The expenses incurred on share-based payment transactions for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $46,944.

 

F-26

 

 

17.Share capital

 

a)As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s authorized capital was $10,879,254, consisting of 35,000,000 ordinary shares, and the paid-in capital was $6,805,098 with a par value of $10 in New Taiwan dollars ($0.31 in US dollars) per share, consisting of 21,892,899 ordinary shares. All proceeds from shares issued have been collected except for the share swap transaction in e).

 

Movements in the number of the Company’s ordinary shares outstanding are as follows:

 

   2019   2020 
January 1   25,000,000    20,000,553 
Stock reacquisition   (4,999,447)   - 
Treasury shares reissue   -    1,892,346 
December 31   20,000,553    21,892,899 

 

b)Treasury shares

 

i)Reason for share reacquisition and movements in the number of the Company’s treasury shares are as follows:

 

   2019 
   Shares   Amount 
January 1   -   $- 
Stock reacquisition   4,999,447    8,022,078 
December 31   4,999,447   $8,022,078 

 

   2020 
   Shares   Amount 
January 1   4,999,447   $8,022,078 
Treasury shares reissue   (1,892,346)   (3,036,445)
Treasury shares retirement   (3,107,101)   (4,985,633)
December 31   -   $- 

 

c)To enhance the best interest of shareholders, the Company repurchased the shares (treasury shares) amounting to $8,022,078, consisting of 4,999,447 shares at carrying amount in 2019.

 

d)On December 25, 2020, the Board of Directors resolved to issue 1,054,293 shares (4.2% of the total ordinary share capital issued) of the treasury shares it repurchased in 2019 (with book value of $1,691,712) to one of the Group’s key management as consideration for repaying the loans from the key management. The book value of the loans from the key management amounted to $1,779,502. The ordinary shares issued have the same rights as other shares in issue.

 

e)On December 25, 2020, the Board of Directors resolved to issue 838,053 shares (3.4% of the total ordinary share capital issued) of the treasury shares repurchased in 2019 (with book value of $1,344,733) to the shareholders of Bohong Techonology Jiangsu Co., Ltd. (Bohong) to obtain 100% of its ordinary shares through a share swap. On December 30, 2020, the Group signed the share swap agreement with the shareholders of Bohong. The ordinary shares issued have the same rights as other shares in issue. Bohong was a company that only held land use right without any operation, did not have an organized workforce and manufacturing equipment. As a result, the Group treated this transaction as an asset acquisition. The fair value of the land use right amounted to $1,410,724. Valuation for land use right was made using market approach which is categorized within Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. As of December 31, 2020 and September 30, 2021 (the date the consolidated financial statements is authorized for issuance), the issued shares were shown as other non-current assets since the share swap registration of the shareholders of Bohong was not yet completed.

 

F-27

 

 

f)To enhance the Company’s capital structure, the Board of Directors resolved to retire all treasury shares amounting to $4,985,633 thousand (3,107,101 shares) on December 25, 2020. The retirement was approved by the regulatory authority and the capital change registration was completed on December 30, 2020.

 

18.Capital surplus

 

Pursuant to the Cayman Islands Company Act, capital surplus arising from paid-in capital in excess of par value on issuance of ordinary shares and donations can be used to cover accumulated deficit or to issue new stocks or cash to shareholders in proportion to their share ownership, provided that the Company has no accumulated deficit. However, capital surplus should not be used to cover accumulated deficit unless the legal reserve is insufficient.

 

   2019 
  

Share

premium

 
January 1 and December 31  $9,520,046 

 

   2020 
  

Share

premium

   Share-based payments   Total 
January 1  $9,520,046   $-   $9,520,046 
Employee bonus shares   -    46,944    46,944 
Treasury shares reissue   153,780    -    153,780 
Treasury shares retirement   (1,323,526)   -    (1,323,526)
December 31  $8,350,300   $46,944   $8,397,244 

 

19.Accumulated deficit / retained earnings

 

a)In accordance with the Articles of Incorporation of the Company, the Directors may, in their absolute discretion, declare dividends and distributions on Shares in issue and authorize payment of the dividends or distributions out of the funds of the Company lawfully available therefor. The Board of Directors may from time to time declare interim dividends to the shareholders. Before the declaration of an additional dividend distribution, the Board of Directors may set aside provision from the earnings as it deems appropriate to pay any unforeseen expense or to adjust dividends or for any other purpose to be met by using the earnings based on its discretion, and before such use, the provision may, at the same discretion, be used temporarily in the business of the Company or to invest in such investments as the Board of Directors may at any time as it deems appropriate.

 

b)As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company had accumulated deficit and thus had no earnings for distribution.

 

20.Operating revenue

 

   Year ended December 31, 2019   Year ended December 31, 2020 
Revenue from contracts with customers          
Goods sales  $22,640,669   $22,178,572 
Processing   146,282    - 
   $22,786,951   $22,178,572 

 

F-28

 

 

a)Disaggregation of revenue from contracts with customers

 

The Group derives revenue from the transfer of goods and services at a point in time in the following major product lines and geographical regions:

 

   US   Asia   Europe         
2019  Bicycle frame  

Racket

   Bicycle frame  

Racket

   Bicycle frame  

Racket

   Others   Total 
Revenue from
external customer
contracts
  $164,354   $906,651   $10,273,365   $4,048,547   $4,356,930   $3,008,837   $28,267   $22,786,951 

 

   US   Asia   Europe         
2020  Bicycle frame  

 

Racket

   Bicycle frame  

Racket

   Bicycle frame  

Racket

   Others   Total 
Revenue from
external customer
contracts
  $-   $1,935,333   $8,063,891   $3,186,704   $6,211,839   $2,758,477   $22,328   $22,178,572 

 

b)Contract assets and liabilities

 

i.) The Group has recognized the following revenue-related contract assets and liabilities:

 

   January 1, 2019   December 31, 2019   December 31, 2020 
Contract liabilities – receipts in advance  $197,546   $986,139   $601,351 

 

ii) Revenue recognized that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period:

 

  

Year ended

December 31, 2019

  

Year ended

December 31, 2020

 
Contract liabilities – receipts in advance  $197,546   $852,642 

 

21.Other income and expenses

 

  

Year ended

December 31, 2019

  

Year ended

December 31, 2020

 
Losses on disposals of property, plant and
equipment
  $(221,065)  $(71,801)
Gains arising from lease modifications   -    1,557 
Government grants   22,645    30,783 
Others   (7,384)   53,152 
   $(205,804)  $13,691 

 

22.Interest income

 

  

Year ended

December 31, 2019

  

Year ended

December 31, 2020

 
Interest income from bank deposits  $9,502   $2,802 

 

23.Other gains and losses

 

  

Year ended

December 31, 2019

  

Year ended

December 31, 2020

 
Foreign exchange gains  $514,890   $180,463 

 

24.Finance costs

 

  

Year ended

December 31, 2019

  

Year ended

December 31, 2020

 
Interest expense          
 Bank loans  $12,946   $49,097 
 Lease liabilities   75,696    62,589 
 Loans from related parties   401,939    306,237 
   $490,581   $417,923 

 

F-29

 

 

25.Expenses by nature

 

  

Year ended

December 31, 2019

  

Year ended

December 31, 2020

 
Raw materials and supplies used  $11,009,762   $7,944,086 
Employee benefit expenses   10,056,780    8,388,842 
Fuel and utility expense   1,247,762    1,214,071 
Short-term rent expenses   376,390    52,889 
Freight expenses   613,933    931,768 
Professional service expenses   299,058    322,783 
Expected credit losses   230,471    81,947 
Loss on physical inventory observation   485,891    158,467 
Reversal of inventory valuation   (240,482)   (159,460)
Depreciation expenses   780,548    865,824 
Amortization expenses   36,851    29,534 
Other expenses   360,896    661,435 
   $25,257,860   $20,492,186 

 

26.Employee benefit expenses

 

  

Year ended

December 31, 2019

  

Year ended

December 31, 2020

 
Wages and salaries  $8,464,283   $7,637,368 
Labour and health insurance fees   800,819    307,441 
Pension   685,529    106,369 
Share-based payments   -    46,944 
Other personnel expenses   106,149    290,720 
   $10,056,780   $8,388,842 

 

27.Income tax

 

a)Income tax expense

 

Components of income tax expense:

 

  

Year ended

December 31, 2019

  

Year ended

December 31, 2020

 
Current income tax:          
Current income tax on profits for the
period
  $14,387   $387,528 
Tax on unappropriated retained earnings   872    - 
Prior year income tax under (over)
estimation
   97,333    (2,196)
Total current income tax   112,592    385,332 
Deferred income tax:          
Origination and reversal of temporary
differences
   47,215    (30,059)
Income tax (benefit) expense  $159,807   $355,273 

 

Tax expenses were computed based on the rates applicable in the respective countries where the Group entities operate.

 

F-30

 

 

b)Reconciliation between income tax expense and accounting profit

 

   Year ended December 31, 2019   Year ended December 31, 2020 
Tax calculated based on profit before tax and statutory tax rate  $2,563,130   $42,792 
Effects from adjustments based on tax regulation   (3,057,370)   314,677 
Taxable loss not recognized as deferred tax assets   555,842    - 
Prior year income tax under (over) estimation   97,333    (2,196)
Tax on unappropriated retained earnings   872    - 
Income tax (benefit) expense  $159,807   $355,273 

 

Effect from adjustments based on tax regulation for the year ended December 31, 2019 was mainly due to non-taxable gain of the share transfer agreement in Note 11 f).

 

Effect from adjustments based on tax regulation for the year ended December 31, 2020 was mainly due to non-taxable income and expenses disallowed by tax regulation.

 

c)Amounts of deferred tax assets or liabilities as a result of temporary differences, tax losses and investment tax credits are as follows:

 

   2019 
   January 1   Recognized in profit or loss   December 31 
Deferred tax assets               
Unrealize exchange losses  $4,909   $(4,909)  $- 
Loss on inventories   339,999    (50,521)   289,478 
Deferred employee benefits   5,852    (1,849)   4,003 
Tax losses   -    17,819    17,819 
   $350,760   $(39,460)  $311,300 
Deferred tax liabilities               
Unrealized exchange gain  $-   $(7,755)  $(7,755)
   $350,760   $(47,215)  $303,545 

 

   2020 
   January 1   Recognized in profit or loss   December 31 
Deferred tax assets               
Unrealize exchange losses  $-   $55,724   $55,724 
Loss on inventories   289,478    (37,447)   252,031 
Deferred employee benefits   4,003    (1,897)   2,106 
Tax losses   17,819    (17,819)   - 
Disaster loss   -    408    408 
Allowance for bad debts   -    55,640    55,640 
Unused vacation bonus   -    2,100    2,100 
   $311,300   $56,709   $368,009 
Deferred tax liabilities               
Unrealized exchange gain  $(7,755)  $(26,650)  $(34,405)
   $303,545   $30,059   $333,604 

 

F-31

 

 

d)Expiration dates of unused tax losses and amounts of unrecognized deferred tax assets are as follows:

 

December 31, 2019
Year incurred  Unused amount   Expiry year 
2019  $2,990,425    2024 
2018   40,884    2023 

 

e)The Company has not recognized deductible temporary differences associated with investment in subsidiaries as deferred tax assets. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the amounts of temporary difference unrecognized as deferred tax assets were $7,758,627 and $7,508,950, respectively.

 

f)The Company has not recognized taxable temporary differences associated with investment in subsidiaries as deferred tax liabilities. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the amounts of temporary difference unrecognized as deferred tax liabilities were $146,647 and $1,879,742, respectively.

 

g)The Company’s foreign subsidiaries file income tax returns in the countries where their operations are located. Generally, these countries have statutes of limitations ranging from 5 to 6 years. The statute of limitations has closed through the following years in these major jurisdictions: China (2014), Taiwan (2014) and Hong kong (2013).

 

h)The Group principally operates business in Taiwan, China and Hong Kong. The tax rate for above countries was 20%, 25% and 16.5%, respectively.

 

28.Earnings per share

 

   Year ended December 31, 2019 
   Amount after
income tax
   Weighted average
number of
ordinary shares
outstanding
   Earnings per
share
(in dollars)
 
Basic and diluted earnings per share               
Profit attributable to the parent  $11,005,799    25,000,000   $0.44 

 

   Year ended December 31, 2020 
   Amount after
income tax
   Weighted average
number of
ordinary shares
outstanding
   Earnings per
share
(in dollars)
 
Basic and diluted earnings per share               
Profit attributable to the parent  $1,110,146    20,000,553   $0.06 

 

a)The weighted average numbers of ordinary shares outstanding in 2019 and 2020 have been calculated weighted averagely by considering acquisition, reduction and retirement of treasury shares. Refer to Note 17.

 

b)There were no potentially dilutive instruments in 2019 and 2020.

 

F-32

 

 

29.Supplementary cash flow information

 

a)Investing activities with partial cash payments

 

   Year ended
December 31, 2019
   Year ended
December 31, 2020
 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment  $1,080,890   $676,297 
Less: Opening balance of prepaid on equipment   (36,350)   (35,859)
Add: Ending balance of prepaid on equipment   35,859    18,828 
Cash paid during the year  $1,080,399   $659,266 

 

b)Financing activities with no cash flow effects

 

   Year ended
December 31, 2019
   Year ended
December 31, 2020
 
Other payables being converted to capital stocks- treasury shares reissue  $             -   $1,691,712 
Asset acquisition through share swap   -    1,344,733 
   $-   $3,036,445 

 

30.Changes in liabilities from financing activities

 

   2019 
   Short-term loans   Other payables to related parties   Long-term notes and accounts payable to related parties   Lease liabilities   Total liabilities from financing activities 
January 1  $325,100   $1,130,594   $1,838,255   $170,308   $3,464,257 
Changes in cash flow from financing activities   323,500    770,250    73,916    (192,213)   975,453 
Changes in additions to right-of-use assets   -    -    -    75,168    75,168 
Change in sale-and-leaseback transaction   -    -    -    3,189,240    3,189,240 
Offset lease liabilities against sale-and-leaseback transaction   -    -    -    (494,899)   (494,899)
Exchange difference   18,520    25,396    13,418    (46,320)   11,014 
December 31  $667,120   $1,926,240   $1,925,589   $2,701,284   $7,220,233 

 

   2020 
   Short-term loans   Other payables to related parties   Long-term loans (including current portion)   Long-term notes and accounts payable to related parties   Lease liabilities   Total liabilities from financing activities 
January 1  $667,120   $1,926,240   $-   $1,925,589   $2,701,284   $7,220,233 
Changes in cash flow from financing activities   2,011,783    (1,137,495)   638,444    (498,894)   (155,052)   858,786 
Changes in debt for equity swap   -    (356,464)   -    (1,423,038)   -    (1,779,502)
Changes in  additions to right-of-use assets   -    -    -    -    416,641    416,641 
Changes in  lease modification   -    -    -    -    (45,376)   (45,376)
Offset lease  liabilities against sale-and-leaseback transaction   -    -    -    -    (1,656,265)   (1,656,265)
Exchange difference   64,743    10,192    24,556    (3,657)   156,940    252,774 
December 31  $2,743,646   $442,473   $663,000   $-   $1,418,172   $5,267,291 

 

F-33

 

 

31.Related party transactions

 

a)Parent and ultimate controlling party

 

The Group is controlled by Jing-Bin Chiang and his family who directly and indirectly owns 74.50% and 55.81% equity interest in the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

 

b)Names of related parties and relationship

 

Names of related parties   Relationship with the Company
NEW MOON CORPERATION (NEW MOON)   The Chairman of NEW MOON is key management of the Company.
Bohong Techonology Jiansgu Co., Ltd. (Bohong)   The Chairman of Bohong is key management of the Company.
Jing-Bin Chiang   Key management
Yu-Ning Chiang   Key management

 

c)Significant related party transactions

 

i)Receivables from related parties:

 

   December 31, 2019 
Other receivables     
NEW MOON  $1,800 
Bohong   48,030 
   $49,830 

 

ii)Payables to related parties:

 

   December 31, 2019 
Other payables     
Key management  $10,182 

 

iii)Loans from related parties:

 

1.Outstanding balance:

 

   December 31, 2019   December 31, 2020 
Other payables          
NEW MOON  $202,800   $- 
Key management   1,723,440    442,473 
   $1,926,240   $442,473 

 

   December 31, 2019 
Long-term other payables     
NEW MOON  $1,280,220 
Key management   645,369 
   $1,925,589 

 

2.Interest expense

 

   Year ended
December 31, 2019
   Year ended
December 31, 2020
 
Key management  $189,177   $203,900 
NEW MOON   138,682    102,337 
   $327,859   $306,237 

 

1)The loans from Key management are repayable in August 2021 at the maturity and carry interest at 5% to 10% per annum for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

 

2)The loans from NEW MOON are repayable in December 2021 at the maturity and carry interest at 10% per annum for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

 

d)Provision of guarantees by related parties:

 

   December 31, 2019   December 31, 2020 
Key management  $647,000   $6,756,265 

 

i)Refer to Note 12 and 14 for the provision of guarantees by the Group’s key management.

 

ii)The provision of guarantees by key management as of December 31, 2020 was inclusive of unused credit lines from bank loans.

 

e)Key management compensation

 

   Year ended
December 31, 2019
   Year ended
December 31, 2020
 
Salaries and other short-term employee benefits  $376,315   $415,503 
Post-employment benefits   4,926    9,734 
Share-based payments   -    46,944 
   $381,241   $472,181 

 

f)Refer to Note 17 d) for the issuance of treasury shares to one of the Group’s key management.

 

F-34

 

 

32.Pledged assets

 

The Group’s assets pledged as collateral are as follows:

 

   Book value    
Pledged asset  December 31, 2019   December 31, 2020   Purpose
Financial assets at amortized cost  $66,816   $771,592   Short-term bank loans

 

33.Significant contingent liabilities and unrecognized contract commitments

 

None.

 

34.Significant events after the reporting period

 

On February 28, 2019, Bohong entered into the State-Owned Construction Land Use Right Assignment Contract (the “Assignment Contract”) with Hanjiang Branch of Yangzhou Land and Resource Bureau (the “Hanjiang Land Bureau”) for a land parcel in Yangzhou. According to the Assignment Contract, Bohong shall commence construction prior to August 28, 2020 or such later date as agreed by Hanjiang Land Bureau and complete the construction project on or prior to August 28, 2022 without granting any extension. Pursuant to the Assignment Contract, if Bohong fails to commence construction or complete the construction project on the scheduled date or a later date as agreed by Hanjiang Land Bureau, for each day of delay, Bohong shall pay Hanjiang Land Bureau a liquidated damage equivalent to 0.1% of the total purchase price for the right to use the state-owned construction land. Bohong has not been able to commence construction as a result of the coronavirus epidemic and may be exposed to a liquidated damage in the amount of approximately RMB $4.3 million (USD $670,822) calculated as of September 30, 2021. Refer to Note 17 e) for more discussion on the acquisition of Bohong.

 

35.Restrictions and parent company financial information

 

Under existing foreign exchange regulations of the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”), payments of current account items, including profit distributions, interest payments and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange (“SAFE”) by complying with certain procedural requirements. However, approval from or registration or filings with competent government authorities is required where Renminbi is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of loans denominated in foreign currencies.

 

Considering that such Restriction on the flow of cash from the Subsidiaries in China to J-Star Holding Co., Ltd., the stand-alone condensed balance sheets, condensed statements of comprehensive income, and condensed statements of cash flows of J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. are included below.

 

Condensed balance sheets:

 

   December 31, 2019   December 31, 2020 
   Amount (USD)   Amount (USD) 
ASSETS          
Current assets:          
Cash and cash equivalents  $2,798   $83,624 
Other receivables-related parties   3,200    473,705 
Prepayments   9,557    79,757 
Total current assets   15,555    637,086 
           
Non-current assets:          
Investment in subsidiaries   8,060,319    9,334,781 
Prepayments for investments   -    1,410,724 
Long-term prepayments   -    257,400 
Total non-current assets   8,060,319    11,002,905 
Total assets   8,075,874    11,639,991 
           
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY          
Current liabilities:          
Other payables   7,005    30,489 
Other payables-related parties   2,615,701    2,390,451 
Total current liabilities   2,622,706    2,420,940 
           
Non-current liabilities:          
Amounts due to key management   411,881    - 
Total liabilities   3,034,587    2,420,940 
Shareholders’ equity          
Ordinary share (US$0.31 par value per share; 25,000,000 and 35,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively; 20,000,553 and 21,892,899 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively)   7,770,896    6,805,098 
Capital surplus   9,520,046    8,397,244 
Accumulated deficit   (4,165,476)   (5,751,639)
Other equity interest   (62,101)   (231,652)
Treasury shares   (8,022,078)   - 
Total shareholders’equity   5,041,287    9,219,051 
Total equity and liabilities  $8,075,874   $11,639,991 

 

F-35

 

 

Condensed statements of comprehensive income:

 

   Year ended
December 31, 2019
   Year ended
December 31, 2020
 
   Amount (USD)   Amount (USD) 
Operating expenses:          
Administrative expenses  $(58,373)  $(184,149)
Other income and expenses   1,087    (21,816)
Net operating loss   (57,286)   (205,965)
           
Interest income   4    1 
Interest expenses   (153,300)   (127,903)
Share of profit of subsidiaries   11,216,381    1,444,013 
Net income attributable to ordinary shareholders  $11,005,799   $1,110,146 
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations   5,309    (169,551)
Comprehensive income  $11,011,108   $940,595 

 

Condensed statements of statements of cash flows:

 

   Year ended
December 31, 2019
   Year ended
December 31, 2020
 
   Amount (USD)   Amount (USD) 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES          
Profit before tax  $11,005,799   $1,110,146 
Adjustments:          
Adjustments to reconcile profit (loss):          
Cost of share-based payment   -    46,944 
Interest income   (4)   (1)
Interest expenses   153,300    127,903 
Share of profit of subsidiaries accounted for under the equity method   (11,216,381)   (1,444,013)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:          
Prepayments   (4,807)   - 
Other payables-related parties   54,904    116,362 
Other payables   7,005    23,484 
Cash outflow generated from operations   (184)   (19,175)
Interest received   4    1 
Net cash flows used in operating activities  $(180)  $(19,174)
           
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES          
Increase in other payables to related parties   -    100,000 
Net cash flows from financing activities   -    100,000 
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents   (180)   80,826 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year   2,978    2,798 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year  $2,798   $83,624 

 

Supplementary cash flow information

 

Financing activities with no cash flow effects

 

   Year ended
December 31, 2019
   Year ended
December 31, 2020
 
Other payables being converted to capital  stocks- treasury shares reissue  $                 -   $         629,055 

 

Business activity –

 

J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. is the holding company of the J-Star Group (the “Group”). The principal activities of J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. is the holding of investments in entities involved mainly in manufacturing and trading business in China, Hong Kong and Taiwan.

 

Basis of preparation –

 

Accounting policies adopted in the preparation of this condensed parent company only financial information are the same as those adopted in the consolidated financial statements and described in Note 4 - Summary of significant accounting policies, except that the equity method has been used to account for investments in subsidiaries.

 

F-36

 

 

Investments in subsidiaries –

 

J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. records its investment in its subsidiaries under the equity method of accounting, such investment is presented on the condensed balance sheets as “Investment in subsidiaries” and share of the subsidiaries’ income as “Share of income in subsidiaries” on the condensed statements of comprehensive income.

 

As at 31 December 2020 there were no material contingencies at J-Star Holding Co., Ltd.

 

Distribution to shareholders –

 

In 2019 and 2020, J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. did not distribute any dividends to its shareholders.

 

Dividends from subsidiary –

 

In 2019 and 2020, J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. did not receive any dividends from subsidiary.

 

36.Capital management

 

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt. The Group monitors capital on the basis of the gearing ratio. This ratio is calculated as net debt divided by total capital. Net debt is calculated as total loans (including ‘current and non-current loans’ as shown in the consolidated balance sheet) less cash and cash equivalents. Total capital is calculated as ‘equity’ as shown in the consolidated balance sheet plus net debt.

 

The Company’s strategy, which is unchanged for the reporting periods, is to maintain a reasonable ratio in order to raise capital with reasonable cost. The debt to capital ratios as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 were as follows:

 

   December 31, 2019   December 31, 2020 
Total borrowings  $4,518,949   $3,849,119 
Less: Cash and cash equivalents   (1,563,058)   (1,336,820)
Net debt   2,955,891    2,512,299 
Total equity   5,041,287    9,219,051 
Total capital   7,997,178    11,731,350 
Gearing ratio   37%   21%

 

37.Financial instruments

 

a)Financial instruments by category

 

   December 31, 2019   December 31, 2020 
Financial assets          
Financial assets at amortized cost          
Cash and cash equivalents  $1,563,058   $1,336,820 
Financial assets at amortized cost   66,816    771,592 
Accounts receivable   5,455,635    5,118,874 
Other receivables   2,752,788    858,556 
Other receivables due from related parties   49,830    - 
Guarantee deposits paid   374,147    392,844 
   $10,262,274   $8,478,686 
           
Financial liability          
Financial liabilities at amortized cost          
Short-term loans  $667,120   $2,743,646 
Notes payable   7,364    9,046 
Accounts payable   2,899,710    3,749,984 
Other payables   7,647,101    7,481,911 
Other payables to related parties   1,936,422    442,473 
Long-term loans (including current portion)   -    663,000 
Long-term other payables to related parties   1,925,589    - 
Guarantee deposits received   67,510    72,239 
   $15,150,816   $15,162,299 
Lease liabilities  $2,701,284   $1,418,172 

 

b)Financial risk management policies

 

i)The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk and price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk.

 

ii)Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (Group treasury) under policies approved by the Board of Directors. Group treasury identifies, evaluates and hedges financial risks in close co-operation with the Group’s operating units. The Board provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as written policies covering specific areas and matters, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, use of derivative financial instruments and non-derivative financial instruments, and investment of excess liquidity.

 

F-37

 

 

c)Significant financial risks and degrees of financial risks

 

i)Market risk

 

Foreign exchange risk

 

1.The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from the transactions of the Company and its subsidiaries used in various functional currency, primarily with respect to the USD and HKD. Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions and recognized assets and liabilities.

 

2.Management has set up a policy to require group companies to manage their foreign exchange risk against their functional currency. Exchange rate risk arising from the difference between various functional currencies and the reporting currency in the consolidated financial statements is centrally managed by the Group’s finance department.

 

3.The Group’s businesses involve some non-functional currency operations (the Company’s and certain subsidiaries’ functional currency: USD; other certain subsidiaries’ functional currency: NTD, RMB and HKD). The information on assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies whose values would be materially affected by the exchange rate fluctuations is as follows:

 

   December 31, 2019 
   Foreign currency amount   Exchange rate   Book value (USD) 
(Foreign currency: functional currency)               
Financial assets               
Monetary items               
EUR:NTD  $37,810    33.59   $42,363 
USD:NTD   11,813,774    29.98    11,813,774 
USD:RMB   16,899,439    6.96    16,899,439 
Financial liabilities               
Monetary items               
EUR:NTD  $10,106    33.59   $11,324 
USD:NTD   9,313,659    29.98    9,313,659 
USD:RMB   12,682,713    6.96    12,682,713 

 

   December 31, 2020 
   Foreign currency  amount   Exchange rate   Book value (USD) 
(Foreign currency: functional currency)               
Financial assets               
Monetary items               
RMB:HKD  $235,070    1.19   $36,127 
EUR:NTD   38,416    35.02    47,237 
USD:NTD   10,775,247    28.48    10,775,247 
USD:RMB   23,444,169    6.51    23,444,169 
Financial liabilities               
Monetary items               
EUR:NTD  $10,106    35.02   $12,427 
USD:NTD   5,004,385    28.48    5,004,385 
USD:RMB   9,380,725    6.51    9,380,725 

 

4.Total exchange gain (loss), including realized and unrealized, arising from significant foreign exchange variation on the monetary items held by the Group for the years ended December 31, 2019and 2020, amounted to gain $514,890 and $180,463, respectively.

 

F-38

 

 

5.Analysis of foreign currency market risk arising from significant foreign exchange variation:

 

   Year ended December 31, 2019 
   Sensitivity analysis 
   Degree of variation   Effect on profit or loss   Effect on other comprehensive income 
(Foreign currency: functional currency)               
Financial assets               
Monetary items               
EUR:NTD            5%  $2,118   $               - 
USD:NTD   5%   590,696    - 
USD:RMB   5%   844,972    - 
Financial liabilities               
Monetary items               
EUR:NTD   5%  $566   $- 
USD:NTD   5%   465,689    - 
USD:RMB   5%   634,136    - 

 

   Year ended December 31, 2020 
   Sensitivity analysis 
   Degree of variation   Effect on profit or loss   Effect on other comprehensive income 
(Foreign currency: functional currency)               
Financial assets               
Monetary items               
RMB:HKD             5%  $1,806   $                - 
EUR:NTD   5%   2,362    - 
USD:NTD   5%   538,762    - 
USD:RMB   5%   1,172,208    - 
Financial liabilities               
Monetary items               
EUR:NTD   5%  $621   $- 
USD:NTD   5%   250,219    - 
USD:RMB   5%   469,036    - 

 

Cash flow Interest rate risk

 

1.The Group’s main interest rate risk arises from short-term loans and long-term loans with variable rates, which expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. During 2019 and 2020, the Group’s loans at variable rate were mainly denominated in NTD and USD.

 

2.The Group’s loans are measured at amortized cost. The loans are periodically contractually repriced and to that extent are also exposed to the risk of future changes in market interest rates.

 

3.If the borrowing interest rate had increased/decreased by 1% with all other variables held constant, profit, before income tax for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 would have increased/decreased by $6,671 and $34,066, respectively. The main factor is that changes in interest expense result in floating-rate loans.

 

F-39

 

 

ii)Credit risk

 

1.Credit risk refers to the risk of financial loss to the Group arising from default by the clients or counterparties of financial instruments on the contract obligations. The main factor is that counterparties could not repay in full the accounts receivable based on the agreed terms, and the contract cash flows of debt instruments stated at amortized cost.

 

2.The Group manages their credit risk taking into consideration the entire group’s concern. For banks and financial institutions, only independently rated parties with a minimum rating of ‘A’ are accepted. According to the Group’s credit policy, each local entity in the Group is responsible for managing and analysing the credit risk for each of their new clients before standard payment and delivery terms and conditions are offered. Internal risk control assesses the credit quality of the customers, taking into account their financial position, past experience and other factors. Individual risk limits are set based on internal or external ratings in accordance with limits set by the Board of Directors. The utilization of credit limits is regularly monitored.

 

3.In line with credit risk management procedure, when the contract payments of the counterparty was past due over 180 days and after repeatedly asking for payment over 180 days, the default has occurred.

 

4.The Group adopts following assumptions under IFRS 9 to assess whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk on that instrument since initial recognition:

 

If the contract payments were past due over 30 days based on the terms, there has been a significant increase in credit risk on that instrument since initial recognition.

 

5.The Group classifies customer’s accounts receivable in accordance with credit risk on trade and customer type. The Group applies the modified approach using a provision matrix based on the loss rate methodology to estimate expected credit loss under the provision matrix basis.

 

6.The Group wrote-off the financial assets, which cannot be reasonably expected to be recovered, after initiating recourse procedures. However, the Group will continue executing the recourse procedures to secure their rights.

 

7.The Group used the forecastability of Taiwan Institute of Economic Research boom observation report to adjust historical and timely information to assess the default possibility of accounts receivable; accounts receivable that are significantly past due are assessed individually for their expected credit losses. On December 31, 2019 and 2020, the loss rate methodology is as follows:

 

   Not past due   Up to 30 days past due   31~90 days  past due   91~180 days past due   Over 180 days   Total 
At December 31, 2019                              
Expected loss rate   0.00%   0.04%   0.14%   2.28%   68.60%     
Total book value  $4,568,628   $346,861   $147,087   $297,811   $326,201   $5,686,588 
Loss allowance  $62   $129   $201   $6,776   $223,785   $230,953 
                               
At December 31, 2020                              
Expected loss rate   0.02%   0.21%   0.44%   18.36%   81.96%     
Total book value  $4,843,098   $167,147   $28,675   $12,317   $394,623   $5,445,860 
Loss allowance  $832   $347   $125   $2,262   $323,420   $326,986 

 

F-40

 

 

8.Movements in relation to the Group applying the modified approach to provide loss allowance for accounts receivable, contract assets and lease payments receivable are as follows:

 

   2019 
   Accounts receivable 
At January 1  $- 
Provision for impairment   230,471 
Effect of foreign exchange   482 
At December 31  $230,953 

 

   2020 
   Accounts receivable 
At January 1  $230,953 
Provision for impairment   81,947 
Effect of foreign exchange   14,086 
At December 31  $326,986 

 

9.For investments in debt instruments at amortized cost, the credit rating levels are presented below:

 

   December 31, 2019 
       Lifetime     
    12 months   Significant
increase in
credit risk
   Impairment of credit   Total 
Financial assets at amortized cost  $66,816   $       -   $                 -   $66,816 

 

   December 31, 2020 
       Lifetime     
   12 months   Significant
increase in
credit risk
   Impairment of credit   Total 
Financial assets at amortized cost  $771,592   $         -   $                 -   $771,592 

 

iii)Liquidity risk

 

1.Cash flow forecasting is performed in the operating entities of the Group and aggregated by Group treasury. Group treasury monitors rolling forecasts of the Group’s liquidity requirements to ensure it has sufficient cash to meet operational needs.

 

2.Surplus cash held by the operating entities over and above balance required for working capital management are transferred to the Group treasury. Group treasury invests surplus cash in interest bearing current accounts, time deposits, money market deposits, choosing instruments with appropriate maturities or sufficient liquidity to provide sufficient head-room as determined by the above-mentioned forecasts.

 

3.The unused credit lines from bank loans of the Group as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 are $0 and $3,349,619, respectively.

 

   Year ended
December 31, 2019
   Year ended
December 31, 2020
 
Floating rate:          
Expiring within one year  $               -   $3,310,619 
Expiring beyond one year   -    39,000 
   $-   $3,349,619 

 

F-41

 

 

4.The table below analyses the Group’s non-derivative financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the balance sheet date to the contractual maturity date for non-derivative financial liabilities. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.

 

December 31, 2019  Less than 1 year   Between 1 year and 2 year   Over 2 years   Total 
Non-derivative financial liabilities                    
Short-term loans  $671,159   $-   $-   $671,159 
Notes payable   7,364    -    -    7,364 
Accounts payable   2,899,710    -    -    2,899,710 
Other payables   7,647,101    -    -    7,647,101 
Other payables to related parties   1,936,422    -    -    1,936,422 
Long-term notes and accounts payable to related parties   -    -    1,925,589    1,925,589 
Lease liabilities   1,389,659    1,277,949    205,899    2,873,507 

 

December 31, 2020  Less than 1 year   Between 1 year and 2 year   Over 2 years   Total 
Non-derivative financial liabilities                    
Short-term loans  $2,754,470   $-   $-   $2,754,470 
Notes payable   9,046    -    -    9,046 
Accounts payable   3,749,984    -    -    3,749,984 
Other payables   7,481,911    -    -    7,481,911 
Other payables to related parties   442,473    -    -    442,473 
Lease liabilities   1,068,268    358,724    35,861    1,462,853 
Long-term loans (including current portion)   238,613    236,669    195,739    671,021 

 

 

38.Fair value information

 

a)The different levels that the inputs to valuation techniques are used to measure fair value of financial and non-financial instruments have been defined as follows:

 

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity can access at the measurement date. A market is regarded as active where a market in which transactions for the asset or liability take place with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

 

Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.

 

Level 3: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

 

b)Financial instruments not measured at fair value

 

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, current financial assets at amortized cost, accounts receivable, other receivables, other receivables due from related parties guarantee deposits paid, short-term loans, current contract liabilities, notes payable, accounts payable, other payables, other payables to related parties, long-term loans (including current portion), long-term notes and accounts payable to related parties and guarantee deposits received are approximate to their fair values.

 

F-42

 

 

39.Segment Information

 

a)General information

 

Management has determined the reportable operating segments based on the reports reviewed by the Board of Directors that are used to make strategic decisions. The Group considers the business from a product perspective. The Group’s business is segregated into bicycle business, racket business and other business.

 

b)Measurement of segment information

 

The Board of Directors evaluates the performance of the operating segments based on a measure of profit before income tax.

 

c)Information about segment profit or loss

 

The segment information provided to the chief operating decision-maker for the reportable segments is as follows:

 

Year ended December 31, 2019  Bicycle frame   Racket   Others   Total 
Revenue                    
External customers  $14,794,649   $7,964,035   $28,267   $22,786,951 
Inter-segment   -    -    -    - 
Total revenue  $14,794,649   $7,964,035   $28,267   $22,786,951 
Profit before income tax  $11,969,151   ($567,260)  ($236,285)  $11,165,606 
Depreciation expenses  $524,707   $255,392   $449   $780,548 
Interest income   4,347    5,148    7    9,502 
Finance costs   324,327    165,828    426    490,581 

 

Year ended December 31, 2020  Bicycle frame   Racket   Others   Total 
Revenue                    
External customers  $14,275,730   $7,880,514   $22,328   $22,178,572 
Inter-segment   -    -    -    - 
Total revenue  $14,275,730   $7,880,514   $22,328   $22,178,572 
Profit before income tax  $1,893,547   ($436,219)  $8,091   $1,465,419 
Depreciation expenses  $619,488   $245,996   $340   $865,824 
Interest income   1,807    993    2    2,802 
Finance costs   304,374    113,230    319    417,923 

 

d)Reconciliation for segment income

 

Revenue from external customers and profit before income tax reported to the chief operating decision maker are measured using the same method as for revenue and profit before income tax in the financial statements. Thus, no reconciliation is needed.

 

e)Information on products

 

Please refer to Note 20 for the related information.

 

F-43

 

 

f)Geographical information

 

The Group’s revenue from external customers by location of operations and information about its

 

non-current assets by location of assets are detailed below.

 

   Year ended December 31, 2019   Year ended December 31, 2020 
   Revenue   Non-current assets   Revenue   Non-current assets 
Taiwan  $9,857,197   $730,501   $8,086,376   $725,586 
China   636,599    3,965,673    176,822    4,155,603 
Germany   2,351,428    -    3,725,203    - 
France   2,562,968    -    2,293,421    - 
USA   869,247    -    1,888,433    - 
Japan   807,556    -    1,783,544    - 
Singapore   2,103,160    -    1,181,380    - 
Australia   386,729    -    926,126    - 
Others   3,212,067    17,671    2,117,267    1,685,880 
   $22,786,951   $4,713,845   $22,178,572   $6,567,069 

 

g)Major customer information

 

Major customer representing at least 10% of net revenue of the Group for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 is as follows:

 

   Year ended December 31, 2019  Year ended December 31, 2020
   Revenue   Segment  Revenue   Segment
A  $3,913,508   Bicycle frame  $3,523,444   Bicycle frame
B   2,466,519   Racket   2,071,955   Racket
C   3,254,970   Bicycle frame   1,506,534   Bicycle frame
   $9,634,997      $7,101,933    

 

40.Effects on initial application of IFRS 16

 

a)IFRS 16, supersedes IAS 17 “Leases” (“IAS 17”) and the related interpretations issued by the Standing Interpretation Committee. The standard requires lessees to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability (except for those leases with terms of 12 months or less and leases of low-value assets). The accounting stays the same for lessors, which is to classify their leases as either finance leases or operating leases and account for those two types of leases differently. IFRS 16 only requires enhanced disclosures to be provided by lessors.

 

b)The Group has elected to apply IFRS 16 by not restating the comparative information (referred herein as the “simplified retrospective approach”) when applying IFRSs effective in 2019. Accordingly, the Group increased right-of-use assets and lease liabilities by $170,308 and $170,308, respectively.

 

c)The Group has adopted the following practical expedients permitted by the standard at the date of initial application of IFRS 16:

 

i)Reassessment as to whether a contract is, or contains, a lease is not required, instead, the application of IFRS 16 depends on whether or not the contracts were previously identified as leases applying IAS 17 and IFRIC 4 “Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease”.

 

ii)The use of a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics.

 

iii)The accounting for operating leases whose period will end before December 31, 2019 as short-term leases and accordingly, rent expense of $162,299 was recognized for the year ended 2019.

 

d)The Group calculated the present value of lease liabilities by using the incremental borrowing interest rate 2.85%.

 

e)The reconciliation between operating lease commitments for the remaining lease payments under IAS 17 and lease liabilities recognized as of January 1, 2019, measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is as follows:

 

Operating lease commitments disclosed by applying IAS 17 as of December 31, 2018  $245,613 
Less: Short-term leases   (13,544)
Less: Low-value assets   (57,300)
Total lease contracts amount recognized as lease liabilities by applying IFRS 16 on January 1, 2019  $174,769 
Incremental borrowing interest rate at the date of initial application   2.85%
Lease liabilities recognized as of January 1, 2019 by applying IFRS 16  $170,308 

 

F-44

 

 

J-STAR HOLDING CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

FOR THE SIX-MONTHS PERIODS ENDED

JUNE 30, 2020 AND 2021

 

 

 

 

J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Interim Consolidated Balance Sheets

Expressed in United States dollars

 

       December 31, 2020   June 30, 2021 
          (Unaudited) 
Assets  Notes   AMOUNT   AMOUNT 
Current assets               
Cash and cash equivalents   5   $1,336,820   $928,772 
Current financial assets at amortized cost   6    771,592    773,940 
Accounts receivable, net   7    5,118,874    4,449,964 
Other receivables        858,556    737,213 
Inventories   8    11,699,660    20,124,028 
Prepayments   9    1,670,669    2,069,367 
Other current assets        201,510    216,385 
Current assets        21,657,681    29,299,669 
Non-current assets               
Non-current financial assets at fair               
value through other comprehensive income        -    21,758 
Property, plant and equipment   10    3,955,568    3,749,988 
Right-of-use assets   11    505,034    356,321 
Intangible assets        21,816    16,176 
Deferred tax assets        368,009    291,988 
Other non-current assets, others   17    2,084,651    2,449,603 
Non-current assets        6,935,078    6,885,834 
Total assets       $28,592,759   $36,185,503 

 

(Continued)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed interim consolidated financial statements.

 

F-46
 

 

J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Interim Consolidated Balance Sheets

Expressed in United States dollars

 

       December 31, 2020   June 30, 2021 
           (Unaudited) 
Liabilities and Equity  Notes   AMOUNT   AMOUNT 
Current liabilities               
Short-term loans   12   $2,743,646   $3,916,274 
Current contract liabilities   20    601,351    265,379 
Notes payable        9,046    - 
Accounts payable        3,749,984    5,721,986 
Other payables   13    7,481,911    9,205,420 
Other payables to related parties   31    442,473    - 
Current tax liabilities        1,786,265    1,942,341 
Current lease liabilities        1,199,345    1,109,820 
Other current liabilities   14    605,216    1,776,644 
Current liabilities        18,619,237    23,937,864 
Non-current liabilities               
Long-term loans   14    429,000    1,701,002 
Deferred tax liabilities        34,405    131,022 
Non-current lease liabilities        218,827    87,922 
Guarantee deposits received        72,239    72,709 
Non-current liabilities        754,471    1,992,655 
Total Liabilities        19,373,708    25,930,519 
Equity               
Equity attributable to owners of parent               
Share capital   17           
Ordinary share        6,805,098    6,805,098 
Capital surplus   18           
Capital surplus        8,397,244    8,465,165 
Retained earnings   19           
Accumulated deficit        (5,751,639)   (4,784,102)
Other equity interest               
Other equity interest        (231,652)   (231,177)
Total Equity        9,219,051    10,254,984 
Total liabilities and equity       $28,592,759   $36,185,503 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed interim consolidated financial statements.

 

F-47
 

 

J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Expressed in United States dollars

 

       Six months ended June 30 
       2020   2021 
       (Unaudited)   (Unaudited) 
   Notes   AMOUNT   AMOUNT 
Operating revenue   20   $9,573,242   $12,184,064 
Cost of revenue   8,25,26    (7,166,832)   (7,699,724)
Gross profit from operations        2,406,410    4,484,340 
Operating expenses   25,26           
Selling expenses        (685,648)   (719,447)
Administrative expenses        (1,229,066)   (1,997,054)
Research and development expenses        (814,023)   (778,319)
Expected credit gains (losses)   36    68,416    (66,663)
Other income and expenses   21    (30,158)   (229,906)
Net operating income        (284,069)   692,951 
Non-operating income and expenses               
Interest income   22    989    1,142 
Other gains and losses   23    (55,059)   733,325 
Finance costs   24    (200,134)   (61,220)
Non-operating income and expenses        (254,204)   673,247 
(Loss) Profit before income tax        (538,273)   1,366,198 
Income tax expense   27    (209,236)   (398,661)
(Loss) Profit after income tax       $(747,509)  $967,537 

Components of other

comprehensive income that will be reclassified to profit or loss

               
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations        237,777    475 
Total comprehensive income       $(509,732)  $968,012 
Basic and diluted               
(Loss) Earnings per share   28   $(0.04)  $0.04 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed interim consolidated financial statements.

 

F-48
 

 

J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

Expressed in United States dollars

 

       Equity attributable to owners of the parent 
                  

Other equity

interest

         
Year 2020 (Unaudited)  Notes   Ordinary share   Capital surplus  

Accumulated

deficit

   Financial statements translation differences of foreign operations  

Treasury

shares

  

Total

equity

 
Balance at January 1, 2020      $7,770,896   $9,520,046   $(4,165,476)  $(62,101)  $(8,022,078)  $5,041,287 
Loss for the period      -   -    (747,509)   -    -    (747,509)
Other comprehensive income      -    -    -    237,777    -    237,777 
Total comprehensive income      -   -    (747,509)   237,777    -    (509,732)
Balance at June 30, 2020      $7,770,896   $9,520,046   $(4,912,985)  $175,676   $(8,022,078)  $4,531,555 
Year 2021 (Unaudited)                                  
Balance at January 1, 2021      $6,805,098   $8,397,244   $(5,751,639)  $(231,652)  $-   $9,219,051 
Profit for the period       -    -    967,537    -    -    967,537 
Other comprehensive income       -    -    -    475    -    475 
Total comprehensive income       -    -    967,537    475    -    968,012 
Share-based payments  16,18    -    67,921    -    -    -    67,921 
Balance at June 30, 2021      $6,805,098   $8,465,165   $(4,784,102)  $(231,177)  $-   $10,254,984 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed interim consolidated financial statements.

 

F-49
 

 

J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Expressed in United States dollars

 

       Six months ended June 30 
       2020   2021 
       (Unaudited)   (Unaudited) 
   Notes   AMOUNT   AMOUNT 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES               
(Loss) Profit before tax       $(538,273)  $1,366,198 
Adjustments               
Adjustments to reconcile profit (loss)               
Depreciation expenses   10,25    350,301    491,459 
Depreciation expenses-Right-of-use assets   11,25    128,079    155,891 
Amortization expenses   25    13,934    15,145 
Expected credit (gains) losses   36    (68,416)   66,663 
Cost of share-based payment   16,26    -    67,921 
Interest income   22    (989)   (1,142)
Interest expense   24    200,134    61,220 
(Gains) Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment   21    (11,501)   263,446 
Gains arising from lease modifications   11,21    (462)   - 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities               
Changes in operating assets               
Accounts receivable        181,838    615,637 
Other receivables        (14,291)   10,968 
Inventories        (884,933)   (8,424,368)
Prepayments        144,243   (398,698)
Other current asset        7,429   (14,875)
Other non-current assets        (4,505)   35,371 
Changes in operating liabilities               
Current contract liabilities        1,995,857    (335,972)
Notes payable        39,238    (9,046)
Accounts and payable        (554,636)   1,972,002 
Other payables        (909,121)   1,762,470 
Other current liabilities        (587,597)   126,438 
Cash outflow generated from operations        (513,671)   (2,173,272)
Interest received        989    1,142 
Interest paid        (99,910)   (85,947)
Income tax paid        (91,292)   (80,764)
Net cash flows used in operating activities        (703,884)   (2,338,841)

 

(Continued)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed interim consolidated financial statements.

 

F-50
 

 

J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Expressed in United States dollars

 

       Six months ended June 30 
      2020   2021 
       (Unaudited)   (Unaudited) 
   Notes   AMOUNT   AMOUNT 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES               
Acquisition of financial assets at amortized cost       $(400,616)  $(2,348)
Acquisition of Non-current financial assets at fair               
value through other comprehensive income        -   (21,758)
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment   29    (275,890)   (527,850)
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment        136,144    - 
Acquisition of intangible assets        (9,271)   (9,230)
Increase in guarantee deposits paid        -    (386,168)
Net cash flows used in investing activities        (549,633)   (947,354)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES               
Proceeds from short-term bank loans   30    1,827,579    1,138,935 
Proceeds from long-term bank loans   30    -    2,408,434 
Payments on long-term bank loans   30    -    (118,333)
Decrease in other payables to related parties   30    -    (442,473)
Payment on lease liabilities   30    (17,583)   (123,760)
Decrease in long-term notes and accounts payable to related parties   30    (393,202)   - 
Net cash flows from financing activities        1,416,794    2,862,803 
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes        101,710    15,344 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents        264,987    (408,048)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year        1,563,058    1,336,820 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period       $1,828,045   $928,772 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed interim consolidated financial statements.

 

F-51
 

 

J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2021 AND 2020

(Expressed in United States dollars, except as otherwise indicated)

 

1.Corporate and group information

J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. (the “Company”) was incorporated in the Cayman Islands in May 2016. The Company and its subsidiaries (collectively referred herein as the “Group”) are primarily engaged in manufacturing and trading business of bicycles, sports accessories and carbon fiber composite products.

 

These condensed interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared by management on a going concern basis which assumes that the Company will be able to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of business for the foreseeable future. In assessing its liquidity, management monitors and analyzes the Company’s cash on-hand, its ability to deliver inventories to its customers timely and generate sufficient revenue in the future, and its operating and capital expenditure commitments. For the six months period ended June 30, 2021, the Company had cash and cash equivalent of $928,772, unused credit terms of $3,356,085, profit after tax of $967,537 and negative cash outflow in operating activities of ($2,338,841). The Company also had inventories of $20,124,028 as of June 30, 2021 which represents 165% of the Company’s sales revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2021.

 

Despite the demand from the Company’s customers, recent shortage of shipping containers and delays in international shipments delayed the Company’s shipment of inventories to its customers as scheduled which resulted in significant increase in the amount of inventories as compared to December 31, 2020 and negative cash outflow in operating activities of ($2,338,841) for the six months period June 30, 2021. Management anticipates that the shortage of shipping containers and delays in international shipments may continue, at least in the near future. Aforementioned shortage of shipping containers and delays in international shipments, if remain unrelieved in the near future, may continue to have negative impact on our liquidity and we may be required to raise additional funds from bank financing or issuance of equity to fund our operations.

 

Management has taken certain actions to manage the level of inventories held by the Company as well as negotiating new credit terms with the customers to ensure sufficient liquidity and capital resources. Based on the actions taken by management and the lines of credit available to the Company, management believes that its cash and cash equivalents are sufficient to fund its operating expenses and meet its obligations for at least the next twelve months from the issuance date of these condensed interim consolidated financial statements.

 

2.The authorization of the consolidated financial statements

The accompanying consolidated financial statements were authorized for issuance by the Board of Directors on December 10, 2021.

 

3.Application of new and revised International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), International Accounting Standards (“IAS”), International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”) Interpretations and Standing Interpretations Committee (“SIC”) Interpretations issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”), (collectively, “IFRSs”)

  a) Amendments to IFRSs and the new interpretation that are mandatorily effective for the current year

 

New Standards, Interpretations and Amendments  Effective date issued by IASB
Amendments to IFRS 4, “Extension of the temporary exemption from applying IFRS 9”  January 1, 2021
Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16, “Interest Rate Benchmark Reform— Phase 2”  January 1, 2021

 

Based on the Group’s assessment, the above standards and interpretations have no significant impact to the Group’s financial position and financial performance.

 

  b) New Standards, interpretations and amendments in issue but not yet effective

 

New Standards, Interpretations and Amendments  Effective date issued by IASB
Amendments to IFRS 3, “Reference to the conceptual framework”  January 1, 2022
Amendments to IAS 16, “Property, plant and equipment:
proceeds before intended use”
  January 1, 2022
Amendments to IAS 37, “Onerous contracts—
cost of fulfilling a contract”
  January 1, 2022
Annual improvements to IFRS Standards 2018–2020  January 1, 2022
Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28, “Sale or contribution of assets between an investor and its associate or joint venture”  To be determined by IASB

 

F-52
 

 

New Standards, Interpretations and Amendments  Effective date issued by IASB
IFRS 17, “Insurance contracts”  January 1, 2023
Amendments to IFRS 17, ‘Insurance contracts’  January 1, 2023
Amendments to IAS 1, “Classification of liabilities as current or non-current”  January 1, 2023
Amendments to IAS 1, “Disclosure of accounting policies”  January 1, 2023
Amendments to IAS 8, “Definition of accounting estimate”  January 1, 2023
Amendments to IAS 12, “Deferred tax related to assets and liabilities arising from a single transaction”  January 1, 2023

 

The above standards and interpretations have no significant impact to the Group’s financial condition and financial performance based on the Group’s assessment except for the following standards where the Group is still assessing the impact and that impact is currently not known.

 

  (a) Amendments to IAS 1, “Classification of liabilities as current or non-current”
     
    The amendments clarify that classification of liabilities depends on the rights that exist at the end of the reporting period. An entity shall classify a liability as current when it does not have a right at the end of the reporting period to defer settlement of the liability for at least twelve months after the reporting period. Also, the amendments define ‘settlement’ as the extinguishment of a liability with cash, other economic resources or an entity’s own equity instruments.
     
  (b) Amendments to IAS 16, “Property, plant and equipment: proceeds before intended use”
     
    This amendment to IAS 16 prohibits an entity from deducting from the cost of an item of property, plant and equipment any proceeds received from selling items produced while the entity is preparing the asset for its intended use (for example, the proceeds from selling samples produced when testing a machine to see if it is functioning properly). The proceeds from selling such samples and the costs relating to items produced are now recognized in profit or loss. This amendment also clarifies that an entity is ‘testing whether the asset is functioning properly’ when it assesses the technical and physical performance of the asset. The financial performance of the asset is not relevant to this assessment.

 

4.Summary of significant accounting policies

 

The principal accounting policies adopted are consistent with Note 4 in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020, except for the compliance statement, basis of preparation, basis of consolidation and additional policies as set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the periods presented, unless otherwise stated.

 

  a) Statement of compliance

 

These condensed consolidated interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting.

 

  b) Basis of preparation

 

  (a) The condensed consolidated interim financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention:
     
  (b) The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the condensed consolidated financial statements are disclosed in Note 4 f).
     
  (c) These condensed consolidated interim financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars (“US$”), which is the Company’s functional currency.

 

F-53
 

 

  c) Basis of consolidation

 

  (a) Basis for preparation of consolidated financial statements:

 

    i) All subsidiaries are included in the Group’s consolidated financial statements. Subsidiaries are all entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. Consolidation of subsidiaries begins from the date the Group obtains control of the subsidiaries and ceases when the Group loses control of the subsidiaries Transactions, balances and unrealized gains or losses on transactions between companies within the Group are eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been adjusted where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.
       
    ii) Transactions, balances and unrealized gains or losses on transactions between companies within the Group are eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been adjusted where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.
       
    iii) In 2016, the Company, through a series of transactions which is accounted for as a reorganization of entities under a common control, became the ultimate parent entity of its subsidiaries. The Group accounted for the transactions using the book value method of accounting and is retrospectively applied. Difference between consideration paid and the net assets acquired is adjusted to shareholders’ equity.
       
  (b)   Subsidiaries included in the consolidated financial statements:

 

            Percentage of Ownership (%) 
Name of investor  Name of investee  Main business  Location  June 30,
2020
   December 31,
2020
   June 30,
2021
 
The Company  GOAL BEYOND LIMITED(GOAL BEYOND)  Holding company  Samoa   100    100    100 
The Company  STAR LEADER TRADING LIMITED
(STAR LEADER)
  Sales of bicycle,sporting goods,and otheer carbon composite products  Hong Kong   100    100    100 
GOAL BEYOND  YMA CORPORATION
(YMA)
  Product development,design,manufacturing and sales of carbon fiber composite products  Republic of China
(“ROC”)
   100    100    100 
GOAL BEYOND  TIME YIELD LIMITED
(TIME YIELD)
  Purchasing  Samoa   100    100    100 
GOAL BEYOND  Forwell Sports Equipment Co., Ltd.
(Forwell)
  Manufacturing of bicycle,sporting goods and carbon fiber composite  Dongguan, People’s Republic of China
 (“PRC”)
   100    100    100 
GOAL BEYOND  YMA Composite Materials (DG) Co., Ltd.
(YMA DG)
  Manufacturing of bicycle,sporting goods and carbon fiber composite  Dongguan, People’s Republic of China
(“PRC”)
   100    100    100 

 

F-54
 

 

  (c) Subsidiaries not included in the consolidated financial statements: None.
     
  (d) Adjustments for subsidiaries with different statements of financial position dates: Not applicable.
     
  (e) Significant restrictions
     
    As of June 30, 2021, cash and short-term deposits of $21,822 deposited in mainland China are under local foreign exchange control which restricts the capital to be remitted outside the borders except for normal dividend distribution.
     
  (f) Subsidiaries that have non-controlling interests that are material to the Group: None.

 

  d) Employee benefits

 

Pensions

 

Pension cost for the interim period is calculated on a year-to-date basis by using the pension cost rate derived from the actuarial valuation at the end of the prior financial year, adjusted for significant market fluctuations since that time and for significant curtailments, settlements, or other significant one-off events. Also, the related information is disclosed accordingly.

 

  e) Income taxes

 

  (a) The interim period income tax expense is recognised based on the estimated average annual effective income tax rate expected for the full financial year applied to the pretax income of the interim period, and the related information is disclosed accordingly.
     
  (b) If a change in tax rate is enacted or substantively enacted in an interim period, the Group recognises the effect of the change immediately in the interim period in which the change occurs. The effect of the change on items recognised outside profit or loss is recognised in other comprehensive income or equity while the effect of the change on items recognised in profit or loss is recognised in profit or loss.

 

  f) Critical accounting judgments, estimates and key sources of assumption uncertainty

 

There have been no significant changes as of June 30, 2021. Please refer to Note 4 bb) in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

5.Cash and cash equivalents

   December 31,
2020
   June 30,
2021
 
Cash on hand and petty cash  $1,870   $2,835 
Checking accounts and demand deposits   1,334,950    925,937 
   $1,336,820   $928,772 

 

  a) The Group transacts with a variety of financial institutions all with high credit quality to disperse credit risk, so it expects that the probability of counterparty default is remote.
     
  b) No cash and cash equivalents of the Group were pledged to others.

 

F-55
 

 

6.Financial assets at amortized cost

   December 31,
2020
   June 30,
2021
 
Current items:          
Restricted time deposits  $701,282   $702,028 
Restricted demand deposits   70,310    71,912 
   $771,592   $773,940 

 

a)Without taking into account any collateral held or other credit enhancements, the maximum exposure to credit risk in respect of the amount that best represents the financial assets at amortized cost held by the Group is the carrying amount at the end of each reporting period.
   
b)Information about the financial assets at amortized cost that were pledged to others as collateral is provided in Note 12 and 32.
   
c)Information relating to credit risk of financial assets at amortized cost is provided in Note 36 c).

 

7.Accounts receivable

   December 31,
2020
   June 30,
2021
 
Accounts receivable  $5,445,860   $4,830,223 
Less: Loss allowance   (326,986)   (380,259)
   $5,118,874   $4,449,964 

 

a)The Group’s credit term granted to customers is 30~90 days. Receivables do not bear interest. The loss allowance is determined based on the credit quality of customers. Information relating to credit risk is provided in Note 36 c).
   
b)The ageing analysis of accounts receivable and that were past due but not impaired is as follows:

 

   December 31,
2020
   June 30,
2021
 
Not past due  $4,843,098   $4,266,521 
Up to 30 days   167,147    28,032 
31 to 90 days   28,675    130,546 
91 to 180 days   12,317    22,540 
Over 180 days   394,623    382,584 
   $5,445,860   $4,830,223 

 

c)As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, accounts receivable were all from contracts with customers. And as of January 1, 2020, the balance of accounts receivable from contracts with customers was $5,686,588.
   
d)Without taking into account of any collateral held or other credit enhancements, the amount that best reflects the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk in respect of the accounts receivable is the carrying amount at the end of each reporting period.
   
e)No accounts receivable of the Group were pledged to others.

 

F-56
 

 

8.Inventories

   December 31, 2020 
   Cost   Allowance for
valuation loss
   Book value 
Raw materials  $3,807,079   $(323,804)  $3,483,275 
Work in progress   8,172,868    (519,528)   7,653,340 
Finished goods   733,078    (170,033)   563,045 
   $12,713,025   $(1,013,365)  $11,699,660 

 

   June 30, 2021 
   Cost   Allowance for
valuation loss
   Book value 
Raw materials  $4,995,525   $(402,371)  $4,593,154 
Work in progress   14,184,056    (237,547)   13,946,509 
Finished goods   1,784,868    (200,503)   1,584,365 
   $20,964,449   $(840,421)  $20,124,028 

 

The cost of inventories recognized as an expense for the period:

 

   Six months   Six months 
   ended June 30,
2020
   ended June 30,
2021
 
Cost of goods sold  $7,401,956   $7,879,320 
Loss on physical inventory   39,562    122 
Reversal of inventory valuation   (274,686)   (179,718)
   $7,166,832   $7,699,724 

 

a)Reversal of allowance for inventory valuation and obsolescence loss was recognized due to disposal of certain inventories which were previously provided with allowance for valuation loss.
   
b)No inventories of the Group were pledged to others.

 

9.Prepayments

   December 31,
2020
   June 30,
2021
 
Prepayment for purchases  $644,713   $769,041 
Prepaid sales tax   787,652    898,883 
Professional service fees prepayments   -    170,650 
Other prepayments   238,304    230,793 
   $1,670,669   $2,069,367 

 

F-57
 

 

10.Property, plant and equipment, net

 

   2021 
   Machinery
and
equipment
   Leasehold
improvement
   Molding equipment   Others   Construction in progress and equipment to be inspected   Total 
At January 1                        
Cost  $3,880,445   $497,465   $1,610,749   $249,990   $13,250   $6,251,899 
Accumulated depreciation   (1,637,212)   (198,193)   (233,959)   (226,967)   -    (2,296,331)
   $2,243,233   $299,272   $1,376,790   $23,023   $13,250   $3,955,568 
                               
January 1  $2,243,233   $299,272   $1,376,790   $23,023   $13,250   $3,955,568 
Additions   50,487    -    446,267    22,536    -    519,290 
Disposals   (406)   -    (263,040)   -    -    (263,446)
Depreciation expenses   (187,599)   (14,118)   (280,311)   (9,431)   -    (491,459)
Exchange adjustment   17,487    3,119    8,959    386    86    30,037 
June 30  $2,123,202   $288,273   $1,288,665   $36,514   $13,336   $3,749,990 
                               
At June 30                              
Cost  $3,965,156   $504,914   $1,805,320   $277,982   $13,336   $6,566,708 
Accumulated depreciation   (1,841,954)   (216,641)   (516,657)   (241,468)   -    (2,816,720)
   $2,123,202   $288,273   $1,288,663   $36,514   $13,336   $3,749,988 

 

Information about the property, plant and equipment that were pledged to others as collaterals is provided in Notes 14 and 32.

 

11.Leasing arrangements- lessee

a)The Group leases various assets including land use right and buildings. Rental contracts are typically made for periods of 2 to 3 years. Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide range of different terms and conditions. The lease agreements do not impose covenants, but leased assets may not be used as security for borrowing purposes.
   
b)The carrying amount of right-of-use assets and the depreciation charge are as follows:

 

   December 31, 2020   June 30, 2021 
   Carrying
amount
   Carrying
amount
 
Land use right  $71,379   $41,053 
Buildings   433,655    315,268 
   $505,034   $356,321 

 

   Six months ended June 30, 
   2020   2021 
    Depreciation expenses     Depreciation expenses  
Land use right  $30,262   $31,371 
Buildings   97,817    124,520 
   $128,079   $155,891 

 

F-58
 

 

c)For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, the additions to right-of-use assets were $240,194 and $0, respectively.
d)The information on profit and loss accounts relating to lease contracts is as follows:

 

   Six months
ended June 30,
2020
   Six months
ended June 30,
2021
 
Items affecting profit or loss          
Interest expense on lease liabilities  $34,310   $19,829 
Expense on short-term lease contracts   54,188    2,339 
Gain on lease modification   462    - 

 

e)For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, the Group’s total cash outflow for leases were $106,081 and $145,928, respectively.

 

12.Short-term loans

 

Type of loans  December 31,
2020
   Interest rate range
(Floating rate)
   Collateral 
Bank loans            
  Bank secured loans  $2,041,646    1.69%~2.60%   restricted demand deposit
restricted time deposit
 
  Bank unsecured loans   702,000    1.75%~2.325%   - 
   $2,743,646           

 

Type of loans  June 30,
2021
   Interest rate range
(Floating rate)
   Collateral 
Bank loans            
  Bank secured loans  $2,408,474    1.43%~2.65%    restricted demand deposit
restricted time deposit
 
  Bank unsecured loans   1,507,800    1.42%~2.30%    - 
   $3,916,274           

 

a)Interest expense recognized in profit or loss amounted to $15,021 and $24,991 for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively.
   
b)All short-term loans were guaranteed by key management.

 

13.Other payables

   December 31,
2020
   June 30,
2021
 
Professional service fees payable  $1,844,400   $1,897,948 
Social security and provident fund payable   1,379,340    1,388,314 
Salaries and bonuses payable   821,937    1,063,448 
Processing cost payable   735,119    1,309,377 
Mold and toolings payable   699,665    929,387 
Employees’compensation payable   63,861    118,738 
Other expense payable   1,937,589    2,498,208 
   $7,481,911   $9,205,420 

 

F-59
 

 

14.Long-term loans

 

Type of loans  Period
and payment term
  Interest rate range
(Floating rate)
   Collateral   December 31,
2020
   Note
Long-term bank loans                            
Unsecured loans  Borrowing period is from October 12, 2020 to October 12, 2023; interest is repayable monthly;principal is repayable monthly   0.66%~0.94%   -   $663,000   b
Less: Current portion                (234,000)   
                $429,000    

 

Type of loans  Period
and payment term
  Interest rate range   Collateral  June 30,
2021
   Note 
Long-term bank loans                     
Unsecured loans  Borrowing period is from October 12, 2020 to October 12, 2023; interest is repayable monthly;principal is repayable monthly   0.66%~0.94%   -  $558,445    b 
Other long-term loans                     
Secured loans  Borrowing period is from April 12, 2021 to April 12, 2024; interest is repayable monthly;principal is repayable quarterly   6.20%  Guarantee deposits paid   1,400,527      
Secured loans  Borrowing period is from June 30, 2021 to May 31, 2023; interest is repayable monthly;principal is repayable monthly   10.62%  Guarantee deposits paid,
Property, plant and equipment
   711,620    b 
Secured loans  Borrowing period is from June 30, 2021 to May 31, 2023; interest is repayable monthly;principal is repayable monthly   10.14%  Guarantee deposits paid,
Property, plant and equipment
   309,400    b 
               2,979,992      
Less: Current portion              (1,278,990)     
              $1,701,002      

 

a)Information about the property, plant and equipment that were pledged to others as collaterals for other long-term loans is provided in Notes 32.
   
b)The long-term loans were guaranteed by key management.

 

F-60
 

 

15.Pensions

 

Defined contribution plans

 

a)The Company’s subsidiaries in Taiwan have established a defined contribution pension plan (the “New Plan”) under the Labor Pension Act (the “Act”), covering all regular employees with R.O.C. nationality. Under the New Plan, the Company’s Taiwan subsidiaries contribute monthly an amount based on 6% of the employees’ monthly salaries and wages to the employees’ individual pension accounts at the Bureau of Labor Insurance. The benefits accrued are paid monthly or in lump sum upon termination of employment.
b)The subsidiaries in mainland China have defined contribution pension plans and contribute monthly an amount equal to 13% of employees’ monthly salaries and wages to an independent fund administered by a government agency. The plan is administered by the government of mainland China. Other than the monthly contributions, the Group does not have further pension liabilities.

c)The pension costs under the defined contribution pension plans of the Group for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 were $87,958 and $349,575, respectively. As a result of the coronavirus epidemic in China in early 2020, the local government reduced the pension insurance premiums by half for a period of five months from February 2020.

 

16.Share-based payment
a)For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2021, the Group’s share-based payment arrangements was as follows:

 

Type of arrangement  Grant date  Quantity granted
(shares)
   Fair value
per unit
   Contract period   Vesting
conditions
Bonus shares  August 28,2020   1,000,000    1.02    5 years    5 years’ service

 

On August 28, 2020, New Moon Corporation (New Moon), a shareholder of the Company, an employee of the Company and the Company signed a tripartite talent award agreement. Under the agreement, the Company provides NT$10,000,000 (US$327,600) to the employee for the purchase of 1,000,000 shares of the Company owned by New Moon at NT$10 per share. The employee should return the payment to the Company if the acquisition of the shares could not be completed in thirty days after the payment. Also, the employee should return the shares to New Moon if the employee resigned within five years from the date of the agreement. New Moon should also return the consideration received from the employee to the Company.

 

The aforementioned bonus shares settled by a shareholder of the Company cannot be transferred during the vesting period, but voting right and dividend right are not restricted. The employee is required to return the shares to the shareholder but not required to return the dividends received if she resigns during the vesting period.

 

F-61
 

 

The Company accounted for the shares contributed by New Moon as share-based payment arrangement settled by equity. The NT$10,000,000 (US$327,600) contributed by the Company is accounted for as prepaid cash incentive to the employee and is amortized over the contract period which is five years.

 

b)The expenses incurred on share-based payment transactions for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2021 were $67,921.

 

17.Share capital
a)As of June 30, 2021, the Company’s authorised capital was $10,879,254, consisting of 35,000,000 ordinary shares, and the paid-in capital was $6,805,098 with a par value of $10 in New Taiwan dollars ($0.31 in US dollars) per share, consisting of 21,892,899 ordinary shares. All proceeds from shares issued have been collected.

 

b)Treasury shares

 

The Company’s treasury shares at June 30, 2020 are as follows:

 

   2020 
   Shares   Amount 
At January 1 and June 30   4,999,447   $8,022,078 

 

There were no treasury shares at January 1 and June 30, 2021.

 

c)On December 25, 2020, the Board of Directors resolved to issue 838,053 shares (3.4% of the total ordinary share capital issued)of the treasury shares repurchased in 2019 to the shareholders of Bohong Techonology Jiansgu Co., Ltd. (Bohong) to obtain 100% of its ordinary shares through a share swap. The ordinary shares issued have the same rights as other shares in issue. Bohong was a company that only held land use right and did not meet the definition of a “business” and the Group treated this transaction as an asset acquisition. The fair value of the land use right and shares issued are both amounted to $1,344,734 ($1.60 per share). Valuations were made using the market comparable companies method while valuations for land use right were made using replacement cost method which are both categorized within Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. The significant inputs of the market comparable companies method are transaction price of the market comparable companies and the indexes to adjust different conditions, such as area and useful life, between the target company and the market comparable companies. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the issued shares were shown as other non-current assets as long-term prepayments for investments since the share swap registration of the shareholders of Bohong was not yet completed.

 

F-62
 

 

18.Capital surplus

 

Pursuant to the Cayman Islands Company Act, capital surplus arising from paid-in capital in excess of par value on issuance of ordinary shares donations can be used to cover accumulated deficit or to issue new stocks or cash to shareholders in proportion to their share ownership, provided that the Company has no accumulated deficit. However, capital surplus should not be used to cover accumulated deficit unless the legal reserve is insufficient.

 

   2020 
   Share
premium
 
At January 1 and June 30  $9,520,046 

 

   2021 
   Share
premium
   Share-based payments   Total 
January 1  $8,350,300   $46,944   $8,397,244 
Employee bonus shares   -    67,921    67,921 
June 30  $8,350,300   $114,865   $8,465,165 

 

19.Accumulated deficit / retained earnings

 

a)In accordance with the Articles of Incorporation of the Company, the Directors may, in their absolute discretion, declare dividends and distributions on Shares in issue and authorize payment of the dividends or distributions out of the funds of the Company lawfully available therefor. The Board of Directors may from time to time declare interim dividends to the shareholders. Before the declaration of an additional dividend distribution, the Board of Directors may set aside provision from the earnings as it deems appropriate to pay any unforeseen expense or to adjust dividends or for any other purpose to be met by using the earnings based on its discretion, and before such use, the provision may, at the same discretion, be used temporarily in the business of the Company or to invest in such investments as the Board of Directors may at any time as it deems appropriate.

 

b)As of June 30, 2020 and 2021, the Directors had not declared any dividends and distributions.

 

20.Operating revenue

 

   Six months ended June 30, 2020   Six months ended June 30, 2021 
Revenue from contracts with customers          
Good sales  $9,573,242   $12,184,064 

 

F-63
 

 

a)Disaggregation of revenue from contracts with customers

 

The Group derives revenue from the transfer of goods and services at a point in time in the following major product lines and geographical regions:

 

   US   Asia   Europe     
Six months ended June 30, 2020  Bicycle frame   Racket   Bicycle frame   Racket   Bicycle frame   Racket   Others   Total 
Revenue from external customer contracts  $       -   $406,872   $3,026,122   $1,300,275   $3,212,420   $1,606,942   $  20,611   $9,573,242 

 

   US   Asia   Europe     
Six months ended June 30, 2021  Bicycle frame   Racket   Bicycle frame   Racket   Bicycle frame   Racket   Others   Total 
Revenue from external customer contracts  $2,188   $702,384   $3,884,835   $1,933,946   $4,136,685   $1,524,026   $       -   $12,184,064 

 

b)Contract assets and liabilities

 

i)The Group has recognized the following revenue-related contract assets and liabilities:

 

   January 1, 2020   December 31, 2020   June 30, 2021 
Contract liabilities – receipts in advance  $986,139   $601,351   $265,379 

 

ii)Revenue recognized that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period:

 

   Six months ended June 30, 2020   Six months ended June 30, 2021 
Contract liabilities – receipts in advance  $852,642   $470,873 

 

21.Other income and expenses

 

   Six months ended June 30, 2020   Six months ended June 30, 2021 
Gains (Losses) on disposals of property, plant and equipment  $11,501   $(263,446)
Gains arising from lease modifications   462    - 
Government grants   14,200    5,101 
Others   (56,321)   28,439 
   $(30,158)  $(229,906)

 

22.Interest income

 

   Six months ended June 30, 2020   Six months ended June 30, 2021 
Interest income from bank deposits  $989   $1,142 

 

23.Other gains and losses

 

   Six months ended June 30, 2020   Six months ended June 30, 2021 
Foreign exchange (losses) gains  $(55,059)  $733,325 

 

F-64
 

 

24.Finance costs

 

   Six months ended June 30, 2020   Six months ended June 30, 2021 
Interest expense          
Bank loans  $14,369   $37,306 
Lease liabilities   34,310    19,829 
Loans from related parties   151,455    4,085 
   $200,134   $61,220 

 

25.Expenses by nature

 

   Six months ended June 30, 2020   Six months ended June 30, 2021 
Change in inventory of finished goods and work in process  $(1,698,472)  $(7,062,978)
Raw materials and supplies used   5,287, 836    7,921,830 
Employee benefit expenses   3,928,346    6,511,757 
Processing cost   553,117    1,348,077 
Fuel and utility expense   545,807    813,161 
Short-term rent expenses   54,188    2,339 
Freight expenses   626,981    539,252 
Professional service expenses   165,749    412,055 
Expected credit (gains) losses   (68,416)   66,663 
Reversal of inventory valuation   (274,686)   (179,718)
Depreciation expenses   478,380    647,350 
Amortization expenses   13,934    15,145 
Miscellaneous purchases and maintenance expenses   138,381    146,254 
Other expenses   76,008    80,020 
   $9,827,153   $11,261,207 

 

26.Employee benefit expenses

 

   Six months ended June 30, 2020   Six months ended June 30, 2021 
Wages and salaries  $3,537,006   $5,647,224 
Labour and health insurance fees   162,458    213,355 
Pension   87,958    349,575 
Share-based payments   -    67,921 
Other personnel expenses   140,924    233,682 
   $3,928,346   $6,511,757 

 

F-65
 

 

27.Income tax

 

a)Income tax expense

 

Components of income tax expense:

 

   Six months ended June 30, 2020   Six months ended June 30, 2021 
Current income tax:          
Current income tax on profits for the period  $151,357   $210,685 
Tax on unappropriated retained earnings   -    6,335 
Prior year income tax (over) under estimation   (2,163)   9,003 
Total current income tax   149,194    226,023 
Deferred income tax:          
Origination and reversal of temporary differences   60,042    172,638 
Income tax expense  $209,236   $398,661 

 

Tax expenses were computed based on the rates applicable in the respective countries where the Group entities operate.

 

b)The Company’s foreign subsidiaries file income tax returns in the countries where their operations are located. Generally, these countries have statutes of limitations ranging from 5 to 6 years. The statute of limitations has closed through the following years in these major jurisdictions: China (2015), Taiwan (2015) and Hong Kong (2014).

 

c)The Group principally operates business in Taiwan, China and Hong Kong. The tax rate for above countries was 20%, 25% and 16.5%, respectively.

 

28.(Loss) Earnings per share

 

   Six months ended June 30, 2020 
   Amount after income tax   Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding   Loss per share
(in dollars)
 
Basic and diluted loss per share               
Loss attributable to the parent  $(747,509)   20,000,553   $(0.04)

 

   Six months ended June 30, 2021 
   Amount after income tax   Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding   Earnings per share
(in dollars)
 
Basic and diluted earnings per share               
Profit attributable to the parent  $967,537    21,892,899   $0.04 

 

There were no potentially dilutive instruments for the six months periods ended June30, 2020 and 2021.

 

F-66
 

 

29.Supplementary cash flow information

 

Investing activities with partial cash payments

 

   Six months ended June 30, 2020   Six months ended June 30, 2021 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment  $275,882   $519,290 
Less: Ending balance of payable on equipment   -    (5,595)
Less: Opening balance of prepaid on equipment   (35,859)   (18,828)
Add: Ending balance of prepaid on equipment   35,867    32,983 
Cash paid during the year  $275,890   $527,850 

 

 

30.Changes in liabilities from financing activities

 

   2020 
   Short-term loans   Other payables to related parties   Long-term notes and accounts payable to related parties   Lease liabilities   Total liabilities from financing activities 
January 1  $667,120   $1,926,240   $1,925,589   $2,701,284   $7,220,233 
Changes in cash flow from financing activities   1,827,579    -    (393,202)   (17,583)   1,416,794 
Changes in additions to right-of-use assets   -    -    -    240,194    240,194 
Changes in lease modification        -         (24,351)     
exchange difference   5,413    140,883    (93,279)   (42,652)   10,365 
June 30  $2,500,112   $2,067,123   $1,439,108   $2,856,892   $8,863,235 

 

   2021 
   Short-term loans   Other payables to related parties   Long-term loans (including current portion)   Lease liabilities   Total liabilities from financing activities 
January 1  $2,743,646   $442,473   $663,000   $1,418,172   $5,267,291 
Changes in cash flow from financing activities   1,138,935    (442,473)   2,290,101    (123,760)   2,862,803 
Offset lease liabilities against sale-and-leaseback transaction   -    -    -    (110,375)   (110,375)
exchange difference   33,693    -    26,891    13,705    74,289 
June 30  $3,916,274   $-   $2,979,992   $1,197,742   $8,094,008 

 

31.Related party transactions

 

a)Parent and ultimate controlling party

 

The Group is controlled by Jing-Bin Chiang and his family who directly and indirectly owns 55.81% equity interest in the Company as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021.

 

b)Names of related parties and relationship

 

Names of related parties   Relationship with the Company
NEW MOON CORPORATION (NEW MOON)  

The Chairman of NEW MOON is key

management of the Company.

Jing-Bin Chiang   Key management
Yu-Ning Chiang   Key management

 

c)Significant related party transactions

 

Loans from related parties:

 

i)Outstanding balance:

 

  

December 31,

2020

  

June 30,

2021

 
Other payables          
Key management  $442,473   $     - 

 

ii)Interest expense

 

   Six months ended June 30, 2020   Six months ended June 30, 2021 
Key management  $87,722   $4,085 
NEW MOON   63,733    - 
   $151,455   $4,085 

 

1.The loans from Key management were repaid in March 2021 at the maturity and carry interest at 5% to 10% per annum for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively.

 

2.The loans from NEW MOON were repaid in December 2020 at the maturity and carry interest at 10% per annum for the six months ended June 30, 2020.

 

d)Endorsements and guarantees provided by related parties:

 

  

December 31,

2020

  

June 30,

2021

 
Key management  $6,756,265   $8,851,824 

 

i)Refer to Note 12 and 14 for the provision of guarantees by the Group’s key management.

 

ii)The provision of guarantees by key management as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021 was inclusive of unused credit lines from bank loans.

 

e)Key management compensation

 

   Six months ended June 30, 2020   Six months ended June 30, 2021 
Salaries and other short-term employee benefits  $186,343   $198,654 
Post-employment benefits   4,795    5,112 
Share-based payments   -    67,921 
   $191,138   $271,687 

 

F-67
 

 

32.Pledged assets

 

The Group’s assets pledged as collateral are as follows:

 

Pledged asset  December 31, 2020   June 30, 2021   Purpose
Financial assets at amortized cost  $771,592   $773,940   Short-term bank loans
Property, plant and equipment   -    1,263,244   Long-term bank loans
Guarantee deposits paid   -    372,820   Long-term bank loans
   $771,592   $2,410,004    

 

33.Significant contingent liabilities and unrecognised contract commitments

 

On February 28, 2019, Bohong entered into the State-Owned Construction Land Use Right Assignment Contract (the “Assignment Contract”) with Hanjiang Branch of Yangzhou Land and Resource Bureau (the “Hanjiang Land Bureau”) for a land parcel in Yangzhou. According to the Assignment Contract, Bohong shall commence construction prior to August 28, 2020 or such later date as agreed by Hanjiang Land Bureau and complete the construction project on or prior to August 28, 2022 without granting any extension. Pursuant to the Assignment Contract, if Bohong fails to commence construction or complete the construction project on the scheduled date or a later date as agreed by Hanjiang Land Bureau, for each day of delay, Bohong shall pay Hanjiang Land Bureau a liquidated damage equivalent to 0.1% of the total purchase price for the right to use the state-owned construction land. Bohong has not been able to commence construction as a result of the coronavirus epidemic and may be exposed to a liquidated damage in the amount of approximately RMB $4.9 million (USD $755,082) calculated as of November 19, 2021. Refer to Note 17 c) for more discussion on the acquisition of Bohong.

 

34.

Significant events after the reporting period

 

As discussed in Note 17 c), the share swap registration of the shareholders of Bohong was not yet completed as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021. The shareholder registration was completed and approved by relevant government authority on December 7, 2021.

 

35.Capital management

 

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt. The Group monitors capital on the basis of the gearing ratio. This ratio is calculated as net debt divided by total capital. Net debt is calculated as total loans (including ‘current and non-current loans’ as shown in the consolidated balance sheet) less cash and cash equivalents. Total capital is calculated as ‘equity’ as shown in the consolidated balance sheet plus net debt.

 

The Company’s strategy, which is unchanged for the reporting periods, is to maintain a reasonable ratio in order to raise capital with reasonable cost. The debt to capital ratios as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021 were as follows:

 

   December 31, 2020   June 30, 2021 
Total borrowings  $3,849,119   $6,896,266 
Less: Cash and cash equivalents   (1,336,820)   (928,772)
Net debt   2,512,299    5,967,494 
Total equity   9,219,051    10,254,984 
Total capital   11,731,350    16,222,478 
Gearing ratio   21%   37%

 

F-68
 

 

36.Financial instruments

 

a)Financial instruments by category

 

   December 31, 2020   June 30, 2021 
Financial assets          
Financial assets at amortised cost          
Cash and cash equivalents  $1,336,820   $928,772 
Financial assets at amortised cost   771,592    773,940 
Accounts receivable   5,118,874    4,449,964 
Other receivables   858,556    737,213 
Guarantee deposits paid   392,844    779,012 
   $8,478,686   $7,668,901 
           
Financial liability          
Financial liabilities at amortised cost          
Short-term loans  $2,743,646   $3,916,274 
Notes payable   9,046    - 
Accounts payable   3,749,984    5,721,986 
Other payables   7,481,911    9,205,420 
Other payables to related parties   442,473    - 
Long-term loans (including current portion)   663,000    2,979,992 
Guarantee deposits received   72,239    72,709 
   $15,162,299   $21,896,381 
Lease liability  $1,418,172   $1,197,742 

 

b)Financial risk management policies

 

i)The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk and price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk.
   
ii)Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (Group treasury) under policies approved by the Board of Directors. Group treasury identifies, evaluates and hedges financial risks in close co-operation with the Group’s operating units. The Board provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as written policies covering specific areas and matters, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, use of derivative financial instruments and non-derivative financial instruments, and investment of excess liquidity.

 

F-69
 

 

c)Significant financial risks and degrees of financial risks

 

i)Market risk

 

Foreign exchange risk

 

1.The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from the transactions of the Company and its subsidiaries used in various functional currency, primarily with respect to the USD and HKD. Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions and recognized assets and liabilities.
   
2.Management has set up a policy to require group companies to manage their foreign exchange risk against their functional currency. Exchange rate risk arising from the difference between various functional currencies and the reporting currency in the consolidated financial statements is centrally managed by the Group’s finance department.
   
3.The Group’s businesses involve some non-functional currency operations (the Company’s and certain subsidiaries’ functional currency: USD; other certain subsidiaries’ functional currency: NTD, RMB and HKD). The information on assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies whose values would be materially affected by the exchange rate fluctuations is as follows:

 

   December 31, 2020 
   Foreign currency
amount
   Exchange rate   Book value
(USD)
 
(Foreign currency: functional currency)               
Financial assets               
Monetary items               
RMB:HKD  $235,070    1.19   $36,127 
EUR:NTD  $28,454    35.02   $34,988 
USD:NTD  $2,756,969    28.48   $2,756,969 
USD:RMB  $9,065,990    6.51   $9,065,990 
Financial liabilities               
Monetary items               
EUR:NTD  $10,106    35.02   $12,427 
USD:NTD  $2,269,887    28.48   $2,269,887 
USD:RMB  $6,476,046    6.51   $6,476,046 

 

F-70
 

 

   June 30, 2021 
   Foreign currency
amount
   Exchange rate   Book value
(USD)
 
(Foreign currency: functional currency)               
Financial assets               
Monetary items               
RMB:HKD  $235,070    1.20   $36,357 
EUR:NTD  $37,249    33.15   $44,321 
USD:NTD  $7,957,519    27.86   $7,957,519 
USD:RMB  $7,772,153    6.46   $7,772,153 
Financial liabilities               
Monetary items               
EUR:NTD  $16,492    33.15   $19,624 
USD:NTD  $8,313,365    27.86   $8,313,365 
USD:RMB  $7,242,287    6.47   $7,242,287 

 

4.Total exchange gain (loss), including realized and unrealized, arising from significant foreign exchange variation on the monetary items held by the Group for the six months period ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, amounted to loss $55,059 and gain $733,325, respectively.
   
5.Analysis of foreign currency market risk arising from significant foreign exchange variation:

 

   December 31, 2020 
   Sensitivity analysis 
   Degree of variation   Effect on profit or loss   Effect on other comprehensive income 
(Foreign currency: functional currency)               
Financial assets               
Monetary items               
RMB:HKD        5%  $1,806   $           - 
EUR:NTD   5%  $1,749   $- 
USD:NTD   5%  $137,848   $- 
USD:RMB   5%  $453,300   $- 
Financial liabilities               
Monetary items               
EUR:NTD   5%  $621   $- 
USD:NTD   5%  $113,494   $- 
USD:RMB   5%  $323,802   $- 

 

F-71
 

 

   June 30, 2021 
   Sensitivity analysis 
   Degree of variation   Effect on profit or loss   Effect on other comprehensive income 
(Foreign currency: functional currency)               
Financial assets               
Monetary items               
RMB:HKD   5%  $1,818   $           - 
EUR:NTD   5%  $2,216   $- 
USD:NTD   5%  $397,876   $- 
USD:RMB   5%  $388,608   $- 
Financial liabilities               
Monetary items               
EUR:NTD   5%  $981   $- 
USD:NTD   5%  $415,668   $- 
USD:RMB   5%  $362,114   $- 

 

Cash flow Interest rate risk

 

1.The Group’s main interest rate risk arises from short-term loans and long-term loans with variable rates, which expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. For the six months period ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, the Group’s loans at variable rate were mainly denominated in NTD and USD.
   
2.The Group’s loans are measured at amortized cost. The loans are periodically contractually repriced and to that extent are also exposed to the risk of future changes in market interest rates.
   
3.If the borrowing interest rate had increased/decreased by 1% with all other variables held constant, profit, net of tax for the six months period ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 would have increased/decreased by $25,001 and $68,963, respectively. The main factor is that changes in interest expense result in floating-rate loans.

 

ii)Credit risk

 

1.Credit risk refers to the risk of financial loss to the Group arising from default by the clients or counterparties of financial instruments on the contract obligations. The main factor is that counterparties could not repay in full the accounts receivable based on the agreed terms, and the contract cash flows of debt instruments stated at amortized cost.
   
2.The Group manages their credit risk taking into consideration the entire group’s concern. For banks and financial institutions, only independently rated parties with a minimum rating of ‘A’ are accepted. According to the Group’s credit policy, each local entity in the Group is responsible for managing and analysing the credit risk for each of their new clients before standard payment and delivery terms and conditions are offered. Internal risk control assesses the credit quality of the customers, taking into account their financial position, past experience and other factors. Individual risk limits are set based on internal or external ratings in accordance with limits set by the Board of Directors. The utilization of credit limits is regularly monitored.
   
3.In line with credit risk management procedure, when the contract payments of the counterparty was past due over 180 days and after repeatedly asking for payment over 180 days, the default has occurred.

 

F-72
 

 

4.The Group adopts following assumptions under IFRS 9 to assess whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk on that instrument since initial recognition:

If the contract payments were past due over 30 days based on the terms, there has been a significant increase in credit risk on that instrument since initial recognition.

5.The Group classifies customer’s accounts receivable in accordance with credit risk on trade and customer type. The Group applies the modified approach using a provision matrix based on the loss rate methodology to estimate expected credit loss under the provision matrix basis.
   
6.The Group wrote-off the financial assets, which cannot be reasonably expected to be recovered, after initiating recourse procedures. However, the Group will continue executing the recourse procedures to secure their rights.
   
7.The Group used the forecastability of Taiwan Institute of Economic Research boom observation report to adjust historical and timely information to assess the default possibility of accounts receivable. On December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the loss rate methodology is as follows:

 

   Not past due   Up to 30 days past due   31~90 days
past due
   91~180 days
past due
   Over 180 days   Total 
At December 31, 2020                        
Expected loss rate   0.02%   0.21%   0.44%   18.36%   81.96%     
Total book value  $4,843,098   $167,147   $28,675   $12,317   $394,623   $5,445,860 
Loss allowance  $832   $347   $125   $2,262   $323,420   $326,986 
At June 30, 2021                              
Expected loss rate   0.01%   0.13%   0.02%   3.57%   99.03%     
Total book value  $4,266,521   $28,032   $130,546   $22,540   $382,584   $4,830,223 
Loss allowance  $530   $37   $26   $804   $378,862   $380,259 

 

8.Movements in relation to the Group applying the modified approach to provide loss allowance for accounts receivable, contract assets and lease payments receivable are as follows:

 

   2020 
   Accounts receivable 
At January 1  $230,953 
Reversal for impairment   (68,416)
Effect of foreign exchange   (223)
At June 30  $162,314 

 

   2021 
   Accounts receivable 
At January 1  $326,986 
Provision for impairment   66,663 
Effect of foreign exchange   (13,390)
At June 30  $380,259 

 

F-73
 

 

9.For investments in debt instruments at amortized cost, the credit rating levels are presented below:

 

   December 31, 2020 
       Lifetime     
   12 months   Significant increase in credit risk   Impairment of credit   Total 
Financial assets at amortised cost  $771,592   $       -   $        -   $771,592 
Other receivables (including related parties)  $858,556   $-   $-   $858,556 

 

   June 30, 2021 
       Lifetime     
   12 months   Significant increase in credit risk   Impairment of credit   Total 
Financial assets at amortised cost  $773,940   $       -   $       -   $773,940 
Other receivables (including related parties)  $737,213   $-   $-   $737,213 

 

iii)Liquidity risk

 

1.Cash flow forecasting is performed in the operating entities of the Group and aggregated by Group treasury. Group treasury monitors rolling forecasts of the Group’s liquidity requirements to ensure it has sufficient cash to meet operational needs.
   
2.Surplus cash held by the operating entities over and above balance required for working capital management are transferred to the Group treasury. Group treasury invests surplus cash in interest bearing current accounts, time deposits, money market deposits, choosing instruments with appropriate maturities or sufficient liquidity to provide sufficient head-room as determined by the above-mentioned forecasts.
   
3.The unused credit lines from bank loans of the Group as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021 are $3,349,619 and $3,356,085, respectively.

 

   December 31, 2020   June 30, 2021 
Floating rate:          
Expiring within one year  $3,310,619   $3,196,530 
Expiring beyond one year   39,000    159,555 
   $3,349,619   $3,356,085 

 

4.The table below analyses the Group’s non-derivative financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the balance sheet date to the contractual maturity date for non-derivative financial liabilities. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.

 

F-74
 

 

December 31, 2020  Less than 1 year   Between 1 year and 2 year   Over 2 years   Total 
Non-derivative financial liabilities                    
Short-term loans  $2,754,470   $-   $-   $2,754,470 
Notes payable   9,046    -    -    9,046 
Accounts payable   3,749,984    -    -    3,749,984 
Other payables   7,481,911    -    -    7,481,911 
Other payables to related parties   442,473    -    -    442,473 
Lease liabilities   1,068,268    358,724    35,861    1,462,853 
Long-term loans
(including current portion)
   238,613    236,669    195,739    671,021 

 

June 30, 2021  Less than 1 year   Between 1 year and 2 year   Over 2 years   Total 
Non-derivative financial liabilities                    
Short-term loans  $3,957,971   $-   $-   $3,957,971 
Accounts payable   5,721,986    -    -    5,721,986 
Other payables   9,205,420    -    -    9,205,420 
Lease liabilities   1,131,055    88,965    -    1,220,020 
Long-term loans
(including current portion)
   1,429,553    1,186,578    557,276    3,173,407 

 

37.Fair value information

 

a)The different levels that the inputs to valuation techniques are used to measure fair value of financial and non-financial instruments have been defined as follows:

 

  Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity can access at the measurement date. A market is regarded as active where a market in which transactions for the asset or liability take place with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.
  Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.
  Level 3: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

 

b)Financial instruments not measured at fair value

 

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, current financial assets at amortized cost, accounts receivable, other receivables, other receivables due from related parties guarantee deposits paid, short-term loans, current contract liabilities, notes payable, accounts payable, other payables, other payables to related parties, long-term loans (including current portion), long-term notes and accounts payable to related parties and guarantee deposits received are approximate to their fair values.

 

38.Segment Information

 

a)General information

 

Management has determined the reportable operating segments based on the reports reviewed by the Board of Directors that are used to make strategic decisions. The Group considers the business from a product perspective. The Group’s business is segregated into bicycle business, racket business and other business.

 

F-75
 

 

b)Measurement of segment information

 

The Board of Directors evaluates the performance of the operating segments based on a measure of adjusted income before tax.

 

c)Information about segment profit or loss

 

The segment information provided to the chief operating decision-maker for the reportable segments is as follows:

 

Six months ended June 30, 2020  Bicycle
frame
   Racket   Others   Total 
Revenue                
External customers  $6,238,542   $3,314,089   $20,611   $9,573,242 
Inter-segment   -    -    -    - 
Total revenue  $6,238,542   $3,314,089   $20,611   $9,573,242 
Loss before income tax  $80,014   $(628,611)  $10,324   $(538,273)
Depreciation expenses  $(377,944)  $(100,107)  $(329)  $(478,380)
Interest income   610    377    2    989 
Finance costs   (167,917)   (32,087)   (130)   (200,134)

 

Six months ended June 30, 2021  Bicycle
frame
   Racket   Others   Total 
Revenue                
External customers  $8,023,708   $4,160,356   $-   $12,184,064 
Inter-segment   -    -    -    - 
Total revenue  $8,023,708   $4,160,356   $-   $12,184,064 
Profit before income tax  $949,895   $416,303   $-   $1,366,198 
Depreciation expenses  $(519,563)  $(127,787)  $-   $(647,350)
Interest income   746    396    -    1,142 
Finance costs   (49,648)   (11,572)        -    (61,220)

 

d)Reconciliation for segment income (loss)

 

Revenue from external customers and segment income (loss) reported to the chief operating decision maker are measured using the same method as for revenue and operating profit in the financial statements. Thus, no reconciliation is needed.

 

F-76
 

 

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 6. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

 

We are a Cayman Islands company. Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against willful default, willful neglect, civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our articles of association will provide for indemnification of our officers and directors to the maximum extent permitted by law, including for any liability incurred in their capacities as such, except through their own actual fraud, willful negligence or default.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

ITEM 7. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

 

During the past three years, we have issued the following securities. We believe that each of the following issuances was exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act regarding transactions not involving a public offering or in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act regarding sales by an issuer in offshore transactions. No underwriters were involved in these issuances of securities and no underwriting commissions were paid in connection therewith.

 

Purchaser   Date of Issuance   Number of Securities   Consideration   Underwriting Discount and Commission
NEW MOON CORPORATION   September 30, 2019   10,251,947   Nil   -
NEW MOON CORPORATION   January 10, 2020   5,252,500   Nil   -
NEW MOON CORPORATION   August 12, 2020   2,863,840   Nil   -
NEW MOON CORPORATION   August 20, 2020   1,856,598   Nil   -
NEW MOON CORPORATION   September 30, 2020   856,598   Nil   -
NEW MOON CORPORATION   December 30, 2020   377,124   USD585,000.00 from total paid-in capital of USD1,300,000.00 in Bohong Technology   -
CHIANG Jing-Bin   November 6, 2020   1,054,293   NTD51,133,251   -
CHIANG Jing-Bin   December 18, 2020   375,000   Nil   -
STAR CENTURION LIMITED   August 15, 2020   2,388,660   Nil   -
RADIANT FAITH LIMITED   August 20, 2020   2,500,000   Nil   -
GLITTER GROUP CO., LTD   August 12, 2020   2,388,660   Nil   -
ABICO ASIA Capital Corporation   December 18, 2020   975,000   Nil   -
Sendai Investments Company Inc.   December 30, 2020   251,416   USD390,000.00 from total paid-in capital of USD1,300,000.00 in Bohong Technology   -
Barium Glory Financial Ltd.   December 30, 2020   209,513   USD325,000 from total paid-in capital of USD1,300,000.00 in Bohong Technology   -
J-Star Holding Co., Ltd.   January 10, 2020   4,999,447   Nil   -
J-Star Holding Co., Ltd.   November 6, 2020   3,945,154   Nil   -
J-Star Holding Co., Ltd.   December 30, 2020   3,107,101   Nil   -
HSU Chung-Haw   August 20, 2020   100,000   Nil   -
CHEN Shu-Jhen   August 20, 2020   1,000,000   Nil   -
CHAN CHIH LIMITED   September 30, 2020   1,000,000   Nil   -
NEW MOON CORPORATION   March 4, 2022   4,888,092   Nil   -
STAR CENTURION LIMITED   March 4, 2022  1,719,835   Nil   -
RADIANT FAITH LIMITED   March 4, 2022  2,700,000   Nil   -
ABICO ASIA Capital Corporation   March 4, 2022   702,000   Nil   -
Barium Glory Financial Ltd.   March 4, 2022   1,500,849   Nil   -
Sendai Investments Company Inc.   March 4, 2022   631,020   Nil   -
CHAN CHIH LIMITED   March 4, 2022   720,000   Nil   -
CHIANG Jing-Bin   March 4, 2022   1,209,091   Nil   -
LEE Bo-Wei   March 4, 2022   900,000   Nil   -
HSU Chung-Haw   March 4, 2022   72,000   Nil   -
CHEN Shu-Jhen   March 4, 2022   720,000   Nil   -

 

ITEM 8. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

(a) Exhibits

 

See Exhibit Index of this registration statement.

 

The agreements included as exhibits to this registration statement contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties were made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and (i) were not intended to be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate; (ii) may have been qualified in such agreement by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement; (iii) may apply contract standards of “materiality” that are different from “materiality” under the applicable securities laws; and (iv) were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement.

 

We acknowledge that, notwithstanding the inclusion of the foregoing cautionary statements, we are responsible for considering whether additional specific disclosures of material information regarding material contractual provisions are required to make the statements in this registration statement not misleading.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

 

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.

 

II-1
 

 

ITEM 9. UNDERTAKINGS.

 

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

i. To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

 

ii. To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective Registration Statement;

 

iii. To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

 

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;

 

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

(4) To file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement to include any financial statements required by “Item 8.A. of Form 20-F” at the start of any delayed offering or throughout a continuous offering. Financial statements and information otherwise required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Act need not be furnished, provided that the registrant includes in the prospectus, by means of a post-effective amendment, financial statements required pursuant to this paragraph (4) and other information necessary to ensure that all other information in the prospectus is at least as current as the date of those financial statements.

 

(5) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(6) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(7) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser:

 

II-2
 

 

Each prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the small business issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the small business issuer has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the small business issuer of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the small business issuer in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the small business issuer will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

(8) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

 

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the placement method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

II-3
 

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.   Description of document
1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1*   Second Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association
3.2*   Third Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, as currently in effect
3.3*   Fourth Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (effective upon closing of the offering)
4.1*   Registrant’s Specimen Certificate for Ordinary Shares
4.2*   Form of Representative’s Warrants
5.1*   Opinion of Ogier as to the legality of the shares
5.2*   Opinion of Loeb & Loeb LLP as to the legality of the underwriters’ warrants
5.3*   Opinion of L&L-Leaven, Attorneys-at-Law, as to certain PRC Legal Matters
5.4*   Opinion of Lee and Li, Attorneys-at-Law, as to certain Taiwan Legal Matters
10.1*   Unofficial English Translation of Joint Investment Agreement dated April 23, 2021, by and among Mr. Frédéric Sallet, Christophe Quiniou, Le Gallion, Star Leader Trading Limited and 6ème Sens Immobilier – Investissement.
10.2*   Unofficial English Translation of Leasing Agreement, dated August 7, 2020, by and among Farglory Life Insurance Inc. and TW YMA.
10.3*   Unofficial English Translation of Leasing Agreement, dated April 21, 2020, by and among Feng-Yuan Jiang and TW YMA.
10.4*   Unofficial English Translation of Leasing Agreement, dated February 26, 2022, by and among Dongguan Yuantai and Dongguan YMA.
10.5*   Unofficial English Translation of Leasing Agreement, dated February 26, 2022, by and among Dongguan Yuantai and Dongguan YMA.
10.6*   Unofficial English Translation of State-owned Land Use Assignment Contract, dated February 28, 2019, by and among Bohong Technology and Yangzhou Bureau of Land and Resources.
10.7*   Unofficial English Translation of Comprehensive Credit Loan Agreement, dated May 10, 2021, by and among Mega International Commercial Bank Co., Ltd. and TW YMA, in respect of a loan in the amount of NTD10 million.
10.8*   Unofficial English Translation of Credit Agreement, dated March 29, 2021, by and among Taishin International Bank and TW YMA, in respect of a loan in the amount of NTD30 million.
10.9*   Unofficial English Translation of Letter of Guarantee, dated March 29, 2021, by and among Taishin International Bank and Mr. Jing-Bin Chiang, in respect of a loan in the amount of NTD30 million granted to TW YMA.
10.10*   Unofficial English Translation of Collateral Provision Agreement, dated March 29, 2021, by and among Taishin International Bank, Mr. Jing-Bin Chiang and TW YMA.
10.11*   Bank Facility Letter, dated March 4, 2021, by and among Taishin International Bank Co., Ltd., Star Leader, J-Star, TW YMA and Mr. Jing-Bin Chiang, in respect of a loan in the amount of US$1.2 million.
10.12*   Unofficial English Translation of Deed of Guarantee, dated February 11, 2020, by and among King’s Town Bank Co., Ltd. and Mr. Jing-Bin Chiang, in respect of a loan in the amount of NTD10 million granted to TW YMA.
16.1*   Letter from Deloitte & Touche regarding the change in Registrant’s Certifying Account
21.1*   List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1*   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers, Taiwan.
23.2   Consent of Ogier (included in Exhibits 5.1).
23.3*   Consent of Loeb & Loeb LLP (included in Exhibit 5.2).
23.4*   Consent of L&L-Leaven, Attorneys-at-Law (included in Exhibit 5.3).
23.5*   Consent of Lee and Li, Attorneys-at-Law (included in Exhibit 5.4).
23.6*   Consent of Frost & Sullivan
24.1   Power of Attorney (included in signature page hereto)
99.1*   Consent of Ching-Chou Huang.
99.2*   Consent of Shen-Huei Wang.
99.3*   Consent of Ping-Hong Lin.
99.4*   Representation to the Securities and Exchange Commission Pursuant to Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F
107*   Filing Fee Table

 

* Filed herein.

 

II-4
 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Taichung City, Taiwan, on March 21, 2022.

 

  J-Star Holding Co., Ltd.

 

  By: /s/ Jing-Bin Chiang
  Name: Jing-Bin Chiang
  Title:  Chief Executive Officer

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Jing-Bin Chiang and Abraham Pullolickel Ittycheriah for his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments including post-effective amendments to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact or his or her substitute, each acting alone, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature   Title   Date
         
/s/ Jing-Bin Chiang   Chairman, Chief Executive Officer   March 21, 2022
Jing-Bin Chiang   (Principal Executive Officer) and Director    
         
/s/ Abraham Pullolickel Ittycheriah     Chief Financial Officer     March 21, 2022
Abraham Pullolickel Ittycheriah     (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)    
         
/s/ Ting-Pang Sung   Director   March 21, 2022
Ting-Pang Sung          
         
/s/ Ching-Chou Huang   Independent Director   March 21, 2022
Ching-Chou Huang          
         
/s/ Shen-Huei Wang   Independent Director   March 21, 2022
Shen-Huei Wang          
         
/s/ Ping-Hong Lin   Independent Director   March 21, 2022
Ping-Hong Lin          

 

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES

 

Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. has signed this registration statement or amendment thereto in City of Newark, State of Delaware on March 21, 2022.

 

  PUGLISI & ASSOCIATES

 

  By: /s/ Donald J. Puglisi
  Name: Donald J. Puglisi
  Title:  Managing Director

 

II-5

 

 

Exhibit 1.1

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

___________, 2022

 

ViewTrade Securities, Inc.

7280 W. Palmetto Park Road

Suite 310

Boca Raton, Florida 33433

 

As Representative of the Underwriters named on Annex A hereto

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned, J-Star Holding Co., Ltd., an exempted company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “Company”), hereby confirms its agreement (this “Agreement”) with the several underwriters (the “Underwriters” and each an “Underwriter”), for whom ViewTrade Securities, Inc. is acting as representative (in such capacity, the “Representative,” and if there are no underwriters other than the Representative, references to multiple underwriters shall be disregarded and the term Representative as used herein shall have the same meaning as Underwriter) to issue and sell to the Underwriters an aggregate of [      ] ordinary shares, $0.50 par value per share (“Ordinary Shares”), of the Company (the “Firm Shares”). The Company has also granted to the Representative an option (the “Over-allotment Option”) to purchase up to [      ] additional Ordinary Shares, on the terms and for the purposes set forth in Section 1(b) hereof (the “Option Shares”). The Firm Shares and any Option Shares purchased pursuant to this Agreement are herein collectively called the “Securities.” The offering and sale of the securities contemplated by this Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein is referred to herein as the “Offering.”

 

(1) Purchase of Securities/Consideration.

 

a. Firm Shares. On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, an aggregate of [      ] Firm Shares at a purchase price equal to the public offering price net of (i) an underwriting discount equal to seven and one half percent (7.5%) of the public offering price of the securities being offered (the “Underwriting Fee”), and (ii) a non-accountable expense allowance of one percent (1.0%) of the gross proceeds of the Offering, or $[      ] per share. The Underwriters, severally and not jointly, agree to purchase from the Company the Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names on Annex A attached hereto and made a part hereof.

 

b. Option Shares. On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants to the several Underwriters an option, severally and not jointly, to purchase all or any portion of the Option Shares at the same purchase price as the Firm Shares. The option granted hereunder may be exercised in whole or in part from time to time and at any time within forty-five (45) days after the date of the Prospectus (as defined below) upon notice (confirmed in writing) by the Representative to the Company setting forth the aggregate number of Option Shares as to which the Underwriters are exercising the option and the date and time, as determined by the Representative, when the Option Shares are to be delivered, but in no event earlier than the First Closing Date (as defined below) nor earlier than the second Business Day (as defined below) or later than the tenth Business Day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised. The number of Option Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the same percentage of the total number of Option Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters as the number of Firm Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter is of the total number of Firm Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters, as adjusted by the Representative in such manner as the Representative deems advisable to avoid fractional shares. No Option Shares shall be sold and delivered unless the Firm Shares previously have been, or simultaneously are, sold and delivered.

 

c. Commission and Expenses. In consideration of the services to be provided hereunder, the Company shall pay the Underwriters or their respective designees as set forth in Section 1(a) and, as applicable, Section 1(b). In addition, the Company shall reimburse the Representative for certain out-of-pocket accountable expenses, as set forth in Section 4(i), which reimbursement shall be reduced by any Advances (as defined below) previously paid to the Representative. To the extent that the Underwriters’ incurred expenses are less than the Advances previously paid, the Underwriters will return to the Company that portion of the Advances not offset by out-of-pocket accountable expenses.

 

 

 

 

d. Representative’s Warrant. The Company hereby agrees to issue to the Representative (and/or its designees) on the (i) First Closing Date, warrants to purchase such number of Ordinary Shares equal to ten percent (10%) of the Firm Shares issued on the First Closing Date and (ii) on each Option Closing Date, if and as applicable, warrants to purchase such number of Ordinary Shares equal to ten percent (10%) of the Option Shares issued at such Option Closing Date, if and as applicable (collectively, the “Representative’s Warrants”). The Representative’s Warrant may be exercised by the payment of cash or via cashless exercise, shall be exercisable for a period of five years from the Effective Date (as defined below) of the Registration Statement (as defined below) and will terminate on the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date of the Registration Statement. The exercise price of the Representative’s Warrant is equal to one hundred and twenty five percent (125%) of the public offering price of a Security. The Representative’s Warrant and the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Representative’s Warrant will be deemed compensation by FINRA (as defined below), and therefore will be subject to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1). In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1), neither the Representative’s Warrant nor any of the Ordinary Shares issued upon exercise of the Representative’s Warrant may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of such securities by any person, for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days beginning on the Effective Date, subject to certain exceptions as set forth in FINRA Rule 5110(e)(2).

 

(2) Delivery and Payment.

 

a. Delivery of and Payment for Securities. Delivery of and payment for the Firm Shares shall be made at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on [      ], 2022 or at such other time as shall be agreed upon in writing by the Representative and the Company, and, with respect to the Option Shares, 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date specified by the Representative in the written notice given by the Representative of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Option Shares, or at such other time as shall be agreed upon in writing by the Representative and the Company. The hour and date of delivery of and payment for the Firm Shares is called the “First Closing Date,” and each time and date for delivery of the Option Shares, if not the First Closing Date, is called an “Option Closing Date,” and each such closing of the payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of the Firm Shares or Option Shares, as applicable, is referred to herein as a “Closing” and the date of each such Closing, a “Closing Date.” Each Closing shall be at the offices of the Representative or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company, and each Closing may be undertaken by remote electronic exchange of Closing documentation. Payment for the Firm Shares and Option Shares, as applicable, shall be made on the applicable Closing Date by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds upon delivery to the Representative of the Firm Shares and Option Shares, as applicable, through the full fast transfer facilities of the Depository Trust Company (the “DTC”) for the account of the Underwriters. The Firm Shares and Option Shares shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as the Representative may request in writing at least two Business Days prior to the applicable Closing Date. The Company shall not be obligated to sell or deliver the Firm Shares and Option Shares to be purchased on such Closing Date except upon tender of payment by the Representative for all such Firm Shares and Option Shares, as applicable.

 

b. Escrow Agreement. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company, the Representative and Pearlman Law Group LLP, as escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”), shall enter into an escrow agreement (the “Escrow Agreement”), pursuant to which $400,000 in proceeds from the Offering shall be deposited by the Company at Closing in an escrow account (the “Escrow Account”). All remaining funds in the Escrow Account that are not subject to an indemnification claim as of the 12-month period following the First Closing Date will be returned to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement. The Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Escrow Agent.

 

(3) Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters that, as of the date hereof and as of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date (as if made at such Closing Date):

 

a. Filing of Registration Statement. The Company has filed with the Commission a registration statement, and an amendment or amendments thereto, on Form F-1 (File No. 333-[                ]), including any related prospectus or prospectuses, for the registration of the Securities under the Securities Act, which registration statement and amendment or amendments have been prepared by the Company in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act. Except as the context may otherwise require, such registration statement, as amended, on file with the Commission at the time the registration statement became effective (including the Preliminary Prospectus included in the registration statement, financial statements, schedules, exhibits and all other documents filed as a part thereof or incorporated therein and all information deemed to be a part thereof as of the Effective Date pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 430A of the Securities Act (the “Rule 430A Information”), is referred to herein as the “Registration Statement.” If the Company files any registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act, then after such filing, the term “Registration Statement” shall include such registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b). The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission on the date hereof.

 

 

 

 

Each prospectus used prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and each prospectus that omitted the Rule 430A Information that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, is herein called a “Preliminary Prospectus.” The Preliminary Prospectus, subject to completion and filed with the Commission on [      ], 2022, that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time (as defined below) is hereinafter called the “Pricing Prospectus.” The final prospectus in the form first furnished to the Underwriters for use in the Offering is hereinafter called the “Prospectus.” Any reference to the “most recent Preliminary Prospectus” shall be deemed to refer to the latest Preliminary Prospectus included in the Registration Statement.

 

For purposes of this Agreement:

 

“Applicable Time” means [      ]:00 a/p.m., New York City time, on [      ], 2022.

 

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or obligated by law to close in the State of Florida; provided, however, for clarification, banking institutions and trust companies shall not be deemed to be authorized or required by law to remain closed due to “stay at home”, “shelter-in-place”, “non-essential employee” or any other similar orders or restrictions or the closure of any physical branch locations at the direction of any governmental authority so long as the electronic funds transfer systems (including for wire transfers) of banking institutions in the State of Florida generally are open for use by customers on such day.

 

“Commission” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Effective Date” means each date and time that the Registration Statement or post-effective amendment or amendments thereto became or becomes effective.

 

“Execution Time” means the date and time that this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties to this Agreement.

 

“Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act (“Rule 433”), including any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) relating to the Securities that is (i) required to be filed with the Commission by the Company, (ii) a “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i), whether or not required to be filed with the Commission, or (iii) exempt from filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d)(5)(i) because it contains a description of the Securities or of the Offering that does not reflect the final terms, in each case in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g).

 

“Marketing Materials” means written roadshow materials prepared by or on behalf of the Company and used or referred to by the Company or with the Company’s express consent.

 

“Offering” means the offering and sale of the Securities.

 

“Pricing Disclosure Package” means the Pricing Prospectus, any Permitted Free Writing Prospectuses set forth on Schedule II and the information included on Schedule I hereto, all considered together.

 

“Registration Statement” means the registration statement referred to in Section 3(a) hereof including exhibits and financial statements and any prospectus supplement relating to the Securities that is filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) and deemed part of such registration statement pursuant to Rule 430A, as amended, on each Effective Date and, in the event any post- effective amendment thereto becomes effective prior to the First Closing Date, shall also mean such registration statement as so amended.

 

 

 

 

“Rule 158,” “Rule 163,” “Rule 164,” “Rule 172,” “Rule 405,” “Rule 415,” “Rule 424,” “Rule 430A,” “Rule 430B” and “Rule 433” refer to such rules under the Securities Act.

 

“SEC Filings” means any filings made by the Company with the Commission.

 

“Trading Day” means any day on which the Exchange is open for trading.

 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

b.Disclosures in Registration Statement.

 

i. Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time it became effective, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act. Each Preliminary Prospectus, including the prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment or supplement thereto, and the Prospectus, at the time each was filed with the Commission, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act. Each Preliminary Prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this Offering and the Prospectus was or will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system (“EDGAR”), except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T;

 

ii. Neither the Registration Statement nor any amendment thereto, at the time each part thereto became effective pursuant to the Securities Act, as of the date of this Agreement, at the First Closing Date or at each Option Closing Date, contained, contains or will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements made or statements omitted in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company with respect to the Underwriters by the Representative expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto. The parties acknowledge and agree that such information provided by or on behalf of the Underwriters consists solely of (i) the name of the Underwriters contained on the cover page of the Pricing Prospectus and Prospectus and (ii) the sub-sections titled “Discount, Commissions and Expenses”, “Representative’s Warrants”, “Indemnification; Indemnification Escrow”, “Lock-Up Agreements”, “Pricing of the Offering”, “No Sales of Similar Securities”, “Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Securities”, “Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids”, “Passive Market Making”, “Potential Conflicts of Interest”, “Other Relationships”, and “Nasdaq Listing”, in each case under the caption “Underwriting” in the Prospectus (the “Underwriter Information”);

 

iii. The Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time, as of the date of this Agreement, and at the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, did not, does not and will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to the Underwriter Information. Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Prospectus as of the Applicable Time, did not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to the Underwriter Information; and

 

iv. Neither the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto, as of its issue date, at the time of any filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), or at the First Closing Date or each Option Closing Date, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to the Underwriter Information.

 

 

 

 

c. Disclosure of Agreements. The agreements and documents described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained therein and there are no agreements or other documents required by the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or to be filed with the Commission as exhibits to the Registration Statement, that have not been so described or filed. Each agreement or other instrument (however characterized or described) to which any of the Company or its Subsidiaries (as defined below) is a party or by which any of them is or may be bound or affected and (i) that is referred to in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, or (ii) that is material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, has been duly authorized and validly executed by the Company or a Subsidiary, as applicable, is in full force and effect in all material respects and is enforceable against the Company or such Subsidiary, as applicable, and, to the Company’s knowledge, the other parties thereto, in accordance with its terms, except (x) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (y) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the federal and state securities laws, and (z) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought. None of such agreements or instruments has been assigned by any of the Company or its Subsidiaries, and neither the Company or such Subsidiary, as applicable, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any other party is in default thereunder and, to the Company’s knowledge, no event has occurred that, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default thereunder. To the best of the Company’s knowledge, performance by the Company or a Subsidiary, as applicable, of such agreements or instruments will not result in a violation of any existing applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any governmental authority, agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or its Subsidiaries or any of their respective assets or businesses, including those relating to environmental laws and regulations, except to the extent that the violation would not result in a Material Adverse Change (as defined below).

 

d. Good Standing. The Company has been duly formed, is validly existing as a company limited by shares in good standing under the laws of the Cayman Islands, has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

e. Subsidiaries. Each of the Company’s direct and indirect subsidiaries (each, a “Subsidiary” and, collectively, the “Subsidiaries”) has been identified on Schedule III hereto. Each of the Subsidiaries has been duly formed, is validly existing as an entity in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; all of the outstanding equity interests of each Subsidiary have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, are paid according to the applicable laws and the articles of association and non-assessable and are free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims. None of the outstanding share capital or equity interest in any Subsidiary was issued in violation of preemptive or similar rights of any security holder of such Subsidiary. All of the constitutive or organizational documents of each of the Subsidiaries comply with the requirements of applicable laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization and are in full force and effect. Apart from the Subsidiaries, the Company has no direct or indirect subsidiaries or any other company over which it has direct or indirect effective control, except as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

f. [Reserved].

 

g. Prior Securities Transactions. No securities of the Company have been sold by the Company or by or on behalf of, or for the benefit of, any person or persons controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Company, except as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Preliminary Prospectus.

 

h. Regulations.

 

i. The disclosures in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus concerning the effects of federal, state, local and all foreign regulation on the Offering and the Company’s business as currently contemplated are correct in all respects and no other such regulations are required to be disclosed pursuant to the Securities Act in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus which are not so disclosed.

 

 

 

 

ii. Except as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has complied, and has taken all steps to ensure compliance, in material respects, by each of its shareholders, directors and officers that is, or is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by, a PRC resident or citizen with any applicable rules and regulations of the relevant PRC government agencies in effect on the applicable Closing Date (including but not limited to the Ministry of Commerce, the National Development and Reform Commission, the China Securities Regulatory Commission (“CSRC”) and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange) (the “SAFE”) relating to overseas investment by PRC residents and citizens (the “PRC Overseas Investment and Listing Regulations”), including, requesting each such person that is, or is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by, a PRC resident or citizen to complete any registration and other procedures required under applicable PRC Overseas Investment and Listing Regulations (including any applicable rules and regulations of the SAFE).

 

iii. The Company is aware of and has been advised as to the content of the Provisions on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors and any official clarifications, guidance, interpretations, implementation rules, revisions in connection with or related thereto in effect on the applicable Closing Date (the “PRC Mergers and Acquisitions Rules”) jointly promulgated by the Ministry of Commerce, the State Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, the State Tax Administration, the State Administration of Industry and Commerce, the CSRC and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on August 8, 2006, including the provisions thereof which purport to require offshore special purpose entities formed for listing purposes and controlled directly or indirectly by PRC companies or individuals to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to the listing and trading of their securities on an overseas stock exchange. The Company has received legal advice specifically with respect to the PRC Mergers and Acquisitions Rules from its PRC counsel, and the Company understands such legal advice. In addition, the Company has communicated such legal advice in full to each of its directors that signed the Registration Statement and each such director has confirmed that he or she understands such legal advice. The issuance and sale of the Securities, the listing and trading of the Securities on the Exchange (as defined below) and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement and the Representative’s Warrant (A) are not and will not be, as of the date hereof or at the applicable Closing Date, as the case may be, adversely affected by the PRC Mergers and Acquisitions Rules and (B) do not require the prior approval of the CSRC.

 

i. Absence of Certain Events. Except as contemplated in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Pricing Disclosure Package, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has incurred any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, or entered into any material transactions, or declared or paid any dividends or made any distribution of any kind with respect to its share capital; and there has not been any change in the share capital (other than a change in the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares of the Company due to the issuance of shares upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants or conversion of convertible securities), or any material change in the short-term or long-term debt (other than as a result of the conversion of convertible securities of the Company), or any issuance of options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights to purchase the share capital of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any material adverse change in the general affairs, condition (financial or otherwise), business, prospects, management, properties, operations or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole (“Material Adverse Change”), or any development which could reasonably be expected to result in any Material Adverse Change.

 

j. Independent Accountants. PricewaterhouseCoopers, Taiwan (the “Auditor”), which has expressed its opinion with respect to the financial statements and schedules filed as a part of the Registration Statement and included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, is (i) an independent public accounting firm within the meaning of the Securities Act, (ii) a registered public accounting firm (as defined in Section 2(a)(12) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”)) and (iii) not in violation of the auditor independence requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. As of the date hereof, to the knowledge of the Company after due inquiry, the Auditor is registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

 

 

 

 

k. Financial Statements, etc. The financial statements, including the notes thereto and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and fairly present the financial position and the results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries at the dates and for the periods to which they apply; and such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), consistently applied throughout the periods involved (provided that unaudited interim financial statements are subject to year-end audit adjustments that are not expected to be material in the aggregate and do not contain all footnotes required by IFRS); and the supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly the information required to be stated therein. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus under the Securities Act. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus regarding “non-IFRS financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission), if any, comply with Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the Securities Act. Each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus discloses all material off-balance sheet transactions, arrangements, obligations (including contingent obligations), and other relationships of the Company and its Subsidiaries with unconsolidated entities or other persons that may have a material current or future effect on the financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, capital resources, or significant components of revenues or expenses of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

l. Capitalization; the Securities; Registration Rights. All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital equity of the Company, including the outstanding Ordinary Shares, are duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, have been issued in compliance with all applicable securities laws, were not issued in violation of or subject to any preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or purchase securities that have not been waived in writing (a copy of which waiver has been delivered to counsel to the Underwriters), and the holders thereof are not subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; the Securities which may be sold hereunder by the Company have been duly authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will have been validly issued and will be fully paid and non-assessable, and the holders thereof will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; and the share capital of the Company, including the Ordinary Shares, conforms to the description thereof in the Registration Statement, in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus. Except as otherwise stated in the Registration Statement, in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, (i) there are no pre-emptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any restriction upon the voting or transfer of, any Ordinary Shares pursuant to the Company’s charter, by-laws (or other organizational documents) or any agreement or other instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound, (ii) neither the filing of the Registration Statement nor the offering or sale of the Securities as contemplated by this Agreement gives rise to any rights for or relating to the registration of any Ordinary Shares or other securities of the Company (collectively “Registration Rights”), and (iii) any person to whom the Company has granted Registration Rights has agreed not to exercise such rights until after the date that is 180 days after the date of the Prospectus. The Company has an authorized and outstanding capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus under the caption “Capitalization.” The Ordinary Shares (including the Securities) conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

m. Validity and Binding Effect of Agreements. Each of this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement and the Representative’s Warrant has been duly and validly authorized by the Company, and, when executed and delivered, will constitute, a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; except (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the federal and state securities laws, and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

 

n. No Conflicts, etc. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement and the Representative’s Warrant, the consummation by the Company of the transactions herein and therein contemplated and the compliance by the Company with the terms hereof and thereof do not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both: (i) result in a breach of, or conflict with any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation, modification, termination or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of any of the Company and the Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any agreement or instrument to which any of the Company or the Subsidiaries, as applicable, is a party; (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association (as the same may be amended or restated from time to time, the “Organizational Documents”); or (iii) violate any existing applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any governmental authority as of the date hereof, except in the case of (i) or (iii), such as would not result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

 

 

 

o. No Defaults; Violations. No default exists, and no event has occurred which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default, in the due performance and observance of any term, covenant or condition of any license, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note, loan or credit agreement, or any other agreement or instrument evidencing an obligation for borrowed money, or any other agreement or instrument to which any of the Company or its Subsidiaries is a party or by which any of the Company or its Subsidiaries may be bound or to which any of their respective properties or assets is subject. None of the Company or its Subsidiaries is (i) in violation of any term or provision of its constitutive or organizational documents, or (ii) in violation of any franchise, license, permit, applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment or decree of any governmental authority, except such as would not result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

p. Corporate Power; Licenses; Consents.

 

i. Conduct of Business. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has all requisite corporate power and authority, and has all necessary authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses, certificates and permits of and from all governmental regulatory officials and bodies that it needs as of the date hereof to conduct its business as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

ii. Transactions Contemplated Herein. The Company has all corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement and the Representative’s Warrant and to carry out the provisions and conditions hereof and thereof, and all consents, authorizations, approvals and orders required in connection therewith have been obtained. No consent, authorization or order of, and no filing with, any court, government agency or other body is required for the valid issuance, sale and delivery of the Securities and the consummation of the transactions and agreements contemplated by this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement and the Representative’s Warrant and as contemplated by the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except with respect to applicable federal and state securities laws and the rules and regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”).

 

q. D&O Information. All information concerning the Company’s directors, officers and principal shareholders described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, is true and correct in all material respects and the Company has not become aware of any information which would cause such information to become materially inaccurate or incorrect.

 

r. Litigation; Governmental Proceedings. Except as set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, there is not pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened or contemplated, any action, suit or proceeding (i) to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or (ii) which has as the subject thereof any officer or director of, any employee benefit plan sponsored or any property or assets owned or leased by, the Company or any Subsidiary before or by any court or governmental authority, or any arbitrator, which, individually or in the aggregate, might result in any Material Adverse Change, or would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement and the Representative’s Warrant or which are otherwise material in the context of the sale of the Securities. There are no current or, to the knowledge of the Company, pending, legal, governmental or regulatory actions, suits or proceedings (x) to which the Company or any Subsidiary is subject or (y) which has as the subject thereof any officer or director of, any employee plan sponsored by or any property or assets owned or leased by, the Company or any Subsidiary, that are required to be described in the Registration Statement, Pricing Disclosure Package and Prospectus and that have not been so described.

 

s. Insurance. Except as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, each of the Company and its Subsidiaries carries, or is covered by, insurance from reputable insurers in such amounts and covering such risks as is adequate for the conduct of its business and the value of its properties and as is customary for companies engaged in similar businesses in similar industries; all policies of insurance and any fidelity or surety bonds insuring any of the Company or its Subsidiaries or their respective businesses, assets, employees, officers and directors are in full force and effect; each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with the terms of such policies and instruments in all material respects; there are no claims by any of the Company or its Subsidiaries under any such policy or instrument as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause; none of the Company or its Subsidiaries has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and none of the Company or its Subsidiaries has reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

 

 

 

t. Transactions Affecting Disclosure to FINRA.

 

i. Finder’s Fees. There are no claims, payments, arrangements, agreements or understandings relating to the payment of a finder’s, broker’s, agent’s, consulting or origination fee by the Company or any Subsidiary with respect to the sale of the Firm Shares or Option Shares hereunder or any other arrangements, agreements or understandings of the Company or any Subsidiary or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its shareholders that may affect the Underwriters’ compensation, as determined by FINRA.

 

ii. Payments Within Twelve Months. None of the Company or its Subsidiaries has made any direct or indirect payments (in cash, securities or otherwise) to: (A) any person, as a finder’s fee, consulting fee or otherwise, in consideration of such person raising capital for the Company or introducing to the Company persons who raised or provided capital to the Company; (B) any FINRA member; or (C) any person or entity that has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any FINRA member, within the twelve months prior to the Effective Date, other than the payment to the Underwriters as provided hereunder in connection with the Offering.

 

iii. Use of Proceeds. None of the net proceeds of the Offering will be paid by the Company to any participating FINRA member or its affiliates, except as specifically authorized herein.

 

iv. FINRA Affiliation. There are no affiliations or associations between (A) any member of the FINRA and (B) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective officers, directors or, to the knowledge of the Company, 5% or greater security holders or, to the knowledge of the Company, any beneficial owner of the Company’s unregistered equity securities that were acquired at any time on or after the 180th day immediately preceding the date that the Registration Statement was initially filed with the Commission.

 

v. Information. All information provided by the Company in its FINRA questionnaire to the Underwriters’ counsel specifically for use by the Underwriters’ counsel in connection with its Public Offering System filings (and related disclosure) with FINRA is true, correct and complete in all material respects.

 

u. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or their respective affiliates, nor any director or officer, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any employee, agent or representative of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries or their respective affiliates, has (A) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (B) taken or will take any action in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment or giving of money, property, gifts or anything else of value, directly or indirectly, to any “government official” (including any officer or employee of a government or government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office) to influence official action or secure an improper advantage; or (C) made, offered, agreed, requested or taken an act in furtherance of any unlawful bribe or other unlawful benefit, including, any rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful or improper payment or benefit; and the Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have instituted and maintain and will continue to maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and with the representation and warranty contained herein.

 

v. Compliance with OFAC.

 

i. None of the Company or its Subsidiaries, nor any director, officer or employee thereof, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any agent, affiliate or representative of any of the Company or its Subsidiaries, is an individual or entity that is, or is owned or controlled by an individual or entity that is:

 

A. the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor

 

B. located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, Burma/Myanmar, Iran, Libya, North Korea, Sudan and Syria).

 

ii. The Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other individual or entity:

 

A. to fund or facilitate any activities or business of or with any individual or entity or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of Sanctions; or

 

 

 

 

B. in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions by any individual or entity (including any individual or entity participating in the offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).

 

iii. For the past five years, none of the Company or its Subsidiaries has knowingly engaged in, and is now knowingly engaged in, any dealings or transactions with any individual or entity, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions.

 

w. Money Laundering Laws. None of the Company or its Subsidiaries or their respective affiliates nor any of their respective officers, directors, supervisors, managers, agents, or employees, has violated, the Company’s participation in the Offering will not violate, and the Company and its Subsidiaries have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure continued compliance with, each of the following laws: (A) anti-bribery laws, including but not limited to, any applicable law, rule, or regulation of any locality, including but not limited to any law, rule, or regulation promulgated to implement the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, signed December 17, 1997, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, or any other law, rule or regulation of similar purposes and scope or (B) anti-money laundering laws, including but not limited to, applicable federal, state, international, foreign or other laws, regulations or government guidance regarding anti- money laundering, including, Title 18 US. Code section 1956 and 1957, the Patriot Act, the Bank Secrecy Act, and international anti-money laundering principles or procedures by an intergovernmental group or organization, such as the Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering, of which the United States is a member and with which designation the United States representative to the group or organization continues to concur, all as amended, and any Executive order, directive, or regulation pursuant to the authority of any of the foregoing, or any orders or licenses issued thereunder.

 

x. Lock-Up Agreements. Schedule IV hereto contains a complete and accurate list of the Company’s officers, directors and each beneficial owner (5% or greater holder) of the Company’s outstanding Ordinary Shares (or securities convertible or exercisable into Ordinary Shares) (collectively, the “Lock-Up Parties”). The Company has caused each of the Lock-Up Parties to deliver to the Representative an executed Lock-Up Agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Lock-Up Agreement”), prior to the execution of this Agreement. The Company will enforce the terms of each Lock-Up Agreement and issue stop-transfer instructions to its transfer agent and registrar for the Ordinary Shares with respect to any transaction or contemplated transaction that would constitute a breach of or default under the applicable Lock-Up Agreement. If the Representative, in its sole discretion, agrees to release or waive the restrictions of any Lock-Up Agreement between an officer or director of the Company and the Representative and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three Business Days before the effective date of such release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by means of a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, issued through a major news service, at least two Business Days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

 

y. Related Party Transactions. There are no business relationships or related party transactions involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any other person required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that have not been described as required.

 

z. Sarbanes-Oxley Compliance. Except in each case as disclosed in the Registration Statement, in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus:

 

i. Disclosure Controls. To the extent required, the Company has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the “Exchange Act”) and such controls and procedures are effective in ensuring that material information relating to the Company is made known to the principal executive officer and the principal financial officer. The Company has utilized such controls and procedures in preparing and evaluating the disclosures in the Registration Statement, in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus.

 

ii. Compliance. The Company is in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act applicable to it, and has implemented or will implement such programs and taken reasonable steps to ensure its future compliance (not later than the relevant statutory and regulatory deadlines therefor) with all of the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

 

 

 

 

iii. Accounting Controls. To the extent required, the Company maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States and to maintain accountability for assets; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective and none of the Company, its board of directors and audit committee is aware of any “significant deficiencies” or “material weaknesses” (each as defined by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board) in its internal control over financial reporting, or any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees of the Company who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls; and since the end of the latest audited fiscal year, there has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s board of directors has, subject to the exceptions, cure periods and the phase-in periods specified in the applicable rules of the Exchange (“Exchange Rules”), validly appointed an audit committee to oversee internal accounting controls whose composition satisfies the applicable requirements of the Exchange Rules and the Company’s board of directors and/or the audit committee has adopted a charter that satisfies the requirements of the Exchange Rules.

 

aa. Investment Company Act. None of the Company or its Subsidiaries is or, after giving effect to the Offering and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will be, required to register as an “investment company,” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

bb. No Labor Disputes. No labor problem or dispute with the employees of any of the Company or its Subsidiaries exists or is threatened or imminent, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its or its Subsidiaries’ principal suppliers, contractors or customers, that could result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

cc. Intellectual Property Rights. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries owns or possesses or has valid rights to use all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets and similar rights (“Intellectual Property Rights”) necessary for the conduct of its business as currently carried on and as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. No action or use by any of the Company or its Subsidiaries necessary for the conduct of its business as currently carried on and as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will involve or give rise to any infringement of, or license or similar fees for, any Intellectual Property Rights of others. None of the Company or its Subsidiaries has received any notice alleging any such infringement, fee or conflict with asserted Intellectual Property Rights of others. Except as would not result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Change (A) to the knowledge of the Company, there is no infringement, misappropriation or violation by third parties of any of the Intellectual Property Rights owned by any of the Company or its Subsidiaries; (B) there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the rights of any of the Company or its Subsidiaries in or to any such Intellectual Property Rights, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim, that would, individually or in the aggregate, together with any other claims in this Section 3(cc), reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; (C) the Intellectual Property Rights owned by each of the Company or its Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of the Company, the Intellectual Property Rights licensed to any of the Company or its Subsidiaries have not been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity or scope of any such Intellectual Property Rights, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim that would, individually or in the aggregate, together with any other claims in this Section 3(cc), reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; (D) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that any of the Company or its Subsidiaries infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates any Intellectual Property Rights or other proprietary rights of others, the Company has not received any written notice of such claim and the Company is unaware of any other facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim that would, individually or in the aggregate, together with any other claims in this Section 3(cc), reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; and (E) to the Company’s knowledge, no employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries is in or has ever been in violation in any material respect of any term of any employment contract, patent disclosure agreement, invention assignment agreement, non- competition agreement, non-solicitation agreement, nondisclosure agreement or any restrictive covenant to or with a former employer where the basis of such violation relates to such employee’s employment with the Company or its Subsidiaries, or actions undertaken by the employee while employed with any of the Company or its Subsidiaries. To the Company’s knowledge, all material technical information developed by and belonging to any of the Company or its Subsidiaries which has not been patented has been kept confidential. None of the Company or its Subsidiaries is a party to or bound by any options, licenses or agreements with respect to the Intellectual Property Rights of any other person or entity that are required to be set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and are not described therein. The Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus contain in all material respects the same description of the matters set forth in the preceding sentence. None of the technology employed by any of the Company or its Subsidiaries has been obtained or is being used by any of them in violation of any contractual obligation binding on any of the Company or its Subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of their respective officers, directors or employees, or otherwise in violation of the rights of any persons.

 

 

 

 

dd. Taxes. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has filed all returns (as defined below) required to be filed with taxing authorities prior to the date hereof or has duly obtained extensions of time for the filing thereof. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has paid all taxes (as defined below) shown as due on such returns that were filed and has paid all taxes imposed on or assessed against it. The provisions for taxes payable, if any, shown on the financial statements filed with or as part of the Registration Statement are sufficient for all accrued and unpaid taxes, whether or not disputed, and for all periods to and including the dates of such consolidated financial statements. No issues have been raised (and are currently pending) by any taxing authority in connection with any of the returns or taxes asserted as due from any of the Company or its Subsidiaries and no waivers of statutes of limitation with respect to the returns or collection of taxes have been given by or requested from any of the Company or its Subsidiaries. The term “taxes” means all federal, state, local, foreign and other net income, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, profits, license, lease, service, service use, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, property, windfall profits, customs, duties or other taxes, fees, assessments or charges of any kind whatever, together with any interest and any penalties, additions to tax or additional amounts with respect thereto. The term “returns” means all returns, declarations, reports, statements and other documents required to be filed in respect to taxes.

 

ee. ERISA and Employee Benefits Matters. None of the Company or its Subsidiaries maintains any “employee benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including any share purchase, share option, share-based severance, employment, change-in-control, medical, disability, fringe benefit, bonus, incentive, deferred compensation, employee loan and all other employee benefit plans, agreements, programs, policies or other arrangements, under which (i) any current or former employee, director or independent contractor has any present or future right to benefits and which are contributed to, sponsored by or maintained by any of the Company or its Subsidiaries or (ii) any of the Company or its Subsidiaries has had or has any present or future obligation or liability.

 

ff. Compliance with Laws. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries holds, and is operating in compliance in all material respects with, all franchises, grants, authorizations, licenses, permits, easements, consents, certificates and orders of any governmental authority or self-regulatory body required for the conduct of its business and all such franchises, grants, authorizations, licenses, permits, easements, consents, certifications and orders are valid and in full force and effect; and none of the Company or its Subsidiaries has received notice of any revocation or modification of any such franchise, grant, authorization, license, permit, easement, consent, certification or order or has reason to believe that any such franchise, grant, authorization, license, permit, easement, consent, certification or order will not be renewed in the ordinary course; and each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, regulations, orders and decrees.

 

gg. Ownership of Assets. The properties held under lease by any of the Company or its Subsidiaries is held by it under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with only such exceptions with respect to any particular lease as do not interfere in any material respect with the conduct of the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries, as applicable. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has good and valid title (free from any Liens other than Permitted liens) to all the Company and/or its Subsidiaries owned properties. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has obtained all permits, licenses, consents, approvals, certificates, qualifications, specifications, registrations or other authorizations, or filings of a notification, reports or assessments concerned with the Company and/or its Subsidiaries owned properties, or their ownership, occupation, building of structures or buildings, possession or existing use and operation except where the failure to obtain a property permit would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change to the Company.

 

 

 

 

hh. Compliance with Environmental Laws. None of the Company or its Subsidiaries is in violation of any statute, rule, regulation, decision or order of any governmental authority or any court, domestic or foreign, relating to the use, disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or relating to the protection or restoration of the environment or human exposure to hazardous or toxic substances (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), owns or operates any real property contaminated with any substance that is subject to any Environmental Laws, is liable for any off-site disposal or contamination pursuant to any Environmental Laws, or is subject to any claim relating to any Environmental Laws, which violation, contamination, liability or claim would, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change; and none of the Company or its Subsidiaries is aware of any pending investigation which might lead to such a claim. None of the Company or its Subsidiaries anticipates incurring any material capital expenditures relating to compliance with Environmental Laws.

 

ii. Compliance with Occupational Laws. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries (i) is in compliance, in all material respects, with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations, treaties, statutes and codes promulgated by any and all governmental authorities relating to the protection of human health and safety in the workplace (“Occupational Laws”); (ii) has received all material permits, licenses or other approvals required of it under applicable Occupational Laws to conduct its business as currently conducted; and (iii) is in compliance, in all material respects, with all terms and conditions of such permit, license or approval. No action, proceeding, revocation proceeding, writ, injunction or claim is pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against any of the Company or its Subsidiaries relating to Occupational Laws, and the Company does not have knowledge of any facts, circumstances or developments relating to its operations or cost accounting practices that would reasonably be expected to form the basis for or give rise to such actions, suits, investigations or proceedings, except as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

jj. Ineligible Issuer. At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time of effectiveness of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or another offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) of the Securities Act) of any of the Securities and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405, without taking account of any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 that it is not necessary that the Company be considered an ineligible issuer.

 

kk. Business Arrangements. None of the Company or its Subsidiaries has granted rights to develop, manufacture, produce, assemble, distribute, license, market or sell its products to any other person or is bound by any agreement that affects the exclusive right of any of the Company or its Subsidiaries to develop, manufacture, produce, assemble, distribute, license, market or sell its products.

 

ll. Industry Data. The statistical and market-related data included in each of the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company reasonably and in good faith believes are reliable and accurate or represent the Company’s good faith estimates that are made on the basis of data derived from such sources. The Company has obtained all consents required for the inclusion of such statistical and market-related data in each of the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

mm. Forward-looking Statements. No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.

 

nn. Emerging Growth Company. From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement with the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication (as defined below)) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”). “Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act.

 

 

 

 

oo. Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company (i) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communications, other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the prior consent of the Representative with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Underwriters to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Underwriters has been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications (as defined below) other than those listed on Schedule V hereto. “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act. Any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Disclosure Package, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and when taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time, did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

pp. No Other Offering Materials. The Company has not distributed and will not distribute any prospectus or other offering material in connection with the Offering other than any Pricing Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or other materials permitted by the Securities Act to be distributed by the Company; provided, however, that, except as set forth on Schedule II, the Company has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute a free writing prospectus, except in accordance with the provisions of Section 4(m) of this Agreement and, except as set forth on Schedule II, the Company has not made and will not make any communication relating to the Securities that would constitute a Testing-the-Waters Communication, except in accordance with the provisions of Section 4(m) of this Agreement.

 

qq. Payments of Dividends; Payments in Foreign Currency. Except as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (i) none of the Company or its Subsidiaries is prohibited, directly or indirectly, from (A) paying any dividends or making any other distributions on its share capital, (B) making or repaying any loan or advance to the Company or any other Subsidiary or (C) transferring any of its properties or assets to the Company or any other Subsidiary; and (ii) all dividends and other distributions declared and payable upon the share capital of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (A) may be converted into foreign currency that may be freely transferred out of such person’s jurisdiction of incorporation, without the consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any court or governmental agency or body in such person’s jurisdiction of incorporation or tax residence, and (B) are not and will not be subject to withholding, value added or other taxes under the currently effective laws and regulations of such person’s jurisdiction of incorporation, without the necessity of obtaining any consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations, clearances or qualifications of or with any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over such person.

 

rr. PFIC Status. Based on the Company’s current income and assets and projections as to the value of its assets and the market value of its Shares, including the current and anticipated valuation of its assets, the Company does not believe it was a Passive Foreign Investment Company (“PFIC”) within the meaning of Section 1297 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, for its most recent taxable year, and does not expect to become a PFIC for its current taxable year or in the foreseeable future.

 

ss. Foreign Private Issuer. From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement with the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is a “foreign private issuer” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

tt. Margin Securities. The Company owns no “margin securities” as that term is defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”), and none of the proceeds of Offering will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin security, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any indebtedness which was originally incurred to purchase or carry any margin security or for any other purpose which might cause any of the Ordinary Shares to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meanings of Regulation T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

uu. Stock Exchange Listing. The Securities have been approved for listing on the Exchange upon official notice of issuance and, on the date the Registration Statement became effective, the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A or other applicable form under the Exchange Act, became effective.

 

vv. No Stop Orders, etc. Neither the Commission nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any state regulatory authority has issued any order preventing or suspending the use of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or has instituted or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened to institute, any proceedings with respect to such an order. The Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information.

 

 

 

 

ww. No Immunity. None of the Company or its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, assets or revenues has any right of immunity, under the laws of the Cayman Islands, Taiwan, Hong Kong, Samoa, the PRC or the State of Florida, from any legal action, suit or proceeding, the giving of any relief in any such legal action, suit or proceeding, set-off or counterclaim, the jurisdiction of any Cayman Islands, Taiwan, Hong Kong, Samoa, the PRC, Florida or United States federal court, service of process, attachment upon or prior to judgment, or attachment in aid of execution of judgment, or execution of a judgment, or other legal process or proceeding for the giving of any relief or for the enforcement of a judgment, in any such court, with respect to its obligations, liabilities or any other matter under or arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement or the Representative’s Warrant; and, to the extent that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, assets or revenues may have or may hereafter become entitled to any such right of immunity in any such court in which proceedings may at any time be commenced, each of the Company and its Subsidiaries waives or will waive such right to the extent permitted by law and has consented to such relief and enforcement as provided in this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement and the Representative’s Warrant.

 

xx. Validity of Choice of Law. The choice of the laws of the State of Florida as the governing law of this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement and the Representative’s Warrant is a valid choice of law under the laws of the Cayman Islands, Taiwan, Hong Kong, Samoa and the PRC and will be honored by courts in the Cayman Islands, Taiwan, Samoa, Hong Kong and the PRC. The Company has the power to submit, and pursuant to this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement and the Representative’s Warrant, has legally, validly, effectively and irrevocably submitted, to the personal jurisdiction of each the State of Florida and United States Federal court sitting in Palm Beach County (each, a “Florida Court”) and has validly and irrevocably waived any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court; and the Company has the power to designate, appoint and empower, and pursuant to this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement and the Representative’s Warrant, has legally, validly, effectively and irrevocably designated, appointed and empowered, an authorized agent for service of process in any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement, any preliminary prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, the Registration Statement, or the offering of the Securities in any Florida Court, and service of process effected on such authorized agent will be effective to confer valid personal jurisdiction over the Company as provided in this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement and the Representative’s Warrant.

 

yy. Enforceability of Judgment. Any final judgment for a fixed or readily calculable sum of money rendered by a Florida Court having jurisdiction under its own domestic laws in respect of any suit, action or proceeding against the Company based upon this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement or the Representative’s Warrant and any instruments or agreements entered into for the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and therein would be declared enforceable against the Company, without re-examination or review of the merits of the cause of action in respect of which the original judgment was given or re-litigation of the matters adjudicated upon, by the courts of the Cayman Islands, Taiwan, Samoa, Hong Kong and the PRC, provided that with respect to courts of the PRC, (A) adequate service of process has been effected and the defendant has had a reasonable opportunity to be heard, (B) such judgments or the enforcement thereof are not contrary to the law, public policy, security or sovereignty of the PRC, (C) such judgments were not obtained by fraudulent means and do not conflict with any other valid judgment in the same matter between the same parties and (D) an action between the same parties in the same matter is not pending in any PRC court at the time the lawsuit is instituted in a foreign court. The Company is not aware of any reason why the enforcement in the Cayman Islands, Taiwan, Samoa, Hong Kong or the PRC of such a Florida Court judgment would be, as of the date hereof, contrary to public policy of the Cayman Islands, Taiwan, Samoa, Hong Kong or the PRC.

 

zz. Officer’s Certificate. Any certificate signed by any duly authorized officer of the Company and delivered to you or to the Underwriters’ counsel shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.

 

(4) Certain Agreements of the Company. The Company agrees with the Underwriters as follows:

 

a. Required Filings. The Company will prepare and file a Prospectus with the Commission containing the Rule 430A Information omitted from the Preliminary Prospectus within the time period required by, and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of, Rules 424(b) and 430A of the Securities Act. If the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act to increase the size of the offering registered under the Securities Act and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement has not yet been filed and become effective, the Company will prepare and file the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission within the time period required by, and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of, Rule 462(b) and the Securities Act. The Company will prepare and file with the Commission, promptly upon the Representative’s request, any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or Prospectus that, in the Representative’s reasonable opinion, may be necessary or advisable in connection with the distribution of the Securities by the Underwriters; and the Company will furnish the Representative and its counsel a copy of any proposed amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus and will not file any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus to which the Representative shall reasonably object by notice to the Company after having been furnished a copy a reasonable time prior to the filing.

 

 

 

 

b. Notification of Certain Commission Actions. The Company will advise the Representative, promptly after the Company shall receive notice or obtain knowledge thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or any post-effective amendment thereto or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose; and the Company will promptly use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or to obtain its withdrawal if such a stop order should be issued.

 

c. Continued Compliance with Securities Laws.

 

i. Within the time during which a prospectus (assuming the absence of Rule 172) relating to the Securities is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by the Underwriters or any dealer, the Company will comply with all requirements imposed upon it by the Securities Act, as from time to time in force, so far as necessary to permit the continuance of sales of or dealings in the Securities as contemplated by the provisions hereof, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. If during such period any event occurs as a result of which the Prospectus (or if the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, the Pricing Disclosure Package) would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then existing, not misleading, or if during such period it is necessary to amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Prospectus (or if the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective investors, the Pricing Disclosure Package) to comply with the Securities Act, the Company promptly will (x) notify the Underwriters of such untrue statement or omission, (y) amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Prospectus (or, if the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, the Pricing Disclosure Package) (at the expense of the Company) so as to correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance, and (z) notify the Underwriters when any amendment to the Registration Statement is filed or becomes effective or when any supplement to the Prospectus (or, if the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, the Pricing Disclosure Package) is filed.

 

ii. If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus relating to the Securities or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances prevailing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company (x) has promptly notified or promptly will notify the Underwriters of such conflict, untrue statement or omission, (y) has promptly amended or will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission, and (z) has notified or promptly will notify the Underwriters when such amendment or supplement was or is filed with the Commission to the extent required to be filed by the Securities Act.

 

d. Rule 158. The Company will make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 16 months after the end of the Company’s current fiscal quarter, an earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering a 12-month period beginning after the effective date of the Registration Statement (which, for purposes of this paragraph, will be deemed to be the effective date of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if applicable) that shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder. Documents filed with the Commission pursuant to its EDGAR system shall be deemed to have satisfied the Company’s requirements under this Section.

 

e. Furnishing of Prospectuses. The Company will furnish to the Underwriters copies of the Registration Statement, including all exhibits, each Preliminary Prospectus relating to the Securities, the Final Prospectus and all amendments and supplements to such documents, in each case as soon as available and in such quantities as the Underwriters reasonably requests. The Company will pay the expenses of printing and distributing to the Underwriters all such documents.

 

 

 

 

f. Blue Sky Qualifications. The Company shall take or cause to be taken all necessary action to qualify the Securities for sale under the securities laws of such domestic United States or foreign jurisdictions as the Underwriters may reasonably designate and to continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for the distribution of the Securities, except that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith to qualify as a foreign corporation or to execute a general consent to service of process in any state.

 

g. Provision of Documents. The Company will furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and their counsel copies of the Registration Statement (one of which will be signed and will include all consents and exhibits filed therewith), and to the Underwriters and any dealer each Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and all amendments and supplements to such documents, in each case as soon as available and in such quantities as the Underwriters may from time to time reasonably request.

 

h. Reporting Requirements. The Company shall file on a timely basis with the Commission such periodic and special reports as required by the Exchange Act.

 

i. Payment of Expenses. The Company shall be responsible for and shall pay all expenses relating to the Offering, including: (i) all filing fees and communication expenses relating to the registration of the Securities with the Commission and the filing of the offering materials with FINRA; (ii) all reasonable travel and lodging expenses incurred by the Representative or its counsel in connection with visits to, and examinations of, the Company; (iii) translation costs for due diligence purposes; (iv) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration or qualification of the Securities under the “blue sky” securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions as the Representative may reasonably designate (including, without limitation, all filing and registration fees, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of Representative’s counsel); (v) the costs of all mailing and printing of the placement documents, agreement among underwriters, selected dealers’ agreements, registration statements, prospectuses and all amendments, supplements and exhibits thereto and as many preliminary and final prospectuses as the Representative may reasonably deem necessary; (vi) the costs of preparing, printing and delivering certificates representing the Securities, if any, and the fees and expenses of the transfer agent for such Securities; (vii) the reasonable cost of road show meetings and preparation of a power point presentation; (viii) all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements relating to background checks of the Company’s officers and directors; (ix) the costs and expenses of the Company’s public relations firm; (x) the fees and expenses of the Company’s accountants, legal counsel and other agents and representatives; (xi) share transfer taxes, if any, payable upon the transfer of the Securities from the Company to the Underwriters; and (xii) the legal fees of Representative’s counsel in connection with the purchase and sale of the Securities, which shall be payable on the First Closing Date. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Company’s obligation to pay accountable expenses of the Representative as set forth under items (ii), (iii), (vii) (with respect to the travel and lodging expenses of the Representative and its counsel for road show meetings only) and (viii) shall not exceed $150,000. In the event that the Offering is terminated, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters pursuant to Section 7 hereof. The Company has already paid an expense deposit of $35,000 to the Representative, within three days of the execution of the letter of intent between the Company and the Representative, and an additional $35,000 upon receipt of the Commission’s first comments, for the Representative’s anticipated out-of-pocket expenses, both of which shall be considered as payment of expenses to the Representative as set forth under this Section; any expense deposits will be returned to the Company to the extent the Representative’s out-of-pocket accountable expenses are not actually incurred in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(4)(A).

 

j. Use of Proceeds. The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Firm Shares and Option Shares, as applicable, to be sold by the Company hereunder for the purposes set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus and will file such reports with the Commission with respect to the sale of the Firm Shares and Option Shares, as applicable, and the application of the proceeds therefrom as may be required in accordance with Rule 463 under the Securities Act.

 

k. Absence of Manipulation. The Company has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or which might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, or which has constituted, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities, and has not effected any sales of Ordinary Shares which are required to be disclosed in response to Item 701 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act which have not been so disclosed in the Registration Statement.

 

 

 

 

l. Emerging Growth Company. The Company will promptly notify the Underwriters if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of Securities within the meaning of the Securities Act and (B) completion of the 180-day restricted period referenced to in Section 4(n) hereof.

 

m. Free Writing Prospectuses. The Company represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Representative, and the Representative represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Company, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a free writing prospectus required to be filed with the Commission; provided that the prior written consent of the parties hereto shall be deemed to have been given in respect of the free writing prospectuses included in Schedule II. Any such free writing prospectus consented to by the Company or the Underwriters is hereinafter referred to as a “Permitted Free Writing Prospectus.” The Company represents that it has treated or agrees that it will treat each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus as an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rules 164 and 433 under the Securities Act applicable to any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus. The Company represents that it has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions in Rule 433 to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show. Each Underwriter represents and agrees that, (A) unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Company, it has not distributed, and will not distribute, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication other than those listed on Schedule V, and (B) any Testing-the-Waters Communication undertaken by it was with entities that are qualified institutional buyers with the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act.

 

n. Company Lock-Up Agreement. The Company, on behalf of itself and any successor entity, will not, without the prior written consent of the Representative, from the date of execution of this Agreement and continuing to and including the date six (6) months after the date of the Prospectus (the “Lock-Up Period”), (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Ordinary Shares or any shares of the capital equity of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares or any shares of capital equity of the Company, (ii) file or cause to be filed any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any Ordinary Shares or any shares of capital equity of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares or any share of capital equity of the Company, or (iii) enter into any swap or other agreement or arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Ordinary Shares, whether any such transaction described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above is to be settled by delivery of Ordinary Shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The Company agrees not to accelerate the vesting of any option or warrant or the lapse of any repurchase right prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period. The restrictions contained in this Section 4(n) shall not apply to (i) the Ordinary Shares sold by the Company hereunder and the issuance of the Representative’s Warrants, (ii) the issuance by the Company of Ordinary Shares upon the exercise of a share option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof and disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, and (iii) the issuance by the Company of share options or shares of capital equity of the Company under any equity compensation plan of the Company disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (iv) the establishment of, and the sale of Ordinary Shares pursuant to, a plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, and (v) securities issued pursuant to acquisitions or strategic transactions approved by a majority of the disinterested directors of the Company, provided that such securities are issued as “restricted securities” (as defined in Rule 144) and carry no registration rights that require or permit the filing of any registration statement in connection therewith during the Lock-Up Period and provided that any such issuance shall only be to a Person (or to the equity holders of a Person) which is, itself or through its subsidiaries, an operating company or an owner of an asset in a business synergistic with the business of the Company and shall provide to the Company additional benefits in addition to the investment of funds, but shall not include a transaction in which the Company is issuing securities primarily for the purpose of raising capital.

 

o. Transfer Agent; Public Relations Firm. The Company shall maintain, at its expense, a registrar and transfer agent for the Company’s Ordinary Shares reasonably acceptable to the Representative, and shall retain such transfer agent for a period of not less than one year from the First Closing Date. On or prior to the First Closing Date, the Company shall engage a financial public relations firm that is reasonably acceptable to the Representative and shall retain such public relations firm for a period of not less than one year from the First Closing Date.

 

 

 

 

p. Securities Law Disclosure; Publicity. At the request of the Representative, by [      ]:00 a/p.m., New York City time, on the date hereof, the Company shall issue a press release disclosing the material terms of the Offering. The Company and the Representative shall consult with each other in issuing any other press releases with respect to the Offering, and neither the Company nor any Underwriter shall issue any such press release nor otherwise make any such public statement without the prior consent of the Company, with respect to any press release of such Underwriter, or without the prior consent of such Underwriter, with respect to any press release of the Company, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed, except if such disclosure is required by law, in which case the disclosing party shall promptly provide the other party with prior notice of such public statement or communication. The Company shall not issue any press release without the Representative’s prior written consent, commencing on the date of this Agreement and continuing for a period of 40 days from the First Closing Date, other than normal and customary releases issued in the ordinary course of the Company’s business, each of which the Underwriters shall have a reasonable right to review in advance of publication.

 

q. PRC Compliance. The Company shall comply with the PRC Overseas Investment and Listing Regulations, and use its reasonable efforts to cause holders of its Ordinary Shares that are, or that are directly or indirectly owned or controlled by, Chinese residents or Chinese citizens, to comply with the PRC Overseas Investment and Listing Regulations applicable to them, including requesting each such shareholder to complete any registration and other procedures required under applicable PRC Overseas Investment and Listing Regulations (including any applicable rules and regulations of the SAFE).

 

r. Observer Rights. The Company shall, for a period of one year from the Effective Date, grant the Representative the right to send a representative to observe each meeting of the Company’s board of directors; provided, that (i) such representative shall sign a Regulation FD compliant confidentiality agreement which is reasonably acceptable to the Representative and its counsel in connection with such Representative’s attendance at meetings of the Company’s board of directors; (ii) upon written notice to the Representative, the Company may exclude the Representative from meetings where, upon the written opinion of Company’s counsel, such representative’s presence would destroy the attorney-client privilege. The Company agrees to give the Representative written notice of each such meeting and to provide the Representative with an agenda and minutes of the meeting no later than it gives such notice and provides such items to the other directors, and reimburse the Representative for his/her/its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with his/her/its attendance at the meeting, including but not limited to, food, lodging and transportation, as well as the same fees or compensation paid to non- employee directors of the Company. All these expenses have to be permitted by the Company before it happens.

 

(5) Conditions of the Obligations of the Underwriters. The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy, as of the date hereof and as of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date (as if made at such Closing Date), of and compliance with all representations, warranties and agreements of the Company contained herein, to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

 

a. Filing of Prospectuses. All filings required by Rules 424, 430A and 433 of the Securities Act shall have been timely made (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8) or Rule 164(b)); no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof or any amendment thereof, nor suspending or preventing the use of the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any issuer free writing prospectus shall have been issued; no proceedings for the issuance of such an order shall have been initiated or threatened; and any request of the Commission for additional information (to be included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus or otherwise) shall have been complied with to the Underwriters’ satisfaction.

 

b. Continued Compliance with Securities Laws. The Underwriters shall not have advised the Company that (i) the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto contains an untrue statement of a material fact which, in the Underwriters’ reasonable opinion, is material or omits to state a material fact which, in the Underwriters’ reasonable opinion, is required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (ii) the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus contains an untrue statement of fact which, in the Underwriters’ reasonable opinion, is material, or omits to state a fact which, in the Underwriters’ reasonable opinion, is material and is required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.

 

 

 

 

c. Absence of Certain Events. Except as contemplated in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, none of the Company or its Subsidiaries has incurred any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, or entered into any material transactions, or declared or paid any dividends or made any distribution of any kind with respect to its share capital; and there shall not have been any change in the share capital (other than a change in the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares of the Company due to the issuance of shares upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants or conversion of convertible securities), or any material change in the short-term or long-term debt of any of the Company (other than as a result of the conversion of convertible securities of the Company), or its Subsidiaries, or any issuance of options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights to purchase the share capital of any of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or any Material Adverse Change or any development involving a prospective Material Adverse Change (whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business), that, in the Underwriters’ reasonable judgment, makes it impractical or inadvisable to offer or deliver the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus.

 

d. Officer’s Certificate. The Underwriters shall have received on and as of each Closing Date a certificate, addressed to the Underwriters, signed by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company to the effect that:

 

i. The representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct as if made at and as of such Closing Date, and the Company has complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to such Closing Date; and

 

ii. No stop order or other order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof or any amendment thereof or the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale, nor suspending or preventing the use of the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, has been issued, and no proceeding for that purpose has been instituted or, to the best of their knowledge, is contemplated by the Commission or any state or regulatory body.

 

e. Chief Financial Officer’s Certificate. At each Closing Date, the Underwriters shall have received a certificate of the Company signed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, dated such Closing Date, certifying: (i) that the Memorandum and Articles of Association, as amended, are true and complete, have not been modified and are in full force and effect; (ii) that the resolutions of the Company’s Board of Directors relating to the public offering contemplated by this Agreement are in full force and effect and have not been modified; (iii) as to the accuracy and completeness of all correspondence between the Company or its counsel and the Commission; and (iv) as to the incumbency of the officers of the Company. The documents referred to in such certificate shall be attached to such certificate.

 

f. Opinion of Counsel for the Company. At each Closing Date, the Underwriters shall have received the written opinion and negative assurance letter of Loeb & Loeb LLP, U.S. counsel for the Company, dated such Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters.

 

g. Opinion of PRC Counsel for the Company. At each Closing Date, the Underwriters shall have received the written opinion of L&L-Leaven, Attorneys-at-Law, PRC counsel for the Company, dated such Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters.

 

h. Opinion of Taiwan Counsel for the Company. At each Closing Date, the Underwriters shall have received the written opinion of Lee and Li, Attorneys-at-Law, Taiwan counsel for the Company, dated such Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters.

 

i. Opinion of Cayman Islands Counsel for the Company. At each Closing Date, the Underwriters shall have received the written opinion of Ogier, dated such Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters.

 

j. No Legal Impediment to Issuance. No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority that would, as of such Closing Date, prevent the issuance or sale of the Securities; and no injunction or order of any federal, state or foreign court shall have been issued that would, as of such Closing Date, prevent the issuance or sale of the Securities.

 

 

 

 

k. Good Standing. At each Closing Date, the Underwriters shall have received on and as of such Closing Date satisfactory evidence of the good standing of the Company and its Subsidiaries in their respective jurisdictions of organization and their good standing as foreign entities in such other jurisdictions as the Underwriters may reasonably request, in each case in writing or any standard form of telecommunication from the appropriate governmental authorities of such jurisdictions or, for any such jurisdiction in which evidence of good standing may not be obtained from appropriate governmental authorities, in the form of an opinion of counsel licensed in the applicable jurisdiction.

 

l. Lock-up Agreements. The Underwriters shall have received all of the Lock-Up Agreements from the Lock-Up Parties, and the Lock-Up Agreements shall be in full force and effect.

 

m. Escrow Agreement. The Company shall have entered into the Escrow Agreement with the Representative and the Escrow Agent, and such agreement shall be in full force and effect.

 

n. Representative’s Warrant. At each Closing Date, as applicable, the Company shall issue the Representative’s Warrant to the Representative, as set forth in Section 1(d) hereof.

 

o. FINRA Matters. FINRA shall have confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements.

 

p. Comfort Letters. The Company shall have requested and caused the Auditor to have furnished to the Underwriters, at the Execution Time and at each Closing Date and any settlement date, letters (which may refer to letters previously delivered to the Underwriters hereunder), dated respectively as of the Execution Time and as of such Closing Date and any settlement date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters.

 

q. Exchange Listing. The Firm Shares and Option Shares, as applicable, to be delivered on each Closing Date shall have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market (the “Exchange”), subject to official notice of issuance, and such Firm Shares and Option Shares, as applicable, shall be DTC eligible.

 

r. Additional Documents. On or prior to each Closing Date, the Company shall have furnished to the Underwriters such further certificates and documents as the Underwriters may reasonably request.

 

All opinions, letters, certificates and evidence mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters. The Company will furnish the Underwriters with such conformed copies of such opinions, certificates, letters and other documents as the Underwriters shall reasonably request.

 

(6) Indemnification and Contribution.

 

a. The Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Underwriters, their respective affiliates, directors and officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each an “Underwriter Indemnified Party”), from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (including in settlement of any litigation if such settlement is effected with the prior written consent of the Company) arising out of (i) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, including the information deemed to be a part of the Registration Statement at the time of effectiveness and at any subsequent time pursuant to Rules 430A and 430B of the Securities Act Regulations, or arise out of or are based upon the omission from the Registration Statement, or alleged omission to state therein, a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (ii) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Marketing Materials, or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications or in any other materials used in connection with the offering of the Securities, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and will reimburse such Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with evaluating, investigating or defending against such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Marketing Materials, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications or in any other materials used in connection with the offering of the Securities, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information. The indemnification obligations under this Section 6(a) are not exclusive and will be in addition to any liability which the Company might otherwise have and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available at law or in equity to each Underwriter Indemnified Party.

 

 

 

 

b. Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company, its affiliates, directors, officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each a “Company Indemnified Party”), from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which such Company Indemnified Party may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Representative), insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Marketing Materials, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Marketing Materials or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information, and will reimburse such Company Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with defending against any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action. The indemnification obligations under this Section 6(b) are not exclusive and will be in addition to any liability which each Underwriter might otherwise have and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available at law or in equity to each Company Indemnified Party.

 

c. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have to any indemnified party except to the extent such indemnifying party has been materially prejudiced by such failure. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party, and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in, and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of the indemnifying party’s election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof; provided, however, that if (i) the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based on advice of counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, (ii) a conflict or potential conflict exists (based on advice of counsel to the indemnified party) between the indemnified party and the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party will not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party), or (iii) the indemnifying party has not in fact employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to assume the defense of such action within a reasonable time after receiving notice of the commencement of the action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ a single counsel to represent it in any claim in respect of which indemnity may be sought under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section 6, in which event the reasonable fees and expenses of such separate counsel shall be borne by the indemnifying party or parties and reimbursed to the indemnified party as incurred.

 

d. The indemnifying party under this Section 6 shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of such settlement or judgment. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement, compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in any pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is a party or could be named and indemnity was or would be sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability for claims that are the subject matter of such action, suit or proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel pursuant to Section 6(c), such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

 

 

 

 

e. If the indemnification provided for in this Section 6 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above, then the indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the offering and sale of the Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the Offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total Underwriting Fee received by the Underwriters. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Underwriters and the parties’ relevant intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this subsection (e) were to be determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (e). The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (e) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending against any action or claim that is the subject of this subsection (e). No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

f. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6, no Underwriter shall be required to pay pursuant to this Section 6, either as indemnification or contribution or both, any amount in excess of the amount of the Underwriting Fee actually received by it pursuant to this Agreement.

 

g. For purposes of this Agreement, the Underwriters confirm, and the Company acknowledges, that there is no information concerning the Underwriters furnished in writing to the Company by the Representative specifically for preparation of or inclusion in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, other than the Underwriter Information.

 

(7) Term and Termination of Agreement. The term of this Agreement will commence upon the execution of this Agreement and will terminate upon the consummation of the final Closing of the Offering; provided the Underwriters shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by giving notice to the Company at any time at or prior to the First Closing Date, and the option referred to in Section 1(b), if exercised, may be cancelled at any time prior to an Option Closing Date, if (i) the Company shall have failed, refused or been unable, at or prior to such Closing Date, to perform any agreement on its part to be performed hereunder, (ii) any other condition of the Underwriters’ obligations hereunder is not fulfilled, (iii) trading on the Exchange shall have been wholly suspended, (iv) minimum or maximum prices for trading shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been required, on the Exchange, by such Exchange or by order of the Commission or any other governmental authority, (v) a banking moratorium shall have been declared by U.S. federal or Florida State authorities, or (vi) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis that, in the Representative’s reasonable judgment, is material and adverse and makes it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with the completion of the sale of and payment for the Securities. Any such termination shall be without liability on the part of any party to any other party, except that those portions of this Agreement specified in Section 9 shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event that this Agreement shall not be carried out for any reason whatsoever, the Company shall be obligated to pay to the Underwriters their reasonable, actual and accountable out-of-pocket expenses related to the transactions contemplated herein, less any advances previously paid which as of the date hereof is $70,000 (the “Advances”), then due and payable and upon demand the Company shall pay the full amount thereof to the Underwriters. To the extent that such out-of-pocket expenses are less than the Advances, the Underwriters will return to the Company that portion of the Advances not offset by such expenses. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any provision in this Agreement concerning or relating to confidentiality, indemnification, contribution, advancement, the Company’s representations and warranties and the Company’s obligations to pay fees and reimburse expenses will survive any expiration or termination of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

(8) Underwriter Default.

 

a. If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall default in its or their obligation to purchase Firm Shares or Option Shares, if the Over-allotment Option is exercised hereunder, and if the Firm Shares or Option Shares, as applicable, with respect to which such default relates (the “Default Securities”) do not (after giving effect to arrangements, if any, made by the Representative pursuant to subsection (b) below) exceed in the aggregate 10% of the number of Firm Shares or Option Shares, as applicable, each non-defaulting Underwriter, acting severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company that number of Default Securities that bears the same proportion to the total number of Default Securities then being purchased as the number of Firm Shares or Option Shares, as applicable, set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter on Annex A hereto bears to the aggregate number of Firm Shares or Option Shares, as applicable, set forth opposite the names of the non-defaulting Underwriters; subject, however, to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as the Representative in its sole discretion shall make.

 

b. In the event that the aggregate number of Default Securities exceeds 10% of the number of Firm Shares or Option Shares, if the Over-allotment Option is exercised hereunder, the Representative may in its discretion arrange for itself or for another party or parties (including any non-defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters who so agree) to purchase the Default Securities on the terms contained herein. In the event that within five (5) calendar days after such a default the Representative does not arrange for the purchase of the Default Securities as provided in this Section 8, this Agreement shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of the Company with respect thereto (except in each case as provided in Sections 4(i), 6, 7, 8 and 9) or the Underwriters, but nothing in this Agreement shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters of its or their liability, if any, to the other Underwriters and the Company for damages occasioned by its or their default hereunder.

 

c. In the event that any Default Securities are to be purchased by the non-defaulting Underwriters, or are to be purchased by another party or parties as aforesaid, the Representative or the Company shall have the right to postpone the First Closing Date for a period, not exceeding five (5) Business Days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or in any other documents and arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which, in the reasonable opinion of Underwriters’ counsel, may be necessary or advisable. The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any party substituted under this Section 8 with like effect as if it had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Firm Shares or Option Shares, as applicable.

 

(9) Survival of Indemnities, Representations, Warranties, Etc. The respective indemnities, covenants, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company and the Underwriters, as set forth in this Agreement or made by them respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Underwriters or the Company or any person controlling any of them and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Securities. Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, including any termination pursuant to Section 7, the payment, reimbursement, indemnity and contribution agreements contained in Sections 4(i), 6, 7, 8 and 9, and the Company’s covenants, representations, and warranties set forth in this Agreement shall not terminate and shall remain in full force and effect at all times. The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in Section 6 and the covenants, warranties and representations of the Company contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Underwriters, any person who controls the Underwriters within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act or any affiliate of the Underwriters, or by or on behalf of the Company, the Company’s directors or officers or any person who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and (iii) the issuance and delivery of the Securities. The Company and the Underwriters agree to notify each other of the commencement of any proceeding against either of them promptly, and, in the case of the Company, against any of the Company’s officers or directors in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities, or in connection with the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

 

 

 

 

(10) Notices. All communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed, hand delivered, delivered by reputable overnight courier (i.e., Federal Express) or delivered by facsimile or e-mail transmission to the parties hereto as follows

 

If to the Company, to:

 

7/F-1, No. 633, Sec. 2, Taiwan Blvd.,

Xitun District, Taichung City 407,

Taiwan (R.O.C.)

Attention: Jing-Bin Chiang, Chief Executive Officer

Email: choco.chen@ymaunivers.com

Facsimile: +886-423229933

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Loeb & Loeb LLP

2206-19 Jardine House

1 Connaught Place,

Central, Hong Kong SAR

Attention: Lawrence S. Venick, Esq.

Email: lvenick@loeb.com

Facsimile: +852-3923-1100

 

If to the Underwriters, to:

 

ViewTrade Securities, Inc.

Attention: Doug K. Aguililla

7280 West Palmetto Park Road, Suite 310

Boca Raton, FL 33433

Attention: Doug Aguililla

Email: dougagui@viewtrade.com

Facsimile: (561) 620-0302

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP

1345 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10105

Attention: Richard I. Anslow, Esq. and Charles Phillips, Esq.

Email: ranslow@egsllp.com and cphillips@egsllp.com

 

(11) Successors. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers and directors and controlling persons referred to in Section 6, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

 

(12) Headings. The headings of the various sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and will not be deemed to be part of this Agreement.

 

(13) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original copy of this Agreement and all of which, when taken together, will be deemed to constitute one and the same agreement. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission, electronic delivery, or by e-mail delivery of a “.pdf” format data file, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the Party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such facsimile, electronic copy, or “.pdf” signature page were an original thereof.

 

 

 

 

(14) Absence of Fiduciary Relationship. The Company acknowledges and agrees that:

 

a. No Other Relationship. The Underwriters have been retained solely as independent contractors to act as underwriters in connection with the sale of Firm Shares or Option Shares, as applicable, and that no fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship between the Company and any Underwriter has been created in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Final Prospectus, irrespective of whether any such Underwriter has advised or is advising the Company on other matters;

 

b. Arm’s-Length Negotiations. The price of the Firm Shares or Option Shares, as applicable, set forth in this Agreement was established by the Company following discussions and arm’s-length negotiations with the Underwriters and the Company is capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

c. Absence of Obligation to Disclose. The Company has been advised that the Underwriters and their respective affiliates are engaged in a broad range of transactions which may involve interests that differ from those of the Company, and that the Underwriters have no obligation to disclose such interests and transactions to the Company by virtue of any fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship; and

 

d. Waiver. The Company waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims it may have against the Underwriters for breach of fiduciary duty or alleged breach of fiduciary duty and agrees that the Underwriters shall have no liability (whether direct or indirect) to the Company in respect of such a fiduciary duty claim or to any person asserting a fiduciary duty claim on behalf of or in right of the Company, including shareholders, employees or creditors of the Company.

 

(15) Amendment; Entire Agreement. In case any provision in this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties to this Agreement and supersedes all prior and all contemporaneous agreements (whether written or oral), understandings and negotiations with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may only be amended or modified in writing, signed by all of the parties hereto, and no condition herein (express or implied) may be waived unless waived in writing by each party whom the condition is meant to benefit.

 

(16) Confidentiality. In the event of the consummation or public announcement of the Offering, the Underwriters shall have the right to disclose their participation in the Offering, including through, at the Underwriters’ cost, the use of “tombstone” advertisements in financial and other newspapers and journals. The Underwriters agree not to use any confidential information concerning the Company provided to the Underwriters by the Company for any purposes other than those contemplated under this Agreement.

 

(17) Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Florida.

 

(18) Submission to Jurisdiction; Appointment of Agent for Service. The Company hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the U.S. federal and state courts in the Seventeenth Judicial Circuit Court in and for Palm Beach County, Florida or the United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida, Fort Lauderdale Division (each, a “Florida Court”) in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. The Company and each of the Company’s Subsidiaries irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in the Florida Courts, and irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit or proceeding in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Company irrevocably appoints Puglisi & Associates as its authorized agent (the “Authorized Agent”) in the United States, upon which process may be served in any such suit or proceeding, and agree that service of process in any manner permitted by applicable law upon such agent shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process in any manner permitted by applicable law upon the Company in any such suit or proceeding. The Company further agrees to take any and all action as may be necessary to maintain such designation and appointment of such agent in full force and effect for a period of two years from the date of this Agreement.

 

(19) Judgment Currency. If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder into any currency other than United States dollars, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Underwriters could purchase United States dollars with such other currency in The State of Florida on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of the Company pursuant to this Agreement with respect to any sum due from it to the Underwriters or any person controlling the Underwriters shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than United States dollars, not be discharged until the first Business Day following receipt by the Underwriters or controlling person of any sum in such other currency, and only to the extent that the Underwriters or controlling person may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase United States dollars with such other currency. If the United States dollars so purchased are less than the sum originally due to the Underwriters or controlling person hereunder, the Company agrees as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Underwriters or controlling person against such loss. If the United States dollars so purchased are greater than the sum originally due to the Underwriters or controlling person hereunder, the Underwriters or controlling person agrees to pay to the Company an amount equal to the excess of the dollars so purchased over the sum originally due to the Underwriters or controlling person hereunder.

 

(20) Time of Essence. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

 

 

 

Please sign and return to the Company the enclosed duplicates of this Agreement whereupon this Agreement will become a binding agreement between the Company and the Underwriters in accordance with its terms.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  J-Star Holding Co., Ltd.
   
  By:  
  Name: Jing-Bin Chiang
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

Accepted by the Representative, acting for itself and as

Representative of the Underwriters named on Annex A hereto,

as of the date first written above:

 

  ViewTrade Securities, Inc.
   
  By:  
 

Name:

Douglas Aguililla

  Title: Director

 

 

 

 

Annex A

 

Name of Underwriters   

Number of
Securities

Being
Purchased (1)

 
ViewTrade Securities, Inc.   [      ] 
Total   [      ] 

 

(1)

The Underwriters may purchase an additional [      ] Option Shares, to the extent the option described in Section 1(b) of this Agreement is exercised in the manner described in this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE I

 

Pricing Information

 

Initial public offering price per share for the Securities:  $[      ] 
      
Number of Firm Shares offered:   [      ] 
      
Number of Option Shares offered:   [      ] 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE II

 

Certain Permitted Free Writing Prospectuses

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE III

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiary   Place of Incorporation
Goal Beyond Limited   Samoa
Star Leader Trading Limited   Hong Kong
Bohong Technology Jiangsu Co., Ltd.   PRC
YMA Corporation   Taiwan
Time Yield Limited   Samoa
YMA Composite Materials (DG) Co., Ltd.   PRC
Forwell Sports Equipment Co., Ltd.   PRC

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE IV

 

Lock-Up Parties

 

5% or Greater Shareholders
1. Chiang Jing-Bin
2. NEW MOON CORPORATION
3. Lee Bo-Wei
4. RADIANT FAITH LIMITED
5. STAR CENTURION LIMITED
6. Barium Glory Financial Ltd.
Executive Officers, Directors and Director Nominees
1. Jing-Bin Chiang
2. Abraham Pullolickel Ittycheriah
3. Ting-Pang Sung
4. Ching-Chou Huang
5. Shen-Huei Wang
6. Ping-Hong Lin
Other  
1. Sendai Investments Company Inc.
2. Abico Asia Capital Corp.

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE V

 

Testing the Waters Communications

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE VI

 

Good Standing

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Form of Lock-Up Agreement

 

__________, 2022

 

ViewTrade Securities, Inc.

7280 W. Palmetto Park Road Suite 310

Boca Raton, Florida 33433

 

As Representative of the Underwriters

named on Annex A to the Underwriting Agreement

 

Dear Sirs:

 

As an inducement to the underwriters, for which ViewTrade Securities, Inc. (the “Representative”) is acting as the representative, to execute an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) providing for a public offering (the “Offering”) of ordinary shares (the “Ordinary Shares”), of J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. and any successor (by merger or otherwise) thereto (the “Company”), the undersigned hereby agrees that without, in each case, the prior written consent of the Representative during the period specified in the second succeeding paragraph (the “Lock-Up Period”), the undersigned will not: (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Ordinary Shares or any securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive Ordinary Shares (including Ordinary Shares which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned or an Affiliate (as defined below) of the undersigned or a person in privity with the undersigned or an Affiliate of the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a share option or warrant) whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or an Affiliate of the undersigned or a person in privity with the undersigned or an Affiliate of the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned or an Affiliate of the undersigned or a person in privity with the undersigned or an Affiliate of the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition (the “Undersigned’s Securities”); (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Undersigned’s Securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) above or this clause (2) is to be settled by delivery of Undersigned’s Securities or such other securities, in cash or otherwise; (3) make any written demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any Undersigned’s Securities or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares; or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing. For purposes herein, “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person (which means an individual or corporation, partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company, joint stock company, governmental authority or other entity of any kind), any other Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person as such terms are used in and construed under Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

The undersigned agrees that the foregoing restrictions preclude the undersigned from engaging in any hedging or other transaction which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale or disposition of the Undersigned’s Securities even if such Undersigned’s Securities would be disposed of by someone other than the undersigned. Such prohibited hedging or other transactions would include any short sale or any purchase, sale or grant of any right (including any put or call option) with respect to any of the Undersigned’s Securities or with respect to any security that includes, relates to, or derives any significant part of its value from such Undersigned’s Securities.

 

The Lock-Up Period will commence on the date of this Agreement and continue and include the date 6 months after the date of the final prospectus used to sell Ordinary Shares in the Offering pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.

 

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the Representative agrees that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Ordinary Shares, the Representative will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by issuing a press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representative hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if both (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration, and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter that are applicable to the transferor, to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

 

 

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may transfer the Undersigned’s Securities (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, (ii) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned, (iii) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity (1) transfers to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is a direct or indirect Affiliate of the undersigned or (2) distributions of Ordinary Shares or any security convertible into or exercisable for Ordinary Shares to limited partners, limited liability company members or shareholders of the undersigned, (iv) if the undersigned is a trust, transfers to the beneficiary of such trust, (v) by testate succession or intestate succession or (vi) pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement; provided, in the case of clauses (i)-(v), that (x) such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (y) the transferee agrees in writing with the Representative to be bound by the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement, and (z) no filing by any party under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer. Furthermore, notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may transfer the Undersigned’s Securities in a transaction not involving a public offering or public resale; provided that (x) the transferee agrees in writing with the Representative to be bound by the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement, and (y) no filing by any party under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer. For purposes of this Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, nor more remote than first cousin.

 

In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company and its transfer agent and registrar are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of Ordinary Shares if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Agreement.

 

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and that upon request, the undersigned will execute any additional documents necessary to ensure the validity or enforcement of this Agreement. All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred and any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs or personal representatives of the undersigned.

 

The undersigned understands that the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this Agreement if (i) the Company notifies the Representative that it does not intend to proceed with the Offering, (ii) the Underwriting Agreement does not become effective, or if the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Ordinary Shares to be sold thereunder, or (iii) the Offering is not consummated by [      ], 2022.

 

The undersigned understands that the underwriters named in the Underwriting Agreement are entering into the Underwriting Agreement and proceeding with the Offering in reliance upon this Agreement.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

 

 

 

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Florida.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
   
  Printed Name of Holder
   
  By:          
  Signature
   
   
  Printed Name of Person Signing
   
  (and indicate capacity of person signing if signing as custodian, trustee, or on behalf of an entity)

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

Form of Company Press Release for Waivers or Releases

of Officer/Director Lock-Up Agreements

 

J-Star Holding Co., Ltd.

7/F-1, No. 633, Sec. 2, Taiwan Blvd.,

Xitun District, Taichung City 407,

Taiwan (R.O.C.)

 

[●]

 

J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. (the “Company”) announced today that ViewTrade Securities, Inc., [the sole Underwriter], is [waiving] [releasing] [a] lock-up restriction[s] with respect to an aggregate of [●] ordinary shares held by certain [officers] [directors] of the Company. These [officers] [directors] entered into lock-up agreements with ViewTrade in connection with the Company’s initial public offering.

 

This [waiver] [release] will take effect on [●] [date that is at least 2 business days following date of this press release].

 

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.3

 

Companies Act (Revised)

 

Company Limited By Shares

 

J-Star Holding Co., Ltd.

 

家星控股股份有限公司

 

 

 

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

MEMORANDUM AND articles of association

 

(As adopted by special resolution passed on [date] 2022)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Companies Act (Revised)

 

Company Limited by Shares

 

Fourth Amended and Restated Memorandum of Association

 

of

 

J-Star Holding Co., Ltd.

 

家星控股股份有限公司

 

(As adopted by special resolution passed on [date] 2022)

 

1 The name of the Company is J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. 家星控股股份有限公司.
   
2 The Company’s registered office will be situated at the office of Portcullis (Cayman) Ltd, The Grand Pavilion Commercial Centre, Oleander Way, 802 West Bay Road, P.O. Box 32052, Grand Cayman KY1-1208, Cayman Islands or at such other place in the Cayman Islands as the directors may at any time decide.
   
3 The Company’s objects are unrestricted. As provided by section 7(4) of the Companies Act (Revised), the Company has full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by any law of the Cayman Islands.
   
4 The Company has unrestricted corporate capacity. Without limitation to the foregoing, as provided by section 27(2) of the Companies Act (Revised), the Company has and is capable of exercising all the functions of a natural person of full capacity irrespective of any question of corporate benefit.
   
5 Unless licensed to do so, the Company will not trade in the Cayman Islands with any person, firm or corporation except in furtherance of its business carried on outside the Cayman Islands. Despite this, the Company may effect and conclude contracts in the Cayman Islands and exercise in the Cayman Islands any of its powers necessary for the carrying on of its business outside the Cayman Islands.
   
6 The Company is a company limited by shares and accordingly the liability of each member is limited to the amount (if any) unpaid on that member’s shares.
   
7 The share capital of the Company is US$17,500,000 divided into 35,000,000 shares of US$0.50 par value each. Subject to the Companies Act (Revised) and the Company’s articles of association, the Company has power to do any one or more of the following:

 

  (a) to redeem or repurchase any of its shares; and
     
  (b) to increase or reduce its capital; and
     
  (c) to issue any part of its capital (whether original, redeemed, increased or reduced):

 

  (i) with or without any preferential, deferred, qualified or special rights, privileges or conditions; or
     
  (ii) subject to any limitations or restrictions

 

   

and unless the condition of issue expressly declares otherwise, every issue of shares (whether declared to be ordinary, preference or otherwise) is subject to this power; or

 

  (d) to alter any of those rights, privileges, conditions, limitations or restrictions.

 

8 The Company has power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate limited by shares under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

1

 

 

Companies Act (Revised)

 

Company Limited by Shares

 

Amended and Restated

Articles of Association

 

of

 

J-Star Holding Co., Ltd.

 

家星控股股份有限公司

 

(As adopted by special resolution passed on [date] 2022)

 

1 Definitions, interpretation and exclusion of Table A

 

Definitions

 

1.1 In these Articles, the following definitions apply:

 

Act means the Companies Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands, including any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force;

 

Articles means, as appropriate:

 

  (a) these articles of association as amended from time to time: or
     
  (b) two or more particular articles of these Articles;

 

and Article refers to a particular article of these Articles;

 

Auditors means the auditor or auditors for the time being of the Company;

 

Board means the board of Directors from time to time;

 

Business Day means a day when banks in Grand Cayman, the Cayman Islands are open for the transaction of normal banking business and for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in the Cayman Islands;

 

Cayman Islands means the British Overseas Territory of the Cayman Islands;

 

Clear Days, in relation to a period of notice, means that period excluding:

 

  (a) the day when the notice is given or deemed to be given; and
     
  (b) the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect;

 

2

 

 

Commission means Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States of America or other federal agency for the time being administering the U.S. Securities Act;

 

Company means the above-named company;

 

Default Rate means ten per cent per annum;

 

Designated Stock Exchanges means NASDAQ Capital Markets in the United States of America for so long as the Company’s Shares are there listed and any other stock exchange on which the Company’s Shares are listed for trading;

 

Designated Stock Exchange Rules means the relevant code, rules and regulations, as amended, from time to time, applicable as a result of the original and continued listing of any Shares on the Designated Stock Exchanges;

 

Directors means the directors for the time being of the Company and the expression Director shall be construed accordingly;

 

Electronic has the meaning given to that term in the Electronic Transactions Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands;

 

Electronic Record has the meaning given to that term in the Electronic Transactions Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands;

 

Electronic Signature has the meaning given to that term in the Electronic Transactions Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands;

 

Fully Paid Up means:

 

  (a) in relation to a Share with par value, means that the par value for that Share and any premium payable in respect of the issue of that Share, has been fully paid or credited as paid in money or money’s worth; and
     
  (b) in relation to a Share without par value, means that the agreed issue price for that Share has been fully paid or credited as paid in money or money’s worth;

 

General Meeting means a general meeting of the Company duly constituted in accordance with the Articles;

 

Independent Director means a Director who is an independent director as defined in the Designated Stock Exchange Rules as determined by the Board;

 

Member means any person or persons entered on the register of Members from time to time as the holder of a Share;

 

3

 

 

Memorandum means the memorandum of association of the Company as amended from time to time;

 

month means a calendar month;

 

Officer means a person appointed to hold an office in the Company including a Director, alternate Director or liquidator and excluding the Secretary;

 

Ordinary Resolution means a resolution of a duly constituted general meeting of the Company passed by a simple majority of the votes cast by, or on behalf of, the Members entitled to vote. The expression also includes a written resolution passed by the requisite majority in accordance with Article 11.19;

 

Ordinary Share means an ordinary share in the capital of the Company;

 

Partly Paid Up means:

 

  (a) in relation to a Share with par value, that the par value for that Share and any premium payable in respect of the issue of that Share, has not been fully paid or credited as paid in money or money’s worth; and
     
  (b) in relation to a Share without par value, means that the agreed issue price for that Share has not been fully paid or credited as paid in money or money’s worth;

 

Secretary means a person appointed to perform the duties of the secretary of the Company, including a joint, assistant or deputy secretary;

 

Share means a share in the share capital of the Company and the expression:

 

  (a) includes stock (except where a distinction between shares and stock is expressed or implied); and
     
  (b) where the context permits, also includes a fraction of a Share;

 

Special Resolution means a resolution of a General Meeting or a resolution of a meeting of the holders of any class of Shares in a class meeting duly constituted in accordance with the Articles in each case passed by a majority of not less than two-thirds of Members who (being entitled to do so) vote in person or by proxy at that meeting. The expression includes a unanimous written resolution;

 

Treasury Shares means Shares held in treasury pursuant to the Act and Article 2.12; and

 

U.S. Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933 of the United States of America, as amended, or any similar federal statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

 

4

 

 

Interpretation

 

1.2 In the interpretation of these Articles, the following provisions apply unless the context otherwise requires:

 

  (a) A reference in these Articles to a statute is a reference to a statute of the Cayman Islands as known by its short title, and includes:

 

  (i) any statutory modification, amendment or re-enactment; and
     
  (ii) any subordinate legislation or regulations issued under that statute.
     
  Without limitation to the preceding sentence, a reference to a revised Act of the Cayman Islands is taken to be a reference to the revision of that Act in force from time to time as amended from time to time.

 

  (b) Headings are inserted for convenience only and do not affect the interpretation of these Articles, unless there is ambiguity.
     
  (c) If a day on which any act, matter or thing is to be done under these Articles is not a Business Day, the act, matter or thing must be done on the next Business Day.
     
  (d) A word which denotes the singular also denotes the plural, a word which denotes the plural also denotes the singular, and a reference to any gender also denotes the other genders.
     
  (e) A reference to a person includes, as appropriate, a company, trust, partnership, joint venture, association, body corporate or government agency.
     
  (f) Where a word or phrase is given a defined meaning another part of speech or grammatical form in respect to that word or phrase has a corresponding meaning.
     
  (g) All references to time are to be calculated by reference to time in the place where the Company’s registered office is located.
     
  (h) The words written and in writing include all modes of representing or reproducing words in a visible form, but do not include an Electronic Record where the distinction between a document in writing and an Electronic Record is expressed or implied.
     
  (i) The words including, include and in particular or any similar expression are to be construed without limitation.

 

1.3 The headings in these Articles are intended for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of these Articles.

 

5

 

 

Exclusion of Table A Articles

 

1.4The regulations contained in Table A in the First Schedule of the Act and any other regulations contained in any statute or subordinate legislation are expressly excluded and do not apply to the Company.

 

2Shares

 

Power to issue Shares and options, with or without special rights

 

2.1Subject to the provisions of the Act and these Articles about the redemption and purchase of the Shares, the Directors have general and unconditional authority to allot (with or without confirming rights of renunciation), grant options over or otherwise deal with any unissued Shares to such persons, at such times and on such terms and conditions as they may decide. No Share may be issued at a discount except in accordance with the provisions of the Act.

 

2.2Without limitation to the preceding Article, the Directors may so deal with the unissued Shares:

 

  (a) either at a premium or at par; or
     
  (b) with or without preferred, deferred or other special rights or restrictions, whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise.

 

2.3Without limitation to the two preceding Articles, the Directors may refuse to accept any application for Shares, and may accept any application in whole or in part, for any reason or for no reason.

 

Power to pay commissions and brokerage fees

 

2.4The Company may pay a commission to any person in consideration of that person:

 

  (a) subscribing or agreeing to subscribe, whether absolutely or conditionally; or
     
  (b) procuring or agreeing to procure subscriptions, whether absolute or conditional,
     
  for any Shares. That commission may be satisfied by the payment of cash or the allotment of Fully Paid Up or Partly Paid Up Shares or partly in one way and partly in another.

 

2.5The Company may employ a broker in the issue of its capital and pay him any proper commission or brokerage.

 

6

 

 

Trusts not recognised

 

2.6Except as required by Law:

 

  (a) no person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any Share on any trust; and
     
  (b) no person other than the Member shall be recognised by the Company as having any right in a Share.

 

Security interests

 

2.7Notwithstanding the preceding Article, the Company may (but shall not be obliged to) recognise a security interest of which it has actual notice over shares. The Company shall not be treated as having recognised any such security interest unless it has so agreed in writing with the secured party.

 

Power to vary class rights

 

2.8If the share capital is divided into different classes of Shares then, unless the terms on which a class of Shares was issued state otherwise, the rights attaching to a class of Shares may only be varied if one of the following applies:

 

  (a) the Members holding not less than three-fourths of the issued Shares of that class consent in writing to the variation; or
     
  (b) the variation is made with the sanction of Members holding not less than three-fourths of the issued Shares of that class passed at a separate general meeting of the Members holding the issued Shares of that class.

 

2.9For the purpose of Article 2.8(b), all the provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings apply, mutatis mutandis, to every such separate meeting except that:

 

  (a) the necessary quorum shall be one or more persons holding, or representing by proxy, not less than one third of the issued Shares of the class; and
     
  (b) any Member holding issued Shares of the class, present in person or by proxy or, in the case of a corporate Member, by its duly authorised representative, may demand a poll.

 

Effect of new Share issue on existing class rights

 

2.10Unless the terms on which a class of Shares was issued state otherwise, the rights conferred on the Member holding Shares of any class shall not be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further Shares ranking pari passu with the existing Shares of that class.

 

7

 

 

No bearer Shares or warrants

 

2.11The Company shall not issue Shares or warrants to bearers.

 

Treasury Shares

 

2.12Shares that the Company purchases, redeems or acquires by way of surrender in accordance with the Act shall be held as Treasury Shares and not treated as cancelled if:

 

  (a) the Directors so determine prior to the purchase, redemption or surrender of those shares; and
     
  (b) the relevant provisions of the Memorandum and Articles and the Act are otherwise complied with.

 

Rights attaching to Treasury Shares and related matters

 

2.13No dividend may be declared or paid, and no other distribution (whether in cash or otherwise) of the Company’s assets (including any distribution of assets to Members on a winding up) may be made to the Company in respect of a Treasury Share.

 

2.14The Company shall be entered in the register of Members as the holder of the Treasury Shares. However:

 

  (a) the Company shall not be treated as a Member for any purpose and shall not exercise any right in respect of the Treasury Shares, and any purported exercise of such a right shall be void; and
     
  (b) a Treasury Share shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting of the Company and shall not be counted in determining the total number of issued shares at any given time, whether for the purposes of these Articles or the Act.

 

2.15Nothing in Article 2.14 prevents an allotment of Shares as Fully Paid Up bonus shares in respect of a Treasury Share and Shares allotted as Fully Paid Up bonus shares in respect of a Treasury Share shall be treated as Treasury Shares.

 

2.16Treasury Shares may be disposed of by the Company in accordance with the Act and otherwise on such terms and conditions as the Directors determine.

 

Register of Members

 

2.17The Directors shall keep or cause to be kept a register of Members as required by the Act and may cause the Company to maintain one or more branch registers as contemplated by the Act, provided that where the Company is maintaining one or more branch registers, the Directors shall ensure that a duplicate of each branch register is kept with the Company’s principal register of Members and updated within such number of days of any amendment having been made to such branch register as may be required by the Act.

 

8

 

 

Annual Return

 

2.18The Directors in each calendar year shall prepare or cause to be prepared an annual return and declaration setting forth the particulars required by the Act and shall deliver a copy thereof to the registrar of companies for the Cayman Islands.

 

3Share certificates

 

Issue of share certificates

 

3.1A Member shall only be entitled to a share certificate if the Directors resolve that share certificates shall be issued. Share certificates representing Shares, if any, shall be in such form as the Directors may determine. If the Directors resolve that share certificates shall be issued, upon being entered in the register of Members as the holder of a Share, the Directors may issue to any Member:

 

  (a) without payment, one certificate for all the Shares of each class held by that Member (and, upon transferring a part of the Member’s holding of Shares of any class, to a certificate for the balance of that holding); and
     
  (b) upon payment of such reasonable sum as the Directors may determine for every certificate after the first, several certificates each for one or more of that Member’s Shares.

 

3.2Every certificate shall specify the number, class and distinguishing numbers (if any) of the Shares to which it relates and whether they are Fully Paid Up or Partly Paid Up. A certificate may be executed under seal or executed in such other manner as the Directors determine.

 

3.3Every certificate shall bear legends required under the applicable laws, including the U.S. Securities Act (to the extent applicable).

 

3.4The Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate for Shares held jointly by several persons and delivery of a certificate for a Share to one joint holder shall be a sufficient delivery to all of them.

 

Renewal of lost or damaged share certificates

 

3.5If a share certificate is defaced, worn-out, lost or destroyed, it may be renewed on such terms (if any) as to:

 

  (a) evidence;

 

9

 

 

  (b) indemnity;
     
  (c) payment of the expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in investigating the evidence; and
     
  (d) payment of a reasonable fee, if any for issuing a replacement share certificate,

 

as the Directors may determine, and (in the case of defacement or wearing-out) on delivery to the Company of the old certificate.

 

4Lien on Shares

 

Nature and scope of lien

 

4.1The Company has a first and paramount lien on all Shares (whether Fully Paid Up or not) registered in the name of a Member (whether solely or jointly with others). The lien is for all monies payable to the Company by the Member or the Member’s estate:

 

  (a) either alone or jointly with any other person, whether or not that other person is a Member; and
     
  (b) whether or not those monies are presently payable.

 

4.2At any time the Board may declare any Share to be wholly or partly exempt from the provisions of this Article.

 

Company may sell Shares to satisfy lien

 

4.3The Company may sell any Shares over which it has a lien if all of the following conditions are met:

 

  (a) the sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable;
     
  (b) the Company gives notice to the Member holding the Share (or to the person entitled to it in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of that Member) demanding payment and stating that if the notice is not complied with the Shares may be sold; and
     
  (c) that sum is not paid within fourteen Clear Days after that notice is deemed to be given under these Articles,

 

and Shares to which this Article 4.3 applies shall be referred to as Lien Default Shares.

 

4.4The Lien Default Shares may be sold in such manner as the Board determines.

 

10

 

 

4.5To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Directors shall incur no personal liability to the Member concerned in respect of the sale.

 

Authority to execute instrument of transfer

 

4.6To give effect to a sale, the Directors may authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Lien Default Shares sold to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser.

 

4.7The title of the transferee of the Lien Default Shares shall not be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in respect of the sale.

 

Consequences of sale of Shares to satisfy lien

 

4.8On a sale pursuant to the preceding Articles:

 

  (a) the name of the Member concerned shall be removed from the register of Members as the holder of those Lien Default Shares; and
     
  (b) that person shall deliver to the Company for cancellation the certificate (if any) for those Lien Default Shares.

 

4.9Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 4.8, such person shall remain liable to the Company for all monies which, at the date of sale, were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of those Lien Default Shares. That person shall also be liable to pay interest on those monies from the date of sale until payment at the rate at which interest was payable before that sale or, failing that, at the Default Rate. The Board may waive payment wholly or in part or enforce payment without any allowance for the value of the Lien Default Shares at the time of sale or for any consideration received on their disposal.

 

Application of proceeds of sale

 

4.10The net proceeds of the sale, after payment of the costs, shall be applied in payment of so much of the sum for which the lien exists as is presently payable. Any residue shall be paid to the person whose Lien Default Shares have been sold:

 

  (a) if no certificate for the Lien Default Shares was issued, at the date of the sale; or
     
  (b) if a certificate for the Lien Default Shares was issued, upon surrender to the Company of that certificate for cancellation

 

but, in either case, subject to the Company retaining a like lien for all sums not presently payable as existed on the Lien Default Shares before the sale.

 

11

 

 

5Calls on Shares and forfeiture

 

Power to make calls and effect of calls

 

5.1Subject to the terms of allotment, the Board may make calls on the Members in respect of any monies unpaid on their Shares including any premium. The call may provide for payment to be by instalments. Subject to receiving at least 14 Clear Days’ notice specifying when and where payment is to be made, each Member shall pay to the Company the amount called on his Shares as required by the notice.

 

5.2Before receipt by the Company of any sum due under a call, that call may be revoked in whole or in part and payment of a call may be postponed in whole or in part. Where a call is to be paid in instalments, the Company may revoke the call in respect of all or any remaining instalments in whole or in part and may postpone payment of all or any of the remaining instalments in whole or in part.

 

5.3A Member on whom a call is made shall remain liable for that call notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the Shares in respect of which the call was made. He shall not be liable for calls made after he is no longer registered as Member in respect of those Shares.

 

Time when call made

 

5.4A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorising the call was passed.

 

Liability of joint holders

 

5.5Members registered as the joint holders of a Share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect of the Share.

 

Interest on unpaid calls

 

5.6If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the person from whom it is due and payable shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day it became due and payable until it is paid:

 

  (a) at the rate fixed by the terms of allotment of the Share or in the notice of the call; or
     
  (b) if no rate is fixed, at the Default Rate.

 

The Directors may waive payment of the interest wholly or in part.

 

12

 

 

Deemed calls

 

5.7Any amount payable in respect of a Share, whether on allotment or on a fixed date or otherwise, shall be deemed to be payable as a call. If the amount is not paid when due the provisions of these Articles shall apply as if the amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call.

 

Power to accept early payment

 

5.8The Company may accept from a Member the whole or a part of the amount remaining unpaid on Shares held by him although no part of that amount has been called up.

 

Power to make different arrangements at time of issue of Shares

 

5.9Subject to the terms of allotment, the Directors may make arrangements on the issue of Shares to distinguish between Members in the amounts and times of payment of calls on their Shares.

 

Notice of default

 

5.10If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the Directors may give to the person from whom it is due not less than 14 Clear Days’ notice requiring payment of:

 

  (a) the amount unpaid;
     
  (b) any interest which may have accrued;
     
  (c) any expenses which have been incurred by the Company due to that person’s default.

 

5.11The notice shall state the following:

 

  (a) the place where payment is to be made; and
     
  (b) a warning that if the notice is not complied with the Shares in respect of which the call is made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

Forfeiture or surrender of Shares

 

5.12If the notice given pursuant to Article 5.10 is not complied with, the Directors may, before the payment required by the notice has been received, resolve that any Share the subject of that notice be forfeited. The forfeiture shall include all dividends or other monies payable in respect of the forfeited Share and not paid before the forfeiture. Despite the foregoing, the Board may determine that any Share the subject of that notice be accepted by the Company as surrendered by the Member holding that Share in lieu of forfeiture.

 

13

 

 

Disposal of forfeited or surrendered Share and power to cancel forfeiture or surrender

 

5.13A forfeited or surrendered Share may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Board determine either to the former Member who held that Share or to any other person. The forfeiture or surrender may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit at any time before a sale, re-allotment or other disposition. Where, for the purposes of its disposal, a forfeited or surrendered Share is to be transferred to any person, the Directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Share to the transferee.

 

Effect of forfeiture or surrender on former Member

 

5.14On forfeiture or surrender:

 

  (a) the name of the Member concerned shall be removed from the register of Members as the holder of those Shares and that person shall cease to be a Member in respect of those Shares; and
     
  (b) that person shall surrender to the Company for cancellation the certificate (if any) for the forfeited or surrendered Shares.

 

5.15Despite the forfeiture or surrender of his Shares, that person shall remain liable to the Company for all monies which at the date of forfeiture or surrender were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of those Shares together with:

 

  (a) all expenses; and
     
  (b) interest from the date of forfeiture or surrender until payment:

 

  (i) at the rate of which interest was payable on those monies before forfeiture; or
     
  (ii) if no interest was so payable, at the Default Rate.

 

The Directors, however, may waive payment wholly or in part.

 

Evidence of forfeiture or surrender

 

5.16A declaration, whether statutory or under oath, made by a Director or the Secretary shall be conclusive evidence of the following matters stated in it as against all persons claiming to be entitled to forfeited Shares:

 

  (a) that the person making the declaration is a Director or Secretary of the Company, and
     
  (b) that the particular Shares have been forfeited or surrendered on a particular date.

 

14

 

 

Subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer, if necessary, the declaration shall constitute good title to the Shares.

 

Sale of forfeited or surrendered Shares

 

5.17Any person to whom the forfeited or surrendered Shares are disposed of shall not be bound to see to the application of the consideration, if any, of those Shares nor shall his title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity in, or invalidity of the proceedings in respect of, the forfeiture, surrender or disposal of those Shares.

 

6Transfer of Shares

 

Right to transfer

 

6.1The instrument of transfer of any Share shall be in writing and in any usual or common form or such other form as the Directors may, in their absolute discretion, approve and be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and if in respect of a nil or Partly Paid Up Share, or if so required by the Directors, shall also be executed on behalf of the transferee and shall be accompanied by the certificate (if any) of the Shares to which it relates and such other evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer. The transferor shall be deemed to remain a Member until the name of the transferee is entered in the register of Members in respect of the relevant Shares.

 

6.2The Directors may in their absolute discretion decline to register any transfer of Shares which is not Fully Paid Up or on which the Company has a lien.

 

6.3The Directors may also, but are not required to, decline to register any transfer of any Share unless:

 

  (a) the instrument of transfer is lodged with the Company, accompanied by the certificate (if any) for the Shares to which it relates and such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;
     
  (b) the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of Shares;
     
  (c) the instrument of transfer is properly stamped, if required;
     
  (d) in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the Share is to be transferred does not exceed four;
     
  (e) the Shares transferred are Fully Paid Up and free of any lien in favour of the Company; and

 

  (f) any applicable fee of such maximum sum as the Designated Stock Exchanges (to the extent applicable) may determine to be payable, or such lesser sum as the Board may from time to time require, related to the transfer is paid to the Company.

 

15

 

 

Suspension of transfers

 

6.4The registration of transfers may, on 14 days’ notice being given by advertisement in such one or more newspapers or by electronic means, be suspended and the register of Members closed at such times and for such periods as the Directors may, in their absolute discretion, from time to time determine, provided always that such registration of transfer shall not be suspended nor the register of Members closed for more than 30 days in any year.

 

Company may retain instrument of transfer

 

6.5All instruments of transfer that are registered shall be retained by the Company.

 

Notice of refusal to register

 

6.6If the Directors refuse to register a transfer of any Shares, they shall within three months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged with the Company send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of the refusal.

 

7Transmission of Shares

 

Persons entitled on death of a Member

 

7.1If a Member dies, the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to the deceased Members’ interest are the following:

 

  (a) where the deceased Member was a joint holder, the survivor or survivors; and
     
  (b) where the deceased Member was a sole holder, that Member’s personal representative or representatives.

 

7.2Nothing in these Articles shall release the deceased Member’s estate from any liability in respect of any Share, whether the deceased was a sole holder or a joint holder.

 

Registration of transfer of a Share following death or bankruptcy

 

7.3A person becoming entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member may elect to do either of the following:

 

  (a) to become the holder of the Share; or
     
  (b) to transfer the Share to another person.

 

16

 

 

7.4That person must produce such evidence of his entitlement as the Directors may properly require.

 

7.5If the person elects to become the holder of the Share, he must give notice to the Company to that effect. For the purposes of these Articles, that notice shall be treated as though it were an executed instrument of transfer.

 

7.6If the person elects to transfer the Share to another person then:

 

  (a) if the Share is Fully Paid Up, the transferor must execute an instrument of transfer; and
     
  (b) if the Share is nil or Partly Paid Up, the transferor and the transferee must execute an instrument of transfer.

 

7.7All the Articles relating to the transfer of Shares shall apply to the notice or, as appropriate, the instrument of transfer.

 

Indemnity

 

7.8A person registered as a Member by reason of the death or bankruptcy of another Member shall indemnify the Company and the Directors against any loss or damage suffered by the Company or the Directors as a result of that registration.

 

Rights of person entitled to a Share following death or bankruptcy

 

7.9A person becoming entitled to a Share by reason of the death or bankruptcy of a Member shall have the rights to which he would be entitled if he were registered as the holder of the Share. But, until he is registered as Member in respect of the Share, he shall not be entitled to attend or vote at any meeting of the Company or at any separate meeting of the holders of that class of Shares.

 

8Alteration of capital

 

Increasing, consolidating, converting, dividing and cancelling share capital

 

8.1To the fullest extent permitted by the Act, the Company may by Ordinary Resolution do any of the following and amend its Memorandum for that purpose:

 

  (a) increase its share capital by new Shares of the amount fixed by that Ordinary Resolution and with the attached rights, priorities and privileges set out in that Ordinary Resolution;

 

17

 

 

  (b) consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into Shares of larger amount than its existing Shares;
     
  (c) convert all or any of its Paid Up Shares into stock, and reconvert that stock into Paid Up Shares of any denomination;
     
  (d) sub-divide its Shares or any of them into Shares of an amount smaller than that fixed by the Memorandum, so, however, that in the sub-division, the proportion between the amount paid and the amount, if any, unpaid on each reduced Share shall be the same as it was in case of the Share from which the reduced Share is derived; and
     
  (e) cancel Shares which, at the date of the passing of that Ordinary Resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person, and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the Shares so cancelled or, in the case of Shares without nominal par value, diminish the number of Shares into which its capital is divided.

 

Dealing with fractions resulting from consolidation of Shares

 

8.2Whenever, as a result of a consolidation of Shares, any Members would become entitled to fractions of a Share the Directors may on behalf of those Members deal with the fractions as it thinks fit, including (without limitation):

 

  (a) sell the Shares representing the fractions for the best price reasonably obtainable to any person (including, subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company); and
     
  (b) distribute the net proceeds in due proportion among those Members.

 

8.3For the purposes of Article 8.2, the Directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Shares to, in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser. The transferee shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall the transferee’s title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity in, or invalidity of, the proceedings in respect of the sale.

 

Reducing share capital

 

8.4Subject to the Act and to any rights for the time being conferred on the Members holding a particular class of Shares, the Company may, by Special Resolution, reduce its share capital in any way.

 

18

 

 

9Redemption and purchase of own Shares

 

Power to issue redeemable Shares and to purchase own Shares

 

9.1Subject to the Act and to any rights for the time being conferred on the Members holding a particular class of Shares, the Company may by its Directors:

 

  (a) issue Shares that are to be redeemed or liable to be redeemed, at the option of the Company or the Member holding those redeemable Shares, on the terms and in the manner its Directors determine before the issue of those Shares;
     
  (b) with the consent by Special Resolution of the Members holding Shares of a particular class, vary the rights attaching to that class of Shares so as to provide that those Shares are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company on the terms and in the manner which the Directors determine at the time of such variation; and
     
  (c) purchase all or any of its own Shares of any class including any redeemable Shares on the terms and in the manner which the Directors determine at the time of such purchase.

 

The Company may make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own Shares in any manner authorised by the Act, including out of any combination of the following: capital, its profits and the proceeds of a fresh issue of Shares.

 

Power to pay for redemption or purchase in cash or in specie

 

9.2When making a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of Shares, the Directors may make the payment in cash or in specie (or partly in one and partly in the other) if so authorised by the terms of the allotment of those Shares or by the terms applying to those Shares in accordance with Article 9.1, or otherwise by agreement with the Member holding those Shares.

 

Effect of redemption or purchase of a Share

 

9.3Upon the date of redemption or purchase of a Share:

 

  (a) the Member holding that Share shall cease to be entitled to any rights in respect of the Share other than the right to receive:

 

  (i) the price for the Share; and
     
  (ii) any dividend declared in respect of the Share prior to the date of redemption or purchase;

 

 

19

 

 

  (b) the Member’s name shall be removed from the register of Members with respect to the Share; and
     
  (c) the Share shall be cancelled or held as a Treasury Share, as the Directors may determine.

 

9.4For the purpose of Article 9.3, the date of redemption or purchase is the date when the Member’s name is removed from the register of Members with respect to the Shares the subject of the redemption or purchase.

 

10Meetings of Members

 

Annual and extraordinary general meetings

 

10.1The Company may, but shall not (unless required by the applicable Designated Stock Exchange Rules) be obligated to, in each year hold a general meeting as an annual general meeting, which, if held, shall be convened by the Board, in accordance with these Articles.

 

10.2All general meetings other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

 

Power to call meetings

 

10.3The Directors may call a general meeting at any time.

 

10.4If there are insufficient Directors to constitute a quorum and the remaining Directors are unable to agree on the appointment of additional Directors, the Directors must call a general meeting for the purpose of appointing additional Directors.

 

10.5The Directors must also call a general meeting if requisitioned in the manner set out in the next two Articles.

 

10.6The requisition must be in writing and given by one or more Members who together hold not less than ten (10) per cent of the rights to vote at such general meeting.

 

10.7The requisition must also:

 

  (a) specify the purpose of the meeting.
     
  (b) be signed by or on behalf of each requisitioner (and for this purpose each joint holder shall be obliged to sign). The requisition may consist of several documents in like form signed by one or more of the requisitioners; and
     
  (c) be delivered in accordance with the notice provisions.

 

20

 

 

10.8Should the Directors fail to call a general meeting within 21 Clear Days’ from the date of receipt of a requisition, the requisitioners or any of them may call a general meeting within three months after the end of that period.

 

10.9Without limitation to the foregoing, if there are insufficient Directors to constitute a quorum and the remaining Directors are unable to agree on the appointment of additional Directors, any one or more Members who together hold at least five per cent of the rights to vote at a general meeting may call a general meeting for the purpose of considering the business specified in the notice of meeting which shall include as an item of business the appointment of additional Directors.

 

10.10If the Members call a meeting under the above provisions, the Company shall reimburse their reasonable expenses.

 

Content of notice

 

10.11Notice of a general meeting shall specify each of the following:

 

  (a) the place, the date and the hour of the meeting;
     
  (b) if the meeting is to be held in two or more places, the technology that will be used to facilitate the meeting;
     
  (c) subject to paragraph (d) and (to the extent applicable) the requirements of the Designated Stock Exchange Rules, the general nature of the business to be transacted; and
     
  (d) if a resolution is proposed as a Special Resolution, the text of that resolution.

 

10.12In each notice there shall appear with reasonable prominence the following statements:

 

  (a) that a Member who is entitled to attend and vote is entitled to appoint one or more proxies to attend and vote instead of that Member; and
     
  (b) that a proxyholder need not be a Member.

 

Period of notice

 

10.13At least seven (7) Clear Days’ notice of a general meeting must be given to Members.

 

10.14Subject to the Act, a meeting may be convened on shorter notice, subject to the Act with the consent of the Member or Members who, individually or collectively, hold at least ninety per cent of the voting rights of all those who have a right to vote at that meeting.

 

21

 

 

Persons entitled to receive notice

 

10.15Subject to the provisions of these Articles and to any restrictions imposed on any Shares, the notice shall be given to the following people:

 

  (a) the Members;
     
  (b) persons entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member;
     
  (c) the Directors; and
     
  (d) the Auditors (if appointed).

 

10.16The Board may determine that the Members entitled to receive notice of a meeting are those persons entered on the register of Members at the close of business on a day determined by the Board.

 

Accidental omission to give notice or non-receipt of notice

 

10.17Proceedings at a meeting shall not be invalidated by the following:

 

  (a) an accidental failure to give notice of the meeting to any person entitled to notice; or
     
  (b) non-receipt of notice of the meeting by any person entitled to notice.

 

10.18In addition, where a notice of meeting is published on a website proceedings at the meeting shall not be invalidated merely because it is accidentally published:

 

  (a) in a different place on the website; or
     
  (b) for part only of the period from the date of the notification until the conclusion of the meeting to which the notice relates.

 

11Proceedings at meetings of Members

 

Quorum

 

11.1Save as provided in the following Article, no business shall be transacted at any meeting unless a quorum is present in person or by proxy. A quorum is as follows:

 

  (a) if the Company has only one Member: that Member;
     
  (b) if the Company has more than one Member:

 

22

 

 

  (i) subject to Article 11.1(b)(ii) below, two or more Members holding Shares carrying the right to vote at such general meeting; or
     
  (ii) for so long as any Shares are listed on a Designated Stock Exchange, one or more Members holding Shares that represent not less than one-third of the outstanding Shares carrying the right to vote at such general meeting.

 

Lack of quorum

 

11.2If a quorum is not present within fifteen minutes of the time appointed for the meeting, or if at any time during the meeting it becomes inquorate, then the following provisions apply:

 

  (a) If the meeting was requisitioned by Members, it shall be cancelled.
     
  (b) In any other case, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same time and place seven days hence, or to such other time or place as is determined by the Directors. If a quorum is not present within fifteen minutes of the time appointed for the adjourned meeting, then the Members present in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum.

 

Chairman

 

11.3The chairman of a general meeting shall be the chairman of the Board or such other Director as the Directors have nominated to chair Board meetings in the absence of the chairman of the Board. Absent any such person being present within fifteen minutes of the time appointed for the meeting, the Directors present shall elect one of their number to chair the meeting.

 

11.4If no Director is present within fifteen minutes of the time appointed for the meeting, or if no Director is willing to act as chairman, the Members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall choose one of their number to chair the meeting.

 

Right of a Director to attend and speak

 

11.5Even if a Director is not a Member, he shall be entitled to attend and speak at any general meeting and at any separate meeting of Members holding a particular class of Shares.

 

23

 

 

Accommodation of Members at meeting

 

11.6lf it appears to the chairman of the meeting that the meeting place specified in the notice convening the meeting is inadequate to accommodate all Members entitled and wishing to attend, the meeting will be duly constituted and its proceedings valid if the chairman is satisfied that adequate facilities are available to ensure that a Member who is unable to be accommodated is able (whether at the meeting place or elsewhere):

 

  (a) to participate in the business for which the meeting has been convened;
     
  (b) to hear and see all persons present who speak (whether by the use of microphones, loud-speakers, audio-visual communications equipment or otherwise); and
     
  (c) to be heard and seen by all other persons present in the same way.

 

Security

 

11.7In addition to any measures which the Board may be required to take due to the location or venue of the meeting, the Board may make any arrangement and impose any restriction it considers appropriate and reasonable in the circumstances to ensure the security of a meeting including, without limitation, the searching of any person attending the meeting and the imposing of restrictions on the items of personal property that may be taken into the meeting place. The Board may refuse entry to, or eject from, a meeting a person who refuses to comply with any such arrangements or restrictions.

 

Adjournment

 

11.8The chairman may at any time adjourn a meeting with the consent of the Members constituting a quorum. The chairman must adjourn the meeting if so directed by the meeting. No business, however, can be transacted at an adjourned meeting other than business which might properly have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

11.9Should a meeting be adjourned for more than 7 Clear Days, whether because of a lack of quorum or otherwise, Members shall be given at least seven Clear Days’ notice of the date, time and place of the adjourned meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted. Otherwise it shall not be necessary to give any notice of the adjournment.

 

Method of voting

 

11.10A resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless before, or on, the declaration of the result of the show of hands, a poll is duly demanded. Subject to the Act, a poll may be demanded:

 

  (a) by the chairman of the meeting; or
     
  (b) by any Member or Members present who, individually or collectively, hold not less than ten per cent of the voting rights of all those who have a right to vote on the resolution.

 

24

 

 

Outcome of vote by show of hands

 

11.11Unless a poll is duly demanded, a declaration by the chairman as to the result of a resolution and an entry to that effect in the minutes of the meeting shall be conclusive evidence of the outcome of a show of hands without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against the resolution.

 

Withdrawal of demand for a poll

 

11.12The demand for a poll may be withdrawn before the poll is taken, but only with the consent of the chairman. The chairman shall announce any such withdrawal to the meeting and, unless another person forthwith demands a poll, any earlier show of hands on that resolution shall be treated as the vote on that resolution; if there has been no earlier show of hands, then the resolution shall be put to the vote of the meeting.

 

Taking of a poll

 

11.13A poll demanded on the question of adjournment shall be taken immediately.

 

11.14A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken either immediately or at an adjourned meeting at such time and place as the chairman directs, not being more than thirty Clear Days after the poll was demanded.

 

11.15The demand for a poll shall not prevent the meeting continuing to transact any business other than the question on which the poll was demanded.

 

11.16A poll shall be taken in such manner as the chairman directs. He may appoint scrutineers (who need not be Members) and fix a place and time for declaring the result of the poll. If, through the aid of technology, the meeting is held in more than place, the chairman may appoint scrutineers in more than place; but if he considers that the poll cannot be effectively monitored at that meeting, the chairman shall adjourn the holding of the poll to a date, place and time when that can occur.

 

Chairman’s casting vote

 

11.17In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the Chairman of the meeting at which the show of hands takes place or at which the poll is demanded shall not be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

25

 

 

Written resolutions

 

11.18Without limitation to section 60(1) of the Act, Members may pass a Special Resolution in writing without holding a meeting if the following conditions are met:

 

  (a) all Members entitled to vote on the resolution are given notice of the resolution as if the same were being proposed at a meeting of Members;
     
  (b) all Members entitled so to vote:

 

  (i) sign a document; or
     
  (ii) sign several documents in the like form each signed by one or more of those Members; and

 

  (c) the signed document or documents is or are delivered to the Company, including, if the Company so nominates, by delivery of an Electronic Record by Electronic means to the address specified for that purpose.

 

Such written resolution, which shall be as effective as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Members entitled to vote duly convened and held, is passed when all such Members have so signified their agreement to the resolution.

 

11.19Members may pass an Ordinary Resolution in writing without holding a meeting if the following conditions are met:

 

  (a) all Members entitled to vote on the resolution are:

 

  (i) given notice of the resolution as if the same were being proposed at a meeting of Members; and
     
  (ii) notified in the same or an accompanying notice of the date by which the resolution must be passed if it is not to lapse, being a period of seven (7) days beginning with the date that the notice is first given;

 

  (b) the required majority of the Members entitled so to vote:

 

  (i) sign a document; or
     
  (ii) sign several documents in the like form each signed by one or more of those Members; and

 

  (c) the signed document or documents is or are delivered to the Company, including, if the Company so nominates, by delivery of an Electronic Record by Electronic means to the address specified for that purpose.

 

Such written resolution, which shall be as effective as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Members entitled to vote duly convened and held, is passed upon the later of these dates: (i) subject to the following Article, the date next immediately following the end of the period of three (3) days beginning with the date that notice of the resolution is first given and (ii) the date when the required majority have so signified their agreement to the resolution. However, the proposed written resolution lapses if it is not passed before the end of the period of seven (7) days beginning with the date that notice of it is first given.

 

26

 

 

11.20If all Members entitled to be given notice of the Ordinary Resolution consent, a written resolution may be passed as soon as the required majority have signified their agreement to the resolution, without any minimum period of time having first elapsed. Save that the consent of the majority may be incorporated in the written resolution, each consent shall be in writing or given by Electronic Record and shall otherwise be given to the Company in accordance with Article 28 (Notices) prior to the written resolution taking effect.

 

11.21The directors may determine the manner in which written resolutions shall be put to Members. In particular, they may provide, in the form of any written resolution, for each Member to indicate, out of the number of votes the Member would have been entitled to cast at a meeting to consider the resolution, how many votes he wishes to cast in favour of the resolution and how many against the resolution or to be treated as abstentions. The result of any such written resolution shall be determined on the same basis as on a poll.

 

11.22If a written resolution is described as a Special Resolution or as an Ordinary Resolution, it has effect accordingly.

 

Sole-Member Company

 

11.23If the Company has only one Member, and the Member records in writing his decision on a question, that record shall constitute both the passing of a resolution and the minute of it.

 

12Voting rights of Members

 

Right to vote

 

12.1Unless their Shares carry no right to vote, or unless a call or other amount presently payable has not been paid, all Members are entitled to vote at a general meeting, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, and all Members holding Shares of a particular class of Shares are entitled to vote at a meeting of the holders of that class of Shares.

 

12.2Members may vote in person or by proxy.

 

12.3On a show of hands, every Member shall have one vote. For the avoidance of doubt, an individual who represents two or more Members, including a Member in that individual’s own right, that individual shall be entitled to a separate vote for each Member.

 

27

 

 

12.4On a poll a Member shall have one vote for each Share he holds, unless any Share carries special voting rights.

 

12.5No Member is bound to vote on his Shares or any of them; nor is he bound to vote each of his Shares in the same way.

 

Rights of joint holders

 

12.6If Shares are held jointly, only one of the joint holders may vote. If more than one of the joint holders tenders a vote, the vote of the holder whose name in respect of those Shares appears first in the register of Members shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holder.

 

Representation of corporate Members

 

12.7Save where otherwise provided, a corporate Member must act by a duly authorised representative.

 

12.8A corporate Member wishing to act by a duly authorised representative must identify that person to the Company by notice in writing.

 

12.9The authorisation may be for any period of time, and must be delivered to the Company before the commencement of the meeting at which it is first used.

 

12.10The Directors of the Company may require the production of any evidence which they consider necessary to determine the validity of the notice.

 

12.11Where a duly authorised representative is present at a meeting that Member is deemed to be present in person; and the acts of the duly authorised representative are personal acts of that Member.

 

12.12A corporate Member may revoke the appointment of a duly authorised representative at any time by notice to the Company; but such revocation will not affect the validity of any acts carried out by the duly authorised representative before the Directors of the Company had actual notice of the revocation.

 

Member with mental disorder

 

12.13A Member in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction (whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere) in matters concerning mental disorder may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by that Member’s receiver, curator bonis or other person authorised in that behalf appointed by that court.

 

28

 

 

12.14For the purpose of the preceding Article, evidence to the satisfaction of the Directors of the authority of the person claiming to exercise the right to vote must be received not less than 24 hours before holding the relevant meeting or the adjourned meeting in any manner specified for the delivery of forms of appointment of a proxy, whether in writing or by Electronic means. In default, the right to vote shall not be exercisable.

 

Objections to admissibility of votes

 

12.15An objection to the validity of a person’s vote may only be raised at the meeting or at the adjourned meeting at which the vote is sought to be tendered. Any objection duly made shall be referred to the chairman whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

 

Form of proxy

 

12.16An instrument appointing a proxy shall be in any common form or in any other form approved by the Directors.

 

12.17The instrument must be in writing and signed in one of the following ways:

 

  (a) by the Member; or
     
  (b) by the Member’s authorised attorney; or
     
  (c) if the Member is a corporation or other body corporate, under seal or signed by an authorised officer, secretary or attorney.

 

If the Directors so resolve, the Company may accept an Electronic Record of that instrument delivered in the manner specified below and otherwise satisfying the Articles about authentication of Electronic Records.

 

12.18The Directors may require the production of any evidence which they consider necessary to determine the validity of any appointment of a proxy.

 

12.19A Member may revoke the appointment of a proxy at any time by notice to the Company duly signed in accordance with Article 12.17.

 

12.20No revocation by a Member of the appointment of a proxy made in accordance with Article 12.19 will affect the validity of any acts carried out by the relevant proxy before the Directors of the Company had actual notice of the revocation.

 

29

 

 

How and when proxy is to be delivered

 

12.21Subject to the following Articles, the Directors may, in the notice convening any meeting or adjourned meeting, or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, specify the manner by which the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited and the place and the time (being not later than the time appointed for the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting to which the proxy relates) at which the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited. In the absence of any such direction from the Directors in the notice convening any meeting or adjourned meeting or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, the form of appointment of a proxy and any authority under which it is signed (or a copy of the authority certified notarially or in any other way approved by the Directors) must be delivered so that it is received by the Company before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the form of appointment of proxy proposes to vote. They must be delivered in either of the following ways:

 

  (a) In the case of an instrument in writing, it must be left at or sent by post:

 

  (i) to the registered office of the Company; or
     
  (ii) to such other place within the Cayman Islands specified in the notice convening the meeting or in any form of appointment of proxy sent out by the Company in relation to the meeting.

 

  (b) If, pursuant to the notice provisions, a notice may be given to the Company in an Electronic Record, an Electronic Record of an appointment of a proxy must be sent to the address specified pursuant to those provisions unless another address for that purpose is specified:

 

  (i) in the notice convening the meeting; or
     
  (ii) in any form of appointment of a proxy sent out by the Company in relation to the meeting; or
     
  (iii) in any invitation to appoint a proxy issued by the Company in relation to the meeting.

 

  (c) Notwithstanding Article 12.21(a) and Article 12.21(b), the chairman of the Company may, in any event at his discretion, direct that an instrument of proxy shall be deemed to have been duly deposited.

 

12.22Where a poll is taken:

 

  (a) if it is taken more than seven Clear Days after it is demanded, the form of appointment of a proxy and any accompanying authority (or an Electronic Record of the same) must be delivered in accordance with Article 12.21 before the time appointed for the taking of the poll;
     
  (b) if it to be taken within seven Clear Days after it was demanded, the form of appointment of a proxy and any accompanying authority (or an Electronic Record of the same) must be delivered in accordance with Article 12.21 before the time appointed for the taking of the poll.

 

30

 

 

12.23If the form of appointment of proxy is not delivered on time, it is invalid.

 

12.24When two or more valid but differing appointments of proxy are delivered or received in respect of the same Share for use at the same meeting and in respect of the same matter, the one which is last validly delivered or received (regardless of its date or of the date of its execution) shall be treated as replacing and revoking the other or others as regards that Share. lf the Company is unable to determine which appointment was last validly delivered or received, none of them shall be treated as valid in respect of that Share.

 

12.25The Board may at the expense of the Company send forms of appointment of proxy to the Members by post (that is to say, pre-paying and posting a letter), or by Electronic communication or otherwise (with or without provision for their return by pre-paid post) for use at any general meeting or at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of Shares, either blank or nominating as proxy in the alternative any one or more of the Directors or any other person. lf for the purpose of any meeting invitations to appoint as proxy a person or one of a number of persons specified in the invitations are issued at the Company’s expense, they shall be issued to all (and not to some only) of the Members entitled to be sent notice of the meeting and to vote at it. The accidental omission to send such a form of appointment or to give such an invitation to, or the non-receipt of such form of appointment by, any Member entitled to attend and vote at a meeting shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting

 

Voting by proxy

 

12.26A proxy shall have the same voting rights at a meeting or adjourned meeting as the Member would have had except to the extent that the instrument appointing him limits those rights. Notwithstanding the appointment of a proxy, a Member may attend and vote at a meeting or adjourned meeting. If a Member votes on any resolution a vote by his proxy on the same resolution, unless in respect of different Shares, shall be invalid.

 

12.27The instrument appointing a proxy to vote at a meeting shall be deemed also to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll and, for the purposes of Article 11.11, a demand by a person as proxy for a Member shall be the same as a demand by a Member. Such appointment shall not confer any further right to speak at the meeting, except with the permission of the chairman of the meeting.

 

13Number of Directors

 

13.1There shall be a Board consisting of not less than one person provided however that the Company may by Ordinary Resolution increase or reduce the limits in the number of Directors. Unless fixed by Ordinary Resolution, the maximum number of Directors shall be unlimited.

 

31

 

 

14Appointment, disqualification and removal of Directors

 

First Directors

 

14.1The first Directors shall be appointed in writing by the subscriber or subscribers to the Memorandum, or a majority of them.

 

No age limit

 

14.2There is no age limit for Directors save that they must be at least eighteen years of age.

 

Corporate Directors

 

14.3Unless prohibited by law, a body corporate may be a Director. If a body corporate is a Director, the Articles about representation of corporate Members at general meetings apply, mutatis mutandis, to the Articles about Directors’ meetings.

 

No shareholding qualification

 

14.4Unless a shareholding qualification for Directors is fixed by Ordinary Resolution, no Director shall be required to own Shares as a condition of his appointment.

 

Appointment of Directors

 

14.5A Director may be appointed by Ordinary Resolution or by the Directors. Any appointment may be to fill a vacancy or as an additional Director.

 

14.6A remaining Director may appoint a Director even though there is not a quorum of Directors.

 

14.7No appointment can cause the number of Directors to exceed the maximum (if one is set); and any such appointment shall be invalid.

 

14.8For so long as Shares are listed on a Designated Stock Exchange, the Directors shall include at least such number of Independent Directors as applicable law, rules or regulations or the Designated Stock Exchange Rules require as determined by the Board.

 

Board’s power to appoint Directors

 

14.9Without prejudice to the Company’s power to appoint a person to be a Director pursuant to these Articles, the Board shall have power at any time to appoint any person who is willing to act as a Director, either to fill a vacancy or as an addition to the existing Board, subject to the total number of Directors not exceeding any maximum number fixed by or in accordance with these Articles.

 

32

 

 

14.10Any Director so appointed shall, if still a Director, retire at the next annual general meeting after his appointment and be eligible to stand for election as a Director at such meeting.

 

Removal of Directors

 

14.11A Director may be removed by Ordinary Resolution.

 

Resignation of Directors

 

14.12A Director may at any time resign office by giving to the Company notice in writing or, if permitted pursuant to the notice provisions, in an Electronic Record delivered in either case in accordance with those provisions.

 

14.13Unless the notice specifies a different date, the Director shall be deemed to have resigned on the date that the notice is delivered to the Company.

 

Termination of the office of Director

 

14.14A Director may retire from office as a Director by giving notice in writing to that effect to the Company at the registered office, which notice shall be effective upon such date as may be specified in the notice, failing which upon delivery to the registered office.

 

14.15Without prejudice to the provisions in these Articles for retirement (by rotation or otherwise), a Director’s office shall be terminated forthwith if:

 

  (a) he is prohibited by the law of the Cayman Islands from acting as a Director; or
     
  (b) he is made bankrupt or makes an arrangement or composition with his creditors generally; or
     
  (c) he resigns his office by notice to the Company; or
     
  (d) he only held office as a Director for a fixed term and such term expires; or
     
  (e) in the opinion of a registered medical practitioner by whom he is being treated he becomes physically or mentally incapable of acting as a Director; or
     
  (f) he is given notice by the majority of the other Directors (not being less than two in number) to vacate office (without prejudice to any claim for damages for breach of any agreement relating to the provision of the services of such Director); or
     
  (g) he is made subject to any law relating to mental health or incompetence, whether by court order or otherwise; or

 

  (h) without the consent of the other Directors, he is absent from meetings of Directors for a continuous period of six months.

 

33

 

 

15Alternate Directors

 

Appointment and removal

 

15.1Any Director may appoint any other person, including another Director, to act in his place as an alternate Director. No appointment shall take effect until the Director has given notice of the appointment to the Board.

 

15.2A Director may revoke his appointment of an alternate at any time. No revocation shall take effect until the Director has given notice of the revocation to the Board.

 

15.3A notice of appointment or removal of an alternate Director shall be effective only if given to the Company by one or more of the following methods:

 

  (a) by notice in writing in accordance with the notice provisions contained in these Articles;
     
  (b) if the Company has a facsimile address for the time being, by sending by facsimile transmission to that facsimile address a facsimile copy or, otherwise, by sending by facsimile transmission to the facsimile address of the Company’s registered office a facsimile copy (in either case, the facsimile copy being deemed to be the notice unless Article 29.7 applies), in which event notice shall be taken to be given on the date of an error-free transmission report from the sender’s fax machine;
     
  (c) if the Company has an email address for the time being, by emailing to that email address a scanned copy of the notice as a PDF attachment or, otherwise, by emailing to the email address provided by the Company’s registered office a scanned copy of the notice as a PDF attachment (in either case, the PDF version being deemed to be the notice unless Article 29.7 applies), in which event notice shall be taken to be given on the date of receipt by the Company or the Company’s registered office (as appropriate) in readable form; or
     
  (d) if permitted pursuant to the notice provisions, in some other form of approved Electronic Record delivered in accordance with those provisions in writing.

 

Notices

 

15.4All notices of meetings of Directors shall continue to be given to the appointing Director and not to the alternate.

 

34

 

 

Rights of alternate Director

 

15.5An alternate Director shall be entitled to attend and vote at any Board meeting or meeting of a committee of the Directors at which the appointing Director is not personally present, and generally to perform all the functions of the appointing Director in his absence. An alternate Director, however, is not entitled to receive any remuneration from the Company for services rendered as an alternate Director.

 

Appointment ceases when the appointor ceases to be a Director

 

15.6An alternate Director shall cease to be an alternate Director if:

 

  (a) the Director who appointed him ceases to be a Director; or
     
  (b) the Director who appointed him revokes his appointment by notice delivered to the Board or to the registered office of the Company or in any other manner approved by the Board; or
     
  (c) in any event happens in relation to him which, if he were a Director of the Company, would cause his office as Director to be vacated.

 

Status of alternate Director

 

15.7An alternate Director shall carry out all functions of the Director who made the appointment.

 

15.8Save where otherwise expressed, an alternate Director shall be treated as a Director under these Articles.

 

15.9An alternate Director is not the agent of the Director appointing him.

 

15.10An alternate Director is not entitled to any remuneration for acting as alternate Director.

 

Status of the Director making the appointment

 

15.11A Director who has appointed an alternate is not thereby relieved from the duties which he owes the Company.

 

16Powers of Directors

 

Powers of Directors

 

16.1Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Memorandum and these Articles the business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors who may for that purpose exercise all the powers of the Company.

 

35

 

 

16.2No prior act of the Directors shall be invalidated by any subsequent alteration of the Memorandum or these Articles. However, to the extent allowed by the Act, Members may, by Special Resolution, validate any prior or future act of the Directors which would otherwise be in breach of their duties.

 

Directors below the minimum number

 

16.3lf the number of Directors is less than the minimum prescribed in accordance with these Articles, the remaining Director or Directors shall act only for the purposes of appointing an additional Director or Directors to make up such minimum or of convening a general meeting of the Company for the purpose of making such appointment. lf there are no Director or Directors able or willing to act, any two Members may summon a general meeting for the purpose of appointing Directors. Any additional Director so appointed shall hold office (subject to these Articles) only until the dissolution of the annual general meeting next following such appointment unless he is re-elected during such meeting.

 

Appointments to office

 

16.4The Directors may appoint a Director:

 

  (a) as chairman of the Board;
     
  (b) as managing Director;
     
  (c) to any other executive office,

 

for such period, and on such terms, including as to remuneration as they think fit.

 

16.5The appointee must consent in writing to holding that office.

 

16.6Where a chairman is appointed he shall, unless unable to do so, preside at every meeting of Directors.

 

16.7If there is no chairman, or if the chairman is unable to preside at a meeting, that meeting may select its own chairman; or the Directors may nominate one of their number to act in place of the chairman should he ever not be available.

 

16.8Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Directors may also appoint and remove any person, who need not be a Director:

 

  (a) as Secretary; and
     
  (b) to any office that may be required

 

for such period and on such terms, including as to remuneration, as they think fit. In the case of an Officer, that Officer may be given any title the Directors decide.

 

36

 

 

16.9The Secretary or Officer must consent in writing to holding that office.

 

16.10A Director, Secretary or other Officer of the Company may not the hold the office, or perform the services, of auditor.

 

Provisions for employees

 

16.11The Board may make provision for the benefit of any persons employed or formerly employed by the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings (or any member of his family or any person who is dependent on him) in connection with the cessation or the transfer to any person of the whole or part of the undertaking of the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings.

 

Exercise of voting rights

 

16.12The Board may exercise the voting power conferred by the Shares in any body corporate held or owned by the Company in such manner in all respects as it thinks fit (including, without limitation, the exercise of that power in favour of any resolution appointing any Director as a Director of such body corporate, or voting or providing for the payment of remuneration to the Directors of such body corporate).

 

Remuneration

 

16.13Every Director may be remunerated by the Company for the services he provides for the benefit of the Company, whether as Director, employee or otherwise, and shall be entitled to be paid for the expenses incurred in the Company’s business including attendance at Directors’ meetings.

 

16.14Until otherwise determined by the Company by Ordinary Resolution, the Directors (other than alternate Directors) shall be entitled to such remuneration by way of fees for their services in the office of Director as the Directors may determine.

 

16.15Remuneration may take any form and may include arrangements to pay pensions, health insurance, death or sickness benefits, whether to the Director or to any other person connected to or related to him.

 

16.16Unless his fellow Directors determine otherwise, a Director is not accountable to the Company for remuneration or other benefits received from any other company which is in the same group as the Company or which has common shareholdings.

 

37

 

 

Disclosure of information

 

16.17The Directors may release or disclose to a third party any information regarding the affairs of the Company, including any information contained in the register of Members relating to a Member, (and they may authorise any Director, Officer or other authorised agent of the Company to release or disclose to a third party any such information in his possession) if:

 

  (a) the Company or that person, as the case may be, is lawfully required to do so under the laws of any jurisdiction to which the Company is subject; or
     
  (b) such disclosure is in compliance with the Designated Stock Exchange Rules (to the extent applicable); or
     
  (c) such disclosure is in accordance with any contract entered into by the Company; or
     
  (d) the Directors are of the opinion such disclosure would assist or facilitate the Company’s operations.

 

17Delegation of powers

 

Power to delegate any of the Directors’ powers to a committee

 

17.1The Directors may delegate any of their powers to any committee consisting of one or more persons who need not be Members. Persons on the committee may include non-Directors so long as the majority of those persons are Directors. For so long as Shares are listed on a Designated Stock Exchange, any such committee shall be made up of such number of Independent Directors as required from time to time by the Designated Stock Exchange Rules or otherwise required by applicable law.

 

17.2The delegation may be collateral with, or to the exclusion of, the Directors’ own powers.

 

17.3The delegation may be on such terms as the Directors think fit, including provision for the committee itself to delegate to a sub-committee; save that any delegation must be capable of being revoked or altered by the Directors at will.

 

17.4Unless otherwise permitted by the Directors, a committee must follow the procedures prescribed for the taking of decisions by Directors.

 

17.5For so long as Shares are listed on a Designated Stock Exchange, the Board shall establish an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Each of these committees shall be empowered to do all things necessary to exercise the rights of such committee set forth in these Articles. Each of the audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee shall consist of at least three Directors (or such larger minimum number as may be required from time to time by the Designated Stock Exchange Rules). The majority of the committee members on each of the compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee shall be Independent Directors. The audit committee shall be made up of such number of Independent Directors as required from time to time by the Designated Stock Exchange Rules or otherwise required by applicable law.

 

38

 

 

Local boards

 

17.6 The Board may establish any local or divisional board or agency for managing any of the affairs of the Company whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere and may appoint any persons to be members of a local or divisional Board, or to be managers or agents, and may fix their remuneration.
   
17.7 The Board may delegate to any local or divisional board, manager or agent any of its powers and authorities (with power to sub-delegate) and may authorise the members of any local or divisional board or any of them to fill any vacancies and to act notwithstanding vacancies.
   
17.8 Any appointment or delegation under this Article 17.8 may be made on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Board thinks fit and the Board may remove any person so appointed, and may revoke or vary any delegation.

 

Power to appoint an agent of the Company

 

17.9 The Directors may appoint any person, either generally or in respect of any specific matter, to be the agent of the Company with or without authority for that person to delegate all or any of that person’s powers. The Directors may make that appointment:
     
  (a) by causing the Company to enter into a power of attorney or agreement; or
     
  (b) in any other manner they determine.

 

Power to appoint an attorney or authorised signatory of the Company

 

17.10 The Directors may appoint any person, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or the authorised signatory of the Company. The appointment may be:
     
  (a) for any purpose;
     
  (b) with the powers, authorities and discretions;
     
  (c) for the period; and
     
  (d) subject to such conditions
     
  as they think fit. The powers, authorities and discretions, however, must not exceed those vested in, or exercisable, by the Directors under these Articles. The Directors may do so by power of attorney or any other manner they think fit.

 

39

 

 

17.11 Any power of attorney or other appointment may contain such provision for the protection and convenience for persons dealing with the attorney or authorised signatory as the Directors think fit. Any power of attorney or other appointment may also authorise the attorney or authorised signatory to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in that person.
   
17.12 The Board may remove any person appointed under Article 17.10 and may revoke or vary the delegation.

 

Borrowing Powers

 

17.13 The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and assets both present and future and uncalled capital, or any part thereof, and to issue debentures and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or its parent undertaking (if any) or any subsidiary undertaking of the Company or of any third party.

 

Corporate Governance

 

17.14 The Board may, from time to time, and except as required by applicable law or (to the extent applicable) the Designated Stock Exchange Rules, adopt, institute, amend, modify or revoke the corporate governance policies or initiatives of the Company, which shall be intended to set forth the guiding principles and policies of the Company and the Board on various corporate governance related matters as the Board shall determine by resolution from time to time.
   
18 Meetings of Directors

 

Regulation of Directors’ meetings

 

18.1Subject to the provisions of these Articles, the Directors may regulate their proceedings as they think fit.

 

Calling meetings

 

18.2 Any Director may call a meeting of Directors at any time. The Secretary must call a meeting of the Directors if requested to do so by a Director.
   
Notice of meetings
   
18.3 Notice of a Board meeting may be given to a Director personally or by word of mouth or given in writing or by Electronic communications at such address as he may from time to time specify for this purpose (or, if he does not specify an address, at his last known address). A Director may waive his right to receive notice of any meeting either prospectively or retrospectively.

 

40

 

 

Use of technology
   
18.4 A Director may participate in a meeting of Directors through the medium of conference telephone, video or any other form of communications equipment providing all persons participating in the meeting are able to hear and speak to each other throughout the meeting.
   
18.5 A Director participating in this way is deemed to be present in person at the meeting.
   
Quorum
   
18.6 The quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of Directors shall be two (except that if the Board is comprised of a single Director only, then the quorum shall be one) unless the Directors fix some other number.
   
Chairman or deputy to preside
   
18.7 The Board may appoint a chairman and one or more deputy chairman or chairmen and may at any time revoke any such appointment.
   
18.8 The chairman, or failing him any deputy chairman (the longest in office taking precedence if more than one is present), shall preside at all Board meetings. If no chairman or deputy chairman has been appointed, or if he is not present within five minutes after the time fixed for holding the meeting, or is unwilling to act as chairman of the meeting, the Directors present shall choose one of their number to act as chairman of the meeting.
   
Voting
   
18.9 A question which arises at a Board meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. If votes are equal the chairman may, if he wishes, exercise a casting vote.
   
Recording of dissent
   
18.10 A Director present at a meeting of Directors shall be presumed to have assented to any action taken at that meeting unless:
     
  (a) his dissent is entered in the minutes of the meeting; or
     
  (b) he has filed with the meeting before it is concluded signed dissent from that action; or
     
  (c) he has forwarded to the Company as soon as practical following the conclusion of that meeting signed dissent.
     
  A Director who votes in favour of an action is not entitled to record his dissent to it.

 

41

 

 

Written resolutions
   
18.11 The Directors may pass a resolution in writing without holding a meeting if all Directors sign a document or sign several documents in the like form each signed by one or more of those Directors.
   
18.12 A written resolution signed by a validly appointed alternate Director need not also be signed by the appointing Director.
   
18.13 A written resolution signed personally by the appointing Director need not also be signed by his alternate.
   
18.14 A resolution in writing passed pursuant to Article 18.11, Article 18.12 and/or Article 18.13 shall be as effective as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Directors duly convened and held; and it shall be treated as having been passed on the day and at the time that the last Director signs (and for the avoidance of doubt, such day may or may not be a Business Day).
   
Validity of acts of Directors in spite of formal defect
   
18.15 All acts done by a meeting of the Board, or of a committee of the Board, or by any person acting as a Director or an alternate Director, shall, notwithstanding that it is afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director or alternate Director or member of the committee, or that any of them were disqualified or had vacated office or were not entitled to vote, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and qualified and had continued to be a Director or alternate Director and had been entitled to vote.
   
19 Permissible Directors’ interests and disclosure
   
19.1 Subject to Article 19.4, a Director may vote at a meeting of Directors on any resolution concerning a matter in which that Director has an interest or duty, whether directly or indirectly, so long as that Director discloses any material interest pursuant to these Articles. The Director shall be counted towards a quorum of those present at the meeting. If the director votes on the resolution, his vote shall be counted.
   
19.2 For the purposes of the preceding Article:
   
  (a) a general notice that a Director gives to the other Directors that he is to be regarded as having an interest of the nature and extent specified in the notice in any transaction or arrangement in which a specified person or class of persons is interested shall be deemed to be a disclosure that he has an interest in or duty in relation to any such transaction of the nature and extent so specified; and

 

42

 

 

  (b) an interest of which a Director has no knowledge and of which it is unreasonable to expect him to have knowledge shall not be treated as an interest of his.
     
19.3 A Director shall not be treated as having an interest in a transaction or arrangement if he has no knowledge of that interest and it is unreasonable to expect the director to have that knowledge.
   
19.4 For so long as Shares are listed on a Designated Stock Exchange, a Director shall not, as a Director, vote in respect of any contract, transaction, arrangement or proposal in which he has an interest which (together with any interest of any person connected with him) is a material interest (otherwise then by virtue of his interests, direct or indirect, in Shares or debentures or other securities of, or otherwise in or through, the Company) and if he shall do so his vote shall not be counted, nor in relation thereto shall he be counted in the quorum present at the meeting, but (in the absence of some other material interest than is mentioned below) none of these prohibitions shall apply to:

 

  (a) the giving of any security, guarantee or indemnity in respect of:
     
    (i) money lent or obligations incurred by him or by any other person for the benefit of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; or
       
    (ii) a debt or obligation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries for which the Director himself has assumed responsibility in whole or in part and whether alone or jointly with others under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of security;
       
  (b) where the Company or any of its subsidiaries is offering securities in which offer the Director is or may be entitled to participate as a holder of securities or in the underwriting or sub-underwriting of which the Director is to or may participate;
     
  (c) any contract, transaction, arrangement or proposal affecting any other body corporate in which he is interested, directly or indirectly and whether as an officer, shareholder, creditor or otherwise howsoever, provided that he (together with persons connected with him) does not to his knowledge hold an interest representing one per cent or more of any class of the equity share capital of such body corporate (or of any third body corporate through which his interest is derived) or of the voting rights available to members of the relevant body corporate (any such interest being deemed for the purposes of this Article 19.4 to be a material interest in all circumstances);

 

43

 

 

  (d) any act or thing done or to be done in respect of any arrangement for the benefit of the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries under which he is not accorded as a Director any privilege or advantage not generally accorded to the employees to whom such arrangement relates; or
     
  (e) any matter connected with the purchase or maintenance for any Director of insurance against any liability or (to the extent permitted by the Act) indemnities in favour of Directors, the funding of expenditure by one or more Directors in defending proceedings against him or them or the doing of any thing to enable such Director or Directors to avoid incurring such expenditure.
     
19.5 A Director may, as a Director, vote (and be counted in the quorum) in respect of any contract, transaction, arrangement or proposal in which he has an interest which is not a material interest or which falls within Article 19.4.
   
20 Minutes
   
20.1 The Company shall cause minutes to be made in books of:
     
  (a) all appointments of Officers and committees made by the Board and of any such Officer’s remuneration; and
     
  (b) the names of Directors present at every meeting of the Directors, a committee of the Board, the Company or the holders of any class of shares or debentures, and all orders, resolutions and proceedings of such meetings.
     
20.2 Any such minutes, if purporting to be signed by the chairman of the meeting at which the proceedings were held or by the chairman of the next succeeding meeting or the Secretary, shall be prima facie evidence of the matters stated in them.
   
21 Accounts and audit
   
21.1 The Directors must ensure that proper accounting and other records are kept, and that accounts and associated reports are distributed in accordance with the requirements of the Act.
   
21.2 The books of account shall be kept at the registered office of the Company and shall always be open to inspection by the Directors. No Member (other than a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by the Act or as authorised by the Directors or by Ordinary Resolution.
     
21.3 Unless the Directors otherwise prescribe, the financial year of the Company shall end on 31 March in each year and begin on 1 April in each year.

 

44

 

 

Auditors
   
21.4 The Directors may appoint an Auditor of the Company who shall hold office on such terms as the Directors determine.
   
21.5 At any general meeting convened and held at any time in accordance with these Articles, the Members may, by Ordinary Resolution, remove the Auditor before the expiration of his term of office. If they do so, the Members shall, by Ordinary Resolution, at that meeting appoint another Auditor in his stead for the remainder of his term.
   
21.6 The Auditors shall examine such books, accounts and vouchers; as may be necessary for the performance of their duties.
   
21.7 The Auditors shall, if so requested by the Directors, make a report on the accounts of the Company during their tenure of office at the next annual general meeting following their appointment, and at any time during their term of office, upon request of the Directors or any general meeting of the Company.
   
22 Record dates
   
22.1 Except to the extent of any conflicting rights attached to Shares, the resolution declaring a dividend on Shares of any class, whether it be an Ordinary Resolution of the Members or a Director’s resolution, may specify that the dividend is payable or distributable to the persons registered as the holders of those Shares at the close of business on a particular date, notwithstanding that the date may be a date prior to that on which the resolution is passed.
   
22.2 If the resolution does so specify, the dividend shall be payable or distributable to the persons registered as the holders of those Shares at the close of business on the specified date in accordance with their respective holdings so registered, but without prejudice to the rights inter se in respect of the dividend of transferors and transferees of any of those Shares.
   
22.3 The provisions of this Article apply, mutatis mutandis, to bonuses, capitalisation issues, distributions of realised capital profits or offers or grants made by the Company to the Members.

 

45

 

 

23 Dividends
   
Source of dividends
     
23.1 Dividends may be declared and paid out of any funds of the Company lawfully available for distribution.
   
23.2 Subject to the requirements of the Act regarding the application of a company’s Share premium account and with the sanction of an Ordinary Resolution, dividends may also be declared and paid out of any share premium account.
   
Declaration of dividends by Members
   
23.3 Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company may by Ordinary Resolution declare dividends in accordance with the respective rights of the Members but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Directors.
     
Payment of interim dividends and declaration of final dividends by Directors
     
23.4 The Directors may declare and pay interim dividends or recommend final dividends in accordance with the respective rights of the Members if it appears to them that they are justified by the financial position of the Company and that such dividends may lawfully be paid.
   
23.5 Subject to the provisions of the Act, in relation to the distinction between interim dividends and final dividends, the following applies:
     
  (a) Upon determination to pay a dividend or dividends described as interim by the Directors in the dividend resolution, no debt shall be created by the declaration until such time as payment is made.
     
  (b) Upon declaration of a dividend or dividends described as final by the Directors in the dividend resolution, a debt shall be created immediately following the declaration, the due date to be the date the dividend is stated to be payable in the resolution.
     
  If the resolution fails to specify whether a dividend is final or interim, it shall be assumed to be interim.
   
23.6 In relation to Shares carrying differing rights to dividends or rights to dividends at a fixed rate, the following applies:
     
  (a) If the share capital is divided into different classes, the Directors may pay dividends on Shares which confer deferred or non-preferred rights with regard to dividends as well as on Shares which confer preferential rights with regard to dividends but no dividend shall be paid on Shares carrying deferred or non-preferred rights if, at the time of payment, any preferential dividend is in arrears.
     
  (b) The Directors may also pay, at intervals settled by them, any dividend payable at a fixed rate if it appears to them that there are sufficient funds of the Company lawfully available for distribution to justify the payment.

 

46

 

 

  (c) If the Directors act in good faith, they shall not incur any liability to the Members holding Shares conferring preferred rights for any loss those Members may suffer by the lawful payment of the dividend on any Shares having deferred or non-preferred rights.
     
Apportionment of dividends
     
23.7 Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to Shares all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts Paid Up on the Shares on which the dividend is paid. All dividends shall be apportioned and paid proportionately to the amount Paid Up on the Shares during the time or part of the time in respect of which the dividend is paid. But if a Share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for dividend as from a particular date, that Share shall rank for dividend accordingly.
     
Right of set off
     
23.8 The Directors may deduct from a dividend or any other amount payable to a person in respect of a Share any amount due by that person to the Company on a call or otherwise in relation to a Share.
     
Power to pay other than in cash
     
23.9 If the Directors so determine, any resolution declaring a dividend may direct that it shall be satisfied wholly or partly by the distribution of assets. If a difficulty arises in relation to the distribution, the Directors may settle that difficulty in any way they consider appropriate. For example, they may do any one or more of the following:
     
  (a) issue fractional Shares;
     
  (b) fix the value of assets for distribution and make cash payments to some Members on the footing of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of Members; and
     
  (c) vest some assets in trustees.
     
How payments may be made
     
23.10 A dividend or other monies payable on or in respect of a Share may be paid in any of the following ways:
     
  (a) if the Member holding that Share or other person entitled to that Share nominates a bank account for that purpose - by wire transfer to that bank account; or
     
  (b) by cheque or warrant sent by post to the registered address of the Member holding that Share or other person entitled to that Share.

 

47

 

 

23.11 For the purposes of Article 23.10(a), the nomination may be in writing or in an Electronic Record and the bank account nominated may be the bank account of another person. For the purposes of Article 23.10(b), subject to any applicable law or regulation, the cheque or warrant shall be made to the order of the Member holding that Share or other person entitled to the Share or to his nominee, whether nominated in writing or in an Electronic Record, and payment of the cheque or warrant shall be a good discharge to the Company.
   
23.12 If two or more persons are registered as the holders of the Share or are jointly entitled to it by reason of the death or bankruptcy of the registered holder (Joint Holders), a dividend (or other amount) payable on or in respect of that Share may be paid as follows:
     
  (a) to the registered address of the Joint Holder of the Share who is named first on the register of Members or to the registered address of the deceased or bankrupt holder, as the case may be; or
     
  (b) to the address or bank account of another person nominated by the Joint Holders, whether that nomination is in writing or in an Electronic Record.
     
23.13 Any Joint Holder of a Share may give a valid receipt for a dividend (or other amount) payable in respect of that Share.
     
Dividends or other monies not to bear interest in absence of special rights
     
23.14 Unless provided for by the rights attached to a Share, no dividend or other monies payable by the Company in respect of a Share shall bear interest.
     
Dividends unable to be paid or unclaimed
     
23.15 If a dividend cannot be paid to a Member or remains unclaimed within six weeks after it was declared or both, the Directors may pay it into a separate account in the Company’s name. If a dividend is paid into a separate account, the Company shall not be constituted trustee in respect of that account and the dividend shall remain a debt due to the Member.
   
23.16 A dividend that remains unclaimed for a period of six years after it became due for payment shall be forfeited to, and shall cease to remain owing by, the Company.
     
24 Capitalisation of profits
     
Capitalisation of profits or of any share premium account or capital redemption reserve;
     
24.1 The Directors may resolve to capitalise:
     
  (a) any part of the Company’s profits not required for paying any preferential dividend (whether or not those profits are available for distribution); or
     
  (b) any sum standing to the credit of the Company’s share premium account or capital redemption reserve, if any.

 

48

 

 

24.2 The amount resolved to be capitalised must be appropriated to the Members who would have been entitled to it had it been distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions. The benefit to each Member so entitled must be given in either or both of the following ways::
     
  (a) by paying up the amounts unpaid on that Member’s Shares;
     
  (b) by issuing Fully Paid Up Shares, debentures or other securities of the Company to that Member or as that Member directs. The Directors may resolve that any Shares issued to the Member in respect of Partly Paid Up Shares (Original Shares) rank for dividend only to the extent that the Original Shares rank for dividend while those Original Shares remain Partly Paid Up.
     
Applying an amount for the benefit of Members
     
24.3 The amount capitalised must be applied to the benefit of Members in the proportions to which the Members would have been entitled to dividends if the amount capitalised had been distributed as a dividend.
   
24.4 Subject to the Act, if a fraction of a Share, a debenture or other security is allocated to a Member, the Directors may issue a fractional certificate to that Member or pay him the cash equivalent of the fraction.
     
25 Share Premium Account
     
Directors to maintain share premium account
     
25.1 The Directors shall establish a share premium account in accordance with the Act. They shall carry to the credit of that account from time to time an amount equal to the amount or value of the premium paid on the issue of any Share or capital contributed or such other amounts required by the Act.
     
Debits to share premium account
     
25.2 The following amounts shall be debited to any share premium account:
     
  (a) on the redemption or purchase of a Share, the difference between the nominal value of that Share and the redemption or purchase price; and
     
  (b) any other amount paid out of a share premium account as permitted by the Act.
     

 

49

 

 

25.3 Notwithstanding the preceding Article, on the redemption or purchase of a Share, the Directors may pay the difference between the nominal value of that Share and the redemption purchase price out of the profits of the Company or, as permitted by the Act, out of capital.
     
26 Seal  
     
Company seal
     
26.1 The Company may have a seal if the Directors so determine.
   
Duplicate seal
     
26.2 Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company may also have a duplicate seal or seals for use in any place or places outside the Cayman Islands. Each duplicate seal shall be a facsimile of the original seal of the Company. However, if the Directors so determine, a duplicate seal shall have added on its face the name of the place where it is to be used.
     
When and how seal is to be used
     
26.3 A seal may only be used by the authority of the Directors. Unless the Directors otherwise determine, a document to which a seal is affixed must be signed in one of the following ways:
     
  (a) by a Director (or his alternate) and the Secretary; or
     
  (b) by a single Director (or his alternate).
     
If no seal is adopted or used
     
26.4 If the Directors do not adopt a seal, or a seal is not used, a document may be executed in the following manner:
     
  (a) by a Director (or his alternate) and the Secretary; or
     
  (b) by a single Director (or his alternate); or
     
  (c) in any other manner permitted by the Act.
     
Power to allow non-manual signatures and facsimile printing of seal
     
26.5 The Directors may determine that either or both of the following applies:
     
  (a) that the seal or a duplicate seal need not be affixed manually but may be affixed by some other method or system of reproduction;

 

50

 

 

  (b) that a signature required by these Articles need not be manual but may be a mechanical or Electronic Signature.
     
Validity of execution
     
26.6 If a document is duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Company, it shall not be regarded as invalid merely because, at the date of the delivery, the Secretary, or the Director, or other Officer or person who signed the document or affixed the seal for and on behalf of the Company ceased to be the Secretary or hold that office and authority on behalf of the Company.
   
27 Indemnity
   
27.1 To the extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify each existing or former Director (including alternate Director), Secretary and other Officer of the Company (including an investment adviser or an administrator or liquidator) and their personal representatives against:
     
  (a) all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by the existing or former Director (including alternate Director), Secretary or Officer in or about the conduct of the Company’s business or affairs or in the execution or discharge of the existing or former Director’s (including alternate Director’s), Secretary’s or Officer’s duties, powers, authorities or discretions; and
     
  (b) without limitation to paragraph (a), all costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by the existing or former Director (including alternate Director), Secretary or Officer in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative proceedings (whether threatened, pending or completed) concerning the Company or its affairs in any court or tribunal, whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.
     
  No such existing or former Director (including alternate Director), Secretary or Officer, however, shall be indemnified in respect of any matter arising out of his own fraud, dishonesty or wilful default.
   
27.2 To the extent permitted by Act, the Company may make a payment, or agree to make a payment, whether by way of advance, loan or otherwise, for any legal costs incurred by an existing or former Director (including alternate Director), Secretary or Officer of the Company in respect of any matter identified in Article 27.1 on condition that the Director (including alternate Director), Secretary or Officer must repay the amount paid by the Company to the extent that it is ultimately found not liable to indemnify the Director (including alternate Director), Secretary or that Officer for those legal costs.

 

51

 

 

Release
       
27.3 To the extent permitted by Act, the Company may by Special Resolution release any existing or former Director (including alternate Director), Secretary or other Officer of the Company from liability for any loss or damage or right to compensation which may arise out of or in connection with the execution or discharge of the duties, powers, authorities or discretions of his office; but there may be no release from liability arising out of or in connection with that person’s own dishonesty.
       
Insurance
       
27.4 To the extent permitted by Act, the Company may pay, or agree to pay, a premium in respect of a contract insuring each of the following persons against risks determined by the Directors, other than liability arising out of that person’s own dishonesty:
       
  (a) an existing or former Director (including alternate Director), Secretary or Officer or auditor of:
       
    (i) the Company;
       
    (ii) a company which is or was a subsidiary of the Company;
       
    (iii) a company in which the Company has or had an interest (whether direct or indirect); and
       

 

  (b)   a trustee of an employee or retirement benefits scheme or other trust in which any of the persons referred to in paragraph (a) is or was interested.
28 Notices
       
Form of notices
       
28.1 Save where these Articles provide otherwise, and subject to the Designated Stock Exchange Rules (to the extent applicable), any notice to be given to or by any person pursuant to these Articles shall be:
       
  (a) in writing signed by or on behalf of the giver in the manner set out below for written notices; or
     
  (b) subject to the next Article, in an Electronic Record signed by or on behalf of the giver by Electronic Signature and authenticated in accordance with Articles about authentication of Electronic Records; or
     
  (c) where these Articles expressly permit, by the Company by means of a website.

 

52

 

 

Electronic communications
   
28.2 A notice may only be given to the Company in an Electronic Record if:
   
  (a) the Directors so resolve;
     
  (b) the resolution states how an Electronic Record may be given and, if applicable, specifies an email address for the Company; and
     
  (c) the terms of that resolution are notified to the Members for the time being and, if applicable, to those Directors who were absent from the meeting at which the resolution was passed.
       
  If the resolution is revoked or varied, the revocation or variation shall only become effective when its terms have been similarly notified.
   
28.3 A notice may not be given by Electronic Record to a person other than the Company unless the recipient has notified the giver of an Electronic address to which notice may be sent.
   
28.4 Subject to the Act, (to the extent applicable) the Designated Stock Exchange Rules and to any other rules which the Company is bound to follow, the Company may also send any notice or other document pursuant to these Articles to a Member by publishing that notice or other document on a website where:

 

  (a) the Company and the Member have agreed to his having access to the notice or document on a website (instead of it being sent to him);
     
  (b) the notice or document is one to which that agreement applies;
     
  (c) the Member is notified (in accordance with any requirements laid down by the Act and, in a manner for the time being agreed between him and the Company for the purpose) of:
         
      (i) the publication of the notice or document on a website;
         
      (ii) the address of that website; and
         
      (iii) the place on that website where the notice or document may be accessed, and how it may be accessed; and
         
  (d) the notice or document is published on that website throughout the publication period, provided that, if the notice or document is published on that website for a part, but not all of, the publication period, the notice or document shall be treated as being published throughout that period if the failure to publish that notice of document throughout that period is wholly attributable to circumstances which it would not be reasonable to have expected the Company to prevent or avoid. For the purposes of this Article 28.4 “publication period” means a period of not less than twenty-one days, beginning on the day on which the notification referred to in Article 28.4(c) is deemed sent.

 

53

 

 

Persons entitled to notices
   
28.5 For so long as the Shares are listed on a Designated Stock Exchange, any notice or other document to be given to a Member may be given by reference to the register of Members as it stands at any time within the period of twenty-one days before the day that the notice is given or (where and as applicable) within any other period permitted by, or in accordance with the requirements of, (to the extent applicable) the Designated Stock Exchange Rules and/or the Designated Stock Exchanges. No change in the register of Members after that time shall invalidate the giving of such notice or document or require the Company to give such item to any other person.
   
Persons authorised to give notices
   
28.6 A notice by either the Company or a Member pursuant to these Articles may be given on behalf of the Company or a Member by a Director or company secretary of the Company or a Member.
   
Delivery of written notices
   
28.7 Save where these Articles provide otherwise, a notice in writing may be given personally to the recipient, or left at (as appropriate) the Member’s or Director’s registered address or the Company’s registered office, or posted to that registered address or registered office.
   
Joint holders
   
28.8 Where Members are joint holders of a Share, all notices shall be given to the Member whose name first appears in the register of Members.
   
Signatures
   
28.9 A written notice shall be signed when it is autographed by or on behalf of the giver, or is marked in such a way as to indicate its execution or adoption by the giver.
   
28.10 An Electronic Record may be signed by an Electronic Signature.

 

54

 

 

Evidence of transmission
   
28.11 A notice given by Electronic Record shall be deemed sent if an Electronic Record is kept demonstrating the time, date and content of the transmission, and if no notification of failure to transmit is received by the giver.
   
28.12 A notice given in writing shall be deemed sent if the giver can provide proof that the envelope containing the notice was properly addressed, pre-paid and posted, or that the written notice was otherwise properly transmitted to the recipient.
   
28.13 A Member present, either in person or by proxy, at any meeting of the Company or of the holders of any class of Shares shall be deemed to have received due notice of the meeting and, where requisite, of the purposes for which it was called.
   
Giving notice to a deceased or bankrupt Member
   
28.14 A notice may be given by the Company to the persons entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member by sending or delivering it, in any manner authorised by these Articles for the giving of notice to a Member, addressed to them by name, or by the title of representatives of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt or by any like description, at the address, if any, supplied for that purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled.
   
28.15 Until such an address has been supplied, a notice may be given in any manner in which it might have been given if the death or bankruptcy had not occurred.

 

Date of giving notices

 

28.16A notice is given on the date identified in the following table

 

Method for giving notices   When taken to be given
(A) Personally   At the time and date of delivery
(B) By leaving it at the Member’s registered address   At the time and date it was left
(C) By posting it by prepaid post to the street or postal address of that recipient   48 hours after the date it was posted
(D) By Electronic Record (other than publication on a website), to recipient’s Electronic address   48 hours after the date it was sent
(E) By publication on a website   24 hours after the date on which the Member is deemed to have been notified of the publication of the notice or document on the website

 

55

 

 

Saving provision
 
28.17 None of the preceding notice provisions shall derogate from the Articles about the delivery of written resolutions of Directors and written resolutions of Members.
     
29 Authentication of Electronic Records
     
Application of Articles
     
29.1 Without limitation to any other provision of these Articles, any notice, written resolution or other document under these Articles that is sent by Electronic means by a Member, or by the Secretary, or by a Director or other Officer of the Company, shall be deemed to be authentic if either Article 29.2 or Article 29.4 applies.
     
Authentication of documents sent by Members by Electronic means
     
29.2 An Electronic Record of a notice, written resolution or other document sent by Electronic means by or on behalf of one or more Members shall be deemed to be authentic if the following conditions are satisfied:
     
  (a) the Member or each Member, as the case may be, signed the original document, and for this purpose Original Document includes several documents in like form signed by one or more of those Members; and
     
  (b) the Electronic Record of the Original Document was sent by Electronic means by, or at the direction of, that Member to an address specified in accordance with these Articles for the purpose for which it was sent; and
     
  (c) Article 29.7 does not apply.
     
29.3 For example, where a sole Member signs a resolution and sends the Electronic Record of the original resolution, or causes it to be sent, by facsimile transmission to the address in these Articles specified for that purpose, the facsimile copy shall be deemed to be the written resolution of that Member unless Article 28.7 applies.
     
Authentication of document sent by the Secretary or Officers of the Company by Electronic means
     
29.4 An Electronic Record of a notice, written resolution or other document sent by or on behalf of the Secretary or an Officer or Officers of the Company shall be deemed to be authentic if the following conditions are satisfied:
     
  (a) the Secretary or the Officer or each Officer, as the case may be, signed the original document, and for this purpose Original Document includes several documents in like form signed by the Secretary or one or more of those Officers; and

 

56

 

 

  (b) the Electronic Record of the Original Document was sent by Electronic means by, or at the direction of, the Secretary or that Officer to an address specified in accordance with these Articles for the purpose for which it was sent; and
     
  (c) Article 29.7 does not apply.
     
This Article 29.4 applies whether the document is sent by or on behalf of the Secretary or Officer in his own right or as a representative of the Company.
     
29.5 For example, where a sole Director signs a resolution and scans the resolution, or causes it to be scanned, as a PDF version which is attached to an email sent to the address in these Articles specified for that purpose, the PDF version shall be deemed to be the written resolution of that Director unless Article 29.7 applies.
   
Manner of signing
   
29.6 For the purposes of these Articles about the authentication of Electronic Records, a document will be taken to be signed if it is signed manually or in any other manner permitted by these Articles.
   
Saving provision
   
29.7 A notice, written resolution or other document under these Articles will not be deemed to be authentic if the recipient, acting reasonably:
     
  (a) believes that the signature of the signatory has been altered after the signatory had signed the original document; or
     
  (b) believes that the original document, or the Electronic Record of it, was altered, without the approval of the signatory, after the signatory signed the original document; or
     
  (c) otherwise doubts the authenticity of the Electronic Record of the document
     
  and the recipient promptly gives notice to the sender setting the grounds of its objection. If the recipient invokes this Article, the sender may seek to establish the authenticity of the Electronic Record in any way the sender thinks fit.

 

57

 

 

30 Transfer by way of continuation
   
30.1 The Company may, by Special Resolution, resolve to be registered by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside:
     
  (a) the Cayman Islands; or
     
  (b) such other jurisdiction in which it is, for the time being, incorporated, registered or existing.
     
30.2 To give effect to any resolution made pursuant to the preceding Article, the Directors may cause the following:
     
  (a) an application be made to the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands to deregister the Company in the Cayman Islands or in the other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being incorporated, registered or existing; and
     
  (b) all such further steps as they consider appropriate to be taken to effect the transfer by way of continuation of the Company.
     
31 Winding up
     
Distribution of assets in specie
     
31.1 If the Company is wound up the Members may, subject to these Articles and any other sanction required by the Act, pass a Special Resolution allowing the liquidator to do either or both of the following:
     
  (a) to divide in specie among the Members the whole or any part of the assets of the Company and, for that purpose, to value any assets and to determine how the division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members; and/or
     
  (b) to vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees for the benefit of Members and those liable to contribute to the winding up.
     
No obligation to accept liability
     
31.2 No Member shall be compelled to accept any assets if an obligation attaches to them.
   
31.3 The Directors are authorised to present a winding up petition
   
31.4 The Directors have the authority to present a petition for the winding up of the Company to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands on behalf of the Company without the sanction of a resolution passed at a general meeting.
   
32 Amendment of Memorandum and Articles
   
Power to change name or amend Memorandum
     
32.1 Subject to the Act, the Company may, by Special Resolution:
   
  (a) change its name; or
     
  (b) change the provisions of its Memorandum with respect to its objects, powers or any other matter specified in the Memorandum.
     
Power to amend these Articles
     
32.2 Subject to the Act and as provided in these Articles, the Company may, by Special Resolution, amend these Articles in whole or in part.

 

58

 

 

Exhibit 4.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.2

 

Form of Representative’s Warrant to Purchase Ordinary Shares

 

THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THIS REPRESENTATIVE’S WARRANT BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT SELL, TRANSFER OR ASSIGN THIS REPRESENTATIVE’S WARRANT EXCEPT AS HEREIN PROVIDED AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THIS REPRESENTATIVE’S WARRANT AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT SELL, TRANSFER, ASSIGN, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATE THIS REPRESENTATIVE’S WARRANT OR CAUSE IT TO BE THE SUBJECT OF ANY HEDGING, SHORT SALE, DERIVATIVE, PUT, OR CALL TRANSACTION THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE EFFECTIVE ECONOMIC DISPOSITION OF THIS REPRESENTATIVE’S WARRANT BY ANY PERSON FOR A PERIOD OF ONE HUNDRED EIGHTY (180) DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE (DEFINED BELOW) TO ANYONE OTHER THAN (I) VIEWTRADE SECURITIES, INC. OR AN UNDERWRITER OR A SELECTED DEALER IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING, OR (II) A BONA FIDE OFFICER OR PARTNER, ASSOCIATED PERSON OR AFFILIATE OF VIEWTRADE SECURITIES, INC. OR OF ANY SUCH UNDERWRITER OR SELECTED DEALER AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH FINRA RULE 5110(E)(2).

 

THIS WARRANT IS VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M., EASTERN TIME, [●].1

 

REPRESENTATIVE’S WARRANT

 

For the Purchase of [●] Ordinary Shares

of

J-STAR HOLDING CO., LTD.

 

1. Representative’s Warrant. THIS CERTIFIES THAT, pursuant to that certain Underwriting Agreement, dated [●] (the “Underwriting Agreement”), by and between J-STAR HOLDING CO., LTD. (the “Company”), and ViewTrade Securities, Inc., as representative of the underwriters named on Annex A thereto, providing for the initial public offering (the “Offering”) of ordinary share, par value US$0.50 per share, of the Company (the “Ordinary Shares”), ViewTrade Securities, Inc. or its assigns (“Holder”), as registered owner of this Purchase Warrant, is entitled, at any time or from time to time on or after [●] (the “Commencement Date”)2, and at or before 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, [●]3 (the “Expiration Date”), but not thereafter, to subscribe for, purchase and receive, in whole or in part, up to [●]4 Ordinary Share (the “Shares”), subject to adjustment as provided in Section 6 hereof. If the Expiration Date is a day on which banking institutions are authorized by law or executive order to close, then this Representative’s Warrant may be exercised on the next succeeding day which is not such a day in accordance with the terms herein. During the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the Expiration Date, the Company agrees not to take any action that would terminate this Representative’s Warrant. This Representative’s Warrant is initially exercisable at $[●] per Share5; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 6 hereof, the rights granted by this Representative’s Warrant, including the exercise price per Share and the number of Shares to be received upon such exercise, shall be adjusted as therein specified. This Representative’s Warrant is being issued pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement providing for the Offering. The term “Effective Date” shall mean the effective date of the registration statement in connection with the Offering. The term “Exercise Price” shall mean the initial exercise price or the adjusted exercise price, depending on the context.

 

1 Date that is five years from the Effective Date.

2 Six months from Effective Date.

3 Date that is five years from the Effective Date.

4 [       ]% of the Shares sold in the Offering.

5 [       ]% of the price of the Shares sold in the Offering.

 

 

 

 

2. Exercise.

 

2.1 Exercise Form. In order to exercise this Representative’s Warrant, the exercise form attached hereto must be duly executed and completed and delivered to the Company, together with this Representative’s Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price for the Shares being purchased payable in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Company or by certified check or official bank check to the order of the Company. If the subscription rights represented hereby shall not be exercised at or before 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the Expiration Date, this Representative’s Warrant shall become and be void without further force or effect, and all rights represented hereby shall cease and expire.

 

2.2 Cashless Exercise. At any time after the Commencement Date, in lieu of exercising this Representative’s Warrant by payment of cash or check payable to the order of the Company pursuant to Section 2.1 above, Holder may elect to receive the number of Shares equal to the value of this Representative’s Warrant (or the portion thereof being exercised) by surrender of this Representative’s Warrant to the Company, together with the exercise form attached hereto, in which event the Company shall issue to Holder Shares in accordance with the following formula:

 

Y(A-B)

X = A

 

Where,

 

X = The number of Shares to be issued to Holder;

Y = The number of Shares that would be issuable upon exercise of this Representative’s Warrant if such exercise were by means of a cash exercise pursuant to Section 2.1 rather than a cashless exercise pursuant to this Section 2.2;

A = The fair market value of one Share, as determined in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2; and

B = The Exercise Price in effect under this Representative’s Warrant at the time the election to exercise this Representative’s Warrant on a cashless basis is made pursuant to this Section 2.

 

For purposes of this Section 2.2, the fair market value of a Share is defined as follows:

 

(i) if the Ordinary Shares are traded on a national securities exchange, the fair market value shall be deemed to be the closing sales price on such exchange on the Trading Day immediately prior to the date the exercise form is submitted to the Company in connection with the exercise of this Representative’s Warrant; or

 

(ii) if the Ordinary Shares are traded over-the-counter (i.e., on the OTCQB or OTCQX Markets operated by OTC Markets Group, Inc., or any similar over-the-counter market), the fair market value shall be deemed to be the closing bid price on the Trading Day immediately prior to the date the exercise form is submitted to the Company in connection with the exercise of this Representative’s Warrant; or

 

(iii) if there is no active public market for the Ordinary Shares, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

“Trading Day” means a date on which the Ordinary Shares are traded on the NYSE, the Nasdaq Capital Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the New York Stock Exchange or the OTC Bulletin Board (or any successors to any of the foregoing).

 

For the avoidance of doubt, if there is no effective registration statement registering, or no current prospectus available for, the resale of the Shares underlying this Representative’s Warrant by the Holder, then this Representative’s Warrant may be exercised, in whole or in part, at such time by means of a cashless exercise in accordance with the provisions of this Representative’s Warrant.

 

 

 

 

2.3 Mechanics of Exercise.

 

(i) Delivery of Shares Upon Exercise. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shares purchased hereunder to be transmitted by the Transfer Agent to the Holder by crediting the account of the Holder’s prime broker with The Depository Trust Company through its Deposit or Withdrawal at Custodian system (“DWAC”) if the Company is then a participant in such system and either (A) there is an effective registration statement permitting the issuance of the Shares or resale of the Shares or (B) this Representative’s Warrant is being exercised via cashless exercise, and otherwise by delivery to the address specified by the Holder in the Notice of Exercise by the date that is two Trading Days after the latest of (A) the delivery to the Company of the Notice of Exercise, (B) surrender of this Representative’s Warrant (if required) and (C) receipt by the Company of the aggregate Exercise Price as set forth above (including by cashless exercise, if permitted) (such date, the “Share Delivery Date”). The Shares shall be deemed to have been issued, and the Holder or any other person so designated to be named therein shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of such Shares for all purposes, as of the date the Representative’s Warrant has been exercised and payment to the Company of the aggregate Exercise Price (or by cashless exercise, if permitted) has been received by the Company and all taxes required to be paid by the Holder, if any, pursuant to Section 2.3(vi) prior to the issuance of such Shares have been paid.

 

(ii) Delivery of New Warrants Upon Exercise. If this Representative’s Warrant shall have been exercised in part, the Company shall, at the written request of the Holder and upon surrender of this Representative’s Warrant, at the time of delivery of the Shares, deliver to the Holder a new Representative’s Warrant evidencing the rights of the Holder to purchase the unpurchased Shares called for by this Representative’s Warrant, which new Representative’s Warrant shall in all other respects be identical with this Representative’s Warrant.

 

(iii) Rescission Rights. If the Company fails to cause its transfer agent to transmit to the Holder the Shares pursuant to Section 2.3(i) by the Share Delivery Date, unless such failure was not caused by the fault or negligence of the Company, then the Holder will have the right to rescind such exercise upon written notice to the Company within one Trading Day after the Share Delivery Date.

 

(iv) Compensation for Buy-In on Failure to Timely Deliver Shares Upon Exercise. In addition to any other rights available to the Holder, if the Holder has taken all actions necessary under the terms of this Representative’s Warrant for such Holder to receive the Shares, if the Company fails to cause the Transfer Agent to transmit to the Holder the Shares pursuant to an exercise on or before the Share Delivery Date, unless such failure was not caused by the fault or negligence of the Company, and if after such date the Holder is required by its broker to purchase (in an open market transaction or otherwise) or the Holder’s brokerage firm otherwise purchases, Ordinary Shares to deliver in satisfaction of a sale by the Holder of the which the Holder anticipated receiving upon such exercise (a “Buy-In”), then the Company shall (A) pay in cash to the Holder the amount, if any, by which (x) the Holder’s total purchase price (including brokerage commissions and any other applicable fees, if any) for the Ordinary Shares so purchased exceeds (y) the amount obtained by multiplying (1) the number of Shares that the Company was required to deliver to the Holder in connection with the exercise at issue times (2) the price at which the sell order giving rise to such purchase obligation was executed, and (B) at the option of the Holder, either reinstate the portion of the Representative’s Warrant and equivalent number of Shares for which such exercise was not honored (in which case such exercise shall be deemed rescinded) or deliver to the Holder the number of Ordinary Shares that would have been issued had the Company timely complied with its exercise and delivery obligations hereunder. For example, if the Holder purchases Ordinary Shares having a total purchase price of $11,000 to cover a Buy-In with respect to an attempted exercise of Shares with an aggregate sale price giving rise to such purchase obligation of $10,000, under clause (A) of the immediately preceding sentence the Company shall be required to pay the Holder $1,000. The Holder shall provide the Company written notice indicating the amounts payable to the Holder in respect of the Buy-In and, upon request of the Company, evidence of the amount of such loss. Nothing herein shall limit a Holder’s right to pursue any other remedies available to it hereunder, at law or in equity including, without limitation, a decree of specific performance and/or injunctive relief with respect to the Company’s failure to timely deliver Ordinary Shares upon exercise of the Representative’s Warrant as required pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

(v) No Fractional Shares or Scrip. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Representative’s Warrant. As to any fraction of a share which the Holder would otherwise be entitled to purchase upon such exercise, the Company shall, at its election, either pay a cash adjustment in respect of such final fraction in an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the Exercise Price or round up to the next whole share.

 

 

 

 

(vi) Charges, Taxes and Expenses. Issuance of Shares shall be made without charge to the Holder for any issue or transfer tax or other incidental expense in respect of the issuance of such Shares, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Company, and such Shares shall be issued in the name of the Holder or in such name or names as may be directed by the Holder; provided, however, that, in the event Shares are to be issued in a name other than the name of the Holder, this Representative’s Warrant when surrendered for exercise shall be accompanied by the Assignment Form attached hereto duly executed by the Holder and the Company may require, as a condition thereto, the payment of a sum sufficient to reimburse it for any transfer tax incidental thereto. The Company shall pay all transfer agent fees required for same-day processing of any Notice of Exercise.

 

3. Transfer - General Restrictions. The Holder agrees by his, her or its acceptance hereof, that such Holder will not: (a) sell, transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate this Representative’s Warrant for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the Effective Date to anyone other than: (i) ViewTrade Securities, Inc. or another underwriter or a selected dealer participating in the Offering, or (ii) a bona fide officer or partner of ViewTrade Securities, Inc. or of any such underwriter or selected dealer, in each case in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1), or (b) cause this Representative’s Warrant or the securities issuable hereunder to be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of this Representative’s Warrant or the securities hereunder, except as provided for in FINRA Rule 5110(e)(2). One hundred eighty (180) days after the Effective Date, transfers to others may be made subject to compliance with or exemptions from applicable securities laws. In order to make any permitted assignment, the Holder must deliver to the Company the assignment form attached hereto duly executed and completed, together with this Representative’s Warrant and payment of all transfer taxes, if any, payable in connection therewith. The Company shall within five (5) business days transfer this Representative’s Warrant on the books of the Company and shall execute and deliver a new Representative’s Warrant or Representative’s Warrants of like tenor to the appropriate assignee(s) expressly evidencing the right to purchase the aggregate number of Shares purchasable hereunder or such portion of such number as shall be contemplated by any such assignment. The Company shall register this Representative’s Warrant, upon records to be maintained by the Company for that purpose (the “Warrant Register”), in the name of the record Holder hereof from time to time. The Company may deem and treat the registered Holder of this Representative’s Warrant as the absolute owner hereof for the purpose of any exercise hereof or any distribution to the Holder, and for all other purposes, absent actual notice to the contrary.

 

4. Registration. The Company shall be required to keep a registration statement effective on Form F-1 (or Form F-3, if the Company is eligible to use such form) until such date that is the earlier of the date when all of the Shares underlying this Representative’s Warrant have been publicly sold by the Holder or such time as Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, is available for the sale of all of such Holder’s Shares underlying this Representative’s Warrant without limitation during a three-month period without registration.

 

5. New Representative’s Warrants to be Issued.

 

5.1 Partial Exercise or Transfer. Subject to the restrictions in Section 3 hereof, this Representative’s Warrant may be exercised or assigned in whole or in part. In the event of the exercise or assignment hereof in part only, upon surrender of this Representative’s Warrant for cancellation, together with the duly executed exercise or assignment form and funds sufficient to pay any Exercise Price and/or transfer tax if exercised pursuant to Section 2 hereto, the Company shall cause to be delivered to the Holder without charge a new Representative’s Warrant of like tenor to this Representative’s Warrant in the name of the Holder evidencing the right of the Holder to purchase the number of Shares purchasable hereunder as to which this Representative’s Warrant has not been exercised or assigned.

 

5.2 Replacement on Loss. Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Representative’s Warrant, the Company, at its own expense, shall execute and deliver a new Representative’s Warrant of like tenor and date. Any such new Representative’s Warrant executed and delivered as a result of such loss, theft, mutilation or destruction shall constitute a substitute contractual obligation on the part of the Company.

 

 

 

 

6. Adjustments.

 

6.1 Adjustments to Exercise Price and Number of Shares. The Exercise Price and the number of Shares underlying this Representative’s Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as hereinafter set forth:

 

6.1.1 Share Dividends; Split Ups. If, after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 6.3 below, the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares is increased by a stock dividend payable in Ordinary Shares or by a split up of Ordinary Shares, spin off, reclassification, corporate rearrangement, scheme of arrangement or other similar transaction, then, on the effective day thereof, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be increased in proportion to such increase in outstanding Ordinary Shares, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased. Any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 6.1.1 shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution and shall become effective immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination or re-classification.

 

6.1.2 Subsequent Rights Offerings. In addition to any adjustments pursuant to Section 6.1.1 above, if at any time during which this Representative’s Warrant is outstanding the Company grants, issues or sells any securities of the Company which by their terms are convertible into or exercisable for Ordinary Shares (“Ordinary Share Equivalents”) or other rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities or other property, pro rata to all of the record holders of the Ordinary Shares (the “Purchase Rights”), and not the Holder, then the Holder will be entitled to acquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the aggregate Purchase Rights which the Holder could have acquired if the Holder had held the number of Ordinary Shares acquirable upon complete exercise of this Representative’s Warrant immediately before the date on which a record is taken for the grant, issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of Ordinary Shares are to be determined for the grant, issue or sale of such Purchase Rights. The provisions of this Section 6.1.2 will not apply to any grant, issuance or sale of Ordinary Share Equivalents or other rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities or other property of the Company which is not made pro rata to all of the record holders of Ordinary Shares.

 

6.1.3 Aggregation of Shares. If, after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 6.3 below, the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares is decreased by a consolidation, combination or reclassification of Ordinary Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date thereof, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding Shares, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased.

 

6.1.4 Replacement of Shares upon Reorganization, etc. In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Ordinary Shares other than a change covered by Section 6.1.1, 6.1.2 or 6.1.3 hereof or that solely affects the par value of such Ordinary Shares, or in the case of any share reconstruction or amalgamation or merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or other entity (other than a consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation in which the Company is the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Ordinary Shares), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the property of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, or in the case any, direct or indirect, purchase offer, tender offer or exchange offer (whether by the Company or another person) is completed pursuant to which holders of Ordinary Shares are permitted to sell, tender or exchange their shares for other securities, cash or property and has been accepted by the holders of 50% or more of the outstanding Ordinary Shares, or in the case the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of the Ordinary Shares or any compulsory share exchange pursuant to which the Ordinary Shares are effectively converted into or exchanged for other securities, cash or property, or (in the case the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions consummates a stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off or scheme of arrangement) with another person or group of persons, whereby such other Person or group acquires more than 50% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (not including any Ordinary Shares held by the other Person or other Persons making or party to, or associated or affiliated with the other Persons making or party to, such stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination), then the Holder of this Representative’s Warrant shall have the right thereafter (until the expiration of the right of exercise of this Representative’s Warrant) to receive upon the exercise hereof, for the same aggregate Exercise Price payable hereunder immediately prior to such event, the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, share reconstruction or amalgamation, or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, by a Holder of the number of Shares of the Company obtainable upon exercise of this Representative’s Warrant immediately prior to such event; and if any reclassification also results in a change in Shares covered by Section 6.1.1, 6.1.2 or 6.1.3, then such adjustment shall be made pursuant to Sections 6.1.1, 6.1.2 or 6.1.3 and this Section 6.1.4. The provisions of this Section 6.1.4 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, reorganizations, share reconstructions or amalgamations, or consolidations, sales or other transfers.

 

 

 

 

6.1.5 Changes in Form of Representative’s Warrant. This form of Representative’s Warrant need not be changed because of any change pursuant to this Section 6.1, and any Representative’s Warrant issued after such change may state the same Exercise Price and the same number of Shares as are stated in the initial Representative’s Warrant. The acceptance by the Holder of the issuance of a new Representative’s Warrant reflecting a required or permissive change shall not be deemed to waive any rights to an adjustment occurring after the Commencement Date or the computation thereof.

 

6.2 Substitute Representative’s Warrant. In case of any consolidation of the Company with, or share reconstruction or amalgamation of the Company with or into, another corporation or other entity (other than a consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation which does not result in any reclassification or change of the outstanding Ordinary Shares), the corporation or other entity formed by such consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation shall execute and deliver to the Holder a supplemental Representative’s Warrant providing that the holder of each Representative’s Warrant then outstanding or to be outstanding shall have the right thereafter (until the stated expiration of such Representative’s Warrant) to receive, upon exercise of such Representative’s Warrant, the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation, by a holder of the number of Shares of the Company for which such Representative’s Warrant might have been exercised immediately prior to such consolidation, share reconstruction or amalgamation, sale or transfer. Such supplemental Representative’s Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be identical to the adjustments provided for in this Section 6. The above provision of this Section shall similarly apply to successive consolidations or share reconstructions or amalgamations.

 

6.3 Elimination of Fractional Interests. The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Shares upon the exercise of this Representative’s Warrant, nor shall it be required to issue scrip or pay cash in lieu of any fractional interests, it being the intent of the parties that all fractional interests shall be eliminated by rounding any fraction up or down, as the case may be, to the nearest whole number of Shares or other securities, properties or rights.

 

6.4 Notice to Holder.

 

6.4.1 Adjustment to Exercise Price. Whenever the Exercise Price is adjusted pursuant to any provision of this Section 6, the Company shall promptly provide the Holder with a notice setting forth the Exercise Price after such adjustment and any resulting adjustment to the number of Shares and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment.

 

6.4.2 Notice to Allow Exercise by Holder. If (A) the Company shall declare a dividend (or any other distribution in whatever form) on the Ordinary Shares, (B) the Company shall declare a special nonrecurring cash dividend on or a redemption of the Ordinary Shares, (C) the Company shall authorize the granting to all holders of the Ordinary Shares rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or of any rights, (D) the approval of any stockholders of the Company shall be required in connection with any reclassification of the Ordinary Shares, any consolidation or merger to which the Company is a party, any sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any compulsory share exchange whereby the Ordinary Shares are converted into other securities, cash or property, or (E) the Company shall authorize the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Company, then, in each case, the Company shall provide the Holder with, at least 10 days prior to the applicable record or effective date hereinafter specified, a notice stating (x) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution, redemption, rights or warrants, or if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of the Ordinary Shares of record to be entitled to such dividend, distributions, redemption, rights or warrants are to be determined or (y) the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange is expected to become effective or close, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of the Ordinary Shares of record shall be entitled to exchange their Ordinary Shares for securities, cash or other property deliverable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange; provided that the failure to provide such notice or any defect therein or in the provision thereof shall not affect the validity of the corporate action required to be specified in such notice. The Holder shall remain entitled to exercise this Representative’s Warrant during the period commencing on the date of such notice to the effective date of the event triggering such notice except as may otherwise be expressly set forth herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no notice need be given to the Holder if the Company makes a public announcement of the applicable event via nationally distributed press release or via a publicly available and legally compliant filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

 

 

 

7. Reservation and Listing; Registration Rights.

 

7.1 The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized Ordinary Shares, solely for the purpose of issuance upon exercise of this Representative’s Warrant, such number of Shares or other securities, properties or rights as shall be issuable upon the exercise thereof. The Company covenants and agrees that, upon exercise of this Representative’s Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price therefor, in accordance with the terms hereby, all Shares and other securities issuable upon such exercise shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to preemptive or similar rights of any stockholder and free and clear of all liens, taxes and charges. As long as this Representative’s Warrant shall be outstanding, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all Shares issuable upon exercise of this Representative’s Warrant to be listed (subject to official notice of issuance) on all national securities exchanges (or, if applicable, on the OTCQB or OTCQX Markets operated by OTC Markets Group, Inc., or any similar over-the-counter market) on which the Shares issued to the public in the Offering may then be listed and/or quoted.

 

7.2 To the extent the Company does not maintain an effective registration statement for the Shares and cashless exercise is unavailable to any Holder under Section 2.2 hereof pursuant to which all of the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Representative’s Warrant under Section 2.2 would be tradable upon exercise of this Representative’s Warrant upon issuance, and in the further event that the Company files a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission to register its Ordinary Shares (other than a registration statement on Form F-4 or S-8, or on another form, or in another context, in which such “piggyback” registration would be inappropriate (including, without limitation, a “universal shelf” registration statement or any prospectus supplement related thereto)), then, for the term of this Representative’s Warrant, the Company shall give written notice of such proposed filing to the Holder as soon as practicable but in no event less than 10 days before the anticipated filing date, which notice shall describe the amount and type of securities to be included in such offering, the intended method(s) of distribution, and the name of the proposed managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, of the offering, and offer to the Holder in such notice the opportunity to register the sale of such number of Shares as such Holder may request in writing within five days following receipt of such notice (a “Piggyback Registration”). The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shares to be included in such registration and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the managing underwriter or underwriters of a proposed underwritten offering to permit the Shares requested to be included in a Piggyback Registration on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Company and to permit the sale or other disposition of such Shares in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through a Piggyback Registration that involves an underwriter or underwriters shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such Piggyback Registration. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7.2, such right to request Piggyback Registration shall terminate on the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date, in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(D).

 

8. Certain Notice Requirements.

 

8.1 Holder’s Right to Receive Notice. Nothing herein shall be construed as conferring upon the Holder the right to vote or consent or to receive notice as a stockholder for the election of directors or any other matter, or as having any rights whatsoever as a stockholder of the Company. If, however, at any time prior to the expiration of this Representative’s Warrant and its exercise, any of the events described in Section 8.2 shall occur, then, in one or more of said events, the Company shall give written notice of such event at least five (5) days prior to the date fixed as a record date or the date of closing the transfer books (the “Notice Date”) for the determination of the stockholders entitled to such dividend, distribution, conversion or exchange of securities or subscription rights, or entitled to vote on such proposed dissolution, liquidation, winding up or sale. Such notice shall specify such record date or the date of the closing of the transfer books, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall deliver to each Holder a copy of each notice given to the other stockholders of the Company at the same time and in the same manner that such notice is given to the stockholders; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to provide any written notice under this Section 8 if it makes a public announcement of the applicable event via nationally distributed press release or via a publicly available and legally compliant filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

 

 

 

8.2 Events Requiring Notice. The Company shall be required to give the notice described in this Section 8 upon one or more of the following events: (i) if the Company shall take a record of the holders of its shares for the purpose of entitling them to receive a dividend or distribution payable otherwise than in cash, or a cash dividend or distribution payable otherwise than out of retained earnings, as indicated by the accounting treatment of such dividend or distribution on the books of the Company, (ii) the Company shall offer to all the holders of its shares any additional shares of capital stock of the Company or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company, or any option, right or warrant to subscribe therefor, or (iii) a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company (other than in connection with a consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation) or a sale of all or substantially all of its property, assets and business shall be proposed.

 

8.3 Notice of Change in Exercise Price; Notice of Exercise Price. The Company shall, within five (5) business days after an event requiring a change in the Exercise Price pursuant to Section 6 hereof, send notice to the Holder of such event and change (“Price Notice”). The Price Notice shall describe the event causing the change and the method of calculating the same and shall be certified as being true and accurate by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. The Company shall, within five (5) business days after receipt by the Company of a written request by the Holder, send notice to the Holder of the Exercise Price then in effect and the number of Shares or the amount, if any, of other shares of stock, securities or assets then issuable upon exercise of this Representative’s Warrant and shall be certified as being true and accurate by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer.

 

8.4 Transmittal of Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications under this Representative’s Warrant shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly made when (1) hand delivered, (2) mailed by express mail or private courier service, or (3) if sent by electronic mail, on the day the notice was sent if during regular business hours and, if sent outside of regular business hours, on the following business day, to following addresses or to such other addresses as the Company or Holder may designate by notice to the other party:

 

If to the Holder:

 

ViewTrade Securities, Inc.

7280 West Palmetto Park Road, Suite 310

Boca Raton, FL 33433

Attention: Douglas Aguililla

Email: dougagui@viewtrade.com

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP

1345 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10105

Attention: Richard I. Anslow, Esq.

Email: ranslow@egsllp.com

 

If to the Company:

 

J-Star Holding Co., Ltd.

7/F-1, No. 633, Sec. 2, Taiwan Blvd.,

Xitun District, Taichung City 407,

Taiwan (R.O.C.)

Attention: Jing-Bin Chiang

Email: choco.chen@ymaunivers.com

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Loeb & Loeb LLP

2206-19 Jardine House

1 Connaught Place,

Central, Hong Kong SAR

Attention: Lawrence S. Venick, Esq.

Email: lvenick@loeb.com

 

 

 

 

9. Miscellaneous.

 

9.1 Amendments. The Company and the Holder may from time to time supplement, modify or amend this Representative’s Warrant by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Holder. All modifications or amendments shall require the written consent of and be signed by the party against whom enforcement of the modification or amendment is sought.

 

9.2 Headings. The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Representative’s Warrant.

 

9.3 Entire Agreement. This Representative’s Warrant (together with the other agreements and documents being delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Representative’s Warrant) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

9.4 Binding Effect. This Representative’s Warrant shall inure solely to the benefit of and shall be binding upon, the Holder and the Company and their permitted assignees, respective successors, legal representative and assigns, and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Representative’s Warrant or any provisions herein contained.

 

9.5 Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Trial by Jury. This Representative’s Warrant shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Florida, without giving effect to conflict of laws principles thereof. The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of, or relating in any way to this Representative’s Warrant shall be brought and enforced in the U.S. federal and state courts in the Seventeenth Judicial Circuit Court in and for Palm Beach County, Florida or the United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida, Fort Lauderdale Division, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive. The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. Any process or summons to be served upon the Company may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 8.4 hereof. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company in any action, proceeding or claim. The Company and the Holder agree that the prevailing party(ies) in any such action shall be entitled to recover from the other party(ies) all of its reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses relating to such action or proceeding and/or incurred in connection with the preparation therefor. The Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and the Holder hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Representative’s Warrant or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

9.6 Waiver, etc. The failure of the Company or the Holder to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Representative’s Warrant shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way affect the validity of this Representative’s Warrant or any provision hereof or the right of the Company or any Holder to thereafter enforce each and every provision of this Representative’s Warrant. No waiver of any breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment of any of the provisions of this Representative’s Warrant shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the party or parties against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought; and no waiver of any such breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment.

 

 

 

 

9.7 Successors and Assigns. Subject to applicable securities laws, this Representative’s Warrant and the rights and obligations evidenced hereby shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the Company and the successors and permitted assigns of Holder. The provisions of this Representative’s Warrant are intended to be for the benefit of any Holder from time to time of this Representative’s Warrant and shall be enforceable by the Holder or holder of this Representative’s Warrant.

 

9.8 Loss, Theft, Destruction or Mutilation of Warrant. The Company covenants that upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Representative’s Warrant or any stock certificate relating to the Shares, if stock certificates are issued, and in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it (which, in the case of the Representative’s Warrant, shall not include the posting of any bond), and upon surrender and cancellation of such Representative’s Warrant or stock certificate, if stock certificates are issued, if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver a new Representative’s Warrant or stock certificate, if stock certificates are issued, of like tenor and dated as of such cancellation, in lieu of such Representative’s Warrant or stock certificate, if stock certificates are issued.

 

9.9 Remedies. The Holder, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law, including recovery of damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Representative’s Warrant. The Company agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Representative’s Warrant and hereby agrees to waive and not to assert the defense in any action for specific performance or other equitable remedy that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 

9.10 Severability. Wherever possible, each provision of this Representative’s Warrant shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Representative’s Warrant shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Representative’s Warrant.

 

9.11 Execution in Counterparts. This Representative’s Warrant may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts has been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to each of the other parties hereto. Such counterparts may be delivered by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Representative’s Warrant to be signed by its duly authorized officer as of the _______ day of ___________.

 

J-STAR HOLDING CO., LTD.  
     
By:    
Name:               
Title:    

 

Acknowledged and Agreed

 

VIEWTRADE SECURITIES, INC.  
     
By:                       
Name:    
Title:    

 

 

 

 

Form of Exercise

 

The undersigned holder hereby exercises the right to purchase _________________ shares (“Warrant Shares”) of J-STAR HOLDING CO., LTD. (the “Company”), evidenced by the attached Representative’s Warrant (the “Representative’s Warrant”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Representative’s Warrant. Please issue the Warrant Shares as to which the Representative’s Warrant is exercised in accordance with the instructions given below and, if applicable, a new Representative’s Warrant representing the number of Warrant Shares for which the Representative’s Warrant has not been exercised.

 

1. Form of Exercise Price. The Holder intends that payment of the Exercise Price shall be made as:

 

____________ a “Cash Exercise” with respect to _________________ Warrant Shares; and/or

 

____________ a “Cashless Exercise” with respect to _______________ Warrant Shares.

 

2. Payment of Exercise Price. In the event that the holder has elected a Cash Exercise with respect to some or all of the Warrant Shares to be issued pursuant hereto, the holder shall pay the aggregate Exercise Price in the sum of $________ to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Representative’s Warrant.

 

3. Delivery of Warrant Shares. The Company shall deliver to the holder __________ Warrant Shares in accordance with the terms of the Representative’s Warrant. Please issue said Warrant Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

_______________________________

 

The Warrant Shares shall be delivered to the following DWAC Account Number:

 

_______________________________

 

_______________________________

 

_______________________________

 

Date: _______________ __, ______

 

Name of Registered Holder  
     
By:    
Name:             
Title:    

 

 

 

 

INSTRUCTIONS FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

 

Name:    
  (Print in Block Letters)  
     
Address:    
     
     
     

 

NOTICE: The signature to this form must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Representative’s Warrant without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever, and must be guaranteed by a bank, other than a savings bank, or by a trust company or by a firm having membership on a registered national securities exchange.

 

 

 

 

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned registered owner of this Representative’s Warrant to which this form is attached, hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto the Assignee named below all of the rights of the undersigned to purchase ordinary shares, par value $0.36 per share, of J-STAR HOLDING CO., LTD. (the “Company”), evidenced by this Representative’s Warrant, with respect to the number of ordinary shares set forth below.

 

Name of Assignee   Address and Phone Number   No. of Shares
         
         
         

 

The undersigned also represents that, by assignment hereof, the Assignee acknowledges that this Representative’s Warrant and the ordinary shares to be issued upon exercise hereof or conversion thereof are being acquired for investment and that the Assignee will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of this Representative’s Warrant or any ordinary shares to be issued upon exercise hereof or conversion thereof except under circumstances which will not result in a violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any state securities laws. Further, the Assignee has acknowledged that upon exercise of this Representative’s Warrant, the Assignee shall, if requested by the Company, confirm in writing, in a form satisfactory to the Company, that the ordinary shares so purchased are being acquired for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale.

 

 
Signature of Holder
 
Date

 

The undersigned assignee agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Representative’s Warrant.

 

 
Signature of Assignee
 
Date

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 5.1

 

J-Star Holding Co., Ltd.   D +852 3656 6054
家星控股股份有限公司   E nathan.powell@ogier.com
     
    Reference: NMP/FYC/182981.00001

 

[date] 2022

 

Dear Sirs

 

J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. 家星控股股份有限公司 (the Company)

 

We have acted as Cayman Islands counsel to the Company in connection with the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1, including all amendments or supplements thereto (the Registration Statement), as filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission) under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended to date (the Act). The Registration Statement relates to the offering by the Company (the Offering) of [●] ordinary shares of US$0.50 par value each of the Company (the Ordinary Shares), plus an option to issue up to an additional [●] Ordinary Shares to be offered by the Company pursuant to the Offering to cover the over-allotment option to be granted to the underwriter) (collectively, the IPO Shares).

 

We are furnishing this opinion as Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1 to the Registration Statement.

 

Unless a contrary intention appears, all capitalised terms used in this opinion have the respective meanings set forth in Schedule 1. A reference to a Schedule is a reference to a schedule to this opinion and the headings herein are for convenience only and do not affect the construction of this opinion.

 

1 Documents examined

 

For the purposes of giving this opinion, we have examined originals, copies, or drafts of the following documents:

 

  (a) the certificate of incorporation of the Company dated 24 May 2016 issued by the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands (the Registrar);
     
  (b) the third amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of the Company adopted by special resolutions dated 4 March 2022 (the Memorandum and Articles);
     
  (c) a certificate of good standing dated 21 September 2021 (the Good Standing Certificate) issued by the Registrar in respect of the Company;

 

Ogier

British Virgin Islands, Cayman Islands, Guernsey,

Jersey and Luxembourg practitioners

 

Floor 11 Central Tower

28 Queen’s Road Central

Central

Hong Kong

 

T +852 3656 6000

F +852 3656 6001

ogier.com

Partners

Nicholas Plowman

Nathan Powell

Anthony Oakes

Oliver Payne

Kate Hodson

David Nelson

Michael Snape

Justin Davis

Florence Chan

Lin Jacobsen

Cecilia Li

James Bergstrom

Marcus Leese

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page 2 of 4

 

  (d) the register of directors and officers of the Company filed with the Registrar on 14 September 2021 (the ROD);
     
  (e) the register of members of the Company provided to us on 16 March 2022 (the ROM, and together with the ROD, the Registers);
     
  (f) a certificate from a director of the Company dated [●] as to certain matters of facts (the Director’s Certificate);
     
  (g) a copy of the written resolutions of the directors of the Company dated 30 September 2021 approving the Company’s filing of the Registration Statement and issuance of the Shares (the Board Resolutions); and
     
  (h) the Registration Statement.

 

2 Assumptions

 

In giving this opinion we have relied upon the assumptions set forth in this paragraph 2 without having carried out any independent investigation or verification in respect of those assumptions:

 

  (a) all original documents examined by us are authentic and complete;
     
  (b) all copy documents examined by us (whether in facsimile, electronic or other form) conform to the originals and those originals are authentic and complete;
     
  (c) all signatures, seals, dates, stamps and markings (whether on original or copy documents) are genuine;
     
  (d) each of the Good Standing Certificate, the Registers and the Director’s Certificate is accurate and complete as at the date of this opinion;
     
  (e) all copies of the Registration Statement are true and correct copies and the Registration Statement conform in every material respect to the latest drafts of the same produced to us and, where the Registration Statement has been provided to us in successive drafts marked-up to indicate changes to such documents, all such changes have been so indicated;
     
  (f) the Board Resolutions remains in full force and effect and each of the directors of the Company has acted in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company and has exercised the standard of care, diligence and skill that is required of him or her in approving the Offering and no director has a financial interest in or other relationship to a party of the transactions contemplated by the Offering which has not been properly disclosed in the Board Resolutions;
     
  (g) neither the directors and shareholders of the Company have taken any steps to appoint a liquidator of the Company and no receiver has been appointed over any of the Company’s property or assets;
     
  (h) the maximum number of IPO Shares to be issued by the Company would not exceed the Company’s authorised share capital and the consideration payable for the IPO Shares shall not be less than the aggregate par value of such number of IPO Shares; and
     
  (i) there is no provision of the law of any jurisdiction, other than the Cayman Islands, which would have any implication in relation to the opinions expressed herein.

 

 

 

 

Page 3 of 4

 

3 Opinions

 

On the basis of the examinations and assumptions referred to above and subject to the limitations and qualifications set forth in paragraph 4 below, we are of the opinion that:

 

Corporate status

 

  (a) The Company has been duly incorporated as an exempted company with limited liability and is validly existing and in good standing with the Registrar under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

 

Authorised Share Capital

 

  (b) The authorised share capital of the Company is US$17,500,000 divided 35,000,000 Ordinary Shares of a nominal or par value of USD0.50 each.

 

Valid Issuance of IPO Shares

 

  (c) The issuance and allotment of the IPO Shares have been duly authorised and, when issued and allotted in accordance with the Registration Statement and the duly passed Board Resolutions and once consideration is paid for in accordance with the Registration Statement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. Once the register of members of the Company has been updated to reflect the issuance, the shareholders recorded in the register of members will be deemed to have legal title to the IPO Shares set against their respective name.

 

Registration Statement - Taxation

 

  (d) The statements contained in the Registration Statement in the section headed “Cayman Islands Taxation”, in so far as they purport to summarise the laws or regulations of the Cayman Islands, are accurate in all material respects and that such statements constitute our opinion.

 

4 Limitations and Qualifications

 

4.1 We offer no opinion:

 

  (a) as to any laws other than the laws of the Cayman Islands, and we have not, for the purposes of this opinion, made any investigation of the laws of any other jurisdiction, and we express no opinion as to the meaning, validity, or effect of references in the Documents to statutes, rules, regulations, codes or judicial authority of any jurisdiction other than the Cayman Islands; or
     
  (b) except to the extent that this opinion expressly provides otherwise, as to the commercial terms of, or the validity, enforceability or effect of the Registration Statement, the accuracy of representations, the fulfilment of warranties or conditions, the occurrence of events of default or terminating events or the existence of any conflicts or inconsistencies among the Registration Statement and any other agreements into which the Company may have entered or any other documents.

 

 

 

 

Page 4 of 4

 

4.2 Under the Companies Act (Revised) (Companies Act) of the Cayman Islands annual returns in respect of the Company must be filed with the Registrar, together with payment of annual filing fees. A failure to file annual returns and pay annual filing fees may result in the Company being struck off the Register of Companies, following which its assets will vest in the Financial Secretary of the Cayman Islands and will be subject to disposition or retention for the benefit of the public of the Cayman Islands.
   
4.3 In good standing means only that as of the date of this opinion the Company is up-to-date with the filing of its annual returns and payment of annual fees with the Registrar. We have made no enquiries into the Company’s good standing with respect to any filings or payment of fees, or both, that it may be required to make under the laws of the Cayman Islands other than the Companies Act.

 

5 Governing law of this opinion

 

5.1 This opinion is:

 

  (a) governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, the laws of the Cayman Islands;
     
  (b) limited to the matters expressly stated in it; and
     
  (c) confined to, and given on the basis of, the laws and practice in the Cayman Islands at the date of this opinion.

 

5.2 Unless otherwise indicated, a reference to any specific Cayman Islands legislation is a reference to that legislation as amended to, and as in force at, the date of this opinion.

 

6 Reliance

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm under the headings “Legal Matters” of the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

This opinion may be used only in connection with the offer and sale of the IPO Shares while the Registration Statement is effective.

 

Yours faithfully

 

Ogier

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 5.2

 

Loeb& Loeb LLP

345 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10154

 

March [*], 2022

 

J-Star Holding Co., Ltd.

7/F-1, No. 633, Sec. 2, Taiwan Blvd.,

Xitun District, Taichung City 407,

Taiwan (R.O.C.)

 

Re: Registration Statement of J-Star Holding Co., Ltd.

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as United States counsel to J-Star Holding Co., Ltd., a Cayman Islands business company (the “Company”) in connection with the registration by the Company with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) of (i) up to [*] ordinary shares of the Company (“Ordinary Shares”), (ii) underwriter’s warrants exercisable for [*] Ordinary Shares (“Representative’s Warrants”) and (iii) [*] Ordinary Shares underlying the Representative’s Warrants, pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form F-1 initially filed by the Company with the Commission on September 30, 2021 (as amended, the “Registration Statement”). This opinion is being given in accordance with the Legal Matters section of the Registration Statement, as it pertains to the portions of New York law set forth below.

 

We have examined such documents and considered such legal matters as we have deemed necessary and relevant as the basis for the opinion set forth below. With respect to such examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as reproduced or certified copies, and the authenticity of the originals of those latter documents. As to questions of fact material to this opinion, we have, to the extent deemed appropriate, relied upon certain representations of certain officers and employees of the Company.

 

Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Representative’s Warrants and the Ordinary Shares underlying the Representative’s Warrants have been duly authorized and when the Registration Statement becomes effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), when such Representative’s Warrants and the Ordinary Shares underlying the Representative’s Warrants are duly executed and authenticated in accordance with the underwriting agreement by and between the Company and the underwriter and issued, delivered and paid for, as contemplated by the Registration Statement and the underwriting agreement, such Representative’s Warrants and the Ordinary Shares underlying the Representative’s Warrants will be legally binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms except: (a) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); (b) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the Federal and state securities laws, and (c) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this letter which might be construed to the contrary, our opinions expressed herein are limited to the laws of the State of New York. We express no opinion with respect to the applicability to, or the effect on, the subject transaction of the laws of any other jurisdiction or as to any matters of municipal law or the laws of any local agencies within any state other than the State of New York. The opinion expressed herein is based upon the law of the State of New York in effect on the date hereof and as of the effective date of the Registration Statement, and we assume no obligation to revise or supplement this opinion after the effective date of the Registration Statement should such law be changed by legislative action, judicial decision, or otherwise. Except as expressly set forth in our opinion above: (i) we express no opinion as to whether the laws of any other jurisdiction are applicable to the subject matter hereof, and (ii) we express no opinion as to compliance with any other federal or state law, rule or regulation relating to securities, or to the sale or issuance thereof.

 

We hereby consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, to the use of our name as your counsel and to all references made to us in the Registration Statement and in the Prospectus forming a part thereof. In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. This opinion is given as of the effective date of the Registration Statement, and we are under no duty to update the opinions contained herein.

 

Very truly yours,  
   
 
Loeb & Loeb LLP  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 5.3

 

March 21, 2022

Client/Matter No.: J90229/M02

 

To: J-Star Holding Co., Ltd.
  7/F-1, No.633, Sec. 2, Taiwan Blvd.
  Xitun District, Taichung City 407
  Taiwan

 

Re: Legal Opinion on Certain PRC Law Matters

 

Dear Sirs,

 

We are qualified lawyers of the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC” or “China”, which, for the purpose of this legal opinion, excluding the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan region) and as such are qualified to issue legal opinions on the PRC laws, regulations or rules effective on the date hereof (the “PRC Laws”).

 

We are acting as the PRC counsel for J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. (the “Company”), a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, solely in connection with the initial public offering of the ordinary shares issued by the Company (the “Offering”) pursuant to the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1, including all amendments or supplements thereto (the “Registration Statement”) filed by the Company with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

As used in this opinion, (A) “PRC Authorities” means any national, provincial or local governmental, regulatory or administrative authority, agency or commission in the PRC, or any court, tribunal or any other judicial or arbitral body in the PRC; (B) “Governmental Authorizations” means all approvals, consents, waivers, sanctions, certificates, authorizations, filings, registrations, exemptions, permissions, annual inspections, qualifications, permits and licenses required by any PRC Authorities pursuant to any PRC Laws; (C) “PRC Subsidiaries” means YMA Composite Materials (DG) Co., Ltd., Forwell Sports Equipment Co., Ltd., and Bohong Technology Jiangsu Co., Ltd.; (D) “M&A Rules” means the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, which was issued by six PRC regulatory agencies, namely, the Ministry of Commerce, the State-owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, the State Administration for Taxation, the State Administration for Industry and Commerce, the China Securities Regulatory Commission (the “CSRC”) and the State Administration for Foreign Exchange, on August 8, 2006 and became effective on September 8, 2006, as amended by the Ministry of Commerce on June 22, 2009; and (E) “Prospectuses” mean the prospectus, including all amendments or supplements thereto, that form parts of the Registration Statement.

 

I. Documents and Assumptions

 

In rendering this opinion, we have carried out due diligence and examined copies of the Registration Statement and other documents, corporate records and certificates issued by the PRC Authorities (collectively the “Documents”) as we have considered necessary or advisable for the purpose of rendering this opinion. Where certain facts were not independently established and verified by us, we have relied upon certificates or statements issued or made by the relevant PRC Authorities and appropriate representatives of the Company and the PRC Subsidiaries.

 

1

 

 

In giving this opinion, we have assumed without independent investigation that:

 

(1)the genuineness of all the signatures, seals and chops;

 

(2)the authenticity of the Documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity with the originals of the Documents provided to us as copies and the authenticity of such originals;

 

(3)the truthfulness, accuracy, completeness and fairness of all factual statements contained in the Documents;

 

(4)that the Documents have not been revoked, amended, varied or supplemented except as otherwise indicated in such Documents;

 

(5)that all information (including factual statements) provided to us by the Company and the PRC Subsidiaries in response to our enquiries for the purpose of this opinion is true, accurate, complete and not misleading, and that the Company, the PRC Subsidiaries have not withheld anything that, if disclosed to us, would reasonably cause us to alter this opinion in whole or in part;

 

(6)that all parties have the requisite power and authority to enter into, execute, deliver and perform the Documents to which they are parties;

 

(7)that all parties have duly executed, delivered and performed the Documents to which they are parties, and all parties will duly perform their obligations under the Documents to which they are parties;

 

(8)that all Governmental Authorizations and other official statement or documentation were obtained from competent PRC Authorities by lawful means, and the Documents provided to us conform with those documents submitted to the PRC Authorities for such purposes;

 

(9)that all explanations and interpretations provided by government officials duly reflect the official position of the relevant PRC Authorities and are complete, true and correct;

 

(10)that all the Documents are legal, valid, binding and enforceable under all such laws as govern or relate to them, other than PRC Laws, in any and all respects; and

 

(11)that this opinion is limited to matters of the PRC Laws effective as the date hereof. We have not investigated, and we do not express or imply any opinion on accounting, auditing, or laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

II. Opinions

 

Based on the foregoing and subject to the disclosures contained in the Registration Statement and the qualifications set out below, we are of the opinion that, as of the date hereof, so far as PRC Laws are concerned:

 

(1)Based on our understanding of the current PRC Laws, the ownership structures of the PRC Subsidiaries both currently and immediately after giving effect to the Offering, do not violate applicable PRC Laws. However, there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current and future PRC Laws, and there can be no assurance that the PRC Authorities will take a view that is not contrary to or otherwise different from our opinion stated above.

 

2

 

 

(2)Based on our understanding of the explicit provisions under the PRC Laws, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, and assuming no offer, issuance or sale of the ordinary shares has been or will not be made directly or indirectly within the PRC, we are of the opinion that a prior approval from the CSRC is not required for the Offering. However, there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of the M&A Rules, other PRC Laws and future PRC laws and regulations, and there can be no assurance that any the PRC Authorities will take a view that is not contrary to or otherwise different from our opinion stated above.

 

(3)There is uncertainty as to whether the PRC courts would (i) recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained against the Company or the directors or officers of the Company predicated upon the civil liability provisions of securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States, or (ii) entertain original actions brought in each respective jurisdiction against the Company or the directors or officers of the Company predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States. The recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are subject to compliance with the PRC Civil Procedures Law and relevant civil procedure requirements in the PRC. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of PRC Civil Procedures Law based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or on reciprocity between jurisdictions. China does not have any treaties or other form of reciprocity with the United States or the Cayman Islands that provide for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. In addition, according to the PRC Civil Procedures Law, courts in the PRC will not enforce a foreign judgment against a company or its directors and officers if they decide that the judgment violates the basic principles of PRC law or national sovereignty, security or public interest. As a result, it is uncertain whether and on what basis a PRC court would enforce a judgment rendered by a court in the United States or in the Cayman Islands.

 

(4)To the best of our knowledge after due and reasonable inquiry, the statements set forth in the Prospectuses under the captions “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities,” “Corporate Structure,” “Business,” “Regulation” and “Taxation – People’s Republic of China Taxation,” in each case insofar as such statements describe or summarize matters of the PRC Laws, fairly reflect the matters purported to be summarized therein in all material respects, and nothing has come to our attention, insofar as the PRC Laws are concerned, that causes us to believe that there is any omission from such statements which causes such statements misleading in any material respect.

 

(5)The statements made in the Registration Statement under the caption “Taxation – People’s Republic of China Taxation” to the extent that the discussion states definitive legal conclusions under the PRC tax laws and regulations, subject to the qualifications therein, constitute true and accurate descriptions of the matters described therein in all material respects.

 

III. Qualifications

 

This opinion is subject to the following qualifications:

 

(1)This opinion is limited to PRC Laws of general application on the date hereof. We have made no investigation of, and do not express or imply any views on, the laws of any jurisdiction other than the PRC, and we have assumed that no such other laws would affect our opinions expressed above.

 

3

 

 

(2)PRC Laws referred to herein are laws and regulations publicly available and currently in force on the date hereof and there is no guarantee that any of such laws and regulations, or the interpretation or enforcement thereof, will not be changed, amended or revoked in the future with or without retrospective effect.

 

(3)This opinion is subject to (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws in the PRC affecting creditors’ rights generally, and (ii) possible judicial or administrative actions or any PRC Laws affecting creditors’ rights.

 

(4)This opinion is subject to the effects of (i) certain legal or statutory principles affecting the enforceability of contractual rights generally under the concepts of public interests, social ethics, national security, good faith, fair dealing, and applicable statutes of limitation; (ii) any circumstance in connection with the formulation, execution or performance of any legal documents that would be deemed materially mistaken, clearly unconscionable, fraudulent, coercionary or concealing illegal intentions with a lawful form; (iii) judicial discretion with respect to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, remedies or defenses, or the calculation of damages; and (iv) the discretion of any competent PRC legislative, administrative or judicial bodies in exercising their authority in the PRC.

 

(5)This opinion is issued based on our understanding of PRC Laws. For matters not explicitly provided under PRC Laws, the interpretation, implementation and application of the specific requirements under PRC Laws, as well as their application to and effect on the legality, binding effect and enforceability of certain contracts, are subject to the final discretion of competent PRC legislative, administrative and judicial authorities.

 

(6)The term “enforceable” or “enforceability” as used in this opinion means that the obligations assumed by the relevant obligors under the relevant Documents are of a type which the courts of the PRC may enforce. It does not mean that those obligations will necessarily be enforced in all circumstances in accordance with their respective terms and/or additional terms that may be imposed by the courts. As used in this opinion, the expression “to the best of our knowledge after due and reasonable inquiry” or similar language with reference to matters of fact refers to the current, actual knowledge of the attorneys of this firm who have worked on matters for the Company in connection with the Offering and the transactions contemplated thereby. We may rely, as to matters of fact (but not as to legal conclusions), to the extent we deem proper, on certificates and confirmations of responsible officers of the Company, the PRC Subsidiaries and PRC Authorities.

 

(7)We have not undertaken any independent investigation, search or other verification action to determine the existence or absence of any fact or to prepare this opinion, and no inference as to our knowledge of the existence or absence of any fact should be drawn from our representation of the Company or the PRC Subsidiaries or the rendering of this opinion.

 

(8)This opinion is intended to be used in the context which is specifically referred to herein; each paragraph shall be construed as a whole and no part shall be extracted and referred to independently.

 

This opinion is strictly limited to the matters stated herein and no opinion is implied or may be inferred beyond the matters expressly stated herein. This opinion expressed herein is rendered only as of the date hereof, and we assume no responsibility to advise you of facts, circumstances, events or developments that hereafter may be brought to our attention and that may alter, affect or modify the opinion expressed herein.

 

4

 

 

This opinion is delivered solely for the purpose of and in connection with the Registration Statement submitted to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on the date of this opinion and may not be used for any other purpose without our prior written consent.

 

We hereby consent to the use of this opinion in, and the filing hereof as an exhibit to, the Registration Statement, and to the use of our firm’s name in the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

  Yours faithfully,
   
  L&L-LEAVEN, ATTORNEYS-AT-LAW
   
  /s/ Yu-Wen Chen
   
  /s/ Jing Chang

 

5

 

 

Exhibit 5.4

 

March 21, 2022

Our Ref.: 2022-00882

J90229/M02

 

7/F-1, No. 633, Sec. 2, Taiwan Blvd.

Xitun District, Taichung City 407

Taiwan, Republic of China

 

Re: J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. – Issuance of Ordinary Shares

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We act as special counsel as to the Republic of China (the “ROC”) laws for J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. (the “Company”), a company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, in connection with the registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and the contemplated issuance of a certain number of the Company’s ordinary shares, par value $0.50 per share (the “Common Shares”). The Common Shares are being registered pursuant to a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act (the “Registration Statement”).

 

In rendering the opinions set forth herein, we have examined the relevant laws and regulations of the ROC. We have also reviewed the originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents and records of the Company and YMA CORPORATION (源川國際股份有限公司, the “Taiwan Subsidiary”) as we have deemed necessary as a basis for the opinions hereinafter expressed, including the Registration Statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission in March of 2022.

 

In such examination, we have assumed, without independent verification:

 

(a) All signatures and seals on all the documents submitted to us are genuine; all documents submitted to us as originals are true and authentic and all documents submitted to us as copies conform to their originals;
   
(b) All the documents submitted to us are duly and validly authorized and executed and are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been otherwise amended, altered, modified, rescinded, or revoked, and there is no circumstance or situation which would make all the documents illegal, void and null, or unenforceable;
   
(c) Where any document has been provided to us in undated form, it has been/will be duly executed, dated and unconditionally delivered by all parties thereto in materially the same form as that provided to us;
   
(d) There is no other law of a jurisdiction, other than the ROC, which would have any implication in relation to our opinion; and
   
(e) All the documents/information requested by us for the purpose of our due diligence review have/has been provided by the Company and/or the Taiwan Subsidiary to us and we further assume that no material documents/information whenever requested during the due diligence process have/has been withheld or otherwise not provided to us for any reason.

 

1

 

 

As to facts material to the opinions, we have made due inquiries with and relied on the statements of responsible officers and other representatives of the Company and the Taiwan Subsidiary, public officials or others, without independent verification.

 

Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

 

(1) The Taiwan Subsidiary has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a company limited by shares under the laws of the ROC.
   
(2) Subject to the conditions and qualifications described in the Registration Statement, the section of the prospectus included in the Registration Statement entitled “Taxation - Taiwan Taxation”, insofar as it relates to the ROC tax regulations currently applicable to the non-ROC holders of the Common Shares described therein, represents the material ROC tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of the Common Shares.

 

The foregoing opinions are subject to the following qualification:

 

The opinions set forth herein are given with respect to the laws and regulations of the ROC and the prevailing interpretation thereof as of the date hereof and do not purport to speculate as to future laws or regulations or as to future interpretations of current laws and regulations and we undertake no obligation to supplement this opinion if any applicable laws change after the date hereof or if we become aware of any facts that might change the opinions expressed herein after the date hereof or for any other reason. No opinion is expressed as to the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

We hereby consent to the use of this letter in, and the filing hereof as an Exhibit to, the Registration Statement, and to the reference to our name under the heading “Legal Matters” in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not hereby admit that we come within the category of person whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Sincerely yours,

 

LEE AND LI

 

/s/ Benjamin Y. Li

 

2

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

Cycles Services Loire

Joint stock company

With a capital of 100,000 euros

Headquarters: Avenue de l’Industrie,

42160 ST CYPRIEN

 

STATUS

 

 
 

 

The undersigned:

 

Mr. Frédéric SALLET

 

Born March 19, 1975 in L’ARBRESLE (69)

French nationality

Residing Route Nationale 6 69380 LISSIEU

Married under the regime of the community reduced to acquests with Madame Raphaëlle VILLIE born June 14, 1976 in MONTPELLIER (34), in the absence of a marriage contract prior to their union celebrated on June 9, 2001 in ECULLY (69),

 

Mr. Christophe QUINIOU

 

Born May 13, 1972 in PARIS XIVth (75)

French nationality

Residing at 84, rue Boileau 69330 MEYZIEU

Married under the regime of separation of property with Mrs. Pauline VERDIER-DAVIOUD born September 17, 1972 in FONTAINEBLEAU (77), under a marriage contract dated February 3, 1997 received by Maître VINATIER, notary in PARIS (75 ), established prior to their union celebrated on February 22, 1997 in BAZOCHES-SUR-GUYONNE (78),

 

The company LE GALLION, a liability company with capital of 495,000 euros, whose registered office is located at La Fessy 38070 SAINT QUENTIN FALLAVIER, registered in the trade and companies register of VIENNE under number 402 521 041,

Represented herein by its manager, Mr. Bruno LE GALL,

 

STAR LEADER TRADING LIMITED, a company incorporated under Hong Kong law with a capital of 1,578,284 USD, whose registered office is at 15 / F., BOC Group Life Assurance Tower, 136 Des Voeux Road Central, Central, HONG KONG, registered in the register HONG KONG trade under number 2383420,

Represented herein by its director, Mr. Jonathan CHIANG,

 

The company 6ème SENS IMMOBILIER - INVESTISSEMENT, a simplified joint stock company with a capital of 4,000,000 euros, whose head office is located at 30, quai Claude Bernard 69007 LYON, registered in the LYON trade and companies register under number 484 963 699 ,

Represented herein by its president, Mr. Nicolas GAGNEUX,

 

Have thus established that it follows the statutes of a simplified joint stock company (SAS) that must exist between them.

 

 
 

 

ARTICLE 1 – FORM

 

Between the owners of the shares created below and of all those which would be created subsequently, there is a simplified joint stock company governed by the laws and regulations in force, and by these articles of association.

 

It operates in the same form with one or more partners.

 

It cannot make a public offer of its securities but can nevertheless make offers reserved for qualified investors or a restricted circle of investors.

 

ARTICLE 2 – PURPOSE

 

The purpose of the Company is, in France and abroad:

 

The assembly, assembly and trading of cycles, cycle accessories and all leisure products,

 

All industrial and commercial operations relating to:

 

- The creation, acquisition, rental, hire-management of all business assets, leasing, installation, operation of all establishments, business assets, factories, workshops, relating to any of the activities specified above;

- The taking, the acquisition, the exploitation or the transfer of all processes, patents and intellectual property rights concerning these activities;

- The direct or indirect participation of the Company in all financial, securities or real estate transactions or commercial or industrial enterprises that may be related to the corporate purpose or to any similar or related purpose;

- Any operations whatsoever contributing to the achievement of this object.

 

ARTICLE 3 – NAME

 

The company name is: Cycles Services Loire.

 

In all acts and documents emanating from the Company and intended for third parties, the name will be immediately preceded or followed by the words clearly written “Simplified Joint Stock Company” or the initials “SAS” and the statement of the amount of the share capital.

 

In addition, the Company must indicate at the top of its invoices, order notes, prices and advertising documents, as well as on all correspondence and receipts concerning its activity and signed by it or on its behalf, the seat of the court at whose registry it is located.

 

Registered in the Trade and Companies Register, and the registration number it received

 

 
 

 

ARTICLE 4 - REGISTERED OFFICE

 

The registered office is: Avenue de l’Industrie 42160 ST CYPRIEN.

 

It can be transferred to any place by decision of the group of partners or by decision of the Chairman who is empowered to modify the articles of association accordingly. However, the President’s decision must be ratified by the next collective decision of the partners.

 

ARTICLE 5 – DURATION

 

The duration of the Company is set at ninety-nine years from the date of its registration in the Trade and Companies Register, except in cases of early dissolution or extension.

 

ARTICLE 6 – CONTRIBUTIONS

 

The undersigned bring to the Company:

 

Cash contributions

 

A cash sum of one hundred thousand euros (100,000.00 euros), corresponding to 10,000 shares for cash, with a nominal value of ten euros (10 euros) each, subscribed in full and fully paid, as follows of the certificate issued on 22 April 2021 by the bankCredit Agricole Centre-Est, Place de L’Eglise 69380 CHAZAY D’AZERGUES, depositary of the funds, to which the list of partners having subscribed with the indication, for each of them, of the sums paid has remained attached.

 

The total sum paid by the partners, i.e. 100,000.00 euros, was regularly deposited in an account opened in the name of the Company in formation, at said bank.

 

ARTICLE 7 - SHARE CAPITAL

 

The share capital is set at the sum of one hundred thousand euros (100,000 euros).

 

All actions are of the same category.

 

 
 

 

ARTICLE 8 - CHANGES IN THE SHARE CAPITAL

 

I - The share capital may be increased by any means and according to any terms provided for by law.

 

The share capital is increased either by issuing ordinary shares or preference shares, or by increasing the nominal amount of existing capital securities. It may also be increased by the exercise of rights attached to securities giving access to the capital, under the conditions provided for by law.

 

The group of partners alone is competent to decide, based on the Chairman’s report, on an immediate or future capital increase. It may delegate this power to the Chairman under the conditions set out in Article L. 225-129-2 of the French Commercial Code.

 

When the group of partners decides on the capital increase, it can delegate to the Chairman the power to set the terms and conditions for the issue of securities.

 

The issues of securities giving access to the capital or giving the right to the allocation of debt securities governed by Article L. 228-91 of the Commercial Code are authorized by the group of partners deciding by a two-thirds majority of the votes. Partners present or represented, on the report of the Chairman and special report of the Statutory Auditor, if any, in accordance with Articles L. 225-129 to L. 225-129-6 of the French Commercial Code.

 

In the event of an increase through the issue of cash shares or the issue of securities giving access to the capital or giving the right to the allocation of debt securities, a preferential right to the subscription of these shares is reserved, under the legal conditions, to the owners of existing shares.

 

However, in accordance with paragraph 5 of article L. 228-11 of the French Commercial Code, preference shares to which a limited right of participation in dividends, reserves or sharing of assets in the event of liquidation is attached are private. Preferential subscription rights for any capital increase in cash.

 

The partners can individually waive their preferential right and the group of partners which decides on the capital increase can decide, under the conditions provided for by law, to cancel this preferential subscription right.

 

If the group of partners or, in the event of delegation of the Chairman, expressly decides, the capital securities not subscribed on an irreducible basis are allocated to the shareholders who have subscribed a number of securities greater than that to which they could subscribe on a preferential basis, proportionally. To the subscription rights they have and, in any event, within the limit of their requests.

 

 
 

 

If the capital increase is carried out by incorporating reserves, profits or issue premiums, the group of shareholders deliberates under the conditions of quorum and majority provided for in ordinary decisions.

 

The right to the allotment of new shares, following the incorporation into the capital of reserves, profits or issue premiums belongs to the bare owner, subject to the rights of the usufructuary.

 

II - The capital reduction is authorized or decided by the group of shareholders deliberating under the conditions provided for extraordinary decisions and may in no case affect the equality of the shareholders. The partners can delegate all powers to the Chairman to carry it out.

 

III - The group of partners deliberating under the conditions provided for extraordinary decisions may also decide to amortize all or part of the share capital and replace the capital shares with partially or fully amortized dividends, all in accordance with Articles L. 225-198 et seq. Of the French Commercial Code.

 

IV - The decision of a General Meeting of shareholders to modify the rights attached to a category of preference shares will only be taken after approval by the shareholders of said category constituted in a Special Meeting and ruling under the conditions and according to the modalities Extraordinary General Meetings.

 

ARTICLE 9 - PAYMENT OF SHARES

 

When the Company is incorporated, the cash shares are paid up for at least half of their nominal value upon subscription.

During a capital increase, the cash shares are paid up, upon subscription, of at least a quarter of their nominal value and, where applicable, of the entire share premium.

 

The release of the surplus must occur on one or more occasions upon appeal by the President, within five years of registration in the Trade and Companies Register with regard to the initial capital, and within five years from the day on which the transaction becomes final in the event of a capital increase.

 

Calls for funds are brought to the attention of the subscriber (s) at least fifteen days before the date set for each payment, by registered letter with acknowledgment of receipt, addressed to each partner.

 

Any delay in the payment of the sums due on the unpaid amount of the shares automatically entails interest at the legal rate from the due date, without prejudice to the personal action that the Company may exercise against the defaulting partner and enforcement measures provided for by law.

 

 
 

 

In accordance with the provisions of article 1843-3 of the Civil Code, when the calls for funds have not been made within a legal time limit to achieve the full release of the capital, any interested party may request the President of the court ruling in summary proceedings either to order under penalty the directors to proceed with these calls for funds, or to appoint an agent responsible for carrying out this formality.

 

ARTICLE 10 - FORM OF SHARES

 

The shares must be registered. They give rise to registration in an individual account under the conditions and according to the methods provided for by the law and regulations in force.

 

Any partner may ask the Company to issue an account registration certificate.

 

ARTICLE 11 - TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

The shares are not negotiable until the Company has been registered in the Trade and Companies Register. In the event of a capital increase, the shares are negotiable as of the completion thereof.

 

The shares remain negotiable after the dissolution of the Company and until the close of the liquidation.

 

Ownership of the shares results from their registration in an individual account in the name of the holder (s) in the registers kept for this purpose at the registered office.

 

In the event of transmission of the shares, the transfer of ownership results from the registration of the securities in the buyer’s account on the date fixed by the agreement of the parties and notified to the Company.

 

Shares resulting from contributions to industry are allocated on a personal basis. They are inalienable and non-transferable.

 

They will be canceled in the event of the death of their holder as well as in the event of termination by the said holder of his services at the end of a period of three months following formal notice, by registered letter with acknowledgment of receipt, to continue said services under the conditions provided for in the contribution agreement.

 

 
 

 

ARTICLE 12 - APPROVAL

 

The sale of equity securities and securities giving access to the capital to a third party or for the benefit of a partner is subject to the prior approval of the group of partners.

 

The transferor must notify the Chairman of the Company by registered letter with acknowledgment of receipt, indicating the name, first names and address of the transferee, the number of equity securities or securities giving access to the capital of which the assignment is considered and the price offered. This request for approval is sent by the Chairman to the partners.

 

The approval results from a collective decision of the partners deciding by a two-thirds majority of the votes of the partners present or represented.

 

The decision of approval or refusal of approval does not have to be motivated. It is notified to the transferor by registered letter. In the absence of notification within three months of the request for approval, the approval is deemed to have been acquired.

 

In the event of authorization, the assigning partner may freely carry out the transfer under the conditions provided for in the request for authorization.

 

In the event of refusal of authorization, the Company is required, within three months of notification of the refusal, to procure the capital securities or securities giving access to the capital, either by a partner or by a third party or, with the consent of the transferor, by the Company, with a view to reducing the capital.

 

In the absence of agreement between the parties, the price of the equity securities or securities giving access to the capital is determined by means of an appraisal, under the conditions provided for in article 1843-4 of the Civil Code.

 

If the methods for determining the price of equity securities or securities giving access to the capital are provided for in an agreement binding the parties to the sale or redemption, the appointed expert will be required to apply them in accordance with the provisions of the second paragraph of I of article 1843-4 of the Civil Code.

 

The transferor may at any time notify the Chairman, by registered letter with acknowledgment of receipt, that he renounces the transfer of his equity securities or securities giving access to the capital.

 

If, at the end of the three-month period, the purchase is not made, the approval is considered given. However, this period may be extended by interim order of the President of the Commercial Court, without recourse, the assigning partner and the assignee duly called.

 

 
 

 

The foregoing provisions are applicable to all transfers, whether said transfers occur in the event of inheritance devolution or liquidation of a community of property between spouses, by way of contribution, merger, or partition following the liquidation of a associated company, universal transmission of a company’s assets or by public tender by virtue of a court decision or otherwise.

 

They may also apply to the transfer of allotment rights in the event of a capital increase by incorporation of reserves, share premiums or profits, as well as in the event of the transfer of subscription rights to a capital increase by through contributions in cash or individual waiver of subscription rights in favor of named persons.

 

This approval clause can only be removed or modified by collective decision of the partners deciding by a two-thirds majority of the votes of the partners present or represented.

 

Any assignment made in violation of this approval clause is void.

 

ARTICLE 13 - RENTAL OF SHARES

 

Rental of shares is prohibited.

 

ARTICLE 14 - RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS ATTACHED TO THE SHARES

 

Any share gives the right, in the profits and the corporate assets, to a net share proportional to the proportion of capital that it represents.

 

Unless otherwise provided in the contribution deed, the rights attached to shares resulting from industrial contributions are equal to those of the partner who contributed the least.

 

Each share also gives the right to vote and to representation in collective consultations or general meetings, as well as the right to be informed about the progress of the Company and to obtain communication of certain social documents at the times and under the conditions provided for by law and the statutes.

 

The partners only bear losses up to the amount of their contributions.

 

Subject to legal and statutory provisions, no majority can impose an increase in their commitments. The rights and obligations attached to the share follow the share regardless of the holder.

 

 
 

 

Ownership of a share automatically entails adherence to the Company’s articles of association and to the decisions of the group of partners.

 

Creditors, assigns or other representatives of a partner may not, under any pretext whatsoever, request the affixing of seals to corporate assets and values, nor ask for them to be shared or auctioned off; they must refer to the social inventories and to the decisions of the group of associates.

 

Whenever it will be necessary to own several shares in order to exercise any right, in the event of an exchange, consolidation or allocation of shares or as a consequence of an increase or reduction in capital, merger or other corporate operation, the shareholders owning individual securities, or in a number less than that required, can only exercise these rights on the condition that they make the grouping their personal business, and possibly the purchase or sale of the number of shares or rights required.

 

ARTICLE 15 - INDIVISIBILITY OF SHARES

 

The shares are indivisible with regard to the Company.

 

Partners who own undivided shares are required to be represented to the Company by one of them, considered to be the sole owner, or by a single representative; in the event of disagreement, the sole representative may be appointed at the request of the most diligent joint owner.

 

The designation of the representative of the joint ownership must be notified to the Company within one month of the occurrence of the joint ownership. Any change in the person of the joint owner’s representative will not have any effect, vis-à-vis the Company, until the expiration of a period of one month from its notification to the Company, justifying the regularity of the modification.

 

If a share is encumbered with a usufruct, the bare owner and the usufructuary have the right to participate in collective decisions, regardless of the holder of the voting rights. They must be called to all meetings and have the same right to information.

 

The right to vote belongs to the bare owner, except for decisions concerning the allocation of profits, where it is reserved for the usufructuary.

 

However, for other decisions, the bare owner and the usufructuary may agree that the voting right will be exercised by the usufructuary. The agreement is notified by registered letter to the Company, which will be required to apply this agreement for any consultation after the expiration of a period of one month following the sending of this letter.

 

 
 

 

ARTICLE 16 - PRESIDENT OF THE COMPANY

 

The company is represented, managed and administered by a Chairman, natural or legal person, partner or not of the Company.

 

Designation

 

The first President of the Company will be appointed under the terms of these statutes. The Chairman is then appointed by collective decision of the partners taken by an absolute majority of the votes of the partners present or represented.

 

The Chairman legal entity is represented by its legal representative unless, at the time of its appointment or at any time during its mandate, it designates a person specially authorized to represent it as a representative.

 

When a legal person is appointed Chairman, its officers are subject to the same conditions and obligations and incur the same civil and criminal responsibilities as if they were Chairman in their own name, without prejudice to the joint and several liability of the legal person they lead.

 

The mandate of the President is renewable without limitation.

 

The Chairman, a natural person, or the representative of the Chairman legal entity, may also be bound to the Company by an employment contract provided that this contract corresponds to actual employment.

 

Term of office

 

The term of office of the President is fixed in the decision appointing him.

 

The functions of President end either by death, resignation, dismissal, expiration of his mandate, or by the opening against him of a judicial reorganization or liquidation procedure.

 

The Chairman may resign from his mandate subject to respecting a three-month notice period which may be reduced during the consultation of the group of partners who will have to decide on the replacement of the resigning Chairman.

 

The Chairman’s resignation is only admissible if it is sent to each of the partners by registered letter.

 

 
 

 

Revocation

 

The Chairman may be dismissed for just cause, by decision of the group of shareholders taken on the initiative of one or more shareholders bringing together at least 50% of the capital and voting rights of the Company and acting by an absolute majority of the shareholders voice of partners present or represented. Any dismissal occurring without a just cause being established will entitle the Chairman to compensation.

 

In addition, the President is automatically dismissed, without compensation, in the following cases:

 

- Prohibition to direct, manage, administer or control a company or legal person, incapacity or personal bankruptcy of the Chairman, natural person,

- Receivership or judicial liquidation, ban on management or dissolution of the Chairman as a legal person,

- Exclusion of the Associate Chairman.

 

Remuneration

 

The Chairman may receive compensation for his duties, which will be set and modified by decision of the group of partners. It may be fixed or proportional or both fixed and proportional to profit or turnover. In addition to this remuneration, he will be reimbursed, on supporting documents, for the costs he incurs in the performance of his duties.

 

Powers of the President

 

The Chairman manages the Company and represents it vis-à-vis third parties. As such, he is vested with the broadest powers to act in all circumstances on behalf of the Company within the limits of the corporate purpose and the powers expressly devolved by law and the articles of association to the group of partners.

 

The provisions of these statutes limiting the powers of the Chairman are unenforceable against third parties.

 

The Company is committed even by acts of the Chairman that do not fall within the corporate purpose, unless it proves that the third party knew that the act went beyond this purpose or that he could not ignore it given the circumstances, publication of the articles of association alone is not sufficient to constitute this proof.

 

The Chairman may delegate to any person of his choice certain of his powers for the exercise of specific functions or the accomplishment of certain acts.

 

 
 

 

ARTICLE 17 - MANAGING DIRECTOR

 

Designation

 

The Chairman may mandate a natural person or a legal person to assist him in his capacity as Chief Executive Officer.

 

The Chief Executive Officer legal person is represented by its legal representative unless, at the time of its appointment or at any time during its mandate, it designates a person specially authorized to represent it as a representative.

 

When a legal person is appointed Chief Executive Officer, its officers are subject to the same conditions and obligations and incur the same civil and criminal responsibilities as if they were Chief Executive Officer in their own name, without prejudice to the joint and several liability of the legal person. “They lead”.

 

The Managing Director who is a natural person may be bound to the Company by an employment contract.

 

Term of office

 

The term of office of the Chief Executive Officer is set in the appointment decision and may not exceed that of the Chairman’s term of office.

 

However, in the event of the termination of the Chairman’s duties, the Chief Executive Officer retains his duties until the appointment of the new Chairman, unless the partners decide otherwise.

 

The functions of Chief Executive Officer end either by death, resignation, dismissal, expiration of his mandate, or by the opening against him of a judicial reorganization or liquidation procedure.

 

The Chief Executive Officer may resign from his mandate by registered letter addressed to the Chairman, subject to a three-month notice period, which may be reduced when the Chairman decides to appoint a new Chief Executive Officer to replace the resigning Chief Executive Officer.

 

Revocation

 

The Chief Executive Officer can be dismissed at any time, without the need for just cause, by decision of the Chairman. This revocation does not give rise to the right to any compensation.

 

In addition, the Chief Executive Officer is automatically dismissed, without compensation, in the following cases:

 

- Prohibition from directing, managing, administering or controlling a company or legal person, incapacity or personal bankruptcy of the CEO, natural person,

 

 
 

 

- Receivership or judicial liquidation, ban on management or dissolution of the Chief Executive Officer, legal person,

- Exclusion of the Associate Chief Executive Officer.

 

Remuneration

 

The Chief Executive Officer may receive compensation, the terms of which are set and modified by decision of the Chairman. It can be fixed or proportional or both fixed and proportional to profit or turnover.

 

In addition, the Chief Executive Officer is reimbursed for his representation and travel expenses upon supporting documentation.

 

Powers of the Chief Executive Officer

 

The Chief Executive Officer has the same powers as the Chairman, subject to any limitations set by the appointment decision or by a subsequent decision.

 

The Chief Executive Officer has the power to represent the Company with regard to third parties.

 

ARTICLE 18 - AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND ITS OFFICERS OR PARTNERS

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Article L. 227-10 of the French Commercial Code, the Chairman or the Statutory Auditor, if there is one, presents the shareholders with a report on the agreements entered into directly or through an intermediary between the Company and its Chairman, one of its directors, one of its partners with a fraction of the voting rights greater than ten percent or, in the case of an associated company, the Company controlling it at the meaning of Article L. 233-3 of said code.

 

The partners rule on this report during the collective decision ruling on the accounts for the past financial year.

 

The foregoing provisions are not applicable to agreements relating to the Company’s current operations and concluded under normal conditions.

 

Non-approved agreements nevertheless produce their effects, with the responsibility for the person concerned and, possibly, for the Chairman and other managers to bear the damaging consequences for the Company.

 

 
 

 

The prohibitions provided for in Article L. 225-43 of the Commercial Code apply under the conditions determined by this article, to the Chairman and to the other executives of the Company.

 

ARTICLE 19 - STATUTORY AUDITORS

 

The Company’s legal control is carried out by one or more Statutory Auditors appointed by collective decision of the partners, in application of Article L. 823-1 of the Commercial Code.

 

If the Company exceeds the legally defined thresholds set by decree at the end of a financial year, this designation is mandatory. It is also compulsory if one or more partners representing at least one third of the capital so request.

 

The group of partners may, by an absolute majority of the votes of the partners present or represented, voluntarily appoint a Statutory Auditor under the conditions provided for in Article L. 225-228 of the Commercial Code.

 

When a Statutory Auditor thus appointed is a natural person or a one-person company, a substitute Statutory Auditor called upon to replace the incumbent (s) in the event of refusal, impediment, resignation or death, is appointed at the same time as the holder for the same duration.

 

In addition, the appointment of an Auditor may be requested in court by one or more partners representing at least one tenth of the capital.

 

The Statutory Auditors exercise their control mission, in accordance with the laws and regulations in force. Their permanent mission is in particular to verify the values and accounting documents of the Company, to check the regularity and fairness of the company accounts and to report them to the Company. They must in no case interfere in the management of the Company.

 

The Statutory Auditors are invited to participate in any consultation of the group of partners, in accordance with legal and regulatory provisions.

 

ARTICLE 20 - SOCIAL REPRESENTATION

 

The delegates of the social and economic committee, if there is one, exercise the rights provided for by article L. 2312-72 of the Labor Code with the Chairman. To this end, it will bring them together at least once a quarter, and in particular when closing the annual accounts.

 

 
 

 

The social and economic committee must be informed of collective decisions under the same conditions as the partners.

 

Requests for registration of draft resolutions presented by the social and economic committee must be sent by any written means by a representative of the committee to the Chairman and accompanied by the text of the draft resolutions which may be accompanied by a brief statement of reasons.

 

They must be received at the head office and at least one day before the date fixed for the decision of the partners. The Chairman acknowledges receipt of these draft resolutions within three days of their receipt to the representative of the social and economic committee by registered letter or electronically under the conditions defined in article R. 225-63 of the French Commercial Code.

 

ARTICLE 21 - COLLECTIVE DECISIONS

 

The group of partners alone is competent to make the following decisions:

 

- Approval of the annual accounts and allocation of results,

- Approval of regulated agreements,

- Appointment of the Statutory Auditors,

- Increase, amortization and reduction of the share capital,

- Transformation of the Company,

- Merger, split or partial contribution of assets,

- Dissolution and liquidation of the Company,

- Increase in partners’ commitments,

- Approval of share transfers,

- Appointment, dismissal and remuneration of the Chairman,

- Modification of the articles of association, except transfer of the registered office,

 

All other decisions fall within the competence of the President.

 

ARTICLE 22 - FORM AND MODALITIES OF COLLECTIVE DECISIONS

 

Collective decisions are taken, at the choice of the President at a general meeting or result from the consent of the partners expressed in an act under private signature. They can also be the subject of a written consultation and be taken by any means of electronic telecommunication.

 

However, decisions relating to the approval of the annual accounts and the allocation of results, changes in the share capital, mergers, demergers or partial contributions of assets, excluding of an associate.

 

 
 

 

Any partner has the right to participate in collective decisions, personally or by proxy, regardless of the number of shares he owns. He must justify his identity and the registration of his actions on the day of the collective decision.

 

ARTICLE 23 - WRITTEN CONSULTATION

 

In the event of a written consultation, the Chairman sends each partner, by registered letter, the text of the proposed resolutions as well as the documents necessary to inform the partners.

 

The partners have ten days from receipt of the draft resolutions to send their vote to the author of the consultation by registered letter.

 

Any partner who does not respond within the above time limit is considered to have abstained.

 

ARTICLE 24 - GENERAL MEETING

 

General Meetings are convened either by the Chairman or by an agent appointed by the President of the Commercial Court ruling in summary proceedings at the request of one or more partners bringing together at least five percent of the capital or at the request of the social committee. and economic in the event of an emergency, or by the External Auditor, if there is one.

 

During the liquidation period, the Meeting is called by the liquidator.

 

The convocation is made by all written communication procedures eight days before the date of the meeting and mentions the day, time, place and agenda of the meeting.

 

However, the General Assembly meets validly on verbal convocation and without delay if all the partners agree.

 

The agenda is set by the author of the convocation.

 

One or more shareholders representing at least 25% of the capital have the right to request the inclusion of draft resolutions on the agenda of the Meeting by any means of written communication. These requests must be received at the head office came and at least one day before the date of the meeting. The President acknowledges receipt of these requests within three days of receipt.

 

The Assembly cannot deliberate on a question which is not on the agenda. It may however, in all circumstances, dismiss the Chairman, one or more officers, and replace them.

 

 
 

 

The partners can be represented at the deliberations of the General Meeting by another partner or by a third party justifying a mandate. Each representative can have an unlimited number of mandates.

 

Mandates can be given by any written communication process, and in particular by fax, electronic mail.

 

Any partner may vote by correspondence, using a form drawn up by the Company and given to partners who so request. He must complete the ballot, by ticking for each resolution, a single box corresponding to the meaning of his vote.

 

Failure to respond within the time period indicated by the convocation constitutes total abstention by the partner.

 

In the event of a remote vote using an electronic voting form or a proxy vote given by electronic signature, it is exercised under the conditions provided for by the regulations in force, either in the form of a secure electronic signature within the meaning of Decree 2017-1416 of September 28, 2017, or in the form of a reliable identification process guaranteeing its link with the act to which it is attached.

 

At each meeting, the chairman of the meeting may decide to mention the identity of each partner, the number of shares and the number of voting rights he has, in the minutes or in an attendance sheet that he has will certify after having had it signed by the partners present and the representatives.

 

The meetings of the general assemblies take place at the registered office or in any other place indicated in the convocation.

 

The Assembly is chaired by the President or, in his absence by a partner appointed by the Assembly.

 

The Assembly appoints a secretary who may be taken from outside its members.

 

ARTICLE 25 - RULES FOR ADOPTING COLLECTIVE DECISIONS

 

The voting right attached to the shares is proportional to the proportion of capital they represent. Each share gives the right to one vote.

 

Collective decisions involving modification of the articles of association, with the exception of those for which unanimity is required by law, will be taken by a two-thirds majority of the votes of the partners present or represented. The other decisions will be taken by an absolute majority of the votes of the partners present or represented.

 

 
 

 

ARTICLE 26 - MINUTES OF COLLECTIVE DECISIONS

 

Collective decisions taken in assembly are recorded in minutes signed by the President and the secretary and established in a special register, or on numbered loose sheets.

 

The minutes must indicate the place and date of the consultation, the documents and information communicated in advance to the partners, a statement of the debates as well as the text of the resolutions and for each resolution the result of the vote.

 

In the event of a collective decision resulting from the unanimous consent of the partners expressed in a deed, this deed must mention the documents and information previously communicated to the partners. It is signed by all the partners and transcribed in the special register or numbered pages.

 

Copies or extracts of the minutes of collective decisions are validly certified by the President, or a proxy authorized for this purpose.

 

ARTICLE 27 - PARTNERS ‘RIGHT OF INFORMATION

 

Whatever the method of consultation, any decision of the shareholders must be the subject of prior information including the agenda, the text of the resolutions and all documents and information enabling them to make an informed decision on the or the resolutions submitted for their approval.

 

The reports drawn up by the Chairman must be communicated at the expense of the Company to the partners five days before the date of the consultation, as well as the annual accounts and, where applicable, the consolidated accounts for the last financial year during the collective decision ruling on these accounts.

 

The partners can, at any time, consult at the registered office, and, if necessary take a copy, of the up-to-date articles of association of the Company as well as, for the last three financial years, of the company registers, of the annual accounts, of the table of last five financial years, consolidated accounts, reports and documents submitted to the partners on the occasion of collective decisions.

 

ARTICLE 28 - FINANCIAL YEAR

 

Each financial year lasts for one year, which begins on January 1 and ends on December 31.

 

As an exception, the first financial year will begin on the day the Company is registered in the Trade and Companies Register and will end on December 31, 2022.

 

 
 

 

ARTICLE 29 - INVENTORY - ANNUAL ACCOUNTS

 

Regular accounts are kept of corporate transactions, in accordance with the law and commercial practice.

 

At the end of each financial year, the Chairman draws up an inventory of the various elements of the assets and liabilities existing at that date and draws up the annual accounts including the balance sheet, the income statement and, if applicable, the appendix, in accordance with the laws and regulations in force.

 

It also draws up the balance sheet describing the assets and liabilities and showing separately the shareholders’ equity, the income statement summarizing the income and expenses for the year, as well as, where applicable, the appendix supplementing and commenting on the information given by the balance sheet and the income statement.

 

Even in the event of absence or insufficiency of profit, the necessary depreciation and provisions are made. The amount of bonded, endorsed or guaranteed commitments is mentioned after the balance sheet.

 

All these documents are made available to the Company’s Statutory Auditors, if any, under legal and regulatory conditions.

 

Within six months of the end of the financial year or, in the event of an extension, within the time limit set by court decision, the partners must rule by collective decision on the annual accounts, in the light of the management report and the report of the or the Statutory Auditors, if there are any. When the Company draws up consolidated accounts, these are presented, at the time of this collective decision, with the group’s management report and the report of the Statutory Auditors.

 

ARTICLE 30 - ALLOCATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE RESULT

 

The income statement which recapitulates the income and expenses for the financial year shows by difference, after deduction of depreciation and provisions, the profit or loss for the closed financial year.

 

At least five percent is deducted from the profit for the financial year less any previous losses to constitute the legal reserve fund. This deduction ceases to be compulsory when the reserve fund reaches one tenth of the share capital; it resumes its course when, for any reason, the legal reserve has fallen below this tenth.

 

Distributable profit is made up of the profit for the financial year less previous losses and sums to be carried in reserve, in application of the law and the articles of association, and increased by profit carried forward.

 

 
 

 

From this profit, the group of partners may withdraw any sums that it deems advisable to allocate to the endowment of any optional, ordinary or extraordinary reserve funds, or to carry forward again.

 

The balance, if any, is distributed among all the partners in proportion to their rights in the capital.

 

In addition, the group of partners may decide to distribute sums withdrawn from the available reserves, by expressly indicating the reserve items from which the withdrawals are made. However, dividends are taken in priority from the profits for the year.

 

Except in the case of a reduction in capital, no distribution can be made to the partners when the shareholders’ equity is or would become as a result of this, lower than the amount of the capital increased by the reserves that the law or the articles of association do not allow to be distributed. . The revaluation surplus is not distributable. It can be incorporated in whole or in part in the capital.

 

The losses, if any, are after the approval of the accounts by the group of partners, carried forward again, to be charged against the profits of subsequent years until extinction.

 

ARTICLE 31 - PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS - DEPOSITS

 

The terms of payment of cash dividends are set by collective decision of the shareholders or, failing that, by the Chairman.

 

However, the payment of dividends in cash must take place within a maximum period of nine months after the end of the financial year, unless this period is extended by court authorization.

 

When a balance sheet drawn up during or at the end of the financial year and certified by an External Auditor shows that the Company, since the end of the previous financial year, after constitution of the necessary depreciation and provisions and deduction made if any previous losses as well as sums to be carried in reserve, in application of the law or the articles of association, has made a profit, it can be distributed by decision of the Chairman of the interim dividends before the approval of the accounts of the exercise. The amount of these down payments may not exceed the amount of profit thus defined.

 

No repetition of dividends may be required from the partners except when the distribution was made in violation of legal provisions and the Company establishes that the beneficiaries were aware of the irregular nature of this distribution at the time of it or could not ignore it. given the circumstances. Where applicable, the action for recovery is barred three years after the payment of these dividends.

 

Dividends not claimed within five years of their payment are time-barred.

 

 
 

 

ARTICLE 32 - EQUITY LESS THAN HALF OF THE SHARE CAPITAL

 

If, due to losses noted in the accounting documents, the Company’s equity falls below half of the share capital, the Chairman must, within four months following the approval of the accounts showing these losses, consult the collectivity of partners, in order to decide whether there is any need for the early dissolution of the Company.

 

If the dissolution is not pronounced, the capital must be, within the period fixed by the law, reduced by an amount equal to that of the losses which could not be set off against the reserves if, within this period, the capital own have not become at least equal to half of the share capital.

 

In all cases, the collective decision of the partners must be published under the legal and regulatory conditions.

 

In the event of non-observance of these prescriptions, any interested party may seek the dissolution of the Company in court. The same applies if the group of partners has not been able to deliberate validly. However, the court cannot pronounce the dissolution if, on the day when it rules on the merits, the regularization has taken place.

 

ARTICLE 33 - TRANSFORMATION OF THE COMPANY

 

The Company can be transformed into a company of another form by collective decision of the partners under the conditions set by law.

 

The transformation into a general partnership requires the agreement of all the partners. In this case, the conditions provided for above are not payable.

 

The transformation into a limited partnership or by shares is decided under the conditions provided for the modification of the articles of association and with the agreement of each of the partners who agree to become general partners because of the joint and indefinite liability of the social debts.

 

The transformation into a limited liability company is decided under the conditions provided for the modification of the articles of association of companies of this form.

 

Any transformation which would lead either to an increase in the commitments of the partners or to the modification of the clauses of these statutes requiring the unanimity of the partners must be the subject of a unanimous decision by the latter.

 

 
 

 

ARTICLE 34 - DISSOLUTION - LIQUIDATION

 

The Company is dissolved in the cases provided for by law and, except for extension, at the expiration of the term fixed by the articles of association, or following a collective decision of the partners taken under the conditions fixed by these articles of association.

 

One or more liquidators are then appointed by this collective decision.

 

The liquidator represents the Company. He is vested with the broadest powers to realize the asset, even amicably. He is empowered to pay creditors and distribute the available balance among the partners.

 

The group of partners may authorize it to continue the business in progress or to initiate new ones for the needs of the liquidation.

 

The net proceeds from the liquidation, after reimbursement to each of the partners of the nominal and unamortized amount of their shares, is distributed among the partners in proportion to their participation in the share capital.

 

Losses, if any, are borne by the partners up to the amount of their contributions.

 

In the event that all the shares are combined in one hand, the dissolution of the Company entails, when the sole shareholder is a legal person, the universal transmission of the assets of the Company to the sole shareholder, in accordance with the provisions of the article 1844-5 of the Civil Code.

 

ARTICLE 35 - DISPUTES

 

All disputes that may arise during the term of the Company or during its liquidation, either between the Company and the partners holding its shares, or between the partners holding shares themselves, concerning social affairs, the interpretation or execution of these statutes will be judged in accordance with the law and subject to the jurisdiction of the competent courts.

 

ARTICLE 36 - APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

 

Appointment of the President

 

The first Chairman of the Company appointed under the terms of these articles of association without time limit is:

 

Mr. Frédéric SALLET

 

Born in L ARBRESLE (69) on March 19, 1975

French nationality

Resident Route Nationale 6, 69380 LISSIEU

 

 
 

 

Mr. Frédéric SALLET accepts the functions of Chairman and declares, as far as he is concerned, that he has not been affected by any incompatibility or any prohibition liable to prevent his appointment and the exercise of his functions.

 

ARTICLE 37 - COMMITMENTS ON BEHALF OF THE COMPANY IN TRAINING

 

In accordance with the law, the Company will only have legal personality from the day of its registration in the Trade and Companies Register.

 

The statement of acts performed in the name of the Company in formation, with an indication for each of them of the resulting commitment for the Company, is appended to these statutes.

 

This report was made available to the partners within the legal time limits at the address of the registered office.

 

The signing of these articles of association will take over these commitments by the Company, when the latter has been registered in the Trade and Companies Register.

 

The undersigned give a mandate to Mr. Frédéric SALLET for the purpose of carrying out the acts and making the necessary commitments on behalf of the Company.

 

These commitments will be taken over by the Company by the sole fact of its registration in the Trade and Companies Register.

 

The acts performed on behalf of the Company during the training period and regularly taken up by the latter will be attached to the first financial year.

 

ARTICLE 38 - ADVERTISING FORMALITIES - POWERS - FEES

 

All powers are given to the bearer of an original or a certified true copy of these presents to carry out all the legal formalities relating to the incorporation of the Company and in particular:

 

- Sign and have the notice of incorporation published in a medium authorized to receive legal notices in the department of the head office;

 

- Make all declarations to the competent Business Formalities Center;

 

- Carry out all formalities for the registration of the Company in the Trade and Companies Register;

 

- For this purpose, sign all deeds and documents, pay all rights and costs, and more generally do everything necessary to give the Company currently constituted its legal existence by completing all other formalities prescribed by law.

 

All powers are conferred on the bearer of an original or a certified true copy hereof for the purpose of carrying out all the publicity, filing and other formalities to achieve the registration of the Company in the Register of commerce and corporations.

 

 
 

 

    Done at St CYPRIEN ON
    23 April 2021
    In 2 Original copies

 

Frederic SALLET   Christophe QUINIOU
“Good acceptance of the functions of President”    
     
[signature of Frederic Sallet]   [signature of Christophe Quiniou]

 

STAR LEADER TRADING LIMITED Company   Company LE GALLION
Represented by Jonathan CHIANG   Represented by Bruno LE GALL
     
[signature of Jonathan Chiang]   [signature of Bruno Le Gall]

 

Company 6 th REAL ESTATE SENSE – INVESTMENT    
Represented by Nicolas GAGNEUX    
     
[signature of Nicolas Gagneux]    

 

 
 

 

ANNEX

STATEMENT OF ACTS COMPLETED

FOR THE TRAINING SOCIETY

BEFORE SIGNING THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

- Signature of an engagement letter with the company IN EXTENSO AUVERGNE RHONE ALPES.

 

- Opening of a bank account in the name and on behalf of the company with the bank Credit Agricole Centre-Est, Place de l’Eglise 69380 CHAZAY D’AZERGUES.

 

- Signature of a commercial lease for the premises located at Avenue de l’Industrie 42160 ST CYPRIEN.

 

In accordance with the provisions of article R. 210-6 of the French Commercial Code, this statement will be appended to the articles of association, the signature of which will take over the commitments by the Company as soon as it has been registered in the Trade and Companies Register.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

Wei Qi Yun Public Notary Office of Taichung District Court, Taiwan

 

Address: No. 112, 1 Ziyou Rd., West District, Taichung City

 

Tel:   04-222127361 (Opposite Taichung District Court)

 

ORIGINAL NOTARIAL CERTIFICATE   Year 109 Middle Court No. 0845

 

1.Requestor (full name, whether a legal person or other entity, alternate names and legal representative’s full name, gender, date of birth, identity certificate and number, home address or office address)

 

Lessor: Farglory Life Insurance Inc. / 84703052   28th Floor, 1 Songgao Road, Xinyi District, Taipei City
Legal representative: Meng Jia Ren / Male / 49.08.02 / Q120346645   2nd Floor, No. 19, 2 Shidong Road, Shilin District, Taipei City
Tenant: YMA Corporation / 54902977   7/F-1, No. 633, Sec.2, Taiwan Blvd., Taichung City, Xitun District
Legal representative: Chiang Jing Bin / Male / 56.06.08 / D120602620   Unit 6, Lane 9 No. 1, Weiguo Street 114, East District, Tainan City

 

2.Agent (full name, gender, date of birth, place of birth, identity certificate and number, home address or office address)

 

Lessor agent: Sun Hui Zhen / Female / 54.12.29 / E221202467   No. 633, Sec. 2, Taiwan Blvd., Xitun District, Taichung City
Lessee agent: Chen Shu Jhen / Female / 72.12.06 / P222884916   Unit 3, 8th Floor, No. 220 Wuquan Road, North District, Taichung City

 

3.Third parties, interpreters or witnesses permitted before law or agreed by the parties (full name, gender, date of birth, place of birth, identity certificate and number, home address or office address)

 

[ Blank ]

 

4. Subject of Public or Private Notary: House Lease Contract

 

To release the landlord’s house for lease, and sign a house lease contract with the lessee, with intention to bind. Both parties have agreed to the terms and are willing to implement them. To obtain legal protection for a period of time to avoid litigation by requesting for notarization.

 

5. Notary Public Witness Incidents:

 

(1)Statement by the Requestor on the notarized content: the Requestor (including the Agent) indicates that both parties have promised to enter into a lease contract, requesting notarization, and an agreement to enforce the contract.
(2)The situation as seen by the notary and the methods and results of other actual incidents: the identity certificate and related documents submitted by the Requestor are verified to be consistent with the content agreed in the contract, and the Requestor applies all meanings of such contents into the attached contract. There is no obvious violation of the law.

 

 
 

 

(3)The situation of the notary’s right to make an announcement and what the petitioner did: the notary asks the parties about the true meaning of the contract and informs the legal effect of the contract. The requester expressed understanding.

 

6.The purpose of the notarization and its basis in Law:

 

The notary public will make a notarized certificate and, if attached, the lease contract of the house based on the matters stated by the parties, and sign or seal it upon recognition. Notarization shall be made in accordance with the relevant provisions of Article 2 Section 1 and Article 13 Section 1 paragraph 1 and 10 of the Notarization Law, and other relevant regulations.

 

7.Binding obligations to involve enforcement in event of relocation:

 

If the lessee does not return the leased subject at the end of the lease term, or in event of non-payment of rent in accordance with the contract, or failure to perform liquidated damages in breach of contract, the lessee shall be subject to enforcement. If the lessor fails to return the security deposit after the lessee has repaid the house in accordance with the second paragraph of Article 7 of this agreement, the lessor shall be subject to enforcement.

 

8.This notarized certificate was made at the office of Wei Qi Yun, a private notary affiliated to the Taichung District Court in Taiwan Bay on Republic of China Republic Era 7th August, 109.

 

The above certificate has been acknowledged, signed and sealed by the following persons present:

 

Requestor   (signature and stamp)
     
Lessor agent:   Sun Hui Zhen
     
Lessee agent:   Chen Shu Jhen

 

Public Notary Officer of Taichung District Court, Taiwan: Wei Qi Yun

 

The public notary was signed on the 7th of August, 109 in Public Notary Office of Taichung District Court, Taiwan in witness of Wei Qi Yuan, of which the original was received by: Sun Hui Zhen, Chen Shu Jhen

 

Public Notary Officer of Taichung District Court, Taiwan: Wei Qi Yun

 

2 
 

 

Farglory Financial Center Taichung Lease Contract

 

Lessee: YMA Corporation Ltd.

 

Parties entering into the Lease Contract

 

Lessor: Farglory Life Insurance Inc.

 

In the matter of the lease of the “Farglory Financial Center Taichung” building (hereinafter referred to as the “Building”), both parties agree to enter into this lease agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “Lease Agreement”). Before signing this lease, the lessee has perused the document for more than five days, and understands that the terms of this Lease Agreement are fair and reasonable, and agrees to enter into this Lease Agreement and comply with the terms:

 

Article 1 The Leased Properties

 

Base location of the Leased Properties: No. 77-64, Hecuo Section, Xitun District, Taichung City. The useable zone is within the third block of the commercial area, and the house shall be used for the G2 office (hall), as shown in the following table. The house area includes public facilities, subject to the area registered under the ownership certificate (the floorplan of the house is shown in Annex 1, hereinafter referred to as the “Leased Properties”).

 

Floor Number   Building Number   Address  

Area/

Square Feet

  Remark
A01F07   4904   7/F-1, No. 633, Sec.2 Taiwan Blvd., Xitun District, Taichung City   105.36    
A02F07   4905   7/F-2, No. 633, Sec.2 Taiwan Blvd., Xitun District, Taichung City   105.09    

 

Article 2 Lease Period

 

The lease period of this lease is from Republic Era August 17, 109 to August 16, 111; for a total of 2 years.

 

Article 3 Rent (New Taiwan Dollars)

 

Lease Term   Lease Fee (excluding tax)   Business Tax   Total Rent   Remark
109.08.17-110.08.16   201,631   10,082   211,713   1st Year
110.08.17- 111.08.16   201,631   10,082   211,713   2nd Year

 

1.The rent includes 5% business tax. If the business tax is adjusted during the rental period, the lessee shall bear the difference.
  
2.Management fees, water, electricity and other expenses are borne by the lessee and are not included in the rent.

 

Article 4 Rent Payment Method

 

1.The rent shall be paid in monthly installments, and the Lessee shall deposit the monthly rent before the 16th of each month into the lessor’s designated account (Payee Details: [Cathay United Bank — Songshan Branch] Bank Code: [013] Account Number: [585900-54902977] Account Name: [Farglory Life Insurance Co., Ltd.]).

 

3 
 

 

2.If the lessee fails to pay the rent on time or if any of the issued rent bills are not present, the additional penalty shall be calculated at one thousandth of the monthly rent for every additional day.
  
3.In event when the lessee fails to pay the rent for two months, the lessor may terminate the lease.

 

Article 5 Security Deposit

 

1.In order to ensure compliance and performance of the terms and conditions of this lease, the lessee shall, upon signing the lease, pay a total lease deposit of NT$635,139 to the lessor. The lessee shall not claim to use the lease deposit to offset the rent.
  
2.If the lessee has arrears of expenses or other breaches of contract, or paid or consulted the fee after the lessor has issued reminders, the lessee may repay the amount using the lease deposit. The lessee shall make up the amount deducted by the lessor within a time period specified by the lessor, and the lessor shall seek compensation from the lessee separately.
  
3.After the lease period expires, and the lessee has fulfilled the obligations of this lease, and has not owed any rent or other expenses, and has returned the Leased Property to the lessor in their original state, the lessor shall return the lease deposit specified in the preceding paragraph without interest.

 

Article 6 Renewal

 

1.The lessee shall notify the lessor in writing three months before the expiration of the lease if the lease is to be renewed, and the lessor has up to a month to reply whether to renew the lease to the lessee. If the lessee wants to renew the lease, he should obtain the consent of the lessor and sign a new lease to adjust the rent before continuing to use. If the lessee does not want to renew the lease or the lessor does not want to continue the lease to the lessee, the lessee shall move out when the Lease Agreement is fulfilled during the lease period, and return the Leased Properties to the lessor, and shall not delay or require the lessor to make up for any expenses for the provisions of Article 451 of the Civil Law shall not apply. The lessee shall not claim that the lease relationship continues to exist on the grounds that the rent or lease deposit has been paid, and the lessor may immediately cut off the supply of water, power and air-conditioning, etc. of the Leased Properties.
  
2.If the lessee has no intention to renew the lease, they shall agree to unconditionally cooperate during the lessee’s work hours, such as renting, renting and indoor viewing.

 

Article 7 Interior Renovation and Maintenance

 

1.The lessee’s renovations shall comply with the relevant government building management laws, fire protection laws and public safety laws and regulations, and prior to renovation, the lessee apply for interior renovation permission from the competent authority. Before renovation, the lessee should first install adequate floorplan layouts, water and electricity, fire escape routes etc. in other design drawings and interior decoration certificates approved by the relevant competent authority, and deliver them to the lessor. The lessee can start renovations after the lessor’s consent.

 

4 
 

 

2.The lessee shall complete the renovation within the interior renovation permit period (including any extensions), and request a complete inspection and issue an interior renovation qualification certificate. After obtaining the adequate certificate, a photocopy of the certificate and the as-built aforementioned drawings shall be delivered to the lessee for inspection and keeping.
  
3.During the lease period, the lessee shall properly maintain the Leased Properties and its renovation, repair, maintenance and renewal costs of the Leased Properties shall be borne by the lessee, and shall be in accordance with the management regulations stipulated by the building management committee or the person in charge of management.
  
4.When the lease expires without renewal or termination, the lessee shall be responsible for restoring the indoor and layout renovations to its original state (such as the attached photo), and the transportation leases the goods to the lessor without damaging the building and its original equipment. If the lessee group does not vacate at that time, all decoration equipment and articles left in the leased property will be regarded as waste and will be handled by the lessor, and the restoring and other expenses shall be borne by the lessee.

 

Article 8 Expenses

 

The management fee, water and electricity fees of the leased property shall be borne by the lessee from the lease start date (if the actual payment date is advanced or delayed from the lease start date, the actual payment date shall prevail). The calculation standards are as follows:

 

1.The management fee is calculated at ¥115/square feet (tax included), and the management fee shall be prepaid every month, and the first business day of each month shall be the management fee payment day of the current month. The building management committee or the person in charge of management has the right to reasonably adjust the management fee based on the income and expenditure situation, but the lessee shall be notified in writing 3 months in advance.
  
2.The electricity used in the Leased Properties shall be calculated based on the consumption records of each household’s electricity meter, and shall be borne by the lessee. If the lessee installs other water equipment indoors, the lessee shall bear the cost of the water distribution meter installation and water consumption.
  
3.The power, lighting, air-conditioning etc. and other public parts of public facilities shall be borne by the lessee according to the calculations of the building management center. The water consumption of public facilities shall be treated the same.
  
4. The land price tax and house tax shall be borne by the lessor.
   
5.This lease agreement must be notarized, and the notarization fee shall be borne equally by both parties.

 

5 
 

 

Article 9 Use and Management

 

The lessee, in using the Leased Properties, shall comply with the following rules:

 

1.The use and management of the Leased Properties shall be handled in accordance with the relevant management measures stipulated by the building management committee or the person in charge of management. If the lessee violates the regulations, the lessor or the person in charge of the building management may notify the lessee in writing to make regular improvements. If the lessee fails to make improvements within the time limit, the lessor may terminate the lease at any time.
  
2.Signboard installation in thee Leased Properties etc. shall be handled by the lessee in accordance with the regulations for the management of signboard installation in this building.
  
3.The lessee shall allow the lessor and its agent and the personnel of the building management center to enter the Leased Properties to inspect and inspect the maintenance status when necessary, but the lessee shall be notified in advance.
  
4.When the tenants’ personnel or visitors and articles enter and exit the building, they shall be handled in accordance with the relevant management regulations of the building.
  
5.Without the written consent of the lessor, the lessee shall not lease out, sublet, gift, sell, allow others to borrow, or entrust others to operate, or merge with other companies all or any part of the Leased Properties without the lessor’s written consent, or if doing results in violation of the relevant management regulations of the building. The occurrence of any one of the aforementioned situations results in a breach of this Lease Agreement, and the lessor may immediately terminate the lease, and should this result in additional damages to the lessor, he may also request compensation from the lessee.
  
6.The lessee shall not store any prohibited, explosive, flammable or dangerous items in the Leased Properties, and shall not excessively use electrical appliances and cooking equipment or high-voltage equipment, neon tubes or LED advertising materials. Window glass shall not be installed and advertising materials shall not be posted. Without the consent of the management center, antennas, wire racks and various other equipment shall not be installed outdoors.
  
7.Should the lessee directly or indirectly damage and cause malfunction of the devices, equipment, wiring, etc. in the Leased Properties, or should the behavior of the lessee or his servants cause damage to any other person or property within the Leased Property, the lessee shall be liable for compensation and for ensuring that the lessor is protected from all confrontational acts, accusations, extortion and incidental expenses caused by such damages.
  
8.The lessee shall not do anything that would cause the fire insurance of the building or any insurance against third-party rights to be invalidated, or cause an increase in insurance premiums. The lessee shall compensate for the loss caused by the invalidation of the insurance contract of the lessor or other lessees, or all the expenses incurred by the renewal of the insurance contract or the overpayment of insurance premiums due to contravention of the aforementioned clauses.

 

6 
 

 

9.The public areas of this building, such as engine room space, unloading area parking space, locomotive parking space etc., are managed by the building management committee or the person in charge of management, and the planned usage and revenue have been reserved, in which the lessee has no objection towards.
  
10.Smoking is prohibited in the entire building and indoors (including the balcony of the air-conditioning machine room). Smokers should smoke in the designated area stipulated by the management center, and must not litter cigarette butts and other garbage.

 

Article 10 Maintenance and Emergency Incidents

 

1.In order to deal with emergency incidents (fire, water leakage, typhoon damage, etc.), the lessor may enter the Leased Properties to deal with the disaster without notifying the lessee, but the lessee shall be notified afterwards as quickly as possible.
  
2.In order to maintain the leased property or public equipment etc., the lessor shall notify the lessee in advance, and when accompanied by the lessee, the lessor may enter the Leased Properties for regular maintenance or inspection.

 

Article 11 Penalties for Breach of Contract

 

1.If the lessee violates or fails to perform the obligations stipulated in this lease, the lessor may terminate this lease and the lease deposit paid by the lessee will be used to pay for punitive liquidated damages, and may simultaneously be confiscated by the lessor without injury to make up for the loss of the lessor’s free period for decoration and early termination of the lease.
  
2.Upon expiration or termination of the lease term, the lessee shall move out and return the Leased Properties immediately, but should the lease be terminated by the lessor due to violation of the provisions of this lease, the lessee shall move out within the time limit specified by the lessor. If the lessee does not move out by the due date, the lessee agrees to be subjected to forced removal and shall bear all the costs of the lawsuit and enforcement. The lessee shall pay on a daily basis from the date when the transfer is overdue to the day when the transfer to the lessor is complete. The punitive liquidated damages amount to three times the daily agreed rent (based on calculations of the monthly rent on the 30th of each month) to the lessor.
  
3.Except for the punitive contract payment in the above paragraph 2, if the lessee causes other damages to the lessor, the lessee should still compensate the lessor to the extent that he is not overly affected.
  
4.If the lessee terminates the lease before the lease term expires, it shall notify the lessor in writing three months in advance, and use the lease deposit as the full compensation for any losses occurring to the lessor as a result of the termination.

 

Article 12 Supplementary Provisions

 

1.Inquiries, negotiations or notices by both the lessee and the lessor in performance of this Lease Agreement shall be in writing and mailed to the correspondence address contained in this Lease Agreement by registered mail, and any changes to the correspondence address shall be in writing and the other party shall be notified immediately, otherwise if posts are returned due to rejection or failure to deliver, the first delivery date at the post office will be regarded as the delivery date.

 

7 
 

 

2.The management committee or the person in charge of management have announced that the Farglory Financial Center Taichung Administration Provisions shall be a part of the Lease Agreement, and the lessee or its employees shall fully comply with it. Any violation or non-performance of these provisions shall also be regarded as a breach of contract.
  
3.In the event of disputes and litigation regarding this Lease Agreement, both the lessee and the lessor agree that the first instance jurisdiction shall be the Taichung District Court in Taiwan.
  
4.If this lease is dealt with through an intermediary of real estate brokerage, the real estate brokerage should register the real estate price in accordance with regulations.

 

5. Personal Data Provisions:

 

  1.Regarding all documents and information delivered by the lessee to the lessor due to the signing of this Lease Agreement, except for the following purposes, the lessor shall comply with the Personal Data Protection Law Regulations in its handling and utilization of data.
    
  2.The lessee agrees that the lessor may provide the lessee’s personal data or a copy of this Lease Agreement to the following relevant units:

 

  (1) Real estate brokerage for registering real-value declarations.
  (2) Relevant criminal units that handle applications for tap water, electricity, or public security, fire protection, etc.
  (3) The management center (or management committee) or property management company that performs management affairs.
  (4) Others when required by the unit or relevant competent authority to perform the related matters of this Lease Agreement.

 

6.The original Lease Agreement has 3 counterparts, with one copy held by the lessee, the lessor and the private notary.

 

Appendix:

 

  1. The floor plan of the house and the photos of the current indoor conditions.
     
  2. Farglory Financial Center Taichung Administration Provisions (delivered separately).

 

The original Lease Agreement has been prepared by the private notary.

 

8 
 

 

Contracting Parties:

 

Lessee: YMA Corporation
   
Representative:  Chiang Jing Bin
   
Address: 7/F-1, No. 633, Sec.2 Taiwan Blvd., Xitun District, Taichung City
   
Mail Address: 7/F-1, No. 633, Sec.2 Taiwan Blvd., Xitun District, Taichung City
   
Company No.: 54902977
   
Telephone: 04-23229900

 

Lessor: Farglory Life Insurance Inc., Ltd
   
Legal Agent: Meng Jia Ren
   
Address: 28th Floor, 1 Songgao Road, Xinyi District, Taipei City
   
Mail Address: 28th Floor, 1 Songgao Road, Xinyi District, Taipei City
   
Company No.: 84703052
   
Telephone: 02-27583099

 

Republic of China Republic Era 7th August, 109

 

9 
 

 

Appendix: House Floorplan

 

 

 

Appendix: Photograph of the indoors

 

(Original house condition is as shown, prior to exiting the lease, the house should be turned back into what is shown in the pictures)

 

 

10 

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

Wei Qi Yun Public Notary Office of Taichung District Court, Taiwan

 

Address: No. 112, Section 1, Ziyou Rd., West District, Taichung

 

Tel: 04-222127361 (Opposite Taichung District Court)

 

ORIGINAL NOTARIAL CERTIFICATE Year 109 Middle Court No. 0455

 

1.Requestor (full name, whether a legal person or other entity, alternate names and legal representative’s full name, gender, date of birth, identity certificate and number, home address or office address)

 

Lessor: Jiang Feng Yuan / Male / 54.05.09 / B120317115   No. 12, Shude Lane 1, South District, Taichung City
     
Tenant: YMA Corporation / 54902777   7/F-1, No. 633 Sec. 2, Taiwan Blvd., Taichung City, Xitun District
     
Legal representative: Chiang Jing Bin / Male / 56.06.08 / D120602620   Unit 6, Lane 9 No. 1, Weiguo Street 114, East District, Tainan City

 

2.Agent (full name, gender, date of birth, place of birth, identity certificate and number, home address or office address)

 

Renting agent: Chen Shu Jhen / Female / 72.12.06 / P222884916   Unit 3, 8th Floor, No. 220 Wuquan Road, North District, Taichung City

 

3.Third parties, interpreters or witnesses permitted before law or agreed by the parties (full name, gender, date of birth, place of birth, identity certificate and number, home address or office address)

 

[ Blank ]

 

4. Subject of Public or Private Notary: House Lease Contract

 

To release the landlord’s house for lease, and sign a house lease contract with the lessee, with intention to bind. Both parties have agreed to the terms and are willing to implement them. To obtain legal protection for a period of time to avoid litigation by requesting for notarization.

 

5. Notary Public Witness Incidents:

 

(1)Statement by the Requestor on the notarized content: the Requestor (including the Agent) indicates that both parties have promised to enter into a lease contract, requesting notarization, and an agreement to enforce the contract.
(2)The situation as seen by the notary and the methods and results of other actual incidents: the identity certificate and related documents submitted by the Requestor are verified to be consistent with the content agreed in the contract, and the Requestor applies all meanings of such contents into the attached contract. There is no obvious violation of the law.
(3)The situation of the notary’s right to make an announcement and what the petitioner did: the notary asks the parties about the true meaning of the contract and informs the legal effect of the contract. The requester expressed understanding.

 

 
 

 

6.The purpose of the notarization and its basis in Law:

 

The notary public will make a notarized certificate and, if attached, the lease contract of the house based on the matters stated by the parties, and sign or seal it upon recognition. Notarization shall be made in accordance with the relevant provisions of Article 2 Section 1 and Article 13 Section 1 paragraph 1 and 10 of the Notarization Law, and other relevant regulations.

 

7.Binding obligations to involve enforcement in event of relocation:

 

If the lessee does not return the leased subject at the end of the lease term, or in event of non-payment of rent in accordance with the contract, or failure to perform liquidated damages in breach of contract, the lessee shall be subject to enforcement. If the lessor fails to return the security deposit after the lessee has repaid the house in accordance with the second paragraph of Article 7 of this agreement, the lessor shall be subject to enforcement.

 

8.This notarized certificate was made at the office of Wei Qi Yun, a private notary affiliated to the Taichung District Court in Taiwan Bay on Republic of China Republic Era 21st of April, 109.

 

The above certificate has been acknowledged, signed and sealed by the following persons present:

 

  Requestor (signature and stamp)

 

  Lessor: Jiang Feng Yuan

 

  Renting agent: Chen Shu Jhen

 

Public Notary Officer of Taichung District Court, Taiwan: Wei Qi Yun

 

The public notary was signed on the 2nd of April, 109 in Public Notary Office of Taichung District Court, Taiwan in witness of Wei Qi Yuan, of which the original was received by: Jiang Feng Yuan, Chen Shu Jhen

 

Public Notary Officer of Taichung District Court, Taiwan: Wei Qi Yun

 

 
 

 

House Lease Contract

 

House Tenancy Contractors: Lessor:   Jiang Feng Yuan (hereinafter referred to as “Party A”)
Tenant:   YMA Corporation (hereinafter referred to as “Party B”)
Legal Rep.:   Chiang Jing Bin

 

In regards to house lease matters, the two parties have agreed to enter into this Contract with the following provisions:

 

Article 1: Leased Property

 

No. 18, 1 Shude Lane, South District, Taichung City; Scope of use: all.

 

Article 2: Lease Term

 

From Republic Era 16 June 109 to Republic Era 15 June 112, with a lease term of three years.

The renovation period is between Republic Era 1 May 109 to Republic Era 15 June 109, and Party A agrees to give preferential treatment without involving calculation of rent.

 

Article 3: Rent and Security Deposit

 

  1. Rent Payment

 

Monthly rent is New Taiwan Dollars (“NT$”) Twenty-Four Thousand, Three Hundred and Thirty-Six Yuan (excluding 20,434 rental income tax)

 

3,902 Yuan for second-generation health insurance (the current premium rate is 1.91%, adjustments subject to changes in the future), the actual payment amount is 180,000 Yuan, and all outstanding payments will be delivered to Party A at the end of the year.

 

2.Rent Payment Method

 

Party B shall issue twelve rent cheques to Party A in the first month of each lease year. The cheques shall be available on the 16th of every month.

 

3.The security deposit is NT$360,000 yuan, and Party B shall pay it upon signing this contract. When Party B completes the return of the house in accordance to Article 7 paragraph 2 of this Contract, after deducting the expenses that must be paid by Party B for use or the compensation caused by Party B’s damage, Party A shall return the security deposit to Party B without interest.

 

  4. The security deposit in the preceding paragraph shall not be deducted from the rent.

 

Article 4: Restrictions on the Use of the Leased Property

 

  1. The Leased Property shall be for business, laboratory and factory use.

 

2.Without the consent of Party A, Party B shall not sublet, lend, give away, or provide others to use the leased object in other ways not agreed upon by Party A.

 

3.The Leased Property shall not be used for illegal use or storage of dangerous goods, which will affect public safety.

 

 
 

 

4.Should the Leased Property require tower repair, reinforcements, renovations, and modifications necessary for the business, Party B shall be responsible for them and bear the costs of these modifications. Should the Leased Property require relocation of equipment, additional equipment (hydropower, fire-fighting equipment), and if necessary to modify the structure, Party B shall obtain the consent of Party A to install it on its own, but shall not damage the original building and bear the cost of refitting the facilities. When Party B returns the house, where additional installations have been done by Party B, and where Party A believes that the house should be restored to its original state, Party B shall be responsible for restoring the original state by itself and shall not require Party A to compensate for any expenses.

 

Article 5: Liabilities for Danger

 

1.Party B should use the house with kind management and care. Except in the case of natural disasters and inevitable circumstances etc., if Party B’s intention or negligence damages the house, or causes damages to the house due to reasons attributable to Party B, Party B shall be responsible for damages and public safety.

 

2.During the lease term, Party B shall have Part A secure full fire insurance for the leased house. The insurance premium shall be paid by Party B. A copy of the insurance policy shall be presented to Party A within one month from the date of signing this Contract. Party B shall fully cooperate with the insurance company in handling all matters concerning the identification and settlement of claims.

 

Article 6: Penalties

 

If Party B does not return the Leased Property upon the expiration of the lease term or in breach of contract after Party A’s reminder, then the rent will still be calculated on a daily basis. On every day after the deadline, Party A shall be paid a penalty of five times the daily rent. In addition, Party B violates the provisions of Article 4 paragraph 2, Party A may terminate the lease and request Party B to pay the penalty of NT$36,000.

 

Article 7: Other Agreed Terms

 

1.Party A shall bear the housing tax and land value tax of the Leased Property. Party A shall bear the water and electricity charges, telephone charges and taxes and fees that must be paid in business. The cost of regular inspection and maintenance and fire safety inspection shall be borne by Party B and is responsible for the interim report.

 

2.Upon expiration of the lease term or termination of the lease, Party B must register for continuous transfer and return the Leased Property in regards to company registration, profit-making registration, and factory registration, and shall not require Party A to pay for any related expenses.

 

3.The Leased Property is handed over to Party B in its current state. During the lease period, if the house is damaged due to natural damage or natural disasters, Party A shall be responsible for the repair. The use of consumables that need to be replaced, and the related repair costs shall be taken care of by Party B. Party B shall not require Party A to compensate for the expenses when returning the Leased Property.

 

 
 

 

4.The air-conditioning equipment handed over for the subject of this lease shall be used by Party B, and Party B shall be responsible for maintenance, and shall also be handed over when the lease expires or the lease is terminated.

 

5.When the lease expires and the lease is not renewed or when the lease is terminated, if Party B still leaves furniture, machinery or other items not scattered, it shall be deemed to have given up for disposal to Party A, and the disposal costs shall be borne by Party B. Party A shall not be required to make compensation for valuables or any other reason.

 

6.The lease term of this contract is over one year. When Party B intends to terminate the lease, they shall inform Party A six months in advance, and Party A will refund the outstanding rent without interest. There is no interest when Party B completes the return of the house in accordance to Article 7 Paragraph 2.

 

7.When the lease term of this contract expires and Party A does not lease or Party B does not renew the lease, it shall inform the other party in a letter six months before the expiration of the lease, and Party B has the priority to lease again.

 

8.Regarding the Leased Property, Party A currently does not provide Party B for factory registration. If Party B requires it and Party A can provide for factory registration in the future, Party B agrees to increase the monthly rent by 8,000 Yuan.

 

9.When Party B owes rent for more than two months, or breaches the restrictions on the use of the leased property in Article 4, Party A may terminate the lease and take back the Leased Property.

 

10.Both parties of this lease Contract agree to handle notarization, and both parties shall bear one-half of the cost of notarization.

 

11.All notices for fulfilling this contract should be based on the addresses and telephone numbers recorded in the Contract. If the delivery fails after being notified to other parties, the first date of delivery shall be regarded as the notification date.

 

Article 8: Matters subject to enforcement

 

If the lessee fails to return the Leased Property at the end of the lease term, or fails to pay rent in accordance with the Contract, or fails to perform the liquidated damages when the lease expires, the lessee shall be subject to enforcement. If the lessor does not return the security deposit after the lessee has agreed to return the house in accordance with Article 7 Paragraph 2 of this Agreement, the lessor shall also be subject to enforcement.

 

Article 9: The clauses listed in this agreement are signed after both parties have read in detail and agreed to implement them, and they will take effect after both parties sign. Both parties agreed to use Taichung District Court as the Court of First Instance.

 

Article 10: There are five copies of this Contract, and each party, the notary, the referee and the court shall hold one copy as proof.

 

Supplementary Documents:             1. Single copy of the housing tax department

2. Copy of the identity certificate of the representative of Party A

 

 
 

 

3. Copy of the official company registration of Party B.

4. Copy of the identity certificate of the representative of Party B

5. Certified description of the Leased Property

 

* The Supplementary Documents have been delivered by both parties.

 

Party A (Lessor): Jiang Feng Yuan
Identity No. : B120317115
Address : No. 165, Alley 418, 506 Xinan Road Section 1, Wuri District, Taichung City
Telephone No. : (04) 2335-4606
   
Party B (Lessee): YMA Corporation
Legal Representative: Chiang Jing Bin
Agent: Chen Shu Jhen
Registration No.: 54902777
Address : 7/F-1, No. 633 Sec. 2, Taiwan Blvd., Taichung City, Xitun District
Telephone No. : (04) 2322-5950

 

Republic of China Republic Era 21st April 109

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

Republic of China ID Card

 

To be used for House Rental Purposes

 

Name: Jiang Feng Yuan

 

 

[picture]

Date of Birth: Ming Guo 9th May, Year 59 Sex: Male
Expiry Date: Ming Guo 25th December, Year 95, Tai Chung Central

ID No.

B120317115

 

Father: Jiang Sheng Hong   Mother: Jiang Qiu Yu Mei
Spouse: Lai Mei Miao To be used for House Rental Purposes
Place of Birth: Taiwan Province Taichung District
Address: No. 12, Shude Lane 1, South District, Taichung City
[bar code]                       1715418505

 

 
 

 

Taichung City Government Letter

 

Address: No. 99, Sec. 3 Taiwan Avenue, Xitun District, Taichung City

Person in Charge: Qiu Yu Qin

Fax: 04-22297657

Telephone number: 22289111 Line: 31361

 

22/F, No. 88 Sec. 1 Wei Chung Road, Xitun District, Taichung City 407

Recipient: YMA Corporation Agent: Hang Yu Ye Accountants

 

Publication Date: Republic Era 6 January, 109

Publication Number: Government granted business Number 10907001190

Category: Normal

Confidential level and decrypting condition or terms of confidentiality:

Attachment: See below

 

Subject: The Company on 2 January, 109 applied for the registration of foreign names, the sole legal person shareholder reassigns directors and supervisors, and amends the registration of changes to the articles of association. After verification and compliance with regulations, the registration is approved.

 

Description:

 

1.Enclosed are one receipt of prescribed fee and one form of change of registration. Any case application submit to the government thereafter shall mark the company uniform number 54902977 and file number (10014306) on the application form.

 

2.Name of counterparty: YMA Corporation (Name of representative: Chiang Jing Bin; ID number: D12060****); Address of the Company: 7/F-1, Sec. 2 Taiwan Blvd., Xitun District, Taichung City) .

 

3.Pursuant to the stipulation under the [Autonomous Regulations on the mandatory insurance of public place of business on public accident liability and risk in Taichung City], if the business premises of the company or branch with its address in this market fall under the provisions of Article 3 of the said Autonomous Regulations, which shall be covered by public accident liability insurance, they shall be insured in accordance with the said Autonomous Regulations. If they do not comply with the said Autonomous Regulations, they shall be sanctioned in accordance with Article 9 of the said Autonomous Regulations.

 

4.If you are dissatisfied with this sanction, you shall submit a petition within 30 days from the day after receiving the sanction and send it to Chan of this department to be forwarded to the Ministry of Economic Affairs to file a petition.

 

 
 

 

According to the provisions under Article 22-1 of the Companies Law, except for foreign companies, companies with public issued shares and state-owned enterprises, the Company shall review this change, and if there are changes on the information of directors, supervisors, managers, and shareholders who hold more than 10% of the total issued shares or total capital, the Company shall report such changes on the “Company Responsible Person and Major Shareholder Reporting Platform” (website: https://ctp.tdcc.com.tw) within 15 days of such changes. If such changes are not reported or the information reported are false, and such changes are not updated even after notification within a given period, the Company may be subject to penalty of NTD 50,000 ~ 5,000,000, the greatest penalty would be abolishing the company registration. Method of application and related regulations can be referred to on the application platform.

 

In respect of the part of universal health insurance, please submit the relevant forms to the Central District Business Team of the Central Health Insurance Division of the Ministry of Health and Welfare to handle the change of the person in charge of the insurance unit. For relevant regulations, please refer to the global information website (http://www.nhi.gov.tw) of the department.

 

“Taichung City Youth Entrepreneurship and Small and Medium0sized Enterprise Loans” provide financial assistance up to $3,000,000. For related matters, please contact the Youth Entrepreneurship Dreamer Project Office by phone (number: 04-25675713) or by website: (http://www.taichung-sbir.org.tw).

 

For those who need to operate import and export business, please pay attention to the relevant provisions of the English name pre-check and the registration of export and import manufacturers. (regulations on related matters please contact Ministry of Economy International Trading Department by phone (number: 07-2711171 ext. 218)

 

Original: YMA Corporation

Copy:

 

Mayor Lu Xiu Yan

 

 
 

  

  (Company seal)   (Company seal)
Tick when there is change

 

 

[stamp]

Tick when there is change

 

 

[stamp]

 

Please use oily ink pad for the seal, and do not exceed the frame

 

Shareholding Limited Company Change of Registration Form

 

Change inspection code:

 

Company uniform code: 54902977

 

Company contact number:

 

Foreign investment business: [v] Yes [  ] No Issued in Public [  ] Yes [v] No

 

Mainland financed: [  ] Yes [v] No

 

No. of shareholder of closed shareholding limited company

 

Multiple voting rights special shares: [  ] Yes [v] No

 

Special unit with veto power for special matters: [  ] Yes [v] No

 

Restrictions or prohibition on special shareholder being elected as director or supervisor: [  ] Yes [v] No or the right to be elected of certain quota

 

 
 

 

Originally named as _______________________ Corporation

 

  1.Company Name (After Change) Chinese YMA CORPORATION (in Chinese)
v Foreign Language (as set out in the articles of association) YMA CORPORATION
  2. (postal code) Address of the Company (including county city and village) (407) 7/F-1, No. 633, Sec. 2 Taiwan Blvd., Xitun District, Taichung City
  3. Responsible person of the company Chiang Jing Bin 4. Price per share (Arabic numbers) $10
  5. Total amount of capital (in Arabic numbers) $200,000,000
  6. Paid-up Capital (in Arabic numbers) $30,000,000
  7. Total number of shares 20,000,000   8. Total number of issued shares 1. Ordinary shares 3,000,000
2. Special shares
v 9. Number of directors and their terms 3 persons from 18 December 108 to 17 December 111 (including 0 independent director)
v

10 [v] Number of supervisors and their terms or

[  ] audit committee

1 person from 18 December 108 to 17 December 111
The Company has audit committee composed of all independent directors in replace of supervisors
v 11. Date of amendments on company’s articles of association 18 December 108
                 

Date of Change of Registration: 6 January 109 No. 10907001190 Document Number:

 

Row for sealing of public record

 

[Seal]

 

1. There are two counterparts for the application form, one copy kept by the inspection unit and one copy return to the company for record.

 

2. In order to be edited electronically, please type or print in black and white and fill in clearly. For the number parts, please use Arabic numbers and don’t fold, label or correct.

 

3. If there is any change on the registration date number or filing number, applicant please do not fill in.

 

4. If there is any false record on the company capital in violation of the Companies Law, the responsible person of the company can be subject to fixed-term imprisonment for 5 years at most.

 

5. In order to cooperate with the postal matters, please add postal code to the address.

 

6. In the tenth row, in accordance with the content of the company’s articles, please mark on “the number of supervisor and their terms” and fill in the number and terms; or in mark on the “audit committee” and no need to fill in the number and term part.

 

7. Closed shareholding limited company shall fill in number of shareholders, person paying with techniques or labor shall fill in the corresponding shareholdings and paid amount as stipulated in the article of association (payment by labour only apply to closed shareholding limited company)

 

 
 

 

YMA Corporation Change Registration Form

 

Note: If the rows/columns are not enough, please copy or if there are unused rows/columns, please delete. If this page is not enough to use, please copy the full page and edit the rows/columns.

 

mark v when there is change

12. Description on the increase in share capital

(If the shares are the merger of 9, 10, 11, 12, please also fill in the 14th row)

 

Increase in Captial

1. Cash    share, $
2. Assets    share, $.
3. Techniques  share, $...
4. Share swap  share, $  
5. Conversion of subscription rights certificate    shares, $
Equity Account Adjustment 6. Capital reserve  shares, $.....
7. Statutory surplus reserve……shares, $   
8. dividend and bonus   shares, $......
Merger and Acquisition 9. merger   shares, $....
10. Split transfer  shares, $.....
11. Conversion of shares   shares, $   
12. Acquisition   shares, $    
Others 13. Debt payment   shares, $   
14. Company convertible bonds   shares   $
15. Labor   shares, $  
 
 
  13. Description of this decrease in share capital 1. Breakeven   shares; $    2. Return of shares   share; $   
3. Cancellation of Treasury shares   shares; $   4. Merger share cancellation    share; $
5. Divide and reduce capital   shares; $   6. Repossession of special shares
   
  14. Description on the information of company being merged or acquired
Type of merger and acquisition Date of merger and acquisition Company under merger or acquisition
    Company name and uniform code
     
           

Row for sealing of public record

 

[Seal]

 

 
 

 

YMA Corporation

 

Note: If the rows/columns are not enough, please copy or if there are unused rows/columns, please delete. If this page is not enough to use, please copy the full page and edit the rows/columns.

 

Business Conducted
No. Code Description of business item
1 CD01050 Manufacturing of bicycles and its parts
2 CH01010 Manufacturing of Sports Equipment
3 F106020 Daily necessities wholesale
4 F107990 Other chemical products wholesale
5 F114040 Bicycle and its parts wholesale
6 F401010 International trading
7 F601010 Business of intellectual property rights
8 I50`0`0 Business of product design
9 ZZ99999 In addition to the approved business, business not under prohibition or restriction pursuant to business regulations

 

List of directors, supervisors or other responsible persons
Code Title Name (or name of legal entity) ID number (or uniform code of legal entity) shareholding (no. of share)
(postal code) Residential address (or address of legal entity)
1 Chairman Chiang Jing Bin D120602620 3,000,000 shares
(701) No. 1-6, Sec. 9, 114 Wei Guo Road, Eastern District, Tainan City
2 Director Chiang Yu-Ning D220602686 3,000,000 shares
(236) 5/F No. 1, Sec. 72, Qing Shui Road, Tu Cheng District, New Taipei City
3 Director Chiang Li Gin D120602639 3,000,000 shares
(236) 5/F No. 1, Sec. 72, Qing Shui Road, Tu Cheng District, New Taipei City
4 Supervisor Huang Shen Huei N103318298 3,000,000 shares
(302) 8/F, 279 Wenxing Road, Zhubei City, Hsinchu County

 

Row for sealing of public record

 

[Seal]

 

 
 

 

YMA Corporation

 

Note: If the rows/columns are not enough, please copy or if there are unused rows/columns, please delete. If this page is not enough to use, please copy the full page and edit the rows/columns.

 

Represented Legal Entity
Code Directors and Supervisor Code Name of represented legal entity uniform code of legal entity
(postal code) Address of legal entity
`1 1 ~ 4 GOAL BEYOND LIMITED  
(     ) Offshore Chambers, P.O. Box 217, Apia, Samoa

 

Row for sealing of public record

 

[Seal]

 

 
 

 

 

Description of the Leased Property

 

Land Unit: No. 1409-6, Shuzijiao Lane, South District, Taichung City
House No.: No. 18, Shude Lane 1, South District, Taichung City
Factory Lights: None Building Width 13.14 Meters Land sq area 210.54 Sq ft
Nature of Use: Industrial Building Depth 32 Meters Building sq area 277.23 Sq ft
Seating Direction Northwest towards Southeast Base Floor Height      
Land Width   Important Structures RC    
Land Depth   Existing Dynamics      
Pavement Width 6 Meters        
Current Status Moving in Progress        
Remarks The Property is 190 square feet

 

 

 

[picture]

 

 

 

 

Lessor   Lessee

[stamp]

 

[stamp]  [stamp] [stamp]  [stamp]

 

 
 

 

Wei Qi Yuan Office Notary of the Taichung District Court of Taiwan
  PAYMENT RECEIPT

001168

 

 

 

 

 

first

 

receipt

21st April, Year 109 Registration No.: 38906700

Payer: YMA Corporation

 

Case No.: Year 109, Court Notary Qi No.: 0045

Type of Fee

Please write “√”

 

√ Notary fee 口 Service fee 口Travel fee 口 consultation fee 口 Other

Amount

 

NTD 4500 Yuan only

Type of Case

 

√ Notary 口 Certificate

Location: Taichung District Court

Name: Private Notary Offices Wei Qi Yuan

No. 112, 1 Ziyou Rd, West District, Taichung City

Tel.: 2221 2736

Fax.: 2221 2737

Person in Charge

 

[stamp] Agent [stamp]
 
               

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

Housing Lease Contract

 

Lessor (Party A): Dongguan Yuantai Sports Equipment Co. Ltd

 

Lessee (Party B): YMA Composite Materials (DG) Co., Ltd.

 

After the negotiation between Party A and Party B, both parties have signed the following terms of the contract, which will jointly implemented by.

 

Article 1: Party A shall agree that the lease will be located on in 4/F and 5/F, Block B, Industrial Zone, 93 Tangxia Main Road South, Dongguan City, with an area of approximately 750 square meters for Party B to use.

 

Article 2: Rental terms

 

1. The lease is a 3 year fixed contract, which starts from 26 February 2022 to 25 February 2025. After the end of this contract, Party B shall have the priority to renew the contract under the same terms and conditions.

 

2. Party B will start to pay rent in 26 February 2022.

 

3. The rent of the production plant is RMB16,500 yuan, the rent of the dormitories is ____ yuan. Other fees: management fees _____yuan, elevator maintenance fees RMB500yuan, production plant manager fees ____ yuan, cleaning fees _____ yuan, security fees ________ yuan, a total of RMB17000 yuan (Renminbi Seventeen thousand yuan only) (Note: The amount of rent does not include tax. If Party B requests an invoice according to the current tax standard, Party B shall pay 5.5% of the rent amount as the actual tax to Party A.)

 

4. The monthly rent increases by _____% every two years.

 

 

 

 

5. After the signing of this contract, Party B shall, within three working days from the date of receipt of Party A’s payment request, pay to Party A three-month’s rent of 49500 yuan for the production plant and dormitory as a security deposit for the performance of this contract (the actual expenses shall be confirmed with receipts), and at the same time complete payment of the rent for three month of production plant and dormitory of RMB6300 yuan. If this contract is expires, Party B shall withdraw the lease and handover the property for inspection. Party A shall return the security deposit paid by Party B after all the payment have been settled.

 

Article 3: Water and Electricity Supply

 

1. Part A provides 315 KVA of the electricity to Party B for use. The sum of the rated power of all Party B’s equipment and its domestic electricity load shall not exceed the electricity applied for (the basic electricity fee and surcharge shall be charged according to the regulations of the Power Supply Bureau). Party B shall be responsible for the lines and devices connected to Party B’s equipment in the electrical room. Part B shall install lighting meters and power meters that have passed the inspection of the power supply department in the power distribution room. The production equipment must be installed with qualified leakage devices. When the installation is complete, it can only have power transmission after it has been accepted by the electrician of the property management office. The workshop is charged at 1.4yuan/KWH for peak, peak:1.1yuan/KWH, Flat: 0.84 yuan/KWH, valley: 0.34 yuan/KWH, and dormitory electricity is charged at 1.2 yuan/KWH. In addition, Party B will be charged 6% of the monthly electricity fee for power transformation and distribution equipment, facility maintenance funds, 6% of transformer and wire losses, Party B will install water meters at the specified location, and the water used in the factory and the drinking water will be delivered at 6 yuan/square.

 

2. Party A provides the elevator for Party B to use, and Party B must use it within the safe range of the freight elevator, and it is forbidden to carry people and overload; if Party B violates the operation during the use process, the consequences shall be borne by Party B; the electricity cost of the elevator shall be paid by Party B and the shared persons according to the actual situation. cost sharing.

 

3. The electricity fee for public lighting shall be charged in proportion to the leased area and shall be borne by Party B.

 

4. Party A leases the premise to Party B in the current state. Party B declares that it has inspected the leased part on site before signing this contract, fully understands and accepts the premise and its existing decoration and facilities.

 

5. During the contract period, if the state adjusts the price of water and electricity in a unified manner, Party A will make a corresponding increase based on the above.

 

2

 

 

Article 4: Rights and Obligations of Party A

 

1. Party A is responsible for the property management of the industrial zone, and is responsible for the maintenance and management of the public area of the buildings and public area in the zone.

 

2. Party A is responsible for the maintenance and management of the supporting public facilities and equipment in the industrial park (water supply system, transformer, power distribution room, fire-fighting facilities, etc.); responsible for the repair and maintenance of the main structure of the factory building in the industrial park to ensure the normal use of the factory building, such as if there is rain leakage or damage to the outside of the workshop or the roof, it is necessary to arrange personnel to repair and handle within one day to ensure the normal use of Party A.

 

3. Cooperate and assist the public security organs to carry out security work such as public security monitoring and inspections (but not including personal and property insurance and custody responsibilities).

 

4. If Party B needs to register a business license for renting the above-mentioned premises, Party A shall assist with Party B in order to go through relevant procedures.

 

5. Party A must be equipped with relevant personnel to conduct scientific and safe management of the leased premise, and provide a favorable environment for production and living.

 

6. Party A guarantees that it has the right to lease the above-mentioned premises, otherwise the losses caused to Party B shall be borne by Party A.

 

7. To collect and pay rent, water, electricity, etc.

 

8. Management of cleaning, greening and decoration in the area; (Party A is responsible for Party B’s internal disposal of industrial waste)

 

9. Party A is responsible for property management services, Party A charges Party B’s plant property management fee per month at a rate of one yuan per square meter.

 

Article 5: Rights and Obligations of Party B

 

1. Party B shall pay Party A the rent of the leased premise and other expenses on a monthly basis. The expenses consist of: (1) the rent of the current month (2) the water and electricity charges of the previous month (3) various miscellaneous expenses (elevator fee, basic electricity fee, sanitation fee, Village committee fees, late fees, etc.).

 

2. Party B must be paid all rental fees before the 5th day of each month. In case of festivals and holidays, it will be postponed on schedule, and Party B will send the rental fees to management office.

 

3

 

 

3. If Party B fails to pay off all lease fees on time, Party B shall pay penalty to Party A, which shall be calculated at 10% of the amount owed every day, otherwise Party A has the right to cut off electricity, water or take other corresponding measures, (Party B shall be responsible for all losses caused by water outage and power outage. If Party B is in arrears for more than 20 days, Party A shall have the right to refuse to refund the rental deposit and take back the rental premise, and shall have the right to detain and dispose of Party B’s movable and immovable property such as equipment of equal value, Party B must pay all outstanding fees, late fees and liquidated damages before moving out.

 

4. Upon the expiration of the lease term, Party B must move out the belongings on the contract termination date, and shall not damage all premise accessories (cables, doors and windows, ceilings, interior and exterior walls, decoration, etc.) that were decorated and decorated during the lease period. The lease deposit shall be returned to Party B without interest within 7 days after the settlement of the balance with Party A. After Party B’s relocation and acceptance, if there is still any leftover in the premise, it shall be deemed that Party B has given up the ownership and shall be disposed of by Party A.

 

5. During the lease period, Party B must operate in accordance with the law, and complete the relevant procedures in accordance with the regulations of the relevant departments of industry and commerce, environmental protection, fire protection, taxation, etc. If the leased premise needs to be decorated, the decoration specifications and all materials must comply with the regulations of the fire department. All losses and legal liabilities caused by all parties shall be borne by Party B.

 

6. When the lease term expires or the contract is terminated, if Party B does not move out on time, Party B is willing to pay the premise usage fee on a daily basis, and the payment standard is twice the daily rent (usage fee).

 

7. Upon the expiration of the contract, if Party A’s leased premise needs to continue to be leased, under the same conditions, Party B has the priority to lease.

 

8. During the contract period, if Party B requests to terminate the contract in advance, the rental deposit collected by Party A shall not be refunded and shall be compensated for two months to Party A as compensation. At the same time, Party B must notify Party A in writing two months in advance before terminating the contract. Otherwise, Party A shall bear the loss of rent during the period when Party A fails to find a tenant after the termination of the contract.

 

9. Party B must use the leased premise reasonably according to the purpose of the premise, and shall not change the purpose without permission, if there is any consequences and it shall be borne by Party B.

 

10. Party B shall not arbitrarily change the structure of the workshop and dormitory, and shall not change the load-bearing walls, formwork beams, pillars, etc. If the workshop and dormitory need to be renovated, construction drawings must be drawn and submitted to the engineering department of the company for approval before construction, and also pay for the construction deposit, If there is no construction drawing or if the deposit is not paid, or the construction is not allowed, or the construction is not according to the drawing, the deposit will not be refunded.

 

4

 

 

11. Party B shall not use the leased premise to store dangerous goods and carry out illegal activities. Noise, sewage and exhaust emissions must meet the environmental protection requirements of the state and local governments, otherwise, all consequences shall be borne by Party B.

 

12. Party B shall decide whether to buy premise property insurance according to the condition of the leased premise. For the insurance production business, full property insurance must be purchased for the premise (1,000 yuan insurance compensation per square meter). At the same time, Party B should strengthen fire prevention work. If both parties suffer losses due to fire and other management reasons, the compensation from the premise insurance will be belonged to Party A, and the equipment insurance compensation will be belonged to Party B.

 

13. Party B shall, in accordance with the (Labor Law, Labor Contract Law) and other laws and regulations on wage payment regulations formulated by the national and local governments at all levels, pay employee wages on time and shall not be in arrears, otherwise Party A shall have the right to terminate the contract and not refund the security deposit.

 

14. Party B shall not sublease or sub-lease the leased premise, and shall not carry out production and living in violation of the regulations of relevant government departments such as fire protection and environmental protection, and shall not store valuables in the leased premise. Party A shall not be responsible for any loss.

 

15. Party B shall not use induction cooker, heat up quickly, cook or stir-fry vegetables in the rented dormitory, but can have meals in the industrial park. If Party A’s circuit is damaged due to violation of this clause, and Party B shall compensate for the loss. If other accidents are caused, Party B shall bear the corresponding legal responsibilities.

 

16. In the process of using the premise, Party B should take care of the premise and its ancillary facilities. If the premise structure and surrounding facilities are damaged due to human mistakes, Party B should repair it in time. If it cannot be repaired, Party B must pay for the compensation.

 

17. During the period of renting the premise, Party B shall pay attention to safety production and fire prevention work, and the load of the premise shall not exceed the load-bearing requirements, otherwise, Party B shall be responsible for the accidental casualties and all settlement losses.

 

18. After entering the site, Party B shall not occupy the fire exit without permission, shall not obstruct public land and public facilities, shall not cut, damage, alter or interfere with the public water, electricity or gas supply and fixed installations such as drains, culverts, pipes, cables, fire-fighting facilities, etc. in the industrial area.

 

5

 

 

19. In order to ensure the public safety of the tenants, Party B must apply for a work permit for itself and its employees in time after entering the site. Party B shall properly handle the internal relations of its own employees and resolve the internal conflicts between employees and the company’s employees in a timely manner. At the same time, Party B shall educate the employees not to climb in the workshop, dormitory corridor and stairway, and not to throw objects from high altitudes, and Party B shall bear all the consequences. Party A shall not be held responsible for any personal injury or accident of Party B’s employees.

 

20. During the lease period, Party B shall educate its employees to pay attention to fire prevention, pay attention to environmental sanitation, save water and electricity, wear a label when entering and leaving, not littering, abide by social ethics, abide by the relevant regulations of the industrial park and all enterprises in the industrial park. Friendly coexistence and mutual support of the industry, and assist Party A to manage and coordinate the industrial park.

 

21. Party B must remain Party A’s business confidential, and shall not disclose the information of this contract to other third parties for commercial or non-commercial purposes. Party B shall be responsible for the rental every year.

 

22. If Party B breaches the above terms, Party A may terminate the contract at any time without refunding the rental deposit. At the same time, Party B must obey the management of Party A after using the site. If Party B maliciously disobeys the reasonable management of Party A, Party A can do so at any time. Termination of the contract will not refund the rental deposit. If Party B’s breach of contract violates laws and regulations, Party A will transfer it to the judicial authority for handling.

 

Article 6: Matters which are not stipulated in this contract or not clearly stipulated shall be resolved through negotiation between the two parties, and may support it by supplemental agreement if needed. The supplemental agreement has the same legal effect as this contract.

 

Article 7: During the validity period of this contract, if one of the following circumstances occurs, it is allowed to cancel or amend this contract:

 

1. Force majeure makes the performance of this contract impossible:

 

2. The government requisitions, acquires, recovers or seizes the leased real estate;

 

3. Irresistible natural disasters, wars or other unforeseeable events;

 

4. Both parties reach an agreement.

 

6

 

 

Article 8: Neither party shall breach the contract, otherwise, the breaching party shall compensate the other party for all economic losses.

 

Article 9: This contract is made in two copies, Party A and Party B hold one copy each, which will take effect after both parties sign it, and both have the same legal force.

 

Article 10: The following documents listed in appendix are essential part of this contract, including Appendix 1 Fire Safety Responsibility Statement, Appendix 2 Safety Production Responsibility Letter.

 

Party A: Dongguan Yuantai Sports Equipment Co. Ltd        (Seal)

 

Legal representative: (signature)

 

Date: 26 February, 2026

 

Party B: YMA Composite Materials (DG) Co., Ltd.      (Seal)

 

Legal representative: (signature)

 

Date: 26 February, 2026

 

7

 

 

Appendix 1: Fire Safety Responsibility Letter

 

In order to conscientiously implement the national fire safety laws and regulations, effectively maintain the stability of the industrial park, and to ensure the safety of life and property in the park, we hereby enter into the following fire safety responsibility letter with Party A.

 

1. It is necessary to conscientiously implement the various guidelines and policies of government departments on fire safety, adhere to the fire protection policy of “prevention first, combined with fire protection”, and conscientiously do a good job in fire safety in industrial parks.

 

2. Fire safety equipment must be prepared and installed in accordance with fire protection regulations before the official production, to ensure that the equipment can be used normally, and to do a good job in the maintenance and management of the equipment.

 

3. During the decoration period and the production operation period, the fire passage should be kept unobstructed, and it is not allowed to stack items in the fire passage to block the passage.

 

4. Various fire safety systems should be formulated according to their own production characteristics, so that fire safety work is arranged, inspected, responsible for the division of labor, and responsibilities are assigned to people. The fire safety system should be put in place and ready for inspection at any time.

 

5. The fire safety inspection system must be implemented, routine inspections are carried out every day, and special inspections are carried out every week.

 

6. Regularly carry out fire safety publicity, remind and educate employees, popularize fire protection knowledge, improve fire safety awareness, and be proficient in the operation methods of firefighting equipment. Flammable and explosive materials are not allowed to enter the park.

 

7. When a fire or a fire accident is found, arrange personnel to save the fire in a timely manner, and report it in a timely manner, protect the scene and assist relevant departments in investigation and handling.

 

8

 

 

8. Establish and sort out the fire safety data account in a timely manner, establish and improve the information reporting system and rapid response mechanism.

 

9. Designate a specific person to be responsible for fire safety within five days after entering the industrial park, and report to the property supervisor for registration. The person in charge is elected as a member of the Fire Protection Committee of the Industrial Park, and obeys the management of the Fire Protection Committee. When the person in charge changes, he/she should do a good job in the fire protection handover and notify the director of the Fire Protection Committee in advance.

 

10. Designate the staff responsible for fire safety as the direct responsible person for fire safety, and take direct responsibility for our fire safety, and our responsible person assumes leadership responsibility.

 

11. If the responsible person changes, we will adjust and do a good job handover in time, and the letter of responsibility will continue to be valid.

 

12. This Letter of Responsibility will take effect from the date of signature.

 

Lessee: YMA Composite Materials (DG) Co., Ltd.     (Seal)

 

Date: 26 February, 2026

 

9

 

 

Appendix 2 Safety Production Responsibility Letter

 

In order to clarify the responsibilities of production safety work, conscientiously implement the various requirements of the government and the company for production safety work, and to ensure the safe production and normal operation of the enterprise, we hereby enter into the following safety production responsibility letter with Party A:

 

1. The person in charge of our party is the first responsible person for the safety production work, and is fully responsible for the safety production (including traffic safety) work of the unit and its subordinate departments.

 

2. Conscientiously implement the guidelines and policies of the party and the government on production safety, and supervise and manage in accordance with the responsibilities stipulated by laws and regulations and the requirements of the production safety capital system, prevent and reduce production safety accidents, and protect the lives and properties of the people Safety and protect the legitimate rights and interests of employees.

 

3. Put the safety production work in an important position for the operation and service of the unit, arrange regular safety production work meetings, study preventive measures, formulate feasible early warning plans, and solve various problems in safety production in a timely manner; record meeting minutes for every meeting and register in the ledger.

 

4. Break down the safety production work by different levels according to the requirements of the responsibility system, implement it to all relevant departments and employees, and conduct regular inspections to supervise the implementation of the safety production responsibility system in order to eliminate all kinds of accidents.

 

5. Establish and improve the safety production responsibility system and organizational management network of the unit, set up a leading group for the implementation of safety production management, and assign part-time safety production management personnel.

 

6. Adopt a variety of methods to strengthen the publicity and education of safety production laws, regulations and safety knowledge, and improve employees’ safety awareness.

 

7. Strictly implement the safety production operating procedures:

 

(1) To formulate and strictly implement safety production regulations;

 

10

 

 

(2) It is strictly forbidden to use fire, electricity and gas in violation of regulations, and strictly manage flammable, explosive, highly toxic and other dangerous goods;

 

(3) Ensure the normal operation of the fire-fighting equipment system, implement the fire-fighting responsibility system, and ensure that civil air defense and the organic combination of machine defense;

 

(4) Strengthen traffic safety education, strictly abide by traffic safety laws and regulations, and ensure safe operation;

 

(5) Strengthen public security precautions, ensure the safety of the internal items of the unit and the properties it manages, and prevent the occurrence of various public security cases and accidents

 

(6) Practitioners of boilers, elevators, mechanical processing equipment, etc. must present their certificates when they come to work, and strengthen pre-training and recurrent training and re-education of on-the-job personnel, and present in daily maintenance and maintenance of equipment.

 

8. In the event of a major casualty accident or a major safety accident during the lease period, we will impose economic penalties and administrative sanctions on those responsible for the safety production work to ensure that the accident has nothing to do with the lessor.

 

9. In case of any change in appointment, we will adjust and present handover in time, and the letter of responsibility will continue to be valid.

 

10. This Letter of Responsibility will take effect from the date of signature.

 

Lessee: YMA Composite Materials (DG) Co., Ltd.      (Seal)

 

Date: 26 February, 2022

 

11

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.5

 

Contract Number:

 

Housing Lease Contract

 

Lessor (Party A): Dongguan Yuantai Sports Equipment Co. Ltd

 

Lessee (Party B): YMA Composite Materials (DG) Co., Ltd.

 

In order to protect the legitimate interests of both parties, in line with the principle of equality, mutual benefit and friendship and according to the relevant laws of this country, after adequate negotiation between the two parties, the leasing of production plants, dormitories, and related matters located in 128 industrial district, Tangxia town, Dongguan City, by Party A to Party B, is agreed under the following terms and shall be jointly implemented by both parties:

 

Article 1: Leased production plants, vacant site, and dormitories

 

1. Party B shall agree to lease in the land use right of the subject land located in No.613, Dongfu Guoyong 2003, N. 128 Industrial Zone, Tangxia Town, Dongguan City, PRC (The registered area of land on the land certificate is 12031.9 square meters. The certificate code of right to real estate on the land is Canton housing C2415546-2415549, 4 copies in total) and all buildings and their ancillaries on the land. The production plant has a frame structure, with firefighting facilities fully equipped in the main body, to be rented to Party B for its use.

 

2. At the time of signing of this lease contract, Party B has fully understood the status and condition of the leased property, and Party B hereby accepts the same.

 

Article 2: Contract Term

 

1. From 26 February, 2022 to 25 February, 2025, a total of 36 months.

 

2. Party B confirms that at the time contract is signed, Party A has transferred the leased property to Party B on an as is basis.

 

Article 3: Rental Date

 

1. The rental date of the production plant and dormitory is commenced on 26 February, 2022.

 

1

 

 

Article 4: Payment method of rent, utilities, and security deposit

 

1. During the lease period, the rent per month of the leased property is RMB1,030,000, and the amount of rent does not include tax, which shall be paid separately by Party B and its related parties to the relevant government department.

 

2. The leased property shall be managed by Party B at their own expense during the lease term, and Party A does not provide management services for the leased property.

 

3. Party B shall pay to Party A the monthly rent 5 days before each new month, in case of holidays and public holidays will be postponed as scheduled, rent should be delivered to the bank account designated by Party A.

 

4. Party B shall, within three working days from the date of receipt of Party A’s payment request, pay to Party A three-month’s rent of RMB3,090,000 (Renminbi three million and ninety thousand yuan) for the production plant and dormitory as a security deposit for the performance of this contract, and at the same time complete payment of the rent for three month of production plant and dormitory of RMB 990,000 (Renminbi ninety nine hundred thousand yuan). Party A shall collect the security deposit and shall issue a receipt of the same amount to Party B.

 

5. After the signing of this contract, if Party B fails to perform its contractual obligations within the agreed time limit, Party A shall have the right to terminate the contract. If Party A agrees to continue the performance of contract, then Party B shall pay five thousandths of the total security deposit daily as contractual penalty until the security deposit is fully paid.

 

Article 5: Obligations of Party A

 

1. Party A guarantees that they have full ownership of the leased property under this contract, and there is no dispute to the ownership.

 

2. Party A to ensures that the main production plant construction is in line with the requirements of fire protection, and has issued and filed the construction project papers in regards to fire protection to Party B. Party B is responsible for the compliance of fire protection regulations after re-renovation. Party B should renovate according to fire protection regulations.

 

3. Party A shall hand over the production plants and dormitories to Party B on an as is basis. Party B, can carry out re-renovation on the production plant. Party A should ensure that the leased property and its ancillary facilities are in normal operating conditions. The parties shall confirm and describe in detail with records on the current status of the leased property and its ancillary facilities, subsidiary properties etc.

 

4. Party A provides existing power supply facilities for Party B to use. If Party B needs to increase the capacity of power supply, then Party B should pay at their own expense and apply to relevant departments. From the date of signing this contract, Party B shall be responsible for the maintenance of the relevant power supply facilities.

 

2

 

 

5. If force majeure events occur, such as government actions (including: government power cutoff, power line maintenance, municipal pipeline constructions) or weather conditions (e.g. earthquakes, storms), causing water outage, power failure, and other circumstances, both Party A and Party B are not responsible to one another for the obligations caused by such occurrences.

 

Article 6: Obligations of Party B

 

1. When Party B uses the leased property, the weight of the items placed on the floor shall not exceed the designed compliance standards (Houses with more than two floors are designed to bear loads of _____ kg/m2). If losses incur on Party A due to Party B’s violation of this regulation, Part A has the right to terminate the contract, and is not required to return the security deposit paid by Party B. Party A shall also be entitled to demand compensation from Party B for such losses incurred.

 

2. During the lease term, Party B must comply with the property maintenance, furnishing, and water, electricity, fire related laws, regulations and relevant provisions, and especially pay attention to the regular inspection and maintenance of fire-fighting facilities and related hardware equipment in the production plant, actively cooperate with Party A in fire protection operations. Party B is strictly prohibited from using fire-fighting facilities in leased property for other purposes. Party A has the right to inspect the fire safety, with the permission of the responsible department of Party B, in the leased property without affecting the normal working conditions of Party B. Party B shall cooperate with Party A’s inspection. If fire or another accident occurs in the leased property, Party B should bear the responsibility for such accident.

 

3. If Party B in the production, operation process produces more industrial sewage, noise, harmful gases and other pollutants than the environmental protection limits, Party B will bear responsibility and compensate for all damages caused. If losses are incurred on Party A, Party B shall be required to bear the responsibility to compensate. Party B should ensure smooth operation of drainage. If Party B causes clogging of sewers and causes damage, no matter intentionally or negligently by improper use of the drainage system, Party B will be responsible for compensation and restoration. If Party B needs to add additional industrial sewage treatment facilities to ensure that normal production operations meet the requirements of relevant departments such as the environmental protection department, then Party B shall first provide relevant blueprints and plans to Party A in written form, and Party B shall execute construction independently and bear all costs. Party B shall apply for the relevant administrative procedures regarding government environmental protection (if any).

 

3

 

 

4. During the lease term, Party B must strictly comply with the relevant regulations on safety, family planning, labor and employment etc.. In the event of a labor dispute, fire, or safety accident, all economic and legal liabilities resulting from it shall be borne by Party B. If the lease term expires or is terminated before the expiry of term, Party B shall settle all of its employees’ wages before it can proceed with the termination procedures. In case of arrear of wages, Party A shall have the right, under the supervision and cooperation of the labor department, to seal and auction the assets of Party B for payment of unpaid wages.

 

5. When Party B receives a “payment notice.” from Party A calculated according to the power supply bureau, water supply department (Party A charges Party B utility charges according to national standards, and the corresponding consumption is accounted for according to the actual usage. Party A does not charge Party B additional utility charges). If any questions arise with regards to water/electricity, charges, Party B shall inquire and confirm with Party A within 3 working days. Party A shall provide Party B with utility data in written form for verification by Party B.

 

6. Party B must educate employees to comply with national laws and regulations, abide by the rules and regulations of the park, and obey the management of management personnel. If there is any violation, Party A has the right to submit handling opinions to Party B and to negotiate the method of handling such cases with Party B. If the loss incurs on Party A, Party A shall have the right to be compensated by Party B.

 

7. During the lease term, Party B shall not engage in illegal activities or store prohibited items in the leased property. Otherwise, all consequences that might arise shall be borne by Party B alone. In this regard, Party A shall not bear any responsibility and consequences, and Party A shall have the right to terminate the contract unilaterally, confiscate the security deposit, and shall be compensated by Party B for such losses incurred.

 

8. During this lease term, industrial and commercial, tax, fire, renovation, customs, government administration charges the leased property shall be borne by Party B.

 

9. Party B is responsible for strengthening the physical and mental health education of employees and their the personal safety.

 

10. Party B obtain corresponding insurances on properties stored in the leased production plant and dormitory units on its own. Party A shall not be responsible for any loss or damages caused in this regard and Party B shall bear the responsibility.

 

11. Party B shall provide a copy of relevant documents such as industry and commerce, taxation, business license etc to Party A after the annual review.

 

12. During the lease term, Party B shall notify Party A to check and confirm on-site damage or malfunction to the leased production plant or dormitory and its ancillary facilities is discovered, and Party B shall promptly repair and bear the cost of repair.

 

13. Party B shall not sublet the property to any third party during the lease term (At present, the actual users of leased property include Party B and one of their affiliated enterprises, Forwell Sports Equipment Co., Ltd., Dongguan City Qinhui Molding Machinery Co. Ltd. These three companies are the actual users, and thus are not considered as third parties that Party B sublets property to).

 

4

 

 

14. Party B is responsible for providing security guards, doormen, sanitation, parking spaces, landscapes in the production plant and dormitory area and public area, and regular maintenance services on the facilities in the public areas.

 

Article 7: Liabilities of termination and breach of contract

 

1. If Party B does not pay rent or utility bills in time, Party B shall pay to Party A 5% of the amount owed daily as penalty. If Party B owes rent and property management fees for more than 15 days, and still does not pay arrears within 5 working days of Party A’s written notice, then Party B shall unconditionally accept and agree to measures taken by Party A such as the cutoff of water and electricity supply and control of shipments etc.. All losses caused by water and electricity outage, and control of shipments etc. shall be borne by Party B unilaterally.

 

2. Party A shall have the right to terminate this contract, retain the security deposit, and claim on the housing rent within the renovation period if one of the following situations occurs with Party B. If losses or damages are incurred by Party A, Party B shall beobligated to make compensation.

 

1) Without the written consent of Party A, Party B sublets, transfers or lends the entire leased production plant or utilizes the leased plant and dormitory as external guarantee without authorization;

 

2) Party B intentionally or negligently causes serious damage to the leased property;

 

3) Performing illegal activities in the production plant or dormitories;

 

4) Party B’s hired employees are found to be in violation of laws, rules and regulations resulting in adverse effects, and after written notice and negotiation by Party A, Party B still refuses to dismiss such employees;

 

5) Dismantlement and reformation of the structure of the production plant without consent;

 

6) Non-compliance of the fire protection regulations, by not equipping fire extinguishing equipment and blocking fire exits of production plants, not abiding the law and no rectification according to the law made in time;

 

7) Without the written consent of Party A, privately acquire electricity and water;

 

8) Non-payment of rent, management fees and utilities without justification ,which is equivalent to 45 days’ housing rent ;

 

9) Unilateral termination of contract by Party B within the contract term;

 

10) Other serious breaches of the contract.

 

5

 

 

3. Party B shall settle all costs (rent, utilities, management fees etc.) upon termination or early termination of the contract, and remove all items from the production plant and dismantle additional objects (unless Party A agrees to keep them) on the date of termination of the contract period, and guarantee the return of the property and normal use of the facilities and equipment, ensuring that it would not affect Party A’s re-leasing of the property. Party B shall notify Party A in written form within 5 days of the date of termination of the contract to inspect and accept the leased property. After receiving the notice, Party A shall send personnel to inspect the property within 3 working days, and issue an acceptance opinionaire to Party B. After acceptance by Party A, Party A shall deduct the relevant expenses (fees needed to repair for re-rental, arrear of wages to Party A etc.) within 5 working days according to the condition by the time of acceptance, and refund the security deposit to Party B (interest not included) after Party B has settled all the fees. If Party A does not send any personnel to inspect and accept the property within the agreed time period, the property will be considered as qualified for acceptance. If Party B does not clear the production plant as agreed, the rent will be paid in double. If the plant is not cleared after 10 days with written notice by Party A to Party B that it has not been dealt with, it will be regarded as abandonment of all items in the production plant by Party B. Party A has the right to dispose of all items in the leased property.

 

Article 8: Others

 

1. If Party B requires continual rental of housing after the expiration of this contract term, Party B shall notify Part A in writing three months before the expiration the contract term. If Party B has performed the contract well, under the same conditions, Party B shall have the priority to lease.

 

2. After the end of the lease between two parties, Party B’s renovation and immovable properties (including water and electricity supply equipment, elevators, air conditioners, adapters etc.) shall be owned by Party A without compensation.

 

3. If Party B needs to be notified of the performance or termination of this contract, Party A’s written notice delivered to the location of the leased property and receipt acknowledged by the person in charge of Party B shall be deemed as service of such notice; After the termination of the contract, Party A’s written notice delivered to the address listed in Appendix 2 shall be counted as a completed service of notice. If the delivery address has changed, Party B shall notify Party A in written form, and Party A shall deliver relevant documents to the updated address.

 

4. If Party B needs to set up advertisements and outdoor billboards on the leased property buildings, it shall be approved by Party A and submitted to the relevant government departments for approval, and ensure that advertising content is legitimate and facilities are secure. If any accident occurs, Party B shall bear the responsibility.

 

6

 

 

5. If Party B requires a tax invoice from utilities etc., the tax arising from the invoice shall be paid by Party B, of which elevator maintenance fees, service charges and other invoices within the industry should be classified as: other service charges. If the government adjusts relevant taxes and fees, Party A shall have the right to make corresponding adjustments in accordance with the relevant provisions.

 

6. Disputes between the two parties in respect of this contract shall be resolved through negotiations; if negotiations fail, both parties may be referred to the housing authorities for mediation; if mediations fail, both parties may commence lawsuit in the People’s Court where the leased property is located.

 

7. If there are unaccomplished matters in this contract, both parties shall negotiate amicably, and may sign a supplementary contract, which shall have the same effect as the original.

 

8. This are two counterparts to this contract. Party A and Party B each receive one copy. The contract will come to effect from the date of signature and seal.

 

9. Details of relevant qualification documents, handover lists, lease details, etc. shall be found in Appendices 1 to 5.

 

(Main text ends here)

 

7

 

 

Party A: Dongguan Yuantai Sports Equipment Co. Ltd    (Seal)

 

Legal representative: (signature)

 

Date:

 

Party B: YMA Composite Materials (DG) Co., Ltd   (Seal)

 

Legal representative: (signature)

 

Date:

 

8

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

Contract No.: 3210272019CR0013 electronic suspension code: 3210032019B00122

 

State-Owned Construction Land Usage Right Assignment Contract

 

Parties to this contract:

 

Transferor: Yangzhou Municipal Land and Resources Bureau, Hanjiang Branch;

 

Mailing Address: Xingcheng West Road, Hanjiang District, Yangzhou City;

 

Postal Code: 225009;

 

Telephone: 0514-82985809;

 

Fax: /;

 

Bank Account: /;

 

Account Number: /;

 

Transferee: Bohong Technology Jiangsu Co., Ltd;

 

Mailing Address: /;

 

Postal Code: /;

 

Telephone: 18061165560;

 

Fax: /;

 

Bank Account:/;

 

Account Number:/.

 

Formulated by:

 

Ministry of Land and Resources of the People’s Republic of China

 

State Administration for Industry and Commerce of the People’s Republic of China

 

 
 

 

Chapter One: General Principles

 

Article 1. According to the “Property Law of the People’s Republic of China”, “Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China”, “Land Management Law of the People’s Republic of China”, “Urban Real Estate Administration Law of the People’s Republic of China” and relevant administrative regulations and land supply policy provisions, both parties should conclude this contract while upholding principles of equality, honesty, and credibility on a voluntary and compensatory basis.

 

Article 2. The ownership of the transferred land belongs to the People’s Republic of China, and the transferor shall, in accordance with the authorization of the law, grant the right to use state-owned construction land. Underground resources and buried items, however, do not fall within the scope of the rights to state-owned construction land usage.

 

Article 3. The transferee shall have the right to possess, use, profit, and perform legal interventions on acquired state-owned construction land within the time limit of the transfer, and shall have the right to use the land to construct, in compliance with the law, buildings, infrastructure, and their ancillary facilities.

 

Chapter Two: Delivery of transferred land and payment of the transfer price

 

Article 4. The serial number of the transferred parcel of land under this contract is 2019G003. The total area of this parcel of land is sixty-four thousand eight hundred fifty-one (64851) square meters, of which sixty-four thousand eight hundred fifty-one (64851) square meters will be transferred.

 

The parcel of land transferred is located in the Gaoxin District of Yangzhou.

 

The boundary map of the land to be transferred under this contract is shown in Appendix 1.

 

Under this contract, the vertical boundary of the transferred land has its upper limit at__/__, its lower limit at__/___, with a height difference of __/__ meters. See vertical boundaries of transferred land in Appendix 2.

 

The spatial orientation of the transferred land is the spatial dimension formed by the vertical plane and the upper and lower boundary height composed of the above-mentioned boundary points

 

Article 5. Under this contract, the transferred land is used for industrial purposes

 

Article 6. The transferor agrees to deliver the parcel of land to the transferee by August 28, 2019. The transferor agrees that the parcel shall meet the land conditions set out in 1) of set rules at the time of delivery:

 

  1) Flatness of land reaches Other;
   
  Surrounding infrastructure should be in accordance with the status at the time of delivery
   
  2) Current land conditions __/__

 

2
 

 

Article 7. Under this contract, the term of transfer of the right to use state-owned construction land is 50 years, which will be calculated on the date of delivery of land as set out in Article 6 of this Contract. The reissue of transfer procedures of the original allocation of the right to use state-owned construction land will be calculated from the date on which the contract was signed.

 

Article 8. The transfer price of the right to use state-owned construction land under this contract is Renminbi ten million eight hundred ninety-four thousand nine hundred sixty-eight yuan (10,894,968 yuan), Renminbi one hundred sixty-eight yuan (168 yuan) per square meter.

 

Article 9. Under this contract, the deposit for the parcel of transferred land is Renminbi __/___yuan, which is set off against the transfer price.

 

Article 10. The transferee agrees to pay the transferor the transfer price of the right to use the state-owned construction land in accordance with 1) of the provisions listed below:

 

1) Within 1 day from the date of signing this contract, the transfer price of the right to use state-owned construction land shall be paid in one lump sum;

 

2) Pay the transfer price of state-owned construction land to the transferor in __/__ instalments according to the following time and amount.

 

Instalment one: Renminbi ten million eight hundred ninety-four thousand nine hundred sixty-eight yuan (10,894,968 yuan), payment date: before 1 March, 2019.

 

  Instalment two: Renminbi ___/__ (__/__) , payment date: before __/__/__
   
  Instalment three: Renminbi ___/___(__/__), payment date: before _/__/___
   
  Instalment four: Renminbi ____/__(__/__), payment date: before __/___/_

 

Where the transferee pays the transfer price of the right to use the state-owned construction land in installments, the transferee, when paying the transfer price of the right to use the state-owned construction land in the second instalment and beyond, is permitted to pay interest to the transferor in accordance with the loan interest rate announced by Chinese the People’s Bank of china on the date of payment of the first-period land transfer price.

 

Article 11. The transferee shall, after paying the full transfer price of this parcel of land in accordance with the terms of this contract, apply for registration of the right to use the state-owned construction land with such relevant supporting materials as the certificate of payment.

 

Chapter Three: Land development construction and utilization

 

Article 12. The transferee agrees that the investment intensity in land development under this contract shall be implemented in accordance with 1) below:

 

1) Under this contract, the parcel of land shall be used for the construction of industrial projects, and the transferee agrees that the total investment in fixed assets of this land shall not be less than the amount approved or registered of Renminbi thirty-four thousand fourty-six point seven seven five (ten thousand) yuan, (34046.775 (ten thousand yuan), investment intensity shall per square meter not be less than Renminbi five thousand two hundred and fifty yuan (5250 yuan). The total investment in fixed assets of land construction projects under this contract includes buildings, infrastructure and their ancillary facilities, equipment investment and transfer price etc.

 

3
 

 

2) Under this contract, the parcel of land shall be used for the construction of non-industrial projects, and the transferee promises that the total investment in the development of land under this contract shall not be less than Renminbi ___/___ (ten thousand) yuan (__/__ (ten thousand) yuan).

 

Article 13. If the transferee builds new buildings, infrastructure and its ancillary facilities within the area of land under this contract, it should meet the conditions for the planning of transferred land as determined by the city (county) urban planning management department (See Appendix 3). Of which:

 

Properties of the main building are reinforced concrete or brick-concrete structured;

 

Properties of ancillary buildings are __/__;

 

Total area of buildings ___/___ square meters;

 

Building floor area ratio no more than 2, no less than 1;

 

Building height is limited to 24 meters;

 

Building density no more than 55%, no less than 30%;

 

Green area ratio no more than 20%, no less than 10%;

 

Other land use requirements __/___.

 

Article 14. The transferee agrees that the construction of facilities under this contract shall be carried out in accordance with provision 1) below:

 

1) Under this contract, land shall be used for the construction of industrial projects, and according to the planning and design conditions determined by the planning department, the area of land used for internal administrative offices and living service facilities within the scope of this contract shall not exceed 7% of the area of the transferred land, which is 4539.57 square meters, area of buildings not exceeding _/_ square meters. The transferee agrees not to build non-productive facilities such as residential units, specialist buildings, hotels, hostels and training centers within the transferred land area;

 

2) Under this contract, land shall be used for the construction of residential projects, and the total number of residential construction units within the scope of the transferred under this contract shall not be less than _/__ set according to the planning and construction conditions determined by the planning and construction management department. In which, the construction of apartments with areas less than 90 square meters should be no less than ___/____ sets, house units should follow the requirements of ___/___. The residential area of apartments with areas less than 90 square meters of transferred land under this contract shall account for no less than ___/___% of the total development and construction of the land. Government-guaranteed housing, such as economically affordable and low-rent housing, constructed within the transferred land under this contract, shall follow the __/__ method listed below:

 

1. Handed over to the government;

 

2. Repurchased by the government;

 

3. Follow relevant provisions regarding the government’s economic housing construction and sales management

 

4. ______/_______

 

5._______/_______

 

4
 

 

Article 15. The transferee agrees to construct the following renovation and construction projects simultaneously within the transferred land under this contract and to hand them over to the government without compensation upon completion:

 

1. ____/_____

 

2.__________

 

3.___________.

 

Article 16. The transferee agrees that the land construction project under this contract will commence by August 28, 2020 and be completed by August 28, 2022.

 

If the transferee cannot start construction on time, they shall apply for a construction delay to the transferor 30 days in advance, and if the transferor agrees to delay the construction, the completion time of the project shall also be rescheduled accordingly, but the delay in construction shall not exceed one year.

 

Article 17. When the transferee carries out construction under this contract, the usage of water, gas, sewage and other facilities including off-site mainlines, electric substation interface and the introduction works shall be carried out in accordance with relevant regulations.

 

If the transferee agrees to the passage of various pipelines laid by the government for the needs of public utilities through the transferred land, but thereby affecting the function and usage of the land, the government or public utility department shall make reasonable compensation.

 

Article 18. The transferee shall use the land in accordance with the land use and floor area ratio regulations agreed upon in this contract and shall not change them without authorization. If, within the term of the transfer, it is necessary to change the land use regulations agreed upon in this contract, both parties should form an agreement according to provision 1) below:

 

1) The right to use the construction land shall be retrieved accompanied by compensation;

 

2) To handle the procedures for the approval of changing land use in accordance with the law, the signing of an agreement alteration for the transfer of state-owned construction land use rights or to re-sign a new contract for the transfer of state-owned construction land use rights is required. The transferee shall, in accordance with the market price of the right to use the construction land under the new land use at the time of the approval of the change, make up the difference between the new market price and the market price of the right to use the construction land under the original land use, and handle the land change registration

 

5
 

 

Article 19. The Government reserves the right to adjust the planning of land under this contract for the duration of use, and if the original plan is modified, the existing buildings of the parcel will not be affected. But when the existing buildings, infrastructures and their ancillary facilities are to be remodeled, rebuilt, rebuilt, or renewed within the term of use, it should be done in accordance with the plan in force at that time

 

Article 20. The right to use state-owned construction land shall not be retrieved by the transferor until the expiration of transference term stipulated in this contract. Under special circumstances, if the right to use state-owned construction land needs to be retrieved in advance for public interests, the transferor shall submit an application for approval in accordance with the legal procedures. The transferee will be compensated according to the evaluation market price of the constructed buildings, infrastructures and their ancillary facilities at the time of recovery and the right to use the state-owned construction land for the remainder of the term, as well as the direct losses determined by the assessment

 

Chapter Four: Transfer, lease, and mortgage of the right to use state-owned construction land

 

Article 21. The transferee, in accordance with the provisions of this contract, after payment of the transfer price of the right to use all state-owned construction land and receiving the state-owned land use certificate, has the right to transfer, lease and mortgage all or part of the right to use the state-owned construction land under this contract. The first time transfer shall meet the conditions stipulated in the provision 1) below:

 

1) In accordance with the terms of this contract for investment and development, complete more than 25 percent of the total amount of development investment;

 

2) Investment and development in accordance with the terms of this contract has formed industrial land or other construction land conditions.

 

Article 22. The transfer, lease and mortgage of the right to use state-owned construction land shall not violate the provisions of national laws, regulations and the provisions of this contract

 

Article 23. After the transfer of all or part of the right to use state-owned construction land, the rights and obligations set forth in this contract and the land registration documents shall be transferred, and the usage term of the right to use state-owned construction land shall be the usage term stipulated in this contract minus the remaining years after the usage term.

 

After the lease of all or part of the right to use state-owned construction land under this contract, the rights and obligations set forth in this contract and the land registration documents shall still be borne by the transferee.

 

Article 24. When transferring the right to use the state-owned construction land, the transfer or mortgage party shall retain this contract, the corresponding transfer or mortgage contract, and the state-owned land use certificate, and apply to the land and resources administration department for land change registration.

 

6
 

 

Chapter Five: Expiration of Term

 

Article 25. If the term of use stipulated in this contract expires and the land user needs to continue land use under this contract, they shall submit an application for renewal to the transferor no later than one year before the expiration of the contract, except when the land under this contract is recovered due to public interest needs.

 

If the term of use for construction of residential land expires, it shall be automatically renewed.

 

If the transferor agrees to renew the term, the transferee shall, in accordance with the law, manage the contracts for paid use of land such as transfer, lease, etc., and pay the land transfer price, rent and other land use fees.

 

Article 26. If the term of land transfer expires and the land user applies for renewal, and is not approved due to the needs of the public interest, the land user shall return the right to state owned land use certificate and, in accordance with the provisions, cancel the registration of the right to use the state-owned construction land, which shall be recovered without compensation by the transferor. The transferor and the land user agree that the buildings, infrastructures and their ancillary facilities on land under this contract shall be handled following provision 1) listed below:

 

1) The land user shall be compensated accordingly by the transferor for the reclamation of the constructed buildings, structures and their ancillary facilities, and in accordance with the residual value of the constructed buildings, structures and their ancillary facilities at the time of reclamation;

 

2) The constructed buildings, structures and their ancillary facilities shall be reclaimed by the transferor without compensation

 

Article 27. If the term of land transfer expires and the land user does not apply for renewal, the land user shall return the right to state owned land use certificate and, in accordance with the provisions, cancel the registration of the right to use the state-owned construction land, which shall be recovered without compensation by the transferor. Buildings, structures and their ancillary facilities on the land under this contract shall be reclaimed by the transferor without compensation, and the land user shall maintain the normal function of the buildings, structures and their ancillary facilities, and shall not cause any deliberate damage. If buildings, structures and their ancillary facilities on the land have lost their ordinary functions, the transferor may request the land user to move or remove the buildings, structures and their ancillary facilities on ground, in order to restore the site.

 

Chapter Six: Force Majeure

 

Article 28. Any party may be exempted from liability if it fails to fulfill the contract in part or in whole as a result of force majeure, provided that all necessary remedies are taken to reduce the damage caused by force majeure, as conditions permit. The force majeure that occurs during the party’s delayed performance does not have the eligibility for exemption.

 

7
 

 

Article 29. The party that has experienced a force majeure shall notify the other party of the situation in written form, by letter, telegraph, fax, etc. within 7 days, and submit to the other party within 15 days after the occurrence of force majeure, a report and evidence indicating parts or all of the contract which require an extension or are unable to be fulfilled.

 

Chapter Seven: Liabilities for Breach of Contract

 

Article 30. The transferee shall make a payment for right to the use of state-owned construction land on time, according to the stipulations in this contract. If the transferee fails to make the payment on time, they shall pay 1 ‰ of the payment daily from the date of delay. If the payment has been delayed for over 60 days, and the transferee still fails to make the payment after urged to do so by the transferor, the transferor has the right to terminate the contract. The transferee has no right to demand the return of deposit, and the transferor may request the transferee to compensate for any losses.

 

Article 31. If the transferee terminates the investment and construction of the project due to its own reasons, and proposes to the transferor to terminate the contract and to return the transferred land, after the transferor reports to the people’s government, who originally approved the land transfer scheme, the following conventions are followed: Refund of the transfer price of all or part of the right to use state-owned construction land except the deposit stipulated in this contract (interest not included), recovery of the right to use state-owned construction land, buildings, structures and their ancillary facilities built within the land area may not be compensated, and the transferee may also be required to remove the buildings, structures and their ancillary facilities to restore the site; However, if the transferor is willing to continue to make use of the buildings, structures and ancillary facilities already built within the land, the transferee shall be compensated to a certain extent:

 

1) If the transferee files an application to the transferor no less than 60 days before the expiration of the construction date stipulated in this contract, the transferor shall, after deducting the deposit, refund the transfer price of the right to use the state-owned construction land paid by the transferee;

 

2) If the transferee has filed an application to the transferor no less than 60 days before two year expiration of the stipulated construction commencement date under this contract, but over the one year upon the stipulated commencement date under this contract, the transferor shall refund to the transferee the remaining payment of the transfer price of the right to use the state-owned construction land after deducting the deposit stipulated in the contract and collecting land idle charges in accordance with the provisions.

 

Article 32. If the transferee causes the land to be idle and has been idle for over one year but less than two years, the land shall be paid for idleness in accordance with the law. If the land has been idle for two years and no construction has begun, the transferee shall have the right to reclaim the right to use the state-owned construction land without compensation.

 

8
 

 

Article 33. If the transferee fails to start construction in accordance with the date agreed in this contract or delays the construction to a date otherwise agreed upon by the construction institute, each extension of one day requires payment of liquidated damage by the transferee of an amount equivalent to 1 ‰ of the total transfer price of the right to use the state-owned construction land, and the transferor shall have the right to request the transferee to continue to make such payment.

 

If the transferee fails to complete the construction in accordance with the date agreed in this contract or delays the completion of construction date as otherwise agreed, the transferee shall be required to pay a penalty equivalent to 1 ‰ of the total amount of the transfer price of the right to use the state-owned construction land.

 

Article 34. If the total investment in fixed assets of the project, the investment intensity and the total amount of development investment do not meet the standards stipulated in this contract, the transferor may, in accordance with the actual difference, accounting for the proportion of the agreed total investment and investment intensity indicators, require the transferee to pay a default payment equivalent to the same proportion of the transfer price of the right to use the state-owned construction land, and may require the transferee to continue to perform the contract.

 

Article 35. If any of the indicators such as the floor area ratio, building density, etc. are lower than the minimum standards agreed in this contract, the transferor may, in accordance with the proportion of the actual difference part to the agreed minimum standard, require the transferee to pay a default payment equivalent to the same proportion of the transfer price of the right to use state-owned construction, and has the right to require the transferee to continue to perform this contract. If the floor area ratio, building density, etc are higher than the maximum standards agreed in this contract, the transferor may, in accordance with the proportion of the actual difference part to the agreed maximum standard, require the transferee to pay a default payment equivalent to the same proportion of the transfer price of the right to use state-owned construction, and has the right to require the transferee to continue to perform this contract.

 

Article 36. If any of the indicators such as the green area ratio of the industrial construction projects, the proportion of internal administrative offices and living service facilities, the construction area of internal administrative office and living service facilities exceed the standards stipulated in this contract, the transferee shall pay the transferee a penal sum equivalent to 1‰ of the land transfer price, and remove the corresponding greening and facilities.

 

Article 37. If the transferee pays the transfer price of the right to use the state-owned construction land in accordance with this contract, the transferor must deliver the land on time in accordance with the provisions of this contract. If the transferor fails to provide the land on time and delays the transferee’s possession of land under this contract, each extension of one day, the transferor shall pay the transferee a penalty according to 1 ‰ of the transfer price of the state-owned construction land paid by the transferee. The land usage term shall be calculated from the date of actual delivery of the land. If the delivery has been delayed for over 60 days, and the transferor still fails to delivery the land after being urged to do so by the transferee, the transferee has the right to terminate the contract. The transferor shall recompense to the transferee double the deposit and refund the remainder of the transfer price for which the right to use the state-owned construction land has been paid. The transferee may also claim compensation for the loss.

 

9
 

 

Article 38. If the transferor fails to deliver the land on time or the land given fails to meet the land conditions stipulated in this contract or makes one-sided changes on the conditions for land use, the transferee is entitled to demand the transferor to perform its obligations under the prescribed conditions and to compensate the transferee for direct damages caused by the delay in performance. The land usage term shall be calculated from the date on which the agreed land conditions have been met.

 

Chapter Eight: Applicable Laws and Dispute Resolution

 

Article 39. The laws of the People’s Republic of China shall apply to the conclusion, validity, interpretation, performance, and resolution of disputes in this contract.

 

Article 40. If a dispute arises as a result of the performance of this contract, it shall be settled through negotiation between the two disputing parties. If the negotiation fails, it shall be resolved in the manner agreed upon in 1) below:

 

1) Submit to Yangzhou Arbitration Commission for arbitration

 

2) File a lawsuit to the People’s Court

 

Chapter Nine: Bylaws

 

Article 41. The land transfer scheme under this contract has been approved by the Yangzhou Municipal People’s Government, and this contract shall take effect from the date of signature by both parties.

 

Article 42. Both parties to this contract guarantee that the names, mailing addresses, telephone numbers, fax, bank accounts, agents, etc. filed in this contract are true and valid. If any party’s information has changed, they shall inform the other party within 15 days from the date of the change in written form, otherwise the responsibility for the failure to inform in time shall be borne by the party that has changed information.

 

Article 43. There are seventeen pages in this contract and its appendices, subject to written Chinese.

 

Article 44. The prices, amounts and areas mentioned in this contract shall be expressed in both alphabetical letters and numbers. The expression of letters and numbers should be consistent. Where it is inconsistent, the letters shall prevail.

 

Article 45. If the contract is not completed, it may be supplemented and agreed by both parties as an annex to the contract and shall have the same legal effect as this original version.

 

Article 46. There are four counterparts of this contract. The transferor and the transferee each possesses two copes. All copies have the same legal effect.

 

Transferor (Stamp): Yangzhou Municipal Land and Resources Bureau, Hanjiang Branch

 

Legal representative (entrusted agent) (signature):

 

Transferee: Bohong Technology Jiangsu Co., Ltd

 

Legal representative (entrusted agent) (signature):

 

February 28, 2019

 

10
 

 

Appendix 1: Boundary map of transferred parcel of land

 

 

11
 

 

Appendix 2: Vertical boundaries of transferred parcel of land

 

 

 

12
 

 

Appendix 3: Determined conditions for the planning of transferred land by the _________city (county) government

 

13

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

110.03 version

 

Mega International Commercial Bank

 

Comprehensive Credit Loan Agreement

 

 

Serial Number: (110) – 2742

 

Client Name: YMA Corporation

 

 
 

 

Comprehensive Credit Loan Agreement

 

A comprehensive credit loan agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “Agreement”) shall be entered into between the Contracting Party YMA Corporation and Mega International Commercial Bank (hereinafter referred to as “the Bank”). On the basis of various credit histories, previously executed credit agreements and other agreements, the parties hereby agree to the following terms:

 

Article 1: Comprehensive Credit Limit

 

The comprehensive credit limit for this Agreement is 10 Million New Taiwan Dollars.

 

The total sum of credits used by the Contracting Party in this Agreement shall not exceed the comprehensive limit of credits in the preceding paragraph.

 

Within the comprehensive limit, separate single limits will be set for individual credit transactions, and the sum of credits used by the Contracting Party shall not exceed such limits.

 

Where the Contracting Party uses credits from other credit agreements executed before this Agreement comes into effect, in event of any such outstanding debts, the balance of such debts shall be taken to account in the comprehensive limit and the enacted individual limits.

 

When a credit transaction(s) involves utilization of foreign exchange and the exchange rate or other amounts used exceeds the individual limits or comprehensive limit, the Contracting Party must pay the outstanding excess sum immediately.

 

Article 2: Period of Utilization

 

The period of utilization of the types of credit in this Agreement is from Republic Era 110/6/1 to Republic Era 111/5/31. When the Contracting Party fulfils all the agreed conditions set by both parties, within the period of utilization set out in this Agreement, the Contracting Party may apply to the Bank with the agreed procedure and documents, and use the credit with the approval of the Bank.

 

Article 3: Prime Lending Rate and Adjustment

 

The prime lending rate and adjustment of the Bank are calculated based on the Bank’s capital, operating costs and expected losses, and the Bank may recalculate it regularly or when the financial situation requires it.

 

If the interest rate applicable to each type of credit in this Agreement is calculated based on the Bank’s prime lending rate at the time of the Agreement in addition to a certain ratio (the Bank’s New Taiwan Dollar base lending rate is 0.8% per annum at the time of the Agreement), the Contracting Party agrees to adjust to the rates set by the Bank. In the case of lending interest rates, such will be adjusted from the date of the adjustment. Where the prime lending rate is adjusted after the Agreement has concluded, the Contracting Party agrees that the Bank will announce it at the Bank’s places of business and be bound by it.

 

2 
 

 

Article 4: Penalties and Default Interest

 

If the Contracting Party defaults the principal or interest payment, the principal shall be paid from the due date, and the interest shall be paid within six month of the due date with an additional 10% of the fixed interest rate. For a default of more than six months, the penalty shall be 20% of the fixed interest rate.

 

When the Contracting Party fails to repay the principal in accordance to the Agreement, the deferred interest shall be calculated and paid in addition to the liquidated damages stipulated in the preceding paragraph, in accordance with the fixed interest rate agreed in the Agreement plus the annual interest rate of 1%. In the case of guaranteed debt securities, the deferred interest shall be calculated and paid based on the Bank’s prime lending rate of New Taiwan Dollars plus an annual interest rate of 3% on the day of the advancement, and the payment will be calculated and collected in accordance with the provisions of the preceding paragraph.

 

Article 5: Exchange Rate Risk

 

The Contracting Party of this Agreement shall bear the exchange rate risk of foreign currencies, and may repay it in foreign currency or convert it into New Taiwan Dollars. The Contracting Party agrees that the Bank may choose the foreign exchange rate on date when the debt falls, or on the date of settlement.

 

Article 6: Clearing Credit in Advance

 

If the sum required by the Agreement cannot be paid in advance, and if the Contracting Party wants to pay in advance, he must first obtain the consent of the Bank.

 

Article 7: Conditions of Use

 

Both parties hereby agree that the credits and conditions of use are as follows:

 

  ○ OPERATION TURNOVER LOAN
     
  ○ (1) Credit usage: Maintenance of turnover funds for normal operation cycle
     
  ○ (2) Credit type: (revolving) sum in 10 Million New Taiwan Dollars
     
  ○ (3) Calculation of Interest:

 

  ● (1) Interest rate standards
     
    1 New Taiwan Dollars: based on the Bank’s New Taiwan Dollar prime lending rate plus 1.5% of annual rate. After succession, the adjustment will be made regarding the Bank’s New Taiwan Dollar prime lending interest rate and will be calculated at the adjusted interest rate. (the Bank’s New Taiwan Dollar base lending rate is 0.8% per annum at the time of the Agreement)
     
  ● (2) Interest payment method: monthly installments.

 

  ○ (4) Repayment Period: the Contracting Party agrees that the repayment term of each loan shall not exceed 365 days. However, if the term of the loan is not renewed, the full amount shall be repaid during the date of the settlement.
     
  ○ (5) The method and conditions of use: for the company secretary use.

 

3 
 

 

Article 8: Number of Copies of the Contract

 

One original copy of the Agreement shall be held each by the Bank and the Contracting Party.

 

Article 9: Special Provisions

 

(1) Guarantor Adjustments and Notifications

 

When the Bank considers it necessary, the Bank may notify the Contracting Party to add or replace (joint and several) guarantor(s) approved by the Bank, and the Contracting Party shall immediately cooperate with the process.

 

If the (joint and several) guarantor(s) serving in the capacity of a director or supervisor of the Contracting Party, when such guarantor(s) resigns or departs due to other legal reasons, there is no need to notify or remind the Bank in advance, and the bank suspend or reduce the comprehensive credit limits or single credit limits at any time. If the Contracting Party comprehensive credit or single credit is not in use, the Contracting Party shall also immediately inform the Bank of his resignation and departure. If any violation of such provisions incurs damages to the Bank, the Contracting Party shall be liable for such damages.

 

(2) Providing Documents

 

The Contracting Party agrees to provide the details of the board of directors who approved the credit to the Bank depository.

 

(3) Restrictions on Use of Funds

 

The Contracting Party is restricted on the use of funds, and shall not transfer the funds to Mainland Capital (including people, legal persons, organizations or their institutions in the Mainland, and including their overseas companies and investments) or use the funds in such. The funds shall not be used to reimburse the credit card balance of the company’s executive, his spouse, or others.

 

(4) Lower Limitations of Interest Rate

 

The interest rate of the New Taiwan Dollar used in the contract shall not be lower than the base loan interest rate of the New Taiwan Dollar announced by the Bank on the day the Agreement is in force.

 

(5) When the Contracting Party agrees to use the New Taiwan Dollar loan, the interest will be calculated in accordance to the interest rate standards above, but when the funds are in short supply, it should be negotiated according to the market interest rate.

 

(6) When the Contracting Party agrees to use the Agreement, the Small and Medium Enterprise Credit Guarantee Fund (the “Fund”) is guaranteed in accordance with the Fund’s provisions, and related guarantee matters shall be handled in accordance with the provisions of the Fund, and relevant fees shall be paid.

 

4 
 

 

(7) The Contracting Party agrees that the Small and Medium Enterprise Credit Guarantee Fund may, due to business necessity, be deposited during the credit period and within the business scope specified in the fund’s donation charter, and the Contracting Party may be subject to inquiry about its usage by the Joint Credit Information Center.

 

(8) If the Contracting Party’s financial status, business operations or property has or is expected to undergo significant adverse changes, and the Bank judges that such changes are sufficient to affect its ability to perform the duties defined in this Agreement or other relevant documents, after notifying or reminding the Bank, the Bank may suspend the utilization of the credit, or deem the loan to be fully due.

 

Contractor:

 

Mega International Commercial Bank Ltd.

 

Agent: North Taichung Branch Manager Wu Jianping

 

Address: 96 Chawan Avenue Section 3, Xidan District, Taichung City

 

The Contracting Parties, in signing and sealing, have fully understood the contents of the Agreement.

 

Contracting Party: YMA Corporation

 

(Signature or Company Chop)

 

Representative: Chiang Jing Bin

 

Republic of China 110/5/10

 

5 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

 

Taishin International Commercial Bank

  

Credit Loan Agreement

 

The person entering into the contract (hereinafter referred to as the “Contractor”) hereby agrees with Taishin International Commercial Bank (hereinafter referred to as the “Bank”) for all credit transactions with the Bank now and in the future of the total ([√]1. New Taiwan Dollars 30 Million Yuan only, [        ]2. New Taiwan Dollars [         ] Yuan only, [  ]3. New Taiwan Dollars [  ] Yuan only) based on the content of the Bank’s approved loan and performance of the terms in the left:

 

Chapter 1: Conditions of Credit Loan Use

 

1.All debts referred to in this contract refer to the bills, loans, lump sums, guarantees and other related debts owed by the Contractor to the Bank, including its interest, deferred interest, breach of contract, fines, damages and all costs related to the performance of the debt. If the Contractor has signed several credit contracts successively or at the same time, the Contractor knows the total amount of responsibilities it bears is the sum of the amount and scope of the several credit contracts.

 

2.Interest, discount interest, guarantee fee and handling fee, exchange rate and its late interest, calculation of liquidated damages:

 

(1) Interest and repayment method: according to the interest rate stated in the “application form” or other relevant documents, the calculation method and the method of repayment.

 

(2) Cash interest: determined by the Bank based on the currency market’s relative interest rate index.

 

(3) guarantee fee and handling fee: determined by the Bank. When dealing with the relevant business, the rate shall be paid in accordance with the regulations of the Bank.

 

(4) Foreign currency exchange rate: if it is a foreign currency debt, the amount will be converted into New Taiwan Dollars according to the Bank’s advertised selling rate on the date of payment or on the day when the prudence occurs. At the time of settlement, the Bank’s billboard selling exchange rate will be converted into New Taiwan dollars at the settlement date, and the amount payable will be calculated. If the exchange rate changes or other reasons lead to the advance amount of the Bank under this contract when the total amount of credit is exceeded, the Contractor shall still be responsible for repaying the excess amount immediately.

 

(5) Delayed interest and liquidated damages: Unless otherwise agreed, if the Contractor fails to repay the principal in accordance with the contract, the Contractor shall follow the previous terms. Payment of deferred interest is based on the interest rate at the time; if the Contractor defers the choice of “principal or interest payment, the principal starts from the maturity date, the interest starts from the interest payment date, and the part that is overdue within six months will be based on the previous rate. For those overdue for more than six months, liquidated damages will be paid at 20% of the above open interest rate for the portion exceeding the six-month period.

 

 
 

 

(6) Early repayment of liquidated damages: the agreed interest rate based on the money market loan capital cost plus a fixed interest rate. When the loan is repaid in advance, if the interest rate of the money market capital cost of the same day from the repayment date to the original agreed loan maturity date set by the Bank is lower than the original loan capital cost interest rate on the day of early repayment, the liable person agrees to pay to repay the principal is calculated based on the difference between the interest and the public balance from the payment through date to the original due date of the repayment of the default payment to the Bank.

 

(7) The interest, discount interest, deferred interest, and liquidated damages of the new concubine currency loan stated in this contract. The calculation method is based on the annual interest rate, and the interest is calculated on the basis of three hundred and sixty-five days, which is also the same for leap years. The foreign currency loan interest, discount interest, deferred interest, and liquidated damages are stated in this contract. The calculation method is based on the annual interest rate, and it is calculated on three hundred and sixty-five days (the currency is British pound / Hong Kong dollar / Singapore dollar / South African dollar) or three hundred and sixty days (other than the aforementioned currencies) Is the basis of interest calculation, and it is the same during leap years.

 

(8) In the event of Market Disruption such that the calculation of interest rate, discount interest, guarantee fee and handling fee contained in this Contract cannot properly reflect the Bank’s cost in acquisition of relevant funds, the Bank shall re-negotiate with the Contractor, which shall not be restricted by the content in the notice of the original loan or other agreements. The aforementioned money market lending capital cost refers to the pricing cost of the lending provided by the Bank’s capital dispatching unit to the Bank’s business unit.

 

3. The Contractor agrees that all deposits deposited at the head office of the Bank and its branches, as well as all claims to your bank, regardless of the term of the claims, can directly exercise the right to set-off after notifying the contractor to offset the contractor’s rights to your bank. In the meantime, all documents issued by your bank to the contractor will lose their validity within the scope of offset. However, the right of set-off shall not be exercised if the law has provisions prohibiting set-off, or the contractor has agreed not to set-off, or based on unreasonable management or a third party appointed your bank to pay the contractor due to the transaction relationship.

 

 

4. The guarantor agrees that before the guaranteed principal debt is fully repaid, the right of claim (subject to the succession of the creditor’s rights originally owned by your bank) and the right of subrogation acquired by the principal debtor due to the first part of the repayment shall be second to the execution of the principal debtor by your bank. The remaining creditor’s rights (the creditor’s rights are limited to the guarantee of all or part of the creditor’s rights) shall be paid.

 

2
 

 

5. The Guarantor agrees that the Bank may exercise the right of set-off against the various deposits deposited by the Guarantor in the Head Office of the Bank and its affiliated branches and all claims against the Bank, regardless of the duration of the claims, upon notification to the Guarantor, to offset the Guarantor’s claims against the quarterly publications. Pay all debts. At the same time, the various vouchers issued by your bank to the guarantor will be invalid within the scope of the lock-up. However, the right of set-off shall not be exercised if the law prohibits set-off, or the guarantor has agreed that the set-off shall not be allowed, or if the third party pays the guarantor through the appointment of your bank due to no reason of management or due to the transaction relationship. In addition, if the offset amount is not enough to cover all the debts or the guarantor has to pay off or pay off the debts in installments, the guarantor shall be compensated in the order of various expenses, liquidated damages, interest, delayed interest and principal in accordance with the provisions of Article 323 of the Civil Code. negative debt. If there are multiple debts and the payment proposed by the guarantor is insufficient to cover all the debts, the payment shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Article 321 or 322 of the Civil Code. However, when your bank handles internal bookkeeping in accordance with relevant regulations, the total amount of creditors will still be calculated in the order of repayment above.

 

6. If the contracting party is in any of the following circumstances, all debts owed to you by the bank (including the guaranteed balance that has not yet been compensated by the bank) will lose the benefits of the time limit. The contracting party shall be notified within a reasonable period of time when the accelerated clause is exercised for the reasons specified in Article 11.

 

(1) When any debt fails to pay off the principal or refuses to accept or pay.

 

(2) When filing for settlement, filing for bankruptcy, filing for corporate reorganization, refusing transactions (whether it has been resumed or not) after being notified by the clearing house, closing business, and clearing debts in accordance with the provisions of the Bankruptcy Law.

 

(3) When originally obliged to provide guarantees in accordance with the agreement and fails to provide them.

 

(4) When one of its heirs declares limited succession or abandons succession due to death.

 

(5) When the main property is declared to be confiscated due to a criminal offence.

 

(6) When any debt does not pay interest as agreed.

 

(7) When the collateral is sealed or the collateral is lost, reduced in value or insufficient to secure the claim, or the guarantor is in bad credit, and the bank fails to replace it at the request of your bank.

 

(8) Subject to enforcement or false seizure, false disposition or other preservation disposition, the Bank cannot receive compensation.

 

(9) When the contracting party owes a debt to your bank, the actual use of funds is inconsistent with the approved use of your bank.

 

(10) There is an objective situation where the contracting party has a material adverse change in its management, operation or financial situation, so that the creditor’s rights of the Bank cannot be fully repaid.

 

(11) When the contracting party has a credit relationship with your bank, the statement or information provided (including transaction vouchers or relevant transaction documents) is false, untrue or concealed, or violates integrity, or violates agreements or commitments, or other credit bad objective events occur, When it is necessary for your bank to preserve the creditor’s rights.

 

3
 

 

7.If the Contractor has the reason of Article 6 of this Contract, if the Bank becomes impaired, the approved amount will be destroyed or terminated. If a third party is involved, and any occurrence occurs when making tributes or expenditures, the Contractor is solely responsible; the Bank also has the right to require the Contractor to pay off each debt, and the Contractor may repay the collateral without notice to the Contractor to cover the debts, and all expenses incurred as a result of the punishment incurred by the Bank. If the Contractor has other items stored in the Bank, the Bank has the right to keep it. In addition, if the Bank has difficulty in obtaining funds, it may adjust the date and amount of allocation. However, if the Bank has received the commitment fee but has not allocated the shipment, it shall return the commitment fee to the Contractor in proportion to the amount of the unappropriated loan.

 

8.If the Contractor’s credit deed of all debts to the Bank is lost, destroyed, or damaged, the Contractor is willing to supplement and provide according to the wishes of the Bank, or as a basis, the Bank keeps photocopies, microfilms, accounts, subpoena, and computer records of the amount contained in the documents, etc., to fulfill the debt.

 

9.When applying for credit business, the Contractor shall issue one or more exemption certificates and authorize them in accordance with the requirements of the Bank. The Bank shall use this contract as a proof of damage, as a method of repaying the Contractor’s debt to the Bank. If the Contractor fails to fulfill the terms and conditions specified in this contract or other deeds, the Bank The promissory note can independently exercise its rights under the law of the instrument. The Contractor does not accept delivery of the Bank’s promissory note is a method of covering the Contractor’s debts in accordance with this contract, that is, the so-called indirect payment in the civil law. The debts borne by the contract coexist.

 

10.Any bills issued, endorsed, accepted or guaranteed by the Contractor that are not paid, accepted or unpredictable as a reminder, at the time of acceptance, after receiving notice from the Bank, no questions will be asked and the Contractor shall pay off the loan immediately. The Contractor agrees to waive the promissory note that is not paid on the Bank, and the notification obligation stipulated in Article 89 of the Bank’s bills law.

 

11.The Contractor is willing to accept the Bank’s use of the Credit at any time for supervision of business and finance, inspection and supervision of collateral, and related account books, statements (including comprehensive financial and personnel affairs statements of affiliated companies), bills and documents. When the Bank considers it necessary, the Contractor may be required to timely submit the credit information, or provide the financial statements of the meeting approved by the Bank’s certified accountant, and you may ask the certified accountant to provide working papers. However, the Bank has no obligation to supervise, audit, inspect, supervise and inspect tunnels. The Contractor accepts the financial joint credit investigation center (hereinafter referred to as the “Joint Credit Investigation Center”) to check the relevant account books, statements and documents, and will send these credit information, or provide accounting and financial statements with a certified accountant’s visa, and may ask the certified accountant to provide working papers, but the Joint Credit Investigation Center has no obligation to check.

 

4
 

 

12.

 

(1)The Contractor agrees the Bank may collect data from the Contractor within the scope of business registration items or specific purposes, and may use it for processing or use or for international transmission or provide the Contractor’s data to be processed by the Bank’s appointment (including but not limited to institutions entrusted to conduct market research).

 

(2)Between the Bank and other subsidiaries of Taishin Financial Holdings Co., Ltd. to which the Bank belongs, the Bank is required to act in accordance with the “Financial Holding Companies Act”, “Financial Holding Companies” and relevant laws and regulations such as the “Administrative Measures for Co-marketing between Subsidiaries” and the “Personal Data Protection Law” when customer data is used interchangeably. Unless otherwise stipulated by the laws and regulations, or where the Contractor has signed a contract or expressly agreed in writing, the information must not contain the name, other basic information other than the address (including but not limited to the uniform number of the ID card, date of birth, age, gender, e-mail, telephone, occupation, etc.) and transaction data such as accounting, credit, investment, insurance, and other related data.

 

(3)The Contractor does not agree to provide other basic information other than name and address, as well as other transaction data such as accounting, credit, investment, insurance, etc., to the following subsidiaries of Taishin Financial Holding Co., Ltd., and interact in accordance with the provisions of the previous disclosure. Use the information provided by the Contractor. If there are new additions or changes in the subsidiary, it will be announced on the website of Taishin Financial Holdings. If the Contractor does not check, the Contractor agrees to exchange the use consent with the latest customer responsibility data signed, and any meaning in the contract shall prevail. Taishin Financial Holdings Co., Ltd., Taishin International Commercial Bank Co., Ltd., Taishin Securities Co., Ltd., Taishin Gold Insurance Brokers Co., Ltd., Taishin Securities Investment Trust Co., Ltd., and Taishin Securities Investment…

 

13. The Borrower knows and agrees to the Bank’s account receivables and payable services, computer handling services or other ancillary services related to this Contract (including but not limited to information system registration, processing and input, data transmission between information systems, monitoring and maintenance, marketing, form printing, packaging and delivery and mailing, data preservation of forms, vouchers, etc., account receivable and legal procedures, property appraisal operations and other tasks approved by the competent authority to be outsourced, etc.) in the Bank. When it deems necessary, it may entrust an appropriate third party (organization) to deal with it in accordance with the regulations of the competent authority; the Borrower also agrees that the Bank may hand over the Borrower ’s information to such third party (organization) to handle the entrusted matters.

 

5
 

 

14. If the Borrower is a local (legal) person or a foreign (legal) person and has various debt owed to the Bank, such establishment requirements, methods and effects of its juristic acts shall be governed by the laws of the Republic of China. The Borrower shall perform its debts with the local bank as the place of performance. For all litigations arising from this Contract, regardless of whether there is any change in the domicile or nationality of the Bank and the Borrower, it is agreed that the Taipei District Court or the District Court of Taiwan shall be the court of first instance jurisdiction agreed upon by both parties. If the Borrower is a company established outside the Republic of China or does not have a residential address in the location of Republic of China, it is agreed that the Bank and the competent court may send the relevant legal documents, including any pleadings, notices, judgments or other notices to the Borrower in the Republic of China by post or send to the address of the process agent. The name and address of the process agent to be served on behalf of the recipient are listed in Chapter 4 other agreed terms.

 

15. The Borrower agrees to the Bank’s claims against the Borrower, may take the place of notification for any assignment of creditor’s rights by the Bank for the purpose of “Financial Asset Securitization” in Article 6 and relevant laws and regulations. Also, if there is a debt bearer involved in the trust transfer or transfer of assets, the Borrower shall be deemed to have acknowledged if he does not object during the period announced by the Bank.

 

16. The signature and the seal on this Contract has been confirmed by the Borrower, and may use either one of the methods in the future, or use the signature or seal on the “Agreement” which are separately signed with the Bank, and provides immediate effective.

 

17. In addition to the stipulations in this Contract and other relevant credit agreement, if there are any unsettled matters, the Borrower will observe the agreement and letter of drawdown or the Uniform Regulations for Commercial Documentary Credits, the Uniform Rules for Collection, the International Rules for Letter of Guarantee and the International Commercial Terms prescribed by the International Chamber of Commerce, and deem them as a part of this Contract.

 

Chapter II Individual Credit Agreement Terms

 

Section 1 (Guaranteed) Overdrafts

 

18. The Borrower agrees to use the conditions and payment method approved by the Bank. If the overdraft period expires, and without the Bank’s consent to renew the contract, the principal and the interest shall be repaid in full. During the stipulated period, if the average value of the actual utilization is less than half of the limits, the Borrower agrees to pay to the Bank for the guarantee handling fees.

 

Section 2 General (Guaranteed) Loans

 

19. The Borrower shall repay the loan in accordance to the agreed repayment method.

 

6
 

 

Section 3 Advance payment of customer instruments and discounts

 

(1) Common Terms

 

20. The Borrower hereby declares that the negotiable instruments has been provided to the Bank for borrowing or discounting. Without regard to whether the negotiable instruments is defective in some other way, and if it causes any damage to the Bank, the Borrower is willing to waive the interests for the period, and shall immediately repay all debt and to bear liability for damages, and will not use the defective as an excuse for not repaying the debts.

 

(2) Exclusive Terms for Advance Payment of Customer Instruments

 

21. According to the limits approved by the Bank, the Borrower shall issue a “Drawdown Application”, “ Customer Instrument List”, and provide the amount of customer instrument approved by the Bank and request the Bank for a one-off or instalment allocation.

 

Customer Instruments will be redeemed and deposited into the “Special Account for Advance payment of customer instruments” opened by the Borrower; and it is agreed that 1. to authorized the bank to receive money from this special account at any time with the seal of the person authorized to sign by the Bank, and to pay off all debts of the borrower in the Bank, and use this Contract as proof of authorization; 2. without the consent of the Bank, the Borrower shall not use the deposit in the special account; the special account shall provide the statement of accounts at the request of the Borrower. In addition, no extra bankbook will be issued.

 

3) Exclusive Terms for Discounting

 

22. The Bank and the Borrower both agreed to use the bills (negotiable instruments) which approved by the Bank, and request the Bank for discount within the limits approved by the Bank; when the negotiable instruments is expired or the Borrower receives a notice of overdue payment, the discounted payment should be repaid on time.

 

23. For the debts which has been discounted by the Borrower to the Bank under this Contract, the repayment period shall be in accordance with the records of the discounted negotiable instruments, although the requesting period for a discount is lapsed, the Borrower shall remained responsible for the repayment in accordance with the provisions of this Contract.

 

Section 4 Appointment Acceptance

 

24. The Borrower promised with the Bank, to produce a bill of exchange within the conditions approved by the Bank, and requests the Bank to accept it as the payer, and request the Bank to accept the bill of exchange, and the maximum period from the acceptance date to the due date of the drafts shall be determined by both parties.

 

Section 5 Appointment Guarantee

 

25. The amount, duration and content of the guarantees issued by the Bank on behalf of the Borrower (i.e. the appointer) shall be subject to the guarantee documents issued by the Bank. However, if the guarantee is tax payable, and the actual tax payable calculated by the tax authority exceeds the original guarantee amount, the Borrower agrees to adjust the total amount of guarantee at any time, and is willing to pay the full amount of tax payable and overdue fines.

 

7
 

 

26. The duration of the limits shall be from the date of signing the contract to the date when the Borrower repays the Bank for the full payment paid on behalf of the Borrower.

 

In addition, if the Borrower has any of the conditions mentioned in Article 6, the Borrower promises to pay immediately the Bank in cash according to the balance of the undischarged guarantee responsibility of the Bank to the Bank as a back-up payment and will be refunded by the Bank without paying any interest.

 

27. The Borrower shall pay the handling fee of the guarantee to the Bank, and shall be paid in full according to the agreed payment method. If the tax payable guaranteed by the Bank exceeds the original bonded amount calculated by the tax authority, the Borrower shall pay an additional guarantee fee for the difference.

 

When the time limits for the instruments guaranteed by the Bank on behalf of the Borrower expires, apply for an extension and send a letter to renew the policy, the Borrower must still pay the extension guarantee fee in accordance with the regulations of the responsible bank. However, when the guarantee period is shortened, no return shall be requested for the fees which has been paid. If there are postage and any other expenses, the Borrower should pay them separately.

 

28. When the Bank guarantees on behalf of the Borrower expires, the Borrower shall perform it as scheduled and inform the Bank of its handling status at any time. If the Borrower delays and fails to perform and thereby cause damage to the Bank, the Borrower shall be liable for any interest incurred and the penalty from the date of payment by the Bank to the date of payment by the Borrower to the Bank.

 

29. When the guaranteed amount is calculated in foreign currency, and the risk of exchange rate fluctuation shall be borne by the Borrower. If the Bank suffers losses due to fluctuation in foreign exchange rates, the Borrower is willing to take full responsibility thereof. The foreign currency amount guaranteed in this Contract is converted into New Taiwan Dollars, unless otherwise agreed, shall be calculated at the highest exchange rate during the guarantee period or determined by the Bank.

 

30. If the Borrower fails to perform the agreed matters with other creditor, once the other creditor notifies the Bank in writing to perform the guarantee responsibility, the Bank can directly perform the guarantee responsibility based on the guarantee issued by this Contract. The reason for the defense with the other creditor or any third party shall claim immunity against the Bank, and shall not claim immunity against the Bank for force majeure such as natural disasters, wars or any other force.

 

8
 

 

Section VI Issuance of Letters of Credit and Import Financing

 

Terms & Conditions

 

31. The drafts issued by the domestic and international sight and usance credit (hereinafter referred to as the Letter of Credit) under this Contract, the Borrower shall be remain liable for the repayment after the expiry date of the draft is after the period of existence approved by the Bank. In addition, when the Borrower applies to the Bank for the issuance of a letter of credit, it should apply in advances from the Bank and attached with the transfer application form and the relevant documents required by the Bank. The Borrower is willing to pay off each debt in accordance with the provisions of this Contract, and they shall have no recourse with respect to use the letter of credit application issued by the Borrower or other reasons.

 

32. When the Borrower applies for issuance of a letter of credit by the Bank, it recognizes that the transfer amount of each transfer application and all expenses incurred are the amount that guarantees payment or additional payment for the Bank on behalf of the Borrower (if the margin is different after deducing the margin), and agreed to authorize the Bank to pay the money order under each letter of credit on the basis of the transfer application and (or) the draft under the letter of credit. The Borrower is willing to pay off each of the above-mentioned debts in accordance with the provisions of this Contract.

 

33. The Borrower acknowledges and is willing to accept or make payment in accordance with the draft and the relevant documents presented under the letter of credit on this Contract. The Borrower is willing to pay on the settlement date. If the Borrower guarantees that the payment of the reserve payment after the above-mentioned time limit is exceeded, the draft shall be paid in accordance with the contract on the date of payment of the delay and liquidated damages. The above remittances, documents, etc., even it may be verified to be forged, altered or defective in some other way (including the quality or quantity of the goods and the documents are not in agreement, etc.), and the Bank shall be held free and harmless. The Borrower is agreed to pay off the Bank’s advances, principal and interest and all expenses incurred in accordance with the provisions of this Contract. The Borrower agrees to bear full liability for damages for any resultant injury that maybe incurred by the Bank.

 

34. Every advance or loan purchased goods (including goods in transit), if the salesperson (seller) fails to perform the contract, delays in delivery, or other force majeure events, the Borrower will still be responsible for the loss of the Bank. If the letter of credit is expired, the Bank may cancel it directly and the refunded money will be used to compensate the advances and/or loans in this Contract.

 

35. If a shipment of goods arrives, but the shipping documents have not arrived and it is necessary to apply for issuance of a letter of guarantee or a bill of lading endorsement, the Borrower shall make repayment, which will be based on the value of the secured goods as given in the shipping documents provided and pay for the remaining balance, negotiable instrument, payment and all other procedures. If there is found to not be in conformance , the Borrower shall without exception acknowledge the conditions set out in the letter of guarantee and the bill of lading endorsement.

 

9
 

 

36. The Borrower agrees to pledge the purchased materials together with the movable property and other collateral provided as security. The Bank obtains all the delivery receipts for the purchased materials (such as import permits and relevant delivery documents, etc.). The Bank will obtain the pledge of movable property for the material as soon as the material arrives. The Borrower also agrees to apply for insurance for the previously opened materials, giving the Bank as the priority beneficiary, and also use this Contract as the document for setting up the pledge.

 

37. If the Borrower is unable to repay the advances under this Contract, or the Bank believes that the Borrower’s finances have deteriorated significantly, or after the delivery of the shipping documents, the Bank fails to complete the customs declaration and pick-up procedures, which causing the Bank to suffer any losses or damages. At the time of loss, its advances and loans are deemed to be due immediately, and the Bank has the right to choose the New Taiwan Dollars converted from the date of delay, and the Bank’s creditor’s rights are preserved. The Bank can declare and pick up the goods on behalf of the customs, and the Bank can auction or freely dispose of them all. (Including disposal method, its price and time, etc.) imported goods and other collateral to offset the principal and interest of the advance to the Bank and all expenses and losses incurred due to disposal (including taxes paid for customs declaration and costs for delivery, warehouse rent, transportation, etc.). If there is a shortfall, the Borrower is still responsible for making up and paying off.

 

38. For each import item, the Borrower is willing to ask the Bank’s opinions in advance for the type of insurance and insurance conditions. For example, when importing at FOB, C&F or similar price terms, and take the Bank as the priority beneficiary to insure appropriate insurance, and give the original insurance policy and insurance receipt to the Bank, and the cost of applying for insurance will be borne by the Borrower. If the Borrower fails to apply for insurance or does not go through the renewal procedures at the expiry of the insurance, the Bank has the right to do it on their behalf, but the Bank has no obligation to apply for insurance on their behalf. If the insurance fee is advanced by the Bank, the Borrower is willing to repay it immediately. If there is a delay in payment, the Bank may include it in the amount of the creditor’s rights and calculate the interest in accordance with the provisions of this Contract.

 

(2) Issuance of domestic letters of credit

 

39. In order to purchase materials from the domestic country, the Borrower needs to appoint the Bank to keep issue the domestic sight and usance letter of credit within the approved period, and the beneficiary designated for the above letter of credit shall be advanced or accepted as the draft issued by the Bank as the payer in accordance with the provisions of each letter of credit.

 

40. Unless otherwise agreed, if the Borrower has delayed the payment of the advances under each letter of credit, when the principal and the interest of the loan are borrowed, they are willing to advance or repay the benchmark lending rate set by the Bank at that time, starting from the advance or repayment date. The interest rate will be increased by 2.25% per year, and will be paid in accordance with the contract for late court interest and liquidated damages.

 

10
 

 

(3) Issuance of foreign letters of credit

 

41. In order to facilitate the settlement of foreign exchange to purchase materials from overseas at the Bank now and in the future, and issue a letter of credit and make a single payment in foreign currency (hereinafter referred to as the Advance) or acceptance within the approved amount which approved by the Bank. The Bank is agreed to advance in foreign currency, or repay the above-mentioned advance by directly debiting a new Taiwan dollar loan transfer when the order is received.

 

42. The Borrower is willing to advance or (and) to accept the letter of credit for issuance by the Bank in accordance with the relevant laws and regulations and customary methods, the Borrower shall, in addition to the provisions of the transfer application form, provides the required documents and the agreed import license (if any) and deposit it to the Bank, and also willing to use the shipping documents and goods under each letter of credit to guarantee the advance and/or loan of the Bank under each letter of credit, and use this Contract to provide a proof of guarantee and advance or loan.

 

43. The Borrower shall pay or accept the draft under each letter of credit within the reasonable settlement period stipulated in the “Uniform Practices for Letter of Credit” after the arrival of each shipping document under the letter of credit and the notice (written or oral) issued by the Bank. However, if the advance payment is made by the Bank, the Borrower shall repay each advance payment and pay the interest and related expenses within ten days after the Bank’s notice (written or oral), and shall settle the foreign exchange at the spot foreign exchange selling rate set by the Bank at the time of repayment or repay it with its own currency. However, if one of the following circumstances occurs, the method of repayment is as follows:

 

  (1) If the goods are delivered under the spot letter of credit and the shipping documents have not yet been delivered and the delivery of the goods needs to be secured, the Borrower is willing to pay off immediately, and the same applies when the Borrower applies for endorsement of the bill of lading.

 

  (2) If the goods are shipped in batches, the amount of the partial shipping documents shall be paid in advance according to the amount of the letter of credit and (or) the entire amount.

 

  (3) Although the validity period of the letter of credit has expired and the shipping documents are mailed, if the conditions are met at the time of the bill, the Borrower is willing to be responsible for repayment immediately.

 

  (4) When the Bank agrees to change to another foreign currency loan or New Taiwan Dollars loan, it will be handled in accordance with the relevant regulations of the Bank for foreign currency loan or New Taiwan Dollars loan.

 

44. The longest period of advance or acceptance under each letter of credit shall not exceed the number of days approved by the Bank, and the maturity date of each draft or the due date notified by the Bank shall be the settlement date of each debt.

 

11
 

 

45. For each of the letter of credit, if the loan is repaid within the repayment period specified in the last clause, the advance part in Taiwan currency shall be made on the actual advance date of the Bank (the letter of credit with the authorization deduction clause is the date of the Bank deposits the debit with the Bank; and the letter of credit without the authorized deduction clause is the date of the Bank makes the account date) to the settlement date specified in the last clause, and the interest is calculated and paid at the loan interest rate agreed with the Bank.

 

46, If the Borrower delays in paying the principal and interest of the advance or loan under each letter of credit, the Borrower is willing to advance or repay the foreign currency according to the Bank’s interest rate from the date of advance or repayment. The interest rate of the borrowing shall be calculated and paid in accordance with the contract for deferred interest and penalty.

 

 

47. If the Borrower fails to repay the loan within the agreed period, the Bank can convert the arrears into a New Taiwan dollar loan. The Borrower has no objection to the previous exchange date, exchange rate amount, interest rate, etc. However, the Bank is no obligated to the conversion.

 

48. The Borrower appoints the Bank to issue the credit financing by means of triangular trade, and the terms of this Contract still applies.

 

49. There are things that are not attributable to the Bank, any errors or delays in the transmission of the agency, or errors in the interpretation of technical terms, and the documents, or the goods contained in the documents, or when all or part of the quality, quantity, or value of the goods is lost or delayed, or is lost or damaged due to uninsured or insufficient insured amount, or due to the block or detention of any third party, or some other factors. In any of the above circumstances, it has nothing to do with the Bank and the letter of credit will still be paid in full by the Borrower.

 

(4) Import Collection Loan

 

50. The Borrower acknowledges that the total amount on each transfer application form, together with the interest and all expenses incurred are the amount guaranteed to be paid or advanced by the Bank on behalf of the Borrower, and agrees to use the transfer application form and/or relevant documents as a proof to authorize the Bank to pay the bills under the Document Against Acceptance (D/A) or the Document Against Payment (D/P) or the Open Account (O/A). The Borrower is willing to comply with the provisions of this Contract, and to pay off every debt incurred as a result of the above-mentioned application for import collection loan.

 

51. In order to facilitate the settlement of foreign exchange to purchases materials from overseas by the Bank now and then, the Borrower shall apply for the Documents under Acceptance (D/A) or the Documents under Payment (D/P) or Guaranteed Delivery under Import Collection / Subsidiary bill of lading endorsement or Open Account (O/A), the Bank may agrees to foreign currency advances, or directly account for the NTD loan transfer to repay the above advances when the bill arrives.

 

52. The Borrower is willing to advance or (and) accept the foreign import collection payment by the Bank in accordance with the relevant laws and regulations and customary methods. The Borrower must provide the required documents and the import license as agreed (if any) with the bank in accordance with the provisions of the transfer application and is willing to use the shipping waybills and goods under the import collection as the guarantee for the advance and/or loans under the import collection, and use this Contract as the guarantee and proof of advances or loans.

 

12
 

 

53. When the Borrower imports materials by the form of import collection, and may apply to the Bank for guaranteed delivery or endorsement of the deputy bill of lading within the agreed amount with the Bank’s consent, and need to check the application for guarantee delivery or endorsement of the auxiliary bill of lading and the relevant deed documents required by the Bank. The Borrower acknowledges that according to the content of each application and the amount of the relevant deed documents and the agreed matters, the liability for damages to the Bank shall be borne by the Bank until the foreign waybills are sent to the Bank and the Borrower completes the acceptance or payment of the bills.

 

Section 7 Export Bills Negotiation and Export Loans

 

(1) Export Bills

 

54. From the date of signing of this Contract, all the clauses in this section shall apply to the draft and/or bills issued or endorsed by the Borrower, regardless of whether it is directly or through another person’s pledge to the Bank, and each time bills and discounts, unless it is required by the Bank and there is no need to resign this Contract again.

 

55. The Borrower is willing to provide the Bank with the shipping waybills and related goods for applying the billing or discounting to the Bank as collateral to guarantee the draft issued or endorsed by the Bank’s billing party and (or) the amount of waybills, interest and all related expenses.

 

56. The Borrower confirms that the bill or discount of the Bank against the Borrower is an advance rather than a buyout. The Bank reserves the right to request the return of the Borrower at any time. Should the bill of exchange negotiated by the Bank be refused handling or processing by the discount bank or correspondent bank of the Bank, or unpaid by issuing bank owing to some discrepancy in the bill of exchange or the documents attached thereto with the terms and conditions of the letter of credit or for any other reasons, or should the acceptance of the shipped goods be refused because of divergence of quality, quantity, etc. of the said goods, or for any other reasons, discovered by the interested party or parties upon delivery or any other occasions, the Borrower shall take full responsibility thereof and reimburse the Bank at any time the amount of the bill of exchange, interest (to be calculated at the rate of credit loan ruling in the time of negotiation), and other incidental charges incurred. The Borrower further authorizes the Bank to tender a letter of guarantee to the issuing bank or the accepting bank under the letter of credit, without any notification to the Borrower in case the Bank or the Bank’s correspondent bank deems it fit to do so, and the Borrower solely shall be held liable for the guarantee thus offered.

 

57. Should the drawee of the bill of exchange or the issuing bank, accepting bank, or confirming bank of the relative letter of credit become insolvent, or bankrupt, be seized, provisionally seized, provisionally disposed of, or offered for auction, or even should the drawee or any of the above banks apply for bankruptcy or settlement by composition, the Borrower agrees, upon the Bank’s notice, to pay the Bank the total amount of the bill of exchange with interest and other additional charges.

 

13
 

 

58. The Borrower authorizes the Bank or the Bank’s correspondent bank to send the bill of exchange and/or the documents attached thereto to the place of payment by any method as the Bank or the Bank’s correspondent bank deems fit.

 

59. Should the bill of exchange and/or the documents attached thereto be destroyed or lost in transit, or assumed as such, or their arrival at the place of payment is much delayed by accident such as mistransportation, a new bill of exchange and a new set of documents attached thereto shall be presented to the Bank by the Borrower according to the Bank’s record book, at the Bank’s demand without any legal procedures, or alternatively, at the Bank’s option, the amount of the bill of exchange, with all expenses, shall be paid to the Bank by the Borrower.

 

60. Should the bill of exchange be not accepted by the drawee or not paid by the drawee or acceptor by intervention, or should it happen that the bill of exchange is not paid or the proceeds thereof are not transferred to the Bank because of the local laws or regulations or for any other reasons, the Borrower shall pay the amount of the bill of exchange with interest and other incidental charges incurred as soon as the Borrower informs the Bank in this connection by cable or by mail, notwithstanding no return of the bill of exchange and/or documents attached thereto. Should the Bank demand any additional security of the Borrower at same time, it shall be given by the Borrower without any objection.

 

61. Should the right of claim on the bill of exchange be not validly instituted on account of any formal defect, or should it become extinct owing to the default of safeguarding procedure or presentation. The Borrower agrees to reimburse the Bank for the amount equivalent to the face value of the bill of exchange, interest incurred thereon before and after maturity and other incidental charges incurred in this connection.

 

62. When any bill of exchange or associated certificate or document presented in connection with a letter of credit which the Bank, after a document review, deems to meet the conditions of the letter of credit and which the Bank then accepts or pays, is subsequently verified to be forged, altered, or defective in some other way, the Borrower nevertheless agrees, without exception, to make payment as stipulated, unless there was gross negligence by the Bank in its review.

 

63. The Borrower shall be responsible for the signature, seal or writing used on the bill of exchange or any other documents accepted by the Bank even though the signature, seal or writing is a forged or stolen one, should the Bank has concluded the same to be identical with those submitted to the Bank by the Borrower beforehand or those used on previous bills of exchange or other documents. Any damage caused the Bank therefrom shall be borne by the Borrower upon notice from the Bank.

 

14
 

 

64. The Borrower hereby authorizes (but not so as to make it imperative) any manager or agent of the Bank, or the current holder of the bill of exchange, to insure any goods forming the collateral security for the bill of exchange against sea risk, including loss by capture, and also against loss by fire on shore, and to add the premiums and expenses of such insurances to the amount chargeable to the Borrower in respect of the bill of exchange, and to take recourse upon such goods in priority to any other claims thereon, or against the Borrower, without prejudice to any claim against any endorser or endorsers of the bill of exchange, for the purpose of reimbursing the Bank, or other person or persons paying the same, the amount of such premiums and expenses, and also to sell any portion of such goods which may be necessary for payment of freight, insurance, and expenses and generally to take such measures and make such charges for commission and to be accountable in such manner, but not further or otherwise than as in ordinary cases between a merchant and its correspondent. And the Borrower consents to the goods being warehoused at any public or private wharf or warehouse selected by the drawee or acceptor of the bill of exchange, unless the Bank offers any objection to such wharf or warehouse.

 

65. The Borrower hereby authorizes the Bank, or any manager or agent of the Bank, or the holder of the bill of exchange, to take conditional acceptance of the bill of exchange, to the effect that, on payment thereof at maturity, the documents handed to the Bank as collateral security for the due payment of the bill of exchange shall be delivered to the drawee or acceptor thereof.

 

66. The Borrower hereby authorizes the Bank (but not so as to make it imperative), at any time or times before the maturity of the bill of exchange, to grant a partial delivery or partial deliveries of such goods, in such manners as the Bank or the acceptor of the bill of exchange or the acceptor’s representative may deem desirable, to any person or persons on payment of a proportionate amount of the invoice cost of such goods or of the bill of exchange drawn against same.

 

67. The Borrower hereby authorizes the Bank, or any manager or agent of the Bank, or the current holder of the bill of exchange, on default being made in acceptance on presentation or in payment at maturity, of the bill of exchange, to waive protest and in case of such default or of the drawee or acceptor suspending payment, becoming bankrupt, or taking any steps whatever towards entering into liquidation during the currency of the bill of exchange, and whether accepted conditionally or absolutely to sell all or any part of the goods forming the collateral security for the payment thereof as such times and in such manner as the Bank or the holder of the bill of exchange may deem fit, and after deducting usual commission and charges, to apply the net proceeds in payment of the bill of exchange with re-exchange and charges the balance, if any, to be placed at the Bank’s or the holder’s option against the Borrower’ other bills of exchange, secured or otherwise which may be in the Bank’s or the holder’s hands, or any other debt or liability owed by the Borrower to the Bank, and subject thereto, to be accounted for to the proper parties. In case of loss at any time of goods insured the Borrower authorizes the Bank to realize the policy or policies and charge the same commission on the proceeds upon a sale of goods, and to apply the net proceeds, after such deductions as aforesaid, in the manner hereinbefore lastly provided.

 

68. Unless otherwise agreed, the holder of a draft issued by the Borrower may be exempt from making a certificate of refusal to pay or refuse to accept when exercising the right of recourse. Although the Borrower is exempt from preparing a rejection certificate, if the Bank or the Bank’s correspondent bank considers it necessary to prepare a rejection certificate, the Borrower has no objection. When a certificate of refusal of payment or refusal of acceptance is made in any place, it is legal and valid for the Borrower and no proof is required.

 

15
 

 

69. In case the net proceeds of such goods shall be insufficient to pay the amount of the bill of exchange, with re-exchanges and charges, the Borrower authorizes the Bank, or any manager or agent of the Bank, or the current holder of the bill of exchange, as the case may be, to draw on the Borrower for the deficiency, without prejudice nevertheless to any claim against any endorser of the bill of exchange for recovery of same or any deficiency on the same; and the Borrower engages to honor such drafts on presentation, it being understood that the account statement issued by the Bank or the holder of the bill of exchange shall be sufficient proof of sale and loss.

 

70. The Borrower hereby authorizes the Bank, or any manager or agent of the Bank, or the holder of the bill of exchange, whether the power of sale shall or shall not have arisen, at any time before the maturity of the bill of exchange, to accept payment from the drawee or the acceptor, if requested so to do, and on payment to deliver the bill of lading and shipping documents to the drawee or the acceptor; and, in that event, the Bank or the holder of the bill of exchange is to allow a discount thereon, at the customary rate of rebate in the place where the bill of exchange is payable.

 

71. If the bill of exchange is a document against acceptance (D/A) bill, the Borrower shall authorizes the Bank to deliver the shipping documents to the acceptor against its acceptance of the bill of exchange drawn on the acceptor. In such a case the Borrower undertakes to hold the Bank harmless from any consequence that may arise by the Bank’s so doing and to pay the Bank the amount or any balance of bill with re-exchange and charges if the acceptor should make any default in payment at maturity.

 

72. Should the drawee of the bill of exchange reject acceptance or payment thereof, or should the collateral goods arrive before the date of maturity of the bill of exchange, the Borrower authorizes the Bank or the Bank’s correspondent bank to unload, clear, warehouse the goods, effect insurance thereon and do any and all other acts which the Bank or the Bank’s correspondent bank may deem necessary for the proper maintenance of the goods. In these cases, not only the expenses and cost incurred in the course of the above acts, but also any damage caused by those people or parties who deal with the unloading, clearance, warehousing and insurance in good or bad faith or by reason of war, natural disasters, or any other force majeure shall be borne by the Borrower.

 

(2) Export financing 

 

73. The purpose of export financing is limited to the necessary working capital before or after the export of the Borrower. The Borrower shall issue a letter of credit, or sign an export contract, export order, or other export transactions in accordance with the foreign bank. According to the terms and deadlines set out in the orange, if the settlement period has expired, the foreign exchange income from the export cannot be repaid, and other incomes are used for repayment, unless otherwise agreed by the Borrower and the responsible bank, the original payment date will be changed from the date of allocation. Interest is calculated at the agreed borrowing rate.

 

16
 

 

74. The letter of credit provided by the Borrower must meet the following conditions:

 

  (1) An irrevocable letter of credit that is confirmed to be the beneficiary of the Borrower or an irrevocable letter of credit that is transferred to the Borrower by the beneficiary,

 

  (2) The issuing bank of a letter of credit is approved by the Bank.

 

 

75. The Borrower agrees to deposit the pre-disclosed letter of credit or export contract, and export orders (including amendments) to the Bank, and handle export bills or collections at the Bank. The Borrower also authorizes the Bank to be able to set off the loan principal and interest and all the Borrower’s debts in the Bank on the day of the draft or export collection, the inward remittance, and the receipt of the clean collection on the notice day. And use this Contract as the proof of authorization.

 

76. For bills, orders, letters of credit, etc. provided by the Borrower under this Contract, if the payment has been received before the due date of the loan, the Borrower agrees that the Bank may offset the verification loan in advance.

 

77. If the Borrower handles an export bill with the Bank and is refused payment abroad, or the payment is not received within the export collection period, or other foreign buyers fail to pay in accordance with the contract, the Borrower will unconditionally pay immediately.

 

Section 8 Purchase of foreign currency negotiable instruments (or purchase of clean bills)

 

78. Application by the Borrower for the purchase of foreign currency negotiable instruments (purchase of clean bills) by the Bank will be done in accordance with the stipulations of a separately established “Application for Purchase of Clean Bills or Clean Collection,” within the scope of conditions approved by the Bank.

 

Section 9 Currency Conversion of Foreign Currency Financing Debt

 

79. The Borrower shall apply for the currency conversion of the foreign currency loan on the basis of the “Foreign Exchange Business Currency Conversion Application” and agree to abide by the following terms. If there is any dispute or loss due to exchange rate changes, the Borrower shall be solely responsible for it.

 

80. The balance of the original foreign currency loan debt is agreed to be converted into the agreed new currency after conversion at the exchange rate negotiated with the Bank, and the original collateral provided for the loan is still the collateral for the loan debt after the conversion, and The calculation method of interest rate, the maturity date and the method of repayment shall be handled in accordance with the original agreement.

 

17
 

 

81. The interest of the previous borrowing shall be paid off at the time of conversion. The Borrower may convert to New Taiwan Dollars at the exchange rate listed on the Bank’s spot selling rate on the date of repayment. It is calculated and collected and delivered to the Bank on the original agreed settlement date. If the applicant’s payment is delayed, the Bank may calculate and collect liquidated damages in accordance with the original agreed method.

 

Section 10 Others

 

82. For other financial products not regulated in this Contract, the Borrower agrees to sign a separate credit agreement with the Bank for processing. 

 

The interest of the loan before the conversion should be settled at the time of the conversion. The Contractor may convert to New Taiwan dollars based on the Bank’s listed spot selling rate during the settlement date. After the conversion, the principal and interest of the borrowing shall be agreed upon with the Bank. The new currency loan is calculated and collected at the applicable interest rate, and delivered to the Bank on the original agreed repayment date. If the applicant’s payment is delayed, the agreed method will be calculated and collected as liquidated damages, and the Bank may follow the original.

 

Chapter 3: Entrusted Agreement

 

The Contractor hereby authorizes the Bank’s authorised person [  ] Bank, [  ] Branch, Deposit Account Number 21050100180167 to withhold the contract, and under the contract the Bank shall loan:

 

[√] (1) All kinds of loans, advances, bank acceptances, guaranteed principal and interest, liquidated damages, handling fees, registration responsibilities and other related expenses.

 

[  ] (2) Payments for import/export bills, commissions, manual fees, telegram fees and other related fees.

 

[  ] (3) Others:

 

Due to the Bank’s previous disclosure of the transfer and withholding, there is no need to collect the withdrawal receipt from the Contractor, the Contractor fully acknowledges such withdrawals and opens an account beforehand. The balance of the deposit is subject to the balance in the Bank’s account. If there are any disputes in the future, it is understood that the Contractor is solely responsible for it and has nothing to do with the Bank. The Contractor is willing to abandon all claims and opposition against the Bank.

 

Joint Guarantor: [YMA Corporation seal] [stamp of Chiang Jingbin] [signature of Chiang Jingbin]

Number:

Birth/Establishment Date:

Address:

 

An original copy of this letter (copy) has been [ ] has not been [√ ] received from the Bank.

 

(Personally signed/sealed)

Verifier: Lin Yi Qi [signature]

 

Joint Guarantor:

Number:

Birth/Establishment Date:

Address:

An original copy of this letter (copy) has been [ ] has not been [ ] received from the Bank.

 

(Personally signed/sealed)

Verifier:

 

Joint Guarantor:

Number:

Birth/Establishment Date:

Address:

An original copy of this letter (copy) has been [ ] has not been [ ] received from the Bank.

 

(Personally signed/sealed)

Verifier:

 

Supervisor: [  ] Examiner: [stamp] Manager: [signature]

 

Joint Guarantor:

Number:

Birth/Establishment Date:

Address:

 

An original copy of this letter (copy) has been [ ] has not been [ ] received from the Bank.

 

Joint Guarantor:

Number:

Birth/Establishment Date:

Address:

An original copy of this letter (copy) has been [ ] has not been [ ] received from the Bank.

 

 

(Personally signed/sealed)

Verifier:

 

Joint Guarantor:

Number:

 

Birth/Establishment Date:

Address:

An original copy of this letter (copy) has been [ ] has not been [ ] received from the Bank.

 

(Personally signed/sealed)

Verifier:

 

Supervisor: [  ] Examiner: [stamp] Manager: [signature]

 

Republic Era Calendar: Year 110, March 29th

 

18
 

 

Debitor [Money Laundering Prevention and Anti-Terrorism Clause] Agreement

 

This Agreement is entered into by the Contractor (hereinafter referred to as the Contractor) YMA Corporation

 

1.For the purpose of preventing money laundering and combating capital terrorism, the Contractor entered agrees to provide relevant information required for the identity review process and follow-up review process of the Bank and to cooperate with the current related matters, if one of the following situations occurs in the person who has been reasonably identified by the Bank, and the Bank may temporarily suspend transactions with the main and standby personnel, and temporarily suspend or terminate various business relationships, and the legal representative of the Contractor, the authorized person, agrees to the following:

 

(1) The Contractor has been warned by the court, prosecutor’s office, judicial police agency or other competent authority to be a suspicious account; or otherwise recognised as suspicious account by the competent authorities or the Bank as suspected illegal or abnormal traders.

 

(2) When the Contractor is a legal person, the person in charge/representative is involved in sanctions identified or pursued by the Chinese government, foreign government or international money laundering prevention organization, terrorists or groups or high-risk pairs identified by the Bank. Easterners (including but not limited to suspected involvement in illegal activities, suspected money laundering, terrorist financing, or cases involving illegal activities reported by the body, etc.).

 

(3) When the Contractor does not cooperate with the Bank’s regular/irregular review procedures or refuses to explain, provide relevant information (including but not limited to information on the actual cover person), or the documents or documents provided by the Contractor identified by the Bank in the foregoing procedures, and they become suspects in the line of review (including but not limited to suspected illegal activities, suspected money laundering, terrorist financing activities, or media reports involving illegal cases, etc.).

 

(4) When the Contractor is unwilling to cooperate in the adjustment or cannot fully explain the nature, purpose or source of funds of the various transactions, or is responsible for those who are found to be abnormal or suspected of money laundering after the Contractor’s explanation (including but not limited to suspected involvement in illegal activities, suspected of money laundering, terrorist financing or media reports involving illegal cases, etc.).

 

(5) When the Bank informs the Contractor to go through the review process, the contact information (including but not limited to telephone, email or address) stated by the Contractor will be used for notification. If the Contractor cannot be contacted, this will cause the Bank to fail to complete the regular/irregular review procedures.

 

(6) The parties involved in the transactions handled by the Contractor or any remittance/receiving bank or country are national targets, terrorists, groups or institutions that are identified or tracked by the Chinese government, foreign governments, international money laundering and anti-stab organizations, or are subject to economic sanctions, banned countries, or high risk targets as identified by the Bank (including but not limited to suspected illegal activities, suspected money laundering, terrorist financing, or media reports involving illegal cases etc.)

 

19
 

 

(7) Upon the annual appointment person handling various transactions, resulting in the Bank determine any violation of the country, the international money laundering prevention organization or foreign government’s anti-money laundering or anti-capital terrorism regulations, or the Bank’s money laundering prevention or anti-capital terrorism policies, etc. 

 

2.If one of the foregoing circumstances occurs, the Contractor agrees that the Bank may comply with the “Money Laundering Prevention Law” including but not limited to “Investment Terrorism Prevention Law”, “Financial Institutions Measures for the Prevention of Money Laundering”, “Banking and Electronic Payment Machines and Electronic Tickets Issuers’ Prevention of Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorism Internal Control Points” and “The Bank of China Association of Banks Prevention of Money Laundering and template of precautions against capital terrorism” and other relevant regulations, the content contained in this contract or the responsibility is handled in a standard manner. Therefore, the damage to the Principal Debtor or the unfavorable supervision shall be borne by the Contractor, and the Bank shall not be liable for damages.

 

3.The Contractor agrees that the Bank may adjust this article in accordance with China, international money laundering prevention organizations, foreign governments or areas with jurisdiction to prevent money laundering. Money or anti-forbearance and other relevant laws and regulations, and changes in anti-money laundering or anti-capital anger practices. It is agreed that there is no need to notify the Contractor separately.

 

4.The Contractor agrees that the Bank may collect, process, use or internationally transmit information of the Contractor within the scope of the specific purpose of the money laundering prevention or combating terrorism, criminal and anti-terrorism laws and regulations. Basic information and various business transaction information (including but not limited to the Contractor or the transaction or payment handled by domestic/foreign banks in accordance with the country’s money laundering prevention or combating capital terrorism, crime prevention and anti-terrorism related laws. When investigating or seizing transaction funds/documents, etc. provided by the Contractor includes the personal data of a third party (including but not limited to the person in charge/representative, the actual beneficiary or the payee), the Contractor shall ensure such third parties are aware of and agree to the foregoing matters.

 

5.If the Contractor fails to comply with the provisions of this article, fails to immediately explain or provide relevant information or obtain the consent of a third party, resulting in the Debtor’s transactions to be delayed, failed, terminated, cancelled, funds frozen or incurred additional costs, the Contractor shall be responsible for loss of damages. If the Bank suffers such damages as a result, the Contractor agrees to be responsible for filing and compensation.

 

20
 

 

6.If the transaction itself or the relevant transaction partner is actually or may be involved in any of the parties listed in Article (1) after the Bank’s inspection, the Clearing Bank may, on its own or instruct any other financial search institution (or be instructed by it), to benefit from this transaction, and the person, the Debitor, the ultimate beneficiary and related information or communications shall be checked. The Bank may terminate the transaction without the consent of the Contractor, or refuse the transaction and adjust the relevant accounts, and the Bank will consider any losses or damages caused by the Contractor’s operation, rejection or failure of the transaction.

 

The Contractor agrees that this Agreement is part of the Credit Loan Agreement/Accounts Receivable Agreement signed with the Bank.

 

Sincerely,

 

Taishin International Commercial Bank

 

Contracting Party: [YMA Corporation seal] [stamp of Chiang Jingbin]   (Original Agreement Seal)
Legal Representative:    
Number:    
     
Contracting Party:   (Original Agreement Seal)
Legal Representative:    
Number:    
     
Contracting Party:   (Original Agreement Seal)
Legal Representative:    
Number:    
Republic Era Calendar: Year 110, March 29th    

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.9

 

Letter of Joint Guarantee

 

The joint Guarantor (hereinafter referred to as the “Guarantor”) hereby guarantees to Taishin International Commercial Bank (hereinafter referred to as the “Bank”) that YMA Corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Principal Debtor”) is guaranteed to the Bank (including the head office and its branches) of existing (including those that have not been repaid in the past) and future debts, loans, lump sums, guarantees, derivatives transactions, accounts receivable for various business transactions and other related debts etc., based on the principal ([√]1. New Taiwan Dollars 30 Million only, [  ]2. New Taiwan Dollars [          ] Yuan only, [  ]3. New Taiwan Dollars [  ] Yuan only) as the limit and its interest, late court interest, liquidated damages, and for all the expenses required for fulfilling the debts of the guarantee. The Guarantor is willing to jointly and severally repay the debts with the Principal Debtor, and agree to abide by the following clauses:

 

Article 1: Trial requests, or compulsory execution, may be directed to the Guarantor to request repayment.
   
Article 2: The Bank does not need to be compensated for the collateral disposition first, but can request the Guarantor for repayment. If the Guarantor signs several Joint Guarantees successively or together to guarantee the debts of the Principal Debtor, the Guarantor understands that the total Joint Guarantee liability includes the total amount and scope of the Guarantees of the several Guarantees.
   
Article 3: Upon application or should the Bank deem it necessary due to other specific facts, the Bank may exempt one or more Guarantors or replace them by a written notice, and after the Bank has obtained the consent of other Guarantors, the other Guarantors shall still be fully liable for the debts borne by the Principal Debtor.
   
Article 4: Before the Guarantor agrees to pay off the liability of the Guarantee, the right to claim against the Principal Debtor due to a subrogation (subject to the Bank’s liabilities and duties) shall be inferior to the Bank’s possession over the Principal Debtor’s such rights (the debt is limited to all or part of the Guarantee guaranteed by the Guarantor).
   
Article 5: The Guarantor agrees that the Bank may deposit with the Guarantor the various deposits of the Guarantor’s head office and its affiliated branches. All claims, regardless of the period of the claims, after the Guarantor is notified, the right of set-off may be exercised to offset all the backlogs of the Guarantor to the Bank. At the same time, the Guarantee issued by the Bank to the Guarantor shall be offset should a loss within the scope of sale have its effect. However, there are provisions in laws and regulations that prohibit offsets, or guarantees that they cannot offset, or are based on unreasonable management or a third party’s appointment due to a transaction relationship. If the Bank pays to the Guarantor, the offset shall not be exercised. Regarding the right to cancel, if the amount of offset is insufficient to cover all debts or the Guarantor has to pay off or pay off the debts in installments, it shall be in accordance with Article 323 of the Civil Law, according to various expenses, liquidated damages, interest, deferred interest and principal. The order of payment is to pay off the debts owed by the Guarantor. If there are multiple debts and the payment proposed by the Guarantor is insufficient to cover all the debts, it is known that the payment shall be made in accordance with Article 321 or Article 322 of the Civil Law. However, when the Bank handles internal accounting in accordance with relevant regulations, the total amount of its claims will still be calculated in the order of tonnage of the credits issued above.

 

 
 

 

Article 6: Due to changes in the name, organization, contents of the articles of association, seal, representatives, scope of authority and notification address of the representative etc. of the Guarantor which affect the Bank’s rights and interests, the Guarantor is willing to immediately notify the Bank of the changes in writing. If there is failure to notify the Bank which results in disputes or cause damage to the Bank, the Guarantor will be responsible. The Guarantor violates the obligation to notify of the change of the previous addresses should the Bank’s notice fail to be delivered due to obligations, or due to reasons attributable to the Guarantor. The last notice address of the Bank shall be deemed as the Bank’s last notice address, and it will be deemed to have arrived within the normal postal period.
   
Article 7:  If the deed for all debts is lost, destroyed, or damaged, the Guarantor is willing to make corrections according to the Bank’s will, or according to the Bank’s retention of the copies of photocopies, microfilms, account books, subpoenas, computer-made documents etc. of the debts.
   
Article 8: By holding copies of the Guarantee or a letter with the Guarantor’s seal provided by the Guarantor, the Bank may be requested to return or exchange the collateral upon the Bank’s agreement. Should this be the Guarantor’s Agent, such collateral is allowed to be returned or exchanged once the Bank has acknowledged it.
   
Article 9: The Guarantor shall issue one or more exemption certificates and grant the Promissory Note with the expiration date to the Bank in accordance with the Bank’s requirements, and use this Guarantee as the certificate of authorization of the process for repaying the debts owed by the Guarantor to the Bank. If the Guarantor fails to fulfill the terms and conditions of this Guarantee, the Bank can independently exercise all rights under the Bill law. The Guarantor also acknowledges that the delivery of the Bank’s Guarantor is to cover the real debts of the Guarantor according to this Guarantee, that is, the so-called indirect payment in the civil law, and the debts owed by the Guarantor according to this Guarantee coexist.
   
Article 10: If all bills issued, endorsed, accepted or guaranteed by the Guarantor are not paid, accepted or unpredictable, the Guarantor is willing to pay off the debt immediately after receiving the notice from the Bank, regardless of the circumstances. The Guarantor agrees to waive the notification obligation stipulated in Article 89 of the Bills Law of the Bank for the unpaid promissory notes issued on the previous issue.
   
Article 11: The Guarantor is willing to accept the Bank’s inspection on finance of our business, inspection and supervision of collateral and account books (including consolidated financial statements of related companies), bills and documents. Should the Bank deems it necessary, the Guarantor is required to fill in the credit information, or provide the accounting and financial statements approved by the Bank’s certified accountant, and the certified accountant may be ordered to provide working papers. However, the Bank does not have any supervisory obligations over audit, inspection, supervision and inspection. The Guarantor is willing to allow the financial joint credit investigation center (hereinafter referred to as the “Joint Credit Investigation Center”) of the financial consortium at any time to inspect the relevant account books, statements and documents, as the Joint Credit Investigation Center considers it necessary. The Guarantor may also be required to fill in the second-level credit information on time, or provide the accounting and financial statements certified by the certified accountant, and may ask the certified accountant to provide the working papers, but the Joint Credit Investigation Center does not have any consulting powers.

 

2
 

 

Article 12:  
     
  (1) The Guarantor agrees that the Bank may collect the Guarantor’s information within the scope of business registration items or specific purposes, and may use it for processing or use or for international transmission or cover the warranty Guarantee. Witness information shall be provided to the person appointed by the Bank to handle the affairs (including but not limited to the agency entrusted to conduct market research).
     
  (2) The Guarantor agrees that the Bank may provide the Guarantor information to the United Credit Information Center for filing and use, and agree that the Joint Credit Information Center may provide the archived manure to other members for reference. In addition, in the case of transferring the credit guarantee of the SME Credit Guarantee Fund to the consortium, the Guarantor also agrees that the fund can be obtained due to business needs During the duration of the Guarantor’s lending relationship and within the scope of business specified in the fund’s donation charter, inquire and use the Guarantor’s customs declaration information at the Joint Credit Information Center.
     
  (3) The Guarantor agrees to the specific purpose required by the Guarantor for the assignment of the debt, and the Guarantor’s debt-related information is provided to the Debtor and the creditor’s right appraisal reviewer for file-building purposes, but the Bank should urge such data users to comply with the confidentiality provisions of the Banking Law, the Personal Data Protection Law and other relevant laws and regulations, to prevent leaking relevant information to a third party.
     
Article 13: The Guarantor knows and agrees to the Bank’s transaction account collection and payment business, computer processing business or other silicon-attached business related to this Guarantee (including but not limited to information systems, iInformation registration, processing and input, information system development, monitoring and maintenance, marketing, form printing, packaging and delivery mailing, storage of forms, vouchers, etc)., account collection and legal procedures, property valuation. When the Bank deems it necessary, it may entrust an appropriate third party (institution) to handle the work; the Guarantor agrees that the Bank may enter the guarantee. The information is handed over to these third parties (institutions) to deal with the entrustment matters.
     
Article 14: If the Guarantor is a domestic (legal) person or a foreign (legal) person and the Bank has various debts, its legal actions, methods and effectiveness of the establishment requirements are all in accordance with the laws of the Republic of China. The Guarantor fulfills the responsibility of the guarantee, and is aware that the Bank is the place of performance, and both parties agree that the Taiwan Taipei District Court or the district court has first-instance jurisdiction. If the Guarantor is a company established outside the Republic of China or does not have a residence in the Republic of China, it is agreed that the Bank and the competent court can post legal documents, including any complaints, notices, judgments or other notices, to the address of the process agent of the Guarantor in the Republic of China. The name and address of the delivery agent are specified in Article 18.

 

3
 

 

Article 15: The Guarantor agrees that the creditor’s rights of the Yellow Bank on the Guarantor may be trusted to the trustee in accordance with Article 6 of the Financial Asset Securitization Regulations and relevant laws and regulations, and such trust or transfer notification matters are to be announced to the Bank. If the transfer of creditor’s rights for the purpose of securitization of financial assets is agreed, the notice can be replaced by an announcement. In addition, if the trust transfer or transfer of assets involves debt bearers, the Guarantor will not do so during the announcement period of the Bank and objections are deemed to be acknowledged.
     
Article 16: The signature and seal on this guarantee are confirmed by the Guarantor. All subsequent dealings between the Guarantor and the Bank will not be limited to this Guarantee.
     
Article 17: Special Note:
     
  (1) This guarantee is a guarantee for continuous debts without a fixed period. The Guarantor may notify the Bank anytime the Guarantor terminates this Guarantee, and the Guarantor will be notified when the notice arrives. The debts of the Principal Debtor incurred by the Bank afterwards do not really guarantee liabilities.
     
  (2) The Guarantor hereby declares that it is based on his personal identity (not because of his role as a director, supervisor or other representative of such entities). The Principal Debtor is jointly and severally liable for full repayment, so the Guarantor’s guarantee responsibility does not apply to the provisions of Article 753 of the Civil Law.
     
Article 18: Special Agreements

 

Article 14 refers to [please fill in the name of the foreign (legal) person in the Guarantor] and the name and delivery address of the representative of this person are:

 

Article 14 refers to [please fill in the name of the foreign (legal) person in the Guarantor] and the name and delivery address of the representative of this person are:

 

Article 14 refers to [please fill in the name of the foreign (legal) person in the Guarantor] and the name and delivery address of the representative of this person are:

 

Article 14 refers to [please fill in the name of the foreign (legal) person in the Guarantor] and the name and delivery address of the representative of this person are:

 

4
 

 

It is hereby declared that the terms listed on the right have been fully understood and confirmed by the Guarantor, and are to be followed.

 

Sincerely,

 

Joint Guarantor: [stamp of Chiang Jingbin] [signature of Chiang Jingbin]

Number:

Birth/Establishment Date:

Address:

An original copy of this letter (copy) has been [  ] has not been [√ ] received from the Bank.

 

(Personally signed/sealed)

Verifier: Lin Yi Qi

Verification Date: 110, March 29th

Verification Address: 7F-1 unit, 633 Alley, Taiwan Road, Xidun District, Taichung City

 

Joint Guarantor:

Number:

Birth/Establishment Date:

Address:

An original copy of this letter (copy) has been [  ] has not been [  ] received from the Bank.

 

Verifier:

Verification Date:

Verification Address:

 

Joint Guarantor:

Number:

Birth/Establishment Date:

Address:

An original copy of this letter (copy) has been [  ] has not been [  ] received from the Bank.

 

Verifier:

Verification Date:

Verification Address:

 

Joint Guarantor:

Number:

Birth/Establishment Date:

Address:

An original copy of this letter (copy) has been [  ] has not been [  ] received from the Bank.

 

Verifier:

Verification Date:

Verification Address:

 

Joint Guarantor:

Number:

Birth/Establishment Date:

Address:

An original copy of this letter (copy) has been [  ] has not been [  ] received from the Bank.

 

Verifier:

Verification Date:

Verification Address:

 

Republic Era Calendar: Year 110, March 29th

 

5
 

 

Taishin Financial Holdings Co., Ltd. and its subsidiaries’ customer information confidentiality measures

 

Taishin Financial Holdings Co., Ltd. was established on February 18, 1991. Its subsidiaries cover banks, securities, etc., and provide customers with one-time purchases (one-stop shopping) products and services. Taishin Financial Holdings Co., Ltd. and its subsidiaries will adhere to the strict protection of customer information by each subsidiary in the past, and take necessary confidentiality measures to maintain the security of the information provided. The customer information confidentiality measures of Taishin Financial Holdings Co., Ltd. and its subsidiaries are described as follows:

 

The customer information confidentiality measures of Taishin Financial Holdings Co., Ltd. and its subsidiaries, except in accordance with the Financial Holding Company Law, are common among financial holding companies’ subsidiaries. In addition to the Marketing Management Measures (hereinafter referred to as the Common “Marketing Management Measures), the Personal Accountability Protection Law and the relevant laws and regulations of the competent authority, each subsidiary will also comply with other relevant laws and regulations (including but not limited to Article 48 of the Banking Law (for example, Item 2), to fulfill the duty of confidentiality of customer information.

 

1. Customer information changes and modification methods When your personal information changes, you can notify the customers of the subsidiaries of Taishin Financial Holdings Co., Ltd. at any time, and request for correction or supplementation at the service center.

 

2. Customer methods to exercise the right to opt-out You can notify the customer service center of each subsidiary of Taishin Financial Holdings Co., Ltd. to stop the interactive use of your personal information for marketing or business promotional behavior.

 

6
 

 

Joint Guarantor [Money Laundering Prevention and Anti-Terrorism Clause] Agreement

 

This Agreement is entered into by the Contractor (hereinafter referred to as the Contractor) Chiang Jing Bin

 

  1. For the purpose of preventing money laundering and combating capital terrorism, the Contractor entered agrees to provide relevant information required for the identity review process and follow-up review process of the Bank and to cooperate with the current related matters, if one of the following situations occurs in the person who has been reasonably identified by the Bank, and the Bank may temporarily suspend transactions with the main and standby personnel, and temporarily suspend or terminate various business relationships, and the legal representative of the Contractor, the authorized person, agrees to the following:
     
    (1) The Contractor has been warned by the court, prosecutor’s office, judicial police agency or other competent authority to be a suspicious account; or otherwise recognised as suspicious account by the competent authorities or the Bank as suspected illegal or abnormal traders.
    (2) When the Contractor is a legal person, the person in charge/representative is involved in sanctions identified or pursued by the Chinese government, foreign government or international money laundering prevention organization, terrorists or groups or high-risk pairs identified by the Bank. Easterners (including but not limited to suspected involvement in illegal activities, suspected money laundering, terrorist financing, or cases involving illegal activities reported by the body, etc.).
    (3) When the Contractor does not cooperate with the Bank’s regular/irregular review procedures or refuses to explain, provide relevant information (including but not limited to information on the actual cover person), or the documents or documents provided by the Contractor identified by the Bank in the foregoing procedures, they become suspects in the line of review (including but not limited to suspected illegal activities, suspected money laundering, terrorist financing activities, or media reports involving illegal cases, etc.).
    (4) When the Contractor is unwilling to cooperate in the adjustment or cannot fully explain the nature, purpose or source of funds of the various transactions, or is responsible for those who are found to be abnormal or suspected of money laundering after the Contractor’s explanation (including but not limited to suspected involvement in illegal activities, suspected of money laundering, terrorist financing or media reports involving illegal cases, etc.).
    (5) When the Bank informs the Contractor to go through the review process, the contact information (including but not limited to telephone, email or address) stated by the Contractor will be used for notification. If the Contractor cannot be contacted, this will cause the Bank to fail to complete the regular/irregular review procedures.
       
  2. If one of the foregoing circumstances occurs, the Contractor agrees that the Bank may comply with the “Money Laundering Prevention Law” including but not limited to “Investment Terrorism Prevention Law”, “Financial Institutions Measures for the Prevention of Money Laundering”, “Banking and Electronic Payment Machines and Electronic Tickets Issuers’ Prevention of Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorism Internal Control Points” and “The Bank of China Association of Banks Prevention of Money Laundering and template of precautions against capital terrorism” and other relevant regulations, the content contained in this contract or the responsibility is handled in a standard manner. Therefore, the damage to the Principal Debtor or the unfavorable supervision shall be borne by the Contractor, and the Bank shall not be liable for damages.

 

7
 

 

  3. The Contractor agrees that the Bank may adjust this article in accordance with China, international money laundering prevention organizations, foreign governments or areas with jurisdiction to prevent money laundering. Money or anti-forbearance and other relevant laws and regulations, and changes in anti-money laundering or anti-capital anger practices. It is agreed that there is no need to notify the Contractor separately.
     
  4. The Contractor agrees that the Bank may collect, process, use or internationally transmit information of the Contractor within the scope of the specific purpose of the money laundering prevention or combating terrorism, criminal and anti-terrorism laws and regulations. Basic information and various business transaction information (including but not limited to the Contractor or the transaction or payment handled by domestic/foreign banks in accordance with the country’s money laundering prevention or combating capital terrorism, crime prevention and anti-terrorism related laws. When investigating or seizing transaction funds/documents, etc. provided by the Contractor includes the personal data of a third party (including but not limited to the person in charge/representative, the actual beneficiary or the payee), the Contractor shall ensure such third parties are aware of and agree to the foregoing matters.
     
  5. If the Contractor fails to comply with the provisions of this article, fails to immediately explain or provide relevant information or obtain the consent of a third party, resulting in the Debtor’s transactions to be delayed, failed, terminated, cancelled, funds frozen or incurred additional costs, the Contractor shall be responsible for loss of damages. If the Bank suffers such damages as a result, the Contractor agrees to be responsible for filing and compensation.

 

8
 

 

This Agreement is part of the Joint Guarantee signed with the Bank.

 

Sincerely,

 

Taishin International Commercial Bank    
     
Contracting Party: [stamp of Chiang Jingbin] (Original Agreement Seal)
Legal Representative:    
Number:    
     
Contracting Party:   (Original Agreement Seal)
Legal Representative:    
Number:    
Contracting Party:   (Original Agreement Seal)
Legal Representative:    
Number:    
     
Contracting Party:   (Original Agreement Seal)
Legal Representative:    
Number:    
     
Contracting Party:   (Original Agreement Seal)
Legal Representative:    
Number:    
     
Republic Era Calendar: Year 110, March 29th    

 

9

 

Exhibit 10.10

 

Collateral Guarantee Agreement

 

The persons entering into the Collateral Guarantee Agreement (i.e. the Collateral Guarantor, hereinafter referred to as the Contractors), hereby is responsible for providing all the collateral to guarantee the Bank in all guarantee matters and guarantees for YMA Corporation (hereinafter referred to as the ‘Debtor’) regarding all debts owed to the Bank and agrees to fulfill the following clauses:

 

Article 1: The collateral referred to in this agreement refers to the real property owned by the Contractor and has been or will be delivered to the Bank or anyone who is in possession, custody, or controlled by the Bank, regarding all current and future now movable property, deposits (receipts), accounts receivable, bills, securities, warehouse receipts, bills of lading, or other debts of the Contractor under the Bank, as well as the current and future right of the Contractor to claim against Bank in, and other rights, interests or assets of the Contractor. The details of each collateral are set out in the various documents established by the Contractor and the Bank or the certificates kept by the Bank.
   
Article 2: The collateral provided by the Contractor to the Bank, unless otherwise agreed to guarantee specific debts, regardless of the order in which the collateral is provided, the head office of the responsible bank and its branches shall be shared and used as the Debtor’s current (including those that have not been repaid in the past) for all future bills, loans, advances, guarantees, and derivatives transactions, accounts receivable and various business transactions, and insurance premiums for collateral paid to the Bank, as well as all other debts to be repaid (separate credit and various transaction deeds are regarded as part of this agreement, and each agreement has the same effect as this agreement), deferred interest, liquidated damages, and mortgage costs, damages incurred due to non-fulfillment of debts, and all costs related to the performance of the above-mentioned debts, etc.
   
Article 3: Upon holding a copy of the collateral provided by the Contractor or a letter with the seal of the Contractor, the bank may be requested to return or exchange the collateral. If the Bank agrees, the Bank may consider it to be the agent of the Contractor and allow the return or exchange.
   
Article 4: The Contractor promises that the collateral provided by it is completely legally owned. Should this not be true, the Contractor shall provide other collateral of the same or higher value approved by the Bank or pay off the debt immediately, and is willing to compensate the damage suffered by the Bank. If the collateral is a bill of lading, the Contractor guarantees that the quality and quantity of the goods contained in the documents are completely consistent. The Bank may collect or inspect it at any time. If the quality is found to be inconsistent, or the quantity is short, or there are other controversies, the Contractor shall immediately pay off debts or replace a collateral agreed by the Bank. In addition, if the value of the collateral is reduced, or natural disasters or man-made disasters, or any other reasons that are not attributable to the Bank, the collateral is damaged or lost, or there is a risk of damage or loss at the time, the Contractor is responsible for immediately making up the payment with cash or collateral agreed by the Bank, and the Bank will not be liable for damages or any other liabilities.

 

2
 

 

Article 5: The collateral has been leased or lent before the mortgage is set to the Bank. The Contractor should inform the Bank based on the facts to verify the value of the collateral, and if there is any damages and detriments caused by fraud or false exercise of rights, the Contractor shall compensate the Bank for all damages.
   
Article 6: In the event of a change, the Contractor should notify the Bank immediately. The Contractor will never do so without written consent transfer, lease, pledge or lend all or part of the collateral to a third party or establish superficies. If the collateral is intended to be changed, improved, added, or discarded, it must be approved in writing by the Bank in advance. If the change registration is required, the Contractor is willing to immediately go through all the procedures for the change registration application.
   
Article 7: The collateral attached and/or the attached buildings with the following indications belong to the Contractor and have not been preserved and registered. This is to make up for the preservation and registration of the part of the building for an agreed duration. The mortgage will be registered by the Bank as collateral; before the completion of the procedures, if the Bank implements the mortgage right in the preceding paragraph, the part of the building will be subject to the Bank’s disposal to repay the debt.
   
Article 8: The collateral shall be covered by appropriate fire insurance or other insurance as required by the Bank, and the insurance company shall be requested to add special terms of mortgage or pledge on the insurance policy. The original insurance policy and a copy of the premium receipt should be submitted and accepted by the Bank. If the Contractor fails to handle or renew the contract, the Bank can apply for or renew the insurance on behalf of the Contractor (but the Bank has no obligation to apply for or renew the insurance on behalf of the Contractor).
   
Article 9: The Contractor shall use the collateral with the care of a good-hearted manager to properly use, fill and store it, and shall not neglect repairs and other related preservation activities. All costs such as taxes and repairs on the collateral shall be jointly and severally borne by the Contractor and the Debtor. If the Contractor and the dDebtor fail to go through the above procedures or pay the fees, the Bank may do it on your behalf or pay for it (but the Bank has no obligation to do it or pay for it).
   
Article 10: The Contractor and the Debtor shall return the entire payment on the day when the bank advances the insurance premiums, fees, taxes, etc., otherwise, the Debtor shall pay the debts to the Bank (and accrue interest and liquidated damages at the agreed interest rate). When repaying the principal and interest, priority is given to deductions and repayments and the Bank may incorporate it into debts
   
Article 11: If the collateral generates interest and can be collected by the Bank in accordance with the law, the Bank may collect it directly to repay all debts incurred by the Debtor, but the Bank has no obligation to receive.
   
Article 12: If the Bank violates the agreement with the Debtor to exercise the security property right, the Bank may immediately implement it in accordance with the relevant laws and/or within the maximum permitted scope of the Law. In disposal of part or all of the collateral by auction or sale, all the misuses required for auction or sale or disposal of the collateral shall be jointly and severally borne by the Contractor and the Debtor.

 

3
 

 

Article 13: The Contractor knows and agrees the Bank’s transaction account collection and payment business, computer processing business or other silicon-attached business related to this agreement (including but not limited to the data registration, processing and input of the sales information system, the development, monitoring and maintenance of the information system, marketing, form printing, packaging and delivery mailing, storage of forms, vouchers, etc., account collection and legal procedures, property appraisal operations and other outsourcing tasks approved by the competent authority) when the Bank deems it necessary according to the regulations of the competent authority, an appropriate third party (institution) may be entrusted to deal with; the Contractor agrees that the Bank may hand over the information of the Contractor to these third parties (institutions) to handle the entrusted matters.
   
Article 14: The Contractor and the Debtor agree that the bank’s claims against the Contractor and the Debtor may be trusted to a trustee in accordance with Article 6 of the “Financial Asset Securitization Regulations” and relevant laws and regulations, and such trusts or transfer notification matters. It is agreed that the Bank can be replaced by an announcement, and it is also agreed that if the bank makes a financial asset securitization for the purpose of destroying debt, it can also be announced instead of the notice. Another example is the transfer of trust or the transfer of assets and assets that involve debt bearers. If the Contractor and the Debtor do not disagree during the notice period, it shall be deemed to be recognized.
   
Article 15: If the collateral needs to be registered, transferred, possessed, managed, transferred, and insured, the Contractor shall take copies, and the use of it is provided by YMA Corporation in respect of violations of the rules cause fines or detentions, etc., and shall be responsible for the management of such.

 

Article 16:

 

The Contractor (limited to natural persons and the current marriage relationship) the marital properties at the time of signing this agreement is [√ ] in a legal property system.

 

The Contractor (limited to natural persons and the current marriage relationship) the marital properties at the time of signing this agreement is [  ] in a joint property system.

 

The Contractor (limited to natural persons and the current marriage relationship) the marital properties at the time of signing this agreement is [  ] in a separate property system.

 

4
 

 

I hereby declare that the provisions on the right have been fully understood and confirmed by the Contractor and the Debtor, and are willing to abide by it.

 

Sincerely  
   
Taishin International Commercial Bank [Covenant]  
   
Contracting Party : [Chiang Jingbin Stamp] (Original Agreement Seal)
(of the Collateral Guarantee)  
Legal Representative:  
Number:  
   
Verifier: Lin Yi Qi [signature]  
   
Contracting Party : [YMA Corporation Seal] (Original Agreement Seal)
(of the Collateral Guarantee)  
Legal Representative:  
Number:  
   
Verifier: Lin Yi Qi [signature]  
   
Contracting Party : (Original Agreement Seal)
(of the Collateral Guarantee)  
Legal Representative:  
Number:  
   
Verifier:  
   
Contracting Party : (Original Agreement Seal)
(of the Collateral Guarantee)  
Legal Representative:  
Number:  
   
Verifier:  
   
Contracting Party : (Original Agreement Seal)
(of the Collateral Guarantee)  
Legal Representative:  
Number:  
   
Verifier:  
   
Debtor : [YMA Corporation Seal] (Original Agreement Seal)
(of the Collateral Guarantee)  
Legal Representative:  
Number:  
   
Verifier: Lin Yi Qi [signature]  
   
Debtor : (Original Agreement Seal)
(of the Collateral Guarantee)  
Legal Representative:  
Number:  
   
Verifier:  
   
Republic Era Calendar: Year 110, March 29th  

 

5
 

 

Collateral Guarantee [Money Laundering Prevention and Anti-Terrorism Clause] Agreement

 

This Agreement is entered into by the Contractor (hereinafter referred to as the Contractor) Chiang Jing Bin, YMA Corporation

 

1. For the purpose of preventing money laundering and combating capital terrorism, the Contractor entered agrees to provide relevant information required for the identity review process and follow-up review process of the Bank and to cooperate with the current related matters, if one of the following situations occurs in the person who has been reasonably identified by the Bank, and the Bank may temporarily suspend transactions with the main and standby personnel, and temporarily suspend or terminate various business relationships, and the legal representative of the Contractor, the authorized person, agrees to the following:
     
  (1) The Contractor has been warned by the court, prosecutor’s office, judicial police agency or other competent authority to be a suspicious account; or otherwise recognised as suspicious account by the competent authorities or the Bank as suspected illegal or abnormal traders.
     
  (2)  When the Contractor is a legal person, the person in charge/representative is involved in sanctions identified or pursued by the Chinese government, foreign government or international money laundering prevention organization, terrorists or groups or high-risk pairs identified by the Bank. Easterners (including but not limited to suspected involvement in illegal activities, suspected money laundering, terrorist financing, or cases involving illegal activities reported by the body, etc.).
     
  (3)  When the Contractor does not cooperate with the Bank’s regular/irregular review procedures or refuses to explain, provide relevant information (including but not limited to information on the actual cover person), or the documents or documents provided by the Contractor identified by the Bank in the foregoing procedures, they become suspects in the line of review (including but not limited to suspected illegal activities, suspected money laundering, terrorist financing activities, or media reports involving illegal cases, etc.).
     
  (4) When the Contractor is unwilling to cooperate in the adjustment or cannot fully explain the nature, purpose or source of funds of the various transactions, or is responsible for those who are found to be abnormal or suspected of money laundering after the Contractor’s explanation (including but not limited to suspected involvement in illegal activities, suspected of money laundering, terrorist financing or media reports involving illegal cases, etc.).
  (5) When the Bank informs the Contractor to go through the review process, the contact information (including but not limited to telephone, email or address) stated by the Contractor will be used for notification. If the Contractor cannot be contacted, this will cause the Bank to fail to complete the regular/irregular review procedures.
     
2. If one of the foregoing circumstances occurs, the Contractor agrees that the Bank may comply with the “Money Laundering Prevention Law” including but not limited to “Investment Terrorism Prevention Law”, “Financial Institutions Measures for the Prevention of Money Laundering”, “Banking and Electronic Payment Machines and Electronic Tickets Issuers’ Prevention of Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorism Internal Control Points” and “The Bank of China Association of Banks Prevention of Money Laundering and template of precautions against capital terrorism” and other relevant regulations, the content contained in this contract or the responsibility is handled in a standard manner. Therefore, the damage to the Principal Debtor or the unfavorable supervision shall be borne by the Contractor, and the Bank shall not be liable for damages.
     
3. The Contractor agrees that the Bank may adjust this article in accordance with China, international money laundering prevention organizations, foreign governments or areas with jurisdiction to prevent money laundering. Money or anti-forbearance and other relevant laws and regulations, and changes in anti-money laundering or anti-capital anger practices. It is agreed that there is no need to notify the Contractor separately.
     
4. The Contractor agrees that the Bank may collect, process, use or internationally transmit information of the Contractor within the scope of the specific purpose of the money laundering prevention or combating terrorism, criminal and anti-terrorism laws and regulations. Basic information and various business transaction information (including but not limited to the Contractor or the transaction or payment handled by domestic/foreign banks in accordance with the country’s money laundering prevention or combating capital terrorism, crime prevention and anti-terrorism related laws. When investigating or seizing transaction funds/documents, etc. provided by the Contractor includes the personal data of a third party (including but not limited to the person in charge/representative, the actual beneficiary or the payee), the Contractor shall ensure such third parties are aware of and agree to the foregoing matters.
     
5. If the Contractor fails to comply with the provisions of this article, fails to immediately explain or provide relevant information or obtain the consent of a third party, resulting in the Debtor’s transactions to be delayed, failed, terminated, cancelled, funds frozen or incurred additional costs, the Contractor shall be responsible for loss of damages. If the Bank suffers such damages as a result, the Contractor agrees to be responsible for filing and compensation.

 

6
 

 

This Agreement is part of the Collateral Guarantee signed with the Bank.

 

Sincerely,  
   
Taishin International Commercial Bank  
   
Contracting Party: [stamp of Chiang Jingbin] (Original Agreement Seal)
Legal Representative:  
Number:  
   
Contracting Party: [YMA Corporation seal] [stamp of Chiang Jingbin] (Original Agreement Seal)
Legal Representative:  
Number:  
   
Contracting Party: (Original Agreement Seal)
Legal Representative:  
Number:  
   
Contracting Party: (Original Agreement Seal)
Legal Representative:  
Number:  
   
Contracting Party: (Original Agreement Seal)
Legal Representative:  
Number:  
   
Republic Era Calendar: Year 110, March 29th  

 

7

 

Exhibit 10.11

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.12

 

King’s Town Bank

 

Type of Contract   Deed of Guarantee
     
Guarantor (Contractor)   Chiang Jing Bin (D120602620)
     
Name of Credit Grantor (Principal Debtor)   YMA Corporation
     
Guarantee Sum (Line of credit of principal debtor)   NTD Ten million
     
Type of loan by the principal debtor   Short-term loan
     
Loan account (and subsidiary accounts) of the principal debtor    
     
First day of loan by the principal debtor    

 

    Director   Manager
Internal Decision Column        
         

 

1. Only the original contract left by KTB is in need of a cover. The cover is not a part of the contract, and does not need a seal on the perforation (but it is also acceptable to have a seal on the perforation). If the cover is left out or misused as the old one, just stick on the new cover once again (To avoid disrupting the continuity of the seal on the perforation, do not tear off the old cover if misused).

 

2. “First day of loan” is not equivalent to the date of contract. Fill in at own discretion following the requirements of the operation director or loan director.

 

3. To avoid controversy, do not alter or write the guarantee sum in simplified characters.

 

4. To avoid controversy, pay attention and guide the guarantor to sign in the correct section. The identity in the signature section cannot be altered or corrected. If there is a lack of space, please add more independently.

 

5. If there are two (or more) credit contracts, two (or more) surety bonds and two (or more) promissory notes should be signed. Guarantee sum= quota of each credit contract= promissory note sum= filing quota. It is not appropriate to simplify it to a multi-case co-signing of a credit contract and (or) a promissory note.

 

6. The “given period” in Article 1, provision 3, of this Contract must be filled in. The first day of the “given period” is the signing date of this contract; The end date shall be the “transfer period” and “the credit period for the approval of each transfer” calculated from the first day of the approval of the credit case, and additionally the equivalent date of “two years” or its previous day.

 

 
 

 

Contract of Guarantee

 

This Contract of Guarantee has been delivered to the guarantor for review on 5 February, Year 109 of the Republic of China <hand write the date of return >; the review period is at least five calendar days.

 

Note 1: Date of signature – Date of return ≥5 calendar days

 

Note 2: Regarding the signature of the “review period”, if it is an enterprise, the representative can sign their own name, so as not to write the name of the enterprise.

 

<All guarantors sign here>

 

 

 

Date of contract: 5 February, Year 109 of the Republic of China.

 

The guarantor agrees to ensure to creditor King’s Town Commercial Bank Co., Ltd. (Uniform code 68921101, including its main branch, domestic and foreign branches, referred as KTB), that, within the maximum guarantee amount of the principal amount agreed upon in this contract, the guarantor shall perform its responsibilities on behalf of the principal debtor of Article 1, paragraph 4, in the event of non-performance of the obligations of the principal debtor, and will pay any debt owed to KTB by the principal debtor and its interest, delayed interest, penal sum, fees, damage compensations, and other payables. The contract between the guarantor and KTB is as follows:

 

Article 1 (Guarantee of maximum principal amount)

 

(1) The maximum guarantee sum is this Contract of Guarantee (guarantee sum is as agreed in (2) The guarantor agrees to guarantee and bear responsibility for all debts incurred in KTB for the principal debtor in 4 within the “given time”.

 

(2) Guarantee sum of the “Maximum principal amount” mentioned above is:

 

[TWD ten million dollars or other currencies of equal value]

 

(3) “Given time” mentioned above is:

 

[Starting from the date of signature of this Contract of Guarantee, to 11 February, Year 112 of the Republic]

 

(4) The “principal debtor” in 1 is:

 

Name: [YMA Corporation]

 

Uniform code: [54902977]

 

2 
 

 

Article 2 (Scope of secured debt)

 

The scope of “debt” secured by this guarantee refers to the principal debtor’s loans, bills, guarantees, overdrafts, discounts, advances, acceptances, appointment guarantees, buy-out notes, letters of credit, domestic and foreign import and export foreign exchange business (includes but not limited to inward collection, outward documentary bill, foreign currency export loans), debts incurred by finance contracts, various financial transactions (including financial derivatives transaction deeds, credit card deeds, and special store deeds and all other debts based on the underlying legal relationship of KTB for business transactions, including interest, deferred interest, penal sums, damage compensations and other related costs.

 

Article 3 (Joint Guarantee)

 

The guarantor agrees to be jointly liable for the principal debtor’s debts to KTB in accordance with the terms of this deed and waives the right of first action defence under article 745 of the Civil Code.

 

Article 4 (Independence of Deed)

 

The guarantor’s signing of this contract of guarantee is an independent legal act and is not affected by the guarantor’s previous or future signing of other identical or similar contracts of guarantee or continuing contracts of guarantee with KTB.

 

Article 5 (Liquidation Liability)

 

The guarantor agrees:

 

1. KTB shall not claim compensation from the guaranty in first place, and shall request for compensation from the guarantor. When KTB requests settlement, the guarantor shall settle the debt in accordance with the location and account designated by KMB.

 

2. When the guarantor, after paying off the debts in place of the principal debtor, requests KTB to transfer the guaranty in accordance with the law, the guarantor shall not object if the guaranty is with flaws.

 

Article 6 (Representations and warranties)

 

1. The guarantor has the right to conduct its affairs in accordance with the law, hold property, sign and deliver this deed of guarantee and fulfill the obligations under this deed of guarantee.

 

3 
 

 

2. The guarantor signs, delivers and performs this contract of guarantee without violating or contravening any ordinance, adjudication or executive order, and does not violate or resist any contract involving the guarantor as a contracting party or the guarantor’s assets.

 

3. If the guarantor is a legal person, then it is necessary for the guarantor to issue the deed of guarantee in accordance with its articles of association and the measures of the company guarantee methods and regulations. The resolution required to sign and deliver this deed of guarantee and the authorization procedures within the company should be completed.

 

Article 7 (Other Documents)

 

Where necessary for the purpose of fulfilling the deed of guarantee, the guarantor shall, at any time, sign other documents, instruments (including receipts) and other conditions in accordance with KTB’s reasonable requirements.

 

Article 8 (Waive of Notification Obligations)

 

Except for issues relating to KTB’s request for settlement mentioned in Article 5 (1), the guarantor agrees to waive KTB notification obligations for protests, interpellation, and other obligations to notify.

 

Article 9 The guarantor agrees:

 

1. KTB may allow the principal debtor to defer liquidation or perform other obligations.

 

2. KTB may update any debt and change or amendment of the conditions relating to the debt obligations.

 

3. KTB may waive, alter or replace any collateral or guaranty provided by any person in the interests of the debt.

 

4. to waive the requirement that the assignee of KTB or KTB be recovered in advance by the endorser against the principal debtor, his property or other securities

 

5. To the extent permitted by law, waive all other powers and interests conferred to the guarantor under the Civil Law of the Republic of China.

 

6. The guarantor’s liability of liquidation under this deed of guarantee is absolute and unconditional, unaffected by any defense that the principal debtor may claim (including but not limited to bankruptcy of the principal debtor, settlement with creditors or reformation).

 

Article 10 (Limitations on subrogation claims)

 

Until all debts have been fully liquidated, the guarantor shall not disrupt or prevent the principal debtor from performing its obligations to KTB. Before the guarantor has paid off part of the debt on behalf of the principal debtor and the full liquidation of all debts, the guarantor should not claim a subrogation claim or any right or security acquired as a result of the contract of guarantee against the principal debtor.

 

4 
 

 

Article 11 (Offset)

 

(1) If the principal debtor’s obligation to KTB is not fully paid within the agreed deadlines (including deemed deadline), the principal debtor and guarantor shall agree to consign all deposits (Except where the deposit has not been terminated for the appointment of payment) in KTB and all bonds against KTB. Even if the maturity date has not approached, KTB will still receive pre-period settlement and will offset all obligations incurred by the principal debtor and guarantor.

 

(2) The principal debtor and the guarantor understand and agree to the agreement between the principal debtor or guarantor and KTB on cheque deposit transactions, subject to the termination condition of “if any breach of contract arises from the contract signed between the principal debtor and KTB, all debt will be deemed as due in accordance with the agreement”. Once the release conditions are reached, the aforementioned cheque deposit transaction agreement becomes ineffective and KTB shall immediately return the remaining amount of deposited sum and offset all debts incurred by the credit grantor to KTB.

 

(3) The meaning of the first two predetermined offsets means that the effect of the offset occurs when the notice of offset with KTB arrives or is deemed to have reached the principal debtor or guarantor. At the same time, the deposit vouchers, ledgers, checks or other documents given to the principal debtor or guarantor by KTB, within the scope of offset will lose their effectiveness.

 

Article 12 (Order of Compensation)

 

If the principal debtor is burdened with several debts to KTB, and the payment made by the liquidator or the amount paid to KTB by automatic transfer as agreed is insufficient, the principal debtor’s expenses, default payments, interest, and principal sum, shall be offset in sequence.

 

Article 13 (Procedure Cost and Execution Cost)

 

The costs (including but not limited to attorney fees) incurred by KTB in exercising, preserving and enforcing the rights (including but not limited to participation in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceedings) and interests under this deed of guarantee shall be borne by the guarantor and shall be paid immediately upon KTB’s request.

 

Article 14 (Assignment)

 

This deed of guarantee is binding on the guarantor and its successor and assignee, and has an effect on KTB, KTB’s successor and assignee. KTB may notify the guarantor (no need for consent) of the transfer of all or part of its rights under this deed of guarantee to the assignee of any such claim for debt. The guarantor may not transfer its rights and obligations under this deed of guarantee to another party without KTB’s prior written consent.

 

5 
 

 

Article 15 (Authorization)

 

If the guarantor is a company, and its authorized signatory changes, it will not be valid to KTB except with a written notice.

 

Article 16 (Non-waiver)

 

If KTB neglects to exercise the terms of this deed of guarantee, the guarantor shall not deem KTB to waive the performance of the terms. KTB’s waiver of the terms agreed upon in this deed of guarantee shall only take effect in writing and shall be limited to the waiver of its expressed parts, and the waiver of one provision shall not affect the validity of the other terms.

 

Article 17 (Responsibility of Multiple Guarantors)

 

If this deed of guarantee is jointly signed by several persons, all signatories shall be jointly and severally liable in accordance with the provisions of article 272, paragraph 1, of the Civil Law of the Republic of China.

 

Article 18 (Provision of supervision, audit, consultation, information and credit inquiry)

 

1. The guarantor is willing to accept KTB’s supervision of the purpose of credit, audit of business finance, inspection of collateral, supervision and access to relevant account books, statements (including consolidated financial statements of related enterprises), and documents at any time. When KTB deems it necessary, the guarantor may be required to complete the credit information on schedule, or to provide the accounting financial statements from the KTB accredited accountant and to request the accountant to provide working papers. However, KTB is not obligated to provide supervision, audit, consultation, information and credit inquiry. When KTB believes that the guarantor’s financial structure should be improved and therefore requires further changes, the guarantor should follow suit.

 

2. The guarantor agrees that KTB shall provide the capital information, credit information, and other personal information (including name, title, date of birth, ID/business registration number, passport number, phone number, website and address etc.) related to guarantor for specific purposes such as understanding the guarantor’s credit information, credit judgment (including records of overdue bills, urgent collection and bad debt) and other information relevant to the contract of guarantee as determined by the KTB business registration project to KTB, interbank financial institutions, consortium financial joint credit investigation center, small and medium-sized enterprise credit guarantee fund, agricultural credit guarantee fund, consortium information co., Ltd., Taiwan clearing house and other designated economic and financial departments to participate in KTB creditor’s rights entrusted to deal with the matter on behalf of KTB or organizations that need a contract for business needs, in the scope of a specific purpose, such as business registration project or charter, to gather, process by computer, international transmission and use of personal data, and formerly revealed agencies to provide personal information to KTB.

 

6 
 

 

Article 19 (Establishment and Authorization of Promissory Note)

 

In respect of the promissory notes issued or renewed and delivered in conjunction with or separately to KTB by the principal debtor and guarantor and the guaranty of the fulfillment and settlement of all KTB obligations shall be borne by the principal debtor. Authorization of KTB may be given to the principal debtor if it fails to perform the contract or if there is sufficient proof to believe it indeed is unable to perform the contract, it shall fill in the maturity date invoice, interest rates and other matters as defined in the bill regulations of the Republic of China, and the guarantor shall have no objection with consolidated or separate claims made for repayment by the principal debtor.

 

Article 20 (Quasi-law)

 

If various debt relations with KTB are generated, the establishment of elements, manner and effect of its legal act shall be governed by the laws of the Republic of China regardless of the guarantor’s nationality.

 

Article 21 (Jurisdiction)

 

Each debt of the guarantor to KTB is consoled to the Tainan District Court of Taiwan or __________ District Court as the primary jurisdictional court. However, if the law requires special provisions from exclusive jurisdiction, such provisions will be followed.

 

Article 22 (Notice)

 

Any letter, request or notice sent by KTB to the guarantor, sent by telex, telegram, written document or letter by hand to the address recorded by the guarantor in the deed of guarantee or to the address known to KTB during the usual postal period shall be deemed as having been served lawfully. Any notice from the guarantor to KTB shall be mailed in writing to the address of the KTB branch, where the guarantor has business dealings with, and shall be effective only at the time when KTB receives the same.

 

7 
 

 

Article 23 (Revision)

 

Any modification or alteration this contract of guarantee shall not be made without the written consent of the contractor (means creditor KTB and guarantor).

 

Article 24 (Delivery of Contract)

 

1. The original contract of guarantee shall be accepted by the guarantor and KTB each given one copy. However, if the guarantor gives consent orally or in written form, a copy of the original contract may be jointly received or be provided with a photocopy. The copy should indicate on its cover page that it is “exactly in accordance with the original” and include a business unit seal.

 

2. If the guarantor does not collect the original or copy of this contract of guarantee from KTB within 5 days of signing the contract, KTB may send the original or copy by mail to its mailing address. If there is no correspondence address, mail to the guarantor’s household registration address on the ID card in record of KTB.

 

3. KTB may provide the contract copy to relevant persons to the credit case, its successors and other stakeholders.

 

Contractor (Creditor KTB and guarantor)

 

Creditor: King’s Town Commercial Bank

Co. Ltd

  Creditor Seal
     
Uniform Code: 68921101    
     
Address: 506 West Gate Road, Central and West District, Tainan City    
     
Representative: Dai Chengzhi    
     
Agent: Tainan Credit Regional Center    
     
Associate Su Fanzhen    
     

 

Guarantor: Chiang Jing Bin   Uniform Code: D120602620   Guarantee verifier: Huang Zese
         
(signature and seal)        
    Phone: 04-23229900   Verification Date: 109.2.11
Request for photocopy        
    Address: 1, 9 Lane, 114   Verification Location:
(representative: )   Alley, Weiguo Street, East   borrower’s office
    District, Tainan    
I request ☐ jointly take one copy of deed ☒ photocopy ☐ original        

 

8 
 

 

Guarantor:   Uniform Code:   Guarantee verifier:
         
(signature and seal)   Phone:   Verification Date:
         
Request for photocopy   Address:   Verification Location:
         
(representative: )        
         
I request ☐ jointly take one copy of deed ☐ photocopy ☐ original        

 

Guarantor:   Uniform Code:   Guarantee verifier:
         
(signature and seal)   Phone:   Verification Date:
         
Request for photocopy   Address:   Verification Location:
         
(representative: )        
         
I request ☐ jointly take one copy of deed ☐ photocopy ☐ original        

 

Guarantor:   Uniform Code:   Guarantee verifier:
         
(signature and seal)   Phone:   Verification Date:
         
Request for photocopy   Address:   Verification Location:
         
(representative: )        
         
I request ☐ jointly take one copy of deed ☐ photocopy ☐ original        

 

Guarantor:   Uniform Code:   Guarantee verifier:
         
(signature and seal)   Phone:   Verification Date:
         
Request for photocopy   Address:   Verification Location:
         
(representative: )        
         
I request ☐ jointly take one copy of deed ☐ photocopy ☐ original        

 

Guarantor:   Uniform Code:   Guarantee verifier:
         
(signature and seal)   Phone:   Verification Date:
         
Request for photocopy   Address:   Verification Location:
         
(representative: )        
         
I request ☐ jointly take one copy of deed ☐ photocopy ☐ original        

 

9 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Exhibit 21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

Subsidiary   Place of Incorporation
Goal Beyond Limited   Samoa
Star Leader Trading Limited   Hong Kong
Bohong Technology Jiangsu Co., Ltd.   PRC
YMA Corporation   Taiwan
Time Yield Limited   Samoa
YMA Composite Materials (DG) Co., Ltd.   PRC
Forwell Sports Equipment Co., Ltd.   PRC

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. of our report dated September 30, 2021 relating to the financial statements of J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. which appears in this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers, Taiwan  
Taipei, Taiwan  
Republic of China  
March 21, 2022  

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.6

 

21 March, 2022

J-Star Holding Co., Ltd.

7/F-1, No. 633, Sec. 2, Taiwan Blvd.,

Xitun District, Taichung City 407,

Taiwan (R.O.C.)

 

Re: Consent of Frost & Sullivan

 

Ladies and Gentlemen,

 

Reference is made to the registration statement on Form F-1 (the “Registration Statement”) filed by J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. (the “Company”) with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in connection with its proposed initial public offering (the “Proposed IPO”).

 

We hereby consent to the use of and references to our name and the inclusion of information, data and statements from our research reports and amendments thereto, including, without limitation, the industry report titled “Independent Market Research on Global Carbon Fiber Industry” (collectively, the “Reports”), and any subsequent amendments to the Reports, as well as the citation of our independent industry reports and amendments thereto, (i) in the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto, including, but not limited to, under the “Prospectus Summary”, “Industry” and “Business” sections; (ii) in any written correspondence with the SEC, (iii) in any other future filings with the SEC by the Company, including, without limitation, filings on Form 20-F, Form 6-K and other SEC filings (collectively, the “SEC Filings”), (iv) on the websites or in the publicity materials of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, (v) in institutional and retail roadshows and other activities in connection with the Proposed IPO, and (vi) in other publicity and marketing materials in connection with the Proposed IPO.

 

We further hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto and as an exhibit to any other SEC Filings by the Company for the use of our data and information cited for the above-mentioned purposes.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

 

 

 

Yours faithfully,

 

For and on behalf of

 

Frost & Sullivan International Limited

 

 
Name: Wesley Xiang  
Title: Executive Director                                             

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.1

 

Consent to be Named as a Director Nominee

 

In connection with the filing by J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

 

Dated: March 21, 2022 /s/ Ching-Chou Huang
  Ching-Chou Huang

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.2

 

Consent to be Named as a Director Nominee

 

In connection with the filing by J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

 

Dated: March 21, 2022 /s/ Shen-Huei Wang
  Shen-Huei Wang

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.3

 

Consent to be Named as a Director Nominee

 

In connection with the filing by J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

 

Dated: March 21, 2022 /s/ Ping-Hong Lin
  Ping-Hong Lin

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.4

 

Representation to the Securities and Exchange Commission Pursuant to Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F

 

J-Star Holding Co., Ltd. (the “Company”) has included in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 audited consolidated financial statements, prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, and unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements for the six month periods ended June 30, 2020 and 2021.

 

Instruction 2 to Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F (the “Instruction”) provides that a company may comply with only the 15-month requirement in such item if the issuer is able to represent that it is not required to comply with the 12-month requirement in any other jurisdiction outside the United States and that complying with the 12-month requirement is impracticable or involves undue hardship.

 

Pursuant to the Instruction, the issuer hereby represents to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that:

 

1. the Company is not required by any jurisdiction outside the United States to comply with a requirement to issue audited financial statements not older than 12 months at the date of filing the Registration Statement;
   
2. full compliance with Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F at present is impracticable and involves undue hardship for the Company;
   
3. the Company does not anticipate that its audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 will be available until April 2022; and
   
4. in no event will the Company seek effectiveness of this registration statement on Form F-1 if its audited financial statements are older than 15 months at the time of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

Date: March 21, 2022

 

  J-Star Holding Co., Ltd.
   
  By: /s/ Abraham Pullolickel Ittycheriah
  Name: Abraham Pullolickel Ittycheriah
  Title: Chief Financial Officer